Edusehat - Publikasi Terbaru

Avian influenza detections fall, but autumn migration calls for vigilance

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 15:30:10 +0700

Only two outbreaks were reported in European poultry between early June and late August 2026. The seasonal picture is favourable, but the expected increase in virus circulation among wild birds calls for continued attention to farm biosecurity.

Highly pathogenic avian influenza detections in Europe remained at very low levels throughout the summer, continuing the decline recorded in spring.

Between 5 June and 28 August 2026, 110 detections were reported in 12 European countries, according to the latest joint monitoring report from the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC) and the EU Reference Laboratory for Avian Influenza (EURL).

Most involved wild birds, with 103 detections. Seven occurred in domestic birds: two in poultry establishments and five in captive birds. The poultry outbreaks were reported in Germany and Sweden.

Compared with the same period in 2025, detections fell by 72% in domestic birds and 45% in wild birds. All 110 detections involved HPAI A(H5N1), while no new detections of HPAI A(H5N5) were recorded.

A different pattern in wild birds

Waterfowl accounted for most of the detections in European wild birds. This differs from summer 2025, when colony-breeding seabirds were the main group affected. No unusual HPAI-related mortality events were reported in wild birds during the latest monitoring period.

With so few outbreaks in domestic birds, it was not possible to make a meaningful comparison with the geographical and temporal distribution of the virus in wild populations. The outbreaks that did occur, however, were in areas where HPAI had also been detected in wild birds.

Direct or indirect contact with wild birds remained the main source of introduction into establishments keeping domestic birds.

The summer figures should therefore be read in their seasonal context. The joint report indicates that detections in wild birds are expected to increase in the coming months. The arrival of migratory birds, together with the addition of immunologically naïve juveniles to wild populations, will create more favourable conditions for avian influenza virus circulation.

Distribution of the number of HPAI virus detections in wild birds (cumulative n = 19,844) (pink) and establishments keeping domestic birds (cumulative n = 8105) (blue) that were reported in Europe during seven epidemiological years by month of suspicion, from 1 October 2019 to 28 August 2026 (total cumulative n = 27,949).
Note: United Kingdom data are from the Animal Disease Notification System (ADNS, former ADIS) up until 31 December 2020. From 1 January 2021 onwards, the data source was WOAH-WAHIS for the United Kingdom (excluding Northern Ireland) and ADNS/ADIS for the United Kingdom (Northern Ireland)5.
a If the date of suspicion was not available, the date of confirmation was used to assign the week of suspicion.
Source: ADNS/ADIS and WOAH-WAHIS (data extraction carried out on 28 August 2026).

Preparing poultry farms for the higher-risk season

Given the seasonal increase in HPAI A(H5) risk observed in previous years, the report calls for heightened preparedness over the coming months.

Biosecurity should be kept at a high level throughout the production cycle and during culling operations, including in vaccinated flocks. Particular attention is recommended for establishments under the same ownership, those belonging to integrated production chains and farms located in densely populated poultry areas.

Surveillance must also remain capable of identifying infected establishments promptly.

The report draws attention to developments in the French duck sector during the 2025–2026 epidemiological year. Outbreaks in domestic ducks decreased markedly despite sustained HPAI infection in wild birds. The authors consider it likely that mandatory preventive vaccination, combined with strict biosecurity, helped to reduce both spillover from wild birds and transmission between farms.

This experience also reinforces a central point: vaccination does not replace biosecurity.

Continued circulation outside Europe

Outside Europe, HPAI A(H5N1) continued to circulate in Central and South America. Outbreaks in domestic birds were frequently reported in non-commercial and backyard establishments.

Mexico officially reported three HPAI A(H7N3) detections in wild plain chachalacas during the monitoring period. Separately, media sources cited in the report described outbreaks of the same subtype in Mexican poultry establishments between January and July 2026.

Nepal continued to report a substantial number of HPAI outbreaks in poultry.

Australia also faced a changing situation following the first introduction of HPAI A(H5N1) to the mainland. The virus spread among resident wild bird species and was associated with unusual mortality in greater crested terns.

For European poultry producers, the low summer figures are encouraging, but they do not signal the end of the risk period. With autumn migration under way, early detection and consistently applied biosecurity will remain central safeguards against the introduction of HPAI into poultry establishments.

Source: EFSA, ECDC and EURL, “Avian influenza overview June–August 2026”, published on 22 September 2026.

Norwegian Company Frøy Orders Three New Service Vessels from Rainbow Nantong Shipyard in China

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:17 +0700

• They will strengthen company’s capacity to meet the future needs of the aquaculture industry

Norway-based company Frøy is strengthening its fleet with three new service vessels from Rainbow Nantong Shipyard in China. Two of the vessels have already secured long-term contracts with two of Norway’s largest aquaculture companies—and this investment marks a new step in Frøy’s efforts to build a more modern, efficient, and sustainable fleet, they assured.

According to them, the vessels represent the next generation of service vessels and will strengthen Frøy’s capacity to meet the future needs of the aquaculture industry. With high technical standards, energy-efficient solutions, and significant operational capacity, they will contribute to a reduced environmental footprint, increased efficiency, and good working conditions on board.

“This is an important investment in Frøy’s continued development. We are seeing strong demand for modern service vessels and have great confidence in the long-term need for this type of capacity in the aquaculture industry. The fact that two of the vessels have already been secured on long-term contracts with leading players in the industry provides a solid foundation for the project and confirms that the vessel concept meets customers’ needs,” said CEO Tonje Foss.

Design Based on Extensive Experience Operating

The vessels have been developed based on Frøy’s extensive experience operating service vessels along the entire Norwegian coast, the company explained. The concept combines high deck and lifting capacity with a hybrid propulsion system, battery packs, and shore power charging.

That resulted in reduced fuel consumption and lower emissions, while also providing the vessels with increased power reserves and operational flexibility. They are further equipped with modern bridge technology, comprehensive camera and surveillance systems, and facilities that facilitate safe and efficient operations.

Vidar Pedersen, Frøy’s Commercial Director, highlighted the significance of the early customer interest: “The fact that two of the vessels have already been secured under long-term contracts is, in our view, a strong endorsement of the project. It gives us confidence that we are developing solutions that meet the needs of some of the most professional and demanding customers in the industry,” says Pedersen.

Significant attention has been paid to the onboard work environment. Noise- and vibration-reducing measures, high-comfort interior design, modern ventilation systems, and spacious cabin solutions are intended to contribute to a high level of well-being and a safe work environment for the crew.

Building on Frøy’s leading position in providing services to the aquaculture industry, the vessels have been developed based on extensive operational experience and a thorough understanding of customer needs. The goal has been to develop vessels that combine high capacity with energy-efficient solutions, strong operational reliability, and good working conditions.

Development for the Region

The company explained with the announcement that the new vessels not only help strengthen Frøy’s service offerings but also contribute to the further development of maritime expertise and value creation in the region.

“When we build new vessels, we’re also investing in expertise and jobs in the region. These projects offer exciting opportunities both at sea and on land, in ship design, technology, project management, and international construction supervision. This helps further develop a strong maritime professional community with expertise that is in demand far beyond our own operations,” assured Foss.

And he concluded: “The aquaculture industry faces ever-increasing demands for efficiency, sustainability, and quality. Therefore, we must continue to develop both our services and our vessels. These newbuilds are a clear expression of our ambitions and our belief in the future of both Frøy and the industry as a whole.”

Assisting Salmon Farmers

Frøy is a world leading integrated aqua service competence and infrastructure partner to the salmon farming industry. They assist salmon farmers with maintaining sustainable and efficient day-to-day farming operations at sea. Frøy was established at Frøya, the global epicenter for aquaculture, more than 20 years ago.

“Our solutions for the ocean space includes transportation of live fish, biological treatments, sorting, counting, cleaning, inspection, installation and maintenance of site infrastructure,” they say.

Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association Celebrates Its 40th Anniversary with a New Edition of the Cold Harvest and Aquaculture Canada

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:16 +0700

• The event is organized by NAIA and the Aquaculture Association of Canada

• More than 75 speakers and over 40 trade show exhibitors participated

The Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association (NAIA) organized the new edition of the Cold Harvest and Aquaculture Canada 2026 Conference and Trade Show, officially opened in St. John’s lasts September 15. This year’s event marks NAIA’s 40th anniversary and coincides with Aquaculture Week, formally declared by the Government of Newfoundland and Labrador. The event has been held at the Jag Hotel from September 15 to 17.

Cold Harvest is Canada’s largest cold-water aquaculture conference, co-hosted with the Aquaculture Association of Canada (AAC). More than 75 speakers and over 40 trade show exhibitors have participated, with delegates attending from across Canada and internationally. The program featured a wide range of technical and sector-focused sessions covering aquatic animal health, environmental science, innovation, workforce development, and emerging technologies.

Scott Ross, a national leader in agriculture policy and innovation, delivered the conference keynote address on the launch of the new edition. His remarks explore the connections between agriculture, aquaculture, and sustainable food production across Canada. Federal Fisheries Minister, Joanne Thompson, also attended the opening reception as the Provincial Fisheries and Aquaculture Minister, Loyola O’Driscoll.

At the opening reception of the Cold Harvest & Aquaculture Canada Conference & Trade Show 2026 in Newfoundland and Labrador everybody could see Thompson with young employees and students “helping shape the future of the province’s aquaculture sector,” said the organization. “The next generation is bringing energy, ideas and expertise to an industry that supports communities and contributes to Canada’s food system.”

Where the Aquaculture Community Comes Together

NAIA Executive Director Bradley George highlighted the importance of hosting the conference in Newfoundland and Labrador, stating “Cold Harvest has always been a place where the aquaculture community comes together to share ideas, strengthen partnerships, and showcase the innovation that drives our sector forward. We’re proud to welcome AAC and delegates from across the country and beyond to St. John’s this September.”

For his part, Cyr Couturier, President of AAC, said: “The Aquaculture Association of Canada is extremely pleased to once again be co-hosting the premier national seafood farming conference and trade show in Canada, in partnership with NAIA,” while adding “we have a fantastic lineup of panelists and sessions on almost every aspect of seafood farming.”

The joint Cold Harvest / Aquaculture Canada program featured technical sessions, keynote speakers, panels, and a large trade show representing the full value chain of aquaculture. Hundreds of delegates from Canada, the United States, Europe, South America, and other regions attended. Those wishing to register can visit www.naia.ca.

Two Associations to One Goal

Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association (NAIA) is a member-based organization that represents the interests of seafood farmers and their suppliers in Newfoundland and Labrador. The organization advocates on behalf of the aquaculture sector and works with producers, suppliers, governments, and communities to advance sustainable aquaculture development and promote the economic and social value of aquaculture across the province.

On the other hand, the Aquaculture Association of Canada (AAC) was established in 1984 with a mandate to foster the development of the Canadian aquaculture sector. Since 1985, it has delivered the national Aquaculture Canada conference and trade show in partnership with provincial or regional associations. The event brings industry, academia, and government stakeholders together to review innovations, science, and technology in Canadian aquaculture. Proceedings from the first 30 conferences are available free to the public at www.aquacultureassociation.ca.

Norwegian Seafood Industry Unites to Tackle Marine Litter with National and Global Clean-Up Initiative

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:15 +0700

By: Norwegian Seafood Council

Norway embarks on huge plastic-cleanup campaign ahead of World Cleanup Day

Together with businesses, schools, and public sector and voluntary organizations, the Norwegian seafood industry participated in a bid to tackle plastic pollution in marine waters, according to the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC).

In the runup to World Cleanup Day on September 20, Norway participated in the nationwide Beach Cleanup Week (Strandryddeuka), which culminated in a joint effort to remove marine litter from the Hardangerfjord – one of the world’s longest fjords – on September 17.

This year marked the fifth year of the ‘Clean Hardangerfjord’ campaign, which was launched in 2022 and is organized by Framtidshavet (The Future Ocean Foundation) in collaboration with other local Norwegian organizations.

Beach Cleanup Week took place in Norway from September 11–20 and last year saw 164,253 kg of marine litter removed from Norwegian waters and surrounding areas.

According to the clean-up report from the environmental organization Hold Norge Rent, volunteers have cleared more than 5.1 million kg of litter from Norwegian beaches over the past five years.

Kenneth Bruvik at beach cleanup week 2025.

Eighty Tons of Plastic Removed from the Hardangerfjord

Clean Hardangerfjord is a huge plastic clean-up campaign that brings together several thousand volunteers every year. The aim is to collect as much marine litter as possible in one day along the entire Hardangerfjord, which – at 180 km – is one of the world’s longest fjords.

Kenneth Bruvik, founder, board member and project coordinator at Framtidshavet, says of the cleanup-initiative: “Over the first four years, we have collected 80 tons of plastic from the Hardangerfjord. This has been possible thanks to a unique collaboration between the public sector, schools, private businesses and voluntary organizations. When we all pull together, it is incredible what we can achieve.”

Bruvik adds: “An initiative of this scale not only gives us a cleaner fjord, but also brings a range of other positive effects, such as reputation and brand building, better public health, closer connections to the fjord, research and collaboration across regions. It is a model I hope more people will be inspired by, both in Norway and abroad.”

Beach cleanup week 2025, Norway.

Environmental Issue on a Global Scale

Marine litter continues to be a major global environmental issue. According to the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), between 9 and 23 million tons of plastic end up in the ocean every year. This plastic can remain in the ocean for hundreds of years and cause harm to both animals and people.

Bruvik says: “If we do nothing, the amount of plastic ending up in the ocean could triple by 2040. As a father and grandfather, I cannot accept such a development. I want future generations to be able to experience clean oceans too. Alongside a deep love for the fjord and nature, that is my greatest motivation.”

Seafood Industry Support

The Norwegian seafood industry has contributed to Clean Hardangerfjord every year since its inception. Since the very beginning, representatives from both fisheries and aquaculture have ensured boats, equipment and volunteers are available for the campaign.

Bruvik says: “We are very grateful for the efforts made by the entire seafood industry. Although we still find a lot of marine litter originating from aquaculture and fisheries, today’s industry representatives have a completely different attitude from their predecessors. It is no longer acceptable for a fisher or aquaculture operator to throw waste into the sea.”

Over the years, Bruvik has seen the harsh effects of plastic waste in the ocean: “It is frightening to see how plastic slowly becomes embedded in nature and eventually turns into microplastics. It destroys life in the ocean and is highly damaging to public health. We cannot allow that, which is why we need to put this issue on the global agenda.”

Beach cleanup week 2024, Norway.

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 

The NSC is headquartered in Tromsø and maintains local representatives in some of Norway’s most important international markets. The Norwegian seafood industry finances the activities of the NSC via a tariff on all Norwegian seafood exports. The NSC is a public company owned by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Fisheries.

**About World Cleanup Day, Beach Cleanup Week (Strandryddeuka) and Clean Hardangerfjord (Rein Hardangerfjord)**

World Cleanup Day is an official United Nations international day, taking place on September 20.
Strandryddeuka, or Beach Cleanup Week, is a national cleanup project in Norway, taking place from September 11–20, initiated by the non-profit organization Hold Norge Rent, “Keep Norway Clean”.
Strandryddeuka is the largest cleanup initiative in Norway, gathering at least 15,000 volunteers across the country.
Rein Hardangerfjord, or the ‘Clean Hardangerfjord’ initiative, is organised by Framtidshavet (The Future Ocean Foundation), Hardangerrådet (the Hardanger Council) and Samarbeidsrådet (the Co-operation Council) for Sunnhordland in Norway.
Clean Hardangerfjord is a one-day initiative where all participants try to collect as much plastic waste from the fjord as possible.
In 2026 the initiative celebrates its five-year anniversary.
Up until 2026, the project has collected almost 80 tons of plastic waste from the Hardangerfjord.

Photos: Norwegian Seafood Council.

ASC Brings Ghana Model for Aquaculture Improvement to Global FAO Discussions

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:12 +0700

By: Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) highlighted how certification, improvement programmes and collaboration with governments and industry can help turn global aquaculture goals into practical action at the 37th Session of the FAO Committee on Fisheries (COFI37), taking place in Rome from 7–11 September 2026.

A key focus was ASC’s work in Ghana, where ASC, the Ghana Fisheries Commission and Chamber of Aquaculture are co-developing a national Code of Good Practices – demonstrating how the FAO Guidelines for Sustainable Aquaculture (GSA) can be applied at country and producer level.

ASC CEO Chris Ninnes and Head of the Improver Programme by ASC, Roy van Daatselaar, contributed to discussions at COFI37, sharing how independent standards, improvement pathways and partnerships can support progress across a sector where producers operate in different contexts and at different stages. They were joined by Bertrand Charron, ASC Global Director of Research & Insights, and Patricia Bianchi, ASC AIP & Governance Manager.

Chris said, “Independent standards that provide certification and credible improvement pathways can help translate global ambition into practical requirements and measurable progress. Only by including the entire value chain (including the ingredient sourcing for feed production) can the Guidelines be delivered.

“We also know that the performance of farming systems differs enormously globally. Implementation pathways to deliver change must build commitment for their direction and end goal, and for the services that facilitate this.

“The development in Ghana of a Code of Good Practice, facilitated by ASC, takes this approach. Supported by the Ministry and Chamber of Aquaculture we will launch this Code at the World Aquaculture Society meeting in Tanzania in December 2026.”

Ghana Shows Implementation in Practice

During a Speaker’s Corner session, Chris and Roy explored how the FAO GSA can be applied in practice in Ghana. As part of the project, ASC mapped the Guidelines against the practical, farm-level requirements of the ASC Farm Standard. Building on this work, ASC has worked with stakeholders in Ghana to develop an industry Code of Good Practices.

Ghana’s aquaculture sector is growing quickly, supported by an expanding domestic market and strong demand for tilapia and catfish. Since 2025, ASC has been working with the Fisheries Commission and the Chamber of Aquaculture to develop a voluntary, Ghana-owned Code of Good Practices for responsible aquaculture. It is designed as an accessible entry point for producers to demonstrate improvement, bridging the gap between international standards and contextualizing best practice into a local reality. The Code will act as a framework to support the Ghana industry on its commitment towards responsible production, improving access to finance and investment, and creating opportunities for market differentiation. By creating incentives for compliance – the Code is aligning private-sector efforts on sector development, with public-sector ambitions to implement the FAO GSA.

From global guidelines to local action: ASC highlights Ghana partnership at COFI37

Roy said, “This is a great example of how private-public collaboration can harness a shared vision on how responsible aquaculture can contribute to environmental sustainability and social responsibility, whilst contributing to economic development, food and nutritional security.

“This has been a genuine co-development process, not ASC handing over a standard. We have engaged farmers, feed companies, financial institutions and government from the start, alongside wider stakeholder consultations. That local ownership is essential if international ambitions are going to translate into changes that work in practice.”

The Code is structured around four pillars drawn from the ASC Farm Standard: legal compliance, environmental performance, social responsibility, and animal health and welfare. Wherever possible, these are anchored in existing Ghanaian legislation.

From Ghana to wider aquaculture improvement

While developed for Ghana, the approach has potential relevance for other countries looking to grow aquaculture while helping producers progressively improve their environmental, social and animal welfare performance.

Through its participation at COFI37, ASC is bringing the Ghana experience into wider discussions on how international guidelines can support locally led approaches to aquaculture development.

Notes to editors

For more information, contact:

Sophia Balod

sophia.balod@asc-aqua.org

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), an independent non-profit organisation, is driving the improvement of environmental and social practices in seafood farming through its leading, third-party assured certification programme.

ASC certification delivers measurable impact in aquaculture through science-based requirements—developed and revised through multi-stakeholder processes—covering biodiversity, animal welfare, greenhouse gas emissions, feed ingredient sourcing and human rights, all independently verified.

The ASC sustainability label on products provides proof that the seafood originates from farms certified to the robust ASC environmental and social standard, enabling credible substantiation of sourcing claims and making it the most globally recognised and trusted label for farmed seafood.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

AQUI-S® E10% (Eugenol Immersion Solution) for Freshwater Finfish Sedation Receives FDA Approval

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:09 +0700

By: MSD Animal Health

Sedative solution for field use helps manage fish and support fish welfare during spawning, tagging, weighing and measuring activities

Merck Animal Health, known as MSD Animal Health outside of the United States and Canada, a division of Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J., USA (NYSE: MRK), today announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved AQUI-S^® E10% (eugenol immersion solution) for sedation of freshwater finfish to a handleable condition in field-use settings. AQUI-S New Zealand Limited is the sponsor and manufacturer of AQUI-S^® E10%, which is marketed and distributed by Merck Animal Health in the U.S.

AQUI-S^® E10% is a stable sedative solution containing the active ingredient eugenol that can be used to sedate fish during field-based resource management activities, including spawning, tagging, weighing and measuring. After fully recovering from sedation, fish may be released immediately back into their natural water body. The FDA-approved indication does not permit the use of AQUI-S^® E10% in fish held in confined settings, such as hatcheries, ponds or aquariums.

“This approval provides field users of the product a practical, easy-to-use, rapid option for sedating small numbers of fish to a handleable condition and releasing them quickly back to the wild after full recovery in freshwater,” said Tim Kniffen, DVM, MS, technical services veterinarian, North America Aqua business unit, Merck Animal Health. “The ready-to-use liquid formulation of AQUI-S^® E10% has a demonstrated margin of safety for salmonids as well as nonsalmonids and produces a rapid effect and recovery with no withdrawal period and immediate release after full recovery.”

The approved dosage range is 25 to 40 mg/L of eugenol for salmonid fish species and 40 to 100 mg/L of eugenol for nonsalmonid fish species. After handling, sedated fish should be placed in clean, well-aerated freshwater until fully recovered before release.

AQUI-S^® E10% is available in 1-liter and 4-liter presentations. The product is formulated to be added directly to treatment tanks and disperses easily with mixing to create a uniform concentration of the active ingredient in the water. No withdrawal period is required when AQUI-S^® E10% is used according to label directions.

Current and prospective INAD investigators will continue to have access to AQUI-S 20E. INAD customers can continue to access AQUI-S 20E through established channels.

AQUI-S^® E10% will be commercially available in the fourth quarter of 2026. For more information about AQUI-S^® E10%, contact a Merck Animal Health sales or technical services representative or visit https://www.merck-animal-health-usa.com/producers/aquaculture/.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION for AQUI-S^® E10% (eugenol immersion solution): For field-use only in freshwater finfish. Do not leave fish unattended during treatment. No withdrawal period is required when used according to labeling. Not for use in humans. Keep out of reach of children. Harmful if swallowed. May cause skin and eye irritation and skin sensitization. For complete safety information, refer to the product label.

Product Label

About Merck Animal Health

Merck Animal Health, a division of Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J., USA, is a global animal health business committed to The Science of Healthier Animals. For more than 130 years, we have pioneered groundbreaking science. Today, we are driven by continuous innovation to develop breakthrough medicines, vaccines and technology. Rooted in direct experience on the farm and in the clinic, we work hand in hand with our customers every step of the way. Our singular focus is to empower those who care for animals, helping them manage their vital responsibility with confidence. Because when it comes to animal health, no one sees it like we do. For more information, visit www.merck-animal-health.com and connect with us on LinkedIn, Facebook, X (formerly Twitter) and Instagram.

Forward-Looking Statement of Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J., USA

This news release of Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J., USA (the “company”) includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. If underlying assumptions prove inaccurate or risks or uncertainties materialize, actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.

Risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to, general industry conditions and competition; general economic factors, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations; the impact of pharmaceutical industry regulation and health care legislation in the United States and internationally; global trends toward health care cost containment; technological advances, new products and patents attained by competitors; challenges inherent in new product development, including obtaining regulatory approval; the company’s ability to accurately predict future market conditions; manufacturing difficulties or delays; financial instability of international economies and sovereign risk; dependence on the effectiveness of the company’s patents and other protections for innovative products; and the exposure to litigation, including patent litigation, and/or regulatory actions.

The company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Additional factors that could cause results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) available at the SEC’s Internet site (www.sec.gov).

Aquatic Life Institute Announces 2026 Aquaculture Certification Schemes Benchmark, Reveals Progress for Welfare

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:08 +0700

By: Aquatic Life Institute (ALI)

The welfare-based analysis reviews 12 certification schemes and 2 international ratings agencies in its 5th edition

Aquatic Life Institute (ALI) has today published the fifth edition of its Aquaculture Certification Schemes Benchmark report, which remains the world’s only evidence-based tool designed to evaluate how strongly aquatic animal welfare is embedded within aquaculture certification and rating frameworks.

Seafood certification schemes and ratings agencies act as de facto regulators in a largely unregulated global industry. Through transparent evaluation, constructive dialogue, and evidence-based recommendations, the Benchmark seeks to accelerate the integration of robust animal welfare standards across global aquaculture. Since the introduction of structured feedback cycles, several certification schemes have incorporated new welfare language directly aligned with Benchmark recommendations, particularly in areas where provisions were previously absent or insufficiently explicit.

The 2026 edition analyzes current welfare requirements within the primary farming standards of 12 global seafood certification schemes and two international ratings agencies, representing the broadest scope of the Benchmark to date, expanding the geographic and regulatory diversity represented in the assessment. Updated methodology in the 2026 edition includes an expansion of the Transport Welfare Criterion to Transport & Handling, broadening the assessment to include routine handling practices. Further, the Benchmark now evaluates Antimicrobial Misuse as a Core Prohibition, recognizing the welfare implications associated with routine, prophylactic, or otherwise unjustified antimicrobial use.

The global seafood certification schemes and international ratings agencies reviewed in this year’s Benchmark influence the treatment of tens of billions of aquatic animals each year. Within the report, Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), Certified Humane®, GLOBALG.A.P., Global Animal Partnership (GAP), Global Seafood Alliance’s Best Aquaculture Practices (BAP), Friend of the Sea, Naturland Organic, OceanWise Seafood, RSPCA, Label Rouge, Marine Eco Label, Acquacoltura Sostenibile, Soil Association Organic, and Monterey Bay Aquarium’s Seafood Watch are evaluated on water quality, stocking density and space requirements, environmental enrichment, feed composition, transport and handling, and stunning and slaughter. In addition, the schemes and agencies are evaluated for their inclusion of prohibitions on octopus/cephalopod farming, use of insects in aquafeed, certification of shrimp from eyestalk-ablated broodstock, use of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) for faster growth, and antimicrobial misuse.

Based on assessment of the above criteria, Certified Humane retains the highest overall score for the second consecutive year, increasing its performance to 9.5 following the incorporation of animal welfare provisions into its standards through changes informed by ALI’s 2025 Benchmark. RSPCA received the second highest rating at 8.45, and ASC received the third highest rating at 7.95.

“We are honored that Certified Humane has once again been recognized as the top-ranked scheme in the 2026 ALI’s Aquaculture Certification Schemes Benchmark. This recognition underscores the importance of robust animal welfare standards in promoting higher welfare for farmed Atlantic salmon and driving meaningful improvements across the aquaculture sector,” Rosangela Poletto, Certified Humane Scientific Committee Director.

Further, Best Aquaculture Practices (BAP) demonstrated one of the largest improvements in overall score and continues to show a strong commitment to strengthening its animal welfare standards through ongoing engagement and standard development.

“Animal Health and Welfare is a core pillar of Best Aquaculture Practices and we greatly appreciate ALI’s role in supporting the strength and integrity of our certification program. The annual Benchmark provides a valuable learning and collaboration opportunity for the Global Seafood Alliance and BAP standards. ALI’s commitment to learning the critical details of both our standards and our certification operations has led to a stronger collaboration and more impactful improvement to our animal welfare assurances,” said David Dietz, Director of Standards.

An additional highlight from the 2026 Benchmark comes from a total of six certification schemes including octopus/cephalopod farming prohibitions in their standards, reflecting the growing momentum against the practices: Certified Humane, RSPCA, Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), Soil Association, Friend of the Sea, and Best Aquaculture Practices (BAP).

An overall assessment of all data collected showed that operational welfare is well established throughout the standards. Requirements relating to feed governance, water quality management, stocking density, transport and handling procedures, and humane stunning and slaughter are now incorporated by most certification schemes, providing an increasingly consistent baseline for animal welfare protection. However, behavioral welfare remains underdeveloped. Requirements promoting environmental complexity, behavioral stimulation, and opportunities for natural behavior continue to be among the least frequently adopted provisions, indicating that positive welfare outcomes remain insufficiently addressed.

View the full assessment here.

“What makes the Benchmark meaningful is that it does not end with a score,” said Steffan Edward, Certification Lead at ALI. “Behind every standard we assess are decisions that can ultimately shape the daily lives of millions of aquatic animals. This year, we saw certification schemes engage with our findings, reconsider existing requirements, and, in some cases, make concrete changes or commitments in response. That is exactly what we hope this work can achieve. The Benchmark gives us a way to recognize progress while remaining clear about where important gaps still exist. By returning to this process every year, we can keep raising expectations alongside the science and, most importantly, help turn better welfare standards into better lives for animals.”

The Benchmark serves as a practical resource for certification schemes, seafood companies, policymakers, researchers, funders, and animal welfare organizations. The annual report and Seafood Certification Program are designed to embed animal welfare into supply chains and trade regulations, encouraging accountability and reshaping the seafood industry on a global scale. This report focuses exclusively on animal welfare, recognizing it as an increasingly important component of responsible aquaculture and a growing priority for producers, certification schemes, retailers, investors, and consumers. It does not assess environmental sustainability, food safety, social responsibility, governance performance, or the implementation of and compliance with the standards.

About Aquatic Life Institute

Aquatic Life Institute is an international non-profit organization that works on advancing aquatic animal welfare in both aquaculture and wild capture fisheries globally. The organization works with certifiers, nonprofits, academic institutions, industry stakeholders, governments, and the public to improve welfare of aquatic animals.

FarmInsect, Once Europe’s Largest On-Farm Insect Network, Winds Down After Rescue Effort Fails

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 08:45:07 +0700

By: Insect Institute

The Bavarian insect farming company confirms it is being wound down, months after filing for insolvency — the latest in a year of high-profile failures across the insect-protein sector.

FarmInsect GmbH, a Bavarian company that built what it describes as the largest network of its kind in Europe, is being wound down. The company’s CEO confirmed the news in a public statement on LinkedIn, saying that months of efforts to save the business — working with shareholders and new partners brought to the table during insolvency proceedings — ultimately did not come together.

FarmInsect ran a decentralized, highly automated on-farm model, which provided consumers with on-farm units that reared black soldier fly larvae on regional organic residues to produce protein feed as an alternative to soy and fishmeal. The Munich district court placed the company under insolvency administration in late March 2026. By the company’s own account, roughly USD 18.52 million in equity and public funding had flowed into the platform since 2020, including backing from the European Investment Bank (EIB) and a USD 2.86 million award under the European Innovation Council’s EIC Accelerator.

FarmInsect‘s main distribution partner, the agribusiness group Agravis, had already suspended their joint venture in September 2025, citing weak demand, a lack of competitiveness, and regulatory hurdles, and now describes insect protein as a “niche.”

Commenting on FarmInsect’s collapse, Dr. Dustin Crummett, Executive Director of the Insect Institute and Affiliate Instructor in the School of Interdisciplinary Arts and Sciences at the University of Washington Tacoma said, “FarmInsect joins a long list of companies that failed despite substantial investment: Goterra, Ÿnsect, Enorm, Aspire, Divaks, AgroLoop, BetaHatch, Agriprotein. Investors and public funders have provided the sector with nearly USD 2.29 billion, but insect feed remains unable to compete with conventional feed on price. While decentralized production has been hailed as the way forward for a struggling sector, this is clear evidence that the sector’s core economics have not been solved.”

FarmInsect is one of at least seven high-profile insect-protein failures since 2025, alongside Goterra (Australia), Ÿnsect (France), Enorm (Denmark), Aspire (Canada), Divaks (Lithuania) and AgroLoop (Hungary). As of March, shuttered insect farming startups accounted for almost half of all investment into the industry, and more closures have occurred since then. In Australia, Goterra — which pursued a comparable decentralized, waste-to-larvae model — entered voluntary administration in June 2026 and has since been placed in liquidation after administrators could find no buyer. Since 2025, France’s Ÿnsect has gone into judicial liquidation despite raising more than USD 600 million; Denmark’s Enorm Biofactory was declared bankrupt after roughly USD 57.17 million in investment; Canada’s Aspire Food Group was placed in receivership; and Hungary’s AgroLoop has also failed.

The pattern has not gone unnoticed within the industry itself. In a submission to the European Commission earlier this year, the European insect farming trade group IPIFF (the International Platform of Insects for Food and Feed) admitted that “waiting for voluntary uptake has failed,” while asking for mandatory procurement of “bio-based and circular products,” which could require public institutions such as canteens and school cafeterias to buy insect-based protein.

“It is a concerning sign that the industry’s own trade group is now asking governments to mandate demand for its products,” Crummett added. “Investors and policymakerss might consider whether the resources spent on insect protein might be better directed to other solutions, given this admitted inability to compete.”

The concerns extend beyond economics. A May 2026 report from the Stockholm Environment Institute, rethinking insects as alternative protein, found that industrial insect farming in temperate, high-income countries frequently falls short of its environmental promise, with performance varying widely depending on energy use, feed inputs and what insect products actually replace in diets. The report concluded that, in high-income countries, insect farming now faces two critical tests — environmental performance and economic viability — both of which are increasingly in question.

The Insect Institute is calling on investors, policymakers and public funders to weigh the sector’s mounting record of commercial failures and contested environmental record before committing further capital or taxpayer support to insect farming ventures.

Sources

Public statement from FarmInsect‘s CEO Wolfgang Westermeier confirming the company is being wound down after restructuring efforts with shareholders and new partners did not succeed, LinkedIn (September 2 2026).
FarmInsect March 2026 insolvency: top agrar, Nach Insolvenz des Larvenmästers FarmInsect: Aussichten für Sanierung „äußerst positiv” (April 2026); Raiffeisen, FarmInsect im Insolvenzverfahren (April 2026), FarmInsect entered insolvency proceedings in late March 2026; a restructuring/investor process was underway at the time of the most recent reporting, and the outcome had not been made public.
IPIFF request for mandatory procurement: An Urgent Call to Action: Aligning Public Procurement with the Bio & Circular economy to Preserve Jobs and Fulfill the Green Deal Promise (Jan 2026); Euractiv, Insect industry hopes public buyers will bite (Feb 2026).
Goterra voluntary administration and liquidation: SmartCompany, Goterra enters liquidation after hopes of sale fall through (July 2026); Pioneering ag-tech startup Goterra enters voluntary administration (June 2026).
Sector failures: TechCrunch, How reality crushed Ÿnsect, the French startup that had raised over $600M for insect farming (Dec 2025); AgFunder News, Breaking: Danish insect ag firm ENORM declared bankrupt (2025); Vox, Bugs were supposed to be the future of food. Now, the insect farming industry is collapsing (March 2026); Regional News (in Lithuanian: regionuzinios), Insect protein producer Divaks goes bankrupt, plans to build a 67 million euro factory in Marijampolė collapse (June 2026).
Stockholm Environment Institute, Rethinking insects as alternative protein: emerging environmental and animal welfare considerations (27 May 2026).

About the Insect Institute

The Insect Institute is a non-profit organization committed to providing policymakers, the public, investors, NGOs, and other stakeholders with evidence-based recommendations concerning the farming of insects as food and feed, including its impact on the environment, animal welfare, public health, and the rest of the food chain.

EuroTier 2026: poultry innovation focuses on automation, artificial intelligence and monitoring

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 01:10:10 +0700

DLG (German Agricultural Society) has announced the winners of the Innovation Award EuroTier 2026. This year, 176 innovations were recognised by the independent DLG Innovation Commission: four received Gold Medals and 27 Silver Medals. Among the Gold and Silver Medal winners, two innovations were also awarded the special Animal Welfare Award distinction.

The medal-winning companies represent ten countries and territories across Europe, Asia and North America. Overall, the submissions span 14 product areas, ranging from digital livestock management and smart farming to housing and feeding technologies for cattle, pigs and poultry, as well as manure management and environmental solutions.

Among the award-winning innovations are several solutions specifically developed for poultry, alongside cross-sector technologies that may also be relevant to poultry production.

ROVABARN SE, a highly automated mobile poultry barn

UKKÖ Robotics – ROVABARN SE
Hall 17, stand D45 – Silver Medal

Mobile poultry barns allow laying hens and broilers to be moved regularly to new areas, helping to distribute nitrogen and phosphorus more evenly across the land. Traditionally, however, moving these structures requires a tractor or winch, while adjusting ventilation and supplying feed and water also involves considerable work.

ROVABARN SE from UKKÖ Robotics combines the concept of a mobile poultry barn with a high degree of automation. Via an app, the system monitors water and feed consumption and can move autonomously across the land up to 20 times a day.

The birds are therefore regularly provided with fresh feeding areas, while nitrogen and phosphorus are distributed over a wider surface, avoiding high concentrations in individual locations.

The system also includes automatic folding walls for temperature control, integrated feed and water supply systems and protection against predators. Farmers can continuously monitor the barn’s feed, water and energy supply and analyse consumption data, bringing data-based flock monitoring functions to mobile poultry housing.

BarnBuddy, artificial intelligence for animal monitoring

VetVise GmbH – BarnBuddy
Hall 16, stand D23 – Silver Medal

BarnBuddy is a camera-based, AI-supported livestock and health management system developed for poultry, pigs and cattle.

The cameras analyse feeding behaviour, activity and animal distribution, helping to identify possible health or climate-related problems at an early stage.

At the core of the system is a generative AI assistant that combines the collected data with veterinary and agricultural science information and translates it into practical recommendations available in 35 languages.

BarnBuddy can also directly operate barn computers. Alerts are therefore not only generated but also assessed, with the aim of providing more precise guidance and reducing time-consuming trips to the barn.

Electronic Egg to reduce damage during egg transport

Bröring Technology GmbH – Bröring Electronic Egg
Hall 14, stand C44 – Silver Medal

In laying hen barns, egg transport from the nest to the grading and packing station is now extensively automated. During this process, however, a proportion of eggs can be damaged and, in some cases, the percentage can exceed 10%.

Electronic eggs are used to identify impacts and optimise transport systems. Existing devices often require computers and dedicated data transmission systems, making them more difficult to use in everyday farm operations.

The new Electronic Egg from Bröring Technology can instead be used directly in the barn without a computer. Impact intensity is indicated by LEDs of different colours, allowing critical points along the transport line to be identified precisely.

Problems can therefore be corrected directly within the system, with the aim of reducing egg breakage. The device can also be connected via Wi-Fi to a smartphone, tablet or PC for documentation purposes without the need to install specific software.

FEED CHECK for automated monitoring of feed silos

Constantec Co., Ltd. – FEED CHECK
Hall 12, stand B03 – Silver Medal

Among the cross-sector technologies that may also be relevant to poultry production is FEED CHECK from Constantec Co., Ltd.

Automated silo fill-level monitoring is an established tool for keeping track of feed stocks and ensuring that new feed can be ordered in good time.

FEED CHECK introduces LiDAR technology to precisely record the surface of the feed stored in the silo and determine its remaining volume.

The system also integrates temperature and humidity sensors, allowing the condition of stored feed to be monitored continuously and enabling early action in the event of potential quality deterioration.

With three measurements per day, the replaceable rechargeable battery can provide a service life of up to five years, supporting low-maintenance operation and greater process reliability.

Needle-free technologies for vaccine administration

Developments in animal health management also include the use of needle-free injection systems, in which liquid medicines are delivered through the skin using high pressure.

These technologies are already used in certain animal species, including pigs and poultry, and can reduce pain and stress associated with needles, the risk of infection at the injection site and cross-contamination. They also eliminate the need to dispose of single-use needles.

Among the award-winning innovations, RoBooVaxx from Obuda University applies the principle of needle-free administration to a robotic system developed specifically for cattle, integrating cameras and artificial intelligence to automatically identify the optimum injection site.

Overall, the awarded solutions highlight the growing integration of automation, sensor technology, artificial intelligence and data analysis. Among the poultry-related innovations presented, these technologies are applied to continuous monitoring of animals and their environment, feed and water management, housing automation and the control of egg-handling processes, with the aim of improving production efficiency and farm management.

Edited excerpt from a DLG press release

EuroTier 2026: biosecurity, AI and efficient management at the heart of future livestock farming

Edusehat — Wed, 23 Sep 2026 01:10:10 +0700

Avian influenza, cost volatility, automation and new technologies are reshaping the livestock sector. For poultry farming, disease prevention and biosecurity are emerging as key priorities in the run-up to EuroTier 2026.

Livestock farms are currently facing market instability, rising costs, animal disease risks, climate change and an increasing need to use resources more efficiently. These are among the key issues set to shape EuroTier 2026, scheduled to take place in Hanover from 10 to 13 November, under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”.

During the international EuroTier press conference held on 22 September, Dr. Lothar Hövelmann, CEO of the DLG, identified geopolitical uncertainty, fragile supply chains, rising feed and energy costs, extreme weather events, the global spread of livestock diseases and labour shortages in industrialized countries among the main factors transforming livestock production. These challenges are compounded by growing demands relating to animal welfare, emission reduction and resource efficiency.

Positive outlook for the poultry sector

Within this complex scenario, the poultry sector continues to benefit overall from positive market prospects, according to the analysis presented by Hövelmann.

Margins, however, remain highly sensitive to changes in feed, energy and housing costs. In Germany, the laying hen sector is currently performing robustly, supported by strong consumer demand for eggs.

Significant risks nevertheless remain. In addition to volatility in feed and energy markets, the analysis presented by Hövelmann particularly highlights the threat posed by avian influenza outbreaks, which can rapidly reduce livestock populations.

According to Hövelmann, future-oriented business strategies must combine economic resilience, animal health, biosecurity and responsible resource use. He also stressed that the economic performance of livestock farms can no longer be considered in isolation, as market prices, extreme weather events, feed availability, energy supply, animal health, political frameworks and technological developments are closely interconnected.

Biosecurity among the top priorities, especially in poultry

The DLG’s Agrifuture Insights Survey 2025/2026, whose findings were used to shape EuroTier’s technical programme, found that animal disease prevention emerged as one of the highest priorities.

Around 1,770 participants from the international DLG network took part in the online survey. Respondents identified priority areas for innovation and future investment.

Participants placed particular emphasis on prevention, monitoring systems and effective biosecurity concepts, especially in the poultry sector.

As Hövelmann stressed, biosecurity is not a single measure, but a continuous process combining prevention, monitoring and consistent management.

Automation and artificial intelligence

Another issue expected to become increasingly important is automation. Labour shortages and rising wage costs are expected to further accelerate automation in livestock farming.

The analysis presented by Hövelmann also highlights that AI-supported herd management systems are increasingly capable of analysing animal health indicators, feeding behaviour and activity patterns. These technologies can enable earlier detection of health problems and support more informed management decisions.

Hövelmann also stressed that smart farming and artificial intelligence must not become objectives in themselves. The decisive factor is the availability of practical, reliable and economically viable solutions that integrate seamlessly into existing farm operations and support better decision-making for livestock producers.

Technology, productivity and animal welfare

EuroTier 2026 will highlight the connection between technology, productivity and animal welfare.

Among the planned features is the Barn Robot Event, where automated livestock solutions can be experienced live.

The trade fair will showcase technologies, management concepts and technical expertise that support practical business solutions.

EuroTier 2026 will take place from 10 to 13 November 2026 at the Hanover Exhibition Grounds. More than 2,100 exhibitors from over 55 countries are expected to participate. The event will be held alongside EnergyDecentral, the international trade fair for decentralized energy supply, and the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show.

Key threats to poultry gut health

Edusehat — Tue, 22 Sep 2026 17:40:12 +0700

Assuring optimal gut health across production phases is a cornerstone to safeguard poultry performance and wellbeing. Despite being a health and welfare problem, gut health issues also result in long-term consequences if birds struggle to recover and raise biosecurity concerns for other birds and staff.

The gastrointestinal tract is responsible for breaking down feed particles into digestible nutrients that are absorbed into the bloodstream to satisfy metabolic requirements and fuel production outcomes effectively. Certainly, the gastrointestinal tract succeeds at doing so by operating together with the microbiota within, which helps digest fibrous components, stimulates intestinal walls, enhances the immune response of the host, and produces beneficial by-products for the host. Birds with a healthy gut are active and have a strong appetite, digest and absorb nutrients efficiently, and have a competent immune response. All these traits favour production outcomes and reduce recovery time in case of digestive upsets. Producers should therefore not underestimate the benefits of maintaining a healthy, functional gut microbiota-host interaction. But what are the main factors to look at when it comes to concerns about poultry gut health?

Poor barn biosecurity

Sound biosecurity practices lower the risk of pathogen entry and its impact on flock performance in the case of outbreak. Meanwhile, pitfalls in biosecurity protocols are gateways for potential pathogens to colonize birds’ gastrointestinal tract and develop enteric disorders that take a toll on flock performance. Therefore, revising barn protocols to prevent pathogen entry and control their spread if they make it in is the best strategy to protect poultry gut health beforehand.

Potentially harmful microorganisms can be found in poultry houses mainly as the flock ages. This may not be a problem for the current flock because they are already habituated to this environment, but raises biosecurity concerns for the following flock. Implementing all-in/all-out practices between batches, followed by thorough cleaning and disinfection is paramount to avoid gut health issues in naïve chicks or pullets. Failure to do so can result in digestive upsets, pasty vents, and diarrhea during the first week after placement that can lead to growth check and threaten birds’ survivability. In production systems with bedding and feeding enrichments, every effort should be made to prevent cross-contamination between batches. Harmful microorganisms proliferate on humid patches of organic matter from leftover feed and manure, and any dirty surface becomes a source for infection. Temperatures over 50 ºC can destroy unhealthy bacteria such as Salmonella and Campylobacter, and heat treatment is sometimes recommended to reduce pathogen load in litter but cannot solve the problem even if done correctly. In between batches it’s also good timing to clean and disinfect in-depth water lines to remove biofilms built up during the last production phase since health problems can also arise from here.

Mycotoxin-producing fungi can also grow under warm, humid conditions in feed bins, becoming a source of health problems if feed is stored inadequately for a long time. Pelleting lowers the load of potentially harmful microorganisms in ingredients used for feed formulation. Nonetheless, feed quality declines over time after preparation, particularly when feed remains in storage for extended periods. From a biosecurity standpoint, bins should be emptied before adding the new batch of feed into them and producers should check regularly that feed bins are not a hotspot for pathogens.

Weak(ened) microbiota

Developing a flourishing ecosystem of diverse, beneficial bacteria in the intestinal tract acts as a powerful barrier against potential pathogens present in the feed, water, and litter. Any of them can disrupt the fine balance between the intestinal microbiota and the host, jeopardising the proper functioning of the gastrointestinal tract and putting at risk the recovery of both if gut microbiota is not resilient enough to halt the new intruders. Weak microbiota health is a gateway for pathogenic bacteria such as Salmonella serotypes that take advantage of stressful events to colonise intestinal walls.

Feeding poultry diets supplemented with probiotics that survive pelleting, resistant to stomach acids, and capable of growing quickly in the small intestine is key to support a healthy gut microbiota and achieve consistent performance outcomes across ages. This is particularly important for newly hatched chicks and after stressful events that alter the microbiota balance due to a decline in beneficial bacteria. Transportation, thermal stress, and other welfare problems can lead to microbiota imbalance, and reinforcement with probiotics can help restore a healthy balance. Lastly, supplementation is also recommended after treating the flock with antibiotics, which wipe out the intestinal microbiota, and before temporarily metabolically demanding phases, such as the onset of lay.

Implementing poultry diets rich in prebiotics can also prompt the development of already-present beneficial bacteria. They feed on these components that are non-digestible by the host, stimulating their growth and activity. These fibrous compounds also strengthen the gastrointestinal tract becoming more robust and less prone to lesions due to intestinal wall breakage which ultimately benefits the overall functioning of the gastrointestinal tract.

Optimal gut health is no longer a bonus producers should aspire to under the right conditions and should be seen instead as a key management strategy for broilers and layers to achieve performance objectives and good flock welfare. Strong, resilient gut health boosts performance efficiency from within and supports the economic sustainability of poultry barns. To attain this goal and achieve optimal performance records consistently: biosecurity protocols must be solid, staff should fully comply with them, and producers should implement feeding strategies that strengthen the gastrointestinal tract and support beneficial gut microbiota across production phases.

Beneficial Insects in Regenerative Agriculture: Nature’s Partners in a Healthy Farm

Edusehat — Tue, 22 Sep 2026 07:05:09 +0700

A healthy farm depends on much more than crops, soil, water, and sunlight. It also depends on the countless organisms living within the agricultural ecosystem.

Among the most important are beneficial insects.

Beneficial insects in regenerative agriculture can perform several valuable ecological functions. Some prey on crop pests, others pollinate flowers, and many contribute to the biodiversity and biological balance of the farm.

Rather than viewing every insect as a potential problem, regenerative agriculture encourages farmers to understand which insects are present, what roles they perform, and how farming practices can create conditions that support useful species.

By creating diverse habitats, maintaining flowering plants, reducing unnecessary pesticide applications, and increasing crop diversity, farmers can encourage beneficial insects to become part of a more resilient agricultural system.

Predatory Insects Help Control Crop Pests

Some beneficial insects survive by feeding on insects that can damage crops.

Lady beetles, lacewing larvae, hoverfly larvae, ground beetles, minute pirate bugs, and other predators may consume aphids, mites, insect eggs, caterpillars, and other agricultural pests.

A healthy population of predators will not necessarily eliminate every pest. Nor should that be the goal.

Instead, natural enemies can help keep some pest populations below levels that cause significant crop or economic damage.

This process is an important part of biological pest control.

When farmers provide suitable habitat for predatory insects, these species may become valuable partners in an integrated pest-management strategy.

Parasitoid Insects Can Reduce Pest Populations

Predators are not the only insects that help control pests.

Another important group consists of parasitoids.

Parasitoid insects lay their eggs on or inside another insect. Their developing offspring use the host for food and eventually kill it.

Many parasitoid wasps are extremely small and may go unnoticed even when they are actively working within a farm ecosystem.

Different parasitoid species attack pests such as aphids, caterpillars, flies, and other crop-damaging insects.

Because parasitoids often specialize in particular hosts, a diverse population of natural enemies can contribute to more balanced pest management.

Bees Support Crop Pollination

Not all beneficial insects control pests.

Some provide another essential agricultural service: pollination.

Bees are among the best-known agricultural pollinators. As they move between flowers collecting pollen and nectar, they transfer pollen from one flower to another.

This process supports reproduction in many flowering plants and contributes to the production of numerous fruits, vegetables, seeds, nuts, and other agricultural products.

Honey bees are important pollinators, but they are not the only ones.

Many native bee species, as well as some flies, beetles, butterflies, and other insects, also contribute to pollination.

Supporting a diversity of pollinators can therefore be an important part of building a healthy agricultural ecosystem.

Flowering Plants Provide Food for Beneficial Insects

Beneficial insects need reliable food sources.

For bees, flowering plants provide the pollen and nectar they need. Other beneficial insects may depend on flowers during certain stages of their lives even if they are predators or parasitoids at other stages.

For example, some adult parasitoid wasps and flies feed on nectar while their offspring attack agricultural pests.

Providing different flowering species can help extend the period during which nectar and pollen are available.

Ideally, farmers can select plants that bloom at different times so that flowers are present throughout much of the growing season.

Flowering plants can be incorporated into:

Field borders
Hedgerows
Cover crop mixtures
Insectary strips
Windbreaks
Buffer areas
Areas around farm buildings

These spaces can provide food while also increasing habitat diversity across the farm.

Regenerative Practices Create Insect Habitat

Beneficial insects need more than food.

They also need shelter, nesting areas, overwintering locations, and protection from unnecessary disturbance.

Several practices commonly associated with regenerative and conservation agriculture can help provide these conditions.

Cover crops create vegetation and flowering resources between cash crops.

Reduced soil disturbance may help protect some insects and other organisms that live or overwinter near the soil surface.

Crop diversity creates a wider variety of potential food sources and habitats.

Hedgerows, native vegetation, field margins, brush piles, and other semi-natural areas may provide additional shelter and overwintering locations.

Instead of keeping every part of a farm bare or intensively managed, leaving carefully selected areas for habitat can support a wider range of organisms.

Pesticide Use Can Affect Beneficial Insects

Pesticides can be valuable agricultural tools when pest populations threaten crops, but their use needs to be carefully managed.

Some broad-spectrum insecticides can affect beneficial insects in addition to their intended targets.

Repeated or poorly timed applications may reduce populations of predators, parasitoids, and pollinators that otherwise contribute useful ecological services.

This is one reason Integrated Pest Management (IPM) is important.

IPM encourages farmers to monitor pest populations, understand economic thresholds, use preventive management practices, and select appropriate interventions when they are genuinely needed.

When pesticide treatments are necessary, farmers can consider factors such as product selection, application timing, placement, and potential effects on non-target organisms.

The goal is not necessarily to eliminate pesticide use completely. Instead, the objective is to manage pests effectively while minimizing unnecessary disruption to the agricultural ecosystem.

Crop Diversity Supports More Insect Species

A farm with many types of plants can provide a greater variety of food and habitat than a farm dominated by a single plant species.

Different crops flower at different times.

They develop different canopy structures and root systems.

They may also attract different insects and other organisms.

Crop rotations, cover crop mixtures, intercropping, agroforestry, flowering borders, and preserved natural areas can all increase diversity within the agricultural landscape.

Greater plant diversity can support insects performing several ecological roles, including:

Pollinators
Predators
Parasitoids
Decomposers
Soil-associated organisms

The result can be a more complex agricultural ecosystem in which multiple biological processes operate at the same time.

Beneficial Insects Strengthen Natural Pest Control

A regenerative farm does not need to be completely free of pest insects.

In fact, predators and parasitoids require prey or hosts in order to survive.

The objective of natural pest management is therefore not necessarily complete eradication.

Instead, beneficial insects can help keep pest populations at levels where crop damage remains manageable.

This concept is known as conservation biological control.

Rather than simply introducing beneficial organisms, conservation biological control focuses on creating and protecting the habitats needed by the predators and parasitoids already present in agricultural landscapes.

Flowering strips, hedgerows, cover crops, field margins, and reduced pesticide exposure can all be part of this strategy.

Beneficial Insects and Farm Biodiversity

The importance of beneficial insects extends beyond pest control and pollination.

Insects are part of larger food webs.

They provide food for birds and other wildlife, interact with plants and microorganisms, contribute to decomposition, and participate in nutrient cycling.

This means that protecting insect diversity can have effects throughout the agricultural ecosystem.

A farm containing crops, cover crops, flowering plants, hedgerows, natural vegetation, and other habitat types may support a wider range of organisms than a simplified landscape.

Regenerative agriculture seeks to work with these biological relationships rather than relying exclusively on external inputs.

Beneficial insects are one important part of that approach.

How Farmers Can Encourage Beneficial Insects

Farmers interested in supporting beneficial insect populations can begin by observing what is already living on their land.

Identify existing flowering plants, field margins, natural vegetation, and areas where insects are especially active.

From there, opportunities may include planting flowering field borders, using diverse cover crops, maintaining hedgerows, providing undisturbed habitat, reducing unnecessary pesticide use, and monitoring both pest and beneficial insect populations.

The most appropriate approach will depend on the farm’s crops, climate, pest pressures, existing habitat, and management goals.

Beneficial insects should therefore be viewed as one component of a broader regenerative and integrated pest-management strategy rather than as a complete replacement for every other pest-control method.

Conclusion

Beneficial insects can make important contributions to regenerative agriculture.

Predatory insects and parasitoids help regulate crop pests.

Bees and other pollinators support plant reproduction.

Flowering plants provide food, while cover crops, field margins, hedgerows, and natural vegetation create habitat.

Crop diversity can support a wider range of beneficial species, and careful pesticide management can help protect those populations.

The goal is not simply to introduce more insects onto a farm.

It is to create an agricultural ecosystem in which beneficial organisms have the food, habitat, and protection they need to perform their natural roles.

When farmers work with these biological relationships, beneficial insects can become valuable partners in creating more resilient, diverse, and sustainable agricultural systems.

Interested in Regenerative Agriculture?

Would you like to learn more about working with natural ecological processes rather than against them?

The Ecolonomics Action Team (EAT Community) brings together farmers, environmental professionals, entrepreneurs, and others interested in regenerative agriculture, sustainable business, and practical environmental solutions.

Explore ideas, learn from experienced professionals, and discover approaches that can help create agricultural systems that are both environmentally responsible and economically sustainable.

Visit the EAT Community to learn more:
https://www.eatcommunity.com/

Sources & Further Reading

The Xerces Society — Habitat Planning for Beneficial Insects
A comprehensive resource covering beneficial predators, parasitoids, conservation biological control, habitat development, cover crops, field borders, hedgerows, and pesticide-risk reduction.
https://xerces.org/publications/guidelines/habitat-planning-for-beneficial-insects

The Xerces Society — Conservation Biological Control
Explains how farms can conserve predators and parasitoids and integrate beneficial insects into ecological pest-management systems.
https://xerces.org/pesticides/ecological-pest-management/conservation-biological-control

The Xerces Society — Supporting Pollinators on Farmland
Guidance on providing flowering resources, nesting sites, overwintering habitat, and protection from pesticides for agricultural pollinators.
https://xerces.org/pollinator-conservation/farmland

The Xerces Society — Beneficial Insect Scouting Guide
A practical resource for identifying and monitoring beneficial insects in cropped areas, cover crops, hedgerows, and other farm habitats.
https://xerces.org/publications/scouting-guides/beneficial-insect-scouting-guide

The Xerces Society — Beneficial Insects: Farms and Agricultural Landscapes
A farm-focused habitat assessment resource for evaluating conditions that support beneficial insects.
https://xerces.org/publications/habitat-assessment-guides/beneficial-insects-farms-and-agricultural-landscapes

The post Beneficial Insects in Regenerative Agriculture: Nature’s Partners in a Healthy Farm first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Thinking about all things packaging

Edusehat — Mon, 21 Sep 2026 23:50:06 +0700

As WRAP and other packaging organisations head to Climate Week this week in New York City (21-27 September), the news arrives that flexible packaging is largely not making the cut for the UK Environment Agency. It means “61.8% of the flexible plastic assessed under the recyclability assessment methodology (RAM) received a red rating, representing almost 245,000 tonnes of packaging. RAM forms part of extended producer responsibility for packaging (pEPR), under which large producers contribute towards the cost of collecting and recycling packaging waste.”

The easy wins for packaging recycling and being had, such as metal. Although there is still plenty of metal packaging that is not recycled in the UK, it is something the Deposit Return Scheme will hopefully clear up going forward. Wrap also is working on plastic films and flexibles, in establishing a shared pathway for 2030. Currently, these films are not in most local household waste schemes in the UK.

Other goals include: supporting the development of sufficient, economically viable collection, sorting and recycling capacity ahead of significant increases in collected material, seeking to to build resilient end markets for recovered material and improve confidence in recycled-content, recyclability and circularity claims, aiming to maintain public understanding, trust and participation as collection services evolve across the UK, and defining the UK Packaging Pact’s role as the principal convener, bringing businesses, governments, local authorities, recyclers, technical experts and delivery initiatives together around shared evidence and coordinated action.

Speaking of packaging, and the machinery to make it, we will be at PPMA this week, 22-24 September, on Stand H58. Myself and Samantha Bull will be happy to chat with you about all things dairy. Please come by and looking forward to seeing some of you there.

www.wrap.ngo

https://www.ppmashow.co.uk/exhibitors-2026#/exhibitors/bell-publishing

The post Thinking about all things packaging appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Remembering Dr James “Jim” McKay

Edusehat — Mon, 21 Sep 2026 17:50:09 +0700

It is with deep regret that friends and former colleagues of Dr James “Jim” McKay note his death on 9 September 2026, following recurrent infections after a stroke.

Jim was a formidable scientist who, over nearly five decades, made a substantial and lasting contribution to the development and integrity of the global poultry industry. He worked at the UK Poultry Research Centre near Edinburgh and subsequently at Ross Breeders, Aviagen and the EW Group.

Born in 1952 and brought up in Ayrshire, Jim received a first-class honours degree and a PhD from the University of Edinburgh, followed by academic research in Dublin. Through his calm and disciplined application of the scientific method, Jim regularly addressed significant industry challenges, including avian leukosis virus, highly pathogenic avian influenza and the development of welfare regulations. Livelihoods depended on Jim’s ability to find solutions; he never let the industry down.

Colleagues, customers and competitors alike regarded Jim as completely trustworthy when he led collaborative projects, often in the most difficult circumstances. He was enjoyable to work with and always able to see the lighter side of events. His legacy includes the many scientists he mentored and encouraged through his generous and unassuming leadership.

Jim leaves his wife, Helen, whom he met on their first day at university. Helen built her own distinguished career in forestry research. Jim’s priority was always his family, including his son John and daughter Katie. He was happiest at home, developing and tending the garden that he and Helen created together.

Ian Panton, formerly CEO of Aviagen and a long-time colleague, said: “Jim’s commitment to professional research, combined with his humanity and decency, made him a very special friend who will be missed by many former colleagues. Our thoughts are with his family.”

This tribute was submitted by Peter Page, a long-time friend and colleague of Dr Jim McKay.

SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE 2026: A Global Meeting Point for the Livestock Industry

Edusehat — Mon, 21 Sep 2026 14:20:08 +0700

From 6 to 9 October 2026, Clermont-Ferrand, France, will once again become an international meeting point for livestock professionals as the SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE celebrates its 35th edition.

Recognised as one of the world’s leading exhibitions dedicated to livestock farming, the SOMMET will bring together more than 1,800 exhibitors and over 120,000 professional visitors from nearly 100 countries. Around 2,000 animals representing 70 breeds will showcase the excellence and diversity of French and European livestock genetics.

In 2026, particular attention will be given to pastoralism, as the SOMMET serves as France’s flagship event for the International Year of Rangelands and Pastoralists, proclaimed by the FAO and the United Nations. International conferences and exchanges will highlight the importance of grazing systems for resilient livestock production, biodiversity, sustainable land management and the preservation of traditional farming knowledge.

Another major highlight will be the Limousin National Championship. Renowned worldwide for its adaptability, feed efficiency and meat production qualities, the Limousin breed will offer international livestock professionals an outstanding showcase of French beef genetics.

Innovation will also be at the heart of the exhibition. A new Animal Health Hub will bring together laboratories, pharmaceutical companies, veterinary services and experts, while the agricultural machinery sector will expand by an additional 10,000 m². More than 140 conferences and technical seminars will address key challenges such as food security, water management, climate adaptation and farm performance.

With around 6,000 international visitors and 330 international exhibitors expected, the SOMMET is also a major platform for business and international cooperation. Overseas professionals can benefit from dedicated services, B2B opportunities and farm tours providing direct access to French livestock expertise.

For livestock professionals looking for genetics, technology, expertise and new international partnerships, SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE 2026 is a key event on the global agricultural calendar.

For more information :- https://www.sommet-elevage.fr

Divalent anticoccidial feed additive brings diversity to coccidiosis-rotation programs to counter resistance

Edusehat — Mon, 21 Sep 2026 03:30:04 +0700

Coccidiosis is the poultry industry’s most economically damaging disease. As such, producers are often seeking new management approaches and products to bring into the rotations that reduce the risk of resistance from the Eimeria parasites, which cause the condition. In an interview with Vasil Stanev, DVM, MBA, global director of technical services poultry nutrition and health at Phibro Animal Health, he explains how the company’s divalent anticoccidial feed additive ﬁts into this picture.

What does Avatec^® (lasalocid sodium) bring to coccidiosis-rotation programs?

VS: In a word: diversity. In-feed anticoccidials remain the most effective tool to control coccidiosis,¹ but prolonged use of any one product can lead to reduced efficacy as Eimeria sensitivity declines. This loss of sensitivity often affects other anticoccidials with similar chemical structures.² Ionophores fall into three classes, and cross-resistance is most common within—but not between—classes. So, if salinomycin is used, resistance may also develop to narasin and monensin, all monovalent ionophores. In contrast, lasalocid, the only divalent ionophore, is largely unaffected by this.

To preserve efficacy, rotating products from different classes via full or shuttle programs is essential.³ Lasalocid adds value to such rotations due to its distinct chemistry, and because it has historically been used less than monovalent ionophores, ﬁeld Eimeria often shows greater sensitivity to it.⁴ This makes it an important option for maintaining long-term coccidiosis control.

You mentioned full and shuttle rotation programs. What is the best way to use lasalocid?

VS: Lasalocid is effective against all major Eimeria species in poultry. Choosing between full and shuttle programs depends on infection pressure and grow-out length. For lower pressure and shorter cycles (up to 4 to 5 weeks), it is best used in a full program, from placement to withdrawal. For higher pressure or longer grow-outs (over 35 to 42 days), a shuttle program is recommended. In shuttle programs, lasalocid can be used in either the starter (0 to 3 weeks) or grower phase (3 to 6 weeks), paired with a synthetic such as robenidine or decoquinate in the alternate phase.

This additive has not been used as intensively as other in-feed anticoccidials. Why is that?

VS: Market conditions and usage practices vary significantly across regions, and this helps explain differences in use over time. In some markets, lasalocid has historically been included more consistently in coccidiosis control programs than in others. Years ago, some markets reported performance concerns when this feed additive was used at higher inclusion rates (105 to 125 ppm).

Importantly, at recommended inclusion levels of 75 to 90 ppm, lasalocid has consistently demonstrated excellent safety and efficacy, with no negative impact on bird performance observed. Anticoccidial sensitivity tests (ASTs) have shown that it performs consistently better than many other ionophores in maintaining anticoccidial effectiveness. In fact, lasalocid remains one of the most effective ionophores available for coccidiosis control.

Do producers need to adjust electrolyte levels when using lasalocid?

VS: Lasalocid differs chemically from monovalent ionophores and has a distinct ion affinity. At the higher dose of 125 ppm, it’s important to maintain electrolyte balance (Na+K–Cl) within 172 to 240 mEq/kg.⁵ This aligns with typical diets, but in some cases, reducing sodium (and possibly potassium) while keeping chloride 20% to 40% higher than sodium may be necessary. There is no need to modify electrolyte levels between 75 and 90 ppm.

Are there any seasonal considerations when using this feed additive?

VS: Lasalocid offers year-round ﬂexibility for broiler producers, unlike monensin or nicarbazin, which are often avoided in warm weather. It is particularly popular in summer, as it doesn’t reduce water intake.

In cooler seasons, when lower water intake may be beneﬁcial, Na and K can be reduced—typically to 0.15% and 0.8% to 0.9%, respectively. Calcium levels also matter; major genetic suppliers now recommend lowering Ca to improve nutrient use and reduce water loss. When enzymes like phytase are included, mineral contributions must be accounted for to prevent excess mineral intake, which can increase water excretion.

Today, producers using a coccidiosis vaccine often want to supplement it with an in-feed anticoccidial. Can lasalocid be used in these so-called hybrid programs?

VS: Deﬁnitely. For immunity to develop, vaccinal Eimeria must complete its life cycle in the bird’s gut, which can cause tissue damage and invite secondary infections. To manage this after 18 to 21 days, producers often use low-dose ionophores—a bio-shuttle approach. A Southern Poultry Research Group study showed that broilers vaccinated in ovo and fed lasalocid at 75 ppm from day 18 to 35 or 50 showed at least a 3-point feed conversion improvement over vaccinated-only birds, while maintaining coccidial immunity.⁶

Does using lasalocid in broilers present any export barriers?

VS: Not anymore. Major regions, including the EU and Japan, have set maximum residue levels (MRLs) for lasalocid in poultry, and the UN’s Food Code supports international trade by listing lasalocid MRLs. Studies show lasalocid depletes quickly after it is withdrawn, and when the withdrawal time is followed.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

¹ Noack, S., Chapman, H.D, and Selzer, P.M., (2019), Anticoccidial drugs of the livestock industry, Parasitological research, 118:2009–2026.
² Chapman, H.D., (1997) Biochemical, genetic and applied aspects of drug resistance in Eimeria parasites of the fowl, Avian Pathology, 26:2, 221-244.
³ Peek, H.W., and Landman, W.J.M. (2011) Coccidiosis in poultry: anticoccidial products, vaccines and other prevention strategies, Veterinary Quarterly, 31:3, 143-161.
⁴ Stanev, V., Naciri, M., Niepceron, A., Fort, Genevieve., & Vancraeynest, D. (2013). Efficacy of anticoccidial drugs in broilers – based on anticoccidial sensitivity tests in the period 2000-2012. Proceedings of the 19th European Symposium on Poultry Nutrition.
⁵ EFSA FEEDAP Panel. (2022). Scientiﬁc Opinion on the safety and efﬁcacy of a feed additive consisting of lasalocid A sodium (Avatec® 150G) for chickens for fattening and chickens reared for laying (Zoetis Belgium SA). EFSA Journal 2022; 20(12):7715, 14 pp.
⁶ Mathis, G., Schaeﬀer, J., Cookson, K., Dickson, J., LaVorgna, M., & Waldrip, D. (2014). Effect of lasalocid or salinomycin administration on performance and immunity following coccidia vaccination of commercial broilers. Journal of Applied Poultry Research, 23(4), 577-585.

The post Divalent anticoccidial feed additive brings diversity to coccidiosis-rotation programs to counter resistance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Trends, standards and research directions for the future of laying hen welfare

Edusehat — Sat, 19 Sep 2026 17:55:16 +0700

The Western egg industry is transitioning to cage-free housing, creating new welfare challenges for hens genetically adapted to battery cages. Research highlights that early-life experiences with structural complexity and load-bearing exercise are crucial for adaptation to aviary systems and long-term skeletal health. Feather pecking remains a significant issue, with new studies exploring the gut-brain axis and effective enrichment strategies. Future progress relies on optimizing genetics, refining pullet management, and developing automated, real-time monitoring tools to enhance welfare standards.

Summary

Whether through changes in animal welfare regulations or corporate commitments for cage-free eggs, most of the egg industry in the Western world is transitioning to cage-free housing for laying hens. The current genetics of commercial hybrids, as well as feeding and management practices were developed for life in conventional cages, and it is not surprising that new welfare problems have emerged. Multi-tiered aviary systems are commonly used for cage-free production to increase stocking capacity in barns. However, behavioural adaptation to these complex housing systems and skeletal health problems, such as keel fractures, are both significant challenges in aviaries. Recent research indicates that pullets’ early-life experiences with environmental complexity, specific structural elements (e.g., perches, ramps), and load-bearing exercise are crucial for their success in adapting to aviaries and for their long-term health and welfare. Feather pecking behaviour, a problem that can result in plumage damage, injury and cannibalism, occurs in all types of housing systems. However, the consequences can be worse in cage-free systems. New areas of research include investigations into the role of the gut-brain axis, the effects of early-life experiences, and effective edible enrichments to prevent feather pecking. Overall, new research is focusing on optimizing hen genetics and pullet management to match the birds to cage-free housing and reduce skeletal and behavioural problems. Finally, research into the development of automated methods for real-time assessment of hen welfare will help prevent problems in the barn and improve animal welfare audits for consumer-driven animal welfare assurances.

Introduction

The last 80 years have witnessed tremendous changes in the way eggs are produced and in the laying hens that produce them. In the decades following World War II, egg production underwent industrialization, transitioning from small, cage-free flocks to larger, cage-based operations as the use of battery cages began in the USA and later spread globally. At the same time, techniques in quantitative genetics were applied in earnest, and selection for production traits produced commercial hybrids with substantially earlier sexual maturity and higher egg production rates. The field of poultry science also flourished, with advances in nutrition and health management. These changes in genetics, housing, and feeding resulted in the production of one of the most nutritious animal proteins with one of the lowest environmental footprints. However, the use of conventional cages also came at a cost. Public perception of battery cages is largely negative and supported by scientific evidence that housing hens in barren cages compromises some important aspects of hen welfare.

Today, whether driven by legislation or corporate commitments, the entire Western world is experiencing another 360 ° shift in housing systems for laying hens. Societal concerns about hen welfare demand the elimination of conventional cages and a return to cage-free, or at least enriched, systems. However, this time, cage-free housing is being implemented on an industrial scale, with flocks of thousands or tens of thousands of hens housed in complex aviary systems. Additionally, we are using a knowledge base developed for the feeding and management of laying hens that were genetically selected for life in cages. Across countries, this shift is occurring through different means, at varying rates, and often with differing standards. The welfare trade-offs between conventional cages versus cage-free housing for laying hens are well established in the scientific literature (Hemsworth, 2021). Therefore, it is no surprise that the shift to cage-free housing presents challenges for producers, new welfare issues for laying hens, and a need for new areas of research to address them.

In this paper, I aim to provide an overview of the changing status of egg production in Europe, USA and Canada, current requirements for laying hen standards and assurances, and some of the animal welfare challenges associated with the change to cage-free housing. I will also discuss new and future areas of research needed to improve the welfare of laying hens.

Status of the egg industries in Europe and North America

Current legislation and corporate commitments

In Europe, the 1999/74/EC Directive on the keeping of laying hens came into effect in January of 2012, allowing cage-free systems and enriched cages with specific requirements for space, nests, perches, foraging, and dustbathing substrate. Some EU member countries have independently banned all types of caging systems. In 2018, a European Citizens’ Initiative (ECI) “End the Cage Age,” calling for an EU-wide ban on the confinement of poultry, pigs, rabbits, and calves, as well as regulations for imported products derived from these systems, was registered with the EU Commission (European Commission, Animal Welfare). The “End the Cage Age” ECI registered 1.4 million signatures by 2019, with many signatures coming from the Netherlands and Germany (where cages are already prohibited). The EC responded by commissioning an updated Scientific Opinion on the welfare of laying hens (EFSA, 2023) and by initiating public consultation, an impact assessment, and a policy initiative to phase out cages in the EU completely. To date, no changes have been made, although the 2025 “Vision for Agriculture,” strategic planning document indicates consideration for updating the EU animal welfare regulations. In 2021, around 47% of eggs in the EU were produced in furnished cages, 36% in cage-free barns, 11% in free-range, and close to 6% in organic, with significant regional differences across EU countries in the housing systems used (Majewski et al., 2024).

Following the adoption of Brexit in 2020, the United Kingdom maintained the minimum standards set by the EU Directive, which had been formalized into UK legislation in 2006 and 2007 (The Welfare of Farmed Animals (England) Regulations, 2007). Although a large segment of the British egg industry had already moved to enriched cages by 2012, several major supermarket chains made commitments in 2016 to sell only cage-free eggs with a 2025 deadline. According to the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA, 2025), 71% of egg production is free-range, and 17% is enriched cage, with the balance in barn and organic systems.

As of 2024, 10 U.S. states have enacted laws on the production or sale of cage-produced eggs. The impact of these laws was projected to surpass 16% of the hen inventory in the USA by 2026 (USDA Economic Research Service). However, a much greater impact on the US egg industry has been the 2015/2016 corporate commitments by retailers and food service to only sell eggs produced in cage-free systems by 2025. Although not all commitments have been met, the inventory of cage-free laying hens in the US as of October 2025 was estimated at >136M laying hens, or around 46% of the national hen inventory (USDA Egg Markets Overview). Of the cage-free hens in the US, the vast majority are in barns, with a small percentage (~16%) in organic systems and even fewer in free-range or pasture-based systems. The other 54% of US hens are in conventional cages.

The Canadian egg industry is also transitioning away from conventional cages, but on a very different pathway. In 2016, the Egg Farmers of Canada (EFC) announced that they would voluntarily stop using conventional cages by 2036. The Code of Practice for the Care and Handling of Pullets and Laying Hens was published the following year, requiring that all hens be provided with amenities for nesting, perching, and foraging by 2036, and all enriched cage systems installed after 2032 to include amenities to provide opportunities for dustbathing (NFACC, 2017). As a supply-managed industry, the EFC embarked on a steady, organized transition to prevent market disruptions. Although the global wave of corporate commitments also hit Canada in 2016, the Retail Council of Canada, representing the major grocery store chains, retracted their cage-free pledge in 2021, instead indicating support for the National Farm Animal Care Council, the multi-stakeholder body that develops the Codes of Practice for Canada (Edmiston, 2025). When the 2017 Code was published, close to 90% of hens in Canada were housed in conventional cages. As of 2024, just over 43% of the flock was in conventional cages, with close to 37% in enriched and 13.5%, 4.9%, and 1.4% in cage-free barn, organic and free-range systems, respectively (EFC Annual Report, 2024). To date, most Canadian egg producers have opted to transition to enriched cage systems.

Welfare standards, labeling and assurance schemes

In the EU, the table egg industry is the only food animal industry with a harmonized compulsory animal welfare labelling scheme (European Commission, Animal Welfare Labelling). Eggs are stamped with the production method based on EU legislation for laying hens, which defines minimum standards of care for housing in enriched cages and cage-free systems. Across EU countries and the UK, there are also a variety of voluntary and private animal welfare assurance schemes developed to demonstrate higher welfare standards to consumers, such as the Dutch SPCA 3-star Beter Leven system in the Netherlands and RSPCA Assured in the UK.

In the USA, state legislation and corporate commitments for cage-free production generally do not specify any housing or husbandry standards. The United Egg Producers (UEP) developed their own national, industry-led Animal Welfare Guidelines for Cage-free Housing in 2017. Since 1999, the UEP has been working with an independent scientific advisory committee to establish and regularly update animal care guidelines for hens in cages. The scientific committee comprises poultry welfare scientists, veterinarians and an ethicist. The UEP Certified Program involves annual third-party audits of farms to ensure compliance with its guidelines and represents 90% of the eggs produced in the USA (UEP Certified, 2024).

In Canada, the Code of Practice has specific requirements for floor, feeder, nest, perch, and litter or scratch mat space allowances, as well as husbandry and euthanasia practices for pullets and hens across all types of housing systems. The Codes for all farm animals are developed by multi-stakeholder committees (including farmers, processors, government, veterinarians and representation from animal advocacy and retailers) and informed by a Scientific Committee Report on priority welfare issues. Egg farmer compliance with all requirements in the Codes is assured through the national EFC Animal Care Program. Annual on-farm audits are conducted on 2/3 of farms by EFC or provincial field inspectors, with the remaining farms receiving third-party audits. The Animal Care program is bundled with the Start Clean-Stay Clean® food safety program for Egg Quality Assurance^TM certification (available at: https://eggquality.ca).

Animal welfare challenges and research needs

a. The importance of early-life experience

Most cage-free housing today comprises multi-tier aviary systems that allow for increased bird density within the barn. In aviaries, resources such as feeders, drinkers, perches, and nests are located on stacked tiers elevated well above the litter (ground floor). While an aviary may seem like a natural fit for a bird, laying hens are Galliformes, a heavy-bodied, terrestrial species better suited to life on the ground. Although laying hens do still prefer to roost in high places at night, the numerous aerial transitions required to navigate between different tiers and structures in an aviary often prove challenging for them.

When aviaries were first developed in Europe, it soon became apparent that pullets destined for these complex housing systems had to be reared in similarly complex systems (Janczak and Riber, 2015). When not well-prepared for aviary housing, hens are less able to navigate the system and find (or reach) food, water, and nests, resulting in higher mortality and substantially more eggs laid outside the nest and on the floor. Providing perches early in life was found to be particularly important (Gunnarsson et al., 1999), as was providing resources, such as food and water, at multiple levels (Colson et al., 2008), so that pullets can learn to access vertical space. Up until very recently, there was a lack of any husbandry standards or welfare guidelines for pullets, and little research on pullet behavioural and physical development (Giersberg and Rodenburg, 2023). Now that the success and welfare of laying hens in cage-free housing depends on a bird that is calm, experienced, and physically fit, research in this area has been rapidly growing.

In terms of behaviour, rearing experience affects cognitive development, spatial navigation, use of structures, and fearfulness (Campbell et al., 2019). Pullets reared in aviaries versus conventional cages have been shown to perform better on tests of cognition. For example, young hens reared in commercial aviaries were faster to find rewards and had better working memory in a spatial task (Tahamtani et al., 2015) and better success in a T-maze learning task (Rentsch et al., 2023a) than birds reared in conventional cages. Experience with structures such as perches, ramps, and elevated platforms also results in birds performing better on tests of navigation, such as ascending a series of offset platforms to receive a food reward (Gunnarsson et al., 2020; Rentsch et al., 2023b). Early experience with specific structural elements is also important. For example, exposure to ramps in the first weeks of life increases hens’ ramp use in the layer house and reduces hesitancy when moving between levels (Norman et al., 2021). Finally, rearing in more complex environments, such as aviaries, has been shown to reduce fear of novelty (Braenstater et al., 2016; Rentsch et al., 2024a) and improve overall use of 3-dimensional space (Braenstater et al., 2016).

As one might expect, musculoskeletal development is also affected by the rearing environment, as the amount of load-bearing exercise performed increases with the complexity of the rearing system (Pufall et al., 2021; Anderson et al., 2024; Rentsch et al., 2023c). Pullets reared in aviaries versus conventional cages have increased muscle mass (Casey-Trott et al., 2017a), larger keels (Casey-Trott et al., 2017a; Rentsch et al., 2024) and greater cortical cross-sectional area and breaking strength of the long bones (Regmi et al., 2015; Casey-Trott et al., 2017a). The addition of multi-tiered perching structures alone improved load-bearing activity, muscle mass, bone strength and biomarkers of bone formation in growing pullets housed in floor pens (Anderson et al., 2024). Specific designs of rearing systems can also affect pullet development, as there are considerable differences in the amount of vertical space, the number of structures requiring jumping, and the amount of horizontal space available for running, especially in the brooding sections where chicks are kept for the first few weeks (Pufall et al., 2021).

Interestingly, some of the effects on behavioural and musculoskeletal development mentioned above depend on the genetic strain of the bird. White-feathered strains tend to use more and higher structures in the environment and perform more aerial transitions between tiers (Pufall et al., 2021; Rentsch et al., 2023a); they also reap more of the benefits of growing up in a complex aviary than brown-feathered strains (Rentsch et al., 2023b,c).

b. Skeletal health

While the load-bearing exercise inherent to cage-free systems does improve bone strength, fragile bones and, in particular, keel bone fractures, are still a significant problem in laying hens. The prevalence of keel fractures is high; estimates from commercial farms range from 20 to 96%, and the condition can impair mobility and is likely painful for hens, at least in the early stages (see Toscano et al., 2020).

Egg production rate and its associated calcium demand is assumed to be a contributing factor for fragile bones, including the keel, but the etiology of keel fractures is complex. Fractures on the medial section of the keel apparently result from collisions with environmental structures. In contrast, fractures located in the caudal area of the keel are non-traumatic in nature, possibly related to the early onset of lay and the repeated strain from laying eggs prior to complete ossification of the keel (Thøfner et al., 2020). Now that egg production rates are close to their biological limit with hens laying nearly an egg per day, breeding goals for laying hens are focusing on laying persistency and maintaining egg quality to support extended production to over 100 weeks of age. One of the significant challenges of extended laying cycles will be maintaining the skeletal health of laying hens in non-cage systems, and research in this area is ongoing (Gautron et al., 2021). Bone traits are moderately heritable, and one study of genetic correlations between production and bone traits indicated that early onset of puberty, rather than egg production persistency, was associated with a loss of bone quality in laying hens (Dunn et al., 2021). Research is also targeting the identification of behavioural phenotypes associated with stronger bones and fewer keel fractures (Toscano et al., 2020).

More research is needed to optimize rearing for lifelong musculoskeletal health and behaviour. Enhanced bone characteristics, such as increased cortical (structural) bone area resulting from prepubertal load-bearing exercise, are maintained throughout adulthood (Casey-Trott et al., 2017b). Lower prevalence and severity of keel fractures have been observed at the end of lay when pullets were reared in high complexity aviaries versus conventional cages (Casey-Trott et al., 2017c) or less complex aviaries (Rentsch et al., 2024b). Fewer fractures could be due to better navigation skills, differences in keel bone properties or both. Hens reared in aviaries versus cages experienced fewer and less forceful collisions when subsequently housed in enriched systems (Pullin et al., 2020) and laying hens reared with ramps not only used ramps more but also had fewer keel fractures (Norman et al., 2021).

c. Feather pecking

Despite decades of research into its causes and prevention, feather pecking remains one of the major welfare issues in laying hen production. Severe feather pecking, which is the forceful pecking and pulling out of group-mates’ feathers (sometimes followed by feather eating), causes damage to plumage and integument and can lead to cannibalism (van Staaveren and Harlander, 2020). Feather pecking has economic as well as welfare implications, as plumage damage results in increased heat loss and thus, increased energy requirement. Although feather pecking occurs in every type of housing system, it can be worse in non-cage systems as it can spread quickly throughout a large flock through behavioural contagion. In countries that prohibit both beak trimming and cages (e.g., the Netherlands, Germany, Austria), feather pecking outbreaks can be devastating for flock welfare.

One hypothesis for feather pecking is that it is a form of redirected foraging behaviour. However, the problem is much more complex with underlying differences in brain chemistry in birds that perform feather pecking (van Staaveren and Harlander, 2020). Factors influencing feather pecking are numerous and multi-factorial, including lack of foraging substrates, genetics, nutritional factors such as feed composition and form, changes in diet, environmental stressors such as stocking density, air quality, social disruption, and the list goes on. One emerging area of research is the microbiota-gut-brain axis, which is known to influence behaviour (van Staaveren and Harlander, 2021). Populations of laying hens selected for feather pecking have been found to have distinct microbiota profiles, although the relationship between gut microbes and feather pecking is still unclear.

Another area of more applied research on feather pecking is the identification of effective environmental enrichments. Pecking blocks, which are edible enrichments, have been demonstrated to improve plumage condition in laying hens. Commercially available pecking blocks differ in nutrient composition, with some primarily mineral-based and others containing more grains, molasses or fibre (Ehigbor et al., 2025). Interestingly, preferences for different pecking blocks vary across genetic strain, and their use varies across individual birds and time of day, with high calcium mineral-based blocks consumed more at the end of the day, corresponding with calcium appetite. Pecking blocks offer opportunities to reduce feather pecking and give individual birds some choice over the nutrients in their diet.

The rearing experience of pullets can contribute to the development of feather pecking, even when the behaviour does not emerge until later in the bird’s life (Giersberg and Rodenburg, 2023). Research is needed to determine how experience with different foraging materials, interruptions in foraging availability, and dietary changes during rearing predict feather pecking in the layer barn. Additionally, research is needed into how nutritional interventions during rearing, especially during critical periods, might influence feather pecking by altering the microbiota, gut function, or feeding/foraging motivation (Mens et al., 2020).

d. Animal welfare assessment

Animal welfare audits are a reality for many producers worldwide, and there is a sub-discipline within animal welfare science that focuses on practical animal welfare assessments. Since both farmer livelihoods and assurance of animal welfare depend on sound assessment instruments, measures of animal welfare need to be valid (accurate measures of animal welfare), reliable (good inter- and intra-observer repeatability), and feasible (practical and cost-efficient in the field). Although it has long been acknowledged that animal-based measures (ABMs) (e.g., real-time measures of health, mortality and behaviour) are the best animal welfare indicators, most practical assessments still rely on resource- or management-based measures (e.g., checking compliance with housing or husbandry standards), particularly in poultry. One area of research with considerable effort in Europe is the development of animal welfare surveillance systems through tracking of ABMs, for example, at slaughter plants (EFSA, 2021). In some slaughter plants, these measures are already in place for internal food safety monitoring. For laying hens, potential ante- and post-mortem animal welfare measures include feather condition, DOA (dead on arrival), lesions, broken bones, broken keels, and condemnations, which can be tracked at the farm level. There is also considerable research effort to deploy intelligent technologies based on environmental sensors and computer vision in barns to provide real-time monitoring of laying hen health and welfare (Ma et al., 2025). Potential measures include auditory analysis of hen vocalizations and the identification of changes in flock behaviour to enable early detection of illness or outbreaks of feather pecking. A multidisciplinary effort will be critical for validating automated behaviour and welfare measures.

References are available on request.

From the proceedings of the Australian Poultry Science Symposium 2026, by courtesy of Professor Tina M. Widowski

New calculator helps poultry industry rapidly estimate HPAI depopulation resources

Edusehat — Sat, 19 Sep 2026 03:40:04 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) remains an ongoing challenge for the US poultry industry, with recurring outbreaks that result in the loss of millions of birds and require rapid depopulation. Affected facilities may need to be depopulated within 24 to 48 hours of a presumptive-positive classification, making it critical to be able to respond quickly and have the right resources to control the spread of disease.

Producers and animal health officials need reliable tools to quickly estimate the resources required for different depopulation methods.

A research team led by Sanjay Shah, PhD, professor in the department of biological and agricultural engineering at North Carolina State University, developed a new Excel-based mass-depopulation calculator to help poultry producers and animal health officials rapidly estimate the resources needed during HPAI outbreaks.

“Available methods include nitrogen and carbon dioxide whole-house gassing, foaming and ventilation shutdown with heat, but the availability and suitability of each method can vary based on farm conditions, housing systems and environmental factors,” Shah said.

The calculator estimates the amount of propane, propane plus steam, carbon dioxide or nitrogen needed to depopulate different types of poultry. It considers bird type, number and weight of birds, housing system, house dimensions, condition and outside temperature.

The tool is designed to provide the USDA, state animal health officials and poultry industry personnel with a practical, accessible resource for rapidly estimating depopulation requirements during disease emergencies.

“The calculator is more comprehensive than existing tools because it accommodates multiple poultry types, housing systems and depopulation methods,” Shah explained.

Validation using published data is still needed to confirm its accuracy and reliability. Once validated, the tool could enhance preparedness and response during HPAI outbreaks by helping officials and producers quickly determine the resources needed for emergency depopulation.

The calculator could also be adapted as an educational tool to demonstrate poultry-house energy efficiency, heat transfer and the effects of building characteristics on energy use.

More information regarding the tool can be found here. If you are interested in obtaining the calculator, please contact Dr. Denise Heard, vice president of research programs at USPOULTRY.

The research was funded by USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation. Click here to view the industry summary.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post New calculator helps poultry industry rapidly estimate HPAI depopulation resources appeared first on Modern Poultry.

#NoBirdFlu: EFSA and European Commission announce practical resources to reduce bird flu risk

Edusehat — Fri, 18 Sep 2026 20:20:11 +0700

As Europe prepares for the autumn bird migration season, the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) and the European Commission have released a range of practical resources to help farmers, small flock holders and veterinarians prevent the spread of avian influenza, under a campaign called #NoBirdFlu.

Outbreaks of avian influenza – also known as bird flu – can have serious consequences for animal health, food production, farmers’ livelihoods, and public health. However, simple preventive measures can reduce the risks.

Simple measures to keep bird flu out

The #NoBirdFlu campaign promotes five simple biosecurity measures that can help prevent the introduction and spread of avian influenza, especially on small farms and among backyard flocks:

control access to farms
maintain effective cleaning and disinfection routines
prevent contact with wild birds
keep poultry species separate
recognise signs of disease and act early.

“Bird flu prevention starts with everyday biosecurity. #NoBirdFlu helps turn scientific knowledge into simple actions that farmers, small flock holders and veterinarians can apply before the virus reaches the farm,” said Nikolaus Kriz, EFSA’s Executive Director.

“As migratory birds cross Europe, the risk of avian influenza increases. Bird flu does not stop at borders. By working together across Member States and sectors, we can help reduce the risk of outbreaks and protect animal health, food production and livelihoods,” said Claire Bury, Deputy Director-General for Food Sustainability at the European Commission.

Why now?

Avian influenza, commonly known as bird flu, is a highly contagious viral disease that mainly affects poultry and wild water birds. Outbreaks can devastate poultry populations, disrupt supply chains and harm farmers’ livelihoods. They can also have an impact on public health.

Bird flu cases in Europe typically rise during the winter months when migratory birds travel across the continent. Between October 2025 and June 2026, almost 8,000 outbreaks were detected in Europe. Detections in wild birds were four times higher than in the previous winter. On poultry farms, most infections came from indirect contact with wild birds. This underscores the importance of applying strong biosecurity measures to limit introduction of the disease from wildlife and farm-to-farm spread.

Campaign toolkit

A toolkit that includes a range of communication materials is available to help campaign partners share the practical measures that will reduce the spread of bird flu on farms. Translations of the materials in all EU languages will be made available. They include:

2 infographics with simple guidance for farmers and small flock holders
posters with visual reminders of key actions to integrate into daily routines
a video showcasing the key measures farmers can take to help keep bird flu out
ready-to-use social media materials, including posts and stickers, to help spread the message within farming communities and beyond.

How to get involved

If you want to support and be a part of the campaign, visit the #NoBirdFlu website and download the communication toolkit. Sharing these materials can help reduce the risk of avian influenza outbreaks, keeping bird flu out of Europe’s farms and flocks.

Source: EFSA press release

Cleaning and disinfection of poultry house: a key step in poultry farm biosecurity

Edusehat — Fri, 18 Sep 2026 20:20:11 +0700

Biosecurity is a major issue in poultry farming today. Failures in biosecurity can lead to significant economic losses: lower animal production, mortality, poor egg quality, etc. In this article, we will explain all the steps for an efficient cleaning and disinfection of poultry houses.

Some bacteria and viruses can survive for a long time in farm conditions, some are able to survive in the absence of oxygen, in cold climates but also in heat. Therefore, a good cleaning and disinfection protocol is vital. This includes strict application of the different steps and product contact times (refer to the instructions for each product).

To achieve this, the protocol can be divided into four main steps.

Cleaning of poultry houses

This is the stage where all equipment is taken out of the building and all organic matter visible to the naked eye is removed by washing. The house should be visually clean.

First, the batch is reformed, any dead birds are removed. Feed residues in feed lines and silos are removed. Finally, all removable equipment is taken from the building to be washed and disinfected.
Second, pre-soaking of the slats outside the building is recommended. Sweep or wash all surfaces to remove dust from ceilings, water pipes, fan housings and inlets (with air pressure if available). The entire floor should be scraped and swept.
The drinking system should also be thoroughly cleaned: – Fill the system with water, adding an adequate amount of disinfectant (hydrogen peroxide, chlorine or acetic acid). When diluting, be careful to respect the required concentration.
- The disinfectant should be allowed to flow through the system to the watering point for the animals. Leave for about 1 hour, it is possible to leave the product in the system for up to 2 hours. If necessary, repeat the operation several times, up to a maximum of 3 times a day.
- Fill the drinking lines with clean water and with the filter upside down.
- Repeat the entire procedure if scale and biofilm persist.

Once the above steps have been completed, pressure wash all surfaces with a detergent solution. All areas must be cleaned: inside but also concrete access areas, air inlets, etc.

Effective disinfection

This step consists of disinfecting clean surfaces. After cleaning, the level of pathogens is still quite high. It is essential to use a broad-spectrum disinfectant that is effective against viruses, bacteria, fungi and moulds.

As a first step, all removable objects should be returned to the building to be disinfected as well.
Using a low-pressure water pump (300 psi), apply the disinfectant solution evenly to all washed internal surfaces to ensure the surfaces are completely soaked.
Pay particular attention to corners, cracks and seams, ensuring that all sides of the elements are covered.
Spray, beginning with the ceilings, and working down the walls to the floors.
At the end of the disinfection process, close all doors and place disinfectant foot baths at all entrances.
To control organisms introduced into the building during the set-up procedure and disinfect the air and other inaccessible areas of the building, fumigation can be carried out using a fine mist sprayer with a disinfectant solution.

Empty period

This step does not begin until the first two steps have been fully completed. This is the time when the building is empty.

It is advisable to carry out a sanitary period of at least 10 days, this step must be adapted according to the local regulations in force.

Preparing for the arrival of the new flock

3 days before the arrival of the new flock, spray all areas with a residual insecticide.
Provide fresh litter (never use mouldy materials). Spray the litter surface with a larvicide insecticide.
Prepare the equipment in the start-up area and ensure that all equipment is working properly.
Twenty-four hours before the arrival of the new flock, carry out a final disinfection by thermal fogging.

In conclusion

Cleaning and disinfecting poultry buildings are key moments in biosecurity, in addition to the daily routine: washing hands, changing clothes, respecting the different areas of the farm, etc. This is an opportunity to achieve optimum cleaning and disinfection of the building. If properly carried out, it ensures that the farm maintains a good health status and a high level of biosecurity. The birds can therefore grow under optimal conditions and fully express their genetic potential.

The Novogen technical team remains at your disposal for any further information you may require.

For more information visit www.novogen-layers.com

New research explores phytase, dacitic tuff breccia supplementation to maintain eggshell quality in older hens

Edusehat — Fri, 18 Sep 2026 06:05:07 +0700

Supplementation with phytase and dacitic tuff breccia (DTB) has variable effects on eggshell quality, egg production and other parameters in older hens, according to research at North Carolina State University.

The poultry industry is increasingly focused on extending the productive lifespan of laying hens beyond 100 weeks to enhance welfare, sustainability and profitability. A major challenge in achieving this goal is the age-related decline in eggshell quality, largely due to reduced calcium absorption.

“Simply increasing dietary calcium is often insufficient, as optimal eggshell formation also relies on a balance of other essential minerals,” said Ishab Poudel, PhD, North Carolina State University, the study’s principal investigator. DTB, a natural source of trace minerals, and phytase, an enzyme that improves nutrient availability, have demonstrated potential to support egg quality in older hens.

This study evaluated early DTB supplementation, beginning at 50 weeks, with or without phytase, to assess its effects on egg production, eggshell quality, skeletal integrity and economic outcomes through 100 weeks of age. A total of 720 hens were assigned to diets containing varying levels of DTB and phytase.

Results indicated that phytase alone had limited effects on egg production but significantly improved bone strength, supporting skeletal health during extended laying cycles. DTB, particularly at 0.25%, helped maintain egg production during late lay without negatively affecting feed efficiency or egg quality.

Although eggs naturally declined in quality with age, neither DTB nor phytase exacerbated this trend. Economically, overall feed costs and egg income were similar across treatments, though hens receiving 0.25% DTB without phytase achieved the highest egg income during late lay.

Collectively, these findings demonstrate that DTB can be included in late-phase layer diets without adverse effects and may enhance performance under specific conditions. Phytase remains critical for maintaining bone mineralization and strength during extended lay, while combining DTB and phytase did not consistently yield additive benefits.

In the long term, this research provides valuable insights for developing nutritional strategies that support extended laying cycles exceeding 100 weeks.

“By clarifying the roles of trace minerals and phytase in mineral metabolism, skeletal integrity and production performance, the study offers a foundation for designing diets that maintain hen health and productivity over prolonged production periods, contributing to greater sustainability and profitability in commercial egg production,” Poudel said.

The research was funded by USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation. Click here to view the industry summary.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post New research explores phytase, dacitic tuff breccia supplementation to maintain eggshell quality in older hens appeared first on Modern Poultry.

HPAI control strategies evolve as virus changes

Edusehat — Fri, 18 Sep 2026 06:05:04 +0700

Highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) continues to disrupt poultry production worldwide. But according to Taoufik Rawi, DVM, a poultry veterinarian at Boehringer Ingelheim focused on global respiratory disease challenges, the industry is no longer dealing with the same virus it faced a decade ago.

The currently circulating H5 clade is more infectious, affects far more bird species and has increasingly spilled over into mammals, including dairy cattle in the US. At the same time, the virus has become more persistent globally, creating continuous pressure on commercial poultry production rather than the cyclical outbreaks seen in the past.

Those changes are driving renewed discussion around vaccination as part of long-term HPAI control strategies, alongside biosecurity and surveillance.

Here, Rawi discusses how the virus has evolved, why vaccination is gaining momentum globally and what future HPAI control strategies could look like for the poultry industry.

Q: What is different about the current HPAI situation compared to previous outbreaks?

A: The biggest change is that the virus has become much more efficient at spreading and persisting globally.

The current H5 clade circulating worldwide, 2.3.4.4b, is much more infectious than previous strains. Compared to the virus circulating during the 2015 to 2016 outbreak period, dramatically fewer viral particles are needed to infect birds today.

At the farm level, the infectivity changed tremendously. To infect a chicken with the 2015 virus, you needed around 500,000 particles. With the current virus, you need around 3,000 particles. To infect a duck, you need only around 100 particles.

The virus has also expanded into many more species. Historically, HPAI circulation was largely associated with waterfowl and a relatively limited number of bird species. Since 2020, however, hundreds of species have been affected.

That changed the epidemiology completely. Some species, especially seabirds, helped introduce the virus into new geographies like South America. At the same time, spillover into mammals has become increasingly common, including infections in sea lions, cats and dairy cattle, suggesting the virus has become better adapted to infecting multiple species.

Q: Why are traditional HPAI control strategies under pressure?

A: Historically, HPAI control relied primarily on surveillance and stamping out infected flocks.

That approach was more effective when outbreaks occurred in waves and the virus disappeared for periods of time. But the current epidemiological situation is different because the virus is now continuously present in wild bird populations.

We are very far from eradication. The virus survives in wild birds, and we continue seeing introductions into commercial poultry.

As the virus became more widespread and environmentally persistent, the poultry industry and scientific community increasingly recognized that surveillance and depopulation alone were not enough to effectively manage the disease.

That shift has led organizations such as the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) and the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), along with many scientists, to support integrating vaccination into broader HPAI control strategies.

From a scientific perspective, vaccination is increasingly viewed as a necessary addition to HPAI control because the virus is no longer behaving like a short-term epidemic threat.

Q: How does vaccination fit into HPAI control programs?

A: HPAI control is really based on three core elements: biosecurity, vaccination and surveillance.

Biosecurity acts as the physical barrier intended to keep the virus from entering poultry farms. Vaccination increases birds’ resistance to infection and helps reduce virus shedding if infection occurs.

What you want to do is prevent the virus from entering the farm. But if infection happens, vaccination helps reduce shedding and reduce the environmental impact of the virus. That reduction in shedding is important because it helps limit spread to nearby farms and reduces secondary outbreaks.

Surveillance also remains essential, even in vaccinated systems, because infected flocks still need to be identified quickly and removed when necessary.

The combination of those three approaches is what helps reduce outbreaks and stop the epidemiological cycle.

Q: Why does vaccination remain a complicated issue in some countries?

A: The biggest challenge is trade. Historically, some countries worried vaccination could allow infected flocks to go undetected if birds did not show obvious clinical signs. Because of that concern, surveillance programs become critically important in vaccinated systems.

If you continuously monitor flocks with surveillance, there is less risk of silent infections.

Countries implementing vaccination must also demonstrate to trading partners that their surveillance systems are robust enough to rapidly detect infections. France, for example, introduced vaccination alongside extensive surveillance programs and discussions with importing countries.

It becomes a bilateral discussion between exporters and importers. You need to show the surveillance model you are implementing and build confidence that infections will still be detected.

At the same time, international attitudes toward vaccination are evolving. WOAH now considers that vaccination should be implemented without automatically impacting trade status. The infection itself is what should impact trade.

Q: What factors are shaping the vaccination discussion in the US poultry industry?

A: In the US, the discussion is particularly complex because HPAI affects sectors differently.

Long-lived birds such as layers, breeders and turkeys, as well as ducks, have been much more heavily impacted than broilers. The egg and turkey industries are very interested in vaccination because they are directly affected by the disease and have incurred significant losses since 2022.

At the same time, the US broiler industry exports about 14% of its poultry meat – significantly more than other sectors – magnifying concerns about possible trade implications tied to vaccination.[1]

Considering these dynamics, future vaccination strategies may need to account for regional differences in production. States or sectors with high concentrations of long-lived birds, such as layers and turkeys, may face different risk-benefit considerations than broiler-heavy regions focused on export markets. Ultimately, any decisions regarding vaccination would be made by US government authorities.

At the same time, European experience is providing more data on how targeted vaccination programs can work in practice. Recent trials in layers and turkeys have shown strong vaccine efficacy, including major reductions in outbreak risk.[2] Dutch government trials, for example, have demonstrated that vaccination can reduce outbreak risk in layers by 70% to 90%.

Those findings are helping shape broader industry discussions around whether vaccination could reduce the impact of HPAI in the most vulnerable sectors while balancing trade considerations.

Q: What advances are shaping newer HPAI vaccines?

A: One major focus is broader protection against the wide range of H5 viruses circulating globally.

COBRA technology (computationally optimized broadly reactive antigen) is one example. Rather than targeting only a single field strain, the technology was designed to create broader protection across relevant circulating viruses. Vaccines using this approach can provide cross-clade protection against diverse H5 viruses.

Another important development is the use of prime-boost vaccination strategies in long-lived birds, such as layers. In this approach, birds receive hatchery vaccination, followed by a booster vaccination later on the farm. Recent Dutch trials showed this type of program could maintain protection through most of a layer’s production cycle. The protection lasted through at least 84 weeks of age.

Differentiating infected from vaccinated animals — what’s known as DIVA capability — is also critical in vaccinated systems.

Using serology or PCR testing, DIVA-compatible vaccines allow surveillance programs to distinguish infected birds from vaccinated birds, which is important for both disease control and maintaining trade confidence.

Q: Looking ahead, what role could vaccination play in long-term HPAI control?

A: Around the world, vaccination is increasingly being viewed as an essential component of long-term HPAI control because the epidemiological situation has changed so significantly in recent years.

At the same time, vaccination should not be viewed as a standalone solution. Biosecurity, surveillance and stamping out infected flocks remain essential to limiting spread and maintaining safe trade.

But when combined with those measures, vaccination can help reduce outbreaks, limit environmental spread and better protect long-lived poultry populations facing continuous HPAI pressure.

References
1 National Chicken Council. Broiler Chicken Industry Key Facts 2025. Broiler Chicken Industry Key Facts 2025 – National Chicken Council (accessed June 9, 2026)
2 Bouwman KM, de Wit MK, Jansen CA, Fischer EAJ, Velkers FC, Germeraad EA, et al. Lelystad, Netherlands: Wageningen Bioveterinary Research; 2026. Available at: https://doi.org/10.18174/705406

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post HPAI control strategies evolve as virus changes appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Tips to Safely Walk Your Dog at Night

Edusehat — Fri, 18 Sep 2026 03:00:03 +0700

Days are getting shorter, and your dog’s walking schedule may start to look different, especially if you typically walk them in the evening. Extra preparation can help you and your pup stay safe and visible, making nighttime walks an enjoyable part of your routine.

In this post, we provide tips to safely walk your dog at night, which include:

ADD REFLECTIVE GEAR TO YOUR DOG FOR GREATER VISIBILITY AT NIGHT

Staying visible is one of the most important considerations when walking your dog after dark. Drivers and cyclists may have a harder time seeing you and your pup on your walk, especially if parts of your routine have dim or limited lighting.

Some reflective options can include:

Reflective leash or harness
A light-up collar or clip-on light
Reflective clothing for you and your pup

Expert tip: Reusing your dog’s reflective gear from previous years? Before heading out for a nighttime walk, check for fading, dirt, fraying, or other wear and tear that could reduce its effectiveness. Test reflective materials under a light source and replace any gear that no longer reflects clearly or is damaged, so your pup remains as visible as possible after dark.

KNOW WHICH LOCAL WILDLIFE YOU MAY ENCOUNTER AFTER DARK IN YOUR AREA

Darkness can make it more difficult to spot wildlife until they are relatively close. Depending on where you live, you could encounter raccoons, skunks, stray cats, deer, garter snakes, porcupines, or coyotes during an evening walk. Research any wildlife alerts that may be in your area and any common wildlife native to your area that may be more active during evening and nighttime hours.

Keep your dog close and give other animals plenty of space if you see them, especially if you have a reactive pup or one that gets overly excited when seeing other animals.

BRING ILLUMINATING ITEMS ON YOUR NIGHTTIME WALK

A leash and waste bags are likely your go-to on walks with your dog, but as it gets darker earlier, you do not want to be stuck outside in the dark. Bringing items like a flashlight or headlamp can help, since you can use them to illuminate the path ahead and safely clean up after your pup.

AVOID VERY THIN OR RETRACTABLE DOG LEASHES AT NIGHT

The type of leash you use can make a difference when walking your dog after dark. Very thin leash cords can be difficult to see, and a longer retractable leash can cause more distance between you and your pup, which may make it harder to bring them close to you when reacting to a potential hazard.

For nighttime walks, consider using a sturdy standard leash with reflective tape that keeps your dog within a comfortable distance and gives you better control when you need it.

CHOOSE A SAFE, WELL-LIT DOG WALKING ROUTINE

While summer may be a great time to explore new walking routes, fall and winter evenings are better suited for familiar, well-lit paths. As it gets dark more quickly, well-lit sidewalks and residential streets make it easier to see where you’re going and notice potential hazards faster, such as fallen branches, holes, and other obstacles.

PAY ATTENTION TO YOUR DOG’S BODY LANGUAGE ON YOUR NIGHTTIME WALK

Did you know dogs can see better in low light than humans? Their eyes have special features that help them make the most of limited light, including more rod cells in their retinas that are sensitive to light and motion, larger pupils that let in more light, and a reflective layer behind the retina called the tapetum lucidum. Dogs can often detect movement and activity in low light before we do. Your pup may notice another animal, person, or sound before you see it, so it is important to pay attention to their body language during nighttime walks.

If your dog suddenly becomes alert, stops, or stiffens, take a moment to see what caught their attention and consider changing your route to avoid any unwanted encounters.

BRING YOUR DOG TO DOGGIE DAYCARE TO REDUCE LONG NIGHTTIME WALKS

Shorter days can make it harder to fit enough exercise, enrichment, and socialization into your dog’s routine while there is still plenty of daylight. If you would rather avoid long walks after dark and stick to a quick nighttime potty break, doggie daycare can give your pup a chance to stay active, learn, and socialize with friends during the day so they come home relaxed and happily played out.

At Dogtopia, pups enjoy supervised activities designed to keep them moving and mentally engaged like agility-focused exercises and brain games. Regular dog daycare visits can contribute to a greater wellness routine, giving you more flexibility in the evening.

If you are ready to make dog daycare part of your pup’s fall and winter routine, reach out to your local Dogtopia today to book a visit.

The post Tips to Safely Walk Your Dog at Night appeared first on Dogtopia.

WEO Awards 2026 Celebrate Outstanding Achievements Across Global Egg Industry

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 22:55:09 +0700

The World Egg Organisation (WEO) has announced the winners of its 2026 Awards, recognising outstanding leadership, innovation, marketing excellence, and contribution to the global egg industry.

The awards were presented during the WEO Global Leadership Conference in Singapore on Thursday 10 September, bringing together egg industry leaders from around the world to celebrate the people and businesses helping to shape the future of the sector.

The 2026 WEO Award winners are:

Denis Wellstead Award for International Egg Person of the Year: Franz Hofer, Austria
Golden Egg Award for Marketing Excellence: Sundaily Farm, China
Clive Frampton Egg Products Company of the Year Award: Ovobel Foods Limited, India

Denis Wellstead Award for International Egg Person of the Year

The Denis Wellstead Award was presented to Franz Hofer, in recognition of more than two decades of exceptional service and commitment to the global egg industry and WEO, through his role as CEO of Ovotherm, Austria.

Known for his commitment to collaboration, connection, and knowledge-sharing, Franz has been a familiar and valued presence at WEO conferences, rarely missing an event and renowned for sitting front row for speaker sessions.

In presenting the award, Juan Felipe Montoya Muñoz described Franz as an “unwavering advocate, a trusted partner, and an energetic voice for our industry”, adding that he “truly embodies the spirit of this award.”

On receiving the award, Franz Hofer said: “Thank you so much. I love to work for you, I love this business, I love all these partnerships we have, all the respect that is in this business. Whether you are a big company, or a small company, all the respect we get from you, the nice words we get from you, the challenges we get from you… that is the reason why I’m doing it.”

Denis Wellstead Award – Left: José Manuel Segovia, WEO Councillor, Guatemala. Middle: Franz Hofer, Austria. Right: Juan Felipe Montoya Muñoz, WEO Immediate Past Chair, Colombia.

Golden Egg Award for Marketing Excellence

The Golden Egg Award 2026 was presented to Sundaily Farm, China, for an outstanding campaign that demonstrated creativity, consumer engagement, and measurable return on investment.

The Egg Marketing Showcase took place on Wednesday 9 September at the WEO Singapore Conference, featuring presentations from this year’s entrants.

Announcing the winner, Emily Metz (member of the judging panel) said: “I want to thank all the entrants for this year, because they were all truly incredible – and we have a bright future ahead of us with those bright minds marketing on behalf of our industry.

“But there was one stand-out entrant. This year’s winner demonstrated the new marketing techniques that are going to advance the egg industry for the future, including integrating into culture, delivering a strong return on investment, having a forward-looking long-term strategy and clear set of goals, measurable performance indicators, and all-around creativity. Congratulations, Sundaily Farm!”

Marketing Manager, Ivy Ma, accepted the award on behalf of the company. Sundaily Farm are the first Chinese company to win the Golden Egg Award.

Golden Egg Award – Left: Emily Metz, Member of Judging Panel, USA. Right: Ivy Ma, Marketing Manager, Sundaily Farm, China.

Clive Frampton Egg Products Company of the Year Award

This year’s Clive Frampton Award was presented to Satish Babu and Sharad Satish, the father-and-son team representing Ovobel Foods Limited, India.

Ovobel Foods has a deep heritage in the egg industry, with the family behind the company involved in egg farming since 1965 and egg processing since 1996.

Presenting the award, Henrik Pedersen said: “When the Award Committee considered this year’s candidates, we were looking for a company that did more than simply perform well. We were looking for a company that demonstrated ambition, resilience, innovation, and a clear commitment to the future of our industry.

“A company that has successfully combined generations of experience with modern technology. A company that has expanded its production capabilities, developed international markets, invested in sustainability and, at the same time, remained firmly rooted in the fundamentals of our business: the egg, the farmer, the customer, and quality. Congratulations, Ovobel Foods!”

Ovobel Foods are the first company in India to receive this recognition.

Clive Frampton Award – Left: Satish Babu, Ovobel Foods, India. Middle: Henrik Pedersen, Member of Judging Panel, Denmark. Right: Sharad Satish, Ovobel Foods, India.

Source: WEO press release

Genotype emerges as a major driver of chicken breast eating quality

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 19:15:17 +0700

Eight broiler production concepts produced different breast meat profiles, but consumers distinguished far less between them. In the three concepts tested with consumers, juiciness was the only liking attribute that differed significantly.

Breast meat from more extensive broiler production systems can differ substantially in composition, firmness and sensory properties. Whether consumers value those differences is another matter.

A study from the EU-funded mEATquality project compared eight production concepts in the Netherlands and Germany, combining different genotypes, diets, stocking densities and environmental enrichment. Across the physicochemical and sensory data, the authors identified genotype as the principal driver of eating quality.

The consumer test produced a narrower picture. Among the three concepts evaluated, overall liking, appearance, taste, tenderness and texture did not differ significantly. Only juiciness separated two of the samples.

A distinctive profile for S757N

The eight concepts included Hubbard JA757, JA787 and S757N birds in higher-welfare non-organic production in the Netherlands, and JA757, dual-purpose ÖTZ Coffee birds and Lohmann male-layer strains in German organic production. All birds sampled were male.

One concept stood apart in several measurements. Breast meat from S757N-R-30-E contained 24.3% protein and 0.17% fat, resulting in a protein-to-fat ratio of 197.7. It also showed relatively low water losses.

The trained panel scored S757N at 6.2 on a 0–15 juiciness scale. The three higher-welfare non-organic JA757 concepts ranged from 8.1 to 9.4. S757N also had the highest shear force, 10.90 N, and received the highest first-bite hardness and lowest tenderness scores.

The authors relate the lower sensory juiciness of S757N to its very low fat content and firmer texture, discussing the roles of lubrication and water release during chewing.

Consumers were less discriminating

The consumer trial involved 76 Danish adults and three production concepts: JA757-R-39-NE, S757N-R-30-E and organic JA757-R-21-E. The results reported in the paper refer to the blind evaluations.

S757N-R-30-E received a significantly lower juiciness liking score than JA757-R-39-NE. Its scores for overall liking, tenderness and texture were numerically lower, without reaching statistical significance. Overall liking and liking of appearance, taste, tenderness and texture did not differ significantly among the three concepts.

Colour followed a similar pattern. Instrumental measurements and the trained panel distinguished the samples, while consumers did not rate their appearance differently.

The consumer findings concern three of the eight production concepts and a group of 76 Danish participants.

Genetics within a production concept

The integrated analysis placed the JA757 concepts closer to sensory characteristics such as tenderness and juiciness, while S757N had a firmer, less juicy profile. From the combined results, the authors identified genotype as the main driver of eating quality.

Each production concept, however, combined genetics with diet, space allowance and enrichment. These factors were not tested independently in a fully factorial design, so the experiment cannot assign separate causal effects to individual extensification measures.

The JA757 comparisons offer some indication of how limited those individual effects could be within the conditions tested. Roughage supplementation produced no consistent texture differences, nor did higher versus lower stocking density.

Cooking conditions varied between parts of the study as well. Instrumental cooking-loss and texture measurements used vacuum-packed samples heated in water; the trained panel and consumers evaluated oven-roasted meat. Future work proposed by the authors includes matched cooking methods for tenderness and juiciness and factorial experiments capable of separating genotype, diet, stocking density and enrichment.

For now, those factors remain bundled within the production concepts tested. Among the three concepts that reached the consumer panel, the many differences measured in the meat ultimately produced one significant difference in liking: juiciness.

Source

Yigitturk, S., Grønbeck, M.S., Barbut, S., Mielby, L.A., Steenberg, B., Erasmus, S.W. (2026). Can we taste extensiveness? Linking production concepts of extensification factors to the eating quality and consumer liking of chicken breast meat. Poultry Science, 105, 106379. DOI: 10.1016/j.psj.2026.106379.

Licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution License (CC BY 4.0) (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)

Text summarized and editorially adapted by the Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine editorial team.

A New Chapter for the Global Shrimp Council

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 08:55:08 +0700

By: Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Esther Luiten joins GSC as Executive Director

The Global Shrimp Council is pleased to welcome Esther Luiten as its new Executive Director, marking an important step as the organization continues building a stronger global platform for the shrimp industry and advancing its mission to inspire consumers around the world to choose shrimp more often.

Esther brings more than two decades of experience across international seafood, aquaculture and sustainability, including more than 12 years at the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), as well as leadership roles at IDH and the North Sea Foundation. She has also been closely involved in the development of the Global Shrimp Forum.

“Our industry has an enormous opportunity to tell a stronger, more unified story about shrimp. With Esther’s leadership, we are confident the GSC will continue building momentum and creating value for the entire sector,” said Gabriel Luna, Chairman and Co-Founder, Global Shrimp Council.

For Esther, the role is about bringing strategy, collaboration and execution together. “I look forward to bringing that experience and energy to the Global Shrimp Council and to working with members and partners around the world to help shrimp become a more visible and trusted choice for consumers.”

Her appointment comes at an exciting moment for the GSC, as we continue expanding our global marketing efforts, growing our member network and building on the momentum of The Happy Protein and Shrimp More Often.

Welcome to the GSC, Esther. We are excited for what comes next.

Japan Celebrates Arrival of One-Of-A-Kind, Seasonal Norwegian ‘Saba Nouveau’ Mackerel

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 08:55:07 +0700

By: Norwegian Seafood Council

The highly anticipated delivery of premium mackerel from Norway coincides with Norway Seafood Festival in Tokyo. This year, Norwegian herring also makes an appearance for the first time.

September 11, 2026, marked the arrival in Japan of the ‘Saba Nouveau’ mackerel, flown in fresh from Norway to celebrate the first catch of the season, according to the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC).

Now in its sixth year, the arrival has become a highly anticipated autumn tradition and tells a lesser-known story of how a seasonal fish from Norway’s cold waters has travelled to the other side of the world and earned a distinctive place within Japanese food culture.

Inspired by the Beaujolais Nouveau French wine tradition, which celebrates the first red wines of the region’s new vintage, Saba Nouveau is delivered fresh to Tokyo through a collaboration with Japan Airlines and JALUX, preserving its premium quality and taste.

Blue-Striped Seasonal Delicacy

Recognisable by its distinctive blue stripes, Norwegian mackerel is considered one of a kind. In addition, the Saba Nouveau mackerel has become a sought-after seasonal delicacy in Japan, ideal for special occasions and celebrations. Mackerel has a natural richness that allows for simple preparation, while its versatility lends itself to both traditional and more modern Japanese dishes, such as Saba misoni (mackerel simmered in miso) or Saba no shioyaki (salt-grilled mackerel). If the mackerel is frozen beforehand, it can also be used in sushi. The most common and popular method of preparation, Saba no shioyaki, involves simple salting and grilling over a strong heat to draw out the flavour.

Short Season Makes for Exclusive Mackerel

The Saba Nouveau mackerel’s exclusivity lies in its short season, which runs from August to November, when large shoals of Atlantic mackerel arrive in Norwegian waters after months of feeding. By this point, the fish has reached its peak condition, developing a naturally high fat content that can reach up to 28%, which contributes to the natural rich flavour, juicy texture and high nutritional value.

Norwegian mackerel is naturally rich in omega-3 fatty acids, vitamin D and high-quality protein. These nutrients are among some of the most important, as they contribute to healthy and normal bodily functions.

Norway–Japan Tradition

Saba Nouveau taps into Japan’s appreciation for seasonal firsts, known as hatsumono. Whether it’s fruit, wine or fish, consuming the first produce of the season is traditionally associated with good health and fortune. Now, Saba Nouveau has become a part of this tradition, combining Norway’s seafood expertise with Japan’s appreciation for seasonality and high-quality mackerel.

NSC’s country director in Japan, Jan Eirik Johnsen said: “We’re proud to welcome the first Norwegian mackerel of the season back to Japan.

“This tradition has become special to both our countries. A distinctly Norwegian seasonal catch has found a natural place within Japan’s own appreciation of hatsumono, creating a tradition that connects our two countries.”

Japan’s importance to the wider Norwegian mackerel story is reflected in the export figures. In 2025, Norway exported 207,927 tonnes of mackerel worth NOK 8.5 billion, with Japan remaining its largest mackerel market and accounting for around 40% of the total volume exported.

Norway Seafood Festival highlights

The arrival of Saba Nouveau coincides with the Norway Seafood Festival, a three-day event that took place from September 11–13 at Tokyo Solamachi’s Sky Arena.

Last year, the festival celebrated 40 years of Norway’s Project Japan, which was responsible for the introduction of salmon sushi, as well as marking five years since Saba Nouveau was first introduced in Japan.

This year, Norwegian herring made its debut at the festival. Herring from Norway is experiencing increased attention in Japan, and the convenience giant 7/11 recently launched salted grilled Norwegian herring across almost 22,000 stores.

Johnsen explains the new introduction: “Looking at the success of Norwegian salmon and mackerel in Japan, we wanted to incorporate another important species in this year’s festival – our Norwegian herring. With less supply of mackerel globally and increased prices, Japanese importers, processors and consumers have looked for alternatives for tasty, healthy and affordable products, and found it in Norwegian herring.

“Maybe herring can become even more of an expected staple in Japan, the same way the other species have.”

Affordable, rich in flavour and effortlessly versatile, Norwegian herring is ideal for grilling, frying and pickling. Sourced from responsibly managed fish stocks, herring’s sustainable credentials will appeal to Japanese consumers looking for adaptable, highly nutritious seafood that offers everyday value.

Festival attendees were able to taste the freshly delivered Saba Nouveau mackerel in sushi and chargrilled dishes, alongside grilled herring serves, and salmon in both barbecued and sushi formats.

Together, Saba Nouveau and herring are two chapters in the story of the enduring relationship between Norway and Japan: one an established seasonal tradition that continues to gain momentum and the other offering new opportunities in Japanese food culture.

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 

The Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC) works with the Norwegian fisheries and aquaculture industries to develop markets for Norwegian seafood through local market intelligence, market development and reputational risk management.  The NSC is headquartered in Tromsø and maintains local representatives in some of Norway’s most important international markets. The Norwegian seafood industry finances the activities of the NSC via a tariff on all Norwegian seafood exports. The NSC is a public company owned by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Fisheries.

ASC and SFP Lead Aquaculture Action Alliance Into New Phase

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 08:55:06 +0700

By: Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Alliance expands its ambitions in 2026, calling on companies across aquaculture to join efforts to reduce the sector’s carbon footprint.

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) and Sustainable Fisheries Partnership (SFP) are driving the next phase of the Aquaculture Action Alliance, with the organisations jointly taking on the role of interim secretariat to support the next chapter in the Alliance’s growth.

The Alliance was formerly hosted by IDH – the Sustainable Trade Initiative, as the Aquaculture Working Group. This move marks a new chapter for the coalition, with a stronger focus on coordinated action, broader participation and measurable actions to reduce aquaculture’s environmental footprint.

Aquaculture Action Alliance Logo

The Alliance met in advance of the recent Global Shrimp Forum in Utrecht to bring together members to discuss ongoing efforts and progress for credibly measuring and reducing emissions and strengthening the sustainability of aquaculture.

A Call to the Aquaculture Sector

The Alliance is now seeking additional participation from like-minded companies from feed production to retail who share a commitment to drive long-term progress in aquaculture through improvement and sustainability solutions across the supply chain.

Jill Swasey, Director of Impacts, Monitoring & Evaluation at ASC, said, “Aquaculture has tremendous potential to be part of the solution to global food and environmental challenges. The Aquaculture Action Alliance provides an important space for companies to align approaches, share knowledge and identify where collective action can have the greatest impact.”

Braddock Spear, SFP Prospecting and Outreach Director, said, “By working together, leading seafood companies can increase their impact and support for best practices and state-of-the-art solutions. For aquaculture companies looking to compete on reducing carbon footprints, there is no better option than being part of the Aquaculture Action Alliance.”

Established in 2021, the Alliance has developed tools and approaches to help companies measure carbon, water, nitrogen and phosphorus footprints across aquaculture supply chains. In 2026, the focus is shifting from measurement towards coordinated action, supported by three working groups focused on carbon foot printing, priority actions and establishing the Alliance as an independent entity.

Dominique Gautier, Alliance Chair and Director of Sustainability at Seafresh Group, said, “The Alliance achieved a major milestone in 2026. Underpinned by stronger governance and wider ambitions, we are expanding our focus on what actions we, as leading companies, need to take to reduce aquaculture’s carbon footprint.”

Elena Piana, Steering Committee member and Group Sustainability Manager at Regal Springs, said, “Many of the current Alliance members are focused on farmed shrimp and feed supply chains. To clearly establish the aquaculture sector as the leading low-carbon protein provider, we also need more participation from companies producing and trading in other commodities such as salmon and tilapia.”

Feed companies are critical members in the Alliance, given the central role feed plays in the environmental footprint of farmed seafood and its relevance across multiple aquaculture species and supply chains.

Björn Kok, Steering Committee member and Technical Lead Sustainability Metrics at Skretting, said, “Feed companies can play an essential role at improving the sustainability of aquaculture supply chains. The Alliance needs more of these companies at the table to align sustainability metrics and methodology to facilitate implementation of lasting solutions.”

This re-launch of the Alliance is focused on growth and establishing new priorities for turning sustainability commitment into action. ASC and SFP welcome companies across the aquaculture supply chain and interested organizations to join the Alliance and contribute to practical, sector-wide solutions for lower-carbon aquaculture.

For more information or to explore membership of the Aquaculture Action Alliance, contact AquaAlliance@asc-aqua.org for ASC or aquaalliance@sustainablefish.org for SFP.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC), an independent non-profit organization, is driving the improvement of environmental and social practices in seafood farming through its leading, third-party assured certification program.

ASC is setting the standard for farmed seafood. www.asc-aqua.org

Iceland-Based First Water Signs Construction Agreement With Ístak to Complete the First Phase of Development in Þorlákshöfn

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 05:20:08 +0700

Last year, the company became one of the first in the world to successfully produce and market land-based 5-kilogram gutted premium-quality salmon

Icelandic company First Water and construction contractor Ístak recently have signed an agreement for extensive construction work at First Water’s site in Þorlákshöfn. The project will complete the first phase of the company’s land-based salmon farming facility and double its annual production capacity from 5,000 to 10,000 tons of gutted salmon.

The project involves the construction of a tank and control building housing eight fish farming tanks, each with a capacity of approximately 5,500 cubic meters, together with associated technical equipment. Ístak will be responsible for the concrete works, structural steel erection and installation of the building’s exterior cladding. Construction is scheduled to begin shortly and is expected to take 16–18 months, with completion anticipated in the first quarter of 2028.

“The agreement with Ístak marks a major and important milestone in the development of First Water. This project will complete the first phase of our development and double our current production capacity. We are delighted to partner with a strong Icelandic construction company with extensive experience in delivering complex projects,” assured Einar Örn Ólafsson, CEO of First Water.

This is the first of six planned phases in the development of First Water’s land-based salmon farming facility in Þorlákshöfn, they explained after the agreement. The company’s long-term goal is to produce up to 60,000 HOG tons of salmon annually once the development has been fully completed.

First Harvest

First Water completed the construction of eight 25-meter covered land-based aquaculture tanks last year and harvested, for the first time, 5-kilogram gutted premium-quality salmon in September 2025. Regular harvesting began in January 2026, with 95% of the salmon graded as superior quality. First Water’s products are sold to customers in Europe and the United States.

For Karl Andreassen, CEO of Ístak, “First Water’s development is an ambitious and technically demanding project that is well aligned with Ístak experience and expertise. We are proud to be involved in this important phase and look forward to working closely with First Water on the project.”

New CEO for the Company

The company was very active this Summer, when Einar Örn Ólafsson was appointed as new CEO of First Water. The Board of Directors and the company’s Chief Executive Officer, Eggert Þór Kristófersson, have mutually agreed that Eggert Þór had to step down as CEO. According to the company, Örn Ólafsson brings decades of leadership experience in banking, corporate finance, aquaculture, and investments and will lead the company through its next phase of development.

“First Water has reached an important milestone and is entering an exciting new chapter. With the completion of the first phase next year, the company will be exceptionally well positioned, with double the production capacity, strong commercial partnerships and a premium product that is in demand in key export markets. As construction continues and production capacity expands, we expect a significant increase in export revenues, providing a strong foundation for the continued development of First Water’s operations in Þorlákshöfn. I look forward to building on the strong foundation that has been established and leading the company through its next phase of growth,” said Örn Ólafsson after the announcement.

The Board highlighted that, over the past four years, Eggert Þór has led one of Iceland’s most ambitious land-based aquaculture developments. During his tenure, First Water established its operations in Þorlákshöfn, secured financing for the first phase of its development, and achieved major milestones in the production and commercialization of premium land-based farmed salmon.

Orri Hauksson, Chairman of the Board of First Water, said: “I am delighted to welcome Einar Örn to First Water. He brings a broad range of executive experience across finance, investments and corporate leadership. He has also successfully led a salmon farming company and has a strong understanding of First Water’s business. The Board is confident that he is the right leader to guide the company through its next phase of growth.”

And he added that Kristófersson leaves the company well positioned for its next stage of growth. And he agreed: “With First Water entering its next phase of development, I feel this is the appropriate time to hand over the reins. I would like to thank the entire First Water team for their dedication and outstanding contribution. The expertise, commitment and professionalism they have built together are the foundation of the company’s success,” said Kristófersson.

Government of Canada and Gitanyow First Nation Build New Kitwanga River Hatchery for Skeena Sockeye Valued at Over USD 5.39 million

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 05:20:07 +0700

They also sign a Incremental Fisheries Reconciliation Agreement

Joanne Thompson, Canada’s Minister of Fisheries in partnership with Gitanyow Nation announced some days ago the award of a general construction contract valued at over USD 5.39 million to Progressive Ventures Construction, marking the next phase of development for the Wilp’Ho Dix Hatchery. The hatchery will raise Kitwanga River sockeye salmon, a stock of significant conservation concern that is of profound cultural importance to the Gitanyow Nation and an important component of the broader Skeena River sockeye salmon population.

The facility will be located on the Kitwanga River, a tributary of the Skeena River in northwestern portion of the province. It will be built by the Government of Canada and operated in partnership with the Gitanyow First Nation.

The project will consist of a hatchery building, a rearing tank farm, aeration tower and supporting infrastructure, including underground water supplies and roadways. A sustainable, energy-efficient fish culture system will allow for the treatment and reuse of some of the water used during the incubation stage.

“The new Wilp’Ho Dix Hatchery will raise 300,000 young sockeye a year for the Kitwanga River, and Gitanyow Nation and Fisheries and Oceans Canada are building it together to bring that run back. Community hatcheries across British Columbia pull volunteers, Indigenous partners and government together to protect and rebuild salmon, and they keep communities connected to the fish that sustain them. Wilp’Ho Dix will carry that important work forward for generations,” underlined Thompson.

Pacific salmon produced from hatcheries in British Columbia contribute over USD 71.84 million to annual provincial GDP and support over 1,500 full-time equivalent jobs in fishery-related industries.

Long-Term Sustainability

Beyond supporting recovery of Pacific salmon stocks of conservation concern, community-run hatcheries provide hands-on learning opportunities, reinforce cultural connections, and contribute towards achieving long-term sustainability of Pacific salmon populations for ecological, cultural, social, and economic benefits. By investing in the Gitanyow hatchery, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will be working with Gitanyow Nation to safeguard salmon while supporting the community’s ongoing connection to this iconic species.

“Thirty years ago, Chief Biiyosxw of Wilp Gwaas Hla’am was raising salmon in a small wooden shed beside the creek because we understood then, as we do today, that we have a responsibility to care for the salmon and the waters that sustain them. To see Wilp’Ho Dix now taking shape at the entrance to Gitanyow Village is incredibly meaningful. This new hatchery builds on generations of Gitanyow knowledge, stewardship and determination, and will help ensure that Kitwanga sockeye are here for generations to come,” commented Joel Starlund/Sk’a’nism Tsa ‘Win’Giit, Executive Director of Gitanyow Hereditary Chiefs Office.

10-year agreement

A few days after the agreement, the Government of Canada, represented by the Minister of Fisheries, joined again, representatives from the Gitanyow Hereditary Chiefs to sign a 10-year Incremental Fisheries Reconciliation Agreement at the Gitanyow Hereditary Chiefs’ Office and Sindihl House of Learning in Gitanyow, in northwestern British Columbia.

The agreement will strengthen the Gitanyow Fisheries Authority’s capacity to deliver fisheries stewardship initiatives, including the Kitwanga Sockeye Recovery Program. It will also support participation in commercial fishing opportunities, collaborative approaches to the management of Gitanyow fisheries, and ongoing salmon conservation and recovery efforts.

The agreement is an important step forward in Nation-to-Nation reconciliation. It builds on the longstanding relationship between Canada and Gitanyow Nation to support healthy, sustainable salmon populations. It also recognizes the importance of information-sharing and coordination among multiple partners for effective salmon stewardship at the watershed level.

Global Salmon Initiative Welcomes Sudvet Corp. as New Associate Member

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 05:20:06 +0700

By: Global Salmon Initiative

Global Salmon Initiative (GSI) announced that Sudvet Corp., an animal welfare company headquartered in Los Angeles, California and specializing in botanical and biotechnological solutions for aquaculture, has joined as an Associate Member.

Founded in 2013, Sudvet develops botanical solutions aimed at reducing antibiotics and antiparasitic use in salmon farming. While the company works closely with many of the Chilean producers through its office in Puerto Varas, it is now expanding internationally, establishing offices in Norway, Australia and Scotland.

“Disease pressure and antibiotic use remain some of the most persistent challenges facing the global salmon farming sector, and no single company solves them alone. Sudvet‘s work on natural alternatives is exactly the kind of innovation and contribution that helps build a more resilient industry over the long term. By bringing Sudvet‘s expertise into the GSI network, it strengthens the connection between producers and the technical partners solving these hard problems so we can make progress at an accelerated pace,” said Sophie Ryan, CEO GSI.

“GSI is the only organization connecting the global sector on critical industry issues covering sustainability, fish health and welfare, and innovation. For us, especially as we look to expand, being part of a group that is committed to a long-term vision and to strengthening the sector’s sustainability is right where we want to be. At the table, working together to shape a more resilient industry,” added Marcela Delgado, CEO Sudvet.

Sudvet join’s GSI’s network of Associate Members, which brings together suppliers alongside its farming members, to help accelerate advancements in the sector’s sustainability performance.

About GSI

Global Salmon Initiative (GSI) is a leadership initiative established in 2013 by global salmon farming CEOs focused on making significant progress on industry sustainability. Today, GSI comprises 17 companies that are fully committed to realizing a shared goal of providing a highly sustainable source of healthy food to feed a growing global population, whilst minimizing our environmental footprint, and continuing to improve our social contributions.

GSI member companies are Australis Seafoods S.A.; Blumar; Cermaq; Salmones Camanchaca SA; Empresas AquaChile; Grieg Seafood ASA, Multi X Foods S.A.; Salmones Austral; Salmones Aysen; Tassal; and Ventisqueros. GSI companies have a presence in Australia, Canada, Chile, and Norway.

GSI also has a number of supply chain Associate Members in both the pharmaceutical and feed industries, including: BioMar; Cargill; Merck, Sharpe and Dohme (MSD) Animal Health; PHARMAQ; Salmofood; and Skretting. For further information on GSI, please visit or contact us at: www.globalsalmoninitiative.org

GIZ Returns as Gold Sponsor for the World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026 (WA26T)

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 05:20:05 +0700

By: World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026

The Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) GmbH will participate in WA26T/AFRAQ26 in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, as a Gold Sponsor, sharing experiences and insights from its broad portfolio of projects working to unlock the potential of Africa’s aquatic resources for sustainable food, jobs, investment and resilient livelihoods.

Different Projects – One Vision

The Gold Sponsorship is supported by three projects implemented by GIZ on behalf of the German Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ) and co-funded by the European Union (EU): the Global Programme Sustainable Aquatic Food (GP SAF), ProsperAzul in Mozambique, and STAWIBLUU in Tanzania. Working in different contexts, they share a common vision: to strengthen sustainable aquatic food systems and blue economies while creating economic opportunities and protecting aquatic and coastal ecosystems.

The Global Programme Sustainable Aquatic Food (GP SAF) works to make fisheries and aquaculture more sustainable and inclusive, strengthening small-scale producers and value chains while promoting sustainable management of aquatic resources.

ProsperAzul supports Mozambique in developing a climate-smart and inclusive blue economy, combining investment and access to finance with sustainable fisheries and aquaculture value chains and the conservation of marine and coastal ecosystems.

In Tanzania, STAWIBLUU focuses on blue economy entrepreneurship and sustainable private investment, bringing together public and private actors and supporting selected mariculture value chains including seaweed, sea cucumbers, mud crabs and Artemia.

Beyond these three initiatives, GIZ colleagues from Ghana’s Employment and Skills for Development in Africa (E4D) programme and Nigeria’s Global Programme Agricultural Finance (GP AgFin) will also join AFRAQ26. Their work highlights two further dimensions that are essential for a thriving aquaculture sector: creating employment and business opportunities, and improving access to finance for emerging producers and enterprises.

Together, the GIZ projects represented at AFRAQ26 demonstrate a holistic approach to aquaculture and blue economy development – connecting sustainable production and value chains with entrepreneurship, employment, investment and finance.

As part of its engagement at AFRAQ26, GIZ will also host a dedicated side event bringing together experts and partners to discuss how these different dimensions can work together to unlock the potential of Africa’s aquaculture sector. The session will provide a platform for exchange on practical approaches, experiences and opportunities for collaboration.

“AFRAQ26 is an excellent opportunity to bring together different stakeholders and perspectives on how Africa’s aquatic resources can contribute to food security, sustainable businesses and resilient livelihoods. Our work shows that successful transformation requires sustainable production, strong value chains, investment, innovation and access to finance to go hand in hand,” says Pierre Guillibert, Head of Global Programme “Sustainable Aquatic Food”, GIZ.

GIZ looks forward to connecting with partners, experts and businesses at AFRAQ26 and exploring opportunities to advance sustainable aquatic food systems and blue economies across Africa.

World Aquaculture Tanzania 2026 (WA26T), which is the 5^th Annual International Conference and Exposition of World Aquaculture Society and African Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (AFRAQ2026) is being hosted by the Government of the Republic of Tanzania. The event will take place in Dar es Salaam, TANZANIA, from December 1-4, 2026, at the Julius Nyerere International Convention Centre (JNICC) – a world class conference and exhibition facility in Tanzania. Since 2022, the WAS has successfully hosted the Annual Aquaculture Africa Conferences (AFRAQs) in Egypt (2022), Zambia (2023), Tunisia (2024) and recently Aquaculture Safari, Uganda (2025). AFRAQs typically attract a diverse group of participants from nearly 100 countries – ranging from aquaculture professionals, producers, researchers, policymakers, industry representatives, development partners, students and various other stakeholders. Nearly 2000 participants are expected at WA26T. The event will feature prominent plenary speakers, cutting-edge research presentations, an exhibition showcasing innovations in the aquaculture sector and much more. Attendees will have the opportunity to network, share knowledge, and collaborate on addressing key challenges and opportunities facing both African landscape and the global aquaculture industry. More information available on https://was.org/meeting/code/AFRAQ26.

Allergic to Cats? How to Live with a Cat if You Have Allergies

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 01:50:06 +0700

Until the dream of a hypoallergenic cat becomes a reality—scientists are working on it!—there are practical steps anyone can take to reduce the severity of a cat allergy. Frequent hand washing and avoiding touching one’s face after petting a cat are key. Allergy shots and medications can be helpful for some people. A change in your cat’s diet can even be effective. Here’s what works.

Bathing Your Cat

Bathing a cat twice a week can help reduce the amount of Fel d 1, the pesky protein that is the main culprit behind cat allergies.

“Good luck with that,” Anthea Schick—a veterinary dermatologist in Phoenix, AZ, and National Specialty Director of Dermatology at Thrive Pet Healthcare—says with a laugh before mentioning that several cat owners she knows have managed to turn bathing into a positive experience by getting the cats accustomed to it while they were kittens, using enticements such as treats. By bathing a cat frequently, “you’re going to reduce enough of those overall allergens. And that’s everything—pollens, mould, spores, house mites—all the things that get stuck to the hair.”

One technique Schick recommends is filling a bucket with warm water, wrapping the cat in a towel like a burrito—a purrito, if you will—then gently pouring water onto the towel and massaging the cat through the towel, moistening its skin. She says, “It’s this very slow approach.” Dry shampoos can be equally effective.

Use Pet Wipes

“If you can’t bathe a pet, frequent wipe downs are really helpful,” Schick says. “Some of my owners swear by the hypoallergenic pet wipes.” Allerpet Cat Dander Remover is a vet-recommended damp-wipe product formulated for people who are allergic to cats. It’s designed to reduce pet-related allergic reactions by removing dander, saliva, and sebaceous gland secretions from cat fur. Simply wipe down your cat weekly with the non-toxic, fragrance-free solution to reduce airborne allergens.

Cat Box/Shutterstock

A Science-Backed Allergen Neutralizing Spray

Another product worth trying is Pacagen. “It’s kind of like a Febreze for allergies, but a little bit more directed,” says New York–based David Zhang, who has a PhD from Harvard and is one of the cofounders of Pacagen. It’s difficult for many people to grasp the idea behind this allergen-neutralizing spray. “It’s not very intuitive,” Zhang admits. “This is the first time you have something where you can just apply it to your surroundings, and then it gets rid of all of the allergens before they get into your body.”

Many Pacagen users have reported success by using the spray every few days—less often for homes with a single cat, more often for multi-cat homes or animal shelters. “You don’t actually have to get rid of every single molecule of allergen for this product to work. You just have to decrease the load below a certain threshold,” Zhang explains. “Preventing the surrender of pets after they’ve been adopted—that’s been a really nice and very fulfilling part of the work that we’ve been doing.”

Create Cat-Free Areas

Another strategy for coping with allergies is to keep certain areas of the home cat-free, such as the bedroom. For many though, this isn’t a workable solution—if a cat has already claimed the bedroom as its own personal territory, then using hypoallergenic sheets can help.

“No matter how much cleaning I was doing, I was still sick,” she recalls. “I learned how much adding a pet to your house increases the dust mite load.”

Change Your Sheets

“I’m allergic to the world,” Deborah Ong says with a laugh, “not just to cats, but trees, flowers. It’s really sad.” Based in Austin, TX, she founded her company, Deb, after adopting a cat and being diagnosed with a severe allergy. “No matter how much cleaning I was doing, I was still sick,” she recalls. “I learned how much adding a pet to your house increases the dust mite load.” An allergist recommended that Ong switch to hypoallergenic bed sheets, but all the tightly woven cotton sheets Ong tested made her feel hot and sweaty all night long. Plus they were prohibitively expensive. Then she stumbled upon an alternative: “Eucalyptus sheets are soft without needing the high thread count of cotton.” She decided to launch her company to help other allergy sufferers. The eucalyptus sheets she sells are breathable, affordable, and naturally resistant to both bacteria and dust mites.

Air Purifiers

Air purifiers are another solution worth considering. “Air purifiers can significantly reduce airborne cat allergens like Fel d 1, but they are not a complete solution for allergy relief on their own,” says Renee Mead. “A layered, integrated approach is best.”

How to Clean Your Home to Remove Allergens

Cleaning the home regularly is a must. “You want to be vacuuming with a HEPA-filter vacuum really frequently,” says Schick. She recommends removing carpet as much as possible, “making sure there’s not a lot of non-porous substrates that collect allergen.”

ml_photo/Bigstock

Feed Your Cat a Diet that Reduces Allergens

For households where cat allergens are a persistent problem, it might also be worth feeding your cat a special diet designed to reduce allergens. Dr. Ebenezer Satyaraj, PhD, is an immunologist for Nestlé Purina Research and lead investigator on the research that led to the development of Purina ONE LiveClear. He explains that the key ingredient “is a specific protein sourced from eggs. When cats eat the food, the ingredient binds to Fel d 1 and safely neutralizes it in the cat’s mouth. By reducing active Fel d 1 in the cat’s saliva, it reduces the allergen that is transferred to the cat’s hair and dander when they groom, ultimately reducing the allergen in the environment.” According to Purina’s research, cats fed the diet daily for three weeks showed approximately 47 percent less active Fel d 1.

It Doesn’t Need to Be Perfect, You Just Need to Lower the Allergen Load

Dr. Satyaraj uses an analogy to put that figure in context. “Think of your allergen load as a bucket, and your symptom threshold as the top of that bucket,” he says. “If the bucket fills past the top, you react. Reducing even one significant source of allergen—like Fel d 1 from your cat—means the bucket fills more slowly, and the cumulative level of allergen exposure may fall below an individual’s threshold and improve or stop a response.”

While cat lovers with allergies continue to wait for the day that hypoallergenic cats are everywhere, cleaning, bathing, sprays, hypoallergenic bed sheets, air purifiers, and special food are all worth trying—but not at the same time. As Schick points out, “If you do all of them at once and they work, you don’t know what’s working exactly.”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Allergic to Cats? How to Live with a Cat if You Have Allergies appeared first on Modern Cat.

Flock uniformity and sanitary dressing: how live-side variation impacts the processing plant

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 01:20:03 +0700

By Douglas L. Fulnechek, DVM
Senior Public Health Veterinarian
GTS Health

Every evisceration line assumes the birds are the same size. The venting, opening, drawing, cropping and neck-breaking machines fit the average bird. When a flock holds tight to that average, the equipment does what it was designed to do. When the flock uniformity spreads out, however, the machinery starts cutting in the wrong place, mutilating the carcass and sometimes spilling digestive tract contents.

That spillage is a problem because digestive tract content carries Salmonella and Campylobacter. Preventing that contamination is the heart of the government’s sanitary dressing requirement. Thus, a flock that shows up at the plant with too much size variation makes it difficult to meet that requirement.

Measuring the spread

Flock uniformity is measured with the coefficient of variation (CV). It is a unitless number, often reported as a percentage. A CV of zero would describe a flock with no variation, perfect uniformity that nobody ever sees. A healthy straight-run 6-pound flock should have a CV of about 12. The number climbs as uniformity gets worse. I’ve measured flocks below 10, but those were sexed flocks. I’ve also measured flocks in the low teens that ran clean and flocks above 16 that gave the evisceration crew fits.

One useful aspect of the CV is that the weight data is easy to obtain at the plant. In some operations, quality assurance already collects it. I recommend calculating a CV on every flock. It turns the processing plant into a diagnostic window looking back at the farm.

What variation costs at the line

A non-uniform flock forces a compromise with the evisceration equipment. Set it for the big birds and the small ones get missed. Set it for the small birds and the large ones get cut and mutilated. Contamination increases, as does the load on the downstream antimicrobial interventions.

Under the New Poultry Inspection System, establishment sorters identify abnormal carcasses. An inconsistent-sized flock makes that call harder. Sorters usually condemn runts rather than risk a federal inspector stopping the line for failure to sort.

However, condemning a small but wholesome carcass or stopping an evisceration line is expensive. For a complex running 1.3 million birds a week, a whole-bird condemnation rate of 0.2% unsupportable condemnations costs approximately $500,000 per year. A stopped evisceration line costs about $800 a minute.

Variation starts on the farm

A flock’s uniformity at the plant is a record of every stressor, management slip and disease challenge. Non-uniformity is a symptom pointing to opportunities on the live side.

I once measured a CV of 22.8 in a flock. The chicks in one section of the transport vehicle got hot on the way to the farm. Birds weighed 1 to 8 pounds, with an average weight of 6 pounds. Roughly 20% of the flock was affected. It’s the best example I’ve seen of a flock that could not be processed in a sanitary manner.

Several factors contribute to flock variation. For example, chicks from different-age breeder flocks create a uniformity problem. Also, males grow faster than females, which explains why a straight-run flock has a higher CV than a single-sex house.

Culling failure is a common source of flock variation. Additionally, immunosuppressive diseases such as infectious bursal disease, Marek’s, chicken infectious anemia and adenovirus cause a non-uniform flock. So does reovirus arthritis, femoral head necrosis, retained yolk and any gut insult.

Researchers report that gut health is an important factor.¹ Charles Hofacre, DVM, PhD, MAM, DACPV, has made the gut connection clear in his research.² Coccidia-damaged intestines will make the flock have a high CV. In a bad necrotic enteritis outbreak, the surviving poor doers push up the CV. Instead of one clean upright curve, you get a lagging tail.

The same intestinal damage also allows Salmonella to colonize internal organs. Poor gut health simultaneously widens the curve and raises the pathogen load. That’s two problems with one root cause.

Closing the loop

Fixing uniformity requires the plant and live operations to talk to each other. Report the CV on every flock. Set a limit. When a flock is above the limit, treat it as a signal to investigate: pull the health records, check the hatchery, look at which breeder flocks fed those chicks and assign a cause before the next placement.

Most of what drives a bad CV is preventable, but someone on the live side must act on the numbers. The plant can’t fix a flock after it arrives. Having the plant report uniformity for every flock is how you improve. Uniformity is an indicator for bird health, welfare, yield and food safety. You must measure it to fix it.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

References

Choi J, Goo D, Ko H, Lee J, Kim WK. Factors Affecting Flock Uniformity in Broiler Production: Individual, Environmental, and Management Characteristics. Animals. 2026;16(2):185. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani16020185
Hofacre C. “Gut Integrity’s Impact on Bird Health and Food Safety” (presentation, Virtual Poultry Tech Summit, October 20, 2020), as reported in Austin Alonzo, “How Intestinal Damage Causes Disease and How to Avoid It,” com, November 18, 2020. https://www.wattagnet.com/broilers-turkeys/article/15532288/how-intestinal-damage-causes-disease-and-how-to-avoid-it.

The post Flock uniformity and sanitary dressing: how live-side variation impacts the processing plant appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The first week as therapy: rethinking the broiler neonatal phase with a preventive approach

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 01:15:10 +0700

The first 7–10 days of life represent the biologically most critical phase of the entire commercial broiler production cycle. Within this narrow timeframe, the chick undergoes an extreme physiological transition: from lipid-dependent embryonic metabolism (yolk-sac resorption) to exogenous carbohydrate-protein nutrition, while simultaneously developing thermoregulatory, digestive and immune systems. Modern fast-growth genetic lines (Ross 308/708, Cobb 500/700, Hubbard) exacerbate this fragility, making any management error physiologically amplified. This article analyzes, with an integrated veterinary approach, the pathophysiological mechanisms underlying the main first-week syndromes (omphalitis/YSI, starve-outs, early ascites, SDS, aspergillosis and early rickets) specifying correct chick placement management, providing reference tables for environmental and productive parameters, necropsy diagnostics and troubleshooting protocols useful for field veterinarians and poultry sector operators.

The neonatal window: a critical phase

First week mortality (FWM) is the quintessential sentinel parameter for evaluating hatchery efficiency and placement practices. An FWM exceeding 1% must be considered a clinical alarm signal requiring systematic diagnostic investigation. Modern commercial hybrids (selected for an exceptional ratio between muscle growth and feed consumption) possess growth rates that translate into extremely high metabolic and cardiopulmonary demand even in the first week.

From a thermoregulatory perspective, a chick at hatching is essentially a poikilothermic organism: hypothalamic maturation, necessary for autonomous thermoregulation, is completed only around 7–10 days of life. In parallel, the intestine is morphologically immature, with short villi and low pancreatic enzymatic activity, and the mucosal immune system (GALT, gut-associated lymphoid tissue) depends on early antigenic stimulation provided by exogenous feeding. These three variables converge in a temporal window where any management or infectious error produces irreversible consequences on the flock’s productive and sanitary development.

Environmental management: target parameters for the first week of life

Constructing an adequate microclimate is the most effective preventive measure available to the veterinarian and the farmer. House pre-heating must begin 24–72 hours before placement, with particular attention to litter temperature (measured at multiple points, at different levels, with a contact thermometer), which is the most frequently overlooked critical parameter in field practice. Synthetic operational guidelines are reported in Table 1.

Table 1

Monitoring animal behaviour

Chicks should be left undisturbed for the first few hours post-placement to facilitate acclimatization; meanwhile, certain environmental parameters should be verified (light intensity and uniformity, minimum ventilation, and correct opening of vents).

Instrumental evaluation doesn’t replace observation of animal behavior; chicks distributed uniformly in the brooding area, active vocalization and regular access to water and feed indicate correct thermal comfort. Huddling beneath heat sources is the earliest and most reliable signal of hypothermia; peripheral dispersion with wings drooping and open-beak breathing indicates hyperthermia. Integrating both sources of information (instrumental + behavioral) is essential for clinically rigorous management.

Covering the brooding area with biodegradable paper on which starter feed is distributed must cover at least 70–80% of the surface, facilitating visual identification of food by chicks in the first hours of life, when the ability to locate traditional feeders is not yet fully developed.

Like feed, water represents one of the key factors for chick weaning: from its quality (interpreted as physico-chemical parameters) and temperature, one moves to systematic control of drinking lines (including nipples and cups) for correct filling and delivery, as well as verifying drinker height at all points in the brooding area. This also contributes to maintaining correct environmental humidity (expressed as Relative Humidity, RH), favouring animal acclimatization while preventing dehydration and starve-out phenomena (starvation due to lack of feed consumption).

Early feeding, GALT and nutritional transition phase

Immediate access to feed and water at the time of placement (defined in literature as early feeding) is a biological requirement, not merely a good practice. Feed intake within the first few hours triggers a cascade of interdependent physiological events:

Pancreatic enzymes secretion (lipase, protease, amylase), necessary for the blood absorption of the residual yolk sac.
Proliferation of intestinal villi: delays exceeding 24 hours induce irreversible atrophy, reducing intestinal absorption area and causing chronic malabsorption.
GALT maturation: early antigenic stimulation is necessary for the development of the Bursa of Fabricius and spleen, and for antibody production in response to vaccination prophylaxis.
Microbiota colonization: early microbial competition (principle of competitive exclusion) reduces colonization by pathogenic agents such as Salmonella spp. and Clostridium perfringens.

The crop filling control (crop check) is the management thermometer: monitoring crop filling at 2, 8–12 and 24 hours post-placement is the most immediate and reliable clinical tool to evaluate early feeding efficacy. A full and soft crop indicates combined intake of feed and water; an empty crop indicates starvation (starve-out); a hard crop indicates feed intake with insufficient water supply.

Chick quality verification: main parameters

Evaluating chick quality at the time of placement represents a fundamental diagnostic moment, capable of predicting group’s productive performance and promptly identifying critical issues related to incubation, hatching egg management or transport. The main morphological and behavioral parameters to examine include: navel closure and abdominal quality (absence of residues, scabs or signs of omphalitis; palpable and dry abdomen; absence of swellings), leg color and integrity (uniform yellow color, absence of lesions/inflammation or joint swellings), eye appearance (liveliness, full opening), beak conformation (absence of defects, clean nostrils), postural tone and reactivity level to stimuli. Added to these is the evaluation of vocalizations, an indirect indicator of the group’s welfare status and vitality. The Pasgar Score uses these criteria, divided into five macro-categories — lower limbs, beak, abdominal quality (intended as complete yolk sac resorption and navel closure with full healing) and reflexes — assigning each a value from 0 to 2, to assign a total maximum of 10. Animal groups with a score ≥8 are considered good quality; values between 6 and 7 indicate acceptable quality but require monitoring; scores ≤5 signal poor quality requiring investigation into causes.

At the time of unloading, it is important to record the rectal temperature of subjects, taking individual measurements from different points/zones of the transport vehicle, using appropriate instrumentation (e.g. thermoscan): this allows evaluation of group dispersion and any deviations from the expected range of 39.5–40.5 °C. If the latter is low, subjects will struggle to consume water and feed in the first hours, with potential development heterogeneity and phenomena of failed yolk sac resorption and related mortality. Conversely, if elevated, chicks may undergo dehydration phenomena, with depressed/lethargic profiles.

Similarly, another fundamental parameter to detect upon animal arrival is body weight. This should be measured by individually weighing at least 100 chicks, taken randomly from the crates. Individual data must be processed to calculate mean weight and uniformity, parameters useful for calculating the coefficient of variation (CV): generally, a CV between 6% and 7% is good (corresponding to approximately 85-90% uniformity); there should be no differences between the initial CV and that detected at 7 days (if over 3–4%, it is a signal of worsening management in the first days of rearing). Furthermore, body weight is a predictive factor (under good conditions) of weight at 7 days of age: the latter should approach a minimum of 4.5 times the initial weight.

Key points: performance and corrective actions

The veterinarian and operators must have a quantitative reference system to evaluate the week’s progress and identify deviations from the norm early. Table 2 summarizes the main performance indicators and operational thresholds requiring immediate corrective action.

Table 2
Note on first week feed conversion ratio. Under optimal conditions, the Feed Conversion Ratio (FCR) of the first week is less than 1.0 (often 0.85–0.95), because chicks efficiently use every gram of feed for net body growth. A weekly FCR higher than 1.10 should induce suspicion of energy dispersion due to thermoregulation (cold environment), insufficient energy quality of the starter feed or subclinical pathology reducing intestinal absorption.

Etiopathogenesis and diagnostics of main issues

First-week broiler pathologies often share a multifactorial pathophysiology where management stress, immune immaturity and infectious challenges intersect synergistically.

Among infectious conditions, we find Yolk Sac Infection (YSI) which, in complicated omphalitis profiles, represents one of the most frequent neonatal septicemic problems, sustained in 70–87% of cases by Escherichia coli and more rarely by Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella spp., and Enterococcus spp. Failure of navel closure allows ascending bacterial contamination of the yolk sac, determining a profile of lethargy, distended abdomen and bluish skin with exitus within the first 3–7 days of life. Necropsy examination reveals an enlarged yolk sac, caseous or watery consistency and fetid odor, frequently associated with fibrinous peritonitis, pericarditis and perihepatitis in cases of systemic colibacillosis.

This pathology merits specific clarification for its implications regarding antimicrobial resistance management. In Italy and Europe, acquired resistance of avian E.coli to β-lactams (ESBL-producing strains), tetracyclines and fluoroquinolones is widely documented and directly correlated to indiscriminate preventive antibiotic use in the first week of chick life. Antibiotic therapy in subjects with severe YSI septicemia is frequently ineffective: tissue concentrations at the yolk sac level (an anaerobic, nutrient and rich substrate) are rarely sufficient to eradicate the infection, and mortality follows its course independently of treatment. The correct approach is therefore preventive, based on systematic hatchery audit (hatching temperature and humidity, hygiene of beak-trimming equipment, tray sanitation), elimination of hygienically poor eggs, litter pre-heating, and rigorous biosecurity at house entry. Any use of antimicrobials via drinking water must always be supported by culture and antibiogram, in compliance with principles sanctioned by EU Regulation 2019/6 and the PNCAR.

Of non-infectious nature but with high productive impact are starve-outs and early dehydration, conditions determined exclusively by management factors: lack of access to feed and water in the first 24 hours of life induces severe glycogen depletion, detectable at crop check as an empty or hard-consistency crop. Necropsy findings evidence a pale liver with glycogen exhaustion, pale kidneys and urate deposits (uricosis). Immediate correction of environmental parameters (temperature and relative humidity) together with increasing paper coverage surface to 70–80% and integration of drinking water with electrolytes and vitamins for 3–5 days, constitutes the reference management protocol.

Among cardiovascular and metabolic pathologies, ascites originates from pulmonary hypertension secondary to hypoxia (Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension, PAH), determined by insufficient temperatures or elevated CO₂ concentrations and/or an excessively rapid growth rate. Right ventricular overload results in the production of citrine-colored abdominal transudate, with right ventricular hypertrophy, hepatic congestion and edematous lungs at necropsy. Similarly, Sudden Death Syndrome (SDS, or flip-over) predominantly affects fast-growing male subjects through fatal ventricular arrhythmias, with a mortality peak between 14 and 28 days of life (anticipated in super-early hybrids) and absence of macroscopic visceral lesions at anatomo-pathological examination. For both conditions, there are no effective therapies: prevention is based on optimizing ventilation and temperature, reducing stocking density, and, in the case of SDS, modulating early growth speed through reduced starter nutritional programs.

Regarding other infectious pathologies, aspergillosis caused by Aspergillus fumigatus represents a diagnostic urgency, as there are no practicable therapeutic protocols in farming situations: triazoles (itraconazole, voriconazole) present prohibitive costs for mass use and scarce evidence of efficacy in production animal avian medicine. Massive inhalation of conidia in the first 24–72 hours of life determines a profile of severe dyspnea, gasping, and beak cyanosis, with mortality that can reach 50% in declared outbreaks. The pathognomonic lesion is represented by multifocal whitish granulomatous nodules at the level of lungs, trachea and air sacs, with mycelium visible under UV light. Prevention requires systematic mycological analysis of litter before placement (via plating on Sabouraud agar and incubation at 37 °C for 48–72 hours) as a routine protocol in houses with anamnestic history of early respiratory problems, as well as a rigorous hatchery audit.

Finally, skeletal pathologies like rickets and dysmorphism such as splay legs and tibial dyschondroplasia recognize a nutritional etiopathogenesis or malabsorption secondary to early enteritis, with deficit of calcium, available phosphorus and vitamin D₃. The necropsy profile evidences rib deformities, distorted cartilage growth and enlarged epiphyses, confirmable by bone diaphanization. Optimal starter formulation (Ca 1,0%; available P 0.45%; vitamin D₃ ≥2000 IU/kg), combined with maintaining dry and non-slippery litter, constitutes the fundamental preventive measure.

Veterinary troubleshooting guide

Clinical diagnosis in the first week is essentially a diagnosis of management issues. The veterinarian must be able to correlate farm clinical signs with predisposing factors and translate them into precise, rapid, and measurable corrective actions. Table 3 provides an operational scheme for the main scenarios encountered in the field.

Table 3

Conclusions

The productive and sanitary success in broiler farming is built in the first 7 days of life. Correct management and careful monitoring in the first week by involved operators are of fundamental importance. The approach to this phase cannot be reduced to managing pathological emergencies: it must be structurally preventive, quantitative and integrated between hatchery, transport and farming.

Literature data converge unequivocally: every extra gram of weight gained at 7 days translates into 5–10 grams more live weight at slaughter, with significant impacts on conversion ratio, total mortality and overall carcass quality. The chick’s behavioral thermoregulation – not the thermometer – is the earliest and most reliable clinical indicator of environmental comfort. Systematic necropsies, weekly biometry, and a rigorous crop check at 24 hours are the fundamental diagnostic tools that every veterinarian and poultry operator must master and document.

Equally effective in interrupting recurrent cycles of neonatal pathology is a structured partnership with the hatchery, based on quantitative feedback (cumulative mortality, chick quality upon arrival, percentage of red hocks, etc.). Finally, in a European regulatory context, increasingly stringent regarding the fight against antimicrobial resistance, environmental and structural prevention is no longer an option: it is the only clinically sustainable response.

EUDR implementation – FEFAC feed supply chain disruption risk assessment & economic impact for soybean meal

Edusehat — Thu, 17 Sep 2026 01:15:10 +0700

FEFAC today published its 4th update on the feed supply chain disruption risk and economic impact of the EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) on soy supplies for animal feed in 2027.

The assessment warns that severe drought, Black Sea trade disruption and EUDR sourcing constraints are converging to squeeze the EU feed chain simultaneously.

FEFAC estimates a potential EU soybean meal (SBM) supply gap of at least around 5 million tonnes — roughly 20% of the EU’s total SBM footprint — for the 2026/2027 marketing year, with very limited substitution options available.

FEFAC estimates the direct extra cost of EUDR-compliant soy for feed use at up to €1.05 billion, based on total usage of around 35 million tonnes. Because rapeseed and sunflower meal prices are pegged to SBM quotations (at roughly 65%), the increase adds a further €449 million in costs for these alternative Hi-Pro proteins — bringing the total estimated impact to around €1.40 billion for SBM, RSM and SFM supplies to the EU feed and livestock sector.

Based on market information, we estimate this could translate into a direct cost impact of roughly +€40 per tonne of pig meat and +€15 per tonne of poultry meat, further undermining the competitiveness of the EU’s livestock sector.

FEFAC’s updated origin-by-origin risk assessment classifies North America, Argentina and Paraguay as low risk, with 90–100% expected SBM availability; EU origins, Ukraine and Serbia as low-to-medium risk, mainly on logistics concerns; Brazil as medium risk (an improvement, though with continued regional variation between Southern Brazil and the Cerrado/Northern export corridor); and West Africa, India and China as high risk, particularly for non-GM and organic soy niche markets.

A key open question is whether Brazil can shift part of its EU-bound SBM supply from the Northern to the Southern corridor to close this gap; however, FEFAC notes persistent bottlenecks related to storage capacity which may constrain this flexibility.

FEFAC President Nicolas Coudry-Mesny commented that “there is profound concern already about the EU’s feed material sourcing capacity due to the combined effects of persisting drought and closure of key maritime corridors, such as the Black Sea, leading to a market crunch by the end of the calendar year. The imminent application of the EUDR, which is currently disrupting EU purchases of soy from global markets after 30 December 2026, exacerbates the pressure, potentially leading to major disruption of essential feed supply chains”.

FEFAC urges EU institutions to take exceptional measures to ensure feed security and prevent an economically unviable situation for the EU livestock sector in early 2027, by ensuring immediate simplified implementation of the EUDR for in-scope soy products as well as suspending the EUDR application to palm kernel expeller.

FEFAC also urges EU institutions and national authorities to use existing and future EU trade agreements (e.g. MERCOSUR, CETA, DCFTA Ukraine, and EU-US agreement) to confirm long-standing zero-tariff schedules for soybean meal imports and to facilitate bilateral recognition of EUDR legality certification programmes.

Read the full 4th impact assessment.

Source: FEFAC press release

Living with a Cat Allergy

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 22:15:07 +0700

Bathing a cat twice a week can help reduce the amount of Fel d 1, the pesky protein that is the main culprit behind cat allergies.

“If you can’t bathe a pet, frequent wipe downs are really helpful,” Schick says. “Some of my owners swear by the hypoallergenic pet wipes.” Allerpet Cat Dander Remover (allerpet.com) is a vet-recommended damp-wipe product formulated for people who are allergic to cats. It’s designed to reduce pet-related allergic reactions by removing dander, saliva, and sebaceous gland secretions from cat fur. Simply wipe down your cat weekly with the non-toxic, fragrance-free solution to reduce airborne allergens.

Cat Box/Shutterstock

“No matter how much cleaning I was doing, I was still sick,” she recalls. “I learned how much adding a pet to your house increases the dust mite load.”

“I’m allergic to the world,” Deborah Ong says with a laugh, “not just to cats, but trees, flowers. It’s really sad.” Based in Austin, TX, she founded her company, Deb (deb.haus), after adopting a cat and being diagnosed with a severe allergy. “No matter how much cleaning I was doing, I was still sick,” she recalls. “I learned how much adding a pet to your house increases the dust mite load.” An allergist recommended that Ong switch to hypoallergenic bed sheets, but all the tightly woven cotton sheets Ong tested made her feel hot and sweaty all night long. Plus they were prohibitively expensive. Then she stumbled upon an alternative: “Eucalyptus sheets are soft without needing the high thread count of cotton.” She decided to launch her company to help other allergy sufferers. The eucalyptus sheets she sells are breathable, affordable, and naturally resistant to both bacteria and dust mites.

ml_photo/Bigstock

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Living with a Cat Allergy appeared first on Modern Cat.

What Is the Best Food for Large Breed Dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 22:00:04 +0700

Big Dogs, Bigger Nutritional Needs

Large breed dogs come with their own unique nutritional needs. Their size, activity levels and lifestyle can all influence the type of food that is best suited to support their health and wellbeing. With so many options available, how do you know what’s best for your dog?

It’s Not Just About Size

When people think about large breed dogs, they often focus on their size alone. But choosing the right food is about much more than how much your dog weighs.

A young Labrador who spends every weekend hiking will have very different nutritional needs to a senior Rottweiler who’s enjoying a slower pace of life. That’s why it’s important to look for a food that matches your dog’s life stage, activity levels and overall condition.

The best food for your dog is one that supports their individual needs, rather than taking a one-size-fits-all approach.

What Should You Look For when Choosing Food for your Large Breed Dog?

When choosing a food for a large breed dog, there are a few key things to consider.

Quality Nutrition

A complete and balanced diet should provide all of the nutrients that your dog needs every day. This includes protein, fats, vitamins and minerals that work together to support overall health and wellbeing. Learn more about choosing the right food in our Understanding Dog Food Ingredients guide.

Support for Active Lifestyles

Many large breed dogs lead active lives. Whether it’s long walks, training sessions or simply enjoying time outdoors, good nutrition helps provide the energy they need to stay active and enjoy each day.

Tailored for Their Life Stage

Tailored for Their Life SA puppy, adult and senior dog all have different requirements. Choosing a food designed for your dog’s current life stage can help ensure they’re getting the right nutritional support as their needs change over time.

Every Dog Is Different

If there’s one thing dog owners know, it’s that no two dogs are exactly alike.

Some are always on the go. Others are happiest stretched out on the sofa. Some will eat absolutely anything, while others can be a little more selective when it comes to mealtimes.

That’s why finding the right food often comes down to understanding your own dog’s lifestyle and choosing a food that helps them look and feel their best.

Choosing the Right Food for Your Large Breed Dog

One of the most important factors when choosing the best food for a large breed dog is their life stage.

The nutritional needs of a growing puppy are very different from an adult or senior dog, which is why it’s important to choose a food that’s tailored to where they are in life.

Large Breed Puppies

Large breed puppies grow as a fast pace, making balanced nutrition particularly important during their early months.

Food designed specifically for large breed puppies help support healthy growth and development while providing nutrients they need as they explore the world around them.

Looking for nutrition tailored to a growing large breed puppy? Shop our GAIN Elite Big Dogs Puppy Food.

Large Breed Adults

Adult dogs need complete and balanced nutrition to help maintain muscle condition, energy levels and overall wellbeing. Whether your dog enjoys long walks, adventures outdoors or simply being part of everyday family life, choosing a food that supports their lifestyle is key.

Explore our GAIN Elite Big Dogs Adult range for nutrition designed to support healthy, active adult dogs.

Large Breed Seniors

As dogs get older, their nutritional needs can change. Senior dogs need nutrition that supports mobility, vitality and overall wellbeing, helping them to keep enjoying the activities that they love.

Discover our GAIN Elite Big Dog’s Senior Dog Food, specially developed to support older large breed dogs.

Feeding Them Like Family

For many owners, dogs aren’t just pets. They’re part of the family.

Choosing the best food for your large breed dog isn’t about chasing trends or finding the most complicated feeding plan. It’s about providing balanced nutrition that supports their wellbeing and helps them continue doing the things they love.

When you love them like family, you want to feel confident that what’s going into their bowl is right for them.

Discover the GAIN Elite Big Dog’s range and find the right nutritional fit for your dog’s age, lifestyle and stage of life.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do large breed dogs need different food than smaller dogs?

Large breed dogs can have different nutritional requirements due to their size and body weight. Owners should choose foods specifically formulated for larger breeds to help support their overall wellbeing.

What should I look for in food for a large breed dog?

Look for a food that offers complete and balanced nutrition, quality ingredients and is suitable for your dog’s life stage, whether they are a puppy, adult or senior dog.

How much should I feed my large breed dog?

The amount will depend on your dog’s age, weight, activity levels and the food being fed. Always follow the feeding guidelines provided and adjust as needed to maintain a healthy body condition.

Can large breed dogs stay on the same food throughout their lives?

As dogs move from puppyhood to adulthood and later into their senior years, their nutritional requirements can change. Choosing a food suited to their life stage can help ensure they continue to receive the right nutritional support.

The post What Is the Best Food for Large Breed Dogs appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Understanding Dog Food Ingredients

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 22:00:04 +0700

What Should You Really Be Looking For?

When choosing dog food, it’s easy to get overwhelmed. From protein and fats to vitamins and minerals, it can be difficult to know what actually matters when choosing food for your dog. Understanding the ingredients in your dog’s food helps you make more confident choices to make sure they’re getting the nutrition they need to live a healthy and active life.

When dogs are part of the family, what goes into their bowl matters.

Why Dog Food Ingredients Matter

Every ingredient in your dog’s food plays a role in supporting their health. A balanced diet provides all of the nutrients needed for energy, muscle maintenance, digestion, immune function and overall wellbeing.

Every dog is unique and understanding the key components of dog food can help you choose a diet that supports your dog’s lifestyle, age and nutritional requirements.

Protein: The Foundation of Every Diet

Protein is one of the most important nutrients in a dog’s diet. It helps support muscle development, tissue repair and day-to-day body functions.

Quality protein sources like chicken, salmon and beef provide essential amino acids that dogs need to maintain strength, activity and overall health.

As one of the key nutrients in a dog’s diet, protein helps support healthy muscle maintenance and overall wellbeing throughout every stage of life.

Healthy Fats: More Than Just Energy

Fats are often misunderstood, but they are an essential part of your dog’s nutrition.

Healthy fats help provide energy and support several important functions throughout the body. They also help your dog to have healthy skin and a shiny coat.

For active dogs, fats can be an important part of maintaining energy levels throughout the day.

Understanding Carbohydrates

Carbohydrates provide dogs with an important source of energy.

Ingredients such as grains, vegetables and other carbohydrate sources help fuel everyday activity while also contributing fibre, which can support digestive health.

In grain-free dog food, sweet potato is often used as an alternative source of carbohydrates. It’s easy to digest, naturally rich in nutrients and provides a steady source of energy, making it a popular ingredient in many dog foods.

The goal isn’t to focus on any one ingredient alone, but to ensure the overall diet provides balanced nutrition.

Vitamins and Minerals: Small Nutrients, Big Impact

Required in smaller amounts, vitamins and minerals play a vital role in keeping dogs healthy.

They help support:

Immune function
Bone health
Metabolism
Vision
Growth and development

A balanced dog food will contain carefully selected vitamins and minerals to help meet your dog’s daily nutritional needs.

Fibre and Digestive Health

Digestive health is an important part of the overall wellbeing of your dog.

Fibre helps to support healthy digestions and normal bowel functions. Dog food with natural fibre ingredients helps dogs get the most from their food while supporting their digestive health.

A healthy digestive system helps dogs absorb nutrients.

Looking Beyond the Label

When choosing dog food, it’s important to look beyond individual ingredients.

Look at:

The quality of protein sources (Salmon, Chicken, Beef)
Nutritional balance
Digestibility
Your dogs age and activity levels
Specific dietary requirements

The best dog food is one that provides complete and balanced nutrition while helping your dog maintain a healthy weight, good energy levels and overall wellbeing.

Feeding Dogs Like Family

Understanding dog food ingredients isn’t about becoming a nutrition expert overnight. It’s about knowing what to look for and making informed choices that support your dog’s long-term health.

By paying attention to ingredient quality and nutritional balance, you can feel confident you’re giving your dogs the nutrition they need to enjoy active, healthy lives.

Because when you love them like family, feeding them like family starts with understanding what’s in their bowl.

Frequently Asked Questions

What are the most important ingredients in dog food?

Protein, fats, carbohydrates, vitamins and minerals all play important roles in supporting your dog’s health and wellbeing.

Why is protein important for dogs?

Protein helps support muscle maintenance, growth, tissue repair and many essential body functions.

Are fats good for dogs?

Yes. Healthy fats provide energy and support skin, coat and overall health when included as part of a balanced diet.

How can I tell if my dog’s food is right for them?

Signs can include good energy levels, healthy digestion, a shiny coat, a healthy weight and overall wellbeing.

Does dog’s nutritional needs change with age?

Yes. Puppies, adult dogs and senior dogs all have different nutritional requirements and may benefit from diets tailored to their life stage.

The post Understanding Dog Food Ingredients appeared first on GAIN Pet.

Well-known, emerging mycotoxins are similar to antinutritional factors in poultry

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 21:45:14 +0700

A report published in the Journal of Applied Poultry Research summarized the problem of mycotoxins in the poultry industry and their similarity to antinutritional factors (ANFs).

Mycotoxins are poisonous metabolites produced by naturally occurring mold organisms that contaminate corn, soybean meal and other feedstuffs. Even in very low concentrations, mycotoxins can hurt animal health and productivity.

The animal and food industries are constantly on the lookout for the most well-known, dangerous mycotoxins such as aflatoxins, deoxynivalenol (DON or vomitoxin), zearalenone and fumonisins.

However, recent research reveals a host of emerging mycotoxins that are not yet regularly determined or regulated. These mold metabolites include fusaric acid, moniliformin and beauvericin. Altogether, emerging mycotoxins now account for nearly a third of all identified mycotoxins.

Like the well-known mycotoxins, the emerging mycotoxins share many characteristics with ANFs that occur naturally in legume and cereal feedstuffs. ANFs include protease inhibitors (e.g., trypsin inhibitor in soybeans), amylase inhibitors and many other plant-based compounds that, left untreated, interfere with nutrient absorption and can cause micronutrient malnutrition and mineral deficiencies in poultry and livestock.

“Mycotoxins have actions similar to ANFs, leading to both direct and indirect losses associated with animal health, performance and profitability,” the report’s author explained. She provided a list of common attributes shared by ANFs and mycotoxins, making the case that both categories of naturally occurring compounds require attention with respect to poultry health and productivity. The growing prevalence of emerging mycotoxins warrants even more attention.

Mycotoxin prevalence

The report focused primarily on an analysis of nearly 6,000 corn grain samples from countries around the world conducted from January 2023 to May 2024 by the Alltech 37+ Analytical Laboratory using ultra-high performance liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry. The analysis found an average of 6.7 mycotoxins per sample, with emerging mycotoxins present in more than 30% of samples.

“Notably,” the author wrote, “these results also showed that the prevalence of seven of the key emerging mycotoxins has increased on average 6.6% between 2018 and 2024, underscoring the growing significance of these compounds in poultry feed safety.”

Fusarium molds produce many of the emerging mycotoxins, but other sources include Alternaria species. Key emerging mycotoxins include fusaric acid, moniliformin, beauvericin, enniatin A/A1 and enniatin B/B1.

The author highlighted the negative impacts of various well-known mycotoxins on poultry health and productivity, noting that only limited research is available that documents the effects of emerging mycotoxins in poultry:

Fusaric acid can increase embryo mortality (even greater with the presence of fumonisin B1).
Moniliformin can cause heart damage, respiratory distress, muscular weakness and immune suppression.

Meta-analyses

This report also mentioned meta-analyses that examined the use of dietary supplements to reduce or mitigate the effects of mycotoxins in poultry. The broiler and layer studies included in the meta-analyses analyzed the use of mycotoxin adsorbents, including clay minerals and yeast-based additives, particularly a commercially available yeast cell wall extract (YCWE).

The broiler studies suggested that YCWE inclusion provided several benefits, including improved efficiency and lower mortality, compared with mycotoxins alone. The layer studies demonstrated that feeding YCWE during mycotoxin challenges led to greater egg production and heavier egg weights than feeding mycotoxins alone.

What does this study mean for producers?

Mycotoxins occur in feedstuffs and finished feeds worldwide, threatening poultry health and productivity, even in very low concentrations.
Mycotoxins can cause losses in poultry comparable to dietary ANFs.
Emerging mycotoxins are not yet regularly determined or regulated but can negatively impact bird health and productivity.
Mycotoxin management includes risk assessment and potential mitigation strategies, including adsorbent feed additives.

The full paper, titled “Mycotoxins as antinutritional factors: occurrence, impacts and management,” can be found in Applied Poultry Research and online here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Well-known, emerging mycotoxins are similar to antinutritional factors in poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Medivac Gumboplex: Protection Beyond Maternal Antibody Barriers

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 16:20:09 +0700

Gumboro disease remains one of the most economically damaging immunosuppressive diseases in poultry production. Despite advances in vaccination programs, fluctuating maternal-derived antibody (MDA) levels continue to complicate vaccination timing, creating immunity gaps that increase the risk of Gumboro outbreaks. Vaccination too early may result in vaccine neutralization by MDA, while delaying vaccination can leave chicks unprotected during their most vulnerable period. In the Middle East, where production systems often face variable field conditions, achieving reliable protection against Gumboro remains a major challenge.
In contrast to conventional vaccination, which relies on the chick’s own immune response, Medivac Gumboplex (Figure 1) is developed using immune complex technology, containing hyperimmune serum that adapts to the presence of MDA. As MDA levels decline (Figure 2) the hyperimmune serum is gradually released, allowing an immune response to stimulate immunity at the appropriate time. This is particularly relevant at hatch, when chicks are still immunologically immature and more susceptible to infection challenges. This mechanism helps ensure that immunity develops at the optimal moment, regardless of initial antibody levels. Passive immunization using specific antibodies (IgY) can help reduce infection pressure and support early protection during the critical immunity gap in poultry.

Hyperimmune serum has the ability to bridge the immunity gap caused by uneven maternal antibody levels. Instead of depending entirely on precise vaccination timing, it provides a more consistent baseline of protection across the flock. This reduces variability between birds, which is a common challenge under field conditions. In many cases, conditions are not always ideal, and variations between flocks are difficult to avoid. Having a solution that can perform consistently under these conditions becomes important. A more adaptable approach allows farmers to maintain better control and achieve more predictable outcomes across different production cycles.

Figure 2. Mechanism of Action of Medivac Gumboplex

Medivac Gumboplex offers practical advantages in vaccination management and is designed for single-dose administration at day-old, eliminating the need for complex vaccination schedules later in the production cycle. This approach simplifies hatchery operations and reduces the dependency on precise field timing, which can often be difficult to manage under commercial conditions.

The effectiveness of this approach is clearly reflected in antibody titer profiles. In broilers, trial data show that chicks vaccinated with Medivac Gumboplex are able to reach protective antibody levels above the threshold (≥2000) and maintain them consistently during the early stages of growth (Figure 3). Even in the presence of varying MDA levels, the immune response remains stable. Compared to control groups, vaccinated chicks demonstrate a more reliable antibody development pattern, reducing the risk of immune gaps that can lead to infection.

Figure 3. Antibody Responses in Broilers

In layers, antibody titers remain above the protective threshold for up to 16 weeks. Trial data show that protective levels are sustained for up to 16 weeks, covering critical phases of growth and early production (Figure 4). This prolonged immunity is particularly valuable in layer operations, where maintaining flock health over a longer period is essential for productivity. By ensuring consistent protection, Medivac Gumboplex helps reduce the risk of Gumboro outbreaks, supporting productivity and minimizing potential economic losses.

Figure 4. Antibody Responses in Layers

Safety is also a key consideration in vaccine selection, especially during the early stage when the immune system is still developing. As observed across tested groups, Medivac Gumboplex maintains lesion scores at zero, indicating minimal impact on the Bursa of Fabricius while still delivering effective immune stimulation (Figure 5). This is important, as excessive bursa damage can affect immune response and overall flock condition. By maintaining bursa integrity while supporting immunity, Medivac Gumboplex helps ensure chick health and reduced risk of long-term productivity losses.

Figure 5. Safety Comparison of Various Gumboro Immune Complex Vaccines

Uniformity of vaccine application is another important factor. By administering the vaccine at the hatchery level, producers can ensure that all chicks receive consistent protection from the very beginning. This reduces variability within the flock, supports more predictable performance, and minimizes the risk of vaccination errors through simplified handling. Beyond disease prevention, effective Gumboro control also contributes to improved flock performance, better feed conversion, enhanced vaccine responsiveness, and reduced economic losses associated with immunosuppression.

Whether facing low or high Gumboro challenge, Medivac Gumboplex combines advanced immune complex technology with a single-dose application at hatch to provide consistent protection for both broiler and layer chicks. It is designed to reduce variability in protection and support a more consistent start for every flock. Because when consistency matters, protection should never be left to chance. For more information : https://www.medionfarma.co.id/

Epilepsy in Dogs: Seizure First Aid Every Owner Should Know

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 16:05:05 +0700

Watching your dog collapse and shake without warning is one of the most frightening moments a pet parent can face. Most owners freeze, unsure what to do first. Epilepsy is more common in Indian homes than people realise, and the way you respond during the first two minutes can shape your dog's recovery. This guide walks you through what a seizure looks like, what to do while it is happening, and how to care for your dog afterwards, all in plain language suited to Indian conditions.

What Is Canine Epilepsy

Epilepsy is a neurological condition where the brain sends sudden, uncontrolled electrical signals, causing repeated seizures. It is not a single disease but a pattern. According to the American Kennel Club, idiopathic epilepsy usually appears in dogs between six months and six years of age, and certain breeds carry a higher genetic risk, including Beagles, Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and German Shepherds, all of which are popular in Indian households.

A dog may have a single seizure and never another, or develop a recurring pattern needing lifelong management. A seizure itself is a symptom, not the illness. Causes range from inherited epilepsy to liver issues, low blood sugar, heatstroke, or household toxins like rat poison and certain pesticides.

Common Causes of Seizures in Dogs

Seizures fall into two broad buckets. Idiopathic epilepsy has no identifiable cause and is largely genetic. Symptomatic seizures happen because of a specific trigger. In Indian homes, the most frequent triggers include:

Heatstroke during April to June, especially in flat-faced breeds like Pugs and Bulldogs
Accidental poisoning from chocolate, grapes, xylitol, phenyl, or naphthalene balls
Tick-borne diseases such as ehrlichiosis, which spike during monsoon
Liver or kidney disease in senior dogs
Head trauma from falls or road accidents
Low blood sugar, common in tiny breeds like Shih Tzus and Pomeranians

If your dog has a first seizure, a veterinary neurologist will typically recommend blood work, and sometimes an MRI, to rule out these causes before confirming epilepsy.

Recognising a Seizure: What It Actually Looks Like

Not every seizure involves violent shaking. Learning the three phases helps you spot one early and respond calmly.

Pre-Ictal Phase (Aura)

This can start minutes or even hours before the seizure. Your dog may seem restless, clingy, dazed, or hide in unusual spots. Some dogs whine, drool, or pace in circles. Regular pet parents often say their dog "was just not himself" that morning.

Ictal Phase (The Seizure Itself)

This is the active seizure and usually lasts thirty seconds to two minutes. The dog may fall to one side, stiffen, paddle the legs, chomp the jaw, lose bladder or bowel control, and salivate heavily. Eyes stay open but unfocused. The dog is not in pain and is not aware of what is happening.

Post-Ictal Phase (Recovery)

After the seizure ends, your dog may appear disoriented, blind, deaf, or extremely hungry and thirsty. This phase can last a few minutes to several hours. Speak softly, keep the room quiet, and let the dog come back to you at its own pace.

Seizure First Aid: Step by Step

The single most important rule is this: do not panic, and do not put your hand near your dog's mouth. Dogs cannot swallow their tongues, and a seizing dog can bite down hard enough to break bones without knowing.

Step 1: Note the Time

Glance at a clock or start the stopwatch on your phone the moment the seizure begins. Duration is the single most useful piece of information your vet will ask for. Anything longer than three minutes is a medical emergency.

Step 2: Clear the Space Around the Dog

Gently move furniture, cables, water bowls, and sharp objects away. If your dog is near stairs or a balcony edge, slide a cushion or folded blanket between the dog and the drop. Do not try to lift or restrain the dog.

Step 3: Dim Lights and Reduce Noise

Switch off the television, mute phones, and ask family members to step back. Bright lights, loud voices, and pressure cooker whistles can prolong a seizure. In a joint family setting, calmly ask everyone to give the dog space.

Step 4: Cool the Dog if It Is Hot

Seizures raise body temperature quickly, and Indian summers make this worse. Place a fan near the dog or drape a lightly damp towel over the paws and belly. Never pour cold water on the head or force water into the mouth.

Step 5: Record a Short Video if You Safely Can

If another person is present, ask them to film the seizure. This helps your vet see the exact movement pattern, which is far more useful than any verbal description.

Step 6: Comfort, Do Not Restrain

Once the shaking stops, sit near your dog and speak in a soft, steady voice. Offer a small amount of room-temperature water only after the dog is fully alert. A soft, familiar dog bed in a quiet corner helps the recovery phase feel safe.

When to Rush to the Vet

Call your veterinarian for any first-time seizure, even if the dog seems fine afterwards. Head to an emergency clinic immediately if:

The seizure lasts longer than three to five minutes (status epilepticus)
Your dog has more than one seizure within twenty four hours (cluster seizures)
The dog does not regain full awareness within an hour
Breathing seems laboured or gums turn blue, grey, or very pale
You suspect poisoning, heatstroke, or a fall

The ASPCA Animal Poison Control notes that prolonged or repeated seizures can cause permanent brain damage and even be fatal, so speed matters.

Long-Term Management at Home

If your vet confirms epilepsy, treatment usually involves daily anti-seizure medication such as phenobarbital, potassium bromide, or levetiracetam. Missing a dose, even by a few hours, can trigger a seizure, so build the medication into a fixed routine like morning and evening walks.

Keep a simple seizure diary in a notebook or phone app. Record the date, time, duration, what the dog was doing before, and how long recovery took. Patterns often emerge, and this diary becomes the most valuable tool your vet has.

Nutrition plays a supporting role. Steady blood sugar helps reduce triggers, so feed measured meals at the same times every day. Some vets recommend diets rich in medium chain triglycerides, and a daily dog supplement with omega-3 fatty acids may support brain health. Always confirm any addition with your treating vet before starting.

Avoid known triggers wherever possible. Keep the home cool during summer, use pet-safe cleaning products, store medicines and pesticides out of reach, and stay strict about tick prevention through the monsoon months. A well-fitted dog collar with an ID tag and your phone number is essential, since a post-seizure dog can wander and get disoriented in unfamiliar surroundings.

Living With an Epileptic Dog in India

Indian pet parents face unique challenges. Power cuts affect cooling during heatwaves, Diwali crackers stress seizure-prone dogs, and Holi colours contain neurotoxic chemicals. Plan ahead. Keep an inverter-run fan ready, create a quiet festival retreat, and never let an epileptic dog outside during Holi. Many dogs with well-managed epilepsy live long, happy lives, and with a calm plan in place, you become the safest person in your dog's world.

Final Thought

Epilepsy sounds scary, and the first seizure will always stay with you. However, once you learn the phases, the first aid steps, and the emergency signs, you stop reacting and start protecting. Your calm response is the single biggest gift you can give your dog during a seizure. Explore trusted dog health care essentials to keep your home prepared, and speak to your veterinarian about a long-term care plan tailored to your dog's breed, age, and lifestyle.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Can a dog die from a seizure?

A single short seizure is rarely fatal. However, a seizure lasting more than five minutes, or repeated seizures without recovery in between, can cause dangerous overheating and brain damage. Treat these as emergencies and contact your vet immediately.

2. Should I put anything in my dog's mouth during a seizure?

Never. Dogs cannot swallow their tongues, and putting your hand or an object in the mouth risks serious bite injuries and broken teeth. Focus on keeping the surroundings safe instead.

3. What triggers seizures in dogs in India specifically?

Common Indian triggers include summer heatstroke, monsoon tick fever, festival firecracker stress, exposure to phenyl or naphthalene balls, and accidental ingestion of Holi colours or chocolate. Managing the home environment reduces episode frequency significantly.

4. How long do dogs live with epilepsy?

With consistent medication and regular vet checkups, most dogs with idiopathic epilepsy live a normal lifespan. According to PetMD, around two thirds of dogs achieve good seizure control with treatment.

5. Can diet help control seizures?

Diet alone will not cure epilepsy, but stable feeding times, high-quality protein, and vet-approved omega-3 supplementation can support overall brain health and reduce trigger frequency. Discuss any diet change with your veterinarian first.

6. Are certain dog breeds more prone to epilepsy?

Yes. Beagles, Labradors, Golden Retrievers, German Shepherds, Boxers, and Cocker Spaniels have higher inherited risk. If you own one of these breeds and see any seizure activity, mention the breed history to your vet during the first consultation.

Why Do Cats (Almost) Always Land on Their Feet? The Amazing Physics of a Perfect Landing

Edusehat — Wed, 16 Sep 2026 06:00:06 +0700

For more than a century, the “falling cat problem” has fascinated scientists and puzzled physicists: how can a cat dropped upside down twist midair and land gracefully on their feet—without violating the laws of physics? Now, new research is offering one of the clearest answers yet, blending anatomy with physics in a way that feels almost poetic.

The mystery dates to 1894, when French scientist Étienne-Jules Marey used early high-speed photography to capture a cat reorienting itself mid-fall—seemingly defying the conservation of angular momentum. As one modern observer put it, the phenomenon appeared to contradict “how a body in free fall” should behave.

But cats, it turns out, confound expectation.

maloy40/Bigstock

Cats, it turns out, confound expectation.

It’s All About the Spine

Recent research highlights a crucial insight: a cat’s spine is not uniformly flexible. The front half—supported by a highly mobile thoracic spine, which can turn much like our necks—can twist far more freely than the stiffer lower back. This allows cats to rotate their front half first, then bring the rear into alignment milliseconds later in a precise, sequential motion.

“The anterior trunk rotates first, followed by the posterior trunk,” researchers explained, describing a movement that is less like a single flip and more like a coordinated two-step dance.

Cats don’t break physical laws—they exploit them.

This elegant maneuver resolves the long-standing paradox. Cats don’t break physical laws—they exploit them. By bending and twisting different parts of their bodies independently, they conserve angular momentum while still achieving rotation.

What makes this discovery compelling isn’t just that it solves a quirky scientific riddle. It opens doors to real-world applications. Understanding how cats control their bodies in midair could improve robotics, particularly in designing machines that can reorient themselves during falls. It may even inform veterinary medicine and spinal injury treatment.

Still, part of the wonder remains intact. After all, even with equations and high-speed cameras, there’s something mesmerizing about a falling cat righting themselves with effortless precision.

Or, as one summary of the enduring puzzle suggests, scientists may finally understand the mechanics—but the magic is harder to pin down.

Do Cats Really Always Land on Their Feet?

Despite their impressive acrobatics, cats don’t always land on their feet. The feline righting reflex gives cats an extraordinary ability to orient themselves during a fall, but it isn’t foolproof.

Cats need enough time and space to complete the maneuver. A very short fall may not give a cat enough time to rotate its body, while an awkward position or physical limitation can also interfere with the reflex. And even when a cat does land on its feet, that doesn’t mean it will walk away unharmed.

The height of a fall matters, too—but not in the way you might expect. A cat falling from a greater height has more time to rotate and reach a feet-first position, but that doesn’t make the fall safe. Cats can suffer broken bones, chest injuries, internal injuries, and other serious trauma from falls, particularly from significant heights.

So while the righting reflex is one of the most remarkable examples of feline physics, it’s better thought of as an incredible survival adaptation—not a guarantee of a safe landing.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Why Do Cats (Almost) Always Land on Their Feet? The Amazing Physics of a Perfect Landing appeared first on Modern Cat.

Showco Association appoints Noura Ellouz as new director

Edusehat — Tue, 15 Sep 2026 21:55:03 +0700

ShowCo Association has announced the appointment of Noura Ellouz as its new Director, effective 1 August 2026.As a former member of ShowCo Association and an exhibitor at numerous international trade shows, Ellouz brings extensive industry knowledge and valuable firsthand experience to her new role. Her familiarity with the association and the global exhibition sector will support ShowCo’s continued development and service to its members.

Ellouz succeeds Lutz Cramer, who retires after serving as Director of ShowCo Association for three years.Cramer began his career in the poultry industry in 1981 as General Manager of the Lohmann Export office in Baghdad, Iraq. During this period, Lohmann was involved in the development of three large broiler farming projects. Each farm was designed with an annual production capacity of approximately 12 million broilers and comprised 100 broiler production houses and 30 parent-stock houses.

Throughout his long career, Cramer held several senior international positions, including Export Manager and Sales Director at Hellmann Poultry, Farmer Automatic and Fienhage. He spent approximately 25 years with Farmer Automatic, during which he played an important role in the establishment of ShowCo Association.ShowCo Association was formally established as a legal entity in 2008. Since then, it has supported cooperation, international visibility and trade-show participation among companies serving the poultry and livestock industries.

The association extends its appreciation to Lutz Cramer for his dedicated service and valuable contribution and warmly welcomes Noura Ellouz as she begins her new leadership role.

For more information:-www.showco.org

Machine learning maps avian influenza detection risk in Egypt

Edusehat — Tue, 15 Sep 2026 21:45:11 +0700

Researchers have combined wild bird sampling with environmental and disease data to map the probability of detecting avian influenza viruses across Egypt. Alongside the Nile Delta, the analysis points to southern and coastal wetlands where surveillance has so far been limited.

Egypt lies on migratory routes connecting Europe, Asia and Africa. Its wetlands provide important stopover and wintering sites for wild birds, which can carry avian influenza viruses over long distances.

A new study explores whether machine learning could help direct surveillance towards the areas where virus detection is more likely. The analysis covers wild bird populations; the occurrence of outbreaks in poultry was outside its scope.

H5 dominated the positive findings

Between 2019 and 2023, researchers sampled 1,087 wild birds belonging to 19 species. The work was carried out from September to January at four northern locations near water sources in Damietta, Port Said and Dakahlia.

Oropharyngeal and cloacal swabs were grouped in pools according to species, sampling date and location. Six species were reported positive for avian influenza virus. Eurasian teal had the highest reported prevalence, at 12.3%.

H5 accounted for 70.3% of the AIV-positive cases reported in the study, while H9 represented 9.9%. H5/H9 coinfections were found in common moorhen, Eurasian teal and northern pintail.

The presence of different influenza subtypes in the same host can create conditions for genetic reassortment. Whether this occurred in the sampled birds was not investigated.

The RT-qPCR protocol identified the H5 subtype without determining its pathotype. The H5 detections therefore cannot be classified as either highly or low pathogenic from the evidence presented in the study.

Wetlands shape the winter map

The field findings were integrated with 7,710 historical records drawn from international animal health and bioinformatics databases. After records sharing the same date and location were consolidated, 219 sampling instances across 46 geolocations remained for the spatial analysis.

The model examined a range of variables, including temperature, humidity, precipitation, vegetation, proximity to water, elevation, land cover and estimated chicken and duck populations.

Relative humidity, temperature, vegetation and proximity to wetlands had the greatest influence. Poultry density, elevation and land-cover category were excluded during the model’s final variable-selection stage. Their wider epidemiological role cannot be judged from that result alone.

Wetlands offer favourable habitats for migratory waterbirds and can concentrate large numbers of potential hosts. Temperature and humidity may also affect the persistence of influenza viruses in the environment.

According to the researchers, some of the patterns captured by the environmental variables probably reflect seasonal changes in wild bird distribution. Detailed information on bird abundance and movements was unavailable for inclusion in the model.

Surveillance gaps beyond the Nile Delta

The winter projection, calculated for conditions around 1 January, showed the highest probabilities of AIV detection along the Nile River and in the Nile Delta.

Higher values also appeared around the wetlands of Lake Nasser, parts of the south-eastern Red Sea coast and the Siwa lakes in north-western Egypt. Historical surveillance has been limited in some of these areas, particularly around Lake Nasser and along the south-eastern coast.

They are possible priorities for further sampling. Their status as infection hotspots would need to be established through field surveillance.

The model produced its most consistent positive predictions along parts of the Nile. Areas of the western desert, where wetland habitat is scarce, were more consistently associated with negative predictions.

For 1 July, the geographical pattern became much more uniform. The authors link this result to more homogeneous summer conditions and seasonal differences in migratory bird presence. Since the model did not include direct measurements of wild bird abundance, this explanation remains tentative.

More data needed before operational use

Predictive performance was limited. The model recorded an AUC of 0.608 and an F1 score of 0.596, with better classification of negative records than positive ones.

The underlying data also had a clear geographical imbalance. Records were concentrated around Damietta and Port Said, while large parts of Egypt had received little sampling. Information on seasonal changes in wild bird abundance and diversity was also lacking.

At this stage, the map is best viewed as a guide for further investigation. Its most useful contribution may be the identification of places that existing surveillance has overlooked.

Sampling in the southern and coastal wetlands would test whether the predicted pattern holds beyond the Nile Delta. Combined with better data on wild bird movements, those results could provide a stronger basis for planning future avian influenza surveillance.

Source: Nabil, N.M. et al. (2026), “Molecular surveillance and predictive risk modelling of avian influenza virus in wild birds in Egypt”, Journal of General Virology, 107:002278. The original article is distributed under a Creative Commons Attribution licence.

Text summarized and editorially adapted by the Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine editorial team.

Hypothyroidism in Dogs: Symptoms Indian Owners Often Miss

Edusehat — Tue, 15 Sep 2026 18:55:06 +0700

Your Labrador used to bounce off the walls. Lately, he sleeps through the afternoon, has put on a few extra kilos, and his coat looks patchy near the tail. Most Indian pet parents blame the weather, the treats, or old age. In many cases, the real culprit is a sluggish thyroid gland. Hypothyroidism is one of the most under-diagnosed hormonal conditions in Indian dogs, mostly because its symptoms overlap neatly with the effects of our long summers and humid monsoons. Recognising the pattern early can save your dog years of discomfort and prevent secondary issues like recurring skin infections, obesity, and heart trouble. Here is a plain, practical guide to what the disease looks like, why it hides so well in Indian homes, and what you can do about it.

What Is Hypothyroidism in Dogs?

Hypothyroidism happens when the thyroid gland, which sits in the neck, stops producing enough thyroid hormone. This hormone controls how fast your dog burns energy, keeps the coat healthy, and regulates body temperature. When levels drop, everything slows down, from metabolism to mood. According to the American Kennel Club, the condition is most common in medium and large breed dogs between four and ten years of age. It is rarely life-threatening on its own, but left untreated it quietly damages skin, heart, and quality of life. The good news is that once diagnosed, it is one of the easiest hormonal disorders to manage with a simple daily tablet and regular follow-up.

Why Indian Pet Parents Miss the Early Signs

India is a tough place to spot hypothyroidism early. A dog losing hair on the back and sides in April looks like every other dog dealing with summer shedding. A pet that seems tired by 3 pm in Delhi or Chennai is easily blamed on the heat. Extra weight after Diwali or a long festival season gets written off as too many treats from visiting relatives. Skin that turns dark and greasy is mistaken for a monsoon fungal flare, and cold paws in a Bangalore living room feel normal when the air conditioner is running non-stop. Because these signs match everyday environmental complaints, most families do not connect the dots until the symptoms pile up. A quick blood test, however, can tell a very different story.

Symptoms Indian Owners Often Overlook

Symmetrical Hair Loss on the Trunk

Thyroid-related hair loss usually appears on both sides of the body in a mirror pattern, sparing the head and legs. The tail often thins out into a "rat tail" look. Unlike seasonal shedding, the coat does not grow back and the skin underneath may feel cool and dry.

Unexplained Weight Gain Despite Normal Meals

If your dog is eating the same portion and walking the same distance but still gaining weight month after month, hormones are worth checking. A slower metabolism packs on kilos even without extra biscuits or paranthas slipped from the kitchen.

Constant Lethargy Mistaken for Heat Fatigue

Indian summers make every dog slower, but a hypothyroid dog stays sluggish even during cool mornings, monsoon breaks, and winter walks. Reduced interest in play, delayed response to calls, and long naps in odd corners are common early clues.

Dark, Thickened Skin and Recurring Infections

Hyperpigmentation and repeat ear or skin infections that keep coming back after antibiotics or medicated baths often point to an underlying hormone issue. A quality dog grooming range can support the coat, but it will not fix the root cause.

Cold Intolerance in Air-Conditioned Homes

A dog that suddenly seeks out sunny patches, curls up tightly under fans set to low, or shivers in a mildly cool room may be struggling to regulate body temperature. This is especially telling in south Indian homes where air conditioning runs most of the year.

Slow Heart Rate and Behavioural Changes

Some dogs develop a noticeably slow heartbeat, mild depression, or anxiety. Owners often notice their once-social pet avoiding guests during family gatherings or ignoring the doorbell they used to run toward.

Breeds Most at Risk in India

Certain breeds are genetically more prone to thyroid trouble, and many of them are Indian household favourites. Labrador Retrievers, Golden Retrievers, Cocker Spaniels, Beagles, Dobermans, Boxers, and Dachshunds show higher rates. Indian Pariah dogs and desi mixes can also develop the condition, though it is less commonly reported. Middle-aged dogs between four and eight years are in the peak risk window, and spayed females appear slightly more susceptible than intact ones. If your dog belongs to one of these breeds and is showing even two or three of the symptoms above, a thyroid panel is a sensible next step during the annual vet visit. Early screening is affordable, quick, and often catches the disease before visible symptoms take hold.

How Vets Diagnose Hypothyroidism

Diagnosis is straightforward but needs the right tests. Most vets start with a total T4 blood test, followed by free T4 and TSH levels if the first result is low or borderline. As VCA Animal Hospitals explains, a single low reading is not enough because illness, stress, and certain medications can temporarily lower thyroid values. Your vet may also check cholesterol, complete blood count, and skin scrapings to rule out mange or fungal infections that mimic thyroid signs. In India, most urban veterinary labs run these panels within a day, and costs are reasonable. Bringing along a short history of coat changes, energy levels, and weight over the past six months helps the vet interpret results faster.

Treatment and Long-Term Care

Treatment is refreshingly simple. Dogs are prescribed a synthetic thyroid hormone called levothyroxine, given once or twice daily as a tablet with food. Most pets show a jump in energy within two to three weeks, and the coat begins recovering over two to four months. Blood tests are repeated every six months to fine-tune the dose. Alongside medication, weight management matters. Switch to a portion-controlled feeding plan and consider a balanced dog food range that supports lean body mass. Skin recovery is faster with omega-rich dog supplements and gentle, non-drying shampoos. Never stop the medication on your own, even if your dog looks completely normal. Hypothyroidism is a lifelong condition, and skipping doses brings the symptoms back within weeks. With consistent care, most dogs live a full, comfortable life indistinguishable from an unaffected pet.

Everyday Care Tips for Indian Homes

Small changes at home make treatment more effective. In peak summer, keep drinking water cool and place a breathable dog bed in a well-ventilated spot to prevent overheating during the metabolism adjustment period. In north Indian winters, a light blanket or sweater helps cold-sensitive dogs. Cut back on high-fat treats such as leftover biscuits, roti with ghee, and fried snacks, which can worsen weight gain. Stick to short, regular walks rather than one long session, since hypothyroid dogs tire quickly. Brush the coat twice a week to remove dead hair and improve circulation to the skin. Schedule vet visits every six months for thyroid re-checks and general wellness screening. These small habits, done consistently, keep the condition manageable and your dog cheerful year-round.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1: Can hypothyroidism in dogs be cured completely?

No, hypothyroidism cannot be cured, but it is very well managed with a daily thyroid tablet. Most dogs live a normal life span once treatment starts, provided the medication is given consistently and blood levels are checked twice a year.

Q2: Is hypothyroidism common in Indian dog breeds?

Yes, it is fairly common in popular breeds like Labradors, Golden Retrievers, Cocker Spaniels, and Beagles kept across Indian cities. Indian mixed breeds and Pariahs can also develop it, though reported cases are fewer.

Q3: How much does hypothyroidism treatment cost in India?

The daily levothyroxine tablet is affordable, usually between one hundred fifty and four hundred rupees per month depending on your dog’s weight. Blood tests every six months add roughly eight hundred to fifteen hundred rupees.

Q4: Can diet alone control hypothyroidism in dogs?

No, diet alone cannot correct low thyroid hormone levels. A balanced meal plan supports weight and coat health, but medication is essential to restore normal hormone function and prevent long-term complications.

Q5: How long does it take for a hypothyroid dog to feel better?

Most dogs show more energy within two to three weeks of starting treatment. Coat and skin improvements are slower and usually become visible between two and four months, sometimes longer for severe cases.

Q6: Can hypothyroidism be prevented in dogs?

There is no proven way to prevent hypothyroidism, since most cases are autoimmune or genetic. Regular vet check-ups after age four, especially for at-risk breeds, help catch it early before it affects daily life.

Kidney Disease in Aging Dogs: Diet Modifications That Work

Edusehat — Tue, 15 Sep 2026 18:55:06 +0700

Watching a senior dog slow down is never easy, and a kidney disease diagnosis can feel overwhelming for any pet parent. In India, where summer heat and monsoon humidity add extra pressure on hydration and appetite, managing chronic kidney disease in ageing dogs takes patience, planning, and the right kind of food. The good news is that diet is one of the most powerful tools you have at home. Thoughtful changes at the bowl can slow the progression of kidney damage, ease discomfort, reduce the number of vet visits, and help your loyal companion feel more like themselves again. Whether your dog is a small breed like an Indian Spitz or a large breed like a Labrador, the principles remain broadly similar. This guide walks you through what actually works in Indian homes, grounded in veterinary advice and years of on-the-ground pet parenting experience.

Understanding Kidney Disease in Senior Dogs

The kidneys filter waste, balance minerals, and help regulate blood pressure. As dogs age, kidney function slowly declines, and by the time visible signs appear, a large portion of kidney tissue may already be affected. According to the American Kennel Club, chronic kidney disease is one of the most common health issues in senior dogs, often diagnosed in pets over seven years of age.

Common signs to watch for include:

Increased thirst and frequent urination
Reduced appetite and gradual weight loss
Vomiting, nausea, or drooling
Lethargy, weakness, and a dull coat
Bad breath with an ammonia-like smell

In Indian conditions, dehydration during peak summer months in cities like Delhi, Chennai, and Hyderabad, or inconsistent water intake during the monsoon, can speed up symptoms considerably. Kidney disease can also be triggered by long-term use of certain medications, tick-borne infections, or dental issues that quietly spread bacteria through the body. Early diagnosis through routine blood and urine tests, typically once a year after the age of seven, gives you the best chance to step in with diet and supportive care before the disease advances further.

Why Diet Matters So Much in Kidney Disease

When kidneys struggle, they cannot filter waste products like urea and phosphorus efficiently. These build up in the bloodstream and make your dog feel unwell. A balanced renal diet reduces the load on the kidneys, slows further damage, and keeps your dog comfortable for longer. According to PetMD, nutritional management is often the single most impactful step in extending both the length and quality of life in dogs with kidney disease.

The right diet does three main things: it controls phosphorus and sodium intake, provides moderate amounts of high-quality protein, and supplies enough calories to prevent muscle loss in already frail seniors.

Key Diet Modifications That Work

Making the switch is not about restriction alone. It is about smarter, gentler nourishment tailored to your dog's changing body.

Lower Phosphorus, Not Zero Protein

Older advice pushed severe protein cuts, but modern veterinary thinking favours moderate amounts of high-quality protein such as egg whites, chicken, and white fish. What matters more is keeping phosphorus low. Look for prescription renal diets or explore trusted dog food options formulated for senior kidney support.

Increase Moisture in Every Meal

Hydration is critical, especially during long Indian summers when even short walks can leave a senior dog panting. Wet food, home-cooked meals with plain unsalted broth, or soaking kibble in warm water all help improve fluid intake. Keep multiple clean water bowls around the house at different levels, and consider a pet water fountain to encourage steady sipping through the day. Coconut water in small, occasional amounts can also be gentle on the system, though always check with your vet first.

Add Omega-3 Fatty Acids

Fish oil rich in EPA and DHA helps reduce inflammation in the kidneys. A daily dose, adjusted to your dog's weight, can make a visible difference within weeks. Browse gentle, senior-friendly dog supplements designed to support organ health and mobility.

Reduce Sodium Gently

Avoid table scraps, namkeen, salted biscuits, and heavily processed treats. High sodium raises blood pressure, which strains already weakened kidneys. Choose low-sodium, single-ingredient snacks from a curated treats and chews collection instead.

Include B Vitamins and Antioxidants

Frequent urination flushes out water-soluble vitamins from the body. Supplementing with B-complex vitamins and antioxidants like vitamin E supports overall wellbeing and helps cellular repair. Always confirm the dosage with your vet before starting anything new.

Foods to Avoid

Some everyday Indian foods can quietly worsen kidney issues in senior dogs. Keep these off the menu:

Salted, spiced, or fried human food
Large amounts of cheese, paneer, or dairy
Organ meats like liver, which are very high in phosphorus
Chocolate, grapes, raisins, and onions
Rawhide chews with heavy preservatives
Sugary biscuits and packaged bakery items

Stick to freshly prepared, vet-approved meals. If you plan to home cook, work with a veterinary nutritionist to balance calcium, phosphorus, and protein ratios correctly, as guesswork can cause more harm than good. Festival seasons like Diwali and Holi bring extra temptations, from sweets to fried snacks, so keep a firm no-sharing rule with family and guests. Even a single laddoo or piece of mithai can upset a fragile digestive system and set back weeks of careful feeding.

Feeding Tips for Ageing Dogs with Kidney Disease

Small changes in how you feed matter as much as what you feed. Try these practical adjustments:

Serve smaller meals four to five times a day to reduce nausea
Warm the food slightly to enhance aroma and encourage appetite
Elevate food and water bowls for arthritic seniors
Track daily water intake and urine output in a simple diary
Avoid sudden diet transitions, shift gradually over 7 to 10 days
Weigh your dog weekly at home to catch changes early

During Indian summers, keep meals lighter and hydration higher. In monsoon, store dry food in airtight containers to prevent fungal contamination that could add further stress on the kidneys. According to the ASPCA, a consistent feeding routine also reduces stress in senior pets, which supports overall wellbeing and kidney function.

Working Closely With Your Vet

Diet alone is not a cure. Regular vet checkups every three to six months, blood pressure monitoring, and periodic bloodwork help track the progression of the disease and catch complications early. Your vet may prescribe phosphate binders, ACE inhibitors, potassium supplements, or subcutaneous fluid therapy alongside dietary changes to keep your dog stable. Never start supplements or switch to a renal diet without professional guidance, as the wrong balance can quietly do more harm than good in the long run. Keep a written log of appetite, thirst, urination frequency, and energy levels between visits, as this information helps your vet fine-tune the treatment plan far more accurately than memory alone ever could.

Supporting Your Dog Through Every Stage

Caring for a senior dog with kidney disease is an act of love that shows up in small daily choices, a fresh bowl of water, a warm home-cooked meal, a quiet cuddle after a vet visit. Progress may feel slow, and there will be days when appetite dips or energy drops, but consistency almost always wins in the long run. With the right diet, gentle daily routines, and a trusted veterinarian by your side, your ageing companion can enjoy many more comfortable years with your family. Explore PetsWorld's wider range of senior dog essentials, from renal-friendly foods to gentle supplements and hydration-friendly accessories, and give your best friend the nourishment and care they truly deserve in their golden years.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can kidney disease in dogs be reversed with diet?

Chronic kidney disease cannot be reversed, but the right diet can significantly slow its progression and improve your dog's comfort and lifespan when combined with regular veterinary care.

What is the best food for a dog with kidney disease in India?

Prescription renal diets from trusted brands, along with fresh home-cooked meals designed by a veterinary nutritionist, work best. Focus on moderate protein, low phosphorus, and high moisture content in every meal.

How much water should a dog with kidney disease drink daily?

A general guideline is 60 to 100 ml per kilogram of body weight, but dogs with kidney disease often need more. Always keep fresh water available and encourage intake through wet food and broths.

Are eggs safe for dogs with kidney disease?

Yes, egg whites are an excellent source of high-quality, low-phosphorus protein. Avoid feeding whole eggs regularly, as the yolks contain more phosphorus that can strain weakened kidneys.

Can I give my senior dog homemade food if it has kidney issues?

Homemade meals can work well, but they must be balanced under veterinary guidance. Incorrect ratios of protein, phosphorus, and calcium can quietly worsen the condition over time.

How often should a senior dog with kidney disease visit the vet?

Every three to six months is ideal for stable cases. Dogs in advanced stages may need monthly monitoring and regular adjustments to diet, hydration support, or medication.

New Adriatic Sea fisheries unit inaugurated in Split to strengthen science-based fisheries management

Edusehat — Tue, 15 Sep 2026 15:35:33 +0700

The Adriatic Sea Technical Unit of the General Fisheries Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) was officially inaugurated in Split, marking a new step in strengthening scientific cooperation and sustainable fisheries management among the countries sharing the Adriatic Sea.

FAO Director-General QU Dongyu attended the high-level inauguration ceremony, held ahead of the 37th Session of the FAO Committee on Fisheries (COFI), alongside Croatian State Secretary Ivan Matijević, Director of the Institute of Oceanography and Fisheries Živana Ninčević, and GFCM Executive Secretary Miguel Bernal.

In his opening remarks, the Director-General thanked the Government of Croatia for its continued partnership and commitment to sustainable fisheries and aquaculture in the Adriatic Sea, as well as for hosting the new GFCM subregional unit in Split.

Qu underscored the importance of the Adriatic and the wider Mediterranean for food security, livelihoods and coastal communities, noting that healthy marine ecosystems and sustainable fisheries remain essential to the well-being and prosperity of the people who depend on them.

The Director-General stressed that growing demand for aquatic foods, intensified fishing pressure and the impacts of the climate crisis are increasingly affecting marine ecosystems. Addressing these challenges, he said, requires countries to work together and ground decisions in sound science.

“Strong science remains at the centre of progress,” Qu said, emphasizing that reliable data, research and innovative approaches to assessment and management are essential to turning knowledge into measurable results.

The Director-General also highlighted FAO’s Blue Transformation as a pathway for making aquatic food systems more efficient, inclusive, resilient and sustainable. This approach supports stronger fisheries management, responsible aquaculture development and improved aquatic value chains, contributing to FAO’s Four Betters – better production, better nutrition, a better environment; and a better life, leaving no one behind.

Qu pointed to the progress achieved through the collective efforts of GFCM contracting parties over the past decade. Eleven management plans and a range of spatial measures have been adopted to ensure sustainable exploitation and protect vulnerable marine ecosystems and essential fish habitats. As a result, biomass of stocks has increased by around 25 percent, while the share of overexploited stocks declined from 87 percent in 2013 to 52 percent in 2023.

These results, he noted, demonstrate that effective fisheries management can reconcile sustainability with productivity. The Adriatic Sea is a particularly strong example of this approach, having been the setting for the adoption of the first GFCM multiannual management plan in 2013 and subsequently demonstrating the value of spatial management in advancing both conservation and sustainable fisheries.

The establishment of the new Technical Unit therefore represents more than an institutional milestone. According to Qu, it is an investment in science, cooperation and the sustainable future of the Adriatic region.

“We are here in Split,” the Director-General said. “But we are not split – we are in fact more united towards efficient, inclusive and sustainable approaches to the fisheries in the Adriatic sea”.

About the Adriatic Sea Technical Unit

The GFCM Adriatic Sea Technical Unit will provide a permanent subregional presence to strengthen scientific cooperation, support implementation of fisheries management measures and improve coordination among Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia, Italy, Montenegro and Slovenia.

The Unit will further contribute to MedSea4Fish, the GFCM capacity development programme, supporting technical expertise, institutional capacity and knowledge-sharing across the subregion.

The inauguration builds on years of cooperation through the GFCM, which has supported Adriatic countries in addressing shared, cross-border fisheries challenges through scientific research, data collection, stock assessments and coordinated management and conservation measures

Broilers raised under gradient lighting show better performance, welfare

Edusehat — Tue, 15 Sep 2026 00:50:03 +0700

A wealth of university research and on-farm trials confirm broilers perform better under gradient LED lights compared with ceiling lights using LEDs, incandescent or compact fluorescent lighting.

The environment offers broilers an enriched environment, allowing them to convert feed to weight more efficiently. Studies have shown improvements of 3 points or more in feed conversion when the birds are raised in a gradient lighting environment versus standard lighting.

Optient lighting from ONCE^® by Signify^® is a lighting system built entirely around how a chicken sees the world. “Signify’s Optient is the first gradient lighting system designed specifically for poultry,” said Aaron Stephan, PhD, director of research and innovation at Signify.

Optient features

Optient lighting uses poultry-specific LED lights to accommodate the heightened photosensitivity of chickens. Field studies demonstrate that chickens overwhelmingly prefer high-intensity light for eating and low-intensity light for resting. Birds also prefer higher-intensity light when they are young and gradient lighting as they age.

“Optient gives chickens the ability to choose what lighting and intensity level is comfortable for them,” explains Logan Auker, VAL-CO engineer.

The lights are distributed and evenly spaced down the length of the feed line, providing a gradient of light across the barn and at various feed pans. Chickens can step into the light to eat, choosing which intensity is preferable, and then move back into lower light areas to rest, reflecting their natural behavior.

Designed for easy installation, Optient lighting attaches to existing cables already in the barn without the need for new conduit, according to Auker. The system is also energy efficient, with each LED light rated at 2 watts, compared to conventional LED ceiling lights at 10 watts.

“Dimming and lighting periods can be controlled through the whole house control system,” Auker adds. Engineered to work seamlessly with Optient lighting, the FUZE V grill-less pan feeder provides birds with easy access to feed from day one. It’s designed with high flood windows for excellent feed presentation, plus a feed-saver lip to prevent waste.

Research-based lighting

The Optient system is based on chicken-lighting research conducted at the University of Arkansas (UA). The university researchers measured chicken preferences for light intensity and type, then correlated the results with performance data and natural behaviors.

The research evaluated four lighting-intensity groups: 5 lux, 20 lux, natural light and gradient light (5 lux in dark areas to 40 lux next to feed lines).

The results showed significantly higher daily physical activity among chickens in the gradient-lighting group compared to the other groups. For example, electronic measurements detected birds were twice as active in the gradient light as birds in the constant 20-lux light group.

In addition, birds raised under Optient lighting produced significantly more dust-bathing holes, an indicator of improved welfare, than birds under other lighting systems. Their litter was also drier, consistent with lower stress and improved intestinal health.

Overall, flocks under gradient lighting outperformed those raised in other uniform lighting systems, according to UA researchers. They also showed increased flock movement, reduced stress and higher feed and water intake.

Field trials affirm better feed efficiency

To support these findings, specialists with Signify’s Optient lighting conducted extensive field trials with seven integrators in the US and Ontario to compare 20 lux lighting to the Optient lighting system. The trials lasted 15 months and involved 10 farms for full production-level comparison.

Results across 24 field trials showed broilers raised under Optient lighting had a 3-point improvement in feed conversion — 1.75 vs. 1.78 — compared to birds under 20 lux lighting. A 3-point advantage equates to approximately 0.12 lb. of feed saved per bird, amounting to 8.25 tons of feed saved each year, assuming 25,000 birds per 66-day cycle and 5.5 cycles per year.

“The 3-point improvement in feed conversion from gradient lighting confirms the financial benefit of the Optient system,” Auker says.

“In addition, the system uses less power and promotes natural bird behavior,” he adds. “Overall, Optient lighting helps poultry operations raise healthy, profitable birds.”

Optient is available in the US and Canada through VAL-CO, a manufacturer and distributor of equipment and systems for poultry production. VAL-CO also offers the FUZE V feeder, which is fully compatible with Optient to help optimize grow-out margins.

To learn more about Optient lighting, visit the website Optient Gradient Lighting, call 800-998-2526 or send an email by clicking here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Broilers raised under gradient lighting show better performance, welfare appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Why deforestation-free feed is becoming standard business practice for UK dairy

Edusehat — Mon, 14 Sep 2026 17:55:04 +0700

Dairy UK has taken an important step in supporting a more sustainable dairy supply chain, adopting a common position on deforestation and conversion-free feed.

Our position takes effect from 30 December 2026. From that point, soy – including soybean, soymeal and soya hulls – as well as palm oil and palm kernel expeller (PKE) present in feed supplied into the UK dairy supply chain will be expected to meet the defined criteria for deforestation-free status.

Ethically, morally and socially, this is the right thing to do. Forests and other natural ecosystems are vital for climate regulation, biodiversity, water and food systems. Their protection matters, wherever in the world they are located.

As an industry, we have a responsibility for our impact on the world around us. That means taking action to address the known impacts associated with our supply chains, however complex the task may be. Ensuring that we are not contributing to habitat loss, biodiversity decline or pressure on water resources is a reasonable expectation of a responsible and sustainable food sector. It is part of our licence to operate. This common position puts that responsibility into practice.

There is also a compelling business case for being prepared.

Regulatory expectations around forest-risk commodities are changing. The EU Regulation on Deforestation-free Products (EUDR) will have implications for relevant supply chains in Northern Ireland, while the UK Government has also set out its intention to introduce due diligence requirements for certain forest-risk commodities in Great Britain.

Against that backdrop, a common approach provides greater clarity and consistency across the dairy and feed supply chains. Dairy businesses, farmers, feed manufacturers, merchants, importers and ingredient suppliers need to understand what will be expected of them and be able to plan accordingly – to meet the industry’s needs and be compliant both sets of regulation.

That preparation matters. Supply chains are complex and changes of this kind can’t be delivered by one part of the chain acting in isolation. Establishing a clear and consistent expectation allows businesses to work through the practicalities, engage with their suppliers and put the necessary systems in place.

So, what does this mean in practice?

Our position applies to soy, including soybean, soymeal and soya hulls, as well as palm oil and palm kernel expeller (PKE), whether supplied as straights (fed to animals directly without mixing), compound feed or other blends (mixtures of two or more feed materials). Feed containing these commodities will be expected to meet Modules 1 and 2 of the Agricultural Industries Confederation Sustainable Commodities Scheme (ASCS), or an equivalent standard.

We have worked with the feed industry in developing our approach and will continue to work collaboratively as it is implemented. Delivering an environmentally responsible supply chain requires action at every stage, and it will be through cooperation across our respective sectors that we make this work in practice.

This is part of a much bigger journey. The British dairy sector has long recognised that sustainability requires us to look beyond the boundaries of our own businesses and farms and consider our impacts throughout the supply chain.

Deforestation and ecosystem conversion are global challenges, but that does not diminish our responsibility to address the impacts associated with the products and ingredients we use here in the UK.

For Dairy UK, this is about making responsible sourcing part of standard business practice: setting a clear expectation, preparing for a changing regulatory environment and working collaboratively with our supply chain partners to deliver it.

It is another important step in our journey towards a more sustainable and resilient dairy sector.

By Dr Judith Bryans, chief executive, Dairy UK

The post Why deforestation-free feed is becoming standard business practice for UK dairy appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Beyond detection: how to interpret Salmonella results in breeder flocks and egg production

Edusehat — Mon, 14 Sep 2026 17:35:13 +0700

Salmonella infections in poultry production represent a turning point rather than a simple laboratory finding. In breeder and egg production systems, the identification of Salmonella Pullorum, Salmonella Gallinarum, or Salmonella Enteritidis triggers distinct epidemiological, economic, and public health consequences. This article presents a practical and science-based framework linking laboratory diagnosis with farm-level management decisions. Unlike many poultry pathogens that primarily affect bird health, Salmonella directly links flock productivity, hatchery performance, and public health. A single diagnostic report can influence egg flow, vaccination strategy, biosecurity level, and in certain cases the future of the flock itself.

The critical issue, therefore, is not only detection, but interpretation. Misreading laboratory data may lead either to costly overreaction or to dangerous inaction. The role of diagnostics is to guide decisions, not to trigger panic.

Stepwise diagnosis: from suspicion to confirmation

Field diagnosis usually begins with rapid screening tests. These tools are valuable for early warning, but they should not be treated as definitive evidence. A positive rapid result indicates possible exposure, not confirmed infection. At this stage, the correct action is increased sampling, review of hygiene weaknesses, and progression toward serology and bacteriology, not immediate drastic interventions.

Serology, particularly ELISA, adds another layer of information by describing the flock’s immune response. In vaccinated breeders, antibody levels typically follow a predictable and relatively uniform pattern. When titers rise clearly above baseline values provided by commercial kits and variation among samples increases, interpretation shifts toward field challenge rather than vaccine response alone.

The coefficient of variation (CV) becomes a practical field indicator. Lower CV values generally reflect uniform vaccine-induced immunity. Increasing CV suggests uneven exposure within the flock and supports suspicion of active infection pressure. ELISA therefore helps determine whether the immune system is reacting abnormally and whether confirmatory testing is required. Definitive interpretation depends on bacteriological isolation and molecular detection. At this stage, serovar identification determines the management pathway.

Why the serovar changes the decision

Not all Salmonella findings have the same meaning. S. Pullorum and S. Gallinarum are host-adapted and capable of vertical transmission. Their invasion of reproductive tissues allows infection to pass through eggs to the next generation. Because of this long-term epidemiological impact, their detection in breeder flocks often justifies eradication-oriented decisions.

S. Enteritidis, in contrast, is primarily a food safety concern. Adult breeders may remain clinically normal while eggs become internally contaminated. Management therefore focuses on risk mitigation: vaccination, egg monitoring, environmental testing, and reinforced biosecurity, rather than automatic depopulation.

Other serovars frequently indicate environmental contamination rather than systemic infection, directing attention toward sanitation and hygiene improvement.

Microbiology explains persistence

The biological behavior of Salmonella explains why flocks may show repeated immune stimulation. These Gram-negative bacteria can survive for weeks or months in litter, dust, feed systems, drinker lines, and equipment surfaces. Moisture, organic matter, and biofilms create protective niches where bacteria persist despite routine disinfection.

Even well-vaccinated flocks may therefore remain under environmental challenge if reservoirs such as feed bins, egg belts, rodents, or insects are not controlled. Salmonella is susceptible to many disinfectants when cleaning removes organic matter first. Effective agents include formaldehyde and glutaraldehyde, oxidizing compounds such as hydrogen peroxide and peracetic acid, chlorine-based disinfectants in low organic loads, phenolic compounds, and quaternary ammonium compounds on clean surfaces. Heat above 70 °C rapidly inactivates the organism. Suboptimal concentrations, insufficient contact time, or heavy organic contamination allow survival, particularly in biofilms. Drying and downtime between flocks significantly reduces environmental burden.

Transmission dynamics

Vertical transmission defines the severity of S. Pullorum disease and fowl typhoid. Infection of the ovary allows bacteria to enter eggs before shell formation, producing infected chicks and sustaining infection cycles. S. Enteritidis also contaminates internal egg contents, linking poultry infection to human outbreaks. Horizontal transmission occurs via fecal contamination, feed, rodents, insects, equipment, and personnel. Environmental persistence means that infection pressure may continue long after clinical signs disappear. Understanding which pathway dominates helps managers prioritize hatchery sanitation, egg safety monitoring, or environmental hygiene.

Clinical and pathological features: supportive but not definitive

Breeder infections are frequently subclinical. Subtle indicators such as decreased egg production, poorer shell quality, or declining hatchability may be the first field signs.

S. Pullorum disease predominantly affects young chicks, causing depression, white diarrhea, pasted vents, and high mortality. Fowl typhoid in older birds leads to septicemia, reduced egg production, and mortality. S. Enteritidis infection is often subclinical in adult breeders, making surveillance essential.

Necropsy commonly reveals enlarged liver and spleen, bronze liver discoloration, ovarian regression, caseous cecal cores, and peritonitis, especially in host-adapted infections.

Laboratory diagnosis as a management decision point

Isolation confirms Salmonella presence, but serotyping defines risk category. Detection of S. Pullorum or S. Gallinarum typically necessitates eradication due to vertical transmission. Identification of S. Enteritidis requires risk-reduction measures including vaccination, intensified biosecurity, egg testing, and trace-back. Thus, laboratory findings guide management philosophy.

Impact on hatching and table eggs

In breeder operations, S. Pullorum and S. Gallinarum infections compromise hatchability and chick viability. S. Enteritidis poses a major risk in table eggs, directly affecting public health and regulatory compliance.

Vaccination strategies

Live attenuated and inactivated vaccines reduce colonization and organ invasion, particularly against S. Enteritidis. However, vaccination does not eliminate infection and must complement surveillance and biosecurity.

Limitations of antimicrobial treatment

Antibiotics may reduce mortality but rarely eliminate carriers, interfere with monitoring, and promote resistance. Therefore, treatment is not a sustainable control strategy.

Prevention as a multi-layered system

Effective control integrates Salmonella-free chick sourcing, hatchery sanitation, heat-treated feed, rodent control, environmental monitoring, and strict biosecurity. Routine bacteriology and serology support early intervention.

Diagnostics as a decision tool: not just a test result

The real value of diagnostics lies in linking data to action. Rapid tests raise suspicion. ELISA describes immune dynamics. Culture and PCR identify the agent that determines the management response. When interpreted correctly, these tools prevent unnecessary treatments, poorly timed vaccination changes, and missed infections.

In breeder production, laboratory results are not the end of the process but the beginning of structured decision making. Interpretation is not detection alone, but protects productivity, reduces costs, and safeguards public health.

Practical field interpretation

When a Salmonella-related result appears, decisions should follow interpretation rather than reaction. A rapid positive slide agglutination test should not immediately trigger drastic measures, as it primarily reflects exposure to Salmonella antigens and may include maternal antibodies or vaccine-induced responses. Instead, it should trigger expanded investigation, acting as an early screening signal that identifies flocks requiring deeper evaluation through serology, bacteriology, or molecular testing.

ELISA patterns above kit baselines combined with rising CV suggest active field exposure rather than simple vaccine response. Uniform titers with low variability are more consistent with controlled vaccine immunity, whereas heterogeneous titers across the flock indicate uneven bacterial circulation. In this context, ELISA serves as a flock-level epidemiological tool rather than proof of bacterial presence.

PCR using commercial diagnostic kits provides rapid and sensitive detection of Salmonella genetic material and is particularly valuable in hatcheries, environmental monitoring, and early infection stages. However, PCR positivity should be interpreted carefully, as it may detect DNA from nonviable organisms after disinfection. A PCR-positive, culture-negative result therefore suggests contamination pressure or early-stage presence rather than confirmed active infection, and must be evaluated alongside serology and flock history.

Culture or PCR confirmation identifies the serovar that defines the management pathway. Isolation of host-adapted serovars such as S. Pullorum or S. Gallinarum indicates systemic and vertically transmissible infection with high management impact, while detection of S. Enteritidis signals zoonotic risk and egg-safety implications. Environmental serovars may point to hygiene gaps rather than flock infection.

Laboratory findings always gain meaning when matched with vaccination history, production performance, clinical signs, and environmental conditions. Only through integrated interpretation can veterinarians avoid overreaction, prevent unnecessary losses, and implement proportional control measures that protect both breeder productivity and public health.

References

Barrow, P. A., & Freitas Neto, O. C. (2011). Pullorum disease and fowl typhoid – new thoughts on old diseases: A review. Avian Pathology, 40(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/03079457.2010.542575

BioChek. (2023). BioChek Salmonella ELISA test kit manual. BioChek BV.

Davies, R., & Wales, A. (2010). Salmonella contamination of cereal ingredients for animal feeds. Food Research International, 43(2), 626–631. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodres.2009.07.014

Desin, T. S., Köster, W., & Potter, A. A. (2013). Salmonella vaccines in poultry: Past, present and future. Expert Review of Vaccines, 12(1), 87–96. https://doi.org/10.1586/erv.12.138

Gantois, I., Ducatelle, R., Pasmans, F., Haesebrouck, F., Gast, R., Humphrey, T. J., & Van Immerseel, F. (2009). Mechanisms of egg contamination by Salmonella Enteritidis. FEMS Microbiology Reviews, 33(4), 718–738. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1574-6976.2008.00161.x

International Organization for Standardization. (2017). ISO 6579-1:2017 Microbiology of the food chain — Horizontal method for the detection, enumeration and serotyping of Salmonella — Part 1: Detection of Salmonella spp. ISO.

Shivaprasad, H. L. (2013). Fowl typhoid and pullorum disease. Revue Scientifique et Technique (OIE), 19(2), 405–424.

Zhang, Y., Chen, Y., Gu, T., Xu, Q., Zhu, G., & Chen, G. (2019). Effects of Salmonella enterica serovar Enteritidis infection on egg production and the immune response of the laying duck (Anas platyrhynchos). Poultry Science. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps/pey532

Global Food Week 2026: Connecting the Food Value Chain

Edusehat — Mon, 14 Sep 2026 14:10:07 +0700

Returning for its third edition, Global Food Week 2026 will take place from 6–8 October 2026 at ADNEC Centre Abu Dhabi, bringing together stakeholders from across the global food and agriculture value chain.

With a strong focus on F&B, Agri-Tech, agriculture, innovation, sustainability and food security, the event will provide a platform for businesses, governments, farmers, investors and industry experts to explore new opportunities, technologies and partnerships shaping the future of food.

A key feature of this year’s show will be the dedicated Agri-Tech & Farmers zone. The sector will showcase innovative agricultural solutions while giving more than 150 local farmers and producers an opportunity to present their products, engage directly with buyers and build connections with industry stakeholders. The dedicated platform highlights the growing role of technology and local production in developing more resilient and sustainable food systems.

The event will also bring together SMEs and local F&B businesses, agricultural producers, Agri-Tech innovators, international F&B pavilions, and industry leaders and enablers, creating opportunities for knowledge exchange, commercial connections and collaboration across the food ecosystem.

Another major highlight will be the second edition of the Global Food Security Summit (GFSS). The summit will convene senior government leaders, policymakers and industry experts to examine the challenges and opportunities surrounding resilient and sustainable food systems.

For the Middle East’s rapidly evolving food and agriculture sector, Global Food Week 2026 offers a timely meeting point for innovation, investment and partnerships – connecting local producers and businesses with a wider international food community.

For more information and to register, please visit here

2026 Poultry Protein & Fat Seminar to address operational, workforce and emerging industry challenges

Edusehat — Sat, 12 Sep 2026 18:50:08 +0700

Poultry rendering professionals will explore the latest operational, regulatory and workforce issues affecting the industry at U.S. Poultry & Egg Association’s (USPOULTRY) upcoming Poultry Protein & Fat Seminar, sponsored by USPOULTRY and the Poultry Protein & Fat Council (PPFC). The program, to be held Oct. 8-9 in Nashville, Tenn., will bring together industry experts to share practical strategies for improving plant performance, strengthening safety and addressing emerging challenges across poultry rendering operations.

The seminar will cover a broad range of topics, including regulatory developments, best practices, operation and maintenance for presses and cookers, recruiting and retaining employees, preventive maintenance through vibration analysis, supply chain control, and ingredient traceability and safety in rendering plants. Attendees will also hear a panel discussion on artificial intelligence, automation and system controls, as well as a session on dissolved air flotation treatment, handling and disposal.

“Rendering operations are continually evolving, and this seminar gives industry professionals an opportunity to learn from one another while staying current on the issues that directly affect their facilities,” said Michael Fairbairn, vice president of protein conversion at Fieldale Farms Corporation, and program committee chair. “From equipment reliability and workforce challenges to safety, regulatory requirements and new technologies, the program focuses on practical information attendees can take back to their operations and put to use.”

The program planning committee includes Colin Acedo, Pilgrim’s; Hal Davis, Darling Ingredients Inc.; Anthony Seidel, Simmons Foods; Dr. Katelyn Bennett, Pilgrim’s; and Michael Fairbairn, Fieldale Farms Corporation and program committee chair.

USPOULTRY and PPFC members can register at a discounted rate. Attendance is limited to rendering companies that are members of USPOULTRY and PPFC. Representatives from non-member rendering companies are not eligible to attend, and membership in PPFC requires approval by the Council.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Newcastle disease confirmed on two Hungarian broiler farms

Edusehat — Fri, 11 Sep 2026 21:00:08 +0700

Hungary has confirmed outbreaks of Newcastle disease on two commercial broiler farms in Bács-Kiskun County, according to the country’s National Food Chain Safety Office (Nébih).

The disease was detected in Fülöpháza, in the Kecskemét district. The two farms housed approximately 220,000 broilers in total. This is reportedly the first confirmed occurrence of Newcastle disease in Hungary’s commercial poultry sector in several decades, with the last official report dating back to 1992.

Clinical signs reported

The suspicion of infection arose after the flocks developed clinical signs compatible with Newcastle disease. These included increased mortality, lower feed and water consumption, and greenish diarrhoea.

Laboratory testing by Nébih confirmed the presence of Newcastle disease virus on 8 September.

Culling and control zones

The national chief veterinarian ordered the culling of the affected flocks after the disease was suspected. Authorities have also established a 3-kilometre protection zone and a 10-kilometre surveillance zone around the infected farms.

Poultry keepers have been instructed to maintain strict biosecurity and to report unusual mortality or clinical signs without delay.

Further investigations under way

An epidemiological investigation has been launched in connection with the outbreaks.

Newcastle disease is a highly contagious viral disease that can spread rapidly among poultry populations and cause severe disease and mortality.

The two confirmed holdings are located in Fülöpháza, while the authorities have established protection and surveillance zones around the affected premises.

Ghana mobilises more than GH¢1bn to transform poultry value chain

Edusehat — Fri, 11 Sep 2026 21:00:08 +0700

Ghana’s 24-Hour Economy Secretariat and the Accelerated Export Development Authority have mobilised financing commitments exceeding GH¢1 billion to support the transformation of the country’s poultry value chain.

The initiative is intended to increase domestic chicken production, create employment and reduce Ghana’s dependence on imported poultry meat, according to the Ghana News Agency (GNA).

Financing for the entire chain

The announcement was made during stakeholder discussions on the National Transformation Poultry Programme in Accra.

Arnold Parker, Funding Team Lead at the 24-Hour Economy Secretariat, said the financing would cover several stages of the poultry value chain, including:

feed production;
day-old chick supply;
poultry equipment;
processing;
storage;
veterinary services.

The private-sector financing will involve Absa, Fidelity Bank and Ecobank. The first phase of the programme is expected to mobilise approximately GH¢300 million, with additional financing expected to be mobilised after the initial implementation cycle.

Parker said the funds were ready, but that the necessary structures still had to be established to enable them to be drawn down and effectively deployed across the industry.

The programme will therefore focus not only on increasing production, but also on strengthening the entire poultry value chain, from input suppliers and breeders to processors and off-takers.

Tailored loans for poultry producers

According to Parker, the financing framework will have to reflect the realities of poultry production cycles.

Conventional lending products can place excessive pressure on farmers when repayment schedules do not match the time required to rear birds and market them. Banks and industry stakeholders are therefore expected to develop financing products tailored to poultry operations.

The programme is also linked to Ghana’s export-development strategy, with the objective of positioning locally produced poultry products for regional and international markets.

The Secretariat is expected to work with research institutions, including the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), to improve productivity and promote innovation in the sector.

Ghana remains heavily dependent on imports

The financing announcement comes as Ghana continues to rely heavily on imported poultry products.

According to Ghana’s 2024 Budget Statement, the country consumed approximately 324,047 metric tonnes of poultry meat in 2022, while domestic production stood at 15,000 tonnes. Local production therefore accounted for 4.6% of national demand, leaving a demand-production gap of 95.4%.

The USDA Foreign Agricultural Service forecast Ghana’s 2024 chicken-meat imports at 270,000 tonnes. This figure was a forecast rather than a final import total.

The Ghana National Association of Poultry Farmers estimates that the country spends nearly US$400 million annually on imported poultry products, according to the GNA.

A broader sector challenge

The new financing initiative is intended to address constraints affecting the poultry industry across the value chain rather than production alone.

Access to competitively priced feed, reliable supplies of day-old chicks, suitable equipment, processing capacity, cold storage, veterinary services and working capital remain essential to the development of a competitive domestic sector.

The Ghanaian government had already identified poultry as an area requiring increased support in its 2024 budget. Under the Planting for Food and Jobs (PFJ) 2.0 programme, plans included supplying day-old chicks, vaccines and starter-pack feed to anchor farmers and their out-growers, with the aim of increasing domestic poultry meat production.

The programme’s impact will ultimately depend on how effectively the financing commitments are deployed and accessed by businesses across the poultry value chain.

Source: Ghana News Agency, Ghana Ministry of Finance and USDA Foreign Agricultural Service.

Innov’SPACE 2026 Awards: 32 innovations shaping the future of livestock farming

Edusehat — Fri, 11 Sep 2026 13:25:07 +0700

The Innov’Space 2026 awards have been announced! After rigorously reviewing 78 applications, the jury selected 32 innovations. Of these, 26 received a 1-star Innov’Space award and 6 received a 2-star Innov’Space award. The jury’s special mentions will be revealed at the awards ceremony on Tuesday, September 15th at SPACE. According to Didier Lucas, president of SPACE, “the diversity of the award-winning innovations reflects that of the exhibitors. It also illustrates the dynamism of the companies that choose SPACE to present their new products.”

The 2026 ranking highlights three major trends: the rise of digital technology and artificial intelligence, the driving role of machinery, and finally, the ever-increasing attention paid to animal health and food safety.

Digital technology and artificial intelligence are transforming livestock farming management.

The awards confirm the growing role of digital technologies on farms. The recognized innovations enable increasingly precise measurement, analysis, and management of livestock operations. Among the winning solutions are MATERNEO (ASSERVA), which automatically adjusts sow feed; smaRt Weight (IMV Technologies), which estimates piglet weight without handling; Pig’Scan (UNISSIA), which uses artificial intelligence to analyze carcasses and objectively measure health and welfare indicators; Bovintel Gestation V2 (IMV Technologies), which enables bovine reproduction monitoring; Lely Hub, a secure server that ensures the continuity of robotic farms; and Jabnde (INRAE), a health monitoring application specifically developed to support farmers in Africa.

Seven innovations that illustrate the dynamism of machinery

With seven award-winning innovations, machinery is once again a prominent element of the Innov’Space awards.AGRIPROTECH is showcasing the LazerTrac® LZT1000-S, an autonomous and intelligent laser bird scarer. The Plug & Go (EMILY) allows farmers to connect and disconnect their handling equipment without leaving the cab. MAGSI is also innovating in the handling sector with its pivoting 3-point interface. KRONE France is being recognized for its unique combination of a windrower and a round baler, while KUHN’s LIBRAFEED is a weighing device for semi-autonomous self-propelled mixer wagons. Kverneland Group France is also receiving an award for the Alentix 8047 G, a fertilizer spreader combining high capacity and high precision. Finally, RMH France completes this list of winners with NEXUS, an autonomous electric feeding robot offering exceptional operating autonomy.

Innovative solutions for animal health

Disease prevention, biosecurity, and health monitoring are also key aspects of this ranking. The jury notably recognized AviPro Salmonella Duo (Elanco), which provides a new vaccination solution for poultry farming; ANTHELMOGRAM (INRAE), a decision-support tool for antiparasitic treatments; SANIHOUSE (Maison Bleue and Innovlap), designed to strengthen biosecurity on farms; PILOT’Elevage vaccination, which allows farmers to easily manage their vaccination protocols; and finally, MycoConnect (PROVIMI), dedicated to managing the risk of mycotoxins in animal nutrition.

With these awards, SPACE confirms its role as a showcase for innovations shaping the livestock industry. Visitors will be able to see all the winning solutions at the show, from September 15 to 17, 2026.

A broader feed basket could strengthen Brazil’s poultry sector

Edusehat — Fri, 11 Sep 2026 13:15:12 +0700

Brazil’s fast-growing biofuel industry is changing the raw materials available for animal feed. More DDGS, soybean meal and sorghum could give poultry producers greater flexibility and support the country’s competitiveness in global chicken markets.

Corn and soybean meal still dominate Brazilian feed formulations, but the balance is beginning to shift. The expansion of corn ethanol and soybean processing is producing larger volumes of feed coproducts, while sorghum is becoming a more relevant alternative in some regions.

This matters for poultry producers because feed remains their largest operating cost. In Paraná, it accounted for around 63% of broiler production costs during the first half of 2026, according to Embrapa data cited in a new RaboResearch report.

More DDGS and soybean meal

Corn ethanol is a central part of the change. The industry absorbs corn that might otherwise go directly into feed, but it also produces distillers dried grains with solubles (DDGS), which supply energy, protein and fibre.

Brazilian DDGS supply has grown by an average of 21% a year over the past five years. RaboResearch expects supply to reach 8 million metric tons by 2031. In broiler diets, the report estimates a substitution potential of 5% to 15%, depending on nutritional requirements, product quality, formulation limits and cost.

Soybean meal supplies are also likely to increase as the country raises its production of biodiesel and renewable diesel. Brazil’s Fuel of the Future framework provides for the mandatory biodiesel blend in diesel to reach 20% by 2030, although the timetable could be delayed.

RaboResearch calculates that meeting this requirement could lift soybean crushing to about 69 million metric tons. Soybean meal output would then rise by around 5 million metric tons compared with the estimated 2025 volume.

Sorghum adds another option. It is particularly suited to areas where rainfall or delays in soybean planting and harvesting make second-crop corn less viable. Brazil produced 6 million metric tons of sorghum in the 2025/26 season. Production is forecast to reach 10 million metric tons by 2031.

Implications for chicken production

The report does not anticipate a shortage of the main feed ingredients as Brazil’s animal protein industries expand. For the chicken sector, this adds to an already strong production and export base.

Brazil accounts for about 11% of global chicken production and nearly 34% of international trade, based on figures presented by RaboResearch. Improvements in farm productivity have supported this position. Average broiler carcass weight increased by around 0.9% a year between 1997 and 2025.

A larger choice of raw materials will not automatically make feed cheaper. Corn prices are expected to remain firm as ethanol demand grows, and the value of DDGS and sorghum will vary with their quality, nutritional contribution and local price.

The main advantage is flexibility. Wider access to alternative ingredients gives feed manufacturers more room to adjust formulations when commodity markets change. For a poultry industry that competes heavily on cost, that could prove increasingly valuable.

Source: RaboResearch, “Brazil: The feed and protein powerhouse strengthens its competitive edge”, 9 September 2026.

Evidence builds for quillaja benefits beyond coccidiosis control

Edusehat — Fri, 11 Sep 2026 06:10:04 +0700

Supplementing broiler diets with the saponin quillaja may offer performance benefits beyond coccidiosis control, according to new research. In multiple studies, feed conversion improved even when indicators of Eimeria infection showed little change.

Derived from the bark of the South American soapbark tree, quillaja is increasingly used in broiler production to support gut health and coccidiosis control programs.

However, three recent studies by Huvepharma found that birds receiving quillaja alongside different anticoccidials achieved feed-conversion improvements of approximately three to four points compared with birds receiving the anticoccidials alone.

Those increases occurred without consistent changes in lesion scores, oocyst shedding or other measures of coccidiosis control, suggesting quillaja provides an additional performance benefit beyond simply increasing the anticoccidial effect of existing programs.

Testing quillaja alongside anticoccidials

In the first study, researchers fed broilers salinomycin and narasin at the midpoint of their approved dosage ranges — 50 g/ton and 72 g/ton, respectively — or the chemical anticoccidial clopidol at its lowest approved dose of 113.5 g/ton. Each treatment was compared with the same anticoccidial supplemented with quillaja at 250 parts per million (ppm).

By day 42, birds receiving quillaja alongside each of the three anticoccidials had significantly better feed conversion than those receiving the anticoccidial alone. Average bodyweight was also significantly higher among birds receiving salinomycin with quillaja.

Some supplemented groups had lower E. tenella lesion scores at day 27, but the differences were no longer significant by day 35. No significant differences were recorded in microscopic E. maxima lesions across any of the groups.

Although the results indicated that quillaja supported broiler performance, they did not establish whether this was due to improved coccidiosis control or another effect.

Comparing quillaja with higher ionophore doses

The second study was designed to compare higher ionophore doses with mid-range doses supplemented with quillaja.

Salinomycin, narasin and monensin were fed at their highest approved rates of 60 g/ton, 90 g/ton and 110 g/ton respectively. Each was compared with the same ionophore at a mid-range dose — 50 g/ton for salinomycin, 72 g/ton for narasin and 100 g/ton for monensin — plus quillaja at 250 ppm.

By day 42, birds receiving the mid-range ionophore doses with quillaja had significantly better feed conversion than those receiving the higher ionophore doses alone. Average bodyweight did not differ between treatments.

Some differences in lesion scores were recorded at day 27, including lower gross E. tenella scores in the monensin comparison and lower gross E. maxima scores in the salinomycin comparison. However, none remained significant at day 35.

“If you saw the same improvement simply by using more of the anticoccidial, then all you’re really seeing is better coccidiosis control,” explained David Smith, DVM, director of technical services at Huvepharma.

“But because we saw that benefit even when we compared quillaja with higher doses of the anticoccidial, we think it’s doing more than simply improving coccidiosis control.”

Performance gains persist at maximum ionophore doses

A third study tested that conclusion by feeding salinomycin, narasin and monensin at their highest recommended rates, with and without 250 ppm quillaja.

Feed conversion again improved with quillaja supplementation, particularly in birds receiving salinomycin, where significant differences were recorded at days 35 and 42. The salinomycin group supplemented with quillaja also had significantly lower gross E. tenella lesion scores at day 27, but there were no differences in microscopic E. maxima scores. By day 35, lesion scores were again similar across all treatments.

Across the three studies, quillaja supplementation improved feed conversion by about two to three points, although the response varied depending on the anticoccidial used, the stage of production and the treatment comparison, said Brandon Doss, DVM, professional services veterinarian at Huvepharma.

Doss said the findings support earlier research evaluating quillaja alongside live coccidiosis vaccination. Across five controlled studies and three field evaluations, supplemented birds recorded an average feed-conversion improvement of about five points compared with vaccination alone.

As with the latest studies, those improvements were not accompanied by consistent changes in lesion scores, oocyst shedding or other measures of coccidiosis control.

“We didn’t see meaningful differences compared with vaccine alone, but we did consistently see an improvement in overall performance, particularly feed conversion,” Doss said.

Benefits go beyond coccidiosis control

For Smith, the fact that quillaja produced a response alongside vaccination and anticoccidials suggests its benefits go beyond managing Eimeria.

“We’ve seen additional performance benefits even in programs we considered to already have strong coccidiosis control,” he said. “That suggests quillaja is having some other effect on gut health and gut integrity, even if we don’t yet know exactly what’s driving it.”

In earlier trials, Huvepharma investigated several measures of intestinal health, including tight-junction proteins, villus-to-crypt measurements and intestinal morphology. Although researchers saw some favorable trends, none were consistent enough across studies to explain the performance responses, Smith said.

“I think quillaja is probably creating a more favorable environment for beneficial bacteria in the gut,” he added. “Whether that’s by promoting beneficial bacteria or suppressing harmful ones, we don’t know, but I think it’s changing the microbiome in a way that improves performance.”

Complementing coccidiosis control programs

While the latest research suggests quillaja offers benefits beyond coccidiosis control, Smith says producers should not view it as a replacement for vaccines or pharmaceutical anticoccidials.

“Quillaja isn’t a good enough anticoccidial to be an anticoccidial alone, but there is a benefit that is not just anticoccidial activity,” he said. “It makes a good complement to existing anticoccidial drugs or vaccines.”

Doss said Huvepharma’s research has also found no evidence that supplementation interferes with the vaccine cycling required for a live vaccine to stimulate immunity.

“We’ve demonstrated in multiple studies that it doesn’t have a negative effect on vaccine cycling or immunity. It allows the vaccine to do its job and develop immunity in the birds.”

That flexibility could become increasingly useful as producers seek additional tools to support existing programs, particularly as coccidiosis-control options become more limited, Doss said.

“If you look at the history of the US poultry industry, our toolbox for supporting coccidiosis control programs has become more and more limited,” he added. “We see this product as another tool to support those programs, regardless of whether you’re using vaccination or ionophores.”

Start early, feed continuously

Based on the studies, Smith recommends feeding quillaja throughout the production cycle rather than introducing it at a later feed stage.

“Our research has shown that you gain the most benefit when the product is fed continuously throughout the bird’s life,” he said. “If quillaja is affecting the microbiome and you wait until birds are 14 to 16 days old to start feeding it, the microbiome is already well established by the time they transition to the second feed,” he said.

“I think you would still see some improvement if you fed it for only part of the production cycle, but I don’t think it would be as consistent or as pronounced as feeding it throughout the bird’s life.”

For producers considering adding a quillaja product to their feed, Smith says the value of improved feed conversion outweighs the cost of supplementation in most production systems.

“Obviously the returns are different for every customer based on bird size and feed costs and the response within each system, but generally speaking the cost of a quillaja product per ton of treated feed is more than covered by the feed-conversion improvements,” he said.

Doss says Huvepharma is now evaluating quillaja alongside synthetic chemical anticoccidials. If the feed-conversion response is repeated, it would complete the evidence that the benefit can occur regardless of the primary coccidiosis-control approach.

“We’ve got the data with vaccine. We’ve got the data with ionophores, and then if we get the data with the chemical synthetic anticoccidials, that will complete the story,” he said. “It shows a benefit, no matter what you choose as your coccidiosis-control option.”

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Evidence builds for quillaja benefits beyond coccidiosis control appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Vaccine options to optimize chicks’ early immune response

Edusehat — Fri, 11 Sep 2026 06:10:03 +0700

The newly hatched chick’s immune system is immature, but it develops with time. However, the developmental characteristics are incomplete and skew toward innate response versus active response, which challenges the commonly practiced day-of-age vaccination protocol.

“We don’t really know what goes on at day of age regarding immune responses,” said Rodrigo Gallardo, DVM, PhD, DACPV, professor in poultry medicine at the University of California–Davis School of Veterinary Medicine.

“Several experiments suggest that we should vaccinate chicks later, but the industry won’t abandon day-of-age vaccination because it’s simply too convenient,” he added.

The main immune deficiencies in young chicks are found within heterophils and natural killer cells, reducing the phagocytic and oxidative capabilities. Additionally, the number of T, B and MHC class II-positive cells is reduced, gradually increasing until 8 to 9 weeks of age.

“Immature, ’non-conventional’ T cells though, are abundant after vaccination; these cells might be the key to protective immune responses,” Gallardo said.

He presented the findings of his study evaluating the immune responses of early chick vaccination with two respiratory virus strains at the 2026 International Poultry Scientific Forum.

Focus on immune response

The first objective was to determine the cellular and humoral responses after day-of-age vaccination with an infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) Massachusetts-strain vaccine and a Newcastle disease virus (NDV) enteric strain.

The second objective was to assess immune responses to the challenge of a heterologous IBV strain.

Gallardo used specific-pathogen-free chickens, with the chicks divided in four groups: unvaccinated controls, NDV vaccinated, IBV mass vaccinated and a group vaccinated with both vaccines.

Five days post-vaccination, Gallardo necropsied a group of birds and collected Harderian glands and tracheas for flow cytometry (to characterize immune cells). He also collected blood to determine specific antibodies and recorded respiratory signs.

Twelve days post-vaccination, researchers collected tears and blood from birds to evaluate Immunoglobulin A (IgA), an antibody associated with the immune system, and antiviral responses. On day 15, Gallardo’s team challenged the birds with a heterologous IBV-DMV1639 strain to evaluate a potential boost in cross protection. At this time, researchers divided each of the four groups in two (challenged and unchallenged) for a total of eight groups.

Five days after the challenge, the team again collected Harderian glands and tracheas to evaluate cellular immunity. They also collected blood and information about respiratory signs.

The study concluded on day 35, with a final blood sample.

Key findings

Five days post-vaccination, “the birds’ mucosal respiratory system was conditioned, vaccines multiplied activating macrophages, while we saw mild respiratory signs. The results also showed a normal increase in IgA in tears and IgY in serum for each of the viruses, indicating a good mucosal and systemic priming,” Gallardo said.
In tracheas and Harderian glands, undifferentiated T cell and B cells expanded, while conventional T cells remained stable. “Although poorly defined in chickens, these undifferentiated T cells seem to be important, covering functions that regular T cells would perform,” he noted.
The study found an increase in IgY responses after IBV vaccination. “When we vaccinate day-of-age chicks with IBV, there’s a poor antibody response. Surprisingly, in the dual-vaccinated chickens, we saw a statistically significant increase in these antibodies. So, there’s something interesting occurring when you combine these two vaccines.”
“After challenge, we noticed IBV vaccine protection ameliorating respiratory signs and viral shedding” Gallardo said. “Interestingly, vaccinated non-challenged birds still had IBV virus almost 20 days after vaccination; this virus might be stimulating the immune system, inducing memory.”
“The persistence of the virus and maybe the presence of another virus (in the case of double-vaccinated birds) increased the retention of macrophages and T cells, improving immune responses after a heterologous challenge,” he said.

Maximizing the early immune response

Gallardo offered these take-home points from the study to further understand and optimize the early immune response in chicks.

Dual-vaccinated chickens demonstrated the largest macrophage and T-cell accumulation, suggesting strong local responses when challenge occurs.

Viral shedding persisted in vaccinated birds without challenge, potentially increasing the recruitment and retention of macrophages and T cells to the infected site. This improves the responses after challenge even though a vaccine overload might cause rolling reactions, underscoring the importance of proper vaccination in the hatchery, Gallardo concluded.

The post Vaccine options to optimize chicks’ early immune response appeared first on Modern Poultry.

USPOULTRY accepting board research initiative preproposals on colibacillosis in commercial layer operations

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 19:20:10 +0700

The U.S. Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY) and the USPOULTRY Foundation are seeking research preproposals to address colibacillosis, one of the most common and economically significant bacterial diseases affecting commercial layer operations worldwide. Caused by avian pathogenic Escherichia coli (APEC), colibacillosis can lead to increased mortality, reduced production and bird health and welfare challenges, particularly during periods of physiological or environmental stress.

Through its Board Research Initiative (BRI), USPOULTRY is requesting practical, science-based solutions to better understand, prevent and control colibacillosis in commercial layer flocks. Priority areas include disease epidemiology and transmission, APEC strains and virulence factors, environmental and management risk factors, concurrent infections, pullet management, vaccination and nutrition, as well as biosecurity and sanitation practices. The goal is to identify strategies that reduce disease incidence and severity, minimize production losses, improve bird health and welfare and support sustainable antibiotic stewardship.

Researchers from colleges, universities and research institutions are invited to submit preproposals by Nov. 2. To view more information about this topic and how to submit preproposals, visit the USPOULTRY BRI webpage.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Maximizing the Economic Value of Tilapia Genetics: Watch Adriana Artiles’ Presentation

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:55:09 +0700

Turning genetic improvement into measurable value for tilapia producers

Genetic improvement is no longer simply a long-term investment for tilapia producers. When the right strategy, tools and breeding objectives are brought together, genetics can become a powerful driver of productivity, efficiency and economic value.

At the 2026 Aquaculture Symposium in Guatemala, CAT’s Dr. Adriana Artiles explored how tilapia producers can use efficient genetic improvement strategies to maximize their return on investment in her presentation, “Aprovechamiento de la Mejora Genética Eficiente en Tilapia para Maximizar el Retorno Económico.”

Adriana’s presentation addressed some of the key questions producers face when considering a genetic improvement programme: What can I improve? How should I do it? Which breeding strategy and tools are right for my objectives? How long will it take? And what return can I expect?

From genetic potential to economic value

The presentation highlights that successful breeding programs should start with clearly defined production objectives and a strong genetic foundation, including sufficient genetic diversity and phenotypic variation. From there, producers can select the breeding approach and molecular tools that best match their objectives, budget and production system.

Adriana compares three fundamental approaches — mass selection, family/pedigree selection and genomic selection — showing how increasing the precision and intensity of selection can accelerate genetic gain. For tilapia, where generation intervals can be relatively short, this creates an opportunity to deliver meaningful improvements over just a few production cycles.

The presentation also explores how genotyping supports breeding programs, from managing genetic diversity and assigning parentage to enabling genomic selection and marker-assisted selection. Importantly, the optimal marker density depends on the specific breeding objectives — reinforcing the value of selecting the right genomic tool rather than simply choosing the highest-density option.

Adriana Artiles

The next step in genetic improvement: Integrating genome editing into established breeding programs.

CAT’s strategic partnership with Brazilian Fish, announced in February 2025, was highlighted as an example of a commercial-scale tilapia producer integrating genome editing into their breeding program. Adriana explains how genome editing can accelerate the introduction of desirable traits that would otherwise require multiple generations of conventional selection.

The presentation highlights the potential of combining genome editing with genomic selection to increase the speed and precision of genetic improvement, while creating additional economic value for producers.

For producers, genetics deliver value when the right strategy is applied to the right production objectives, driving measurable improvements in profitability.

Watch the 10-minute recording in Spanish

View Adriana Artiles’ talk from Simposio de Acuicultura en Guatemala 2026 to learn how an effective breeding strategy can help tilapia producers maximise gain and economic return: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yyld1Uk5Nu8

The post Maximizing the Economic Value of Tilapia Genetics: Watch Adriana Artiles’ Presentation appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

CAT Contributes to New International Publication on Regulatory Advances in Gene Editing

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:55:08 +0700

Exploring the evolving regulatory landscape for gene editing in aquaculture and food production

The regulatory landscape for gene editing is evolving rapidly across the Americas and around the world. As governments develop new frameworks for evaluating the technology, collaboration between regulators, researchers, producers and technology developers is becoming increasingly important.

The Proceedings of the International Workshop on Regulatory Advances in Gene Editing in the Americas, held in Medellín, Colombia, from May 12–15, 2026, bring together 30 chapters examining the science, regulation, policy and practical application of gene editing across agriculture and food production.

Published by the Inter-American Institute for Cooperation on Agriculture (IICA), the proceedings provide a valuable overview of the developments shaping the future of gene editing and its path toward commercial application across the Americas.

CAT’s perspective on genome editing in aquaculture

CAT contributed to Chapter 29: Information from Private Sector Companies, providing an aquaculture industry perspective on the opportunities for genome editing to support more productive, resilient and sustainable food systems.

The chapter explores how genome editing can complement conventional breeding to accelerate genetic improvement, with applications ranging from productivity and disease resilience to animal welfare and environmental performance. It also examines reproductive sterility as a potential biological containment and production tool, alongside the importance of clear, science-based regulatory frameworks for commercial development.

As genome editing moves toward commercial deployment, the chapter highlights the importance of regulatory clarity and collaboration across the value chain. Evidence from early commercial programs is already helping generate practical experience that can inform future applications across finfish and shrimp.

Read the Proceedings on the IICA Repository

Explore all 30 chapters and gain insight into the evolving science, regulatory approaches and commercial opportunities shaping the future of gene editing across the Americas.

Available in both English and Spanish.

ISBN: 978-92-9273-244-8

IICA (Inter-American Institute for Cooperation on Agriculture). 2026. Proceedings of the International Workshop on Regulatory Advances in Gene Editing in the Americas (Medellín, May 12–15, 2026). Rocha, P. (Ed.). San José, Costa Rica: IICA. 226 p

The post CAT Contributes to New International Publication on Regulatory Advances in Gene Editing appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Meet CAT at Aquaculture Europe 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:55:07 +0700

September 28–October 1 | Booth 33 | Ljubljana, Slovenia

The CAT team will be in Ljubljana to connect with producers, breeders and industry leaders shaping the future of aquaculture.

Visit us at Booth 33 to discover how the right breeding strategy can turn genetic potential into measurable production value.

From genetic data to better breeding decisions

CAT works with producers worldwide to develop tailored breeding strategies that accelerate genetic gain, improve production efficiency, and build more resilient populations.

From genotyping and selective breeding to genome editing, we bring together the expertise, data and technologies needed to help producers make better genetic decisions.

Our Next-Gen Breeding approach integrates genotyping, selective breeding and genome editing to create tailored, data-driven strategies built around your breeding goals – helping you achieve greater value from your population.

CAT at Aquaculture Europe 2026

Hear directly from two CAT experts as they share practical insights and learnings from our work

Alejandro Gutierrez
Utilizing Advanced Genetic Improvement Tools to Maximize Returns in Fin Fish Species
Session: Selective Breeding & Genomics
Wednesday, September 30 | 16:30

Adriana Artiles
Optimizing Aquaculture Breeding Programs with Early-life Genotyping
Session: Contributed Session 4
Thursday, October 1 | 10:15

Let’s talk about the power of genetics

Whether you’re looking to strengthen an existing breeding program, identify the right genotyping approach, improve genetic gain or explore new opportunities with genome editing, come and talk to the CAT team.

We’ll be at Booth 33 throughout the event and look forward to discussing your breeding goals.

See you in Ljubljana.

The post Meet CAT at Aquaculture Europe 2026 appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Feeding cows for maximum milk production

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 08:35:06 +0700

Maximising milk production in today’s high-yielding dairy cows requires more than just meeting the required megajoules (MJ) of energy, says Dr Richard Kirkland, Global Technical Manager for Volac Wilmar Feed Ingredients. “Depending on stage of lactation, high-yielding dairy cows can require 400 MJ or more of metabolisable energy (ME) per day, and approximately 15 to 20% of that energy should be supplied from fat for optimal milk production efficiency,” explains Dr Kirkland. “However, within rumen-protected fat supplements, individual fatty acids elicit different responses and partition nutrients towards different aspects of performance. This creates opportunities to target milk yield and milk fat production while protecting body condition and fertility through strategic use of differing rumen-protected fat supplements.”

Meet energy requirements while protecting rumen function

The first part of the energy supply equation for maximum milk production is providing energy without compromising rumen function. On paper, cereals are an attractive source of dietary energy because they are widely available and more energy-dense than forages. However, their high starch content leads to acid production in the rumen, increasing risk of acidosis, cautions Dr Kirkland.

“Energy supply and rumen function cannot be separated,” says Dr Kirkland. “If the ration supplies more energy on paper but compromises rumen conditions, the cow may ultimately receive less energy from the total diet.”Containing around 2.5-times more energy than cereals, rumen-protected fat supplements provide a practical way of increasing dietary energy density without adding to the acid load associated with rapidly fermentable starch. Manufactured to pass through the rumen before digestion in the small intestine, rumen-protected fat supplements increase energy supply without compromising rumen function.

Target fatty acids throughout lactation

Using rumen-protected fat supplements, optimising cow performance begins with matching the cow’s stage of lactation and production objectives to the right fatty acid profile. During the first 100 to 120 days in milk, cows experience their greatest energy demand as milk production outpaces feed intake. At this stage, feeding strategies should prioritise energy supply, and avoid compromising body condition and fertility.

“Supplements containing higher levels of rumen-protected oleic fatty acid (C18:1) are particularly valuable during early lactation,” says Dr Kirkland. “C18:1 improves total fat digestibility, increasing the amount of energy extracted from the diet, while directing nutrients towards body condition. It has also been shown to support egg and embryo development, helping prepare cows for a successful breeding period.””Supplements containing higher levels of palmitic fatty acid (C16:0) exert different effects in the cow,” explains Dr Kirkland. “C16:0 directs nutrients towards the udder, increasing milk fat and milk yield, particularly beneficial once cows have recovered from the demands of early lactation.”

“There isn’t a single fatty acid profile that’s right for every cow throughout lactation,” says Dr Kirkland. “Matching the fatty acid profile of a rumen-protected fat to the cow’s changing nutritional priorities allows producers to support energy demands and minimise body condition loss in early lactation, and target other areas of production such as milk fat production with different fatty acid profiles if the milk contract requires.”

Protect long-term cow performance

Selecting the right fatty acid profile isn’t simply about increasing milk yield. Long-term profitability depends on maintaining body condition, fertility and cow longevity alongside production. Excessive body condition loss during early lactation can reduce conception rates and delay the return to pregnancy.

Research from the University of Nottingham, UK, indicates that every 0.5-unit loss in body condition score can reduce conception rates by around 10%, reinforcing the importance of meeting energy requirements while protecting body reserves during early lactation.

“Ultimately, the goal is not simply to maximise milk yield, but to maximise lifetime performance,” concludes Dr Kirkland. “When energy supply and fatty acid profiles are matched to the cow’s natural production profile throughout lactation, producers can improve milk production, milk quality, fertility and overall herd profitability

How to Introduce a Kitten to Your Cat: An Illustrated Guide

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 01:50:08 +0700

Bringing home a new kitten is exciting—but your resident cat may not be quite as thrilled about the new arrival. The key to a successful introduction is to take things slowly and give both cats time to adjust. In this cute illustrated guide, learn how to introduce a kitten to your cat step by step, from the first days of separation to supervised interactions and, eventually, peaceful life together. With patience and the right approach, you can help your cats build a positive relationship from the start!

How to Introduce a Kitten to Your Cat

Start by keeping your cat and new kitten separate. Don’t let them see each other yet. Set up a cozy, separate room with everything your kitten needs.

Cat pheromones are chemical signals cats naturally use to communicate and feel secure in their environment. Synthetic pheromone products mimic these signals and can help reduce stress and tension during a new-kitten introduction. A diffuser or spray can be used alongside a gradual introduction to help both cats feel more comfortable!

Before a face-to-face meeting, swap a blanket or toy that belongs to your cat with one your new kitten has been using. This helps them get used to each other’s scent in advance of meeting.

Next, swap their rooms for a more immersive scent exchange.

Start feeding your cat and kitten at the same time but at opposite sides of the door. Your cat will be well aware this kitten is there. This helps your cat associate the kitten with good things (i.e. dinner time!).

Ensure the first face-to-face meeting goes well by using a barrier like a pet of baby gate. Your cat and kitten can see each other but that’s it.

Once all the above have been completed, let your kitten explore the house with supervision. Make sure to offer your resident cat lots of praise, treats, and cuddles for any positive interactions or even for simply ignoring the new kitten!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post How to Introduce a Kitten to Your Cat: An Illustrated Guide appeared first on Modern Cat.

Why Back-to-School Season Should Apply to Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 10 Sep 2026 01:50:04 +0700

The back-to-school season is often a time for families to reset their schedules and return to a routine as summer holidays come to an end. When the school year begins, daily and weekly schedules can become more structured, bringing more predictability to the entire household.

This shift can also be a great opportunity to establish a consistent routine for your pup. Adding activities like exercise, socialization, and enrichment into their weekly schedule can help build a consistent routine around their needs and wellness.

HOW DO DOGS BENEFIT FROM A ROUTINE?

Having an established dog routine can benefit both you and your pup. For you, having a routine can make it easier to stay on top of your dog’s daily needs to make sure they’re getting a suitable balance of exercise, play, socialization, mental stimulation, and rest, especially when balancing your own work, family, and other commitments.

Pups can benefit from a routine because they know exactly what to expect throughout the day. A predictable routine can help dogs feel more secure and comfortable by creating greater predictability in their day.

A consistent routine can also support your pup’s physical well-being. For example, a regular feeding schedule can help support healthy weight management and digestive health, while consistent rest periods can give dogs the opportunity to recover and recharge. Meanwhile, regular physical activity can help support overall health and wellness throughout your dog’s life.

WHY DOES MENTAL ENRICHMENT MATTER FOR DOGS?

Back-to-school season can be a great time to add learning opportunities to your dog’s routine that support mental enrichment. Opportunities for dogs to sniff, learn, explore, and problem-solve can help them stay engaged and prevent boredom, while also being an important part of their overall well-being. Activities that challenge your pup’s brain can be just as tiring as physical exercise, which can help keep them engaged, reduce boredom and stress, and support calmer behavior throughout the day.

TIPS TO ENRICH YOUR DOG’S ROUTINE DURING BACK-TO-SCHOOL SEASON

Adding mental enrichment activities to your dog’s routine doesn’t have to be complicated. Here are some options you can try with your pup:

Puzzle feeders
Snuffle mats
Foraging boxes that allow pups to problem-solve and use their senses to work for their food
Hide-and-seek
Indoor/outdoor obstacle courses
Sniff walks that allow them to explore their surroundings

Even a few minutes of teaching your dog new tricks and commands can provide mental stimulation while encouraging positive behavior.

Parent tip: Rotate different types of enrichment activities throughout the week to keep them fresh and give your pup new ways to think, learn, and explore.

See also

5 Easy Scent Games You Can Try at Home with Your Dog

HOW DOGTOPIA CAN SUPPORT YOUR DOG’S ROUTINE

Dog daycare at Dogtopia is like school for pups. With a structured daily routine and the option to attend on a regular weekly schedule, daycare gives pups opportunities for mental enrichment through play, learning, exploring, and socializing with like-minded friends throughout the day.

At our doggy daycare, pups participate in brain games and problem-solving activities that encourage them to think, make choices, and try new things. It’s all led by our trained Canine Coaches who also incorporate basic training and reinforcement skills into the day, allowing dogs to learn and practice positive behaviors in a fun and engaging environment.

At Dogtopia, we incorporate a variety of activities that challenge pups both physically and mentally. Dogs also spend time playing with like-minded furry friends, allowing them to practice their social skills and learn how to navigate different social situations.

With a structured day filled with exercise, purposeful play, learning, socialization, and enrichment, Dogtopia daycare provides a routine that gives pups many of the same benefits of a school day. Each visit includes the opportunity to stay active, learn new skills, socialize with friends, and engage their minds, making doggie daycare a rewarding part of their routine.

KEEP TRACK OF YOUR DOG’S “SCHOOL DAY” WITH A DASH ACTIVITY MONITOR

“What did you learn at school today?” It’s a classic question parents ask their kids, but parents can also gain insight into their pup’s “school day.” Dogtopia’s DASH activity monitor is a playroom-approved monitor that offers data on your dog’s step count, distance traveled, and rest breaks. Our monitor, which clips onto your pup’s collar, gives you a clearer picture of how active they were during their day at doggie daycare, so you can have more insight into their overall health and wellness. Learn more about what DASH can offer you and your dog here.

Ready to make daycare a part of your dog’s routine? Find a Dogtopia near you and discover how regular learning, play, and enrichment can add more structure and enrichment to your pup’s week.

Photos courtesy of: Dogtopia of Upland, Dogtopia of North Austin, and Dogtopia of Harrison Avenue.

The post Why Back-to-School Season Should Apply to Dogs appeared first on Dogtopia.

Video: Artificial intelligence-powered platform helps translate microbiome data into practical management decisions

Edusehat — Wed, 09 Sep 2026 21:45:03 +0700

An AI-powered microbiome analysis platform that identifies gut-health patterns linked to flock performance could help poultry producers make more informed nutrition and management decisions.

Although links between the gut microbiome and broiler performance are well established, translating microbiome data into practical decisions has been a challenge, said Fernanda Castro, PhD, micronutrition and health technology lead for Cargill Animal Nutrition.

To address the gap, Cargill developed Galleon, a microbiome intelligence platform that uses non-invasive sampling to assess flock gut-health status. Combined with years of gut health and nutritional expertise, Galleon helps create nutritional, management and health-related recommendations tailored to individual production systems.

Microbiome maturity

Drawing on a database of more than 70,000 microbiome samples, Cargill researchers have identified a consistent pattern of microbiome development associated with good bird performance, Castro explained.

Young birds typically have high levels of lactate-producing and proteolytic bacteria, but as birds age, levels of proteolytic bacteria drop, while short-chain fatty acid (SCFA)-producing bacteria increase.

“That switch to the microbiome that is richer in SCFA-producing bacteria typically suggests that the microbiome is more mature in broilers,” Castro said. “That’s because it indicates good ceca development and production of beneficial metabolites in the gut.”

Achieving microbiome maturation earlier in life can help support overall bird health and performance throughout production, she added.

Impacts of crude protein on microbiome development

In an analysis of data from five nutrition research trials, Cargill researchers used Galleon to investigate how crude protein levels impact microbiome development.

Birds fed lower crude protein diets showed the expected decrease in lactate-producing bacteria, while SCFA-producing bacteria increased.

In contrast, birds fed higher crude protein diets maintained elevated levels of lactate-producing bacteria at later ages, indicating that microbiome maturation was delayed, Castro explained.

The study also found that Campylobacter jejuni levels were higher at two sampling points in the higher-protein group.

“By knowing this information, we can provide recommendations to our customers,” Castro explained.

“[In this situation] we could add more fiber to the starter diet to promote more SCFA-producing bacteria. And we could also use postbiotics or some kind of essential oil.

“With Galleon, we’re not only looking specifically into nutritional alternatives. We can also make suggestions on changes in management,” she added. “By giving a snapshot of what’s happening over time, we can help customers make better, more informed decisions.”

The post Video: Artificial intelligence-powered platform helps translate microbiome data into practical management decisions appeared first on Modern Poultry.

2026 USPOULTRY Women’s Leadership Conference Empowers Women to lead with confidence and purpose

Edusehat — Wed, 09 Sep 2026 21:40:14 +0700

The 2026 Women’s Leadership Conference brought together women from across the poultry, egg and agriculture industries for conversations centered on leadership, professional growth, resilience and the importance of supporting one another. From navigating burnout and building a professional reputation to finding mentorship and creating space for the next generation of women leaders, the conference reinforced the value of confidence, connection and community at every stage of a career.

Kicking off the conference, Kim Rice, vice president of food safety and quality at Rose Acre Farms, discussed the growing influence of women in agriculture and the importance of expanding leadership opportunities across the industry. With approximately 1.2 million female producers in the United States, Rice encouraged attendees to build on that momentum by supporting and advocating for other women through mentorship, professional development and trusted networks. She challenged attendees to say “yes” to opportunities, invest in one another and help create meaningful pathways for women to succeed in agriculture.

Lisa Burdick, head of human resources, safety and operational excellence at Pilgrim’s, addressed building high-performance teams while moving beyond burnout. Nearly every hand in the room went up when she asked who had experienced burnout or witnessed its effects, underscoring the widespread challenge. Burdick discussed the additional pressures women leaders often face and emphasized that sustainable leadership and healthy boundaries are critical to long-term performance. “Boundaries are not barriers. They are guardrails,” she said, encouraging leaders to protect their time, energy and focus while modeling healthy practices for their teams.

Two panel discussions, “Building Personal Brand and Reputation” and “Successes, Setbacks and Comebacks,” offered practical perspectives on navigating career growth, leadership and professional challenges. Panelists encouraged attendees to take chances, step outside their comfort zones and intentionally build a reputation rooted in authenticity, consistency and accountability. The panelists and moderators emphasized that professional growth often requires strong communication, teamwork, problem-solving, and an ability to read the room and recognize the right time to raise an issue or pursue an opportunity. The discussions also highlighted the importance of giving and receiving honest feedback, setting boundaries and staying true to personal values. When setbacks occur, panelists encouraged attendees not to view rejection as the end of the road, noting that a missed opportunity can ultimately lead to a better fit. Above all, attendees were reminded to embrace challenges, learn from setbacks, give themselves grace during demanding seasons and remain open to the opportunities that can shape their careers.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Multiyear study aims to reduce pathogens in commercial chicken houses without harming birds

Edusehat — Wed, 09 Sep 2026 18:05:12 +0700

When a strain of highly pathogenic avian influenza, HPAI, tore through U.S. poultry farms in early 2025, farmers culled tens of millions of birds, and egg prices soared.

The losses highlighted the poultry industry’s urgent need for additional tools and methods to limit the virus’ spread.

Now, researchers from the Texas A&M College of Agriculture and Life Sciences are preparing to test a new potential line of defense. They will use a form of ultraviolet light called far-UVC to see if it can kill HPAI without harming birds on poultry farms.

“The current HPAI outbreak began around 2022 and hasn’t ended,” said Morgan Farnell, avian microbiology and immunology professor, Texas A&M AgriLife Extension Service program leader and associate department head in the Texas A&M Department of Poultry Science. “Avian influenza is still being found in Texas wildlife. It is not considered to be endemic in the U.S. and is classified as a reportable poultry disease.”

Farnell and Ziteng “Tim” Xu, Texas A&M AgriLife Research smart technologies in poultry production scientist and assistant professor in the Department of Poultry Science, will lead the third and final phase of a multiyear study starting in February, examining whether far-UVC light can reduce airborne pathogen loads inside commercial poultry houses.

Testing far-UVC light in real-world conditions

Far-UVC light differs from conventional germicidal UV light because it can inactivate viruses and bacteria without penetrating deeply enough to damage human or animal skin and eyes. Far-UVC light is of interest as an anti-pathogen tool because it could be used safely in occupied spaces such as hospitals, clinics, classrooms, restaurants and poultry houses.

Researchers from Columbia University Center for Radiological Research and St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital are studying how effective far-UVC light is against pathogens in a specialized isolator. The results established the groundwork for further testing in commercial farm settings, Farnell said.

Texas A&M’s role is to determine whether far-UVC performs similarly under commercial conditions.

“The isolators used at St. Jude are small and not very representative of the real world,” Farnell said. “We’ll stock birds at commercial density and test it at Texas A&M.”

Researchers will use air-sampling equipment to measure indicator organisms, including aerobic bacteria, coliforms and Staphylococcus aureus, before and after far-UVC exposure. Those readings will inform far-UVC’s potential impact on pathogens like HPAI.

The Barbara J. Huffman and William M. “Bill” Huffman ’53 Poultry Science Farm Complex, where the trials will be conducted, along with the department’s Biosafety Level 2 laboratory and biosecurity and environmental sampling experience, made the university a natural partner for the project’s applied phase, Farnell said.

Measuring how far-UVC works around birds

Xu will focus on the engineering challenges of deploying the technology in poultry houses. Dust can absorb or scatter far-UVC light before it reaches spaces occupied by birds. His team will measure how much ultraviolet radiation reaches those areas.

Using artificial intelligence-assisted camera tracking, researchers also will monitor whether the light will affect the behavior, circadian rhythms and growth performance in the chickens.

Xu is also designing an integrated disinfection system that combines far-UVC air treatment with UVC-enabled positive-pressure ventilation and robotic floor-disinfection modules.

The team will test which components are necessary to effectively control pathogens. If the project is successful, researchers could eventually apply the technology beyond poultry facilities to swine and dairy operations, Xu said.

A potential new tool for poultry producers

The study by Farnell and Xu will span two years and include four flocks, two raised under summer conditions and two under winter conditions.

Farnell said the poultry industry needs new tools to protect bird health. The industry has steered away from using antibiotics over the past decade. However, vaccinating for avian influenza is problematic with broilers for a number of reasons.

Any tool must maintain flock productivity to make economic sense for farmers, he said. Fewer infections could reduce mortality and economic losses throughout the poultry supply chain.

“Anything to improve bird health improves animal welfare and ultimately creates better outcomes for producers,” Farnell said.

The project is funded through a $2 million U.S. Department of Agriculture Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service grant from the Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza Poultry Innovation Grand Challenge award.

Source: Karn Dhingra, Texas A&M AgriLife press release

Dog Diarrhoea: What to Do Tonight and When to Call the Vet

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 20:50:06 +0700

It is late. Your dog woke you, wanted out, and what came out was not right. You have two questions: what do I do now, and how long can I wait before this needs a vet? Here are both, in that order.

What to do in the next 24 hours

If your dog is an adult, bright in themselves, and this is the first bout, you can manage the first day at home.

Water down, always

Diarrhoea loses fluid fast. Keep the bowl full so the dog can replace it as they go.

Skip a meal or two

Twelve to 24 hours without food lets the gut settle, and in simple cases the diarrhoea often improves in that time on its own. Do not go beyond a day.

Restart small and plain

Three or four small meals a day rather than one or two. Boiled skinless chicken or white fish with rice or mashed potato is the classic, because it is low in fat and easy to digest. Or their usual complete food at about a quarter of the normal daily amount. Build back to normal over two or three days.

Take everything else out

No treats, chews, dental sticks or scraps until the stool is firm. Chews are rich in connective tissue and fat and are one of the most common triggers in the first place.

Act at the first sign. If you notice the stool going soft, cut the portion a little and remove treats and chews straight away. Most bouts can be headed off before they become diarrhoea at all.

Why it happened

Diarrhoea is a symptom, not a disease, and it has a long list of possible causes. In practice the most common ones are ordinary: a food change made too fast, a rich chew, an overly large meal, something scavenged on a walk, or a parasite picked up outside. Infections, food intolerance, enzyme problems, pancreatitis and organ disease are all possible too, and become more likely the longer it goes on or the more often it comes back.

Which is why the second question matters more than the first.

Go to the vet today, including at the weekend, if

your dog is a puppy or an older dog. Both lose fluid quickly and can go downhill in a day or two. Do not withhold food from either; let the vet decide.
the stool is black or tarry. That is digested blood from higher up the gut and is always taken seriously, whatever the consistency.
there is a lot of blood, or blood together with vomiting.
your dog is vomiting, bloated, has a gurgling or painful belly, an arched back, or is panting or groaning.
your dog is not themselves: quieter, sleeping more, off their food, keeping away from you. These subtle changes often mean pain or nausea.
it has lasted more than 48 hours.

Bright red streaks on the surface of a stool look alarming but usually come from irritation right at the end of the bowel and are rarely serious on their own. If they persist, mention them to the vet.

Take the vaccination record with you, a note of everything eaten in the last three days including treats and chews, and a photo of the stool if you are not sure whether there is blood in it. It saves the vet guessing.

When mild diarrhoea is the bigger problem

A bout that lasts two weeks, or keeps coming back every few days, is chronic even when each episode seems mild. Chronic diarrhoea is not something to live with. It can be an early sign of a problem with the pancreas, liver or kidneys, and the repeated bouts damage the gut lining and its bacterial balance over time, to the point where bland diets and even prescription foods stop working. It needs a proper work-up: blood tests, sometimes imaging, and often an exclusion diet.

Keep a food diary

If your dog is a repeat offender, write down everything, with product names and amounts in grams. When the next bout comes, the diary is how you and your vet track down the trigger.

Once it settles

Consistency keeps it settled. Same food, same amounts, same meal times. Any change of food made slowly: at least four days for a normal dog and ten for a sensitive one (here is the schedule). And a healthy scepticism about tips from the internet and dog-walking friends: before you change the feeding or any medication, ask the vet who knows your dog.

If you would like a second pair of eyes on the diet once your vet has ruled out the medical causes, send us the name of the current food and treats and we will look at whether they are part of the picture.

Written with the Happy Dog veterinary team. Based on "On the trail of the runs" by Cornelia Günther, veterinarian, and "Vomiting, diarrhoea, constipation: which dietary measures make sense?" by Pascale Huber, veterinarian. Reviewed for Happy Dog UK, September 2026. General information, not a substitute for advice from a vet who has examined your dog.

References

Günther, C.: Dem "Dünnpfiff" auf der Spur. Happy Dog & Happy Cat VET, April 2021.
Huber, P.: Erbrechen, Durchfall, Verstopfung: Welche diätetischen Maßnahmen sind sinnvoll? Happy Dog & Happy Cat VET, August 2023, after Dahlem, D., akademie.vet.
Mohr, A.J. et al.: Effect of early enteral nutrition on intestinal permeability, intestinal protein loss, and outcome in dogs with severe parvoviral enteritis. J Vet Intern Med 2003;17:791–798.

How to Run an Elimination Diet for Your Dog (and Why Most Fail)

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 20:50:05 +0700

There is no blood test that reliably diagnoses food allergy in dogs. There is one method that works, and it is slow, strict and cheap: take the suspected trigger away and see what happens. The reason so many attempts fail has nothing to do with the food. It is the dental stick on day nine.

First, is it worth doing?

Food allergy affects somewhere between one and seven per cent of dogs. It usually shows early, within the first year in 30 to 50 per cent of cases and by the age of three in most. The signs are mainly on the skin, so a dog with a perfect stool can still have a food allergy.

Itching around the face, belly and flanks

Ear scratching and infections that keep returning

Paw licking, scooting and an itchy bottom

Some dogs also show gas, intermittent loose stool, or vomiting close to mealtimes.

Before you start, your vet should rule out the more common causes of the same symptoms: fleas and other parasites, environmental allergies, and secondary yeast or bacterial infections. Starting an elimination diet without that step is how people spend three months proving nothing.

Choosing the protein

The principle is simple. A dog is very unlikely to be allergic to something it has never eaten. So the diet is built on one protein your dog has never had and one carbohydrate your dog has never had, and nothing else.

That makes the first job a list. Write down every food, treat and chew your dog has eaten in their life, as far as you can. Then look at what is left. For most UK dogs, beef, chicken, lamb, turkey, pork, fish, wheat, rice and potato have all been on the menu at some point, which is why the proteins used for elimination diets are the unusual ones: kangaroo, ostrich, goat, quail, horse, rabbit.

The alternative route is a hydrolysed diet, where the protein is broken into fragments too small for the immune system to recognise. These are prescription foods and worth discussing with your vet, particularly if the list of never-eaten proteins is short.

75%

of food-allergic dogs in a meta-analysis reacted to beef, dairy or wheat, and about a quarter to chicken (meat or egg), soya or lamb. The common proteins are common triggers precisely because so many dogs have eaten so much of them.

Home-cooked or commercial?

The textbook version is home-cooked: one meat, one carbohydrate, boiled. It is the purest form of the test, and it is also the one owners give up on, because it takes daily effort and, fed for more than a couple of weeks, it is not nutritionally complete. Dogs are whole-body eaters; meat and rice alone is short of the minerals, vitamins and fatty acids they need.

A commercial complete food with a single novel protein and a single carbohydrate does the same job, is balanced, and survives contact with a busy week. Read the ingredients list, not the front of the bag: "single protein" should mean one animal source anywhere in the recipe, including the fat and the flavouring.

How long it takes

3 to 8

weeks for a clear answer, and up to twelve in some dogs. Skin takes far longer than the gut to calm down, so judge at week three at the earliest and week six ideally, not after ten days.

The test is completed by re-challenging: once the symptoms have gone, feed the old food again. If they return within days to a couple of weeks, the diagnosis is made. If they do not, the food was not the problem, which is also useful to know.

What "nothing else" means

This is where it fails. Even a tiny amount of the trigger can restart the reaction, and every restart resets the clock. So for the whole period:

Out	Why
Treats, training treats, biscuits	Almost all contain a common protein or wheat.
Dental sticks and chews, pig's ears, rawhide	Animal origin, often beef or pork, and hard to digest.
Table scraps, the toast crust, the last bit of cheese	The most common breach, usually by someone who "just gave him a little bit".
Flavoured medication, wormers and supplements	Check with your vet; many use beef or chicken flavouring.
Toothpaste, pill pockets, peanut butter in the Kong	Same reason.
Other dogs' bowls and the cat's food	Feed separately.

Everyone in the household, and the dog walker, and the grandparents, has to be told. If you need to reward during training, use pieces of the elimination food itself.

What to do with the result

If the diet worked and the re-challenge confirmed it, you have three options. Stay on the elimination food long term, which is simplest. Or, with your vet, reintroduce single ingredients one at a time, two weeks each, to find exactly which protein is the problem and widen the menu. Or a mixture of the two.

If the diet did not work after twelve weeks of genuine strictness, the problem is probably not food, and your vet will look at the environmental and skin-barrier causes instead. A small number of dogs do not respond to any elimination diet for immune reasons that are not yet understood, so a failed trial is information, not a failure.

Talk to your vet before starting if

your dog is a puppy, pregnant, or has another health condition; elimination foods are formulated for adults and may need supplementing
the skin is broken, infected or very sore; that needs treating alongside the diet, not instead of it
there is weight loss, vomiting or persistent diarrhoea alongside the itching

Where our food fits, and where it does not

Our kangaroo, ostrich and goat recipes are single-protein complete foods, which is what an elimination diet needs. They are suitable if, and only if, your dog has never eaten that protein before. If your dog has had kangaroo treats, kangaroo is no longer novel for them and you should pick something else. That is also why we would rather you did not feed novel proteins to a healthy dog "just in case": it does not prevent allergy, and it uses up the options you may need later.

Tell us what your dog has eaten and we will say which recipe, if any, would give you the cleanest trial.

Ask which protein is still new for your dog

Written with the Happy Dog veterinary team. Based on "Sensitive stomach in dogs and cats: causes and nutrition" by Pascale Huber, veterinarian, "The search for the right diet: a real challenge in food allergy" by Cornelia Günther, veterinarian, and "Gastrointestinal disease in the dog: feeding tips" by Pascale Huber. Reviewed for Happy Dog UK, September 2026. General information, not a substitute for veterinary advice.

References

Classen J, Klinger CJ, Mueller RS: Allergien bei Hund, Katze und Pferd. Allergologie 39, 2016.
Verlinden A, Hesta M, Millet S, Janssens GPJ: Food allergy in dogs and cats: a review. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr 46:259–273 (2006).
Rade C: Futtermittelallergien bei Hund und Katze: Ein Update der diätetischen Möglichkeiten. Kleintiermedizin 5-2011.
Kohn B, Schwarz G: Praktikum der Hundeklinik, 12th ed. Thieme 2017.
Dillitzer N: Tierärztliche Ernährungsberatung, 2nd ed. Elsevier 2012.

Does Your Dog Need Hypoallergenic Food? Probably Not, Unless

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 20:50:03 +0700

We sell hypoallergenic dog food. Kangaroo, ostrich, goat: proteins most dogs have never eaten, in single-protein recipes built for dogs that react to the usual ones. So it is slightly against our interest to say this, but our own vets say it, and they are right: most dogs do not need it.

What hypoallergenic actually means

An allergy is an immune reaction to a protein the body has met before and decided is a threat. A dog is very unlikely to be allergic to something it has never eaten, because allergy is a learned reaction. Hypoallergenic foods use this: they are built on a protein and a carbohydrate the dog is very unlikely to have encountered, so there is almost nothing for the immune system to have learned to react to. The rarer the protein, the more likely it is to be new to the dog, which is why the proteins in these foods are unusual.

That is a diagnostic tool and a management tool for a dog with an existing problem. It is not a shield.

Why it does not prevent allergies

Allergies develop to proteins a dog eats. A dog fed kangaroo from puppyhood is not protected from allergy. It is now a dog that has eaten kangaroo, and if it goes on to develop an allergy, kangaroo is one of the proteins it may react to, and one that is no longer available as a novel option for testing. The vets put it plainly: exotic ingredients should be deliberately reserved for problems that may arise later, while healthy young animals can be fed common ingredients such as poultry, lamb, beef, wheat, maize or rice.

There is a cost argument too. Novel-protein foods are expensive, because ostrich and kangaroo are expensive. Paying for them without a reason to is money spent on a benefit that does not exist.

Stay on what works if

stools are firm and regular
skin is calm and coat is good
ears are clean and stay that way
your dog is on a common protein and thriving

Talk to your vet if

itching around the face, ears, paws or belly
ear infections that keep coming back
scooting, licking at the back end
wind, intermittent loose stool, vomiting near meals

Who does need it

Food allergy is real, but it is less common than the shelves suggest: somewhere between one and seven per cent of dogs. It tends to start young, often in the first year. When a dog has the signs above and the vet has ruled out parasites and environmental causes, a hypoallergenic food is the right next step, used properly as an elimination diet: one protein, one carbohydrate, nothing else at all, for six to eight weeks. Our guide to running an elimination diet explains how.

The usual suspects

The proteins most often behind a food allergy are not exotic ones. A meta-analysis found around three quarters of allergic dogs react to beef, dairy or wheat, and about a quarter to chicken (meat or egg), soya or lamb. That is not because those proteins are bad. It is because they are the ones dogs eat most, so they are the ones the immune system has had the most opportunity to react to. It is also why the novel proteins that work for an elimination diet are, almost by definition, the ones your dog has not been eating.

Sensitive stomach and hypoallergenic are different problems

A sensitive stomach is often about digestibility, fat level and fibre, or about a food change made too quickly, and a highly digestible food on a common protein may sort it out. An allergy is about the specific protein. If the problem is soft stools after a switch, read our switching guide before you change protein. If the problem is skin, ears and itching, that is the allergy conversation.

See your vet first if

your dog is itchy: fleas, mites and environmental allergies are more common than food allergy and look the same
ear infections are recurring; they need treating as well as investigating
there is weight loss, persistent diarrhoea or vomiting alongside

Where that leaves us

Our food is for dogs that need it. If yours does, we would like to help: tell us what your dog has eaten and we will say which of our recipes would make the cleanest elimination diet. If yours does not, you have our blessing to keep feeding what works, or look at our other ranges of Happy Dog.

Written with the Happy Dog veterinary team. Based on "The search for the right diet: a real challenge in food allergy" by Cornelia Günther, veterinarian, "Sensitive stomach in dogs and cats: causes and nutrition" by Pascale Huber, veterinarian, and "Gastrointestinal disease in the dog: feeding tips" by Pascale Huber. Reviewed for Happy Dog UK, September 2026. General information, not a substitute for veterinary advice.

References

Classen J, Klinger CJ, Mueller RS: Allergien bei Hund, Katze und Pferd. Allergologie 39, 2016.
Verlinden A, Hesta M, Millet S, Janssens GPJ: Food allergy in dogs and cats: a review. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr 46:259–273 (2006).
Kohn B, Schwarz G: Praktikum der Hundeklinik, 12th ed. Thieme 2017.
Wolf P: Fokus Hund: Fütterungstipps auf den Hund gebracht. akademie.vet.

Uruguay declares nationwide avian influenza emergency after H5 detection in backyard poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 20:35:15 +0700

Uruguay has declared a nationwide animal-health emergency after highly pathogenic H5 avian influenza was confirmed in backyard poultry in the department of Colonia. The measure, introduced on 4 September, restricts movements of backyard birds and birds not controlled through the country’s official Poultry Monitoring System, requires backyard and free-range poultry to be kept in enclosed, roofed facilities, and suspends poultry-related events across the country.The decision highlights the continuing vulnerability of poultry systems to incursions of highly pathogenic avian influenza, even where commercial production has not yet been directly affected. At the time of the latest official update, Uruguay’s Ministry of Livestock, Agriculture and Fisheries (MGAP) reported that no cases had been detected in commercial poultry.

H5 confirmed in Colonia backyard birds

The outbreak was identified in backyard birds in Colonia, in south-western Uruguay. According to the MGAP, the case was investigated following a health alert involving mortality among birds of different species at the affected premises. An initial rapid test was negative, but samples were subsequently sent to the official laboratory, where testing confirmed the presence of the virus.

The veterinary authorities have placed the affected holding under official sanitary measures and have begun an epidemiological investigation to establish the origin of the event and identify possible links with other premises. Measures include sanitary depopulation of exposed birds, their safe disposal, and cleaning and disinfection of the premises and potentially contaminated materials.

Authorities are also tracing potential movements, contacts and other epidemiologically relevant events during the preceding weeks. Surveillance has been reinforced in the surrounding area, while the Ministry of Public Health is following up people who may have been exposed to birds at the infected premises.

Emergency measures apply nationwide

The national emergency was established through Resolution No. 202/026 of the General Directorate of Livestock Services (DGSG). Although the outbreak has so far been identified in backyard poultry, the response applies across Uruguay, reflecting the need to limit the risk of further spread through bird movements and contact between domestic and wild birds.

Movements of backyard poultry and birds that are not controlled through the country’s official Poultry Monitoring System have been restricted. Birds controlled through that system are exempt from the movement restriction.

Backyard poultry and birds kept in free-range production systems must now be housed in closed and roofed facilities. The requirement is part of the preventive measures established under Uruguay’s avian influenza contingency plan.

The emergency order also suspends fairs, auctions, exhibitions and other events involving avian species. As a direct consequence, birds will not be present at Expo Prado, Uruguay’s major agricultural and livestock fair, scheduled to run from 11 to 20 September.

No cases detected in commercial poultry

The distinction between backyard and commercial poultry is central to the current situation. Uruguay’s authorities have stated that, as of the latest update, no highly pathogenic avian influenza cases had been detected in commercial poultry production.

This does not eliminate the risk for the sector. Backyard flocks, free-range systems and smallholders can represent potential interfaces between wild birds, domestic poultry, people, equipment and local trade. In this context, the nationwide confinement requirement is a preventive biosecurity measure rather than an indication that the virus is already widespread in industrial poultry farms.

The authorities have also stressed that the consumption of poultry meat and eggs does not present a risk to human health in relation to this event. The public-health concern is instead linked to direct exposure to sick or dead birds, which is why citizens have been advised not to handle them and to report unusual mortality or suspect clinical signs immediately.

A second emergency in 2026

This is Uruguay’s second avian influenza emergency declaration in 2026. The first was issued on 24 February after the virus was detected in wild birds in the departments of Maldonado, Rocha and Canelones. That emergency was subsequently lifted in May, making the September declaration a new emergency rather than a continuation of the February measures.

The first case in that episode was confirmed on 20 February in a coscoroba swan found near Laguna Garzón, in eastern Uruguay.

The recurrence of an emergency within the same year illustrates the persistent pressure posed by avian influenza at the wildlife–domestic poultry interface. It also shows why surveillance cannot be limited to commercial farms: early warning depends on timely reporting from backyard flock owners, wildlife monitoring, diagnostic capacity and close coordination between veterinary and public-health services.

Biosecurity remains the first line of defence

For commercial poultry producers, the Uruguayan emergency is a reminder that biosecurity must be maintained even when no cases have been reported in the production sector itself. The priority is to reduce opportunities for virus introduction through birds, people, vehicles, equipment, feed, water and contact with wild fauna.

In practical terms, farms should review the integrity of housing, prevent access by wild birds, rodents and other animals, and ensure that personnel, visitors and vehicles follow appropriate hygiene and disinfection protocols. Producers should also maintain mortality records and establish procedures for the immediate reporting of abnormal mortality or respiratory, digestive or neurological signs. The MGAP has specifically called on poultry owners to strengthen cleaning and disinfection of facilities, equipment, vehicles and materials used for bird management.

For free-range and backyard systems, temporary housing in covered and enclosed facilities is particularly important. While this may create management and welfare challenges, the measure is designed to reduce opportunities for contact with wild birds during a period of heightened epidemiological risk.

The importance of early reporting

The Uruguayan response underlines the importance of rapid detection. The Colonia case was investigated after unusual bird mortality was observed, and confirmation followed laboratory testing despite an initially negative rapid test. This sequence is a practical reminder that a negative initial screening result should not automatically close a suspected avian influenza investigation when mortality patterns or other evidence remain compatible with the disease.

Prompt notification allows veterinary services to impose movement controls, investigate contacts, collect samples, conduct surveillance and reduce the likelihood that infected birds, contaminated equipment or other risk pathways will spread the virus further.

For Uruguay’s poultry industry, the immediate objective is to keep the outbreak contained within the affected non-commercial setting. The longer-term objective is broader: maintaining strong surveillance, disciplined farm biosecurity and effective communication with producers, backyard flock owners and the public, so that suspected cases are reported before a local event becomes a production-wide crisis.

Pakistan, intensive poultry farming and antibiotic resistance: when chicken houses become “pathogen sponges”

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 20:35:15 +0700

Pakistan’s poultry sector provides an important example of the challenges associated with the intensification of broiler production and antimicrobial resistance (AMR). Rapidly expanding production, substantial antimicrobial use — particularly preventive use — and shortcomings in biosecurity and farm management can create conditions that favour the selection and dissemination of antimicrobial-resistant bacteria.

A rapidly growing sector under sanitary pressure

Pakistan has a large and rapidly expanding poultry industry. According to the Pakistan Economic Survey 2025–26, the poultry sector has grown at an average annual rate of 8.1% over the past decade. The country is the world’s eleventh-largest poultry producer, and poultry contributes approximately 43.3% of Pakistan’s total meat production.

Punjab is one of Pakistan’s main poultry-producing regions, with a high concentration of commercial broiler farms. The scale of production makes antimicrobial stewardship and disease prevention increasingly important.

Extensive antibiotic use: evidence from commercial farms

Several studies have documented extensive antimicrobial use on Pakistani poultry farms.

A 2023 cross-sectional survey of 40 poultry farms in rural Punjab found that all the farms surveyed used antibiotics. Sixty per cent of farmers reported obtaining antibiotics without a veterinary prescription, while 45% reported using antibiotics as growth promoters. Colistin, either alone or in combination with amoxicillin, was reported by 60% of the farms. The study also identified significant shortcomings in farm infrastructure: 85% of the farms had no wastewater drainage system.

The findings should, however, be interpreted within the scope of the study: the survey covered 40 farms in Pindi Gheb, Attock district, and therefore cannot be considered representative of all poultry farms in Pakistan.

More recent research provides detailed data on antimicrobial use in commercial broiler production. A 2024 study covering 100 farms, 225 flocks and 741 group treatments found that 34% of treatments were administered for therapeutic purposes, while 66% were used prophylactically. A large proportion of treatments were administered during the first week of production.

Colistin accounted for 17% of group treatments, followed by enrofloxacin at 8%, while neomycin and amoxicillin each accounted for 7%. Procaine penicillin and streptomycin each accounted for 6%. Overall, 57% of the active substances identified in the study were classified as critically important for human medicine, including 30% classified as highest-priority critically important antimicrobials.

These findings do not mean that every farm uses antibiotics in the same way, but they highlight the extent to which antimicrobial use remains embedded in some commercial broiler production systems.

Resistance genes and dissemination along the production chain

The potential consequences become particularly significant when resistance genes are detected at several stages of the poultry production chain.

A 2026 study investigated antimicrobial-resistant Escherichia coli in a vertically integrated broiler production system in Pakistan. Researchers collected 200 samples in 2024 from four successive stages: broiler breeders, day-old chicks, 30-day-old broilers and retail poultry meat.

Eighteen E. coli isolates were recovered using selective media for colistin- and tigecycline-resistant bacteria. Of these isolates, 11 carried the tet(X4) gene, which is associated with resistance to tetracyclines including tigecycline, while seven carried mcr-1.1, a gene associated with transferable colistin resistance. One isolate carried both genes.

The mcr-1.1 gene was detected at all four stages of the production chain. Genomic analysis also identified an ST-1011 lineage showing a pattern consistent with clonal transmission of tet(X4) across successive stages of the integrated production system.

The findings therefore provide molecular evidence consistent with the dissemination of resistant bacteria and resistance determinants across an integrated poultry production chain. They do not, however, constitute definitive experimental proof of a continuous farm-to-fork transmission pathway. Nor did the study demonstrate that consumers became infected. Its public-health significance lies instead in the potential for foodborne exposure to bacteria carrying clinically important resistance determinants.

Antimicrobial resistance is also present in backyard poultry

The problem is not limited to intensive commercial production.

A 2023 study of backyard chickens in Pakistan analysed 320 cloacal swabs and recovered 164 E. coli isolates, including 74 extended-spectrum β-lactamase (ESBL)-producing isolates.

Among the E. coli isolates, approximately 71% were resistant to enrofloxacin, 70% to colistin and 77% to cefotaxime. Resistance was also high for several other antimicrobials.

Although backyard and commercial production systems differ substantially, these findings indicate that antimicrobial resistance is also present in non-commercial poultry populations.

Regulation and national action plans

Pakistan has introduced measures aimed at addressing antimicrobial resistance. The country’s National Action Plan on Antimicrobial Resistance adopts a One Health approach and includes measures to improve antimicrobial-use optimisation, surveillance and stewardship, as well as actions aimed at phasing out the use of antimicrobials as growth promoters.

At provincial level, Punjab’s poultry legislation prohibits the use of colistin and ciprofloxacin as antimicrobial growth promoters in poultry feed. This should not be interpreted as a general ban on these substances for all veterinary or therapeutic purposes.

The existence of regulations, however, does not automatically guarantee effective implementation. Research assessing antimicrobial-use governance in Pakistan has identified weaknesses in legislation, enforcement and surveillance, while the 2024 farm-level study also noted the absence of formal nationwide surveillance of antimicrobial use in food-producing animals.

Biosecurity and good management: the farmer-veterinarian perspective

The experience of Pakistani veterinarian and poultry farmer Adnan Shoukat, reported by the Financial Times, illustrates how improvements in farm management may help reduce reliance on antibiotics.

Shoukat manages around 54,000 chickens near Faisalabad and has implemented a series of biosecurity and environmental measures, including vehicle and personnel disinfection, water treatment with citric acid and controlled ventilation.

According to his own estimate, these measures have reduced his annual expenditure on antibiotics by around 25% per bird.

This is a farm-level example rather than the result of a controlled scientific trial, so the figure should not be interpreted as proof that these specific interventions necessarily produce a 25% reduction in antibiotic use across poultry farms. Nevertheless, it illustrates how disease prevention and environmental management may reduce the need to rely on antimicrobials.

A public-health and economic challenge

Antimicrobial resistance is not only a veterinary issue. It is one of the major global public-health challenges of the coming decades.

Projections from the Global Research on Antimicrobial Resistance (GRAM) project indicate that bacterial AMR could directly cause more than 39 million deaths worldwide between 2025 and 2050 if current trends are not reversed.

For a large and rapidly developing poultry sector such as Pakistan’s, responsible antimicrobial use is therefore relevant both to public health and to the long-term sustainability of production.

The issue is also becoming increasingly important for international trade, as importing markets introduce stricter requirements concerning antimicrobial use, residues and food safety.

What is needed now

Reducing antimicrobial resistance in poultry requires more than simply limiting the number of antibiotics used. The priority should be to reduce the need for antibiotics in the first place.

Key measures include:

stronger enforcement of existing regulations;
greater transparency and control throughout the feed supply chain;
systematic monitoring of antimicrobial use at farm level;
improved farmer and veterinarian training;
stronger biosecurity protocols;
effective vaccination programmes;
improved ventilation, litter and environmental management;
rapid diagnosis and targeted treatment of bacterial diseases;
and integrated AMR surveillance covering farms, animals, food products and the environment.

Better data are particularly important. Standardised monitoring of antimicrobial consumption can help identify where and why antibiotics are being used and determine whether interventions are actually reducing their use.

A challenge for the entire production chain

The Pakistani case illustrates a broader problem facing intensive livestock production worldwide.

High animal density, frequent disease pressure and extensive antimicrobial use can create favourable conditions for the selection and dissemination of resistant bacteria, particularly when preventive measures and biosecurity are inadequate.

The solution is therefore not simply to remove antibiotics from the production system. It is to build production systems in which antibiotics are needed less often: systems based on effective biosecurity, vaccination, environmental management, accurate diagnosis and responsible veterinary oversight.

The detection of resistance determinants such as mcr-1.1 and tet(X4) at multiple stages of an integrated poultry production system demonstrates why this approach must extend beyond individual farms. The available genomic evidence is consistent with the dissemination of resistant bacteria and resistance determinants along the production chain, although the precise transmission pathways require further investigation.

The challenge for Pakistan — and for poultry production more broadly — is to make disease prevention the first line of defence, with antimicrobial treatment reserved for situations in which it is genuinely necessary.

Connected data could reshape the egg value chain

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 13:25:11 +0700

RaboResearch and the World Egg Organisation examine how digital tools, automation and artificial intelligence could change the way eggs are produced, packed and marketed.

The next gains in egg production may come not only from better genetics, nutrition or flock management, but also from making better use of information already collected across the supply chain.

This is the central message of a new report published by RaboResearch in collaboration with the World Egg Organisation (WEO). The future of egg value chains: How data, digital tools, and smart, connected systems will reshape the industry looks at how digitalization could affect the sector over the next decade and beyond.

Adoption is still at an early stage and varies widely between regions and production systems. Yet the reasons to invest are becoming clearer. Labour is harder to find, feed and energy costs remain volatile, disease risks are high, and customers increasingly expect evidence on welfare, sustainability and traceability.

Sensors are already able to collect information on climate, feed, water, energy use and equipment. Cameras can monitor bird behaviour and distribution, floor eggs, mortality and equipment status, while acoustic systems may help detect changes in bird health or stress. Robotics and automation can reduce repetitive work and improve consistency.

Artificial intelligence adds another layer by turning these streams of information into alerts, forecasts and recommendations. The aim is not to replace farmers, veterinarians or nutritionists, but to help them identify problems earlier and make better-informed decisions.

From individual farms to a connected chain

The larger opportunity, according to RaboResearch, lies in connecting data between the different stages of the egg value chain.

Flock forecasts, for example, could be compared with grading results, stocks and customer demand. Producers and packing operations would then be able to identify shortages or surpluses earlier and adjust their plans.

In many cases, the data already exists but remains scattered across systems that were not designed to communicate with each other. Progress will therefore depend as much on integration and common standards as on new sensors, cameras or AI applications.

There are also unresolved questions. Companies will need to decide who owns the data, how it can be shared safely and how the benefits should be divided. Cybersecurity, investment costs and staff skills will also influence the pace of adoption.

Most of the industry is still building basic data visibility or starting to connect separate systems. Only a minority of leading companies have moved towards predictive management, and RaboResearch expects a broadly coordinated value chain to take a decade or more to emerge.

Rather than fully automated egg production, the report sees “supervised autonomy” as the more realistic direction: digital systems will take on more monitoring and forecasting, while people will remain responsible for strategy, investment and professional judgement.

Source: RaboResearch and World Egg Organisation, “The future of egg value chains: How data, digital tools, and smart, connected systems will reshape the industry”, September 2026.

Stocking rate raises tilapia yield in biofloc but shrinks fish size: what two USDA trials found

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 06:40:06 +0700

Sponsored article. This article is sponsored by Reef Industries, Inc. The research summarised here was conducted and published independently by the USDA Agricultural Research Service. The sponsor had no involvement in the study, and the study did not evaluate or compare liner products or brands.

Editorial Staff | Aquaculture Magazine

Source: Green, B.W., Rawles, S.D., McEntire, M.E. & Ray, C.L. (2024). Journal of the World Aquaculture Society 55: e13087. Open access under CC BY-NC-ND. DOI: 10.1111/jwas.13087

Two trials at the USDA Harry K. Dupree Stuttgart National Aquaculture Research Center show yield rising in a straight line with stocking rate, up to 38.3 kg/m³. Individual weight moves the other way, and the trade-off is what determines whether the extra fish pay for themselves.

20.1–38.3

kg/m³ of fish yield across the full range of stocking rates tested
Green et al., 2024

94.4 / 95.4%

Mean survival in Studies 1 and 2, independent of stocking rate
141–143 and 78–79 days

1.16 / 1.03

Mean feed conversion ratio, also independent of stocking rate
Outdoor mixotrophic biofloc tanks

The stocker phase is a planning decision, not a technical detail

Intensive production of market-size tilapia generally requires two or more grow-out phases. Fingerlings are grown to stocker size, roughly 10 to 200 g per fish, and then restocked at lower densities for growth to market weight. Choosing the stocking rate for each phase is one of the decisions that determines how efficiently the culture unit is used.

The requirement is not uniform across markets. Producers stock 30 g and 60 g stockers at the start of two grow-out phases in Brazil and Jamaica respectively, while Mexico and Pakistan stock 40 g and 32 g fish for a single grow-out phase. In temperate and subtropical climates, stocker fish produced in the first season are over-wintered in temperature-controlled facilities before being moved to ponds.

Green and colleagues, at the USDA Agricultural Research Service centre in Stuttgart, Arkansas, tested how far stocking rate can be pushed in an outdoor mixotrophic biofloc system, and what it costs in fish size when it is.

Two studies covered stocking rates from 50 to 300 fish per square metre

Hybrid tilapia (Oreochromis aureus × O. niloticus) were raised in outdoor mixotrophic biofloc tanks in two separate studies with different tank sizes, densities and durations.

Table 1. Design of the two studies

Parameter	Study 1	Study 2
Tank size	18.6 m² (15.7 m³)	4.7 m² (3.6 m³)
Stocking rate	50–150 fish/m²	100–300 fish/m²
Equivalent per volume	59–178 fish/m³	132–396 fish/m³
Increment between treatments	25 fish/m²	25 fish/m²
Duration	141–143 days	78–79 days
Mean water temperature	26.5 °C	27.1 °C

Source: Green et al. (2024). Swipe horizontally on small screens.

Yield rose linearly with stocking rate in both studies

Gross and net fish yield, average daily feed ration, total feed fed and total sodium bicarbonate added all increased linearly with stocking rate in both studies. Across the full range tested, yield ranged from 20.1 to 38.3 kg/m³.

Linear regression models best described growth to stocker size in both studies. That linearity is the practical finding: within the ranges tested, the system did not reach a point where adding fish stopped adding yield.

Figure 1. Individual weight at harvest fell from 389.8 to 163.4 g/fish in Study 1 and from 155.2 to 81.4 g/fish in Study 2 as stocking rate increased, while survival remained above 94% in both. The two studies ran for different durations and are not directly comparable to each other. Chart: Aquaculture Magazine with data from Green et al. (2024).

Individual weight moved in the opposite direction

Average weight at harvest was inversely related to stocking rate, decreasing quadratically in Study 1 and linearly in Study 2. Fish ranged from 389.8 down to 163.4 g in Study 1, and from 155.2 down to 81.4 g in Study 2. Weight gain decreased quadratically with stocking rate in both.

More fish per cubic metre delivers more kilograms, but smaller individuals. Which of the two matters depends entirely on the size of stocker the next production phase requires.

Survival and feed conversion held steady across every density tested

Survival was independent of stocking rate in both studies, averaging 94.4% in Study 1 and 95.4% in Study 2. Feed conversion ratio likewise did not vary with stocking rate, averaging 1.16 and 1.03 respectively.

The authors read the stable FCR as an indication that fish were fed efficiently across the range. It also means the reduction in individual weight is a consequence of density itself rather than of deteriorating feeding performance, which matters when deciding whether the trade-off is acceptable.

Health indicators pointed the same way. Hepatosomatic index, viscerosomatic index and intraperitoneal fat content were unaffected by stocking rate, as were all haematological parameters measured, including red and white cell counts, haematocrit and glutathione peroxidase activity.

Both studies were run in HDPE-lined tanks, and the containment surface is part of the system

The experimental units in both studies were lined structures rather than earthen ponds. Study 1 used eight rectangular, wood-framed tanks of 18.6 m² lined with high-density polyethylene. Study 2 used nine circular, wire-mesh framed tanks of 2.4 m diameter, also HDPE-lined. Each was fitted with a 130-litre conical-bottom settling chamber on a side stream.

That construction is not incidental to the results. Three of the findings reported depend on it.

Solids management. Settling chambers were drained on average every three days in Study 1, removing between 30.5 and 39.3 kg of solids in dry matter across the trial. Water exchange averaged 0.73% per day in Study 1 and 2.7% per day in Study 2 while the chambers operated. Controlling where solids accumulate and where water leaves the system requires a defined, impermeable boundary.

Water chemistry control. The authors added sodium bicarbonate as needed to hold pH above 7.0, stock salt to maintain a 10:1 chloride to nitrite ratio, and dried molasses as a labile carbon source during biofloc development. Dosing to a known volume, and holding that chemistry, assumes the volume is not exchanging with the surrounding soil.

Geometry independent of the ground. The two studies used different shapes and volumes — rectangular at 15.7 m³ and circular at 3.6 m³ — built on frames rather than excavated. That is what allowed the same research question to be tested across two tank designs in the same facility.

None of this was the subject of the study. Green and colleagues tested stocking rate, not containment materials, and the paper makes no comparison between liner types or between lined and unlined systems. What the paper does establish is the specification of the system in which yields of 20.1 to 38.3 kg/m³ and survival above 94% were obtained: an outdoor, frame-built, HDPE-lined tank with side-stream solids removal.

For a producer reading these numbers as a target, that specification is part of the result.

Water quality tracked feed input, not stocking rate directly

The variables that changed did so in response to total feed input, which in turn increased linearly with stocking rate. In Study 1, mean concentrations of nitrite, nitrate, phosphate and total suspended solids increased linearly with total feed input, and ammonium showed a log-linear relationship. In Study 2, phosphate and TSS increased linearly, pH decreased linearly and nitrate increased curvilinearly.

Total suspended solids reached 591 to 788 mg/L during peak feeding in Study 1 and 510 to 789 mg/L in Study 2. Solids drained from settling chambers rose from 30.5 to 39.3 kg in dry matter as feed input increased.

Dissolved oxygen did not follow the pattern. Mean concentrations ranged from 68.3% to 90.0% saturation and were independent of both stocking rate and feed input, including during peak feeding. In a system where oxygen is normally the first constraint to appear, that finding defines where the operational ceiling was not.

Whole-body composition changed only in ash and energy retention

In Study 2, whole-body dry matter, protein, protein retention and lipid were unaffected by stocking rate. Whole-body ash increased with stocking rate, which the authors attribute to the allometric relationship whereby skeleton and scales account for a larger proportion of body weight as fish size decreases.

Whole-body energy retention decreased significantly with stocking rate, and whole-body energy showed a strong indication of decreasing. These are the only composition variables that responded, and both are consistent with producing smaller fish rather than with a nutritional deficit.

Partial budget analysis favoured higher densities, with one caveat

The authors ran a partial budget analysis on a per-cubic-metre basis for producing a 75 g stocker, considering changes in expenses and income for fish numbers, feed and electricity use.

In Study 1, the net change in profit increased from USD 10.68/m³ to USD 16.70/m³ as stocking rate rose from 50 to 125 fish/m², then fell by 55% at the highest rate tested. Taken end to end, increasing from 50 to 150 fish/m² produced an estimated net change of USD 48.45/m³.

Study 2 was more variable, with no discernible pattern. The largest positive change, USD 18.06/m³, came with the step from 250 to 275 fish/m², while the only negative value, USD 0.29/m³, corresponded to the step from 225 to 250 fish/m². End to end, moving from 100 to 300 fish/m² yielded USD 58.63/m³.

The drop of 55% in Study 1 at the highest density is the most useful number for a producer: the economics improved with density up to a point, and then stopped improving before yield did.

What this means when choosing a stocking rate

The findings support the outdoor mixotrophic biofloc system as a viable route for producing stocker hybrid tilapia at commercial intensity. Three points follow for anyone setting a density.

Start from the stocker size the next phase requires, not from the yield target. Since yield rises and individual weight falls across the same range, the binding constraint is the size specification downstream. A 30 g stocker and a 100 g stocker call for different densities or different durations.

Feed input, not stocking rate, is what drives water quality. The relationships detected were with total feed fed. Monitoring and alkalinity management should be planned against the feed curve rather than against the number of fish stocked.

The economic optimum arrived before the biological one. Yield kept rising linearly while the profit change in Study 1 peaked at 125 fish/m² and then dropped sharply. Maximum yield and maximum return were not the same density.

Questions this article answers

How much does yield increase with stocking rate in a biofloc system for stocker tilapia?

Yield increased linearly with stocking rate in both studies, ranging from 20.1 to 38.3 kg/m³ across stocking rates of 50 to 300 fish/m² in outdoor mixotrophic biofloc tanks. No plateau was reached within the ranges tested.

What does higher density cost in individual fish size?

Individual weight at harvest fell from 389.8 to 163.4 g/fish in Study 1, as stocking rate rose from 50 to 150 fish/m² over 141–143 days, and from 155.2 to 81.4 g/fish in Study 2, from 100 to 300 fish/m² over 78–79 days.

Does higher density reduce survival or worsen feed conversion?

Neither, within the ranges tested. Survival was independent of stocking rate and averaged 94.4% and 95.4% in Studies 1 and 2. Feed conversion ratio was also independent of stocking rate, averaging 1.16 and 1.03.

Which water quality variables respond to increased density?

Those driven by feed input: nitrite, nitrate, phosphate, ammonium and total suspended solids, which reached 591–788 mg/L during peak feeding in Study 1. Dissolved oxygen was the exception, remaining between 68.3% and 90.0% saturation and independent of both stocking rate and feed input.

Is the highest density the most profitable?

Not in Study 1. The net change in profit rose from USD 10.68/m³ to USD 16.70/m³ up to 125 fish/m², then fell by 55% at the highest rate tested. Study 2 showed no discernible pattern. The authors state that further replicated research and economic analysis are needed.

What kind of tanks were used in the trials?

Outdoor HDPE-lined tanks built on frames, not earthen ponds. Study 1 used eight rectangular wood-framed tanks of 18.6 m² (15.7 m³); Study 2 used nine circular wire-mesh framed tanks of 2.4 m diameter (4.7 m², 3.6 m³). Each had a 130-litre conical-bottom settling chamber on a side stream. The study did not compare liner types or brands.

Sources and method

Level 1. Reference with verified DOI. Green, B.W., Rawles, S.D., McEntire, M.E. & Ray, C.L. (2024). Relationship between stocking rate and production of stocker hybrid tilapia and water quality in a mixotrophic biofloc system. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society, 55(5), e13087. doi.org/10.1111/jwas.13087

Licence and status. Open access under Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivs. Published 2024; a U.S. Government work in the public domain in the USA. Authors affiliated with the USDA Agricultural Research Service, Harry K. Dupree Stuttgart National Aquaculture Research Center, Stuttgart, Arkansas.

Funding declared by the authors. USDA-ARS, project 6028-31630-006-00D.

Limitations stated in the source. The two studies used different tank volumes, initial fish weights and durations, and are therefore not directly comparable to each other. The partial budget analysis considered only changes in expenses and income for fish numbers, feed and electricity use, for which quantity and price data were available. In Study 1, model parameters deviated substantially from close-to-linear behaviour according to Hougaard’s measure of skewness and Box’s measure of bias. The authors state that additional replicated research and economic analysis are needed to evaluate stocking rate and culture duration for producing specific-sized stocker hybrid tilapia.

Editorial note and sponsorship disclosure. This article is sponsored by Reef Industries, Inc. The study summarised here was designed, conducted, funded and published independently by the USDA Agricultural Research Service, with no involvement from the sponsor, and it did not evaluate, compare or endorse any liner product or brand. Aquaculture Magazine has summarised the published findings and has not conducted independent verification. Figures, conditions and statistical relationships are those reported by the authors. The USDA notes that mention of trade names does not imply endorsement.

This article is sponsored by

Reef Industries, Inc.

Founded in 1957, Reef Industries is a plastic film and laminate manufacturer with more than 60 years of experience, headquartered in Houston, Texas. The company operates five product divisions — Griffolyn®, Permalon®, Armorlon®, Terra Tape® and Banner Guard® — and distributes worldwide. Its Permalon® liners are used for containment applications including ponds, reservoirs and tanks.

Headquarters: 9209 Almeda Genoa Road, Houston, TX 77075, USA
Manufacturing: 10020 Mykawa Road, Houston, TX 77048 · 1951 Amistad Drive, San Benito, TX 78586
Phone: +1 (800) 231-6074
Email: ri@reefindustries.com
Web: reefindustries.com

Aquaculture Magazine is a leading specialised publication for the global aquaculture industry. Published by DP International, Inc., it covers science, technology, markets and trends across the sector. Contact: info@dpinternationalinc.com

INDO FISHERIES 2027 EXPO & FORUM: Strengthening Global Connections to Support Indonesia’s Fisheries and Aquaculture Industry

Edusehat — Tue, 08 Sep 2026 06:35:06 +0700

Indo Fisheries Expo & Forum continues to strengthen its role as a strategic platform for Indonesia’s fisheries and aquaculture industry, connecting business with international stakeholders, market insights, and emerging opportunities across the global seafood value chain, particularly as evolving trade policies, market requirements, and competition among seafood producing countries continue to shape international market access and competitiveness.

Recent developments further highlight the potential for Indonesian seafood products to expand their presence in global markets. According to the Ministry of Marine Affairs and Fisheries of the Republic of Indonesia (KKP), Indonesian seaweed and agar-agar products are exempt from the additional 10% Section 301 tariff imposed by the United States and remain subject to a 0% Most-Favored-Nation (MFN) tariff, creating favorable conditions for greater market access. The prospects also extend to other key commodities. Indonesian shrimp, for instance, is subject to a total tariff of approximately 13.90% in the U.S. market, supporting opportunities for further export growth. Other products, including crab and tuna, also benefit from favorable tariff conditions, while squid, cuttlefish, octopus, and tilapia present further potential for Indonesian exporters to expand their reach in international markets.

(Source: Ministry of Marine Affairs and Fisheries of the Republic of Indonesia) https://kkp.go.id/news/news-detail/rumput-laut-agar-agar-indonesia-bebas-tarif-tambahan-section-301-di-as-GMqJ.html)

To explore these opportunities and strengthen its international engagement, the Indo Fisheries team visited an international seafood exhibition in Singapore from 2–4 September 2026, held at Sands Expo and Convention Centre. The visit provide an opportunity to observe developments across the global seafood sector, expand connections with international seafood companies, buyers, associations, and other industry stakeholders, and identify potential areas for business collaboration. The business trip is part of Indo Fisheries’ ongoing international engagement ahead of its 2027 edition, supporting its efforts to strengthen international connections and further facilitate business opportunities within the fisheries and aquaculture industry

The next edition of Indo Fisheries Expo & Forum will take place on 21–23 July 2027 at Grand City Convex, Surabaya, Indonesia, alongside Indo Livestock, Indo Feed, Indo Dairy, and Indo Vet 2027. The event is set to bring together 300 exhibitors from 30 countries, including 10 international country pavilions, across an exhibition area of 5,169 square metres, and is expected to welcome 15,000 professional visitors over three days, providing a platform for industry players, buyers, distributors, investors, and other stakeholders to connect and explore business opportunities across the fisheries and aquaculture sector.

Meet Our Team at Singapore and schedule a meeting with us!
Please contact our team to arrange a meeting and explore the opportunities Indo Fisheries 2027 Expo & Forum has to offer. We’re eager to discuss how our event can support your business.

For more information, please visit : https://indofisheries.id/

Holidaying in the Lake District

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 19:50:06 +0700

Just got back from a week up in a lovely part of the UK, the Lake District. I stayed on the Solway coast, which is a lesser known part of Cumbria. Still, they have a cheese maker there. Mawbray Cheese Company, which does a lot of local markets. We seemed to have an uncanny ability to miss them, however.

For example, Silloth. We were there the day they were supposed to be at the market (Thursday), but winds and weather conspired against their setting up the stall so sadly we did not see each other. And of course we just came up from down south on the 30th, so completely missed the Maryport Trawler Race and Maryport rescue fun weekend. We had to make do with heading to Keswick (missed them there too as we got there later in the week) and buying a lot of cheese at Keswick Cheese Delicatessen for consumption.

Appleby Creamery’s Eden Valley Brie never made it home, but we did buy more at Tebay Services Farmshop and Kitchen on the way home. Also enjoyed the Black Dub Blue from that creamery, and Torpenhow Farmhouse Dairy was the source of the Binsey Red and Park House Smoked Cheddar. We had a cheese dinner one night.

I’ll mention Maryport Born & Bread as they served up excellent baguettes and sausage rolls we went back for more for, the next day. All this nourishment was needed for the trotting up and down the hills and into the fields to look at stone circles, waterfalls and a trip out to the heritage railway (Ravenglass & Eskdale). Not to forget Hadrian’s Wall (there is a lot more than you think) and looking out at the sea on the coast, plus a body of water (several – only one lake in the Lake District).

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com Twitter: @dairyindustries
Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post Holidaying in the Lake District appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

eBeam treatment of ground poultry meat: different effects in chicken and turkey

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 19:30:10 +0700

Electron beam treatment, or eBeam, can reduce microbial contamination without the use of heat. Its effects on poultry meat, however, are not always the same: chicken and turkey may respond differently, and the dose applied can influence some product characteristics.

A study published in Poultry Science evaluated eBeam doses of 3 and 4 kGy in ground chicken and turkey purchased from a local grocery store. The products were treated in their original modified-atmosphere packages and compared with untreated controls.

The work follows an earlier study by the same research group, in which treatment at 3 kGy reduced experimentally inoculated Salmonella and Campylobacter by 99.99% in commercial packages of ground poultry meat. The new study did not repeat the microbiological tests. Instead, the researchers examined pH, cooking loss, colour, texture and sensory characteristics.

In ground chicken, pH did not change significantly at either 3 or 4 kGy. Both doses reduced cooking loss without altering the instrumental texture of the cooked patties. Redness decreased in the raw meat, while lightness and yellowness remained largely unchanged.

Turkey responded differently. The treatment had no significant effect on cooking loss or on the colour of the raw meat. After cooking, however, redness was higher at 4 kGy than at 3 kGy, while the control did not differ significantly from either treatment. At 4 kGy, the researchers also recorded a reduction in pH and changes in almost all the instrumental texture parameters, with the exception of adhesiveness. At 3 kGy, texture values remained similar to those of the control.

Sensory analysis was carried out by seven trained panellists, who evaluated aroma, flavour, basic tastes, texture and after-feel attributes. No significant differences were found among the turkey samples. Most attributes also remained unchanged in chicken, although an aroma off-note was more pronounced in samples treated at 3 and 4 kGy than in the control.

The researchers suggest that this off-note may be linked to oxidation induced by irradiation. Packaging could also play a part, although the study did not directly compare different packaging materials or atmospheres. Future work proposed by the authors includes examining vacuum packaging, the use of antioxidants and other possible adjustments to the process.

Overall, the 3 kGy dose produced fewer changes in meat quality than 4 kGy, particularly in turkey. The findings show that eBeam treatment needs to be optimised according to the type of meat, dose and product characteristics. According to the authors, its industrial application will also depend on economic feasibility and consumer acceptance, supported by appropriate labelling, education and communication.

Source: Kalapala T. et al. (2026), “Impact of Electron Beam (eBeam) Treatment on Meat Quality and Sensory Attributes of Ground Chicken and Turkey”, Poultry Science, 105, 107037. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2026.107037

Insect meals in poultry nutrition: nutritional opportunities and challenges still to overcome

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 19:30:10 +0700

Insect meals are receiving growing attention as possible alternative protein sources for poultry diets. However, it would be misleading to treat insects as a single feed ingredient. Species, rearing substrate, developmental stage and processing method can all have a substantial effect on their composition and nutritional value.

A recent narrative review examined the available evidence on the most widely studied species, including black soldier fly (Hermetia illucens), yellow mealworm (Tenebrio molitor), house cricket (Acheta domesticus) and silkworm (Bombyx mori). The studies covered full-fat and defatted meals, oils, extracts and, in some cases, whole larvae. Since the products and experimental conditions vary considerably, the results are not always directly comparable.

Crude protein is only part of the picture

Insect-derived ingredients can provide protein, lipids, minerals and vitamins. Crude protein content alone, however, is not enough to assess their nutritional value. Amino acid profile, digestibility and actual nutrient availability must also be considered.

Processing plays an important role. Defatting can increase protein concentration and improve product consistency, while excessive heat treatment may reduce the availability of some amino acids.

Chitin, a component of the insect exoskeleton, also requires attention. At moderate concentrations, it has been associated with possible prebiotic and immunomodulatory effects. At higher levels, however, it may reduce digestibility. Its contribution to gut health and immune responses still needs to be better understood, particularly under commercial production conditions.

There are also marked differences in lipid composition. Black soldier fly larvae are generally rich in lauric acid, while mealworms and crickets contain higher proportions of unsaturated fatty acids. The choice of insect species may therefore affect not only the energy supplied by the diet, but also the lipid profile of poultry meat and eggs.

Results depend on the diet

Overall, the available evidence shows that insect-derived ingredients can partially replace conventional protein sources without compromising broiler or laying hen performance, provided that the diet remains properly balanced. Some studies have reported improvements in growth, feed efficiency or selected intestinal and immune-related parameters.

The response is not consistent across all studies. Results vary with the insect species, type of product, inclusion level, age of the birds and overall feed composition. At higher inclusion levels, chitin and changes in the structure, colour or composition of the diet may affect digestibility, feed intake and performance.

The findings on meat and egg quality are also mixed. Moderate inclusion levels generally do not appear to compromise the main quality traits, although changes in yolk or meat colour have been recorded in some trials. One of the studies cited in the review also associated the use of full-fat black soldier fly larvae meal with a higher proportion of saturated fatty acids and a lower proportion of polyunsaturated fatty acids in meat. Product quality should therefore be considered when assessing this ingredient.

From research to commercial use

Production scale and cost remain two important barriers. For insect meals to gain a larger role in feed formulation, production will need to reach sufficient volumes and become more cost-competitive with established protein sources.

Safety is another consideration. Rearing substrates need to be carefully controlled, as any heavy metals, pesticides or other contaminants they contain may accumulate in insect tissues. Heating and drying can reduce microbial loads, but these treatments must form part of clearly defined production processes supported by regular quality controls.

Standardisation is another unresolved issue. Feed formulators need ingredients with predictable specifications, while the composition of insect-derived products can still vary considerably.

Insect meals may therefore offer new opportunities, both as nutrient sources and through the presence of potentially functional compounds. They are not, however, ready-made or universally cost-effective replacements for soybean meal or fishmeal. Their value depends on the product, the inclusion level and the way the diet is formulated. More consistent products and further long-term trials under commercial conditions will be needed to define their role more clearly.

Source: Naeem M. (2026), “Insects in poultry nutrition: nutritional value, functional effects, challenges, and future perspectives”, Bulletin of the National Research Centre, 50:62. https://doi.org/10.1186/s42269-026-01449-0. Published under a CC BY 4.0 licence.

The Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility of Wisconsin Freshwater Research Institution Joins Initiative to Fully Use Each Fish

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:12 +0700

Only about 40% of each fish (the fillets) are usually eaten or productively used; In contrast, the remaining 60% of the fish is often relegated to inexpensive uses or discarded.

The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point (UWSP) Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility, in the United States, recently signed the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge, becoming the third research institution to join the initiative. Their participation brings the growing binational movement to 48 companies and organizations committed to ensuring that every part of each fish is fully used and not wasted.

“The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility brings exceptional expertise in freshwater science, aquaculture, and fish nutrition to the Pledge,” said David Naftzger, Executive Director of the Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers (GSGP). “Research institutions are essential to developing the technologies, products, and partnerships needed to fully use every fish. We are pleased to welcome UWSP and look forward to learning from their work,” he added.

The UWSP Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility conducts applied aquaculture research and outreach in Bayfield. Fish and fillets from completed research projects are donated when possible, while eligible carcasses are composted for fertilizer. Through the Pledge, the facility will continue pursuing full utilization wherever permitted.

The institution’s participation follows the recent expansion of the Pledge to include laboratories and research facilities in the Great Lakes States, Ontario, and Québec that work with fish and fish materials. These organizations commit to productively using all fish and fish parts handled through their work wherever permitted, rather than sending them to landfill.

Raising Awareness

As part of the Pledge, UWSP will work alongside other participating companies and organizations to promote the full use of fish. This includes raising awareness of opportunities for innovative applications of fish co-products, such as compost, fertilizer, protein, marine collagen, leather, and other new, high-value products.

The Pledge is part of the 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative created by the Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers (GSGP), an organization representing the Governors of the Great Lakes States and the Canadian Premiers of Ontario and Québec.

New and Innovative Ways

The Great Lakes region is home to growing aquaculture operations and sizeable commercial fisheries, but only about 40% of each fish (the fillets) are usually eaten or productively used. In contrast, the remaining 60% of the fish is often relegated to inexpensive uses or discarded. The 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative seeks new and innovative ways to fully use each fish to reduce waste, create more value and jobs, and support rural economic development. Iceland pioneered this approach and has seen the value of products made from each cod skyrocket from USD 12 for just the filet to a remarkable USD 5,000 for products including cosmetics, medical bandages, nutritional supplements, and a range of other products.

“At the UWSP Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility, we already work to make productive use of fish from our research by donating fish and fillets and composting eligible carcasses for fertilizer,” said Tyler Firkus, UWSP NADF Assistant Director. “The Pledge gives us an opportunity to formalize that commitment, share what we are learning, and work with others to advance full utilization across aquaculture and research.”

One-Of-A-Kind Facility

The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point Northern Aquaculture Demonstration Facility (UWSP NADF) is the university’s northern most campus located in Bayfield, Wisconsin. UWSP NADF is a one-of-a-kind facility in the Midwest and joins only a handful in the US that provide applied research, demonstration, education and workforce development capabilities.

The state-of the-art, dynamic facility, showcases new advances in aquaculture system technology such as sustainable land based recirculating aquaculture, while also providing traditional aquaculture systems such as flow through raceways and outdoor ponds for industry-based research projects.

The facility is located on the Red Cliff Band of Lake Superior Anishinaabeg tribal land in Red Cliff, Wisconsin.

24.3 Million Pounds of Fish By-products Now Being Productively Used in the Great Lakes St. Lawrence Region

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:11 +0700

By: 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative

First annual 100% Great Lakes Fish performance report shows major progress toward full fish utilization.

The Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers (GSGP) today released its first performance report for the 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative, tracking the initiative’s reach and impact.

The report estimates that 24.3 million pounds of fish byproducts are now being productively used in the Great Lakes St. Lawrence region. The byproducts are generating about USD 3.4 million in economic value and avoiding about 9.6 million pounds of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions.

Fish byproducts include skin, scales, viscera, heads, tails, and other parts that historically were landfilled in many cases. Fish byproducts in our region are now being made into valuable products including fish meal and oil, pet food and treats, fertilizer, compost, bait, and fish leather.

The report measures the collective impacts of the 48 organizations participating in GSGP’s 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge.

Through the Pledge, these organizations commit to productively use all the fish byproducts they handle and to not landfill. Together, these organizations represent about 53% of estimated fish volume across the region’s commercial, aquaculture, and recreational fisheries. By sector, Pledge participants represent about 90% of commercial fishery volume, 55% of aquaculture production, and 1% of the recreational fish harvest.

“This report demonstrates the major strides our region has taken toward full fish utilization,” said David Naftzger, Executive Director of GSGP. “We can now track how many fish byproducts are being productively used, the economic and environmental benefits that they create, and where the biggest opportunities remain. GSGP plans to similarly report results every year and use them to measure progress toward our ultimate goal ─100% utilization.”

The report shows particularly broad progress toward 100% utilization in the region’s commercial fishery, where organizations participating in the Pledge represent approximately 90% of estimated commercial fishery volume. Aquaculture producers are similarly using their byproducts productively at a high rate, while work to address fish byproducts from the recreational fishery is at an earlier stage.

GSGP has begun working with fish cleaning stations and fisheries agencies around the Great Lakes to improve systems for collecting, storing, transporting, and productively using material generated by recreational anglers. This work builds on the progress already made with commercial processors. Approaches to productively use sportfish byproducts can be replicated at marinas and cleaning stations throughout the region.

The 100% Great Lakes Fish initiative seeks to eliminate waste and increase the value generated from fish caught, raised, or processed in the Great Lakes region. Traditionally, only about 40% of each fish, primarily the fillets, is consumed by people, while much of the remaining material has been relegated to low-value uses or discarded. The initiative works with fish processors, aquaculture producers, researchers, fisheries agencies, Tribes, recreational fisheries, manufacturers, and other partners to identify productive and higher-value uses for those byproducts.

More information on 100% Great Lakes Fish and the 100% Great Lakes Fish Pledge is available at https://gsgp.org/projects/100-great-lakes-fish/

About the Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers

The Conference of Great Lakes St. Lawrence Governors & Premiers unites the chief executives from Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New York, Ohio, Ontario, Pennsylvania, Québec, and Wisconsin. The Governors and Premiers work as equal partners to grow the region’s USD 9.3 trillion economy and protect the world’s largest surface freshwater system. www.gsgp.org

Aquaculture Drives Food Security as NL Sector Generates USD 453 Million in 2025

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:11 +0700

By: NAIA

With its Cold Harvest Conference & Trade Show just weeks away, the Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association (NAIA) is releasing 2025 figures that highlight the sector’s growing contribution to food security in the province.

According to the Government of Newfoundland and Labrador, the aquaculture industry generated a farmgate value of USD 453 million in 2025, representing nearly 40% of the total value of all seafood produced in the province. This level of production supports rural employment, strengthens local processors and transport companies, and provides year-round economic activity in coastal communities.

NAIA Executive Director Bradley George said the results reinforce aquaculture’s importance to the province’s food-security goals. “These numbers show that aquaculture is a major contributor to that conversation,” George said. “Our sector provides healthy, sustainable food while supporting economic growth and stability in coastal communities across the province.” He added that as demand for reliable, nutritious protein continues to grow, aquaculture is becoming a central pillar in ensuring Newfoundland and Labrador can meet its long-term food-security needs.

Cold Harvest Conference & Trade Show

NAIA is partnering with Aquaculture Association of Canada to host the Cold Harvest Conference & Trade Show from September 15–17 at the Jag Hotel in St. John’s. It will bring together industry, government, academia, and technology leaders to explore innovation, science, and the future of seafood farming in Newfoundland and Labrador. The program will feature technical sessions, keynotes, panels, and a trade show spanning the full aquaculture value chain, with delegates expected from across Canada, the United States, Europe, and New Zealand. Registration is open at www.naia.ca.

DNV Certifies HTX Thanh Dat to the ASC Farm Standard, Supporting Responsible Shrimp Aquaculture in Vietnam

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:10 +0700

By: HTX Thanh Dat

The certification verifies the cooperative’s farming practices against recognized environmental and social requirements for responsible aquaculture.

Global assurance provider DNV has officially awarded the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) Farm Standard certification to HTX Thanh Dat. This milestone underscores the Vietnamese seafood company’s dedication to sustainable shrimp production and enhances transparency throughout its international supply chains.

As aquaculture plays an increasingly vital role in meeting the surging global demand for seafood, producers face mounting expectations to mitigate their environmental footprint and uphold high social standards across the supply chain.

The ASC Farm Standard provides a robust framework for addressing key environmental and social aspects of aquaculture production. Its requirements cover areas including biodiversity and ecosystem protection, responsible use of natural resources, fish health and welfare, and working conditions.

Through third-party assessment, HTX Thanh Dat delivers enhanced transparency to its supply chain, proving its alignment with internationally recognized benchmarks for responsible aquaculture.

“Achieving the ASC Farm Standard certification is an important milestone for Thanh Dat High-Tech Shrimp Farming Cooperative. It supports our transition toward cleaner, more sustainable and responsible aquaculture while creating greater opportunities to connect with buyers and seafood processors serving international export markets. More importantly, we believe this achievement can contribute to improving the income and livelihoods of our cooperative members and create long-term value for the local community. By strengthening transparency and traceability, protecting the environment, working to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and promoting community sustainability, we aim to build greater trust with customers and contribute to a more responsible shrimp supply chain.” – Mr. Tran Thanh Trieu, Chairman of the Board and Director at Thanh Dat High-Tech Shrimp Farming Cooperative.

“Responsible aquaculture starts at farm level. Certification to the ASC Farm Standard provides an independent assessment of how environmental and social requirements are integrated into farming operations. HTX Thanh Dat’s achievement demonstrates its commitment to strengthening responsible shrimp production and building trust across the seafood value chain.” – Rachel Ng, Food & Beverage Manager, DNV Southeast Asia & Oceania.

This certification reflects the growing importance of third-party assurance within the aquaculture sector. As seafood buyers, retailers and other stakeholders increasingly seek credible information on how seafood products are produced and sourced, third-party certification can help producers demonstrate responsible practices, strengthen transparency and support market confidence across global seafood supply chains.

About DNV

DNV is an independent assurance and risk management provider, operating in more than 100 countries. Through certification and assurance services, DNV helps organizations build trust, manage risk and demonstrate compliance with recognized standards and requirements.

Website: www.dnv.com/

About Thanh Dat High-Tech Shrimp Farming Cooperative (HTX Thanh Dat)

Headquartered in Ca Mau Province, Vietnam, HTX Thanh Dat is a shrimp farming cooperative comprising approximately 65 member households and 200 hectares of farming area. The cooperative produces around 700 tons of ASC-certified white leg and black tiger shrimp annually, supplying premium seafood to key international markets such as the EU, US, Japan, Australia, and South Korea.

Ace Aquatec Brings A-Harvestcam, Real-Time AI Intelligence for the Primary Processing

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:09 +0700

The technology is already being used by Scottish salmon producer Scottish Sea Farms, and quality Seafood Processor Aquascot, alongside a number of Salmon companies in Chile.

The tool gives processors instant visibility of fish weight, quality and yield, delivering better data and better margins.

Ace Aquatec’s just launched A-HarvestCam, a new AI tool that expects to bring greater commercial certainty to primary processing, giving processors an accurate, real-time picture of the fish coming through their lines and the product available to sell. Using AI-powered computer vision, A-HarvestCam automatically counts and weighs fish while assessing weight distribution, quality and harvest performance.

That gives processors earlier insight into differences between stocks, allowing them to adapt production, optimise yield and allocate product to the most valuable markets.

“Better data at harvest means better decisions right across the supply chain. What A-HarvestCam really gives processors is a much clearer picture of the weight, volume and quality of fish moving through their lines, so they can get more from every harvest. Because they can see what’s coming through in real time, they can give secondary processors a much better sense of what’s heading their way, helping everyone plan ahead, make more informed sales decisions and ultimately get the best value from every fish,” said Tara McGregor-Woodhams, Chief Sales & Marketing Officer at Ace Aquatec.

Crucially, Ace’s proprietary A-HarvestCam also provides ground-truth harvest data that can feed back to Ace Aquatec’s A-Biomass in-water cameras. Using a patented method to compare what was estimated in the pen with what is measured at harvest, Ace Aquatec’s weight-estimation algorithms can be continually refined, helping producers improve biomass accuracy and plan future harvests with greater confidence.

For commercial teams, knowing the volume, size and quality of fish available improves customer planning, reduces unexpected downgrades and minimises the need for last-minute spot sales.

Overview Across Lines and Sites

According to their explanation, all data is available through Ace Aquatec’s A-Fishiq platform, creating a live view across lines and sites. This replaces labor-intensive manual measurement with consistent, actionable data.

Key operational gains include automated data collection replacing labour-intensive manual measurement; reduced unexpected downgrades through real-time size identification; and faster calibration of secondary processing machinery.

The connected flow of intelligence from net pen to primary processing gives producers and processors greater confidence in the fish they have, the fish they harvest and ultimately the value they can realise.

Demanding Environments

Designed for demanding aquaculture environments, A-HarvestCam can be used across harvest, grading and transfer lines, with different fish sizes and species. As a fully agnostic technology, the system seamlessly integrates with existing processing lines, stunners, and infrastructure from any manufacturer. It also supports post-harvest traceability and automated reporting for processors and certification bodies.

The technology can also connect with Ace Aquatec’s A-HSU in-water stunning system, using post-stun monitoring to provide feedback on stun efficacy and support welfare verification and compliance.

The technology is already being used by Scottish salmon producer Scottish Sea Farms, and quality Seafood Processor Aquascot, alongside a number of Salmon companies in Chile.

“What’s particularly exciting for us is that the value of that data doesn’t end at processing. It gives us a reliable ground-truth that we can feed back into our in-pen biomass intelligence, creating a continuous learning loop from pen to harvest. When you bring that together with welfare and quality insights, you start to build a much richer picture of performance across the whole journey. For our customers, that means better visibility, more confidence in their decisions and, ultimately, a stronger and more transparent supply chain,” McGregor-Woodhams added.

French Company Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale, First French Seabass and Seabream Farm That Achieves ASC Certification

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:08 +0700

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) just announced the certification of Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale, the first French seabass and seabream farm to achieve the ASC Seabream and Seabass standard. The certification represents a major milestone for French aquaculture which recognises the farm’s commitment to meeting ASC’s stringent requirements for environmental responsibility, animal welfare, responsible feed and resource use, and social accountability.

Bastien Riera, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of the Gloria Maris Groupe, commented after receiving the news: “Achieving ASC certification is an important recognition of the work carried out by our teams over many years. This certification reflects our commitment to contributing to the development of a responsible, transparent, and demanding French aquaculture sector.”

According to ASC, now, by attaining ASC certification, Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale joins a global community of producers dedicated to driving positive change in seafood farming. “The achievement also increases the availability of farmed seafood in France that meets ASC’s environmental and social requirements,” they said.

“ASC congratulates Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale on this remarkable achievement. As a pioneer, Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale is leading the way and demonstrating that a transparent, and responsible French aquaculture sector can meet the highest environmental and social standards,” stated Maxime Engler, ASC France Market Development Manager.

More Than 40 Years of Commitment to Environmental and Social Responsibility

Located along the beaches of the Hauts-de-France region, Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale has been farming sea bass and seabream for more than 40 years. This certification recognizes the site’s long-standing commitment to responsible aquaculture, combining product quality, environmental preservation, and social responsibility.

Due to its location, the farm benefits from favorable conditions to farming of seabass and seabream. The site builds on expertise developed by Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale’s teams since 1982, with a strong focus on farming management and the continuous improvement of practices.

Fish produced at the site are supplied to foodservice professionals, fishmongers, and premium retail markets, with particular attention paid to product quality and traceability.

Growing Consumer Demand for Certified

To achieve certification, Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale underwent an audit conducted by a Conformity Assessment Body (CAB) responsible for verifying compliance with requirements of the ASC Seabass and Seabream Standards.

ASC explained that their certification recognizes Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale’s good practices, particularly in the areas of monitoring and reducing environmental impacts; managing aquaculture-related discharges; protecting surrounding ecosystems; responsible management of resources and animal health; and providing good working conditions.

By joining the ASC program, Gloria Maris Côte d’Opale contributes to the development of more responsible aquaculture and helps meet growing consumer demand for certified, traceable seafood products produced through responsible farming practices.

Four Different Natural Locations

The Gloria Maris Groupe’s farms are deeply rooted in their local communities. Their farms are located in coastal regions that are a testament to their heritage, expertise, and consistency. They are Corsica, at the heart of a site designated as a Natura 2000 area and a ‘Grand Site de France;’ Sardinia, on the border of the Stintino Peninsula and the Asinara National Park, in the heart of a preserved natural environment; Opal Coast, in the heart of an environment shaped by tides and ocean currents; and Gravelines, on the English Channel coast.

“For more than 40 years, we have been cultivating the sea with patience and conviction. From the Mediterranean to the Opal Coast, our sites all tell the same story: that of a rigorous, transparent aquaculture industry that guarantees impeccable quality and is deeply committed to protecting marine ecosystems”, they say.

The Maine’s Department of Marine Resources, in the US, Launches an Electronic Aquaculture System That Streamlines the Process for Lease Applicants

Edusehat — Mon, 07 Sep 2026 05:35:07 +0700

The Department of Marine Resources (DMR) of the state of Maine, at the United States, has recently launched an electronic aquaculture application system which will significantly streamline the process for lease applicants who until now have had to submit applications on paper forms. The development of the electronic application system was made possible through a USD 550,000 grant from the Builders Initiative Foundation with strategic support from the Maine Community Foundation and the Governor’s Office of Policy Innovation and the Future.

“This advancement will modernize and enhance the lease application process for Maine’s aquaculture industry,” said DMR Director of Aquaculture Division, Amanda Ellis. “DMR also recognizes that this is a significant change from the paper applications people have grown accustomed to and we have been working with stakeholders to ensure that the launch of the new system is as smooth as possible,” she added.

They will be scheduling information sessions about the new system in September, October and November with additional sessions added as necessary.

Phased Approach

The new electronic system for experimental and standard lease applicants was launched on Tuesday, August 18th. Electronic applications for all other lease application types including transfers, renewals, amendments, and expansions will be launched in the coming months. “DMR is taking a phased approach as we recognize this is a significant change,” commented Ellis.

“We have notified industry of this new system and will send an additional notice once all other lease application types are available electronically,” she said.

While applications for Limited Purpose Aquaculture (LPA) licenses are not currently available electronically, DMR will pursue adding LPAs in the future.

For Applicants

The new lease application system is available through DMR’s online licensing portal, LEEDS (Licensing Enforcement and Environmental Data System). Once applicants create a LEEDS account, they can login and follow their application in LEEDS throughout the review process.

Applicants will receive electronic reminders through the system to complete any outstanding steps, which helps ensure applications are processed in a timely manner. “Using LEEDS will streamline the review process, improve communication, and ensure timely responses,” said Ellis.

Applicants will also see comments submitted during public comment periods, providing quick access to important feedback. Payment of application fees is also simplified, providing applicants with an opportunity to pay via electronic check or credit card at the time an application is submitted.

The system is fully responsive on all devices and applications can be submitted anywhere there is internet or cell service, DMR explained. According to them, they will be scheduling information sessions about the new system in September, October and November with additional sessions added as necessary.

Information about the aquaculture application system will also be shared directly with industry and via DMR’s website. The new electronic application system is available at www.maine.gov/dmrleeds.

Much More Than Lobster

From clams and oysters to salmon and lobster and everything in between, Maine produces the best-tasting seafood on the area. “And it’s this variety and quality that keep people coming back for more. Because using great, premium seafood products is a difference you can taste,” they assure.

When people think of Maine, they think of lobster. But Maine seafood has way more to offer, and the secrets of the Maine coastline have stayed humbly at our shores for too long. It’s time for the world to know: Maine has excellent seafood products and the finest sea farmers and fishermen on the planet.

They produce crab, littleneck clams (hard shells), steamer clams (soft shells), cod, haddock, halibut, lobster, mussels, oysters, salmon, scallops, scallops and tuna.

Hatchery vaccination: why consistency requires constant attention

Edusehat — Sun, 06 Sep 2026 22:05:04 +0700

Consistent hatchery vaccination depends on getting a range of factors right — from vaccine preparation and application technique to equipment maintenance, staff training and ongoing monitoring.

Drawing on more than 70,000 hatchery vaccination audits conducted through Ceva Animal Health’s C.H.I.C.K (Chick Hatchery Immunization Control Keys) Program, Alba Pfaff, MS, senior technical marketing manager at Ceva Animal Health, discusses what helps hatcheries maintain high vaccination standards, the details that matter most and how better use of data could support even greater consistency.

Q: Ceva’s C.H.I.C.K Program has provided hatcheries with vaccination quality monitoring, technical support and training for 17 years, encompassing more than 70,000 audits across nearly 100 countries. What has that experience taught you about the factors that determine vaccination quality in practice?

A: One of the clearest lessons we have learned is that teaching is about repetition. Vaccination quality is not achieved through a single training session or a one-time equipment setup. It requires continuous reinforcement.

The more frequently we provide training, observe vaccination practices and give feedback to hatchery teams, the better and more consistent vaccination quality becomes. Even when people know the correct procedure, small deviations can gradually become part of the daily routine. Regular audits and training help bring the process back to the standard and reinforce why each step matters.

We have also learned that vaccination quality is rarely determined by one factor alone. It is the combination of people, equipment, vaccine preparation, application technique, chick handling and continuous monitoring.

The best equipment cannot compensate for poor technique, and even a highly trained team cannot consistently deliver good vaccination if equipment is not correctly maintained or calibrated.

Q: The program focuses on five critical control points — vaccine preparation, dose accuracy, vaccination quality, equipment maintenance and staff training. Where can problems be most easily missed?

A: Problems often arise from small details that can easily be overlooked. Vaccine preparation is one example.

We focus on having a clean, dedicated vaccine preparation room for day-old chick vaccines, correct use of personal protective equipment and adherence to proper preparation and hygiene procedures. Good organization of the preparation area, correct vaccine handling and maintaining a clean environment throughout the process are all important steps in protecting vaccine quality and ensuring consistency.

Q: Data collected between 2021 and 2025 show vaccination quality consistently above 95% for spray vaccination and above 97% for gel application. What does it take to maintain that level of consistency across different hatcheries and production environments?

A: The high consistency comes from standardized procedures, trained hatchery vaccination crews, well-maintained and correctly calibrated equipment and regular quality-control checks.

Spray and gel application also present different challenges. With spray vaccination, droplet size, spray pattern and coverage are important. With gel, we focus on gel consistency, droplet distribution and uniform coverage across the chicks.

Understanding those differences allows hatchery teams to focus their quality-control checks on the factors that matter most for each application method.

Q: What role can data play in helping hatchery teams identify problems before they have a significant impact on vaccination quality?

A: Greater use of data allows hatcheries to identify trends, benchmark performance and address potential issues earlier.

Instead of looking at a single audit in isolation, the C.H.I.C.K Program application allows us to track vaccination quality over time. For example, if the data show a gradual decline in spray coverage, the team can investigate the equipment, settings or application process and make a practical adjustment on the hatchery floor.

Q: How much of maintaining consistent vaccination comes down to the people performing the work, and how much to the equipment?

A: Both people and equipment play an important role in vaccination consistency. Well-trained operators understand what good vaccination should look like, while preventive maintenance ensures the equipment can consistently deliver it.

Hatcheries that sustain high performance are those that invest in both: regular staff training, clear procedures, routine equipment checks and preventive maintenance, rather than waiting for a problem to occur.

Q: The C.H.I.C.K Program has now maintained independent Quality Recognition from Bureau Veritas for 10 years. What role can external quality standards play in maintaining consistency over time?

A: Independent recognition from Bureau Veritas has reinforced our commitment to consistent, standardized practices across countries and to continuous improvement of the program.

The recognition involves independent review of how the C.H.I.C.K Program’s Quality Code of Practice is implemented, including whether processes and procedures are properly defined, documented and controlled. That external scrutiny also gives customers confidence that the same high standards are being applied consistently across hatcheries and countries.

Q: If vaccination quality is already consistently high, where is the greatest opportunity to improve further?

A: The greatest opportunity is in using technology and data to move from monitoring quality to predicting and preventing variability.

Greater connectivity between vaccination equipment, real-time data and benchmarking will allow hatcheries to identify opportunities for improvement even earlier. At the same time, continued innovation in equipment, training and strong partnerships will help ensure that high vaccination standards are maintained as hatcheries become increasingly automated.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Hatchery vaccination: why consistency requires constant attention appeared first on Modern Poultry.

2026 National Safety Conference for the poultry industry emphasizes proactive approach to workplace safety

Edusehat — Sat, 05 Sep 2026 20:50:09 +0700

Poultry industry safety professionals gathered at the 2026 National Safety Conference for the Poultry Industry to explore strategies for to continue to promote safe workplaces through prevention, early intervention and greater employee engagement. Across the various discussions, one message remained consistent: effective safety programs depend on recognizing potential risks early and turning that information into meaningful action. The conference also celebrated industry achievements in workplace safety, recognizing a record 272 poultry facilities for outstanding safety performance.

Michele Garner-Janna, CSP, CPE, chief experience officer and co-founder at What Works Institute, examined the importance of shifting from lagging to leading safety indicators to better identify and address risks before incidents occur. Attendees were encouraged to develop metrics tailored to their organization’s specific risks and focus on three key shifts: measuring activity effectiveness, identifying risks before harm occurs, and increasing the speed at which organizations learn and respond. Garner-Janna emphasized that meaningful safety metrics should drive conversations, decisions and actions, allowing organizations to focus on behaviors that prevent harm rather than simply tracking outcomes after the fact.

A panel discussion featuring Rick Hellinga, senior director of safety, health and loss prevention at Simmons Foods; John Horne, vice president of safety and health at Wayne-Sanderson Farms; Pam Satchel, senior area safety manager at Tyson Foods; and moderated by James Ferrell, senior director of safety and security at Perdue Farms, focused on serious injury and fatality prevention and explored how companies can turn high-level safety strategies into consistent action at the plant, line and team member levels. Panelists discussed identifying significant risk categories, establishing clear standards, and using routine assessments and leading indicators to identify potential exposures before incidents occur, stressing that effective SIFP requires engaging team members, operations and maintenance personnel while embedding risk awareness, accountability and prevention into daily conversations and activities.

Halie Silva, BSN, RN, COHN-S, complex nurse manager at Simmons Foods, discussed standardizing ergonomic intake to support early intervention and reduce the progression of musculoskeletal disorders that may account for a portion of injuries in poultry processing. She also emphasized creating a workplace culture where employees feel comfortable reporting discomfort early, allowing organizations to intervene before symptoms develop into more serious injuries.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Early microbial exposure shapes chick gut health, improves disease resistance and reduces antibiotic use

Edusehat — Sat, 05 Sep 2026 03:00:07 +0700

Modern commercial chicks hatch into a very different world than they would under natural conditions. According to Ivan Rychlik, DVM, researcher at the Czech Republic’s Veterinary Research Institute, that difference has major consequences for gut health, disease resistance and antibiotic use.

In a webinar supported by the Poultry Science Association and Animal Nutrition Centre of Canada, Rychlik explained, “In nature, chicks are hatched in a nest and remain in contact with their parents from the very first moment of their lives. This difference is important for the development of chicken gut microbiota.”

Rychlik and his team compared chicks raised in commercial hatcheries with chicks placed in physical contact with an adult hen. They analyzed gut bacteria using DNA sequencing.

“The cecal microbiota composition differs in chicks kept alone,” Rychlik said. He found that chicks raised in hatcheries are dominated by intestinal Gram-positive bacteria, specifically Firmicutes, and are sensitive to infections. In contrast, “chicks kept with an adult hen developed gut microbiota that couldn’t be differentiated from the microbiota of the adult hen and were resistant to infections.

“This experiment completely denies the long-held belief of age-dependent development of chicken gut microbiota,” Rychlik said. He found that early microbial development is driven by exposure, not time. “If you add a proper source (parent, adult, birth, contact), chicks can be colonized by adult-type microbiota from the very first days of their lives.”

Disease resistance

“Hatchery chicks are sensitive to different intestinal infections, while chicks exposed to adult microbiota are resistant to infections like a Salmonella challenge,” he said.

After more than a decade of work, Rychlik’s team developed a unique mixture of nine specific anaerobic bacteria that promote disease resistance.

When this bacterial mixture, QunCNA, was administered to newly hatched chicks that were challenged with Salmonella a week later, the research team observed dramatic protection.

“Chicks colonized by this mixture were 100 times more resistant to a Salmonella challenge,” he said. “In addition, we have evidence that if there is increased resistance to a Salmonella challenge, chicks are also more resistant to other enteric diseases as well.”

QunCNA was approved for use in the Czech Republic in 2024, and in 2025, it was used in about 5% of chicks produced nationally, mostly broilers. “Farmers and users were quite satisfied,” Rychlik noted. Adoption has continued to rise with a critical side benefit: reduced antibiotic use.

Early protection for chicks

Rychlik explained that most mortalities occur during the first 3 or 4 days after chicks are placed in houses. Thus, from a producer and industry perspective, 7 days is too long to wait for protection. “Waiting until day 7 for protection wouldn’t cover chicks during their most vulnerable period.”

The team began investigating bacterial exposure early in chicks’ lives, including bacteria present in embryos, eggshell waste and newly hatched chicks themselves. They found that day-old chicks often carried near-monocultures of either Enterococcus faecalis or Escherichia coli.

“Either chicks were completely free of bacteria or, when these bacteria were present, they formed nearly 100% of the bacteria found,” he said.

This opened the door to bacteriophage use. “If there are nearly monocultures of E. faecalis or E. coli, it might be possible to use phages. When you administer the phages, the bacteria target is in there, and there is no interference with other bacteria,” Rychlik explained.

His early trials suggest that phages, when combined with probiotics, work synergistically. “Initial experiments were a moderate success, but when we combined the phages with our probiotic product, we noted an increase in treatment efficacy.”

He then analyzed eggshell waste from newly hatched hatchery chicks. Unsurprisingly, Salmonella was identified, and he observed an interesting trend: Salmonella was always absent whenever Chryseobacterium and Sphingobacterium were present in eggshell waste, but present when the other two were absent.

“We started to be interested in these two bacteria for the potential anti-effects against Salmonella,” he noted. “When Chryseobacterium and Sphingobacterium dominated, farmers reported lower mortalities.”

To protect the chicks in hatchery environments, Rychlik began experimenting with a combination of Chryseobacterium and Sphingobacterium, spraying surfaces, floors and walls of hatcheries.

“Spraying the hatchery environment on day 20 of embryonic development reduced the unwanted microbiota.”

Multi-pronged approach reduces mortality and antibiotic use

Summarizing his work, Rychlik said that using a multi-pronged approach — probiotics at hatch, phages in early drinking water and beneficial bacteria in the hatchery environment — reduces mortality and the need for antibiotics.

“When we combine all these three steps, chickens can be produced without any use of antibiotics, protecting not only the chickens but also human populations.”

The post Early microbial exposure shapes chick gut health, improves disease resistance and reduces antibiotic use appeared first on Modern Poultry.

EU suspends Brazilian poultry imports, French sector calls for strict safeguards

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 19:40:10 +0700

The European Union has suspended imports of Brazilian poultry meat after Brazil failed to provide sufficient guarantees that its exports comply with EU rules on antimicrobial use. The reaction outlined below comes specifically from France, where ANVOL (Association Nationale Interprofessionnelle de la Volaille de Chair), the interprofessional organisation representing the French broiler sector, has welcomed the measure and urged the European Commission to apply strict conditions before any trade resumes.Under EU rules, third countries exporting animals and animal products for human consumption must provide guarantees that antimicrobials have not been used to promote growth or increase yield, or that certain antimicrobials reserved for human medicine have not been used. The requirements, which have applied to EU producers since 2022, entered into force for imports from third countries on 3 September 2026. Brazil was not included in the list of countries providing the required guarantees.
According to ANVOL, imported poultry products should provide the same health guarantees as poultry produced in European farms. The organisation has also raised concerns about antimicrobial use in Brazil, contrasting it with EU restrictions. However, Brazil has itself introduced progressively stricter restrictions on antimicrobial use in animal production, including a 2026 ban on certain antimicrobial performance-enhancing feed additives. The issue underlying the EU measure is therefore not simply whether antimicrobials are permitted in Brazil, but whether Brazil can provide the guarantees required under EU legislation for products exported to the European market.

Antimicrobial-use context

ANVOL contrasted the Brazilian situation with the efforts made by French poultry producers to reduce antibiotic use. Citing the French Agency for Food, Environmental and Occupational Health & Safety (Anses), the organisation said exposure of poultry to antibiotics fell by 71% between 2011 and 2024. The figure is consistent with the long-term decline documented by Anses in antimicrobial exposure among French poultry.
For the French sector, the issue is therefore not limited to the immediate restriction on trade. It also concerns whether imported products compete under equivalent animal-health, traceability, environmental and animal-welfare requirements.

Audit under scrutiny

The French organisation called for close attention to an audit being carried out in Brazil by the European Commission’s Directorate-General for Health and Food Safety (DG SANTE).

The audit focuses on poultry and honey, for which Brazil had provided written guarantees of compliance. The Commission’s audit team was expected to complete its work on 4 September, after which an audit report will be prepared. If the findings are positive, the Commission could propose adding Brazil back to the EU list of authorised third countries for the sectors concerned, subject to approval by EU Member States.

ANVOL said the review should go beyond checking administrative commitments and should verify compliance in practice throughout the poultry chain, from farms to processing facilities. It called for documented, regular and verifiable controls, as well as a rigorous assessment of the audit’s conclusions before any possible resumption of Brazilian poultry meat exports to the EU.

Call for mirror measures

ANVOL described “mirror measures” as an essential tool for ensuring reciprocity in agri-food trade. European poultry producers are subject to stringent rules on sanitary standards, environmental performance, traceability and animal welfare, it said; imported products competing on the EU market should meet equivalent requirements.

These demands represent ANVOL’s position on the broader debate over reciprocity and should not be interpreted as meaning that EU legislation currently imposes identical requirements across all these areas on imported poultry.

French poultry self-sufficiency strategy

The association linked the debate to France’s broader poultry self-sufficiency strategy. It noted that more than one in two chickens consumed in France is imported and set out a 2035 target of recovering 33% of imported volumes, reducing the share of imported chicken to less than one in three.

According to ANVOL, achieving this objective would require 2,200 new standard poultry houses, nearly 600 Label Rouge houses and €2.8 billion in investment across farms, hatcheries, animal nutrition and processing. These figures are targets and investment estimates put forward by the French poultry sector rather than EU requirements.

The EU suspension therefore represents not only a trade issue for Brazil but also a wider point of contention for European poultry producers, who argue that imported products should compete under comparable regulatory conditions.

Source: interpro-anvol.fr/importations-de-volailles-bresiliennes-anvol-salue-linterdiction-europeenne-et-demande-des-garanties-avant-toute-reprise/

UK urged to ban Brazilian meat imports over antibiotic and AMR concerns

Brazil debates possible feed additive restrictions as it races to meet EU antimicrobial rules

EU suspension puts Brazilian animal-protein exports at risk

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 19:40:10 +0700

The European Union has suspended the entry of certain Brazilian animal products, including beef, poultry meat, equine products, aquaculture products, honey and animal casings, after Brazil was not included in the EU list of third countries recognised as providing the required guarantees on antimicrobial use. The measure took effect on 3 September 2026 and is expected to affect an estimated US$1.84 billion in Brazilian exports to the European market annually, with beef and poultry accounting for the largest share.

The restriction is not based on reported irregularities in individual consignments. Rather, it reflects the European Union’s assessment that Brazil had not provided sufficient guarantees that the relevant products exported to the EU comply with its antimicrobial-use requirements and that the necessary measures are in place to demonstrate such compliance. Under Article 118 of Regulation (EU) 2019/6, third countries exporting the affected animals and animal products to the EU must provide the required guarantees concerning antimicrobial use.

New EU requirements

EU rules prohibit the use of antimicrobials to promote growth or increase yield in food-producing animals. They also restrict the use of certain antimicrobials that are reserved in the EU for treating certain human infections, as part of the bloc’s wider response to antimicrobial resistance.

These requirements have applied to EU producers since 2022, while the provisions governing imports from third countries entered into effect on 3 September 2026. On 12 May, EU Member States endorsed a revised list of third countries authorised to export to the EU under Article 118. Brazil was not included in that list.

Brazil’s exclusion has effectively halted the entry into the EU of the affected categories of Brazilian animal products. The measure covers bovine and equine animals and products, poultry, aquaculture products, honey and casings. Beef and poultry account for the largest share of the trade affected by the measure.

Poultry audit under way

Poultry and honey may be among the first affected sectors to regain access to the EU market. Brazilian authorities have provided documentation and information concerning the relevant export chains, with particular attention to poultry meat, fish, beef, eggs and honey. A European Commission audit of the poultry and honey chains began on 24 August and is scheduled to conclude on 4 September.

The audit is intended to allow European authorities to assess the structure and functioning of Brazil’s official control system in practice, including the procedures used to demonstrate compliance with EU antimicrobial requirements. After the mission, the Commission will assess its findings and prepare its conclusions. If Brazil is considered to have provided the necessary guarantees, it could subsequently be considered for inclusion again in the EU list of authorised third countries. Any restoration of market access would therefore require a further EU decision and would not follow automatically from the completion of the audit.

Brazil cites antimicrobial reforms

The Brazilian government has challenged the restriction, saying it had maintained technical and political discussions with the EU since the bloc’s decision in May. In a joint statement issued on 3 September, the Ministry of Agriculture and Livestock and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs said Brazil had implemented measures to meet the applicable requirements and had submitted documentation and information concerning poultry meat, fish, beef, eggs and honey. The government also reaffirmed the strength of Brazil’s official agricultural-defence system.

Brazil has also tightened its domestic antimicrobial policy. On 24 April, with the measure published in the Official Gazette on 27 April, the Ministry of Agriculture and Livestock issued Ordinance SDA/MAPA No. 1,617/2026, prohibiting the import, manufacture, sale and use of performance-enhancing feed additives containing antimicrobials classified as important in human or veterinary medicine. The substances listed include avoparcin, bacitracin, zinc bacitracin, bacitracin methylene disalicylate and virginiamycin.

The ordinance also provides a 180-day transitional period for certain products manufactured or imported before the rule entered into force.

The Brazilian government says these measures reinforce its action against antimicrobial resistance and are consistent with One Health principles. However, the EU restriction will remain in place unless and until Brazil provides the guarantees required under Article 118 and the European authorities determine that the applicable requirements have been satisfactorily addressed.

Trade and market implications

The suspension comes at a sensitive moment for EU-Mercosur trade relations. Brazil argues that the affected products were subject to quotas and tariff reductions negotiated under the EU-Mercosur agreement and has warned that their exclusion from the European market could alter the balance of concessions underpinning the agreement. The Brazilian government has also indicated that it could consider reciprocal measures and use available legal and trade-settlement mechanisms if the issue is not resolved.

Brazilian poultry industry association ABPA has maintained that the country’s poultry sector complies with EU import requirements and has defended the industry’s production and control systems. The immediate challenge for exporters is therefore to demonstrate compliance in a form accepted by EU authorities while the Commission assesses the information supplied by Brazil and the findings of its audit.

For the poultry sector, the outcome of the ongoing audit could be an important step towards restoring access to the EU market. A positive assessment would not automatically reopen the market, but it could provide the basis for Brazil to be considered again for inclusion on the EU’s list of authorised third countries. The timing of any such decision remains uncertain.

UK urged to ban Brazilian meat imports over antibiotic and AMR concerns

Brazil debates possible feed additive restrictions as it races to meet EU antimicrobial rules

Managing Diabetic Dogs in India: Insulin, Diet, and Daily Routine

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 16:00:06 +0700

A diabetes diagnosis for your dog can feel overwhelming at first, but thousands of Indian pet parents manage the condition successfully every day. Canine diabetes mellitus happens when the pancreas stops producing enough insulin, or when the body cannot use it properly. The result is high blood sugar that slowly affects energy, weight, vision, and long-term health. In India, factors like inconsistent meal timings, carbohydrate-heavy table scraps, and limited access to specialised diets in smaller cities can make management trickier than it needs to be. The good news is that with the right insulin schedule, a steady diet, and a predictable daily routine, most diabetic dogs live happy, active lives. This guide walks you through everything you need to know, from spotting early signs to handling monsoon humidity and peak summer heat safely. Diabetes in dogs is more manageable today than ever before, thanks to affordable insulin options and better awareness among Indian veterinarians.

What Causes Diabetes in Dogs

Canine diabetes is most common in middle-aged and senior dogs, typically between seven and ten years old. Certain breeds face higher risk, including Dachshunds, Beagles, Poodles, Pugs, and Cocker Spaniels, all popular choices in Indian households. According to the American Kennel Club, female dogs are roughly twice as likely as males to develop diabetes, and unspayed females carry additional risk due to hormonal fluctuations. Obesity is another major trigger, which matters in India where indoor lifestyles and rich home-cooked meals often lead to steady weight gain. Pancreatitis, long-term steroid use, and Cushing disease can also contribute to the condition. Understanding the underlying cause helps your veterinarian design a treatment plan that fits your dog specifically, rather than a one-size-fits-all approach that rarely works well for chronic conditions like this one.

Early Warning Signs to Watch For

Diabetes often develops gradually, so subtle changes are easy to miss during a busy household routine. The four classic signs are increased thirst, frequent urination, unexplained weight loss despite a healthy appetite, and low energy through the day. You might notice your dog draining the water bowl faster than usual or asking to go outside more often at night. Some pet parents in humid Indian cities mistake the extra thirst for normal heat-related behaviour, which delays diagnosis by weeks. Other warning signs include cloudy eyes, recurring urinary tract infections, sweet-smelling breath, and a dull coat. If you spot two or more of these symptoms together, book a vet visit for a fasting blood glucose test and a urine analysis. Early detection makes insulin therapy far more effective and reduces the risk of complications like cataracts or diabetic ketoacidosis, which can turn life-threatening within days.

Starting Insulin Therapy: What to Expect

Almost every diabetic dog needs insulin injections twice a day, spaced roughly twelve hours apart. Your veterinarian will prescribe a specific type, usually Vetsulin, Caninsulin, or a suitable human insulin variant, along with the correct dose based on weight and initial blood sugar readings. The idea of injecting your own pet feels intimidating at first, but the needles are tiny and most dogs barely notice. Give the shot under the loose skin of the shoulder or flank right after a meal, and rotate the injection site each time to avoid soreness. Store insulin in the refrigerator, never in the freezer, and roll the vial gently between your palms before drawing a dose. Never shake it, since that damages the protein structure. In Indian summers when power cuts are common, keep a small cool bag with ice packs ready as a backup. According to Cornell University College of Veterinary Medicine, consistent timing matters more than the exact dose for stable blood sugar, so aim to give injections at the same two times every single day.

Building the Right Diet for Indian Diabetic Dogs

Diet is half the battle when managing canine diabetes at home. The goal is steady, slow-release energy that prevents sudden blood sugar spikes. Look for food that is high in quality protein, high in fibre, and low in simple carbohydrates. Prescription diabetic formulas from brands like Royal Canin Diabetic or Hill Prescription w/d are widely available through Indian pet stores and online platforms. If you prefer home-cooked meals, work with a veterinary nutritionist to balance boiled chicken or fish, moong dal, bottle gourd, spinach, and small portions of brown rice or oats. Avoid white rice, chapati made from refined flour, sugary fruits like mangoes and bananas, and every kind of biscuit or sweet. Feed two measured meals a day, exactly twelve hours apart, and inject insulin right after each meal. Free-feeding is simply not an option for diabetic dogs. Explore a range of veterinary-recommended options in the dog food collection, and stick to one brand once your dog stabilises, since sudden switches can disrupt glucose control quickly.

Safe Treats and What to Avoid

Treats are still allowed in moderation, as long as they fit within the daily calorie plan and do not spike blood sugar. Small pieces of boiled chicken, plain paneer cubes, cucumber slices, or a spoonful of unsweetened curd work beautifully. Avoid anything with added sugar, jaggery, honey, or hidden carbohydrates. Read labels carefully on packaged treats, since many Indian brands include maltodextrin or corn syrup as fillers. Low-glycemic options from the dog treats and chews range are a safer bet than random supermarket picks. Give treats only during insulin peak times, roughly four to six hours after a meal, to prevent glucose crashes. Never use treats to replace a meal or reward a skipped injection.

Structuring a Predictable Daily Routine

Dogs with diabetes thrive on routine, and even small deviations can affect their glucose control. Set fixed times for meals, injections, walks, and rest, and stick to them even on weekends and holidays. A sample day might look like this: wake up at 7 am, walk for twenty minutes, feed breakfast at 7:30, inject insulin at 7:45, quiet time and hydration through the afternoon, second walk at 6:30 pm, dinner at 7:30, second injection at 7:45, and lights out by 10. Consistency stabilises blood sugar and reduces the chances of hypoglycemia, which is more dangerous in the short term than high glucose. Keep a small notebook or phone log to track meals, doses, water intake, and urination frequency. Share it with your vet during check-ins every three to four months. The dog supplements range also includes omega-3 and antioxidant blends that support pancreatic and eye health when used alongside prescribed medication.

Exercise, Monsoon Care, and Summer Safety

Regular, moderate exercise helps insulin work better and keeps weight in check over time. Aim for two gentle walks a day rather than one long, intense session, which can trigger sudden blood sugar drops. Avoid mid-day walks during Delhi, Chennai, or Ahmedabad summers when temperatures cross forty degrees Celsius. Early morning and post-sunset walks are far safer for diabetic dogs. During monsoon months, wet paws and humid weather increase the risk of skin infections and urinary tract issues, both of which are more common in diabetic pets. Towel-dry your dog thoroughly after every walk and keep the coat clean with gentle grooming. According to PetMD, diabetic dogs are also more prone to cataracts, so shield their eyes from dust and harsh sunlight when possible. If you travel or leave your dog with a caretaker, provide written instructions on injection timing, storage, and emergency signs like trembling, weakness, or collapse, which indicate low blood sugar and need immediate honey or glucose paste rubbed onto the gums.

Home Monitoring and Vet Check-Ins

Ask your vet about a home glucose monitor like the AlphaTRAK, which uses just a tiny drop of blood from the ear or paw pad. Regular checks help you catch problems early, especially during dose adjustments in the first few months. Schedule a full glucose curve every three months, along with urine tests and weight reviews. Cataracts, kidney issues, and dental problems need extra attention in diabetic dogs, so keep up with regular baths and coat care using items from the dog grooming collection. Small, steady daily habits protect long-term health more than any single intervention. Also invest in a good glucometer, clean lancets, and a dedicated storage box for your dog medical supplies. Watch for changes in appetite, water intake, or urination volume, since these are usually the first clues that a dose adjustment is needed. Take clear photos of any eye changes and share them with your vet during video consultations, which are now widely available across Indian cities and small towns alike.

Final Thoughts

Managing a diabetic dog in India takes commitment, but it becomes second nature within a few weeks of practice. Stick to fixed meal and injection times, choose the right food, monitor at home, and stay in touch with your veterinarian. With patience, consistency, and a little planning around our climate, your dog can enjoy many more happy, healthy years by your side. Reach out to your veterinarian at the first sign of anything unusual, and never adjust insulin doses on your own.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can diabetes in dogs be cured?

Canine diabetes cannot be cured, but it can be managed successfully for many years with insulin, diet control, and routine care. Most dogs live a normal lifespan when the condition is monitored closely and treatment stays consistent.

How much does insulin cost for dogs in India?

A vial of veterinary insulin like Caninsulin typically costs between 1,200 and 2,500 rupees and lasts three to six weeks depending on the dose. Human insulin variants prescribed by your vet may cost less but require careful dosing adjustments.

Can I give home-cooked food to my diabetic dog?

Yes, but only under the guidance of a veterinary nutritionist. A balanced mix of lean protein, fibre-rich vegetables, and complex carbohydrates works best. Avoid white rice, sugar, jaggery, and refined flour completely.

What are the signs of low blood sugar in dogs?

Trembling, weakness, confusion, drooling, unsteady walking, and collapse are common signs of hypoglycemia. Rub honey or glucose paste on the gums immediately and rush to the nearest veterinary clinic without delay.

Is exercise safe for diabetic dogs?

Yes, moderate daily exercise improves insulin sensitivity and helps control weight. Stick to gentle walks at consistent times and avoid intense play right before an injection, since it can cause blood sugar to drop suddenly.

Can diabetic dogs eat fruits?

Small amounts of low-sugar fruits like blueberries, cucumber, or a slice of apple are safe. Avoid mangoes, grapes, bananas, and chikoo, which are high in natural sugars and can spike glucose levels quickly.

Post-Surgical Recovery Kits for Dogs: What You Actually Need

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 16:00:06 +0700

Bringing your dog home after surgery is equal parts relief and worry. The vet has done their part, and now the healing shifts to your living room. Whether it is a spay, neuter, orthopaedic repair, dental extraction, or a tumour removal, the first two weeks matter the most. A well-stocked recovery kit helps you stay calm, keeps your dog comfortable, and lowers the chance of complications like infections, torn stitches, or re-injury. This guide walks you through what to actually keep ready at home, based on what most Indian pet parents genuinely need, not a long shopping list of extras.

Why a Thoughtful Recovery Kit Matters

Surgery is only step one of healing. The real work happens over the next 10 to 14 days, when your dog is groggy, sore, and often confused about why they cannot jump on the sofa. Having supplies ready before you bring them home means no last-minute chemist runs during a monsoon downpour or a hot Delhi afternoon. According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, most post-operative complications in pets, such as infections or reopened incisions, happen because of self-trauma or poor home care during the first week. A prepared kit removes that stress. It also helps you spot problems early, which is often the difference between a quick call to the vet and an emergency visit.

The Recovery Collar or Suit: Your First Line of Defence

The classic plastic Elizabethan collar, known as the cone, still does its job of preventing licking and biting at stitches. However, many dogs find it noisy and stressful, especially in small Indian apartments where they keep bumping into furniture. Softer alternatives now include inflatable donut collars, padded fabric cones, and full-body recovery suits. The American Kennel Club notes that any barrier that stops a dog from reaching the surgical site is acceptable, so long as it stays on around the clock, including during sleep. Full-body suits are particularly useful for spay incisions or belly stitches because they double as a light cover against dust and mosquitoes. For long-haired breeds, they also stop fur from falling into the wound. Keep a spare so you always have a clean one while the other is being washed.

Wound Care and Hygiene Essentials

Your vet will usually send you home with specific instructions, but a few basics belong in every kit. Sterile saline solution is gentle for cleaning around stitches if any crust or discharge appears. Cotton pads work better than cotton balls because they leave fewer fibres behind. Keep a small pair of blunt-tipped scissors handy for trimming fur that might irritate the incision. Avoid hydrogen peroxide, Dettol, or turmeric pastes on the wound itself unless your vet specifically approves them, since these can slow healing. A mild, vet-approved antiseptic wipe is enough for the surrounding skin. Skip regular baths for at least 10 days. If your dog gets dirty, use a damp cloth or a waterless shampoo made for dogs. You can find gentle options in the dog grooming range that are safe for sensitive post-surgical skin.

A Quiet, Comfortable Resting Zone

Set up a low, padded space where your dog can rest without needing to climb or jump. An orthopaedic or memory-foam mattress supports sore joints and reduces pressure on stitches. Place it in a cool, low-traffic corner away from the main door, children playing, and other pets. Add a soft blanket they already know by smell, since familiarity lowers anxiety. For dogs recovering from orthopaedic procedures, a crate or an exercise pen prevents wandering, which the ASPCA recommends for the first week to limit sudden movement. If your dog usually sleeps on your bed, consider moving to the floor with them for a few nights so they do not try to jump up. Explore a supportive option from the dog beds collection sized for your breed. Keep the space well-ventilated but not directly under a fan or AC vent, since chilled air on a shaved surgical site can cause stiffness.

Food, Water, and Medication Support

Anaesthesia can leave dogs nauseous for 24 to 48 hours, so start with small, bland meals of boiled chicken and rice or a prescription recovery diet. Elevated bowls reduce strain if your dog cannot bend comfortably, which is common after orthopaedic surgery. Fresh water should always be within reach, but in a shallow, spill-proof bowl to avoid mess if they are unsteady on their feet. A pill pocket, a small piece of paneer, or a dab of xylitol-free peanut butter makes tablet time far easier. Keep a written schedule of medications on the fridge, since it is easy to lose track of doses when you are sleep-deprived. Probiotics and joint supplements may be recommended by your vet to support gut health after antibiotics and to speed tissue recovery. Browse the dog supplements range for options your vet has cleared. Never give human painkillers like paracetamol or ibuprofen, as PetMD warns these can be fatal to dogs even in small amounts.

Mobility Aids and Movement Restriction

For larger breeds or dogs recovering from leg, hip, or spine surgery, a support sling or a harness with a handle helps you guide them safely to the toilet area without lifting their full weight. A short, non-retractable leash keeps walks controlled and slow. Baby gates are useful for blocking staircases in duplex homes, and non-slip mats or old cotton rugs help on smooth marble or tile floors, which can be treacherous for a wobbly dog. If your dog usually rides in the car for vet follow-ups, a padded car seat cover and a low ramp make the trip easier. You can find useful mobility and safety options in the dog travel accessories section.

Monitoring Recovery at Home

Keep a simple daily log for the first week. Note appetite, water intake, toilet habits, energy level, and how the incision looks. Take a phone photo of the wound every morning in good light so you can spot changes early. Mild swelling and a thin pinkish line are normal, but call the vet immediately if you see pus, a strong smell, gaping stitches, or if your dog seems unusually lethargic, refuses food for more than 24 hours, or has repeated vomiting. A digital thermometer is a useful addition. A dog’s normal temperature ranges between 38 and 39.2 degrees Celsius, and anything above 39.5 needs attention. Save your vet’s number and the nearest 24-hour clinic on speed dial.

Indian Climate and Home Considerations

Recovery in India brings its own challenges. During monsoon, dampness slows wound healing and increases infection risk, so keep the resting area dry and change bedding often. In peak summer, especially in cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, or Chennai, dehydration can undo good recovery, so encourage frequent small sips of water and consider adding a little unsalted bone broth if your vet approves. Mosquitoes and flies can trouble a lying-down dog, so a fine mesh net over the crate helps without needing chemical repellents near the wound. Avoid festival crowds and loud fireworks around Diwali if your dog is still healing, since stress and sudden movements can pull stitches. Street noise, doorbells, and construction sounds are also worth managing during the first sensitive week.

Final Word

A good recovery kit is not about buying everything on the shelf. It is about having the right basics ready so your dog can heal calmly, and you can breathe easier through those first tender days at home.

Frequently Asked Questions

How long does a dog usually need a recovery kit after surgery?

Most dogs need active recovery support for 10 to 14 days. Orthopaedic and major abdominal surgeries can extend this to 6 to 8 weeks, with reduced activity throughout the period.

Can I remove my dog’s cone when I am watching them?

It is safer to keep the cone or recovery suit on at all times, including during meals and sleep. Dogs can lick or chew stitches in seconds, and most post-surgical infections start this way.

What should I feed my dog right after surgery?

Offer small portions of bland, easy-to-digest food like boiled chicken and plain rice for the first 24 to 48 hours. Return to the regular diet gradually once appetite is normal and there is no vomiting.

Is it normal for my dog to shiver or seem restless after surgery?

Mild shivering from anaesthesia wearing off is common in the first 12 hours. Persistent shivering, whining, or restlessness beyond a day may indicate pain and needs a vet call.

Can I bathe my dog after surgery?

Avoid baths for at least 10 to 14 days or until your vet confirms the stitches have healed. Spot-clean with a damp cloth or a waterless dog shampoo if needed.

When should I call the vet during recovery?

Contact your vet if you notice swelling, pus, bleeding, a bad smell from the wound, refusal to eat for more than a day, repeated vomiting, unusual lethargy, or a fever above 39.5 degrees Celsius.

Center for Aquaculture Technologies Welcomes Thomas Delomas as New Quantitative Geneticist

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 05:50:11 +0700

Expanding our breeding expertise to support growing demand across North America

At Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT), we’re seeing more aquaculture producers turn to genetics and genomics to improve the performance, resilience, and profitability of their breeding programs. As demand for genetic services grows across the US and Canada, we’re expanding our team.

We’re pleased to welcome Dr. Thomas Delomas as our new Quantitative Geneticist.

Tom brings more than a decade of experience in aquaculture genetics, working across a wide range of finfish and shellfish species. His experience spans selective breeding, genetic diversity management, hormonal sex reversal, induced polyploidy, statistical and bioinformatic innovation, and the development and application of genomic tools.

His time working as a geneticist for the Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission and the USDA Agricultural Research Service has given Tom the opportunity to develop new genomic tools, integrate technological advancements into breeding programs, and see firsthand the benefits that genomics can deliver.

“My interest in aquaculture started for a simple reason – I like to eat fish!” says Tom. “That has led to over a decade working in aquaculture genetics across a wide range of finfish and shellfish species.”

Expanding our capacity for clients

Tom joins CAT at a time when more producers are exploring how genotyping, genomic selection, and advanced breeding techniques can help them make faster, more informed decisions.

Tom will work directly with CAT clients to develop and implement breeding strategies, apply genomic technologies, and turn complex genetic data into practical breeding decisions.

“Every aquaculture company and every species is unique,” says Tom. “I’m most looking forward to working with each client to create a tailored approach for improved performance.”

Welcoming Tom, Genetic Services Lead for the US and Canada, Dr. Samuel May adds, “We’re excited to have Tom joining the team. His deep analytical and strategic experience ranging across species from koi to salmon to oysters strengthens our ability to support diverse clients and provide further hands-on expertise.”

Bringing genetics into practice

Tom was drawn to CAT because of the opportunity to work directly with producers.

“The cost of developing and using genomic tools has fallen dramatically over the past several years, making it the perfect time for the aquaculture industry to implement these techniques. I was drawn to CAT because the team here is perfectly positioned to make this happen for our clients,” shares Tom.

Supporting the next generation of breeding programs

Bringing Tom on board gives CAT greater capacity to work even closer with producers, take on new breeding challenges, and help clients get more value from the genetic data they are already collecting.

“Tom brings a great combination of highly technical knowledge and applied breeding experience. We’re looking forward to seeing the impact he’ll have with our clients,” concludes Sam.

Tom’s arrival is another step in CAT’s continued investment in the people and expertise needed to help aquaculture producers achieve greater genetic gain and build breeding programs for the future.

The post Center for Aquaculture Technologies Welcomes Thomas Delomas as New Quantitative Geneticist appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

First operational welfare indicator protocol for seawater rainbow trout sets 33 measurable indicators

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 05:45:06 +0700

Editorial Staff | Aquaculture Magazine

Source: Centre for Aquaculture Progress · Operational Welfare Indicator Protocol for ongrowing rainbow trout in seawater, version 1.0, 2026 · Available on the CAP OWI Protocol Hub as an interactive version and as a PDF download

The Centre for Aquaculture Progress has published what it describes as the first assessment tool of its kind for farmed rainbow trout in seawater systems, defining 33 indicators with a common four-tier scoring scale so that auditors and farm managers assess the same thing in the same way.

Operational welfare indicators across three categories
CAP Protocol v1.0, 2026

0–3

Scoring levels applied to every indicator, in four tiers
Common scale across the protocol

Certification schemes the protocol is designed to align with
RSPCA Assured and ASC

The protocol addresses a gap in how trout welfare is assessed on seawater farms

The Centre for Aquaculture Progress has launched an Operational Welfare Indicator (OWI) Protocol for ongrowing rainbow trout raised in seawater. According to the organisation, it is the first assessment tool of its kind for farmed rainbow trout in seawater systems, and the first in a series of OWI protocols the Centre plans to release.

The protocol is aimed at three groups with different needs: farm personnel carrying out routine welfare monitoring, and certification bodies, auditors and buyers verifying it. It is designed to align with the welfare monitoring and assessment requirements of key certification schemes, specifically RSPCA Assured and the Aquaculture Stewardship Council.

“Standards for farmed trout already exist, but the welfare requirements in them vary a lot in depth and in how well they can be assessed on a farm. What we tried to do here was to be more specific: state what should be measured, how, and what counts as acceptable, so that either an auditor or a farm manager are looking at the same thing.” — Marco Cerqueira, CCMAR, University of Algarve

Figure 1. The protocol organises its 33 indicators into individual-based, group-based and environmental categories. Source: Centre for Aquaculture Progress.

The 33 indicators are split between individual, group and environmental measures

The protocol organises its indicators into three categories, each capturing a different level of observation on the farm.

Table 1. Structure of the OWI protocol

Category	Indicators	Level of observation
Individual-based	14	The individual fish
Group-based	5	The population in the unit
Environmental	14	The rearing environment
Total	33	—

Source: CAP Operational Welfare Indicator Protocol for ongrowing rainbow trout in seawater, version 1.0. Swipe horizontally on small screens.

Every indicator carries a four-tier scoring system with reference images

Each of the 33 indicators is accompanied by its own scoring system, split into four tiers comprising levels 0 to 3. The protocol also includes reference images and scoring guidance intended for practical application in the field.

That combination is what distinguishes an operational protocol from a written standard. A requirement stated in words leaves the threshold to the judgement of whoever is holding the clipboard; a scored indicator with a reference image narrows that margin.

The stated purpose is convergence: that an auditor and a farm manager assessing the same fish arrive at the same score.

Marco Cerqueira (CCMAR, University of Algarve), who collaborated closely on the development of the protocol. Photo: Centre for Aquaculture Progress.

Development involved research institutes, certifiers, academia, NGOs and producers

The protocol was developed in close collaboration with Marco Cerqueira of CCMAR at the University of Algarve. Jonatan Nilsson and Angelico Madaro at the Institute of Marine Research provided detailed review and extensive contribution to the document.

The Centre also reports feedback from a number of other industry stakeholders, including individuals from certification bodies, academia, NGOs and producers. That breadth matters for a tool whose value depends on being accepted by both the party being audited and the party auditing.

Figure 2. Every indicator is scored across four tiers, levels 0 to 3, with reference images for field application. The example shows operculum damage. Source: Centre for Aquaculture Progress.

The protocol is available in interactive and PDF formats

The document is published on the CAP OWI Protocol Hub as an interactive online version and as a PDF download. It is identified as version 1.0, dated 2026, and is described as the first in a planned series covering additional species and production systems.

Questions this article answers

What does the CAP protocol cover?

Operational welfare assessment of ongrowing rainbow trout raised in seawater. It defines 33 operational welfare indicators: 14 individual-based, 5 group-based and 14 environmental, each with its own scoring system.

How are the indicators scored?

Each indicator uses a scoring system split into four tiers comprising levels 0 to 3. The protocol supplies reference images and scoring guidance so that the same observation produces the same score in the field.

Who is the protocol intended for?

Farm personnel carrying out routine welfare monitoring, and certification bodies, auditors and buyers. It is designed to align with the welfare monitoring and assessment requirements of RSPCA Assured and the Aquaculture Stewardship Council.

How does it differ from existing trout standards?

According to Marco Cerqueira of CCMAR, existing standards vary considerably in the depth of their welfare requirements and in how well those requirements can be assessed on a farm. The protocol specifies what should be measured, how, and what counts as acceptable.

Where can the protocol be obtained?

On the CAP OWI Protocol Hub, as an interactive online version and as a PDF download. It is version 1.0, published in 2026, and the first in a planned series of OWI protocols.

Sources and method

Primary source. Centre for Aquaculture Progress, Operational Welfare Indicator (OWI) Protocol for ongrowing rainbow trout raised in seawater, version 1.0, 2026. Published on the CAP OWI Protocol Hub. Organisation website: centreforaquacultureprogress.org.

Contributors named by the Centre. Marco Cerqueira (CCMAR, University of Algarve), developed in close collaboration; Jonatan Nilsson and Angelico Madaro (Institute of Marine Research), detailed review and contribution; additional feedback from individuals at certification bodies, academia, NGOs and producers.

Editorial note. This article reports the launch of a protocol published by the Centre for Aquaculture Progress. The figures, categories and scoring structure are those stated by the organisation. Aquaculture Magazine has not independently evaluated the protocol in field conditions, and no performance or validation data accompanying its use has been published at the time of writing.

About the Centre for Aquaculture Progress

The Centre for Aquaculture Progress accelerates the adoption of science-based and sustainable fish welfare improvements in European aquaculture. The Centre focuses on solutions that work better for everyone: practical for farmers, affordable for consumers, and better for fish.

Pangea Reptile Partners with John Ball Zoo on New Frog and Friends Enclosure

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 05:40:02 +0700

We’ve been working on something behind the scenes that we’re incredibly excited to share! For those who don’t know, Pangea Reptile’s headquarters is located in Zeeland, MI, just about 30 minutes from downtown Grand Rapids, where the John Ball Zoo is located. We’re excited to announce that we are partnering with the John Ball Zoo to help build out a new enclosure for their Frogs & Friends space!

Last week our team visited John Ball Zoo to scope out the space and start planning out the build. While we were there, we also donated a large amount of wood that was too large to ship via mail. Rather than letting it go to waste, that wood is being repurposed and distributed throughout the zoo for other animals to enjoy including the Lynx, Woodpeckers, and more! Here is a pic of the Lynx with some of our Cork Bark, he used it as a scratching post right away!

As part of this partnership, we will be designing and building a new Chameleon enclosure that will be showcased in the Frogs & Friends space. The new exhibit is planned to be built over the fall/winter season, with a grand opening in Spring 2027. We can't wait to share more as the project progresses, stay tuned!

How we choose your Mystery Gecko Morph

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 02:00:06 +0700

Not sure what morph you want for your next pet crested gecko? Why not roll for it and let fate decide?

When you purchase a Mystery Morph Keeper's Choice Gecko, instead of picking the morph yourself, you let us roll for it using percentile dice and our population roll table.

How We Built the Roll Table

We calculated what percentage of our gecko population each morph makes up. The number tied to each morph maps directly to that morph's share of our population, so a roll simulates a random pick from every gecko we have on hand.

How the Roll Works

To keep every roll fair, we use a cork tube dice tower. For each gecko purchased, we film the dice drop and send you the results by email. When it's time to ship, we pick a gecko that matches the roll and send it your way. The exact gecko stays a mystery until you open the box.

We may also feature rolls and gecko reveals on our social media, so if you order a Mystery Morph, keep an eye on our accounts. You might catch a sneak peek of your gecko before it arrives.

How to Read Percentile Dice

If you haven't played a tabletop RPG before, percentile dice might be unfamiliar. Two dice are rolled together to produce one number between 1 and 100. The tens-place die (00–90) gives the first digit, and the ones-place die (0–9) gives the second. For example:

10 and 0 = 10
20 and 8 = 28
00 and 1 = 1
00 and 0 = 100

The dice drop into a cork bark tube, bouncing and rolling down to keep every result random.

Try Your Luck

Curious what morph you'd get? Run a random number generator a few times and check it against the table. Or skip the guessing and let fate decide for real: order a Mystery Morph Keeper's Choice Gecko today.

Dual HVT recombinant and live attenuated vaccine programs enhance overall protection against ILT and ND

Edusehat — Fri, 04 Sep 2026 01:45:04 +0700

Research has highlighted the health and production benefits of using recombinant HVT vaccines at the hatchery alongside live vaccines against infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) and Newcastle disease (ND).

Controlling ILT is a priority for broiler producers in regions where the virus is endemic, particularly during the fall and winter periods, when lower temperatures and concurrent respiratory challenges increase disease pressure.

The clinical presentation of ILT in long-lived birds can pose challenges when managing flocks in the field, Ivan Alvarado, DVM, PhD, associate director at Merck Animal Health, explained.

“A particular characteristic of ILT is that when you realize your birds are sick, those birds have been spreading the virus for many days,” he said. He noted that infected but clinically asymptomatic flocks can enable the spread of the disease through movement of personnel or equipment to susceptible farms.

Changes in how birds are handled and moved during high-risk periods can help curb the spread of disease, but vaccines are needed in endemic areas.

In broilers, preventative programs often use recombinant HVT products at the hatchery, such as Merck Animal Health’s Innovax® range, alongside live chicken-embryo-origin (CEO) vaccines, with some variation depending on US state regulations and producer preferences. Although HVT vaccines are known for their safety and efficacy, CEO vaccines have been associated with reversion to virulence and adverse effects on performance in some cases.¹

For longer-living birds, such as commercial layers or broiler breeders, tissue culture origin (TCO) vaccines are available, providing good protection without the potentially negative effects associated with CEO vaccines.

Enhancing protection of long-life birds against ILT

Research conducted at the Poultry Diagnostic and Research Center at the University of Georgia focused on using Innovax® HVT-ND-ILT and LT-IVAX® vaccines, both alone and in combination, against ILT challenge in longer-living birds.² Chickens in the study fell into five groups:

HVT-ND-ILT alone
Live TCO ILT vaccine alone
HVT-ND-ILT and Live TCO ILT vaccine
Unvaccinated, challenged
Unvaccinated, unchallenged

The researchers administered HVT-ND-ILT subcutaneously at day of age and performed live TCO ILT vaccination by eye drop at 10 weeks. They challenged the birds at 15 weeks via intratracheal and eye-drop routes with a highly virulent strain. To assess the efficacy of the dual program, they evaluated clinical signs, shedding of the challenge virus in the trachea, mortality and ability to transmit the virus to naive birds.

They observed no mortality in the group vaccinated with both the HVT-ND-ILT and the LT-IVAX vaccines, compared with 95% survivability in the group vaccinated with the HVT-ND-ILT vaccine alone and 87.5% in the group receiving the TCO ILT vaccine alone. Survivability was only 41.7% in the unvaccinated, challenged group, corroborating the virulence of the challenge virus.

Striking results on viral shedding

The researchers also saw the lowest clinical signs in dually vaccinated birds, while viral shedding was lowest in the dually vaccinated and TCO groups.

The shedding recorded in the dually vaccinated group was comparable to that of the unvaccinated, unchallenged control, and the introduction of the contact-naive, unvaccinated birds post-challenge further confirmed this. Here, the team recorded no infection of naïve birds from the group that received the dual program.

“We have recommended that our customers with long-lived birds use the recombinant HVT-ND-ILT vaccine at the hatchery and the TCO ILT vaccine at about 10 to 12 weeks of age by eye drop. When implementing a dual vaccination program, outstanding protection has been observed in endemic areas time and time again,” Alvarado said.

“Running this study under controlled conditions not only supported our field observations but also showed us where the dual program makes a difference. We found that it not only better controls clinical signs associated with the challenge virus, but also essentially eliminated viral shedding.

“There was no transmission of the virus after challenge because birds vaccinated with the dual program had solid local and systemic protection, preventing the challenge virus from replicating to levels compatible with horizontal transmission to naïve birds.”

Tackling the evolving threat of Newcastle disease

ND remains a concern for managers of US broiler flocks in some states due to its potential role in complicated respiratory conditions, elevated mortality and the possible presence of virulent strains.

A second study, conducted at the National Poultry Research Center (SPRL), evaluated combinations of Innovax HVT-ND-IBD administered subcutaneously at day of age with a commercial Newhatch-C2® live vaccine administered by coarse spray.³] The groups were:

HVT-ND-IBD at day 1
HVT-ND-IBD and live C2 vaccine at day 1
HVT-ND-IBD at day 1 plus live vaccine C2 at day 11
Live C2 vaccine at day 1 and 11
Unvaccinated

The study also explored the use of two challenge times: 3 and 4 weeks of age. For the challenge, the researchers used the California 2018 strain of ND virus, a highly virulent strain that causes severe illness and mortality in the field.

HVT and live vaccine at hatchery bring best results

All vaccinated birds had 100% survival when challenged at 3 weeks of age, with a slight drop-off at 4 weeks in the group receiving two live vaccines. In contrast, 100% mortality was observed in the non-vaccinated challenged group, with birds dying before day 5 post-challenge. Similar to the ILT study, the team recorded the most notable results in viral shedding.

The data suggested that the best combination overall was the use of the recombinant HVT-ND-IBD vaccine plus the live Newhatch-C2 vaccine at day one. This approach resulted in no clinical signs, a higher antibody response and reduced viral shedding across time points in the study.

Strong challenges call for dual approach

Alvarado noted that his colleagues have seen particular success using dual vaccination approaches in areas where ILT and ND are considered endemic, or in flocks placed on farms with previous outbreaks. “My advice is, when you have a strong challenge, think about adding a live vaccine to your recombinant vaccine,” he said.

“This elicits local immunity, which is critical for the protection against respiratory diseases such as ILT and ND. It doesn’t have to be a very strong live vaccine; it can be mild. You just need that synergy, which is going to give you the best performance during the whole production cycle.”

“By protecting broilers and long-life birds against ILT and ND, they can achieve their genetic potential, optimizing performance,” he added. “The cost of the program is largely insignificant if you can prevent the adverse effects associated with these potentially devastating diseases from occurring.”

1 García M. 2017. Current and future vaccines and vaccination strategies against infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) respiratory disease of poultry. Vet Microbiol. 206:157–62.
2 Becerra R, Maekawa D, García M. 2023. Protection efficacy of recombinant HVT-ND-LT and the live attenuated tissue culture origin vaccines against infectious laryngotracheitis virus when administered individually or in combination. Avian Dis. 67(2):145–52.
3 Ferreira HL, Reilley AM, Goldenberg D, Ortiz IR, Gallardo RA, Suarez DL. 2020. Protection conferred by commercial NDV live attenuated and double recombinant HVT vaccines against virulent California 2018 Newcastle disease virus (NDV) in chickens. Vaccine. 38(34):5507–15.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Dual HVT recombinant and live attenuated vaccine programs enhance overall protection against ILT and ND appeared first on Modern Poultry.

USPOULTRY opens preproposal submissions for 2027 spring research competition; deadline Nov. 2

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 22:05:10 +0700

The U.S. Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY) and the USPOULTRY Foundation are accepting research preproposals for the 2027 Spring Research Competition. Colleges, universities and research institutions are invited to submit preproposals by Nov. 2.

USPOULTRY research funding supports projects that address broad industry needs and deliver practical, science-based benefits to the poultry and egg industries, including animal welfare; breeder management for turkeys and broilers; meat bird management; commercial egg production; poultry health and disease; environmental management; food safety; hatchery management; nutrition; processing; and employee safety and health. Research focused primarily on the development, validation or advancement of a specific commercial product or technology, as well as projects receiving substantial commercial support, may be less likely to receive funding.

Applicants should submit a one-page synopsis outlining the proposed research project and its potential benefit to the industry. USPOULTRY’s Foundation Research Advisory Committee, composed of poultry industry professionals, will evaluate the preproposals and invite full proposals for projects that demonstrate relevance to current industry needs and research priorities. Final funding decisions for the 2027 Spring Research Competition will be announced in April 2027.

USPOULTRY updates its research priorities every two years to reflect evolving challenges and opportunities across the poultry and egg industries. The complete 2026–2028 Research Priorities are available on the USPOULTRY website. Innovative research concepts outside the identified priorities are also encouraged and will be considered based on demonstrated industry need.

Since the program’s inception, USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation have invested more than $39 million in research grants supporting projects at more than 50 universities and federal and state facilities.

For detailed submission guidelines and to review the 2026–2028 Research Priorities, visit the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

FEFAC initial assessment of drought impact on EU feed supply chains and possible mitigation measures

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 18:30:10 +0700

FEFAC’s national feed industry associations confirmed significant adverse impacts from repeated heatwaves in many EU Member States, both in Central, Southern and SouthEastern Europe as well as in key production regions in North-Western Europe. This assessment aligns with findings highlighted in the JRC MARS report , published last week and the initial impact assessment published by Copa-Cogeca.

The most severe impacts on the feed supply chains are the shortage of forages and summer crops, which mainly affect the cattle population, with farmers forced to already start feeding winter silage/forages increasing feed insecurity. The expected substantial shortfall in EU maize production will further exacerbate pressure on the feed supply chain in the coming months, reducing availability of both maize silage and maize grain on the EU market.

This exceptional situation, already considered worse than the last major EU heat wave recorded in 2018, calls for exceptional measures to help facilitate the EU feed supply chain’s coordinated efforts to alleviate pressure on the supply of essential feed grains and forages. FEFAC members are fully engaged in assisting and supporting downstream value chain partner efforts, ensuring feed and food security and business continuity at the livestock farm level, while safeguarding animal welfare through adaptation of diet formulations to cope with heat stress. However, further contingency measures are urgently required at EU level to help mitigate and prevent the growing risk of disruption of essential feed supplies, particularly in the ruminant sector.

In our view, the drought situation calls in particular for initiating again the full range of EU crisis mitigation measures released in 2022 as part of the response to the combined effects of the COVID crisis the direct impact of the Russian invasion in Ukraine, which led to a severe disruption and shortfall in the availability of feed grains, in particular maize, for which the EU faces a structural deficit.

FEFAC experts’ feed market impact analysis

At this stage, FEFAC market experts expect an additional import need for the EU in the new marketing year of more than 7 mio. tons of maize, leading to a total EU import estimate of more than 26 mio. tons (main origins: Ukraine, USA, Brazil). This situation also requires facilitating access to feed grains from other Third Countries to diversify the sourcing;
Increased market access to imported fibre crops / co-products is also essential especially for ruminants to compensate for the loss of forages (Palm Kernel Expeller, sugar beet pulp, distiller grains). Concerning PKE, the current implementation date of 31/12/2026 for the EU Deforestation Regulation will significantly reduce market availability (current EU imports reach 2 mio. tons / annually);
A lower forage harvest means also increasing the EU feed protein deficit, including for organic feed materials. This will lead to additional pressure and demand on import of soy products used in feed. FEFAC’s latest EUDR trade disruption and economic impact assessment indicates additional direct feed sourcing costs for soy products of more than 1 bio. € for 2027, with no guarantees on sufficient market availability to meet expected increased EU import demand (35 mio. tons in 2025). This is economically unviable for EU livestock farmers in the context of depressed prices for most livestock products.

FEFAC recommendations on mitigation measures to ensure feed supply security

In our first evaluation, the EU authorities should envisage the following targeted short-term mitigation measures to strengthen the EU feed chain’s capabilities to compensate (at least partially) for the shortfall of forages and feed grain crops: The EU should:

ensure open transit of and market access to feed grains originating in Ukraine; o consider temporary derogations at national level, where necessary, for setting risk based MRL’s for imported feed grains destined for exclusive feed use, subject to EFSA evaluation to ensure feed safety, as have been granted in 2022 in compliance with the EU legislation;
suspend application of EUDR for Palm Kernel Expeller, to safeguard market access to a key alternative fibre source for ruminants in 2027;
speed up work for further real simplification measures and reduction of administrative burden for operators, linked to EUDR implementation for soy products used in feed;
consider extension of the EU temporary derogations for protein sources in organic feed, and for forages.

In addition, the EU and Member States should allow for temporary derogations at national level for feed truck driving hours incl an increase of max load for “cross-border” feed transports to 44 tons (national derogations exist but are currently not applicable for cross-border transport of feed to drought -stricken regions), including further state aid measures reducing fuel costs in the feed chain. These derogations are necessary due to continued low water levels in main inland shipping corridors, requiring transfer of significant volumes of feed materials to road and rail transport, increasing feed transport costs.

FEFAC calls also for mid-to longer term measures:

The EU should accelerate ongoing efforts to strengthen the resilience of home-grown production of feed grains and forages as laid down in the recently published EU Protein Action Plan. This includes improved seeds for drought-resistant crops using NGT technology;
Targeted investments via European Competitiveness Fund (ECF) in EU transport logistics and infrastructure, incl storage capacity, which could lower costs in moving feed grains and forages from EU feed grain surplus regions to deficit areas;
FEFAC also urges the European Commission to broaden the scope of the Food and Feed Safety Omnibus package, including the ABP legislation and other parts of the EU feed legislation, which could facilitate availability of safe, circular alternative feed resources; o FEFAC strongly recommends establishing a biomass balance sheet both at national and EU level to better monitor availability of eligible Biomass resources for feed use, including co-products from biofuel and other food and non-food industries.

Source: FEFAC press release

Get poultry industry news directly on Telegram

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 14:55:10 +0700

Stay up to date with the latest news and developments from the international poultry industry.

By joining the Zootecnica Poultry Magazine Telegram channel, you can receive our latest website articles, technical insights and every new issue of the digital magazine directly on Telegram.

A simple way to keep up with the content published by Zootecnica Poultry Magazine, all in one place.

👉 Join our Telegram channel
https://t.me/zootecnicapoultrymagazine

How Do Cats See the World?

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 04:40:07 +0700

Ever wondered what your cat actually sees? Cats experience the world differently than we do, with remarkable low-light vision and an ability to detect movement that makes them exceptional hunters. New insights from Nicky Trevorrow, Behaviour Manager at Cats Protection and cat expert for Petplan, reveal interesting facts about how cats perceive colour, movement, and space.

The Science Behind How Cats See

Can Cats See in the Dark?

No, contrary to popular belief, cats cannot see in complete darkness. But their eyes are exceptionally well adapted to low-light conditions, giving them much better nighttime vision than humans. Due to their larger corneas their nighttime vision is eight times better than a human’s, allowing cats to detect things in low-light levels.

A cat’s night-time vision is eight times better than that of a human.

What Colours Can Cats See?

Cats don’t see the full range of colours that humans do. They have difficulty distinguishing reds and greens, while blue and yellow shades are easier for them to see. That’s why blue or yellow toys may stand out more clearly to your cat.

Though greens and reds are harder for cats to make out, fast-moving objects or vehicles appear more intense. Cats have a blind spot right under their chin.

Blue or yellow toys may stand out more clearly to your cat.

How Does Cat Vision Help Them Hunt?

Compared to a dog’s 20/75 vision, cats have slightly better long-distance vision at 20/30. They also have a wide 200-degree field of vision (20 degrees more than humans), allowing them to detect movement from the sides, making them excellent hunters.

“Knowing how your cat sees the world—including their need to be close to objects to see them clearly—helps us better understand their behaviours, from those intense stares to their sudden pounces,” says Trevorrow.

How to Create a Cat-Friendly Space

While cats struggle to see reds and greens, their eyes are alive to movements and shapes, and the way that light is reflected.
Selecting toys in shades of blue or yellow can help your cat to spot it better.
Colour isn’t everything; cats are excited by motion.
Despite the popular belief, cats cannot see in complete darkness.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post How Do Cats See the World? appeared first on Modern Cat.

Why Is My Cat Drooling? What Cat Drooling Means

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 04:40:06 +0700

If your cat is extremely relaxed, happy, purring, being petted, or in the throes of a catnip high, drooling can be normal. However, if the drooling is unexpected, excessive, or accompanied by other signs like bad breath, not eating, or lethargy, it may indicate medical issues, like dental problems, nausea, or toxin exposure. Here’s what to look for.

Why Cats Drool

The first question to ask yourself is, is this normal for my cat? Veterinarian Dr. Julie Hunt says that while it might be typical for your cat to occasionally drool when happy or excited, in general, you shouldn’t notice your cat drooling. If the drooling is abnormal for your cat, check with your vet.

Normal Reasons Cats Drool

Normal reasons that cats occasionally drool include deep relaxation and happiness or excitement. Normal drooling tends to be situational and lasts for only a short time.

Happiness and Excitement

This is usually a smaller amount of drool and is temporary. A good clue that your cat is drooling due to contentment is that it is paired with other behaviours, such as:

Purring
Kneading with paws or “making biscuits”
Relaxed posture with loose body language and soft eyes
Rubbing their heads and bodies against you or headbunting
Slow blinking
Sleep: Cats, like people, may occasionally drool in their sleep. This generally indicates they are deeply relaxed.
Catnip: Catnip can cause drooling in some cats. Because catnip is a stimulant, it can trigger drooling, along with behaviours like licking, rubbing, and rolling.
Medication: Liquid medications, particularly those that are bitter, like antibiotics, can cause drooling. If your cat continues to drool more than 20 minutes after their medication was given, it might mean the medicine is making them feel nauseous, says Dr. Hunt.
Anticipation of Food: Though more common in dogs, some cats may drool in anticipation of a favourite meal.

Abnormal Reasons Cats Drool

A range of issues can cause abnormal drooling in cats, including medical conditions and stress.

Dental Issues

Dental problems are one of the most common causes of drooling in cats, says Dr. Maggie Placer, DMV, Science Program Manager for EveryCat Foundation. Oral issues that can cause drooling in cats include dental disease, viral infections, and oral masses. In addition to drooling, you might notice symptoms like:

Red, painful, and swollen gums
Bad breath
Difficulty eating
Pawing at the mouth due to pain or irritation
Nausea: Cats may drool due to nausea. This may be caused by something they’ve eaten, GI upset, or car or air travel.
Toxins: Ingesting something they aren’t supposed to can cause cats to drool. This drooling may be caused by irritation of their mouth or esophagus, GI upset, or the nervous system producing more saliva.

Common toxins for cats include:

Human foods like chocolate, onions, garlic, and grapes
Household plants like lilies, azaleas, tulips, and daffodils
Medications like ibuprofen, antidepressants, sleeping pills, and cold and flu medication
Household products like cleaners, essential oils, antifreeze, and fertilizers
If you think your cat has ingested a toxin, immediately see a vet or call the Pet Poison Hotline

Stress/Anxiety

High stress and anxiety, such as during car rides or vet visits, can sometimes cause drooling in cats. Look for other signs of stress, says Dr. Hunt, including hiding, flattened ears, hissing, growling, or snapping.

Less Common: Trauma to the Head or Neck/Throat or Swallowing Issues/Salivary Gland Disease/Neurological Diseases

Less common issues that can cause drooling in cats include trauma to the head or neck, salivary gland disease, throat issues or neurological problems. If you see symptoms such as head shaking or head tilt, coughing, or difficulty swallowing, eating, breathing, or walking, please see a vet right away.

When to See a Vet

Cats may drool briefly when they’re relaxed, happy, or expect a treat. However, if drooling is ongoing or excessive, it can mean something else is going on. Check in with your vet.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Why Is My Cat Drooling? What Cat Drooling Means appeared first on Modern Cat.

Humidity, the Silent Enemy of Your Anesthesia Machine

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 04:05:07 +0700

At the end of a day of surgery, attention naturally turns to cleaning instruments and preparing the room for the next day. One element, however, often flies under the radar: the humidity that accumulates inside the anesthesia machine itself. This detail, which may seem minor, can actually have significant consequences for the lifespan of your equipment and, ultimately, for the safety of your patients.

Where Does This Humidity Come From

Every breath a patient takes under anesthesia contains water vapor. With each procedure, this humidity settles into the breathing circuit, the CO2 absorber, and around the inspiratory and expiratory valves. Left without adequate ventilation, day after day, it never fully evaporates. Instead, it accumulates in the corners of the equipment.

Over time, this stagnant humidity leads to several concrete problems. The valve discs begin to stick, which affects their proper function. Humidity also acts like a magnet for dust and animal hair, which stick to it and eventually clog the internal components of the machine. Traces of mold can also appear in the absorber’s internal circuits. Each of these effects compromises not only the reliability of the machine, but also the quality of the anesthesia administered to your patients.

Soda lime itself is not spared either. Its granules are designed to function within a certain humidity range, but when that level becomes excessive because the canister stays closed overnight in a saturated environment, the granules tend to clump together. The lime then becomes exhausted faster than it should, which increases the frequency of replacement and the risk that insufficient absorption capacity goes unnoticed before a procedure.

A Simple Procedure, a Few Minutes a Day

The good news is that this problem is easy to prevent. At Dispomed, we recommend incorporating a short drying routine at the end of each day of surgery.

Here are the steps to follow.

Make sure the gas evacuation valve is open.
Remove the breathing bag, patient circuits, and the gas evacuation tube from the back of the machine.
Open the absorber and remove the soda lime canister to allow the humidity inside it to escape.
Wipe the bottom of the absorber base to eliminate any trace of residual water or moisture.
Remove both domes, wipe them with a dry cloth, then place them on a flat surface, opening facing up, to promote proper air circulation.
Remove the inspiratory and expiratory valves to leave all of the absorber’s internal circuits open and allow the humidity to fully escape.
Leave the machine this way overnight.
The next morning, reassemble the machine and perform a leak test before the first use of the day.

A Habit That Makes a Real Difference

Many referral centers already apply this same daily drying principle, with good results. Repeated every day, this few minute routine considerably reduces the risk of sticking discs, unintentional blockages, and avoidable breakdowns, all while extending the lifespan of your equipment and limiting service interventions.

A properly dried machine means a more reliable device, calmer surgeries, and a technical team less burdened by repairs that could have been avoided.

Is Your Veterinary X-Ray System Ready for 2027?

Edusehat — Thu, 03 Sep 2026 00:25:08 +0700

7 Signs It’s Time to Upgrade

If your veterinary practice has been using the same X-ray system for several years, you may have reached a familiar point: The equipment still works, but you’re starting to wonder how much longer it makes sense to keep it.

Maybe your CR reader is getting slower. Maybe your staff are working around an older system because it takes too long to get an image. Maybe your portable X-ray unit has seen better days. Or maybe your practice has simply grown, and the equipment that worked five or ten years ago no longer fits the way you work today.

You don’t necessarily need to replace an X-ray system just because it’s getting older. But there are some clear signs that an upgrade could improve your practice’s workflow, efficiency and diagnostic capabilities.

Here are seven things worth considering as you plan for 2027.

1. You’re Still Using CR

Computed radiography (CR) was a major improvement over traditional film, and many veterinary practices still have CR systems that produce perfectly usable diagnostic images.

But CR still requires a cassette and a separate reader. That adds steps to the process every time you take an X-ray.

With direct digital radiography (DR), the detector captures the image electronically and sends it directly to the workstation. There’s no cassette to carry to a reader and no waiting for a plate to be processed.

For a busy practice, those small differences add up.

Modern wireless DR systems can also be moved between rooms or used with portable X-ray equipment, giving practices considerably more flexibility than traditional CR.

And upgrading doesn’t necessarily mean replacing your entire X-ray room. Depending on your existing equipment, a DR detector can allow you to keep your current X-ray generator and table while making the transition from CR to DR.

2. Your Staff Are Spending Too Much Time Getting Images

Veterinary teams are busy. Anything that adds unnecessary steps to a routine radiograph can affect the entire day’s workflow.

Think about what happens during a typical exam. The patient has to be positioned, the exposure made, the cassette handled, the image processed, and then the image reviewed. If the image isn’t what you need, the process starts again.

Digital radiography can significantly streamline that process.

With a modern DR system, images can be available within seconds, allowing the veterinarian or technician to evaluate them almost immediately. If another view is needed, you can make that decision right away rather than waiting for the image-processing cycle to finish.

That’s not just about convenience. Faster image acquisition can mean less time spent handling patients and less time between the initial exposure and the veterinarian’s evaluation.

3. Your Equipment Limits Where You Can Take X-Rays

A veterinary X-ray system shouldn’t necessarily tie you to one room.

This is especially important in equine, mixed-animal and mobile veterinary practices, but portability can be useful in companion-animal practices as well.

A wireless DR detector paired with a portable X-ray generator can allow imaging to take place where the patient is—whether that’s in an exam room, treatment area, barn, surgical suite or field setting.

Today’s portable systems are also significantly more practical than many older portable units. Compact generators and lightweight wireless detectors can provide a level of mobility that wasn’t realistic with older equipment.

For practices that regularly work outside the traditional X-ray room, portability may be one of the biggest reasons to consider an upgrade.

4. You’re Seeing More Repeat Exposures

Every veterinary technician knows that sometimes you simply have to repeat an exposure. Patients move. Positioning isn’t perfect. Anatomy doesn’t cooperate.

But if your team is regularly repeating images because of equipment limitations, positioning issues or inconsistent image quality, it’s worth taking a closer look at the system itself.

Modern DR detectors incorporate advanced image-processing technology and automatic exposure detection designed to make image acquisition more consistent.

For example, newer DR Wizard systems use advanced image-processing algorithms and automatic exposure detection to help produce sharp, detailed images while supporting lower-dose imaging.

The goal isn’t to eliminate every repeat exposure. That’s unrealistic in veterinary medicine.

The goal is to make sure your equipment isn’t contributing to the problem.

5. Your X-Ray System Is Becoming Difficult to Service

This is one that can be easy to overlook.

An X-ray system can continue working for years, but that doesn’t necessarily mean it’s going to be easy—or economical—to keep it working.

Parts become harder to find. Manufacturers discontinue older models. Technicians who understand older equipment become harder to locate. And downtime becomes more expensive when your practice depends on that equipment every day.

Before investing in new imaging equipment, it’s worth asking not only, “What does it cost?” but also, “Who is going to support it after I buy it?”

That question is particularly important with digital imaging, where you’re dealing with more than just the X-ray generator. There’s the detector, acquisition software, computers, networking and DICOM/PACS connectivity to consider as well.

A lower purchase price doesn’t necessarily equal a lower cost of ownership if service and support are difficult to obtain.

6. Your Practice Has Changed Since You Bought Your Current System

Your equipment may not be the problem. Your practice may simply be different.

Maybe you’ve added another veterinarian. Maybe you’re seeing more patients. Maybe you’ve expanded into equine or mixed-animal medicine. Maybe you’re doing more orthopedic work. Maybe you’ve added another location.

Equipment that was perfectly adequate when you bought it may not be adequate for the practice you have today.

That’s why an X-ray upgrade should start with a discussion about how you use imaging, rather than simply looking at specifications.

Do you primarily image dogs and cats? Do you need a detector that can handle larger patients? Do you need portability? Are you imaging horses? Do you need wireless capability? Do you need DICOM compatibility or integration with your existing workflow?

The right system depends on the answers.

7. You’re Spending More Time Thinking About Your X-Ray Equipment

This may be the simplest sign of all.

If you or your technicians are regularly thinking about your X-ray equipment—Why is this taking so long? Why did that image come out this way? Why is the detector so difficult to move? What happens if this reader quits?—it’s probably time to at least investigate your options.

That doesn’t automatically mean you need to buy a new system tomorrow.

Start by evaluating what you have.

Find out what your current equipment is worth as a trade-in. Determine what it would cost to repair or maintain. Look at what a new system would actually cost. And most importantly, compare what your current system allows your team to do with what a modern DR system could add to your practice.

You may find that upgrading makes sense sooner than you expected.

Upgrading Doesn’t Always Mean Starting Over

One of the biggest misconceptions about upgrading veterinary X-ray equipment is that a practice has to replace everything.

That’s not necessarily the case.

Many modern DR systems are designed to work with existing X-ray generators and tables, allowing practices to upgrade the imaging portion of their system without replacing equipment that is still performing well.

For example, the DR Wizard EZ is designed as an affordable way to move from traditional film or CR to DR while fitting into standard bucky tray cabinets.

For practices looking for a more advanced wireless solution, the DR Wizard 2.0 family offers wireless detectors in multiple sizes, including 14″ x 17″ and 17″ x 17″ configurations.

And for equine practitioners, smaller, lightweight wireless detector options can provide the flexibility needed for imaging in the field.

The important thing is to look at the entire system—and determine which parts you actually need to replace.

The Best Time to Evaluate Your Equipment Is Before You Need To

The worst time to start shopping for an X-ray system is after your existing system has failed and you’re suddenly trying to find a replacement.

Instead, use the end of the year as an opportunity to evaluate your imaging equipment.

Is it reliable? Is it fast enough? Does it fit the way your team works? Is it still supported? Are you happy with the images you’re getting? And is it giving your practice the flexibility it needs?

If the answer to several of those questions is “no,” it may be time to start looking at what’s available.

Diagnostic Imaging Systems has been helping veterinary practices with X-ray equipment, digital radiography and imaging service since 1983. Our team works with companion-animal, equine and mixed-animal practices to find imaging solutions based on how the equipment will actually be used—not simply on a list of specifications.

Thinking about upgrading your veterinary X-ray system for 2027?

Talk with the team at Diagnostic Imaging Systems about your current equipment, what you’d like to improve, and what options make sense for your practice. We can help you determine whether it’s time to repair, upgrade or replace your current system—and in many cases, your existing equipment may have trade-in value toward a new digital system.

The post Is Your Veterinary X-Ray System Ready for 2027? first appeared on Vet X-ray.

Hatching egg cracks: reducing losses along the production continuum

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 20:55:09 +0700

Hairline cracks are an important area to investigate when hatchability decreases or contamination increases. To understand the impact of cracked eggs on hatchability, a trial was conducted comparing cracked eggs with non-cracked eggs.

As shown in Table 1, cracked eggs decreased hatchability and increased 2nd grade chicks, cull chicks, embryonic mortality and contamination. The data clearly indicate that shell damages cause great losses. Therefore, it is extremely important to manage all processes, from the farm to the hatchery, in order to identify where cracks are occurring.

Table 1 – Difference in hatching results between good and hairline crack eggs
Cobb-Vantress. Unpublished data.

Considering the impact of hairline cracks on production, identifying and correcting the sources of cracked eggs can improve hatchability and chick quality. From the farm to the hatchery, there are multiple areas in the production continuum to investigate.

On the farm

Hens

If the hens were not in the correct condition before light stimulation, they may have abnormal nesting behaviors. This can include hens dropping eggs from a standing or even walking position, which can cause eggs to crack on impact.

Hens may also cause cracks by pecking at eggs. Pecking at eggs occurs primarily with floor and slat eggs. There are multiple reasons for egg pecking including the house configuration, slat type and design, nest quality and management related issues.

Team member handling

The care taken in egg collection can have a big impact on the quality of eggs. Whether in manual or mechanical nests, collection is a critical control point. It is important to observe the frequency, duration and time interval between collections. If eggs are accumulating in the nests, or on the collection belt and tables, the number of cracked eggs is likely to increase. After feeding, the hens will begin laying eggs. Time collection accordingly and keep in mind as hens get older, they lay eggs later in the day. Monitor egg production and adjust collection times to align with peak laying periods.

This double belt egg collection system has two belts, each measuring 25 cm. Compared single belt systems, double belts reduce hairline cracks and allow more eggs to accumulate on each belt which is important when working with egg packers

In manual nests collect eggs 4 times each day. Three collections before midday, with a fourth collection in the late afternoon to ensure all nests are clean. If there are more than three eggs in a nest, revise the egg collection schedule.

With manual collections, extreme care should be taken when transporting eggs from different nest rows or houses to a central on-farm location. It is very important that eggs are protected from sun and rain. Like collection, the packing process requires care and it is important to prevent the accumulation of eggs, excessive egg rolling and rough handling.

In mechanical nests, where eggs are collected on a belt and sent to an egg collection table, the number of collections depends on environmental house temperature and the belt capacity. However, typically a minimum of 3 collections per day is sufficient. Activating the conveyor belt system only once per day is not recommended, as 7 to 8 hours of production will accumulate on the belt system and increase the risk of cracked eggs.

If eggs are accumulating on the collection tables, reduce the speed of the egg transport belt to prevent accumulations. It is important to have belts that are wide enough (25 cm for each nest side is ideal) so that eggs can collect on the belts without microfractures.

Equipment maintenance

As automation increases, equipment maintenance is critical as it can have a big impact on the number of cracked eggs. An electronic egg can be used to measure the G-forces applied to the eggshells along the transport system. Areas in the transport system where eggs are more likely to crack can be identified and addressed.

For nests, check the nest pads and replace them before they become excessively worn. Also ensure that the nest pads are installed correctly. In community nests, if the plastic flaps between the nest pads and the egg belt are damaged and curling, hens may peck at eggs when the conveyor belt is visible.

Egg yolk present on the belt can be an indication of broken and shell-less eggs. If eggs are breaking, it is also likely that eggs are cracking.

Conveyor belts moving eggs to a packing unit or a central collection table must be wide enough to support a large quantity of eggs. Systems that have only one conveyor belt in the center that is shared by nests on both sides are more prone to egg damage. In poorly adjusted systems, eggs can roll to the center of the belt, hitting each other.

Check that the mechanical community nests are level, collection belts are not warped, and clamps are holding the belt in place. Adjust the tension on the belt so that the eggs are evenly distributed on the belt. The belt should not sag which will cause eggs to bunch together, nor should it be too tight as this can cause eggs to bounce. These items should be part of a regularly scheduled maintenance program, which includes replacing parts before they fail.

When designing a new system, factors to consider include the number of birds per nest, the system being used (manual or mechanical) and flock density.

Check eggs at the hatchery to determine the source of hairline cracks. Cracks can be visualized by candling

Feed and nutrition

It is difficult to correct eggshell quality once it deteriorates considerably. Regularly evaluate eggshell quality and if issues occur, check calcium availability and particle sizes, as well as phosphorous and vitamin D3 levels in the diet.

An imbalance of calcium, phosphorous and vitamin D3 can cause weak eggshells.
If the hens deplete calcium reserves, eggshell quality decreases and more cracked eggs occur. This could be the result of low or fluctuating calcium levels. Test the feed and determine if the formulation is correct. If so, mixing or milling inaccuracies may be an issue.
If limestone particles in the feed are too fine, calcium uptake may be reduced. This issue is more common in pelleted and crumbled feeds.
Feed contaminants including Nicarbazine and mycotoxins may have a negative effect on eggshell color, quality and hatchability.

Environmental issues

Ventilation issues that cause the house temperatures to rise above the thermo-neutral zone of the birds can induce heavy respiration. As a result, respiratory alkalosis can occur. In this condition, the blood pH rises above normal, the kidneys attempt to compensate by excreting bicarbonate and calcium levels are depleted. Ultimately eggshell quality is reduced.

Disease challenges

Disease challenges can have a negative effect on the uterus and/or oviduct of the bird and ultimately impact the eggshell quality. Eggs should have a uniform color and a shiny appearance if the cuticle is formed correctly. If the oviduct is impacted by disease, the shell cuticle may be malformed or absent.

Transportation

Transporting eggs is critical and must be consistently monitored. Evaluate the condition of roads and transportation vehicles. Supervise employees and prevent rough handling. Make drivers aware of the fragility of the eggs. In order to assess the care and quality of transport, communicate with the hatchery regarding the number of cracked eggs before and after delivery.

Hatchery

In the hatchery, monitor the egg quality weekly, evaluating a sample of at least 600 eggs per breeder flock, divided among the houses. Evaluate and record the number of cracked, upside down, dirty and thin shelled eggs. Sample eggs or trays per house, when it is possible to track the house origin of the eggs. Remove the eggs from the tray and evaluate them individually by candling.

If the eggs are evaluated on the farm and arrive at the hatchery in incubation trays, ready to incubate, cracked eggs can be counted and removed. However, if the eggs are sorted in the hatchery, the evaluation will be more complicated and must consider how to identify cracked eggs and their sources. Note that the automated equipment used for classification must be closely monitored, as it can be an important cause of cracks if machines are not adjusted correctly. By evaluating and sorting cracked eggs, the hatchery can communicate with the farm and work together to improve the quality of the eggs.

Conclusions

A fundamental factor of success is monitoring critical control points in the egg production process. Assessing and auditing the process along the production continuum will provide information about where the operation should focus to reduce losses from cracked eggs. Consistent communication between the farm and hatchery is also very valuable to improve the quality and reduce damage to hatching eggs.

Sheikh Ahmed Al Sharqi Visits Tasleeh Pavilion at Abu Dhabi International Hunting & Equestrian Exhibition

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 13:55:05 +0700

Sheikh Ahmed bin Hamad bin Saif Al Sharqi visited the pavilion of Tasleeh Holding at the Abu Dhabi International Hunting & Equestrian Exhibition 2026, being held at the Abu Dhabi National Exhibition Centre (ADNEC) and running until September 6.

Upon his arrival at the Tasleeh Holding pavilion, Sheikh Ahmed bin Hamad bin Saif Al Sharqi was received by Salem Al Matroushi, CEO of Tasleeh Holding, along with a number of senior company officials. During the visit, he was briefed on the latest products and solutions showcased by the company in the fields of hunting, shooting and specialised equipment, as well as a selection of leading international brands represented by Tasleeh Holding in the UAE and the region..

During the tour, Sheikh Ahmed was also briefed on the key products on display and the latest technologies offered by the group, as well as its role in meeting the requirements of hunting and shooting enthusiasts and professionals. He was further briefed on Tasleeh Holding’s efforts to strengthen the presence of specialised international products in the UAE market.

Al Matroushi expressed his pleasure at the visit, emphasising that the presence of prominent personalities, leaders and professionals with an interest in hunting and equestrian activities at the group’s pavilion reflects the prestigious standing of the exhibition as a leading international platform that brings together prominent companies and specialised brands from across the sector.

For more informtions visit, https://www.adihex.com/en

The new digital issue of Zootecnica Poultry Magazine is now online

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 13:45:10 +0700

The July/August 2026 issue of Zootecnica Poultry Magazine is now available.

This issue explores current trends, standards and research directions in laying hen welfare, as well as the role of rest and movement in improving bird welfare and performance.

Other articles cover poultry house cleaning and disinfection, Newcastle disease, aspergillosis and the main threats to poultry gut health. The market section looks at the role of the G20 in global meat production and trade, India’s egg exports and the challenges facing the French egg sector.

📖 Read the magazine online on Issuu

📄 Download the full PDF

Would you like to receive every new issue of Zootecnica Poultry Magazine directly at your home or office? Click here to subscribe

Palliative Care for Terminally Ill Dogs: What Indian Vets Recommend

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 13:40:05 +0700

Watching a beloved dog approach the end of life is one of the hardest experiences for any pet parent. In India, more families are choosing palliative care to give their senior or terminally ill dogs comfort, dignity, and quality time at home. Palliative care is not about giving up. It is about shifting the focus from cure to comfort, so your dog can spend the remaining weeks or months with less pain and more love.

Indian veterinarians are increasingly guiding pet parents through this journey, blending modern pain management with home-based care suited to our climate and lifestyle. This guide explains what palliative care looks like for dogs, what Indian vets commonly recommend, and how you can prepare your home and heart for this tender stage.

What Palliative Care Means for Dogs

Palliative care is a form of supportive care for dogs living with a terminal illness such as advanced cancer, chronic kidney disease, congestive heart failure, or severe degenerative arthritis. Rather than trying to cure the condition, the goal is to reduce suffering and maintain the best possible quality of life for as long as possible.

According to the American Animal Hospital Association, end-of-life care should focus on pain relief, nutrition support, hygiene, and emotional wellbeing for both the pet and the family. Indian vets typically design a care plan around these same pillars, adjusted for our warm climate, humidity, and monsoon-related concerns like joint stiffness, hot spots, and skin infections.

A good palliative plan is flexible. It changes as your dog’s needs change, and it involves regular check-ins with your vet, usually every two to four weeks, or sooner if symptoms progress rapidly.

Signs Your Dog May Need Palliative Support

Recognising when a dog has moved from manageable illness into the palliative stage helps you act early and reduce suffering. Common signs Indian vets look for include:

Persistent pain that no longer responds well to standard treatment
Loss of appetite lasting more than a few days
Difficulty standing, walking, or climbing stairs
Laboured breathing, especially in humid coastal weather
Frequent accidents inside the home
Withdrawal from family, or unusual restlessness at night

Not every senior dog with these signs is terminally ill, but if your vet has confirmed a serious diagnosis, these changes usually indicate a shift in care goals. The ASPCA notes that recognising a decline in quality of life early allows families to make thoughtful, unhurried decisions rather than reacting in a crisis.

Pain Management: What Indian Vets Recommend

Pain control is the foundation of palliative care. Indian vets usually combine prescription medication with supportive therapies suited to your dog’s condition, size, and breed.

Common approaches include:

NSAIDs like meloxicam or carprofen for arthritis and inflammation, prescribed with regular liver and kidney monitoring
Gabapentin for nerve pain, often used in cancer or spinal conditions
Tramadol or buprenorphine for moderate to severe pain
Anti-nausea medication such as maropitant for dogs undergoing chemotherapy or with kidney disease

Beyond medication, many vets recommend gentle physiotherapy, warm compresses during cooler months, and joint support supplements containing glucosamine, chondroitin, and omega-3 fatty acids. You can explore vet-approved options from a trusted range of dog supplements to support mobility and comfort during this stage.

Never self-medicate your dog with human painkillers such as paracetamol or ibuprofen. These are toxic to dogs and can cause fatal liver or kidney damage. Always follow your vet’s dosage and schedule, and keep a simple daily log of your dog’s pain levels, appetite, and mood so your vet can adjust treatment quickly.

Nutrition and Hydration in the Final Stage

Appetite often fades in terminally ill dogs. The goal is no longer strict nutrition but tempting your dog to eat and stay hydrated. Indian vets commonly suggest:

Warming food slightly to release aroma, especially helpful in cooler cities like Bengaluru or during Shimla winters
Offering small, frequent meals of soft, palatable foods such as boiled chicken, curd rice, or vet-prescribed recovery diets
Adding bone broth or plain water to kibble for extra moisture
Hand-feeding gently when your dog is too weak to eat from a bowl

In Indian summers, dehydration is a serious risk. Keep multiple water bowls around the house, and consider offering ice chips or diluted, unsalted buttermilk if your vet approves. For dogs on kidney or heart diets, stay within the prescribed food category and avoid sudden changes. Soft, easy-to-chew treats and chews can also be used to encourage eating, but only in small quantities and with your vet’s approval.

Comfort at Home: Bedding, Grooming, and Environment

A calm, cushioned environment can ease the physical toll of terminal illness. Indian homes often have tiled or stone floors that grow cold during monsoon and winter, which is uncomfortable for dogs with arthritis or muscle loss. Vets recommend orthopaedic bedding placed in a quiet, well-ventilated corner, away from direct fan or AC airflow.

Simple adjustments help too:

Non-slip mats or rugs on smooth marble or granite floors
Ramps or low steps for beds and sofas
Raised food and water bowls to reduce neck strain
A mosquito net or pet-safe repellent during monsoon months

Grooming remains important even when your dog is less active. Gentle brushing improves circulation and gives you quiet bonding time. Wipe soiled areas with pet-safe cleansing wipes, and trim matted fur around the hindquarters to prevent skin infections. You will find gentle, skin-friendly products in most dog grooming ranges. Bathing should be brief and only when necessary to avoid tiring your dog.

Emotional Care for You and Your Dog

Palliative care is emotionally demanding. Dogs are sensitive to household mood, so try to keep interactions calm and reassuring. Speak softly, maintain familiar routines, and allow your dog to rest without constant disturbance from visitors or excited children.

For the family, anticipatory grief is real and valid. Many Indian pet parents feel guilt over the decisions ahead, especially when balancing work, joint families, and cultural expectations around illness and death. Talking honestly with your vet about prognosis, or joining online Indian pet loss support groups, can lighten the emotional load.

Children in the family benefit from age-appropriate honesty. Explaining that the dog is very sick and will not get better, in gentle words, prepares them for the days ahead and helps them share in the caregiving with love rather than confusion.

When to Consider Humane Euthanasia

There often comes a point when comfort can no longer be maintained. Indian vets use quality-of-life scales, such as the widely referenced HHHHHMM scale developed by Dr. Alice Villalobos, which measures Hurt, Hunger, Hydration, Hygiene, Happiness, Mobility, and More good days than bad.

Signs that suggest it may be time include uncontrolled pain, inability to eat or drink, loss of interest in family, chronic soiling with distress, and more bad days than good over a two-week window. Home euthanasia services are now available in metros like Delhi, Mumbai, Bengaluru, Pune, and Hyderabad, allowing your dog to pass peacefully in familiar surroundings.

This decision is deeply personal. A trusted vet will guide you without pressure, and choosing euthanasia at the right time is often the final act of love a pet parent can offer.

Frequently Asked Questions

How long can a dog live on palliative care?

It varies widely. Some dogs live comfortably for a few weeks, while others thrive for several months, depending on the illness, response to pain management, and overall resilience. Your vet can help you set realistic expectations.

Is palliative care for dogs expensive in India?

Costs depend on the condition and city. Basic pain management and supportive home care are affordable for most families, while advanced therapies like chemotherapy or specialist consultations cost more. Discuss a realistic monthly plan with your vet upfront.

Can I give my dog Ayurvedic remedies during palliative care?

Only under veterinary supervision. Some herbs interact with prescription medication or worsen kidney and liver function in sick dogs, so never start any home remedy without your vet’s approval.

How do I know if my dog is in pain?

Watch for panting at rest, reluctance to move, changes in posture, loss of appetite, whimpering, and reduced interaction. Dogs often hide pain, so subtle changes in behaviour matter as much as obvious ones.

Should I feed my dying dog anything special?

Offer whatever your dog will happily eat, within vet guidelines. At this stage, comfort and calorie intake matter more than strict nutrition, so warm, soft, and aromatic foods usually work best.

Is home euthanasia available in India?

Yes, several metro cities now offer mobile veterinary services that perform euthanasia at home. This allows your dog a peaceful, private goodbye surrounded by family, without the stress of a clinic visit.

Fast-tracking aquaculture’s next generation

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 07:05:08 +0700

Selective breeding has transformed Mediterranean fish farming, delivering measurable genetic gains across commercially important species. Now, the aquaculture industry is exploring new tools that could help the next wave of progress arrive faster.

Aquaculture doesn’t have the luxury of time. Markets change. Diseases appear. Climate challenges grow. Yet while breeding programs can deliver progress with every generation, achieving substantial and cumulative genetic gains often requires a long-term commitment measured over multiple generations. For some species with longer breeding cycles, that process still operates on a timeline of 10 years or more.

Selective breeding has already proven what’s possible when the industry commits for the long haul. In the Mediterranean, a long-running, family-based commercial breeding program for gilthead seabream recently reported a nearly 70% increase in harvest weight over two decades while reducing the time needed to reach market size. The study offers more than a success story. It underscores what selective breeding can achieve – and the sustained commitment required to deliver those gains.

Genomic tools, such as SNP genotyping, have already helped accelerate breeding programs. By examining small differences in an animal’s DNA, breeders can estimate its genetic potential more accurately and make selection decisions earlier in life. Yet even with these advances, each generation must still be produced, reared, measured and assessed before the best animals are selected as parents for the next generation. Progress, therefore, continues to rely on sustained investment in data collection, genetic evaluation, and long-term breeding objectives.

Meanwhile, diseases, regulations and markets can change faster than breeding programs can respond. The question now is whether tools such as genome editing could accelerate genetic gains further without replacing the foundations built by selective breeding.

Increasingly, scientists and breeders believe genome editing will become part of the answer. Unlike selective breeding, which takes years to pass desirable traits from one generation to the next, genome editing allows breeders to make precise, targeted changes once the genetic basis of an important trait has been identified. Those improvements can then be incorporated into ongoing selective breeding programs, potentially shortening the time needed to achieve meaningful genetic gains.

Solving industry problems

Scientists have already used genome editing to address a range of practical challenges. Non-browning mushrooms could help extend shelf life and reduce food waste, while grape varieties have been edited to resist powdery mildew, reducing reliance on chemical fungicides. In wheat, larger grains could help improve crop yields. Genome editing makes precise changes to an organism’s own DNA without introducing genetic material from another species. In other words, scientists are editing what is already there rather than inserting genes from another species – the approach most people associate with GMOs.

The technology is also being used to address costly animal-health challenges. Scientists have developed pigs that can resist PRRS (Porcine Reproductive and Respiratory Syndrome), a disease estimated to cost North American producers between US$1.2 billion and US$1.4 billion annually in lost production. Other projects are exploring genetic traits that could improve animal welfare and productivity. Together, these developments show how genome editing could help producers raise healthier animals more efficiently and sustainably.

Aquaculture is also beginning to move genome editing from research laboratories into commercial breeding programs. In Brazil, commercial breeding programs are already integrating genome editing into tilapia improvement. In Norway, researchers are investigating whether the technology could one day help Atlantic salmon resist sea lice – a parasite estimated to cost the industry up to US$1.50 per kilogram of farmed salmon in treatment costs and lost performance.

These examples reflect an expanding range of approaches designed to accelerate genetic gains and address emerging challenges. Rather than replacing selective breeding, genome editing is emerging as the next step in genetic improvement, giving breeders another tool for tackling challenges that conventional breeding alone may struggle to solve.

Rules are evolving

The regulatory landscape is evolving as well. In June, the European Parliament backed a new approach to regulating gene-edited crops, differentiating them from traditional GMOs by placing greater emphasis on the characteristics of the final product than on how the plant was developed.

Although the legislation applies only to crops, many in the aquaculture industry see it as an encouraging signal that similar regulatory thinking could eventually extend to other food production sectors, including livestock and aquaculture. The move brings the EU closer to a regulatory approach already adopted in countries such as Brazil and the US, helping create a more predictable pathway for future commercial innovation.

For breeding companies, clear government regulations are a commercial necessity. Developing better traits requires years of costly research, and predictable approval processes give companies the confidence to move new technologies from the lab into commercial production. When rules are reliable, businesses can accurately map out their timeline and costs to launch a product.

The commercial implications are significant

As the science and regulatory landscape continue to evolve, so does the opportunity for aquaculture to fill the gap in the production of healthy protein. Global demand for seafood continues to rise while wild fisheries remain under pressure. To meet that demand sustainably, producers will need healthier, more resilient and productive animals.

In large-scale fish farming, even small gains in survival, growth and feed efficiency can have a substantial commercial impact. Genetics has become one of the industry’s highest-return investments, driving breeders to use new technologies to accelerate those gains.

Selective breeding has already reshaped Mediterranean aquaculture. Genome editing could help deliver the next gains faster. For breeding programs planning the next five years, the question may no longer be whether genome editing becomes part of the toolkit, but when.

As these genetic technologies move closer to wider commercial use, responsible application will be just as important as speed. Sterility can provide an important safeguard by preventing farmed fish from reproducing if they escape. Beyond reducing the risk of genetic interaction with wild stocks, sterility could give producers and regulators greater confidence to expand aquaculture while safeguarding surrounding ecosystems.

Ultimately, these technologies do not change aquaculture’s destination. They have the potential to change how quickly – and responsibly – the industry gets there.

The biggest opportunity in your operation may already be in your genetics.

The post Fast-tracking aquaculture’s next generation appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Innovation Needs a Pathway

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 07:05:07 +0700

Over the past decade, one of the most important developments in genome editing has unfolded not only in the science itself, but in the way regulatory thinking has evolved alongside it.

For much of that time, conversations about genome editing centered on technical possibility: could precise genetic changes be made, and could those changes deliver meaningful improvements in how we produce food? Increasingly, the answer to both questions is yes. The more important question now is how these tools can be implemented responsibly, transparently and in ways that create real value for producers and for society.

That shift is evident in regulators’ and policymakers’ approach to genome editing. Regulatory frameworks are evolving, international dialogue is increasing, and the experience gained through early commercial applications is beginning to shape the next generation of regulatory thinking.

For aquaculture, this represents an important inflection point. The development of science- and risk-based regulatory frameworks may prove to be just as important to the future of genome editing as the scientific advances that made genome-editing solutions possible.

Science is Driving Regulatory Evolution

One of the most encouraging developments is the growing convergence in scientific thinking among regulators, even where legal frameworks remain different.

Policy makers continue to move at different speeds and within different legislative systems. However, the scientific questions underpinning regulatory evaluations are similar. Regulators are focusing more closely on the characteristics of the final product, the presence or absence of new DNA, and the resulting risk profile, rather than relying solely on the process used to develop the organism.

This distinction is particularly important for genome editing applications, where targeted genetic changes can mirror changes that may also arise naturally or through conventional breeding. Around the world, a growing number of jurisdictions have established differentiated regulatory pathways while maintaining meaningful oversight.

Recent developments in the European Union reinforce this broader direction of travel. Although current discussions on New Genomic Techniques and the EU Livestock Strategy do not establish regulatory pathways for genome edited animals, they clearly place innovation, competitiveness, resilience, animal health and food security at the center of future agricultural policy. Rather than prescribing individual technologies, they emphasize the outcomes agriculture must deliver. That creates an important context in which innovations, including genome editing, can be evaluated according to their scientific characteristics and the value they provide.

The most important point is not that countries are reaching identical regulatory outcomes. They are not. It is that they are increasingly asking the same scientific questions. That matters because shared scientific questions can create the foundation for more predictable, transparent and proportionate oversight.

From Technology to Solutions

This evolution in regulatory thinking reflects an equally important shift within the aquaculture industry itself.

The conversation is moving beyond genome editing as a technology and toward the practical breeding solutions it can help deliver. That distinction is important in our work because technology is never the point on its own. The question is whether it can help solve a real production, sustainability or animal health challenge.

Aquaculture is well positioned to benefit from genome editing because of its biological characteristics, including external fertilization, high fecundity and increasingly sophisticated breeding programs. More importantly, genome editing is being applied to traits that address priorities shared across the value chain, including reproductive sterility, resistance to pathogens, growth efficiency and yield improvement.

These are not simply demonstrations of technical capability. They are breeding solutions intended to deliver measurable value for producers, consumers, regulators and the environment.

Ultimately, the future of genome editing will depend on the value it creates and the confidence with which it can be introduced into real production systems.

Regulation as an Enabler of Innovation

One lesson emerging from early commercial genome editing programs is that regulation should not be viewed simply as a gateway to commercialization.

Evidence-led and proportionate regulatory frameworks are essential enablers of responsible innovation. They provide the predictability needed for investment, establish expectations for stewardship and transparency, and help build confidence among producers, supply chain partners and consumers that new technologies have undergone rigorous scientific evaluation.

Our experience working across multiple regulatory jurisdictions has reinforced this point. The conversation is beginning to mature. It is no longer only about how genome edited products should be regulated, but also about how regulatory systems can continue to evolve as practical implementation experience grows.

Like all science-based systems, genome editing regulatory frameworks should continue to develop alongside scientific understanding. Future discussions may increasingly focus on how oversight can remain proportionate to demonstrated risk while continuing to protect food safety, animal health and the environment. That balance is not always easy, but it is exactly where credible innovation depends on credible regulation.

The Next Chapter

Genome editing in aquaculture is no longer confined to research laboratories. Regulatory determinations for animal applications have been issued in multiple jurisdictions. Commercial breeding programs integrating genome editing are underway. International collaboration among regulators has never been stronger.

The first generation of commercial genome edited aquatic animals will do more than introduce new breeding technologies. They will establish regulatory precedent, build confidence across the seafood value chain, and begin to demonstrate how science- and risk-based regulation can enable responsible innovation.

Looking ahead, the next chapter for genome editing in aquaculture will be shaped not only by advances in molecular biology but by the industry’s ability to translate scientific progress into practical breeding solutions that deliver measurable value in commercial production systems.

The science has advanced. Regulatory systems are evolving. Commercial implementation has begun.

The opportunity now is to ensure they continue advancing together, with enough scientific rigour to earn trust and enough practical focus to make the innovation matter.

Written by:
Debbie Plouffe

Debbie provides regulatory guidance, supporting CAT clients to navigate and accelerate the responsible commercialization of genome editing in farmed aquatic species.

The post Innovation Needs a Pathway appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Autonomous robots address labor shortages, economic challenges in broiler production

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 06:40:04 +0700

Main photo courtesy of W.A. Dozier

By David L. Wicker, PhD, industry consultant, Gainesville, Georgia and W.A. Dozier, III, PhD, Department of Poultry Science, Auburn University and Alabama Cooperative Extension System

The poultry industry faces increased challenges to improve broiler-production efficiency with fewer inputs. The economic success of the grower and integrator depends on management practices, bird growth, disease, morbidity and mortality, among other factors.

A lack of labor can lead to poor poultry-management practices, resulting in economic losses to the grower. Providing growers with technologies to supplement existing labor to improve bird movement and feed consumption, increase bodyweight uniformity and decrease mortality will strengthen the profitability of poultry farms.

Autonomous robots

Apelie Robotics has developed a robot, AviSense, for broiler houses. AviSense is a mobile, autonomous robot that navigates poultry houses without human intervention. The dimensions of the robot are 27.6 × 29.5 × 33.5 inches, and it weighs approximately 53 pounds (24 kg). It operates on programmable routes throughout the house at variable speeds up to 0.3 feet per second and can function for approximately 10 hours when it autonomously recharges.

The system incorporates autonomous navigation technology with camera systems to monitor bird dispersion and bird movement. The robot contains sensors to collect data on humidity, air temperature and litter temperature at bird level per second via the programmable route it follows in the house (see main article image).

The robot is a mobile data-sensing platform at bird level that collects data throughout the house and transmits information in real time to a storage site. The farm manager can access data via communication with a mobile phone or computer. These real-time data support precision poultry management by the farm manager.

Robot benefits

The robot can potentially reduce the time required for pre-placement checks by providing information on mapping temperature and relative humidity profiles, as well as images of proper or improper house setup (Figure 1). During production, these data enable farm managers to detect and correct temperature/ventilation problems to improve house conditions and identify areas of potential welfare concern.

Figure 1. An example of a profile map displaying ambient temperature, relative humidity, litter temperature of the robot. This provides an indication of areas in the house that an equipment problem may be occurring. Click on image to enlarge.

The robot can stimulate chicks to move, encouraging feed and water consumption, particularly during brooding. Additionally, the robot can prompt older birds to move, potentially improving heat removal during times of high temperatures during summer production.

Field trials

A series of field trials has been conducted in Canada and the US to assess the effects of implementing an AviSense robot in broiler production on performance objectives and economic revenue.

Canada

Trial 1 was conducted from June to August of 2025, with one house of 32,000 broilers on a broiler farm; the house was divided by a lengthwise separation fence. The robot was placed in the house at day 10 and operated daily until marketing.

The average bodyweight of broilers in the house with the robot was 5.17 pounds (2.35 kg) and in the house without the robot, 5.24 pounds (2.37 kg). Bird rejection data showed a 3% rejection rate (1% at the farm and 2% during processing) for birds without a robot compared to a 1.6% rejection rate (0.8% at the farm and 0.8% during processing) for birds with a robot.

The decrease in rejection rates resulted in more saleable pounds of meat at the processing plant: 856 pounds (388 kg) at $0.91 per pound, totaling a $779 greater return for the side of the house with the robot.

A second trial at this farm was implemented from September to October 2025 using the same design and conditions. The area with no robot had an average weight of 4.41 pounds (2 kg) at 37 days of age, with a rejection rate of 1%. The side with the robot had an average weight of 4.67 pounds (2.12 kg), with a rejection rate of 0.62%.

With greater weights and lower rejection rates, an increase of 3,865 pounds (1,753 kg) of live weight transported to the processing plant was determined for two loads of broilers per treatment group. The increase of 3,865 pounds (1,753 kg) at $0.91 per pound translated into an increase in revenue of $3,517.15 for the side of the house equipped with the robot.

The trial had six loads of broilers. However, two loads of broilers subjected to the sides of the house with and without a robot were mixed and could not be used in the evaluation.

The third trial was conducted from August to September 2025 on a nearby farm with two paired houses for the test. Average bodyweight was slightly less for the house with the robot, at 5.10 pounds (2.31 kg), with a rejection rate of 1.91% and a feed-conversion ratio (FCR) of 1.457. The control house weighed 5.12 pounds (2.32 kg), with a rejection rate of 1.46% and FCR of 1.477.

Because of the higher rejection rate due to subcutaneous lesions and 0.54% higher mortality for the broilers in the robot house, the control house had 5,824 more pounds (2,641 kg) of live weight transported to the processing plant at $0.91 per pound, translating into an increase in revenue of $5,300. The robot house had a 0.02 better FCR, valued at $720 per house.

United States

A fourth trial was initiated in October 2025 on a farm in the southeastern US in an integrated broiler operation. House 1 was used as the test house with the robot starting on day of placement, and House 2 was used as the control house. In each house, chicks originated from the same breeder flocks.

House 1 with the robot had a weight of 7.69 pounds (3.49 kg) per bird at 47 days, with an FCR of 1.653 and a livability of 92.19%, for a total house weight of 194,967 pounds (88,435 kg). House 2 had a weight of 7.52 pounds (3.41 kg ) per bird at 47 days, with an FCR of 1.701 and a livability of 92.47%, for a total house weight of 191,226 pounds (86,739 kg). This farm experienced late-occurring kinky back and a higher-than-expected mortality rate, but the control house had a slightly higher livability percentage than the house using the robot.

The increase in bodyweight and feed conversion in House 1 with the robot reduced the grower’s cost per pound of meat compared with the control house. This lower cost increased the grower’s pay by $1,052 for the house with the robot.

The integrator would obtain a large return from more pounds of meat in the processing plant and a lower production cost due to the improved FCR. Standard costs were reduced by $0.0054 per pound in the robot house versus the control house.

For example, the integrator’s live cost could be reduced from $0.435 to $0.429 per pound of live weight produced. For every million birds placed with a final live weight of 6.5 pounds (2.95 kg), an economic return of $35,100 per week could be obtained due to live cost. An increase in total live weight delivered to the processing plant would improve its margins.

Conclusion

Based on these initial field trials, implementing a robot in broiler production led to improved economically important live-production metrics. The reduction in live-production costs due to increased bodyweight and decreased rejection rates can increase returns to the grower and integrator, with more pounds of weight, using Apelie robots during commercial production.

Additional field trials are being conducted in the US and Europe to further define the benefits of improved condemnations, bodyweights, feed conversion and bird welfare. These field trials indicate that robots are being used to reduce labor and return economic benefits to the grower and the integrator. Further improvements to the robots and additional trials will continue to refine these benefits of using robots in commercial poultry production.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the authors.

This article was submitted to Modern Poultry as an educational article by one of the co-authors, William Dozier, PhD, Auburn University, who actively participated in the US trials. All data were supplied by the integrator who owned the broilers. Neither Dozier nor Auburn University has a commercial stake in this technology. The co-author, David L. Wicker, PhD, is a retired former vice president of live operations for a US broiler integrator. He participated in the US trials and now consults with Apelie, the company that developed AviSense.

The post Autonomous robots address labor shortages, economic challenges in broiler production appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Why do broilers hug the walls? Understanding how broilers use space

Edusehat — Wed, 02 Sep 2026 06:40:04 +0700

By Shawna Weimer, PhD, University of Arkansas

Broilers do not spread evenly across their environment. Some may cluster near a wall, equipment line, or other boundary, while other areas appear relatively unoccupied. This pattern is not necessarily a sign that something is wrong. Broilers do not use space randomly and tend to congregate along the sidewalls of broiler houses¹. This behavior, referred to as thigmotaxis, is the tendency to remain near walls (Figure 1) or other vertical surfaces.

Figure 1. Broilers clustered along the side wall of a commercial house. Photo credit: Shawna Weimer.

What is wall-hugging behavior?

Where broilers choose to spend time is influenced by more than space allowance. Broilers make use of peripheral areas more than would be expected by the amount of floor space available alone^2-4. This pattern originates from their natural history. Red Junglefowl, the wild ancestor of domestic chickens, inhabit forests with dense vegetation that provides natural cover⁵.

Useful observations

When you ask yourself, “How much space do my birds have?” also ask, “How are my birds using the space they have?”

Why do broilers choose the wall?

Where broilers spend time can vary by environmental conditions, resource location, stocking density, age, time of day, and social interactions.

Temperature and litter condition

Temperature and litter condition vary within a broiler house. Heating, cooling, and ventilation systems create a temperature gradient within the house, with differences increasing as broilers grow⁶. For example, solar radiation can warm house sidewalls, while cool air from inlets can create cooler areas near sidewalls. Litter moisture varies with equipment and tends to be greater around waterlines⁷. Broilers may avoid areas with wet litter (Figure 2), making bird distribution a useful observation of litter condition.

Figure 2. Broilers avoiding a wet spot in a commercial house. Photo credit: Shawna Weimer.

Resource location

Birds stay near areas where feed, water, enrichments, or other resources are available. Stocking density and locations of feeders and drinkers affect how birds use space. At low stocking densities, birds tend to remain near feeders and drinkers, but at higher densities they move farther from these resources, likely because competition and disturbance increase around resource areas⁴. Environmental enrichments can further influence space use. Visual cover, vertical panels, and platforms encourage broilers to use areas that might otherwise be less frequently occupied^3,9,11. Domestic fowl use visual cover more than uncovered areas and rest and preen more in covered locations⁶. Depending on facility design, the location of resources may help explain why birds cluster in areas of the house, including near sidewalls.

Age and time of day

Broiler space use follows a diurnal pattern and changes as birds grow. Broilers in pens with sidewall-mounted platforms showed increased side occupancy compared to unenriched controls, especially during the dark period at younger ages (Figure 3). The highest platform occupancy was 80% at younger ages during the dark period, compared with less than 40% in controls¹². This pattern may be the result of a greater tendency for younger birds to seek protection.

Figure 3. Overhead image of broilers on platforms in a pen during the dark period. Colored circles and numerical labels indicate the total number of birds (red), and positions within the pen: east platform (green), west platform (yellow), and litter area (orange). Images were measured using ImageJ. Adapted from Weimer et al. (2026).

Social environment

Broilers are social animals, and the presence of other birds can influence where they spend their time. Broilers tend to remain near flockmates, and this social attraction can result in clusters of birds within an area even when no physical feature is drawing the birds to that location¹³. Wall preference has also been linked to reduced disturbance from neighboring birds, especially as local density increases¹.

What does it mean for broiler housing?

Broiler housing is more than the amount of floor space available. Broilers interact with boundaries, resources, lighting, litter, enrichment, flockmates, and environmental conditions, and these factors can shape where they spend time. For producers, regular observation of bird distribution can provide useful clues about how birds use their environment. The goal is to understand bird distribution patterns to help identify management practices that support bird welfare. Wall-hugging behavior should not be interpreted as a direct indicator of good or poor welfare without also considering the surrounding environment and other welfare indicators. Understanding how broilers use space and what motivates their behavior can help producers and researchers provide housing that considers the birds’ perspective.

Summary

Broilers do not necessarily use all available space evenly; wall-hugging or thigmotaxis is one example of a spatial behavior.
Spatial distribution can be influenced by boundaries, resource placement, stocking density, flock behavior, age, and time of day.
A spatial pattern does not automatically indicate poor welfare or a production problem; it should be interpreted alongside the broader environment and other bird welfare measures.
Observing where birds choose to spend time can help producers think about housing from the birds’ perspective.

References

Buijs, S., Keeling, L.J., Vangestel, C., Baert, J., Vangeyte, J., & Tuyttens, F.A.M. (2010). Resting or hiding? Why broiler chickens stay near walls and how density affects this. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 124, 97-103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2010.02.007
Newberry, R.C., & Hall, J.W. (1990). Use of pen space by broiler chickens: Effects of age and pen size. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 25, 125-136. https://doi.org/10.1016/0168-1591(90)90075-O
Newberry, R.C., & Shackleton, D.M. (1997). Use of visual cover by domestic fowl: A Venetian blind effect? Animal Behaviour, 54, 387-395. https://doi.org/10.1006/anbe.1996.0421
Arnould, C., & Faure, J.M. (2003). Use of pen space and activity of broiler chickens reared at two different densities. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 84, 281-296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2003.07.003
Collias, N.E., & Collias, E.C. (1967). A field study of the red jungle fowl in north-central India. The Condor, 69(4), 360–386
Miragliotta, M.Y., Nääs, I.A., Manzione, R.L., & Nascimento, F.F. (2006). Spatial analysis of stress conditions inside broiler house under tunnel ventilation. Scientia Agricola, 63(5), 426–432. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0103-90162006000500002
Tasistro, A.S., Kissel, D.E., & Bush, P.B. (2004). Spatial variability of broiler litter composition in a chicken house. Journal of Applied Poultry Research, 13(1), 29–43. https://doi.org/10.1093/japr/13.1.29
Leone, E.H., & Estevez, I. (2008). Space use according to the distribution of resources and level of competition. Poultry Science, 87, 3-13. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps.2007-00026
Cornetto, T., & Estevez, I. (2001). Influence of vertical panels on use of space by domestic fowl. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 71, 141-153. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0168-1591(00)00171-4
Cornetto, T., Estevez, I., & Douglass, L.W. (2002). Using artificial cover to reduce aggression and disturbances in domestic fowl. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 75, 325-336. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0168-1591(01)00195-2
Ventura, B.A., Siewerdt, F., & Estevez, I. (2012). Access to barrier perches improves behavior repertoire in broilers. PLOS ONE, 7, e29826. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0029826
Weimer, S.L., Kidd, M.T., Vaught, M., et al. (2026). Age and time of day influence broiler use of platform enrichments. Poultry Science, 105, 106720. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2026.106720
Febrer, K., Jones, T.A., Donnelly, C.A., & Dawkins, M.S. (2006). Forced to crowd or choosing to cluster? Spatial distribution indicates social attraction in broiler chickens. Animal Behaviour, 72, 1291-1300. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.anbehav.2006.03.019

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Why do broilers hug the walls? Understanding how broilers use space appeared first on Modern Poultry.

USPOULTRY Sets 2026–2028 Research Priorities to Address Emerging Industry Challenges

Edusehat — Tue, 01 Sep 2026 19:45:09 +0700

The U.S. Poultry & Egg Association and its Foundation (USPOULTRY) have announced its 2026–2028 Research Priorities, establishing a focused research agenda to address emerging challenges and advance innovation, sustainability, poultry health and food safety across the poultry and egg industries.

USPOULTRY’s research priorities are developed through an industry-driven process that brings together poultry producers, veterinarians and other industry professionals to identify critical research needs. The USPOULTRY Foundation Research Advisory Committee plays a central role in this process, drawing on the expertise of industry professionals to identify research needs and evaluate proposals.

“Research plays an important role in helping our industry anticipate challenges, improve practices and identify solutions that can make a difference at the farm, plant and industry levels,” said Dr. Denise Heard, vice president of research programs for USPOULTRY. “These priorities help connect the expertise of the research community with the real-world needs of the poultry and egg industries, ensuring our investments remain relevant, practical and innovative.”

The 2026–2028 priorities address key areas across the broiler, turkey, layer and breeder sectors, including food safety; poultry health and disease prevention; nutrition; processing; production and management efficiency; animal welfare; environmental management; and other emerging issues.

Updated every two years, the priorities allow USPOULTRY to remain responsive to advancements in science and technology, evolving production practices, regulatory developments and emerging industry threats. They also provide researchers with greater insight into the areas where applied, science-based research can have the greatest impact.

The priorities will help guide USPOULTRY’s research funding programs and provide strategic direction for researchers seeking funding. While proposals that align with identified priorities are encouraged, USPOULTRY will continue to consider innovative research that addresses significant or emerging industry needs.

USPOULTRY has a long history of supporting research that delivers practical benefits to the poultry and egg industries. Research proposals that promote or advance a specific commercial company or product are generally unlikely to receive USPOULTRY funding.

U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Chicken and egg prices climb in Malaysia as farms face mounting pressures

Edusehat — Tue, 01 Sep 2026 19:45:09 +0700

Kuala Lumpur, 31 August 2026 — Retail prices for chicken and eggs are rising in Malaysia as poultry farms face closures and suspensions amid fly infestations, labour shortages, higher feed costs and regulatory pressure. The New Straits Times reports that these combined pressures are tightening supply and contributing to higher consumer prices. The government is also reviewing rising egg prices following concerns from producers about high operating costs.

Farm closures tighten supply

Industry sources say several farms, mainly in Negeri Sembilan, have been ordered to shut or suspend production following complaints about flies and problems linked to manure management. The closures have affected production involving an estimated 3.7 million live chickens, although some farms have since reopened.

The Federation of Livestock Farmers’ Associations of Malaysia says farms are capable of meeting domestic demand, although national supply is currently tight.

The situation is also creating uncertainty for individual producers. One poultry farmer interviewed by the New Straits Times said persistent fly problems and tighter regulatory expectations could threaten a family poultry business that has operated for about 40 years.

Prices at the shelf

Supermarket and retail data show higher egg prices in August. At Lotus’s Malaysia, Grade A eggs were retailing at RM14.79 per tray of 30, Grade B at RM14.19 and Grade C at RM13.89. Focus Malaysia reported that earlier in 2026 prices were around or below RM13.50, RM12.50 and RM11.50 respectively.

Fresh chicken has also become more expensive, with retail prices reported around RM9–9.50/kg in some retail outlets in some cases.

The increase in egg prices is not being attributed solely to recent farm closures. QL Resources expects egg prices to remain relatively high over the next two quarters, citing strong demand and tighter supply. The company said production had previously been reduced as farmers retired spent layers, while hot weather has also affected hen productivity.

Four key pressures

Farmers and industry bodies point to several overlapping factors:

Fly infestations and enforcement. Open-house farms have faced complaints about flies and odours, while authorities have responded with inspections, fines and closure or suspension orders in cases involving poor farm and manure management.
Labour shortages. Producers say shortages of workers make it more difficult to meet cleaning and manure-management requirements, adding to the operational pressures facing farms.
Rising feed costs. Higher feed costs are putting further pressure on poultry producers. QL Resources expects continued pressure from higher prices for key feed ingredients such as corn and soybean meal, alongside rising energy and logistics costs.
Push toward closed-house systems. Malaysia has promoted closed-house farming as a way to improve biosecurity and farm management, but only about 8% of poultry houses are fully closed-house. High capital costs remain a major barrier to wider adoption.

Policy backdrop

There is no nationwide legal mandate requiring all poultry farms in Malaysia to convert to closed-house systems. However, Perak is due to begin full enforcement of its closed-house policy on 1 January 2027, increasing pressure on operators that have yet to make the transition.

According to the Department of Veterinary Services, farms that have ceased operations so far have not generally done so solely because they failed to convert to closed-house systems; poor management and public complaints have been among the reasons for closures.

The investment required to establish or convert to closed-house production can be substantial. Industry estimates cited by the New Straits Times put the cost at up to RM60 million, excluding land costs, while other industry reporting has placed the cost of constructing a new poultry farm at more than RM10 million.

Government reviews egg prices

The government is reviewing rising egg prices following concerns from producers about high operating costs and broader pressures on the poultry industry.

At the same time, industry expectations point to continued price pressure in the near term. QL Resources expects egg prices to remain high over the next two quarters, supported by resilient demand and tighter supply, while higher selling prices could help poultry producers offset rising feed and other operating costs.

Cognitive Decline in Senior Dogs: Signs of Doggy Dementia and What Helps

Edusehat — Tue, 01 Sep 2026 19:40:08 +0700

Your older dog stands in the living room, staring at a wall. She forgets she has been fed. She paces at 3 a.m. and looks at you like she is not sure who you are. If this feels familiar, you are not imagining it. Cognitive decline in senior dogs is real, more common than most Indian pet parents realise, and often mistaken for simple old age. Once you know what to look for, you can slow it down and hold on to many more good years together.

What Is Canine Cognitive Dysfunction

Canine Cognitive Dysfunction, often shortened to CCD, is the dog version of dementia. It is a progressive brain condition that affects memory, learning, awareness, and behaviour in senior dogs. According to the American Kennel Club, more than half of dogs over the age of eleven show at least one clinical sign of cognitive decline, and the number climbs sharply past age fifteen.

Inside the aging brain, beta-amyloid proteins build up, blood flow slows, and oxidative damage chips away at healthy neurons. The result is a dog who looks physically fine but seems slightly off in ways that are hard to explain.

Why Indian Senior Dogs Are Especially Vulnerable

Dogs in Indian homes are living longer thanks to better food and veterinary care, which means more dogs now reach the age where cognitive decline shows up. A few local factors make it worse.

Summer heat: Prolonged heat stress increases oxidative damage in the brain and speeds up cognitive aging.
Monsoon disruption: Fewer walks during heavy rains cut down on mental stimulation older dogs need.
Apartment living: Small flats in cities like Mumbai and Bengaluru limit the sensory variety an aging brain relies on.
Festival stress: Loud sounds during Diwali can worsen anxiety in a dog already struggling with cognitive changes.
Delayed diagnosis: Many pet parents assume slowing down is just old age and delay speaking with a vet.

Early Signs of Doggy Dementia

Veterinary behaviourists often use a simple framework called DISHAA to describe the signs of cognitive decline. It stands for Disorientation, Interaction changes, Sleep-wake cycle changes, House soiling, Activity changes, and Anxiety. Here is what each one looks like at home.

Disorientation

Your dog gets stuck behind furniture, stares at walls, or seems lost in rooms she has known for years. She may walk to the hinge side of a door, or forget the way back from a familiar corner of the park.

Changes in Interaction

A once affectionate dog may stop greeting you at the door. Some become clingy and follow you everywhere. Others withdraw, avoid being petted, or lose interest in family members and other pets they used to love.

Sleep-Wake Cycle Changes

This is often the first sign parents notice. Your dog sleeps deeply through the day and then paces or whines through the night. Reversed sleep patterns are a strong indicator of cognitive dysfunction.

House Soiling

A house-trained dog begins having accidents indoors. She may forget to signal or urinate right after a walk. VCA Animal Hospitals notes this often has nothing to do with bladder health and everything to do with the brain forgetting a learned habit.

Activity Changes

Some dogs pace in circles or repeat the same motion for long stretches. Others slow down sharply and lose interest in toys and walks. Both extremes point to the same underlying problem.

Anxiety

New fears appear from nowhere. Your dog may become uneasy about being alone, react to sounds she once ignored, or seem more nervous in familiar places.

When to Talk to Your Vet

If your senior dog is showing two or more of the signs above, book a veterinary visit. Many symptoms overlap with treatable conditions like hearing loss, arthritis pain, thyroid issues, and urinary tract infections. A vet will rule out physical causes first, usually through a blood panel and a neurological check, before confirming CCD. Cognitive decline cannot be reversed, but it can be slowed significantly when caught early.

What Helps: Nutrition for the Aging Brain

The brain is one of the most fat-dependent organs in the body, and it responds well to targeted nutrition. Diets rich in omega-3 fatty acids (especially DHA), antioxidants, medium chain triglycerides, and B vitamins have been shown to support cognitive function in older dogs. Look for senior-specific formulas or add a vet-approved fish oil to your dog's meals. Explore age-appropriate senior dog food options that are formulated for older dogs with lower activity levels and higher cognitive support needs.

Fresh vegetables like carrots, spinach, and blueberries add natural antioxidants. A small pinch of turmeric mixed into food offers gentle anti-inflammatory support, but always confirm the dose with your vet.

What Helps: Targeted Supplements

A few well-researched supplements are consistently recommended for dogs with cognitive decline:

DHA fish oil: Supports brain cell structure and reduces neural inflammation.
SAM-e: Helps improve mental sharpness and mood in senior dogs.
Phosphatidylserine: A brain-supporting phospholipid shown to slow cognitive decline in aging animals.
Vitamin E and Selenium: Antioxidants that protect neurons from oxidative damage.
Coconut oil (MCT): Provides an alternative fuel source for aging brain cells.

Consistency matters more than dose. Daily use over months, not occasional high servings, is what produces visible change. Browse dog supplements for senior wellness and speak with your vet about which combination fits your dog's specific needs.

What Helps: Mental Stimulation and Gentle Exercise

The brain follows a simple rule: use it or lose it. Senior dogs who continue to think, sniff, and solve small problems every day hold on to their cognitive skills for longer.

Sniff walks: Let your dog set the pace and follow her nose. Twenty minutes of sniffing does more for the aging brain than an hour of brisk walking.
Puzzle feeders: Replace one meal a day with a slow feeder or treat-dispensing toy to keep her mind engaged.
New scents and textures: Rotate a few different surfaces at home, from mats to towels to grass patches on the balcony.
Simple training: Even an old dog can practice sit, paw, or find-the-treat games for five minutes a day.

Enrichment through play is one of the most underrated tools. A rotating basket of interactive dog toys keeps the brain working without putting strain on aging joints.

What Helps: A Predictable, Calm Home

Dogs with cognitive decline cope best when their environment is stable and easy to navigate. Small adjustments make a big difference.

Keep food bowls, water, and the sleeping area in the same spot every day.
Add a soft night light in the passage so night-time wandering feels less confusing.
Use non-slip mats on smooth floors, which are common in Indian homes.
Give her an orthopaedic bed placed in a quiet corner away from foot traffic.
Keep noise levels low during Diwali, weddings, and festival evenings, and consider a calming wrap or safe corner.

A supportive orthopaedic dog bed also eases joint pain, which often shows up alongside cognitive changes and adds to a senior dog's stress.

The Power of Routine

Feed, walk, and settle her for the night at the same time each day. Predictable schedules reduce anxiety and let a confused brain rely on rhythm instead of memory. When routines shift due to travel or house guests, expect a short spike in confusion and give her extra reassurance.

The Bottom Line

Cognitive decline is a normal part of aging that responds well to early attention and the right support. Notice the small changes, work with your vet, feed the brain well, and keep her routines steady. Your senior dog gave you her best years. With a little extra care, you can give her back many more good ones.

Frequently Asked Questions

At what age do dogs start showing signs of cognitive decline?

Most dogs begin showing subtle signs between nine and eleven years of age, though large breeds may show changes earlier. By age fifteen, a majority of dogs display at least one symptom of canine cognitive dysfunction.

Can doggy dementia be cured?

No, canine cognitive dysfunction cannot be cured, but it can be slowed and managed. Early diagnosis, targeted nutrition, supplements, mental stimulation, and a stable home environment can extend your dog's quality of life significantly.

How is dog dementia different from normal aging?

Normal aging brings physical slowing and a bit of grey around the muzzle. Dementia involves confusion, disorientation, night pacing, forgetting learned habits, and personality changes that go beyond simple physical decline.

What foods are good for a senior dog's brain?

Foods rich in DHA, antioxidants, and medium chain triglycerides support brain health. Fish, blueberries, spinach, carrots, and vet-approved coconut oil are excellent additions. Senior-specific dog food formulas usually cover these needs.

Why does my old dog pace at night?

Reversed sleep-wake cycles are one of the earliest and most common signs of canine cognitive dysfunction. Night pacing, whining, and restlessness often indicate the brain's internal clock is losing its rhythm.

Should I still walk my dog if she has dementia?

Yes, gentle daily walks are one of the best things you can offer. Choose short, calm sniff walks over long or fast ones. Consistent light exercise supports brain health, reduces anxiety, and helps regulate sleep.

Managing Canine Cushing’s Disease at Home: A Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Tue, 01 Sep 2026 19:40:08 +0700

A Cushing’s disease diagnosis can feel overwhelming, especially when you are hearing the term for the first time from your veterinarian. The reassuring truth is that with steady home care, most Indian dogs live comfortable, happy lives for years after the diagnosis. This condition is common in middle-aged and senior dogs, and while it does need lifelong attention, most of the day-to-day management happens right in your own home. This guide walks you through what Cushing’s disease looks like in Indian households, how to build a manageable care routine, and how to work with your vet to keep your dog stable through humid monsoons, dry winters, and long summer afternoons.

What is Cushing’s Disease in Dogs

Cushing’s disease, also called hyperadrenocorticism, occurs when a dog’s body produces too much cortisol. Cortisol is a stress hormone that helps regulate energy, immunity, and inflammation, but in excess it quietly damages the liver, skin, muscles, and immune system. According to the American Kennel Club, the condition is most often caused by a small benign tumour on the pituitary gland, though a smaller number of cases stem from an adrenal gland tumour or long-term steroid use.

In India, breeds such as Beagles, Dachshunds, Boxers, Poodles, and small terriers are seen more frequently at veterinary clinics with this diagnosis. It typically appears in dogs above the age of seven. The disease progresses slowly, which is why many pet parents mistake early signs for normal ageing and delay a vet visit by several months.

Recognising Symptoms Early

Catching Cushing’s early makes home management far easier. The most common signs are increased thirst, frequent urination, a noticeably larger appetite, and a rounded, sagging belly. Many dogs also develop thinning fur along the back and flanks, dark patches on the skin, and slow-healing wounds. Panting even in air-conditioned rooms is another telling sign, since excess cortisol interferes with normal temperature regulation.

Indian pet parents often notice their dog draining bowls of water within minutes during summer, or asking to be let out to urinate multiple times at night. If your dog has always been house-trained but suddenly has accidents indoors, take it seriously. Muscle weakness in the hind legs, a dull coat, and repeated skin or urinary infections are also worth flagging. Keep a short symptom diary for two weeks and share it with your veterinarian during the next consultation.

Getting a Proper Diagnosis

Home management can only begin after a confirmed diagnosis. Vets usually start with blood work, a urine test, and abdominal imaging. Specific tests such as the ACTH stimulation test or the low-dose dexamethasone suppression test then confirm the condition. As explained by VCA Animal Hospitals, no single test is perfect, so your vet may combine results before deciding on treatment.

Do not attempt to self-diagnose based on symptoms alone. Several conditions common in Indian dogs, including diabetes, hypothyroidism, and kidney disease, share overlapping signs. An accurate diagnosis protects your dog from unnecessary medication and gives you a clear starting point for daily care.

Building a Daily Home Management Routine

Once treatment begins, usually with medications such as trilostane, your role at home becomes central. A predictable daily rhythm helps your dog feel secure and gives you clear reference points to notice small changes. Focus on three pillars: medication timing, nutrition, and hydration. Add gentle grooming and calm exercise, and you have covered the essentials. Most Indian households can manage this alongside their regular schedule without major disruption. Consistency matters more than complexity, and small steady habits protect your dog better than occasional bursts of extra attention.

Medication Consistency

Give prescribed medication at the same time every day, ideally with food to reduce stomach upset. Trilostane in particular should never be skipped or doubled without veterinary guidance, since it directly affects cortisol production. Set phone reminders and keep a written log. If you travel within India, carry extra doses and a copy of the prescription, especially around festivals such as Diwali or Holi when finding an open pharmacy can be difficult. Store medicines away from direct heat and humidity, both of which are common problems in Indian kitchens.

Diet Adjustments

Dogs with Cushing’s benefit from a diet moderate in high-quality protein, low in fat, and controlled in sodium. Extra protein helps counter muscle loss, while lower fat reduces the strain on the liver and pancreas. Avoid table scraps, fried snacks, and heavy Indian gravies, which can trigger pancreatitis in already vulnerable dogs. Fresh options such as boiled chicken, small amounts of paneer, cooked pumpkin, and plain curd suit most dogs well. Explore vet-approved therapeutic formulas from the dog food range at PetsWorld, and consider adding omega-3 supplements after consulting your vet, since they support skin and coat health, which is often compromised in Cushingoid dogs.

Hydration and Bathroom Access

Never restrict water, even if your dog seems to drink excessively. Restricting fluids in a Cushingoid dog can quickly lead to dehydration, particularly during Indian summers when temperatures climb past forty degrees. Keep multiple clean water bowls placed around the house and refresh them at least twice daily. Plan for more frequent bathroom breaks, and if you live in a high-rise apartment, keep indoor pee pads ready for night-time. A soft, washable dog bed placed near the balcony door can help older dogs rest comfortably between trips outside.

Grooming and Skin Care in the Indian Climate

Cushing’s weakens the skin barrier, and India’s humidity makes fungal and bacterial infections more likely, especially during the monsoon months. Brush your dog gently every two to three days to spread natural oils and to check for hot spots, scabs, or thinning patches. Bathe only when necessary, using a mild medicated shampoo recommended by your vet. Over-bathing strips protective oils and worsens dryness during winter.

Dry your dog thoroughly after every bath and after monsoon walks, paying close attention to armpits, groin, and paw pads where moisture collects. Trim nails regularly, since weakened muscles make long nails painful. Check ears weekly for wax buildup or odour, and clean them with a vet-approved solution. Browse the grooming essentials collection at PetsWorld for vet-recommended shampoos, ear cleaners, and soft brushes suited to sensitive skin.

Exercise and Mental Stimulation

Gentle daily exercise supports muscle tone, but avoid intense play or long runs. Two short walks of fifteen to twenty minutes each work better than one long outing. In Indian cities, schedule walks for early morning or after sunset to avoid heat exhaustion, since Cushingoid dogs struggle to cool themselves. Puzzle feeders, scent games, and short training sessions keep the mind active without physical strain. Mental stimulation also reduces stress, which matters because stress raises cortisol further and can worsen symptoms. Watch your dog closely during activity and stop the moment you notice heavy panting or trembling legs.

Monitoring Progress at Home

Keep a simple log noting daily water intake, appetite, urination frequency, energy levels, and any skin changes. Weigh your dog every two weeks if possible, using a home scale or the reception scale at your vet clinic. Share this log at every follow-up visit. Routine ACTH stimulation tests are usually recommended around ten to fourteen days after starting medication, then every three to six months, as outlined in the Merck Veterinary Manual. Watch for warning signs such as vomiting, diarrhoea, extreme lethargy, loss of appetite, or sudden collapse. These can indicate cortisol dropping too low, which is a medical emergency and requires immediate veterinary attention.

A Steady Routine Makes All the Difference

Managing Cushing’s disease at home is about patience, observation, and steady routines. Work closely with your veterinarian, keep your log updated, and lean on quality nutrition and gentle grooming to keep your companion comfortable. With the right care, your dog can continue enjoying quiet mornings, cool evening walks, and the everyday joys of family life for years to come.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can Cushing’s disease in dogs be cured completely?

Pituitary-dependent Cushing’s, the most common form, is managed rather than cured. Adrenal tumours can sometimes be surgically removed, offering a potential cure, but the option depends on the tumour type and your dog’s overall health. Most Indian dogs live comfortably for years with daily medication and steady home care.

How long can a dog live with Cushing’s disease?

With proper treatment and monitoring, dogs typically live two to four years after diagnosis, and many live longer. Life expectancy depends on age at diagnosis, treatment consistency, and how well secondary conditions such as skin infections or diabetes are managed.

Is Cushing’s disease painful for dogs?

The disease itself is not painful, but complications such as skin infections, muscle weakness, or urinary tract infections can cause real discomfort. Consistent home care and prompt vet visits prevent most of these issues.

What foods should I avoid feeding my Cushingoid dog?

Skip fatty foods, fried snacks, salty biscuits, chocolate, onions, and heavy Indian curries. Avoid raw meat as well, since a weakened immune system raises the risk of bacterial infection.

Can I stop the medication if my dog seems better?

No. Cushing’s medication controls cortisol levels only while active in the system. Stopping suddenly causes symptoms to return quickly and can be dangerous. Any dosage change must come from your veterinarian.

Does hot Indian weather affect a dog with Cushing’s?

Yes. Excess cortisol impairs temperature regulation, so affected dogs overheat faster. Keep your dog in cool, ventilated spaces, offer unlimited water, and avoid midday walks throughout summer and early autumn.

Cottage cheese storms ahead

Edusehat — Tue, 01 Sep 2026 16:25:05 +0700

Hope everyone had a good bank holiday in the UK. The UK’s Agricultural and Horticultural Development Board (AHDB) says the British dairy herd contracted 2.2% in the 12 months ending 1 July 2026, while milk deliveries increased 3% to 12,931 million litres in the same time frame. Currently, the herd amounts to 1.57 million head. It is the largest annual decline since January 2021. This shows that despite a decrease in the size of the dairy herd, efficiency and productivity improvements have contributed to an increase in production, according to the organisation.

Fewer cows producing more milk, which is not a bad thing, perhaps. Fewer mouths to feed mean less silage to find. Milk production volume saw a 1.3% decline year-on-year, but the spending was up by 1.2%. We are buying less milk overall but in higher value added products, it seems.

We are also moving on from lowfat products, which I am quite happy with. Whole milk sales saw an uptick of 1.4%, as consumers discover the benefits of full-fat products in dairy. In the cheese segment, cottage cheese continues to storm ahead, with a 43% volume increase year-on-year and the consumer’s need for snacking cheese also increased by 3.5%.

The AHDB also reported upticks in cows’ yogurt, yogurt drinks and fromage frais volume growth by 7.1%, with the spending also increasing by 9.3% year-on-year. Cows’ standard plain yogurt (+19.7%), healthy (+15.1%) and fat free (+9.7%) were among the strongest performing subcategories, the AHDB points out.

However, this growth offset declines in Stilton and British blue, British regionals and cheddar. Cheddar saw a decrease of 839kg due to a decrease in buyers. Extra mature slices (-16.1%), reduced fat/functional (-12.7%) and grated mild (-11.6%) also saw large declines.

It is an overall interesting set of numbers as the summer ends in the northern hemisphere.

https://ahdb.org.uk/news/consumer-insight-dairy-retail-performance-8-august-2026

The post Cottage cheese storms ahead appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Peru’s Anchovy Fishery Crisis: A Systemic Alert for the Global Industry

Edusehat — Tue, 01 Sep 2026 09:20:06 +0700

* By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Record-low catch quotas, extended fishing bans, and fishmeal prices at historic highs are reshaping production cost structures for aquafeed manufacturers in Ecuador, Chile, and beyond — while rendered animal by-products and Antarctic krill emerge as strategic substitutes.

The 2026 Fishing Season: Context and Key Figures

On April 1, 2026, Peru’s Ministry off Production (PRODUCE) authorized the commencement of the first anchovy fishing season in the North-Central coastal zone, setting a maximum catch limit of 1,914,049 metric tons (mt) — a 36.2% decline relative to the 3.0 million mt authorized for the equivalent 2025 season, and the lowest TAC recorded in a decade, with the sole exception of 2023, when the season was cancelled in its entirety due to adverse environmental conditions.

The quota is consistent with stock assessment recommendations issued by the Instituto del Mar del Perú (IMARPE), reflecting reduced biomass availability and heightened concerns over juvenile cohort protection.

The season’s trajectory deteriorated further through May. On May 12, 2026, PRODUCE issued Directorial Resolution No. 00052-2026-PRODUCE/DGSFSPA, imposing a 15-day fishing suspension across the maritime zone between 6° and 14° South latitude within the first 30 nautical miles, after IMARPE detected juvenile fish incidence exceeding 50% in active fishing gear (‘enmallamiento’).

By May 27, with only an estimated 451,000 mt harvested — equivalent to 23.6% of the total authorized quota — the suspension was extended by a further 15 days, until June 10, 2026, accumulating 30 consecutive days of operational stop-page. IMARPE attributed the extension to advancing warm-water intrusions driven by the Coastal El Niño (FEN), which are reducing coastal upwelling, deepening anchovy distribution, and increasing vulnerability of juvenile populations to incidental capture.

With 30 consecutive days of fishing suspension and only 23.G% of the TAC harvested, Peru’s 202G anchovy season represents the most operationally constrained campaign in a decade — and a structural infiection point for global marine ingredient supply chains.

TAC Evolution — North-Central Zone, First Season:

» 2024: Approximately 2.5 million mt.

» 2025: 3.0 million mt.

» 2026: 1.914 million mt (−36.2% year-on-year).

» Volume harvested as of May 27, 2026: ~451,000 mt (23.6% of TAC).

Peru’s Central Reserve Bank (BCRP) projects a 6.6% contraction in the fishing sector for full-year 2026, with the most pronounced impact anticipated in the second fishing season (November-February), which coincides with the period during which FEN conditions are expected to persist or intensify.

The Coastal El Niño: Oceanographic Drivers and Biological Consequences

The Peruvian anchovy is among the most oceanographically sensitive commercial fisheries on Earth. Its productivity is intrinsically linked to the intensity and spatial extent of the Humboldt Current upwelling system, which drives the nutrient enrichment of surface waters along the Peruvian coast.

El Niño events — particularly the FEN variant that affects Peru’s nearshore environment — disrupt this upwelling mechanism by introducing anomalously warm surface waters, suppressing thermocline shoaling, and reducing the biological productivity upon which anchovy populations depend.

According to Official ENFEN Communiqué No. 06-2026 (March 27, 2026), the FEN Alert status is projected to persist through December 2026, with a probability of reaching moderate intensity between May and July. These conditions have a documented multipathway impact on anchovy availability: shoal displacement toward greater depths (> 100 m) and higher latitudes, increased surface-water temperatures in traditional fishing zones, compromised juvenile survival rates, and logistical disruptions due to anomalous swell events that have forced repeated port closures during the current season.

The National Fishing Society (SNP) President, Jessica Luna, noted in January 2026 that the environmental outlook made it imperative to accelerate April operations to preempt anticipated May-June risks. The severity of subsequent oceanographic anomalies, however, exceeded industry projections, rendering precautionary fleet deployment insufficient to offset the structural reduction in accessible biomass.

Global Fishmeal and Fish Oil Production: Q1 2026 in Numbers

Peru accounts for approximately 20% of global fishmeal and fish oil production in an average year, establishing it as the single most influential jurisdiction in the marine ingredients market. Any material restriction in Peruvian anchovy catch translates directly into a global supply shock, the magnitude of which is proportional to the severity and duration of the production disruption.

Data reported by the Marine Ingredients Organization (IFFO) — compiled from member statistics in Chile, Denmark, Faroe Islands, Iceland, Ivory Coast, Mauritius, Norway, Peru, South Africa, Spain, the United Kingdom, and the United States, collectively representing approximately 40% of global fishmeal output and 50% of fish oil production — document the following trends for Q1 2026:

» Fishmeal production, March 2026: −38% year-on-year.

» Cumulative fishmeal production, Q1 2026: −28% relative to Q1 2025.

» Cumulative fish oil production, Q1 2026: −12% year-on-year.

Fish oil production demonstrated greater resilience relative to fishmeal, supported by comparatively stable output from Denmark/Norway and Spain. Nevertheless, both ingredients remain structurally undersupplied relative to global aquafeed demand. Current fishmeal spot prices have reached USD 2,500/mt (Perú Broker, May 2026), representing a historic high and an approximate 25% increase over 2023-2024 El Niño-affected levels, as previously reported by Mordor Intelligence (2026).

IFFO’s Market Research Director, Enrico Bachis, contextualized the 2026 quota within biomass assessment parameters, noting that the TAC of 1,914 million mt is equivalent to an exploitation rate of 27% of the estimated anchovy biomass — a figure intended to remain within precautionary reference limits but offering little buffer against further environmental deterioration. The concurrent imposition of spatial fishing bans due to elevated juvenile incidence further constrains effective seasonal yield below the authorized TAC ceiling.

“Higher fishmeal and fish oil prices will add to production costs for aquaculture producers of carnivorous species such as salmon and shrimp.” — Audun Lem, Deputy Director, Fisheries and Aquaculture, FAO.

Impact on Ecuador’s Shrimp Aquafeed Industry

Ecuador is the world’s leading producer and exporter of farmed Pacific white shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei), with an industrial aquafeed sector whose formulation practices are critically dependent on Peruvian fishmeal and fish oil as high-digestibility protein and lipid sources. In 2025, Ecuador absorbed approximately 4.47% of Peru’s fishmeal FOB export value — equivalent to approximately USD 83.6 million — ranking it as the fourth-largest destination globally, after China, Germany, and Japan (Datasur, 2026).

The concentration of Ecuadorian aquafeed procurement in Peruvian-origin marine ingredients creates a specific vulnerability profile in the current supply disruption scenario. The primary operational consequences for Ecuadorian feed manufacturers include:

» Direct cost escalation: With fishmeal at USD 2,500/mt, feed — which can account for 50–60% of variable production costs in shrimp farming — becomes the principal margin compression vector across the value chain.

» Reformulation pressure: Supply constraints compel partial substitution of fishmeal with alternative protein sources, with potential consequences for feed conversion ratio (FCR), specific growth rate (SGR), and zootechnical performance depending on substitution levels and ingredient quality.

» Procurement risk: Operators with limited forward purchasing capacity or lower credit standing face constraints in securing adequate volumes of certified marine ingredients, particularly at a time when Chinese buyers — commanding 78.93% of Peru’s fishmeal exports — are competing for the same constrained supply.

» Export competitiveness: Sustained feed cost inflation erodes producer margins and can reduce Ecuador’s price competitiveness in key destination markets including China, the United States, and the European Union.

Impact on Chile’s Salmon Farming Sector

Chile ranks second globally in salmonid aquaculture production, with major integrated operators — including Mowi, Cermaq, Salmones Camanchaca, and AquaChile — whose feed procurement strategies are directly exposed to marine ingredient price volatility. Feed constitutes between 40% and 50% of total production costs in Chilean salmon farming, and fish oil remains an ingredient of limited substitutability given the industry’s obligation to deliver EPA and DHA omega-3 fatty acid profiles demanded by premium export markets (FAIRR, 2026).

Chilean salmon producers have made notable progress in reducing fishmeal inclusion rates — with some operations reporting levels below 5% of total diet formulation through the deployment of micronutrient stacks and blended terrestrial animal proteins — but fish oil dependence has proven more persistent, given the absence of cost-competitive marine-origin omega-3 alternatives at the required scale.

The 38% year-on-year contraction in fishmeal production and 12% decline in fish oil output recorded in Q1 2026 by IFFO members therefore exerts material pressure on forward procurement positions and sustainability certification commitments across the Chilean salmon sector.

The FAIRR Initiative (2026) has highlighted that while the Chilean industry leads its global peers in reducing fishmeal and fish oil dependency ratios (FMFO-DR), cost escalation and supply disruptions translate into operational interruptions that have not been fully mitigated by existing ingredient diversification programs. The current crisis reinforces the urgency of accelerating the commercial validation and scaling of alternative marine omega-3 sources.

The Industry Response: Alternative Ingredients Under Commercial Scrutiny

The 2026 Peruvian anchovy crisis is acting as a catalyst for the accelerated commercial adoption of feed ingredients that have, until recently, been advancing incrementally through research and validation pipelines. The current market conditions transform these alternatives from optional diversification levers into operational necessities for feed manufacturers seeking to maintain formulation targets and cost containment.

Rendered terrestrial animal by-products: Scaling the industrial response

Rendered animal by-products from the poultry, swine, and bovine processing industries represent the highest-volume, most commercially accessible alternative protein and lipid category available to aquafeed manufacturers in the current supply disruption scenario.

The principal ingredients in this category include: Poultry By-product Meal (PBM), derived from heads, feet, viscera, blood, undeveloped eggs, and carcass trimmings; Meat and Bone Meal (MBM), a corendered product of bovine and porcine processing residues; blood meal; hydrolyzed feather meal; porcine and bovine fat (lard and tallow) as fish oil partial substitutes in lipid-supplemented diets; and porcine hemoglobin meal as a highly digestible, ironrich protein source.

The nutritional and zootechnical evidence base supporting the use of these ingredients in aquafeeds has strengthened substantially over the past decade. A feeding trial conducted at the Oceanic Institute demonstrated that high-quality fishmeal can be completely replaced by either MBM or PBM with little to no loss in growth performance (Global Seafood Alliance, 2020).

In rainbow trout and silver perch, total fishmeal replacement was achieved on a digestible nutrients basis through a multisource blend of MBM, PBM, blood meal, and hydrolyzed feather meal without compromising zootechnical outcomes, while simultaneously improving cost-effectiveness relative to single-source substitution strategies (GSA, 2024).

Among rendered animal proteins, PBM is distinguished by its compositional consistency and essential amino acid (EAA) digestibility profile, which of all non-marine animal proteins most closely approximates that of fishmeal.

Recent peer-reviewed studies have demonstrated its efficacy across a range of commercially relevant species: in coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch), broken-line regression analyses identified optimal PBM inclusion levels that maintained growth parity with fishmeal-based control diets (Yu et al., 2023, Animals); in Atlantic salmon and rainbow trout, dietary levels exceeding 30% PBM have been achieved without significant compromise of growth performance indicators (BMC Veterinary Research, 2025); and in Pacific white shrimp (L. vannamei), inclusion of 20–50% PBM as a partial fishmeal replacement has been validated across multiple experimental designs, provided that amino acid deficiencies are corrected through complementary blending or crystalline amino acid supplementation (Fishes, MDPI, 2025).

MBM derived from bovine and porcine slaughter by-products offers a cost advantage over PBM in many Latin American and North American markets, given the scale of beef and pork processing industries in countries such as Brazil, Argentina, the United States, and Mexico. Bovine and porcine fats (tallow and lard) can serve as partial lipid replacements for fish oil in diets for species with lower absolute requirements for long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids (LC-PUFA), including tilapia, catfish, and certain shrimp production systems.

The key formulation principle across all rendered animal protein applications is multi-source blending: no single rendered ingredient replicates the full nutritional profile of fishmeal, but strategically proportioned combinations of PBM, MBM, blood meal, and feather meal can collectively meet species-specific EAA requirements while maintaining economic viability.

From a sustainability standpoint, the incorporation of rendered terrestrial animal by-products in aquafeeds carries a compelling circular economy rationale: it converts non-food-grade processing residues — which would otherwise require incineration, landfill disposal, or industrial composting — into high-nutritional-value aquafeed ingredients, thereby improving the overall ecological efficiency of integrated food production systems.

This circularity argument is increasingly relevant to aquaculture companies operating under ESG frameworks and sustainability certification requirements.

Ecuador imported approximately USD 83.G million in Peruvian fishmeal in 2025. At a spot price of USD 2,500/mt, each percentage point of unmet demand not covered by cost-eflective alternatives translates directly into structural cost increases for the world’s leading shrimp-producing nation.

Antarctic krill: High-impact inclusion at low dietary levels

Antarctic krill (Euphausia superba) occupies a functionally distinct category within the alternative ingredient landscape: it does not compete with fishmeal on a volume or cost basis, but delivers a uniquely dense nutritional and functional impact per unit of dietary inclusion. The primary commercial source of krill-based aquafeed ingredients is Aker QRILL Company, which has operated a certified krill fishery in the Southern Ocean’s Area 48 (Antarctic Peninsula) since 2006.

The fishery is managed by the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR) under a precautionary eco-system-based management framework, with total catch limits set at less than 1% of the estimated 63 million metric tons biomass in Area 48 — one of the most conservatively managed fisheries globally (QRILL Aqua, 2025).

The principal QRILL product lines for aquafeed applications are QRILL Aqua (whole krill meal retaining the lipid fraction, including astaxanthin and phospholipid-bound omega-3 fatty acids) and QRILL High Protein (a defatted meal derived as a co-product of krill oil extraction, offering a higher protein concentration with reduced lipid content). A third ingredient, QRILL AstaOmega Oil, provides concentrated astaxanthin and EPA+DHA in a highly bioavailable phospholipid matrix.

The nutritional differentiation of krill meal relative to other marine and terrestrial protein sources rests on several documented mechanisms. First, krill omega-3 fatty acids (EPA and DHA) are predominantly bound to phospholipids rather than triglycerides, a structural characteristic associated with enhanced intestinal absorption and tissue deposition efficiency relative to fish oil-derived omega-3 in triglyceride form.

Second, krill meal contains intrinsic feeding stimulants — including free amino acids, nucleotides, and betaine-analogues — that function as potent feed attractants, improving palatability and voluntary feed intake in formulations with reduced or zero fishmeal inclusion. Third, astaxanthin, present naturally in QRILL Aqua, serves both as a pigmentation agent in salmonid flesh and as an antioxidant with documented immunomodulatory properties.

A review article authored by Kiranpreet Kaur (Director of Aquaculture R&D, Aker QRILL Company) and Silvia Torrecillas (Institute of Agrifood Research and Technology), published in the journal Aquaculture, systematically documented krill’s benefits across multiple farmed species.

The review confirmed that krill-supplemented diets enhance disease resistance, innate immunity, growth performance, feed conversion efficiency, and digestibility across a range of commercially important species including Atlantic salmon, rainbow trout, large yellow croaker (Larimichthys crocea), seabream, Atlantic halibut, and Pacific white shrimp (L. vannamei). Notably, in diets formulated with 20% PBM and no fishmeal, the inclusion of 3% krill meal significantly improved feed attractability, palatability, and growth performance in juvenile Litopenaeus stylirostris (ScienceDirect, 2025).

Studies in Atlantic salmon have additionally documented reduced cardiac pathology and mortality during viral infection episodes in animals fed krill meal-supplemented diets — a finding with direct relevance to disease management in intensive Chilean salmon farming.

The principal constraint on krill meal adoption is its cost premium relative to both fishmeal and rendered animal proteins. However, in the current market environment — with fishmeal spot prices at USD 2,500/mt — the price differential between krill and conventional marine ingredients has narrowed, potentially improving the cost-benefit calculus of low-inclusion krill supplementation (2–5% of diet) as a functional ingredient rather than a bulk protein source. This positions krill most competitively as an additive to plant- or rendered animal protein-based formulations where palatability enhancement and omega-3 delivery are required without the volumes that full fishmeal replacement would demand.

Poultry by-product meal, in combination with complementary rendered protein sources, can replace up to 100% of dietary fishmeal without growth performance losses when amino acid profiles are correctly balanced. Antarctic krill meal, at 3 – 5% inclusion, restores palatability and delivers phospholipid-bound omega-3 that terrestrial proteins cannot provide. The combination of both strategies represents the most nutritionally robust and commercially viable formulation response to the current Peruvian supply disruption.

The broader substitution ecosystem

Alongside rendered animal by-products and krill, the aquafeed industry has access to a growing ecosystem of alternative ingredients, each with distinct performance, scalability, and cost profiles:

» Insect meal (Black Soldier Fly, Hermetia illucens): Protein content of 40–55% on a dry matter basis, favorable amino acid and lauric acid fatty acid profile for monogastric aquatic species, scalable industrial production infrastructure increasingly established in Europe, North America, and Asia.

» Single-cell protein (SCP) and microalgae: Emerging sources of EPA and DHA not derived from wild-capture fisheries, with several companies (including Nuseed, Veramaris, and DSM/Evonik joint ventures) operating at commercial scale in omega-3 algal oil production.

» Legume-based proteins (soybean meal, lupins, field peas): Cost-competitive in many geographies, but require processing to reduce antinutritional factor content, present lower digestibility for carnivorous species, and carry known risks of immune activation and intestinal enteritis in salmonids at high inclusion rates.

» Aquaculture processing by-products: Shrimp head meal, squid meal, salmon trimmings meal — circular, nutritionally valuable, and increasingly integrated into supply chain by-product valorization strategies.

The overarching formulation principle, endorsed by leading aquaculture nutritionists, is not full single-source substitution but the construction of intelligently blended multiprotein matrices that simultaneously optimize amino acid balance, lipid quality, palatability, digestibility, ingredient cost, local procurement logistics, and sustainability certification compliance. The variability in rendered product quality — while significantly improved relative to past decades — remains a factor requiring robust supplier qualification and proximate analysis programs at the feed mill level.

Peru’s 202G anchovy crisis is not an isolated event: it is a systemic reminder of the structural vulnerability inherent in a global aquafeed ingredient supply chain dependent on a single wild fishery and a single geographic region. Aquafeed manufacturers that accelerate the transition to multi-protein formulation matrices — integrating rendered animal by-products, Antarctic krill, and emerging alternative ingredients — will be structurally better positioned to manage the next climate-driven supply disruption, whenever it occurs.

Global Market Dynamics: Structural Pressures Across the Value Chain

The global fishmeal and fish oil market, valued at USD 8.8 billion in 2026, is projected to expand to USD 18.2 billion by 2036 at a compound annual growth rate of 7.5% (Future Market Insights, 2026). This growth trajectory, however, is occurring in a context of structurally constrained wild-capture supply, where increasing production is expected to derive primarily from improved by-product utilization from fisheries and aquaculture processing rather than from expanded reduction fisheries.

The 2026 Peruvian crisis crystallizes the long-recognized fragility of a global supply chain in which a single national fishery exercises disproportionate influence over global marine ingredient availability.

The current supply disruption is intensifying several preexisting structural market dynamics:

» Monopsony concentration risk: China absorbed 78.93% of Peru’s fishmeal FOB export value in 2025 (approximately USD 1.476 billion). This demand concentration from a single buyer creates persistent price and availability asymmetries for all other purchasing markets.

» Sustainability certification scarcity: The contraction in IFFO-RS and MSC-certified marine ingredient supply complicates sustainability commitments embedded in aquaculture certification standards (ASC, Global G.A.P.) and corporate ESG targets across the value chain.

» Purchasing power stratification: As Rabobank analysts have noted, available marine ingredients will tend to flow to buyers with the greatest procurement capital, creating asymmetric access risks for mid-sized and smaller feed manufacturers.

» Geographic diversification partial offset: Norway/Denmark and Spain demonstrated relative resilience in Q1 2026 fish oil production, but their combined output is insufficient to compensate for the Peruvian volume deficit at current global demand levels.

Rabobank and IFFO analysts have concurred that under current conditions, some sector of the omega-3 demand chain — aquaculture, human nutrition, pharmaceutical, or companion animal — will necessarily consume less marine-origin omega-3 in 2026 than in prior years. The market’s price signal will determine which sector absorbs the adjustment: historically, aquaculture’s cost discipline and vertical integration capabilities have given large-scale producers an advantage over other demand categories in maintaining access to certified marine ingredients under scarity conditions.

Forward Outlook and Strategic Recommendations

The near-term outlook for the Peruvian anchovy fishery remains subject to significant uncertainty. IMARPE will conduct a new biomass assessment following the expiry of the current suspension on June 10, 2026, the results of which will determine whether fishing operations can resume before the close of the first season.

The second North-Central season (November-February) constitutes the next critical supply milestone, but BCRP projections suggest it will also be adversely affected by FEN persistence.

In 2014, the last major Peruvian season cancellation, the fishery recovered rapidly in the following cycle; however, the multiseason, multi-driver nature of the current environmental disruption suggests a more protracted supply constraint scenario. For aquafeed manufacturers in Ecuador, Chile, and globally, the following strategic actions are indicated by current market conditions:

1.Forward procurement and supplier diversification: Secure forward supply contracts for both marine and terrestrial animal protein ingredients; qualify multiple supplier geographies for PBM and MBM to reduce single-origin dependency.

2. Ingredient substitution validation: Prioritize species-specific feeding trials to validate PBM, MBM, and combined rendered protein blends as partial or total fishmeal replacements, with rigorous amino acid balance modelling and digestibility data.

3. Krill meal integration assessment: Evaluate the economic and functional case for 2 – 5% krill meal inclusion as a palatability enhancer and phospholipid omega-3 carrier in reformulated diets with reduced marine ingredient inclusion.

4. Cost scenario modelling: Revise production cost models to stress-test sustained fishmeal prices above USD 2,000/mt over a 12 – 18-month horizon, incorporating the cost implications of alternative ingredient procurement and reformulation at scale.

5. Regulatory and scientific monitoring: maintain close observation of IMARPE stock assessment outcomes, ENFEN El Niño status reports, and PRODUCE regulatory decisions that will govern the accessibility of the 2026 second-season quota.

Conclusion

The convergence of a record-low catch quota, extended fishing suspensions, and fishmeal spot prices at historic highs in Peru’s 2026 anchovy season represents a significant stress test for the global aquafeed industry. The immediate commercial impact is concentrated in Ecuador’s shrimp feed sector and Chile’s salmon feed industry, but the supply shock radiates across every market that sources marine ingredients from Peruvian reduction fisheries.

The industry’s most resilient response will not be reactive procurement management alone, but the systematic acceleration of formulation strategies that reduce marine ingredient dependency: rendered terrestrial animal by-products at scale, strategic Antarctic krill inclusion for functional performance, and the construction of multi-source protein matrices that can absorb supply shocks without compromising zootechnical outcomes.

The question confronting feed manufacturers is not whether to pursue these transitions, but at what pace — and whether that pace will be sufficient for the next crisis. Aquaculture Magazine and Panorama Acuícola Magazine will continue to monitor the evolution of Peru’s anchovy fishery, global marine ingredient markets, and the commercialization of alternative feed ingredient strategies across the aquaculture supply chain.

References and sources consulted by Aquaculture Magazine and Panorama Acuícola Magazine Team on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Five quality control questions every veterinarian should ask about vaccine application

Edusehat — Mon, 31 Aug 2026 22:15:04 +0700

Feature photo credit: Zoetis, Inc.

By Abigail Graham, DVM, MAM, DACPV, Associate Director, Poultry Technical Services at Zoetis

Imagine this: You’re a veterinarian and at one of the farms you oversee, flock performance is down and mortality is up. You take appropriate steps to identify the disease challenge, using field surveillance and diagnostics. Then, you select vaccines suited to the current strains threatening a flock. The vaccine arrives, and your new vaccination program begins; but weeks later, flock performance does not improve as expected.

Is the vaccine not living up to its claims? Was the wrong vaccine selected?

When vaccine decisions are grounded in sound diagnostics and veterinary guidance, the vaccine itself may not be the problem. It may be time to review how the product was stored, prepared and applied.

Vaccines must remain viable throughout the entire process from delivery and storage through mixing, administration and bird exposure. A breakdown at any point may reduce the amount of viable vaccine that reaches the target tissue and impact the immune response.

1. Are label instructions being followed?

Every vaccine has specific requirements for storage, preparation, dose, application method and time of use after mixing. Those instructions should form the foundation of the vaccination protocol.

Different vaccine formats also require different handling practices. Frozen, freeze-dried and emulsified vaccines should not be treated interchangeably. Teams need product-specific standard operating procedures and training that cover:

Required storage and transport temperatures
Appropriate diluent and water requirements
Thawing or reconstitution procedures
Mixing order and technique
Maximum time between preparation and administration
Correct dose and application method

Timing and temperature are especially important, because live vaccines can lose viability when exposed to unfavorable conditions or held too long after preparation.

For example, for frozen vaccine, the total time span from removing ampules from liquid nitrogen to thawing and adding to diluent should be no more than three minutes. A longer time span may compromise vaccine cell livability and reduce vaccine efficacy.

2. Is the in ovo vaccination process being protected?

Successful in ovo vaccination depends on following specific processes for vaccine preparation, sanitation, consistent management of the vaccination equipment and more.

The vaccine preparation room should be clean, controlled and used for its intended purpose only. Work surfaces, thaw baths and equipment need to be cleaned and disinfected before vaccine preparation. And it’s important to limit traffic through in this area to reduce opportunities for contamination or product mix-ups.

Day-to-day management of the in ovo vaccination system is equally important. Hatchery teams should follow a checklist for setup, shutdown, cleaning and storage. This includes properly sanitizing the vaccine pathway within the device.

Small deviations can become significant when multiplied across hundreds of thousands of eggs. A missed cleaning step, extended vaccine-thawing time or inconsistent preparation procedure could impact downstream flock health.

3. Is the spray cabinet applying optimal coverage?

Spray cabinet vaccination allows an entire basket of chicks to be vaccinated quickly, but application must be consistent. The goal is to deliver viable vaccine droplets to the eyes, nares and mouth, where the vaccine can contact the appropriate tissues and initiate an immune response.

Some factors that deserve close attention include:

Application volume. The spray process must deliver the intended amount of vaccine solution to every chick basket with equal volume dispensed from each nozzle.
Droplet size and coverage. Droplets that are too small may evaporate or create gaps in coverage, and it’s critical the entire area within the chick basket is covered.
Nozzle condition. Worn or clogged nozzles can alter the spray pattern and droplet size.

At startup, assess the spray pattern by using a quality control plate or another approved method. Nozzles, syringes and tubing should also be cleaned or replaced according to a defined schedule.

4. Are field vaccination practices uniform?

Vaccination practices in growout houses present a different set of variables.

For drinking-water vaccination, the objective is to deliver viable vaccine through the water system and have the entire flock consume it within a relatively short period.

Water treatment that could damage the vaccine should be discontinued according to protocol. Lines need to be charged uniformly, and birds should be encouraged to drink through appropriate water withdrawal, line management and movement through the house.

Dye in the vaccine solution can help confirm that vaccine reached the birds. Tongue checks shortly after the vaccine is consumed provide a helpful indication of flock exposure.

For backpack spraying, application uniformity depends on bird density, walking speed, spray volume and droplet distribution. A dry run with water-sensitive paper can help teams evaluate coverage before applying vaccine. It’s recommended to reassess periodically and whenever personnel change.

5. Are you inspecting for what you expect?

A completed vaccination procedure does not automatically confirm successful application.

Vaccine-take monitoring can help determine whether live vaccine reached the birds and replicated as expected. Depending on the vaccine, this may involve physical checks or diagnostics such as PCR.

For respiratory vaccines such as infectious bronchitis virus or Newcastle disease virus, PCR testing from samples collected from appropriate tissue a few days after vaccination can provide information about the uniformity of vaccine exposure. Poor or inconsistent results can help direct the investigation back toward mixing, handling, spray settings or environmental conditions.

One result is only a snapshot, but routine monitoring can establish a baseline, identify changes and help guide corrective action.

Vaccine application fundamentals are not complicated

The fundamentals of vaccine application are not complicated, but they require monitoring to sustain success. Clear protocols, regular routine training, properly maintained equipment and verification tools help protect the vaccine investment and give each flock an opportunity to develop the intended immune response. Turnover can contribute to gaps in consistency or understanding of proper vaccine application protocols.

Zoetis has created an extensive and growing Poultry Vaccine Administration resource hub of vaccine application best practices. The materials include resources for broilers, layers and turkeys. There are videos and PDF guides, with several Spanish-language resources, covering the multitude of application methods.

Zoetis also offers comprehensive diagnostic services that can help you identify disease challenges and evaluate vaccine response in your birds. Contact your Zoetis representative to learn more.

All trademarks are the property of Zoetis Services LLC or a related company or a licensor unless otherwise noted.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Five quality control questions every veterinarian should ask about vaccine application appeared first on Modern Poultry.

UK urged to ban Brazilian meat imports over antibiotic and AMR concerns

Edusehat — Mon, 31 Aug 2026 22:10:09 +0700

Leading UK farming organisations have called on the government to urgently prohibit imports of Brazilian beef, poultry and other affected animal products, bringing Great Britain into line with restrictions due to take effect in the European Union and, through the EEA framework, in relevant EEA countries from 3 September 2026. The National Farmers’ Union, NFU Scotland, NFU Cymru and the Ulster Farmers’ Union have jointly written to Defra Secretary of State Dame Angela Eagle, warning that continued imports could pose concerns for public health, consumer confidence and domestic producers.

The request follows the European Union’s decision to remove Brazil from the list of third countries authorised to export certain products of animal origin to the EU under new requirements concerning the use of certain antimicrobial medicinal products. The measure, established by Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2026/1189, applies from 3 September 2026. It affects several categories of Brazilian products of animal origin, including bovine and equine products, poultry, aquaculture products, honey and casings. The EU decision reflects the fact that the European Commission had not received information guaranteeing that Brazil had implemented the necessary measures to comply with the relevant requirements by 3 September 2026.

The EU measure should not, however, be interpreted as a finding that Brazilian meat is inherently unsafe or that all Brazilian meat is produced in violation of EU rules. The issue is whether Brazil has provided the guarantees and implemented the measures required under the EU regulatory framework concerning the use of certain antimicrobials in animals intended for food production.

The UK farming organisations’ concerns have also been reinforced by an investigation published in 2025 by the Irish Farmers Journal and the Irish Farmers’ Association. The investigation involved travelling approximately 3,000 km through four Brazilian states. The researchers reported being able to purchase prescription-only antibiotics from agricultural supply stores without providing identification, a prescription or a herd or animal number, and found little evidence of traceability for such sales. The investigation also reported the availability of antibiotics classified as highest-priority critically important antimicrobials for human medicine. These findings are those of the investigation and should not be presented as evidence that such practices are universal across Brazil.

The investigation also reported the use, on farms visited, of feed containing monensin, an antimicrobial that can be used for animal-health purposes and to improve feed efficiency and weight gain. The evidence does not by itself demonstrate that therapeutic use and growth promotion were being systematically conflated, and the original description of “medicated feed blocks” has therefore been omitted.

The reported practices have raised concerns because they differ from the European approach to antimicrobial stewardship. In the EU and UK, the use of antibiotics for growth promotion has been prohibited since 2006, while policies have increasingly focused on reducing unnecessary antimicrobial use and limiting the use of substances considered particularly important for human medicine. The UK farming unions argue that imported food should be subject to standards that provide equivalent protection to those required of domestic producers.

Antimicrobial resistance (AMR) is a broader public-health concern because resistant microorganisms can make infections more difficult to treat. Resistant bacteria and resistance genes can circulate between humans, animals and the environment, with food being one of the possible routes of exposure and transmission. The existence of this pathway does not, however, demonstrate that Brazilian meat currently entering the UK is causing AMR infections among consumers.

The Alliance to Save Our Antibiotics has also highlighted the global burden of antimicrobial resistance. Its campaigners cite estimates according to which AMR is directly responsible for about 1.14 million deaths globally and is associated with several million additional deaths. These figures are estimates of the global burden of AMR and should not be interpreted as evidence of a specific health impact from Brazilian meat imports.

Despite the pressure from farming organisations, the UK government has not introduced an equivalent ban. Defra has said that its experts have sought urgent information and assurances from Brazil as part of a rapid assessment of beef and poultry production systems, while the department is also monitoring the market impact of the EU restrictions. The government has stressed that the UK maintains robust import controls designed to protect animal and public health.

The British farming unions argue that, if Brazilian products lose access to EU markets but remain eligible for the British market under existing UK rules, some shipments could potentially be redirected towards Great Britain. This is a possible market consequence rather than an established outcome. The unions also warn that such a development could increase competitive pressure on British producers, who are required to comply with UK production and antimicrobial-use rules.

The issue is particularly complex for Northern Ireland because, under the Windsor Framework, Northern Ireland remains within the EU sanitary and phytosanitary (SPS) zone for relevant goods, meaning that EU import requirements continue to apply to animal products entering Northern Ireland from third countries. A divergence between Great Britain and the EU over Brazilian animal-product imports could therefore create additional regulatory and trading complications within the UK.

For the wider livestock sector, including producers in Italy and elsewhere in the EU, the dispute highlights the growing importance of antimicrobial stewardship, treatment traceability and the ability to demonstrate compliance with production requirements in international trade. As governments tighten requirements concerning antimicrobial use and food safety, the ability to demonstrate compliance with verifiable standards may become an increasingly important factor alongside price and other aspects of competitiveness.

The case nevertheless needs to be distinguished from a finding that Brazilian meat is unsafe. The EU decision concerns Brazil’s ability to provide the guarantees and demonstrate implementation of the measures required under the EU antimicrobial framework, while the UK is conducting its own assessment and, as of 31 August 2026, has not announced an equivalent prohibition.

Hubbard to attend SPACE 2026

Edusehat — Mon, 31 Aug 2026 18:35:09 +0700

Hubbard will attend SPACE 2026 in Rennes, France, from 15 to 17 September. Visitors will be able to meet the company’s team in Hall 10A, Booth C64.

Hubbard offers genetic options for both Premium and conventional markets.

Hubbard Premium genetics

The Hubbard Premium range includes a broad portfolio of breeds offering colour differentiation, slower growth and robustness.

According to the company, Hubbard Premium breeds are used worldwide in Label Rouge, organic, free-range and extensive indoor production, as well as in programmes based on the Better Chicken Commitment and European Chicken Commitment. The range also includes options for dual-purpose and traditional concepts.

The portfolio includes Hubbard REDBRO, a slower-growing breed for the BCC and ECC markets. Hubbard states that REDBRO offers a balance between animal welfare, environment and economics.

Genetics for conventional broiler markets

For conventional broiler production, Hubbard offers the Efficiency Plus female together with the M77 and M99 males.

According to the company, these genetics meet the requirements of markets seeking efficient production of hatching eggs and chicks, strong broiler growth, low feed conversion, good conformation and uniformity.

During SPACE 2026, visitors will be able to discuss their business with the Hubbard team and identify genetic options for their markets.

Meet Hubbard at SPACE 2026
15–17 September 2026
Hall 10A – Booth C64
Rennes, France

communication@hubbardbreeders.com
www.hubbardbreeders.com

Medion Supports the Development of Education and the Fisheries Industry through Collaboration with FPIK Universitas Padjadjaran

Edusehat — Mon, 31 Aug 2026 15:10:05 +0700

Medion also participated in the series of activities for the 21st Anniversary of the Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Sciences (FPIK) at Padjadjaran University (UNPAD), held in the Hall of Building 3 FPIK UNPAD, Jatinangor, Sumedang Regency. This participation reflects Medion’s commitment to expanding its contributions in the fisheries sector through collaboration with educational institutions.

This event was attended by the academic community of FPIK UNPAD, the Medion Human Resource Team, as well as other invited guests. On this occasion, Medion, represented by Alia Samsiah, S.M., as HRD Assistant Manager, officially signed a Cooperation Agreement (PKS) with FPIK UNPAD, represented by Dr. Sunarto, S.Pi., M.Si., as Dean.

This collaboration represents a strategic step in strengthening the synergy between the education sector and industry to support the development of education, research, as well as competent human resources ready to meet industry needs. Through this collaboration, Medion is also committed to contributing to the advancement of the fisheries sector as part of efforts to support Indonesia’s food security.

For more information visit; https://www.medionfarma.co.id/en/

VIV Africa 2026: a look at who’s coming to Kigali

Edusehat — Sun, 30 Aug 2026 21:05:10 +0700

Exhibitors, buyers, and industry leaders converge on Rwanda’s capital for the region’s anticipated feed to food event

With VIV Africa 2026 set to open its doors on 7 to 8 October at the Kigali Convention Centre, the show’s exhibitor and delegate line-up is taking shape, and it paints a clear picture of an industry converging on Rwanda’s capital to do business. Preceded by a dedicated Leadership Conference on 6 October, the fifth edition of VIV Africa brings together producers, suppliers, investors and policymakers from across the feed to food value chain.

Who’s in the room

VIV Africa has built its reputation as the meeting point for professionals working across East Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa and the wider international agrifood community. Visitors include farm owners and operators, feed millers, hatchery and breeding specialists, veterinarians and animal health professionals, processors, distributors, investors and government stakeholders, all drawn by the chance to compare solutions from international and regional suppliers side by side.

That business focus is sharpened by two dedicated platforms running alongside the exhibition. The Investment & Market Access Forum connects investors and policymakers with businesses across the region, while the Hosted Buyer Program brings senior purchasing decision-makers directly to the show floor for scheduled introductions with exhibitors.

An exhibitor base spanning the full value chain

About 150 exhibitors from around the world will fill the show floor, organized across five core sectors that trace the journey from feed to food.

The Animal Health sector brings veterinary pharmaceuticals, diagnostics, vaccines and biosecurity solutions from companies including Ceva/Laprovet, Kemin Biologics, LVL Animal Health, Biovet and Innovad Group.

Breeding & Hatching exhibitors offer genetics, hatchery equipment and incubation technology, with names such as Aviagen, Hendrix Genetics, Hubbard, Novogen, Petersime and Lohmann Breeders on the floor.

Farm Production covers housing, feeding, drinking, climate control and general farm equipment, represented by suppliers including Big Dutchman, Chore-Time, Roxell, Facco, Vencomatic Group and Vostermans Ventilation.

The Feed, Ingredients & Additives sector features nutrition, premix and feed additive specialists such as Cargill, De Heus and Koudijs Animal Nutrition, Trouw Nutrition, Adisseo and Techna, while Feed & Grain Technology brings milling and processing technology from companies including Bühler, Andritz, Famsun and SCE, Silo Construction & Engineering.

A dedicated Processing and Food Engineering contingent, among them Baader Food Systems, Birds Prefer Meyn, Insta-Pro International and Duram Industries, rounds out the value chain on the downstream end. The growing Dairy Pavilion extends the show’s scope beyond poultry into broader livestock production, reflecting demand for stronger dairy production systems across the region.

Specialists across the spectrum

Within those sectors, the exhibitor list reflects just how specialized the industry has become. Incubation and hatchery specialists such as EMKA Incubators, Vet7 Incubators and Emtech Hatchery Systems sit alongside genetics and breeding houses like Hy-Line/Kenchic/Hybrid and Hastavuk.

Feed formulation and nutrition houses ranging from global players like ADM Animal Nutrition and Cargill to regional specialists such as Soproda Poultry Feed and MG2Mix Premix Nutrition will be on hand to discuss diet optimization for local conditions.

On the health side, exhibitors span everything from mycotoxin biomonitoring with Innovad Group to full matrix phytase nutrition with IFF Animal Nutrition & Health and probiotic gut health solutions from other exhibiting specialists.

Regional representation is also a defining feature of the floor. Alongside international suppliers from Europe, Asia and the Americas, exhibitors and delegates from across Sub-Saharan Africa, including Rwanda’s own poultry and agriculture sector, will be present throughout the two exhibition days. That local presence is reinforced by supporting associations such as the Rwanda Poultry Industry Association and the Ministry of Agriculture and Animal Resources, both closely involved in the show’s preparation.

Knowledge sharing runs in parallel

The exhibition days are supported by a full Technical Best Practice Seminar program, with sessions on topics ranging from drinking water-based nutrition and feed efficiency modelling to gut health and probiotic application in broiler production. These run alongside the Leadership Conference sessions on market outlook, poultry sector transformation and animal health, held the day before the show opens.

Register now for VIV Africa 2026

Visitor registration for VIV Africa 2026 is open now at www.vivafrica.nl. Registering in advance secures a free badge, avoids queues onsite, and gives early access to the exhibitor list and full onsite program — helping visitors plan their visit in Kigali before they even arrive.

Source: VIV Worldwid press release

Poultry leads the way: save the date for the 2027 Latin American Poultry Summit

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 20:00:10 +0700

The 2027 Latin American Poultry Summit is set for Monday, Jan. 25, in Atlanta, Ga., USA. The event will be held in conjunction with the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo (IPPE), and is co-hosted by the Latin American Poultry Association.

The Summit will explore how the poultry industry continues to lead the way in animal protein, highlighting the breakthroughs, technologies and strategies shaping the future of production. The one-day agenda is designed to maximize participants’ time at the Expo while providing valuable opportunities to exchange ideas and build industry connections.

Networking opportunities will include a luncheon, coffee breaks and a reception, and these are included in the cost of attending the summit. Students and advisors participating in the USPOULTRY Foundation International Student Program will also receive special recognition during the event.

For more than a decade, the Latin American Poultry Summit has served as a key gathering for poultry professionals throughout Latin America to explore emerging technologies, gain insights from animal health and food safety experts, and discuss the issues and opportunities influencing the region’s poultry industry.

The 2027 IPPE will run from Jan. 26-28 at the Georgia World Congress Center in Atlanta, Ga. For more details about the IPPE, visit ippexpo.org, and for information about the Latin American Poultry Summit, go to lacumbreavicolalatinoamericana.org.

Source: USPOULTRY press release

Benchmark Genetics Norway Announces Collaboration with Nam Viet Corporation to Develop an Advanced Selective Breeding Program for Nile Tilapia in Vietnam

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:12 +0700

• The Vietnamese company, that holds both ASC and BAP certifications, is making a strategic transition from pangasius to meet evolving market demands and unlock new growth opportunities.

• The partnership has already reached a significant milestone with the successful establishment of an optimally structured base population.

Benchmark Genetics Norway (BGN) recently announced a long-term strategic collaboration with Nam Viet Corporation (NaViCo) to develop an advanced selective breeding program for Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) in Vietnam. The partnership brings together NaViCo’s position as one of Vietnam’s largest aquaculture companies with the ambition to develop a fully integrated tilapia value chain, and BGN’s global expertise in designing and operating high-performance breeding programs for more than 30 aquaculture species.

“Our ambition is to position tilapia as a premium product and export from Vietnam, supported by a fully integrated and sustainable value chain,” said Doan Chi Thien, Chief Executive Officer at NaViCo. “Partnering with Benchmark Genetics ensures access to world-class technologies that enable us to deliver consistent product quality and meet growing market expectations.”

NaViCo is making a strategic transition from pangasius to tilapia to meet evolving market demands and unlock new growth opportunities. As one of the world’s largest concentrated aquaculture farming operations, NaViCo holds both ASC (Aquaculture Stewardship Council) and BAP (Best Aquaculture Practices) certifications – two of the most rigorous global standards for responsible aquaculture. These achievements highlight the company’s long-standing commitment to quality, sustainability, and environmental stewardship.

It is important to say that the three representatives from NaViCo and Benchmark Genetics who have signed a collaborative strategic agreement were NaViCo’s CEO, Doãn Chí Thiên; Founder and Chairman of NaViCo, Doãn Tới; and by the Benchmark Genetics part, its Senior Geneticist, Trịnh Quốc Trọng.

Significant Milestone

As part of the collaboration, Benchmark Genetics will design and provide ongoing expert guidance and operational support for a state-of-the-art selective breeding program for Nile tilapia, applying proven genetic improvement strategies to enhance growth rate, feed conversion efficiency, and robustness — traits essential for cost-effective production and delivering premium tilapia to both domestic and international markets.

The partnership has already reached a significant milestone with the successful establishment of an optimally structured base population. This achievement marks the transition from program design to implementation and lays the groundwork for long-term genetic improvement. Building on this foundation, the partners are now preparing to integrate genomic selection to maximize genetic gain for survival, robustness, and other commercially important traits, positioning the program at the forefront of modern tilapia breeding and further strengthening NaViCo’s position as a leading global producer of high-quality seafood.

Combination of Skills

According to the information provided by the two companies, the program will be implemented in Vietnam, providing long-term value to NaViCo’s operations, its customers, and the broader tilapia sector in Southeast Asia. By combining NaViCo’s operational scale with Benchmark Genetics’ industry-leading genetics services, the partnership aims to set new industry benchmarks for quality, efficiency, and sustainability in tilapia farming.

“NaViCo is a forward-thinking partner with a bold vision for the future of tilapia farming in Vietnam,” said Morten Rye, Director of Genetics Services and International Strategies at Benchmark Genetics. “We are proud to contribute our global expertise in genetic improvement to support NaViCo’s ambitious goal and to help raise the standard for sustainable aquaculture in one of the world’s most important seafood-producing nations.”

Unlocking Better Biological and Commercial Performance

Benchmark Genetics is a global aquaculture genetics company dedicated to helping producers unlock better biological and commercial performance through genetic innovation. As a leading global supplier of Atlantic salmon eggs, they deliver high-performance genetics to aquaculture producers in more than 36 countries worldwide — serving both net-pen and land-based production systems.

Beyond egg supply, they offer advanced Genetics Services and Genotyping Services, combining decades of breeding expertise with cutting-edge genomic tools to create measurable value for aquaculture producers worldwide.

Headquartered in Bergen, Norway, Benchmark Genetics partners with aquaculture producers around the world to help shape the future of sustainable aquaculture. Their solutions support breeding program development, genomic selection, custom genotyping, cryopreservation, and data-driven performance improvement—helping customers enhance growth, robustness, health, welfare, and profitability.

NOAA Is Seeking Public Input on Where to Locate New Aquaculture Opportunity Areas in the United States

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:11 +0700

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Home (NOAA) from the United States (US) is seeking public input on where to focus while searching places to begin the process of identifying Aquaculture Opportunity Areas (AOA). They are requesting relevant information on specific issues and areas they should consider for future Aquaculture Opportunity Areas. The deadline for comments is September 14, 2026.

According the definition they provided, Aquaculture Opportunity Areas are defined geographic areas that have been evaluated to determine their potential suitability for commercial aquaculture. The AOA identification process takes into account the potential environmental, economic, and social impacts of identifying AOAs and siting aquaculture in those locations drawing from extensive scientific review and analysis. Public input is critical to this process.

As part of the comment period, NOAA will also host three public listening sessions. The sessions will be in English and Spanish, they reported. They look for the citizens attend one of three public listening sessions or provide a written comment through to help inform where NOAA should focus on searching for Aquaculture Opportunity Areas.

The importance of the task relies on the fact that the United States imported an estimated USD 12 billion in farmed seafood in 2024, about half of the USD 25 billion in total seafood imports. “Aquaculture creates jobs, uplifts coastal economies, and complements wild-capture fisheries. It provides healthy and sustainable seafood to American families—bolstering domestic food security,” members of NOAA highlighted.

Many Ways to Help

According the information they released they are requesting data, comments, views, information, analysis, or suggestions from the public to support the identification of AOAs in US waters. Specifically, they are interested in learning from this input about regions of the country where NOAA should consider analyzing for potential Aquaculture Opportunity Areas; the types of aquacultures these areas may or may not support; or water depths and distances from shore that should be considered.

Other interesting data are locations where the presence of aquaculture gear may overlap with areas used by fishing operations and other commercial users; locations where aquaculture gear may overlap with protected species like whales, dolphins, and sea turtles; areas that may be important for subsistence harvest or other cultural resources; and areas that may be important for outdoor recreation or conserving natural resources.

Past and Ongoing

In 2020, NOAA sought input on regions to begin searching for Aquaculture Opportunity Areas. California and the Gulf of America (previously Mexico) were selected as the first regions for focused evaluation. In 2025, they completed this process by identifying 13 areas in the Gulf and off Southern California totaling more than 21,000 acres in federal waters as Aquaculture Opportunity Areas.

As this work supports Executive Order 13921 on Promoting American Seafood Competitiveness and Economic Growth, they are also working to identify Aquaculture Opportunity Areas in Alaska state waters. In February 2026, the National Centers for Coastal Ocean Science published an Atlas identifying 77 options, ranging from 50 to 2,000 acres, for Aquaculture Opportunity Area identification across 10 study areas in Gulf of Alaska state waters.

The citizens interested in providing information can submit comments through the Federal Register via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. They can visit https://www.regulations.gov and type NOAA–NMFS–2026–2179.

Products and Services to Support Economic Vitality

Let’s remember that, from daily weather forecasts, severe storm warnings, and climate monitoring to fisheries management, coastal restoration and supporting marine commerce, NOAA’s products and services support economic vitality and affect more than one-third of America’s gross domestic product.

NOAA’s dedicated scientists use cutting-edge research and high-tech instrumentation to provide citizens, planners, emergency managers and other decision makers with reliable information they need, when they need it.

Antarctic Krill Fishery Set to Close This Week, as Precautionary Management Measures Take Effect

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:10 +0700

By: Aker QRILL Company

Aker QRILL Company is concluding its 2026 Antarctic krill fishing season this week, with vessels ceasing fishing and preparing to leave the fishing grounds. The fisheries close when the precautionary harvest limit set by CCAMLR is reached, demonstrating that the management system is working as intended.

The season has continued later than in 2025, when the Area 48 krill fishery closed on 1 August after reaching the 620,000-tonne harvest limit. In 2026, fishing activity was spread across CCAMLR Subareas 48.1 and 48.2, with vessels operating on multiple fishing grounds. Vessels operated across a geographic range of about 1,000 kilometers, roughly the distance from Oslo to Paris, spanning CCAMLR’s Subareas 48.1 and 48.2.

Nearly 90 percent of catches in the Antarctic Peninsula were taken after 1 April, outside the penguin breeding season. Since 2019, Aker and the broader krill industry have voluntarily closed around 74,000 square kilometers of buffer zones around penguin colonies for fishing between 1 October and 15 March.

“Where fishing takes place is an important part of how the krill fishery should be managed,” said Webjørn Barstad, CEO of Aker QRILL Company. “This season provides another useful real-world evidence that the fishery can operate across a wide geographical area, and the closing proves that the system works. We will use that experience as CCAMLR develops the next generation of krill management.”

A Small and Well-Managed Fishery in a Large Ecosystem

The closure comes weeks after the FAO, the UN’s food and agriculture body, named the Antarctic fishing areas a “global benchmark for precautionary, ecosystem-based fisheries management” in its 2026 State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture report. All 15 stocks assessed in the region, including krill, were rated 100 percent biologically sustainable, the highest share of any fishing area covered by the report.

The Antarctic krill fishery remains one of the most tightly regulated fisheries in the world. Around 11 krill vessels operated during the 2026 season across CCAMLR’s Area 48, a management area covering approximately 3.5 million square kilometers. The current 620,000-tonne trigger level represents around 11 % of CCAMLR’s precautionary catch limit of 5.61 million tonnes for Area 48 and less than one percent of the approximately 63 million tons of krill biomass estimated by the 2019 CCAMLR synoptic survey.

Aker QRILL Company believes in developing the Antarctic krill as a responsibly managed marine resource, particularly at a time when global supplies of traditional marine ingredients are increasingly constrained. Global aquaculture production has grown substantially, while the underlying supply of fishmeal and fish oil has remained largely flat. In 2026, production from key fisheries supplying certified marine ingredients is running particularly low. Further development needs to go hand in hand with stronger conservation.

Building Better Management

Aker QRILL Company supports the establishment of the proposed Domain 1 Marine Protected Area of approximately 455,000 km² around the Antarctic Peninsula. The company also supports a modernized Krill Fishery Management Approach that distributes catches across smaller management units and adapts fishing activity over space and time.

Experience from the last two seasons shows why both elements matter and that the fisheries do not always return to the same places. In 2025, fishing activity increased in Subarea 48.1. In 2026, the fishery expanded its use of areas north, central, and south of Bransfield Strait, as well as north and central Gerlache Strait.

“The responsible solution moving forward should now be to build that distribution into the management system rather than relying on annual variations in krill abundance and fleet behavior. ” Barstad said. “That means protecting large and important areas while establishing a science-based management system for the areas where fishing can be further developed. These elements need to be considered together if the 27 members of CCAMLR are going to reach consensus.”

About Aker QRILL Company

Aker QRILL Company is a global frontrunner in sustainable krill-based ingredients, delivering high-performance nutrition to the aquaculture and pet food industries. With full control of the value chain from sustainable harvesting in Antarctica to advanced R&D, processing, and global sales, we are committed to driving innovation and impact. The company develops krill-based ingredients for aquaculture (QRILL Aqua), animal feed applications (QRILL Pet), and nutraceutical human health products.

Our headquarters are in Oslo, Norway, with regional offices across key markets including Bergen, Ålesund, France, India, Thailand, China, Indonesia, Chile, and Ecuador.

NC Chamber Foundation Releases New Research on North Carolina’s Maritime Assets and Supply Chain Competitiveness

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:09 +0700

By: NC Chamber Foundation

North Carolina’s maritime economy extends far beyond the ports of Wilmington and Morehead City. New analysis from the NC Chamber Foundation explores how the state’s broader maritime assets including inland waterways, working waterfronts, marine industries, ferry routes, coastal infrastructure, research institutions, and mariculture all support supply chain resilience and long-term economic competitiveness across North Carolina.

Released as part of the Foundation’s strategic supply chain assets research series, North Carolina’s Maritime Assets: Working Waterfronts, Waterways, and Supply Chain Competitiveness examines how maritime infrastructure supports business growth across industries ranging from manufacturing and defense to agriculture, energy, and logistics, while identifying opportunities to bolster North Carolina’s existing maritime economic ecosystem.

North Carolina’s Maritime Assets Working Waterfronts, Waterways, and Supply Chain Competitiveness

Key Takeaways

North Carolina’s robust maritime economy includes inland waterways, ferry routes, working waterfronts, marine industrial sites, boatbuilding and repair facilities, seafood and shellfish businesses, defense suppliers, coastal research institutions, and water-adjacent freight infrastructure. 
Maritime infrastructure creates value by helping businesses move freight, strengthen defense manufacturing, support seafood and aquaculture, maintain critical transportation connections, and enable major industrial and energy projects.
Many maritime assets already support established industries, while others present opportunities for future growth through targeted investment in workforce, industrial site infrastructure and inventory, channel maintenance, cold chain infrastructure, permitting, and capital.

Why It Matters

North Carolina’s maritime competitiveness depends on more than its ports. Strengthening the broader maritime ecosystem can improve supply chain resilience, expand industrial and defense capabilities, support seafood and marine manufacturing, strengthen coastal communities, and create new opportunities for economic growth. A supply chain-focused approach helps identify where investments in infrastructure, workforce, and industrial capacity can produce measurable business outcomes rather than simply expanding waterfront development. By viewing maritime assets as an integrated statewide ecosystem, North Carolina can better prioritize investments that improve competitiveness and support long-term economic development.

If you have questions about the report or are interested in engaging more on this topic, please reach out to NC Chamber Foundation Senior Director of Infrastructure Competitiveness Dana Magliola.

About the Series

North Carolina’s economic competitiveness depends on a complex network of transportation, logistics, industrial, and infrastructure assets that move goods and people, connect markets, and support business growth across every region of the state. As supply chains evolve and demand for efficient industrial production and freight movement increases, understanding how these systems function together is increasingly important for long-term economic planning.

As part of its ongoing research on North Carolina’s long-term infrastructure competitiveness, the NC Chamber Foundation is examining the state’s supply chain and logistics assets and how they support business growth. Read more here.

Cold Harvest and Aquaculture Canada Conference and Trade Shows Return This September, Co-Hosted by NAIA and AAC

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:08 +0700

By: NAIA

The Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association (NAIA) will host its annual Cold Harvest Conference & Trade Show this September in St. John’s, delivered in partnership with the Aquaculture Association of Canada’s (AAC) flagship national conference – Aquaculture Canada. The event, which will be held at the Jag Hotel from September 15 – 17, will bring together leaders from industry, government, academia, and technology to advance innovation and growth across the aquaculture sector.

Cyr Couturier, President of AAC, said “The Aquaculture Association of Canada is extremely pleased to once again be co-hosting the premier national seafood farming conference and trade show in Canada, in partnership with NAIA,” while adding “we have a fantastic lineup of panelists and sessions on almost every aspect of seafood farming.”

The joint Cold Harvest / Aquaculture Canada program will feature technical sessions, keynote speakers, panels, and a large trade show representing the full value chain of aquaculture.

Hundreds of delegates from Canada, the United States, Europe, South America, and other regions are expected to attend. Those wishing to register can visit www.naia.ca.

About Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association (NAIA)

NAIA is a member-based organization that represents the interests of seafood farmers and their suppliers in Newfoundland and Labrador. The organization advocates on behalf of the aquaculture sector and works with producers, suppliers, governments, and communities to advance sustainable aquaculture development and promote the economic and social value of aquaculture across the province.

About Aquaculture Association of Canada (AAC)

The AAC was established in 1984 with a mandate to foster the development of the Canadian aquaculture sector. Since 1985, it has delivered the national Aquaculture Canada conference and trade show in partnership with provincial or regional associations. The event brings industry, academia, and government stakeholders together to review innovations, science, and technology in Canadian aquaculture. Proceedings from the first 30 conferences are available free to the public at www.aquacultureassociation.ca.

German Ambassador to Chile Visits Ventisqueros and Learns About Its Salmon Farming Operations

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:07 +0700

By: Ventisqueros

Diplomat Susanne Fries-Gaier toured the company’s facilities in Puerto Montt and gained firsthand insight into part of its salmon farming operations, accompanied by representatives from Ventisqueros and the Honorary Consulate of Germany in Puerto Montt.

As part of her tour of southern Chile, German Ambassador Susanne Fries-Gaier visited Ventisqueros’ facilities together with Germany’s Honorary Consul in Puerto Montt, Thomas Frank Bollinger Folkerts. The delegation was welcomed by Francisco Bellolio, Transformation and People Manager, and José Miguel Lecaros, Process Manager at Ventisqueros.

The ambassador’s agenda included visits to various Chilean-German institutions and meetings with regional authorities. Against this backdrop, a visit to Ventisqueros, a company belonging to the Schörghuber Group, was scheduled, a connection that gave the meeting particular significance.

In this context, Fries-Gaier noted that “German companies investing here in Chile play an important role in our bilateral relations. It was a very productive trip, during which many ideas emerged on how to further deepen our ties.”

The meeting provided an opportunity to share with the German delegation some of the challenges and opportunities facing Chile’s salmon industry, as well as Ventisqueros’ role as a German-owned company operating and creating value in southern Chile.

During the visit, the ambassador and honorary consul learned more about Ventisqueros’ operations, where they observed the use of technology and the standards applied throughout different stages of salmon production for international markets.

“For Ventisqueros, it is very valuable to welcome representatives from Germany and show them firsthand how we work from southern Chile. As part of the Schörghuber Group, we have close ties with Germany, which are also reflected in a long-term vision based on excellence, innovation and sustainable development,” Bellolio said.

The meeting helped strengthen ties between Germany and Chile while creating an opportunity for dialogue on productive development and new avenues for collaboration between the two countries.

dsm-firmenich  Animal Nutrition & Health Releases Updated Digital Salmofan™ Color Measurement Tool for Trout

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:06 +0700

By: dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health, a global leader in sustainable animal nutrition solutions, has today announced an update to their innovative Digital SalmoFan software, adding a new algorithm designed to accurately measure trout fillet color for partners across the entire value chain.

The Digital SalmoFan is a user-friendly, portable device that measures the color of salmon and trout fillets using a numeric scoring system. This latest innovation builds upon the existing SalmoFan and SalmoFan Lineal, which are widely used in the global salmon industry for fillet cooler measurement. This also brings globally recognized cooler metrics into the digital era.

Following success, the Digital SalmoFan has already gained traction throughout the salmon and trout industry, including feed producers, farmers, processors, and research institutions. Leading companies within the aquaculture industry, such as Skretting Group, MOWI UK, and UniNord University, have successfully integrated the Digital SalmoFan into their quality and R&D initiatives – highlighting dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health‘s commitment as the industry leader in color measurement solutions.

Dr Louise Buttle, Global Key Account Manager Aquaculture for dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health says: “’We are committed to coupling innovative, high-quality products with cutting-edge digital services that drive efficiency and precision across the value chain. The updated Digital SalmoFan reflects this commitment, enabling the aquaculture industry to maximize the value of color, providing a credible reference point, helping to unlock greater value and optimize performance at every stage.”

The updated software now allows users to select between salmon or trout species, ensuring consistent color measurements anywhere, without light interference. This advancement provides an efficient and innovative method for gathering, storing and sharing data from objective and precise color measurements.

To learn more about the Digital SalmoFan and other color measurement tools, please follow the link here.

About dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

In 2024, dsm-firmenich shared its plan to find a new owner for the Animal Nutrition & Health (ANH) business, including vitamins. ANH, a dsm-firmenich company, is a global leader in animal nutrition and health, as well as vitamins, carotenoids, and aroma ingredients. ANH is an innovation leader and increased its sales to USD 3.85 billion with a team of more than 7,800 people, driven by its strong purpose: feeding the planet without costing the earth. Together, we make it possible.

www.dsm-firmenich.com/anh

Sashimi Revolution in China Accelerates Growth Opportunities for Imported Salmon

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 13:15:05 +0700

By: Norwegian Seafood Council

Sashimi rules the salmon category in China, according to NSC research, offering an opening for salmon imports

Ahead of World Seafood Shanghai (WSS), taking place from 26–28 August, the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC) has pinpointed sashimi as a key opportunity in China’s rapidly expanding salmon market. This is being driven by rising in-home consumption, fast delivery services and the parallel growth of factories providing sashimi-grade salmon to meet demand.

NSC’s Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report takes a deeper dive into the surge in consumption of seafood in China and the trends influencing how consumers discover, purchase and consume it – helping to drive the market’s accelerated growth.

Post-Covid Consumption Shift

China’s imported salmon category grew 50% in 2025. Alongside this growth, one of the biggest changes in how salmon is consumed has been the post-Covid shift towards in-home consumption, particularly of sashimi.

Online retail and delivery services have helped enable this shift. Consumers can order freshly prepared sashimi from sashimi-certified factories and specialized fresh cut sashimi stores, where salmon is sliced on demand before being dispatched for delivery.

The growth of fresh cut stores and factories approved to prepare sashimi-grade salmon is helping supply keep pace with demand. This availability is no longer limited to China’s largest cities, with consumers in tier-two and tier-three cities increasingly able to access the same quality and convenience.

According to NSC Country Director for China Sigmund Bjørgo: “I’ve experienced first-hand how effectively China’s delivery network serves the sashimi market. Salmon ordered to my apartment can arrive within 25 minutes, carefully packaged and in excellent condition.

“That combination of speed and care helps preserve the quality and freshness consumers expect from Norwegian salmon. It makes sashimi easier to enjoy at home and means the product can arrive as fresh as if consumers had bought it themselves at the supermarket.”

Sigmund Bjorgo (Photo credits: Haugen Media).

Salmon: An Affordable Luxury

Salmon sashimi dominates China’s raw fish category – according to NSC data*, about 25% of Chinese seafood consumers in Tier 1 cities report that they eat salmon sashimi once a week or more frequently.

Bjørgo explains: “In China, salmon equals sashimi – full stop. There isn’t even much focus on sushi. That is a small slice of the salmon category; it really is mainly sashimi.”

The popularity of raw, expertly sliced salmon in China is particularly pertinent when compared with the global average of 13% for weekly sashimi consumption*. The average in this case is influenced by high percentages in many Asian markets.

Before the pandemic, salmon sashimi in China was largely associated with Japanese restaurants, with consumers less accustomed to buying raw fish to eat at home or preparing it themselves. The subsequent growth in home consumption has helped sashimi become a more established part of the shopping basket.

Salmon is considered an affordable luxury in China, combining premium appeal with the convenience of an at-home treat.

Affluence is the biggest enabler of seafood consumption in China, where the middle class has grown from around 300,000 people in 2000 to 184 million today – creating a growing audience for higher-value seafood.

Rather than diluting its premium positioning, greater accessibility is enabling more consumers to incorporate salmon sashimi into the traditional Chinese meal of multiple shared dishes.

Freshness Is a Key Driver

In 2025, China emerged as the market with the highest value growth for Norwegian seafood, with an increase in export value of NOK 2.9 billion (USD 0.31 billion) (31%) compared with the previous year. China purchased Norwegian seafood totaling NOK 12.3 billion (USD 1.32 billion) and climbed from being the sixth largest market in 2024 to the third largest market in 2025.

Looking at salmon consumption in particular, and the development from 2024 to 2025, China also comes out on top with the most growth compared to the other top salmon markets.

(Source: NSC, Chinese Salmon Market 2026).

Although Norwegian salmon is cold-chain reliant, the fact that it is favoured as a premium product by China’s rising middle class provides further evidence that it arrives fresh – and is trusted by consumers.

According to NSC Consumer Analyst Lars Moksness: “Through this new research, we’ve gained powerful new understanding of what influences the Chinese consumer. Our findings show that when purchasing seafood, freshness is a key driver, including cost. Consumers are looking for premium-grade seafood, especially when it comes to salmon sashimi – and Norwegian salmon offers the quality they are looking for.”

With China’s middle class continuing to expand and demand for premium seafood gathering pace, the appetite for Norwegian salmon shows no signs of slowing. Looking at the newest development, the Chinese salmon import increased 43 % in first half of 2026, on top of the 50 % for the full year of 2025. In other words, there’s no indication that the trend will stop anytime soon.

As sashimi moves firmly into the mainstream and consumers increasingly prioritise freshness, quality and convenience, Norway is well placed to serve China’s growing taste for premium salmon sashimi.

The NSC and nine companies from the Norwegian seafood industry are present at the Norwegian Seafood Pavilion at World Seafood Shanghai (WSS) from 26–28 August. Before the trade show, there will be a salmon consumers focus group as well as a sashimi taste test among chefs. The China 9th Global Salmon Industry Summit, the largest salmon seminar in China, were also held on Wednesday 26 August. The seminar is organized by the trade media Seafood Guide, where NSC is co-organizer.

Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report (Norwegian Seafood Council, April 2026)

Chinese Salmon Market 2026 (NSC, Sigmund Bjørgo, April 2026)

* NSC Global Tracker 2026, result from 20 global markets

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 

The NSC is headquartered in Tromsø and maintains local representatives in some of Norway’s most important international markets. The Norwegian seafood industry finances the activities of the NSC via a tariff on all Norwegian seafood exports. The NSC is a public company owned by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Fisheries. 

5 Best Plants for a Crested Gecko Bioactive Setup

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 06:00:04 +0700

Building a bioactive enclosure for your crested gecko isn't just about looks. The right plants create climbing routes, hiding spots, and humidity that mimic their natural rainforest habitat. Here are five of the best options.

1. Pothos

Scientific name: Epipremnum aureum
Nicknames: Golden Pothos, Devil's Ivy, Devil's Vine, Taro Vine
Origin: The Solomon Islands and French Polynesia (Society Islands, Mo'orea, Tahiti)

Pothos are one of the most beginner friendly plants that you could include in your bioactive enclosure thanks to their fast growth and hardiness. Their long trailing vines also create great climbing opportunities and coverage for your gecko. The “Devil’s Ivy” nickname comes from it being nearly impossible to kill, they can stay alive in very low light conditions with minimal care. It was originally classified as Pothos aureus back in 1880, which is where the common name “pothos” came from. The name stuck around even after botanists moved it to the Epipremnum genus.

2. Bromeliads

Scientific name: Varies by genus, but Neoregelia and Guzmania are the most common vivarium picks
Nickname: No single nickname (it's a whole plant family), but Aechmea is often called the Urn
Origin: Rainforests of Central and South America

Bromeliads add a beautiful splash of color while also creating natural hiding and resting spots. Their flower petals create a cup like structure that will collect water and can help increase humidity within an enclosure. Guzmania species come from shadier rainforest understories, which makes them well-suited to the lower light levels inside most gecko enclosures. A fun fact is that both genera of Bromeliads are epiphytic, meaning in the wild they grow on tree branches rather than soil!

3. Ferns

Scientific name (common vivarium species): Nephrolepis exaltata (Boston Fern)
Nicknames: Sword Fern, Ladder Fern, Fishbone Fern
Origin: Subtropical and tropical regions of Central and South America, the Caribbean, and the southern US

Ferns thrive in very similar conditions to crested geckos. Their dense foliage provides extra coverage, making your gecko feel more secure while also creating a very lush and natural look. The genus name Nephrolepis comes from the Greek word for "kidney" and "scale," referring to the shape of the spore structures on the underside of its fronds. Fun fact, despite the name, the Boston Fern has literally nothing to do with Boston botanically. It actually started as a single "weird" plant found in a Philadelphia shipment in 1894, and every Boston Fern today is basically its clone!

4. Dracaenas

Scientific name: Dracaena fragrans
Nicknames: Corn Plant, Cornstalk Plant, Dragon Tree, Striped Dracaena
Origin: Tropical Africa, from Sudan to Mozambique and west to Côte d'Ivoire, typically at higher elevations

Dracaenas give tropical vibes with their sturdy stems and broad leaves that geckos love to climb on or hide under. They hold up well in pretty humid bioactive environments. The "Corn Plant" nickname is specific to the Dracaena fragrans species, thanks to its resemblance to an actual corn stalk. Interestingly, the "fragrans" part of its scientific name has nothing to do with corn at all. It actually comes from the plant's fragrant flowers, which are so aromatic they're even used in the perfume industry.

Dracaena fragrans is just one of over 200 species in the Dracaena genus, a number that grew when Sansevieria (the genus snake plants used to belong to) was folded in back in 2018.

5. Snake Plants

Scientific name: Dracaena trifasciata (formerly classified as Sansevieria trifasciata until 2017)
Nicknames: Mother-in-Law's Tongue, Saint George's Sword, Viper's Bowstring Origin: Tropical West and West Central Africa, from Nigeria to the Congo

Another tough and tolerate plant is the Snake Plant! Their upright leaves provide a very sturdy climbing surface while also adding height to your setup. The “trifasciata” in its scientific name refers to the three-banded pattern on its leaves. The nickname “Mother-in-Laws Tounge” goes all the way back to the Victorian-era Europe when houseplants were often given a silly name based on how they look. In this case, the sharp pointy leaves were compared to a stern, sharp-tounged mother-in-law, a joke that has stuck for over a century!

What plants do you use in your bioactive setup? Let us know in the comments!

Sources:

Epipremnum aureum - Wikipedia

Epipremnum Aureum "Devil's Ivy" Care Guide - Bantam

Pothos (Devil's Ivy) Growing Guide - Gardenia

Bromeliads - Wisconsin Horticulture

Nephrolepis exaltata - Wikipedia

Nephrolepis exaltata - Missouri Botanical Garden

Dracaena fragrans - Wikipedia

List of Dracaena species - Wikipedia

Dracaena (plant) - Wikipedia

Dracaena fragrans: corn plant care & propagation - Plantura

Dracaena trifasciata - Wikipedia

Snake plant - Kew Gardens

Why Snake Plant Is Called Mother-in-Law's Tongue - Simplify Gardening

The Tale of the Snake Plant - Fort Collins Nursery

What Do Crested Geckos Eat in the Wild?

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 06:00:03 +0700

Crested geckos are among the most popular pet lizards in the world, and it’s not hard to see why: they’re hardy, often tolerate handling well, have adorably large eyes with an eyelash-like fringe, velvet-soft scales, and they’re easy to feed. While most pet lizards require a relatively demanding diet of gut-loaded live insects, nutrient-dense greens and vegetables, or both, crested geckos can be kept solely on a diet of reconstituted meal replacement powder. However, as effective as we know it to be, is that meal replacement powder (known as crested gecko diet, or CGD) truly best practice? For the answer to that question, we have to look at crested geckos’ natural history: the environmental factors which shaped this species’ physiology.

Wild Diet

Crested geckos (Correlophus ciliatus) are omnivorous, which means that they eat both animal and plant matter. This is a highly flexible survival strategy in the animal kingdom because it allows the animal to get by on whatever’s available at the moment. On Grande Terre and the Isle of Pines, the specific New Caledonian islands where crested geckos can be found, there’s plenty of invertebrates, vertebrates, fruits, flowers, and leaves available for potential munching. But what are the geckos actually eating?

Animals

A 2007 publication by Herve Saint-Dizier mentions the stomach contents of wild crested geckos, and in the animals surveyed, there was found 49.6% insect matter and 20.08% vertebrate matter. Specifically:

21.6% Orthopterans (crickets and locusts)

11.4% smaller lizards, including young crested geckos

9.45% Coleopterans (beetles)

7.52% caterpillars and butterflies

3.12% Dipterans (true flies)

6.42% young rodents

6.2% roaches

2.26% other vertebrates

Note that this list includes climbing insects (beetles, crickets, locusts, caterpillars, roaches) and flying insects (butterflies, beetles, flies), both of which would be readily available up in the trees and branches where crested geckos like to hang out. The roaches may be a bit of a surprise if you’re only familiar with Blaptica dubia, the dubia roach, but several types of New Caledonian roaches have been observed to congregate under flaking tree bark and in narrow tree hollows (Vosjoli et al., 2003).

Vertebrates represent a relatively small portion of wild crested gecko nutrition, but they tend to be particularly nutrient-dense compared to insect prey, which makes them significant. When you’re a wild crested gecko with no guarantees about your next meal, the opportunity to nab a high-calorie, high-nutrient lizard or young rodent can mean the difference between successful breeding this year…or not.

Another point of significance in this list is that most of the prey represented are fairly low in fat.

Plants

The same 2007 publication mentioned above found:

11.7% berries

10.3% pollen aggregates

7.52% fruit juices

1.8% soft seeds

Unfortunately, the paper does not mention exactly which fruits and seeds the geckos had eaten. However, in his own expeditions to crested gecko territory, Thomas Marriott noted the presence of cheese/noni fruit (Morinda citrifolia). Robbie Hamper has speculated that Geissois flowers as well as figs (Ficus sp.) are also an important part of wild crested gecko diet. These foods may be found on the forest floor or on branch tips, where a crested gecko’s grippy, highly flexible feet come in handy.

Where does the pollen come from? Aside from the geckos potentially eating it directly from flowers, note that flying insects are often pollinators, which means that they’re usually coated with the stuff. When a crested gecko eats a flying insect, it is likely to get a dose of pollen along with it.

What a Crested Gecko’s Wild Diet Means for Your Pet

Crested geckos are omnivorous, having evolved to live in an environment where they eat primarily insects, fruit, and pollen, with some vertebrates and seeds on the side. Does this mean that, instead of CGD, we should go back to feeding crested geckos on a varied, whole-food diet?

Not necessarily. After all, there’s no point in fixing what isn’t necessarily broken, and top CGD formulas are doing a good job of raising, breeding, and maintaining pet crested geckos. The key, then, is to be more discerning in our use of CGD and more intentional about how we fit that into our geckos’ total dietary strategy:

Look for CGD formulas that emphasize insect protein over other protein sources in their recipe. While you’re looking at the ingredients list, check for the pollen and honey (concentrated flower nectar). The CGD should be relatively low in fat content as well.
Even with insect protein in the CGD, offer calcium-dusted feeder insects as well. CGD 3-4x/week and live food 1-2x/week is a good baseline schedule for both juveniles and adults. If you want to go the extra mile, dust the bugs with a bit of organic pollen powder too. (If your gecko wasn’t raised with feeder insects, it may take them a while to recognize bugs as food.)
Give your gecko a variety of foods, as much as you can manage. Rotate between multiple flavors of CGD and multiple different types of feeder insect. Dietary variety is good for balanced nutrition as well as a source of sensory enrichment that increases your gecko’s quality of life!
Use low-fat, flying or crawling insects as feeders, with the abovementioned list as your inspiration. Think black soldier flies, wax moths, climbing roaches, mealworm beetles, crickets, grasshoppers, silkworms, and hornworms. And let them hunt their prey — don’t just give it to them in a bowl or on a pair of tongs all the time.
Vertebrate prey can be offered as a rare treat. Pinkie mice are too calorie-dense for the average pet crested gecko to really benefit from, but a mourning gecko or house gecko could be just right.
Adjust your gecko’s feeding schedule and portions according to its body condition. You don’t want your gecko to look quite so emaciated as its wild counterparts, but a svelte physique without obvious ribs or hip bones is a good goal. Excess flesh or “flabbiness” is a sign that you gecko is eating too much. Providing a larger enclosure and encouraging hunting also improves body condition
Provide high-quality T5 UVB lighting for a UVI of 1.0-2.0 in the gecko’s basking area so your gecko can make their own vitamin D3 on an as-needed basis. However, feeder insects should still be dusted with a D3-free calcium powder to balance the calcium-to-phosphorous (Ca:P) ratio.

Conclusion

Paying attention to our reptiles’ natural history helps us take better care of them as pets by understanding the environment that shaped their baseline physiology: exactly what they are as animals. Pangea is among the most trusted and thoroughly-tested crested gecko diets in the world, with a variety of flavors and formulations, including Pangea Gecko Diet with Insects and Pangea Gecko Diet with Fig & Insects.

Written by Mariah Healey, ReptiFiles.com

References

Hamper, R. (2005). Crested Gecko in Captivity (With Notes on All “Rhacodactylus” Species) (p. 25). ECO.

Healey, M. (2026, May 12). The Ultimate Guide to Crested Gecko Care . ReptiFiles. https://reptifiles.com/crested-gecko-care/

Saint Dizier, H. (2007). Etude naturaliste et terrariophile sur le Genre Rhacodactylus FITZINGER 1843, Geckonides de Vouvelle-Caledonie: incluant des protocoles de maintenance et d’elevage en captivite. Les Dragons D’Asgard: Forum de Terrariophilie.

Vosjoli, P. de, Fast, F., & Repashy, A. (2003). Rhacodactylus: The Complete Guide to Their Selection and Care (p. 12). Advanced Visions.

What Your Dog’s Activity Data Can Tell You About Their Health

Edusehat — Sat, 29 Aug 2026 02:40:03 +0700

While dogs can’t verbalize exactly how they’re feeling, their daily activity can offer some helpful insight for parents. Changes in how much your pup moves, rests, and plays can tell you more about their overall wellness than you might think.

With Dogtopia’s DASH activity monitor, you can get a closer look at your dog’s daily activity and better understand their personalized patterns. From tracking steps and distance traveled to monitoring rest breaks, activity data can provide useful information and help you stay informed about their well-being and what might need to change in their routine.

WHY YOUR DOG’S ACTIVITY LEVELS MATTER TO THEIR OVERALL WELL-BEING

Giving your dog enough regular physical activity is instrumental to a healthy lifestyle. Exercise supports their physical fitness, helps maintain a healthy weight, promotes mobility, and provides mental stimulation. Research in dogs has found that maintaining a healthy body condition and staying physically active are associated with better health and longer life, making daily movement an important part of supporting both healthspan and longevity. The right amount of activity varies depending on your pup’s age, size, breed, and personality, so tailor their daily exercise to their individual needs and goals.

By observing your dog’s typical activity patterns, changes can be easier to recognize (both positive and negative). Keep in mind that while tracking your dog’s activity can help you spot changes in their routine, it cannot diagnose health conditions. Always discuss any concerning changes with your vet.

WHAT CAN DOGTOPIA’S DASH ACTIVITY MONITOR TELL YOU ABOUT YOUR DOG?

Dogtopia’s DASH activity monitor, powered by PitPat, attaches to your dog’s collar and functions much like a fitness watch for humans. It converts everyday movement and rest data into visual information that you can access.

STEP COUNT

Your dog’s daily step count can show how much movement and play your pup gets. A higher step count reflects a more active day with walking, playing, running, and exploring, while a lower count indicates a slow-paced day. Step count can be especially useful when you track it over time, as you can see any atypical changes in movement.

DISTANCE TRAVELED

Distance provides another way to understand your dog’s activity by translating their movement into an estimated distance equivalent. It does not represent the actual geographic distance your dog traveled. Instead, it offers a familiar way to put their overall activity into perspective. For example, a day with lots of movement around the house or playroom may translate into a greater distance, even though your dog stayed within a relatively small area. Looking at distance alongside steps and other activity measures can provide a more complete picture of your dog’s daily movement.

TIME SPENT RESTING

Rest breaks are just as important as the activity your dog gets in a day, as pups need time to relax and recharge, especially after periods of physical activity. However, tracking how long they rest each day can indicate whether they need more activity to support a more active lifestyle.

NOTICE CHANGES TO YOUR DOG’S ROUTINE

You might notice changes in your dog’s behavior when something is not quite right. But by monitoring their activity data daily, you can better understand where things deviate from their typical routine and when it started.

For example, if your usually very active pup starts moving significantly less each day or takes more frequent rest breaks, it could indicate a change that’s worth paying attention to. Of course, many factors can affect your dog’s activity levels, including routine changes or seasonal shifts. However, if you notice a persistent change in their activity data, it is important to discuss it with your vet, especially if you see other changes in their behavior, such as shifts in appetite or mood.

SUPPORT YOUR DOG’S HEALTH AND WELLNESS WITH DOGTOPIA

Keeping your dog active is an important part of supporting their overall health and well-being, and having the right opportunities for fun exercises, play, and rest can make all the difference. At Dogtopia, your pup can enjoy supervised open play, socialization with like-minded friends, agility-focused exercises, and enriching brain games, giving them plenty of opportunities to stay active and engaged.

See also

How Structured Daycare Supports Long-Term Behavioral Health

While our doggie daycare’s webcams let you check in and see how much fun your pup’s having during their day, our DASH activity monitor will provide a closer look at the benefits daycare provides.

Ready to see what your dog’s activity can tell you? Contact your local Dogtopia to learn more about adding DASH to your pup’s wellness routine.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

Photos courtesy of: Dogtopia of North Brookhaven & Dogtopia of The Shire at CityLine.

The post What Your Dog’s Activity Data Can Tell You About Their Health appeared first on Dogtopia.

Belgium reports at least 306 salmonellosis cases linked to recalled eggs

Edusehat — Fri, 28 Aug 2026 22:25:09 +0700

Authorities have extended restrictions to the entire affected farm and ordered a second recall. The eggs were also reported as having been distributed to other European countries, including Italy.

At least 306 cases of salmonellosis reported in Belgium have been linked to eggs marketed by Laerco BV, a company based in Geel, Flanders. According to Belgium’s Federal Agency for the Safety of the Food Chain (FASFC), the same strain of Salmonella Enteritidis found at the farm was identified in those who tested positive.

The actual number of infections could be higher, as cases involving mild or no symptoms may remain undiagnosed. As of August 25, no deaths associated with the outbreak had been reported. A FASFC spokesperson told Reuters that Belgium had not previously recorded a salmonellosis cluster of this scale.

An initial egg recall was issued in May, with restrictions first applied to a poultry house on the farm.

The number of new cases did not decline as quickly as expected. Further sampling detected the bacterium in a second poultry house, prompting the authorities to extend the restrictions to the entire farm.

On August 10, Laerco BV, in coordination with FASFC, announced a further withdrawal from the market and consumer recall. The measure covers eggs from barn production systems bearing the shell codes 2-BE-1073-01, 2-BE-1073-02, 2-BE-1073-03 and 2-BE-1073-04.

FASFC advised consumers not to eat eggs carrying these codes and to return them to the point of purchase. According to Reuters, the entire farm was closed and the birds were culled following the second recall.

According to Food Safety News, which referred to a notification submitted through the European Union’s Rapid Alert System for Food and Feed (RASFF), the eggs were also distributed to Luxembourg, France, the Czech Republic, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Spain and the Netherlands. The information currently available does not establish whether the products reached consumers in each of these countries.

Reuters reported that as many as two million potentially contaminated eggs may have been marketed in Belgium and Luxembourg. FASFC warned that some of the eggs could still remain in consumers’ homes despite the recalls.

Salmonellosis commonly causes diarrhoea, fever and abdominal cramps, sometimes accompanied by nausea and vomiting. Young children, older people and those with weakened immune systems are at greater risk of developing severe illness. Eggs covered by the recall should not be consumed, including in preparations that will be cooked.

Sources: FASFC – Laerco BV egg recall, August 10, 2026; Reuters – Record salmonella outbreak in Belgium infects at least 306; Food Safety News – Belgian Salmonella outbreak climbs to 300 cases

Salmonella Enteritidis outbreak in the UK: 207 cases and one death

Edusehat — Fri, 28 Aug 2026 22:25:09 +0700

UK authorities are investigating an outbreak of Salmonella Enteritidis that, according to the latest update from the UK Health Security Agency (UKHSA), involved 207 confirmed cases and one associated death as of 13 August 2026. Egg consumption is the strongest signal identified in the investigation to date, although the source of the contamination has not yet been established.

The increase in cases was detected on 26 May 2026 by the UKHSA through the analysis of whole genome sequencing data.

All cases fall within the same 5-single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) single-linkage cluster. According to the UKHSA, this indicates a common source of contamination.

The cases were detected between 11 August 2025 and 1 August 2026, with 206 of the 207 reported in 2026. Most involve people living in England, where 199 cases have been recorded. A further six cases were identified in Scotland, one in Wales and one in Northern Ireland.

Within England, the highest numbers have been reported in London, with 47 cases, and Yorkshire and the Humber, with 38.

Those affected range in age from 0 to 90, with a median age of 30. Females account for 51% of cases, or 105 people. Only six of the 207 cases, representing 3% of the total, had reported travel outside the UK. The evidence gathered by the UKHSA therefore suggested that the outbreak was not associated with international travel.

Most patients experienced self-limiting gastrointestinal illness. However, among cases for whom hospitalisation information was available, 38% were admitted to hospital because of their salmonellosis symptoms. Two people developed bloodstream infections and one death had been associated with the outbreak as of 13 August.

Egg consumption remains the strongest signal

Epidemiological and food chain investigations are continuing to identify the source and origin of the contamination.

By 13 August, 114 cases had been interviewed and had completed either a regional or outbreak questionnaire. Of these, 95, or 83%, reported eating food prepared outside the home during the week before their symptoms began.

The interviews also identified five food businesses attended by two or more independent cases during that period. These businesses are linked to 24 cases in total, 11 of whom reported eating dishes made with eggs.

According to the UKHSA, egg consumption remains the strongest signal in the investigation. The businesses concerned received eggs from multiple sources, including egg importers. Possible cross-contamination risks were also identified at two of the premises.

At the time of the latest update, no link had been identified with UK-produced eggs or poultry. The available evidence is not sufficient to establish imported eggs as the source of the outbreak, and investigations into the origin of the contamination remain ongoing.

The Food Standards Agency is working with local authority environmental health teams, which have provided food safety management advice to businesses where issues have been identified.

Link to a 2025 outbreak

The strain involved in the current outbreak is phylogenetically linked, within 25 SNPs, to a previous outbreak in 2025 that was also linked to imported eggs.

The UKHSA, the Animal and Plant Health Agency, the Food Standards Agency and the UK’s devolved administrations are bringing together information from the two outbreaks. The aim is to assess any potential risks associated with imported eggs and introduce preventive measures if necessary.

The outbreak control team has also used the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control’s EpiPulse platform to notify member countries and determine whether genetically related cases of Salmonella Enteritidis have been identified elsewhere.

Salmonellosis can cause diarrhoea, stomach cramps and, in some cases, vomiting and fever. It generally results in self-limiting gastroenteritis, but young children, older people and immunocompromised individuals may experience more severe illness. To help prevent its spread, health authorities recommend washing hands thoroughly, cooking food thoroughly and, where possible, avoiding preparing food for others while experiencing symptoms.

Source: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/health-protection-report-volume-20-2026/hpr-volume-20-issue-8-news-18-august-2026

Biosecurity at EuroTier 2026: key to healthy herds and effective disease prevention

Edusehat — Fri, 28 Aug 2026 18:50:09 +0700

10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming” – DLG Expert Stage: Biosecurity and Feed Safety – addressing current challenges and innovative strategies – Hall 21.

Biosecurity is a key success factor for healthy, sustainable and economically viable livestock production. Whether in pig, cattle or poultry farming, consistent hygiene measures, effective disease prevention, continuous health monitoring and farm-tailored vaccination programs play a crucial role in preventing animal diseases and safeguarding herd health over the long term. In addition to sound management practices, barn hygiene, access controls, early detection and modern preventive measures are essential components of effective disease control.

EuroTier 2026, a leading trade fair for livestock farming, taking place from 10 to 13 November in Hanover, Germany will address these challenges through its DLG Expert Stage: Biosecurity and Feed Safety, placing particular emphasis on practical solutions for disease prevention and herd health management. Organized by the DLG (German Agricultural Society), the world’s leading trade fair for professional livestock farming and livestock management is expecting some 2,100 exhibitors from 55 countries across 13 halls.

As livestock production faces increasing demands related to animal health, animal welfare and economic performance, effective biosecurity management has become more important than ever. At the same time, animal diseases such as African swine fever (ASF), foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) and highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) continue to pose significant risks.

For pig, cattle and poultry producers alike, prevention remains the most effective form of protection. Robust biosecurity measures, hygiene protocols and tailored vaccination strategies form the foundation for interrupting infection chains, maintaining animal health and avoiding economic losses.

Pig production: animal health begins with prevention

For pig producers, improving animal health remains a top priority. A stable herd health status enhances animal welfare, reduces labor and production costs and improves overall performance. Key factors include an optimized barn climate and feeding strategies tailored to the animals’ needs, both of which contribute significantly to health and productivity.

Biosecurity, the practice of protecting livestock from infectious diseases through preventive management and hygiene measures, is increasingly important. Against the backdrop of African swine fever, biosecurity remains one of the most important areas of innovation in pig production. ASF has led to strict biosecurity requirements, continuous monitoring obligations and, in the event of an outbreak, herd depopulation and movement restrictions. Smaller operations in particular face considerable challenges in meeting these demands. The outbreak of foot-and-mouth disease last year further underlined the importance of preventive measures.

Cattle: biosecurity protects both herd health and profitability

Improving animal health is also a key priority in dairy farming. Although cattle production has experienced fewer major disease outbreaks in recent years than the pig and poultry sectors, biosecurity should not be underestimated. The practice provides essential protection for the health of the entire herd.

Since the outbreak of foot-and-mouth disease in January 2025, particular attention has been paid to biosecurity measures on farms keeping cloven-hoofed animals. Consistent barn and personnel hygiene, vehicle disinfection, reducing unnecessary farm visits and replacing in-person meetings with digital or telephone consultations where possible can significantly reduce disease introduction risks. Comprehensive documentation and immediate reporting of suspected cases are equally important.

Poultry: biosecurity determines flock protection

In the poultry sector, biosecurity and hygiene are of paramount importance, with highly pathogenic avian influenza representing the greatest threat. Since October 2025, numerous outbreaks in poultry populations and infections among wild birds have been recorded worldwide. The most effective protection remains the rigorous implementation of biosecurity measures to prevent disease introduction and spread.

Particular emphasis is placed on thorough cleaning and disinfection of poultry houses during downtime periods. This includes removing fat and protein residues using alkaline cleaners, followed by disinfection with approved products and effectiveness testing through environmental swabs. Strict personnel hygiene is equally critical. The separation of clean and dirty areas, changing footwear and clothing, regular handwashing and visitor logs are standard practice. External vehicles should avoid entering farm premises whenever possible. If vehicles must visit multiple farms, cleaning and disinfection are essential. Preventing contact between wild birds and feed, water or outdoor areas is also crucial, while rodent and insect control remain important components of disease prevention.

EuroTier 2026: biosecurity in focus

Biosecurity will be one of the major themes of EuroTier 2026 under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming.” Through its DLG Expert Stages and DLG Spotlights, the exhibition will address key future challenges in livestock production, including disease prevention and feed safety.

The DLG Expert Stage “Biosecurity and Feed Safety” in Hall 21 will feature specialist presentations and panel discussions covering current challenges and practical solutions, from modern hygiene concepts and feed quality assurance to innovative technologies for herd management and disease prevention.

The program will be complemented by species-specific DLG Expert Stages, where experts from farming, science, industry and advisory services will present the latest developments and future-oriented production and housing concepts.

For professional visitors, EuroTier 2026 offers a unique opportunity to gain concise insights into the latest findings and proven strategies for improving biosecurity, while discussing practical solutions directly with experts. Presentations, panel discussions, live demonstrations and networking formats will provide an ideal platform for exchanging experiences, exploring new technologies and evaluating solutions for individual farming operations.

Chenyuan Biotech Empowers Global Aquaculture: High-Yield Carp Farming Guide

Edusehat — Fri, 28 Aug 2026 15:25:07 +0700

As the global aquaculture industry continues to shift toward sustainable and efficient production, professional technical support has become one of the most valuable services an animal health company can provide to fish farmers.

Recently, Mr. Sun, Chairman of Henan Chenyuan Biotechnology Co., Ltd., personally led a team of senior aquaculture specialists overseas to provide exclusive technical training for local distributors and carp farmers. Rather than simply applying proven domestic farming models, the team conducted comprehensive field investigations into local water conditions, climate characteristics, and farming practices before developing customized technical solutions specifically suited to the region.

Through on-site farm visits, hands-on practical training, and full production-cycle management guidance, Chenyuan Biotech helped local partners improve productivity while reducing farming costs, once again demonstrating its strong technical service capabilities in the global animal health industry.

Bringing the Laboratory to the Pond: Chenyuan’s Service Goes Beyond Selling Products

Unlike traditional suppliers who only provide manuals or online consultations, Chenyuan Biotech believes that continuous technical support is the foundation of successful distributor partnerships.

Immediately after arriving overseas, the technical team visited dozens of carp farms within the distributors’ service areas. They carefully recorded pond temperatures, water sources, feeding practices, and other production data. Water samples were collected for algae identification and pond sediment analysis, allowing the experts to fully understand local farming challenges before providing recommendations.

To strengthen the technical capabilities of local distributors, Chenyuan established a comprehensive support system consisting of:

On-site practical training
Exclusive technical communication groups
24-hour emergency technical assistance

During the day, experts worked directly with distributor technicians at fish ponds, teaching them how to evaluate water color, assess pond bottom conditions, and monitor fish liver and intestinal health. In the evenings, intensive training sessions transformed years of practical experience into standardized operating procedures that could be immediately applied.

Dedicated technical service channels were also established, ensuring that even farms located in remote areas could receive prompt professional guidance whenever unexpected problems occurred.

Many overseas distributors commented that they previously lacked confidence when answering technical questions from farmers. After receiving Chenyuan’s practical training, they became capable of independently providing technical solutions, greatly improving customer trust and repeat business.

This “expert-to-farm” service model has become Chenyuan’s standard practice. In China, the company conducts regular farm inspections, regional technical seminars, customized support programs, digital marketing training, and farmer education conferences, helping distributors transform from product sellers into trusted local aquaculture consultants.

Four Core Technical Modules for Successful Carp Farming

Rather than focusing on theory, the overseas training program concentrated on solving the most common problems encountered by local carp farmers. The entire production cycle was divided into four practical management modules.

1. Water Quality Comes First

Healthy fish begin with healthy water.

Based on the local climate and unique algae composition, Chenyuan experts explained how farmers can recognize ideal water color and maintain a stable aquatic environment throughout the farming cycle.

Key recommendations included:

Establish beneficial algae before stocking using probiotic products.
Apply beneficial microorganisms regularly during peak farming seasons.
Prevent undesirable water conditions such as blue-green algae blooms, black water, and turbid water.

With these techniques, farmers can maintain optimal water quality through simple observation and routine monitoring without relying on expensive laboratory equipment.

Effective Solution for Maintaining Premium Water Color

Solution Protocol
1.Spray AquaTox Clear in the morning, once every 10–15 days, at a dosage of 1 bag per 3,330 m³ of water body.
Core benefits: Rapidly resolves water abnormalities, breaks water stratification, restores water vitality, and neutralizes toxins in the pond.
2.Spray Pond Protect-C regularly, once every 10–15 days, at a dosage of 1 barrel per 9,990–13,320 m³.
Core benefits: Stabilizes water quality, replenishes beneficial bacteria, provides nutrients for algae and microorganisms, and enhances the water body’s stress resistance. Enriched with chitosan oligosaccharide peptides, it also boosts the disease resistance of farmed aquatic animals.
3.Expected Results:
① Water becomes clear and bright within 1 day, with toxin effects eliminated.
② Peak feeding appetite is restored within 3 days.
③ Enhanced water stress resistance within one week — no stratification even after rainstorms.

2. Improve Fish Health to Reduce Summer Diseases

Summer is one of the most challenging periods for carp production.

High temperatures, increased feeding rates, accumulated organic waste, and unstable water quality often result in reduced feed intake, liver stress, intestinal disorders, and lower survival rates.

Chenyuan experts explained the biological causes behind these problems and recommended routine nutritional health management by incorporating specialized animal health products into daily feeding programs. This strengthens the immune system, supports liver and intestinal function, and significantly reduces disease risks during hot seasons.

How to Simply and Effectively Prevent Internal Environment Issues?

Prevention Protocol:

Oral administration with feed: Mix 2 bags of HepaGuard Aqua + 1 bottle of Aquatic GutShield Pro with 100 kg of feed. Each treatment course lasts 5–7 days, administered 2 rounds per month.
Visible effects: Liver and intestinal problems reduced by 90%. Within 3–5 days, liver turns rosy red, and intestines become full and resilient.
Final results: Enhanced vitality and disease resistance, improved feed utilization, and reduced feed conversion ratio (FCR).

Treatment Protocol:

Oral administration with feed: Mix 2 bags of HepaGuard Aqua + 1 bottle of Aquatic GutShield Pro with 75 kg of feed. One treatment course lasts 5–7 consecutive days.
Disinfection: Spray Natural Liver+ throughout the pond, at a dosage of 1 bottle per 1,998 m³ of water body, for 2 consecutive applications.
Visible effects: Mortality caused by liver and intestinal diseases significantly decreases within 3–5 days. Marked improvement in conditions such as mottled liver, fatty liver, and intestinal lesions.

3. Pond Bottom Management Prevents Major Problems

Many farmers underestimate the importance of pond bottom management.

Using numerous real-world case studies, Chenyuan demonstrated how uneaten feed and fish waste gradually accumulate on the pond floor. Under oxygen-deficient conditions, these materials decompose and continuously release ammonia, nitrite, hydrogen sulfide, and other harmful substances while promoting the growth of pathogenic microorganisms.

To address this issue, Chenyuan recommends scheduled bottom improvement throughout the production cycle by:

Regularly applying pond bottom conditioners to decompose organic matter.
Increasing treatment frequency during periods of high temperature.
Preventing black sludge and foul odors before they develop.

Preventive pond bottom management greatly reduces disease outbreaks and improves overall pond stability.

4. Scientific Parasite Prevention

Instead of focusing only on medications, Chenyuan emphasizes prevention as the most effective parasite control strategy.

Parasite outbreaks commonly occur when water quality deteriorates or when sudden temperature fluctuations weaken fish immunity.

The recommended management strategy includes:

Maintaining stable water quality and healthy pond bottoms.
Strengthening fish immunity through routine health management.
Selecting safe and compliant treatment programs according to the specific parasite involved.

Scientific prevention minimizes unnecessary chemical treatments, reduces stress on fish, and protects the pond ecosystem.

Strong R&D and Comprehensive Services Behind Every Solution

Every successful technical program is supported by Chenyuan Biotech’s strong research and manufacturing capabilities.

As a National High-Tech Enterprise and National Technology-Based SME in China, Henan Chenyuan Biotech has established an integrated system covering research, manufacturing, customization, and technical services.

Research & Development

The company has assembled a professional R&D team consisting of:

8 PhD researchers
15 postdoctoral researchers
University professors and industry experts

Through collaborations with Ocean University of China, Henan Agricultural University, and other research institutions, Chenyuan develops scientifically validated products and practical farming solutions that have been extensively tested under commercial farming conditions.

Manufacturing Excellence

Chenyuan operates modern production facilities with strict quality control throughout every manufacturing process.

Centralized raw material procurement and large-scale production enable the company to supply premium-quality products at competitive factory prices while creating attractive profit opportunities for distributors.

Customized Solutions

Different countries have different farming environments.

Chenyuan provides customized product combinations and technical solutions based on local water conditions, cultured species, farming models, and customer requirements, serving both large-scale aquaculture enterprises and independent farmers.

Growing Together with Global Aquaculture

From technical support in China to overseas distributor empowerment, Chenyuan Biotech remains committed to its philosophy:

“One Partnership, Lifetime Service.”

With reliable products, practical technologies, and dedicated technical support, Chenyuan continues helping aquaculture producers around the world achieve greener farming, higher productivity, and greater profitability while promoting the sustainable development of the global animal health industry.

For more aquaculture technical support and product information, please contact us via WhatsApp: +86 190 3692 8777.

For more information, please visit : https://www.chenyuanbiotech.com/

High vaccine takes don’t happen by accident

Edusehat — Fri, 28 Aug 2026 01:00:03 +0700

Main photo credit: Ceva Animal Health

For poultry companies, a successful infectious bronchitis (IB) vaccination program depends on more than choosing the right vaccine for the challenge at hand. According to Jose Linares, DVM, diagnostician and technical services veterinarian with Ceva Animal Health, consistently high vaccine takes depend just as much on the quality of vaccine application.

“High vaccine takes don’t happen by accident,” Linares said. “They’re the result of the specific vaccine, precise application, good equipment and consistent attention to detail.”

Protection starts with biology

The reason is rooted in how live infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) vaccines work.

Unlike inactivated vaccines, live IB vaccines must successfully replicate in the bird before they can stimulate the relevant, local mucosal immunity that protects the respiratory tract.

“The vaccine has to reach the bird, remain viable and successfully replicate,” Linares said. “Only then can it stimulate the protective immune response we’re trying to achieve.”

Successful replication not only provides early local protection but also helps prime the bird’s broader immune system. Any factor that reduces vaccine viability or prevents birds from receiving an adequate dose can therefore limit immunity before it even begins.

For Linares, that’s why hatchery vaccination deserves the same level of attention producers devote to vaccine selection.

Precision starts in the hatchery

Nearly all commercial broiler chicks receive their first IB vaccination in the hatchery using either coarse spray or gel. Regardless of the delivery method, Linares said success begins long before chicks are vaccinated.

Proper vaccine storage and handling help preserve vaccine viability, while careful preparation and equipment calibration ensure consistent droplet size, distribution and coverage from the first chick box to the last.

“The equipment has to deliver consistent droplet size and distribution while providing complete coverage of the chicks,” he said. “Attention to detail throughout the vaccination process is critical.”

For spray systems, that means producing a uniform spray pattern that evenly covers chicks throughout each transport box. Gel systems likewise depend on consistent droplet distribution, adequate lighting and sufficient time for chicks to preen and consume the vaccine.

“The goal isn’t simply to apply vaccine,” Linares said. “The goal is to create the conditions that allow every bird to develop protection.”

Good hatcheries don’t guess – they measure

Presenting data at the 2026 American Association of Avian Pathologists (AAAP) annual meeting, Linares said successful hatcheries don’t rely on assumptions – they routinely verify that vaccination worked.¹

For IB vaccines, vaccine takes are typically evaluated about five days after hatchery vaccination using RT-qPCR performed on choanal swabs collected from individual birds to confirm that vaccine virus successfully replicated following administration.

More than 75% positive is generally considered an acceptable result. Linares reported that Ceva’s variant GA08 vaccine routinely achieves vaccine takes exceeding 80% and often approaches 100% when application quality is optimized.

The industry’s highest-performing hatcheries take that quality assurance philosophy even further. Drawing on data collected from hatcheries in multiple states and countries, Linares showed that leading operations consistently achieve vaccine takes of at least 97%. Rather than viewing vaccination as a single event, these hatcheries monitor performance, validate equipment and continually refine application procedures to maintain consistent results.

Monitoring also helps identify problems before they become flock-level issues. If vaccine takes fall below expectations, hatchery managers can investigate equipment performance, vaccine handling or application procedures before protection is compromised.

“We help their efforts via structured vaccination process audits as needed,” Linares said.

More than spray or gel

While Linares stressed that application quality is ultimately more important than the delivery method itself, he also presented evidence suggesting gel vaccination may offer practical advantages under commercial conditions.

In one comparison, gel-vaccinated chicks experienced less thermal stress, showed no huddling after vaccination and demonstrated improved livability after placement than spray-vaccinated birds. Thermal imaging showed that gel-vaccinated chicks maintained crate temperatures approximately 5°F higher than spray-vaccinated chicks, while adjusted feed conversion significantly improved.

Even so, Linares emphasized that both spray and gel application can produce excellent IB protection when performed correctly.

“Whether you’re using spray or gel, the goal is the same,” he said. “Aim to deliver the vaccine consistently so every bird has the opportunity to develop protection.”

Consistency creates confidence

For Linares, the common thread linking successful hatcheries isn’t a particular vaccine or delivery system. It’s a commitment to treating vaccination as a quality-controlled process.

That means maintaining equipment, standardizing application procedures, monitoring vaccine performance and continually looking for opportunities to improve consistency. Even seemingly small details – from vaccine handling to chick behavior immediately after vaccination – can influence whether birds receive a viable dose and develop a relevant and protective immune response.

“Top-performing hatcheries consistently achieve high vaccination delivery because they combine precise application, standardized monitoring and a strong understanding of vaccine biology,” Linares said. “When you get those things right consistently, you give every bird the best opportunity to develop protection.”

Want to learn more?
Explore Ceva’s Infectious Bronchitis Knowledge Hub for additional technical resources, practical guidance and expert insights on infectious bronchitis vaccination. [Knowledge Hub]

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

1 Linares J. Precision matters: Maximizing infectious bronchitis vaccine performance through hatchery application and monitoring. Presented at: American Association of Avian Pathologists Annual Meeting; July 2026; St. Louis, MO.

The post High vaccine takes don’t happen by accident appeared first on Modern Poultry.

VIV Select China 2026 reports 20,300 visitors in Shanghai

Edusehat — Fri, 28 Aug 2026 00:55:10 +0700

VIV Select China 2026 attracted 20,300 professional visitors from 113 countries and regions, according to figures released by the organisers following the event.

Held from August 19 to 21 at the Shanghai World Expo Exhibition & Convention Center, the exhibition occupied 50,000 square metres and brought together 550 exhibitors from 20 countries and regions. The organisers reported a 36.7% year-on-year increase in exhibitor numbers, while overseas attendance was three times higher than in 2025.

International exhibitors came from markets including the Netherlands, the United States, Denmark, France, Brazil, Germany, Italy, Turkey, South Korea, Malaysia and India. Products and technologies on display covered animal nutrition, farm production, animal health, biosecurity, feed processing, digitalisation and aquaculture.

Focus on smart farming and aquaculture

A dedicated “V-AI + Smart Animal Husbandry” area featured more than 15 companies specialising in farming technology. The solutions presented included data platforms, automated feeding systems, environmental monitoring equipment and inspection robots.

The 2026 edition also introduced an Aquatic Breeding Zone covering different parts of the aquaculture production chain. Exhibits included smart control and environmental monitoring systems, recirculating water technologies, disease-prevention solutions and sustainable feeds.

Artificial intelligence and automation were also among the subjects discussed during the eighth VIV International Summit. The programme addressed the practical application of AI and robotics, agricultural large language models, sustainable production, changes in global supply chains and opportunities in emerging markets.

Speakers included Jeroen van Hooff, President and CEO of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs; Nan-Dirk Mulder, Senior Global Specialist – Animal Protein at Rabobank; and Rifki Weno, Senior Advisor at Indonesia’s Ministry of Marine Affairs and Fisheries.

International business meetings

More than 20 Chinese and international industry associations organised buyer delegations for the event.

According to the organisers, the V-Match business programme connected 745 exhibitor representatives with 94 buyers through two days of individual meetings. Participating buyers came from countries including Vietnam, India, Pakistan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Bangladesh, Turkey, Egypt, Brazil, the United States and Poland.

The meetings covered product specifications, certification requirements, regional distribution agreements and supply arrangements.

The organisers also reported that several companies confirmed their participation in the 2027 edition during the event. These exhibitors operate in sectors including feed and feed-milling technology, animal health, farm equipment and services for the livestock production chain.

Jeroen van Hooff said that the exhibition area is expected to be expanded for the next edition to accommodate more companies and increase opportunities for meetings between Chinese suppliers and international buyers.

According to the announcement released after the show, the next edition of VIV Select China is scheduled to take place in Shanghai from August 17 to 19, 2027.

Visit www.china.viv.net

Philippines: chicken production reaches record high, while farmgate prices decline

Edusehat — Thu, 27 Aug 2026 21:20:09 +0700

Chicken production in the Philippines reached a new second-quarter record in 2026. Higher supplies of chicken and eggs coincided with lower farmgate prices during the quarter, while rising production and inventory levels point to continued expansion of the sector.

According to preliminary data from the Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA), chicken production reached 586,181 tonnes liveweight between April and June, up 4.1% from 563,038 tonnes in the second quarter of 2025. This was the highest second-quarter level recorded by the authority since 1997.

Broilers drive output growth

Broilers accounted for 87.8% of total quarterly output, at 514,496 tonnes. Native and improved chickens contributed 61,900 tonnes, or 10.6% of production, while culled layers accounted for 8,286 tonnes, equal to 1.4% of the total.

Central Luzon remained the country’s leading producing area, with 193,724 tonnes, representing around one-third of national production. It was followed by Calabarzon with 123,635 tonnes, Northern Mindanao with 41,568 tonnes, Soccsksargen with 31,363 tonnes, and Central Visayas with 30,664 tonnes.

The national chicken inventory also increased. As of June 30, 2026, the national flock stood at 228.49 million birds, up 7.4% year on year. Native and improved chickens represented 35.2% of the total, followed by broilers at 34.9%, layers at 25.8%, and gamefowl at 4.1%.

Farmgate prices fall

Higher production coincided with weaker prices at farm level. The average farmgate price of broiler chicken fell to PHP 116.38 per kg liveweight in the second quarter, down 8.1% from PHP 126.63 per kg in the same period of 2025.

The same pattern was seen in the egg market. National egg production rose by 13.2% to 235,152 tonnes, while the laying flock increased by 7.3% to 80.53 million birds. At the same time, the average farmgate price of eggs declined by 7.9% to PHP 6.30 per egg, from PHP 6.84 a year earlier.

The available data show that higher production and inventories coincided with lower producer prices during the second quarter, but they do not by themselves establish that the increase in supply was the direct cause of the price declines.

Further expansion expected in 2026

According to projections published by the USDA Foreign Agricultural Service in Manila in September 2025, Philippine chicken meat production is forecast to reach 1.81 million tonnes ready-to-cook (RTC) in 2026, up 7% from the USDA’s 2025 estimate of 1.69 million tonnes.

The USDA identified several factors supporting the expected expansion, including the commercial rollout of a vaccine against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI), enhanced biosecurity measures adopted by poultry farms, the continued impact of African swine fever (ASF) on local pork supplies, and strong performance in the foodservice sector.

Chicken consumption is also forecast to remain strong. The USDA projects domestic chicken meat consumption at around 2.38 million tonnes in 2026, approximately 6% above its 2025 estimate. The agency attributes the expected increase to chicken’s relatively competitive retail price compared with other major animal proteins, growing consumer preference, wide availability, population growth and economic expansion.

Imports remain relevant

Despite the expected increase in domestic production, imports are forecast to remain an important component of the Philippine chicken market. The USDA estimates chicken meat imports at 560,000 tonnes in 2026, up about 2% from its 2025 estimate of 550,000 tonnes.

According to the USDA, the projected increase in imports is supported by population-driven demand and the competitive pricing of imported chicken. The lifting of temporary trade restrictions related to HPAI, together with an increase in the number of accredited foreign suppliers, is also expected to facilitate larger volumes entering the Philippine market.

The Philippine poultry sector is therefore experiencing strong production growth, accompanied by rising inventories and expectations of further expansion in 2026. At the same time, the decline in farmgate prices for broilers and eggs during the second quarter shows that increased production and availability coincided with weaker producer prices, although the available data do not establish a direct causal relationship between the two.

USPOULTRY Seminar to tackle emerging live production, welfare and biosecurity challenges

Edusehat — Thu, 27 Aug 2026 17:45:10 +0700

The 2026 USPOULTRY Live Production, Welfare and Biosecurity Seminar will equip poultry professionals with practical tools and insights to address evolving challenges in live production, animal welfare and biosecurity. Scheduled for Sept. 23-24 in Nashville, Tenn., the seminar will focus on strategies to strengthen operational efficiency, protect flock health and prepare poultry operations for emerging industry challenges.

“The challenges facing live production continue to evolve, from disease and biosecurity threats to new technologies and changing expectations around animal welfare. This seminar brings those issues together and gives attendees practical information they can take back to their operations and put to work,” said Eric Greene, live operations manager at Claxton Poultry Farms and program planning committee chair.

The seminar will bring together industry managers, veterinarians and poultry professionals to address key live production issues, including immigration, disease and parasite updates, pest and rodent control, emergency preparedness, rural poultry house site challenges, gender identification efficiencies and effective biosecurity practices.

Additional sessions will explore precision farming technology, artificial intelligence-generated animal activist content, lessons learned from highly pathogenic avian influenza and outcome-based animal welfare and key welfare indicators.

The program planning committee includes Sarah Ballard, Mountaire Corporation; Mike Glass, Peco Foods Inc.; Shelley Harless, Peco Foods Inc.; Dr. Alexa Johnson, Butterball LLC; Craig Link, Cooper Farms Inc.; Dr. Claudia Dunkley, University of Georgia; Eric Greene, Claxton Poultry Farms and program planning committee chair; Heather Hillman-Easley, George’s Inc.; Clay Lindley, Perdue Farms; Ken Martin, Fieldale Farms Corporation; Heidi Parnin, Culver Duck Farms Inc.; Travis Strickland, Farbest Foods Inc.; Dr. Casey Ritz, University of Georgia; and Kimber Ward, Allen Harim Foods LLC.

The Professional Animal Auditor Certification Organization grants 10.5 CE credit hours for this seminar. To view the full agenda, register for the Live Production, Welfare and Biosecurity Seminar and reserve your hotel room, click here or visit uspoultry.org.

Source: USPOULTRY pless release

Smart Aquaculture: The Point of No Return

Edusehat — Thu, 27 Aug 2026 07:20:06 +0700

The emergence of Artificial Intelligence is driving a profound structural transformation that leaves no room for a passive stance within the industry. To understand how the use of data, digital infrastructure, and systemic integration are indispensable for leading the sector into the future, it is essential to analyze the point of noreturn toward Smart Aquaculture by combining FAO guidelines with the Aquaculture 4.0 approach.

* By Antonio Garza de Yta

Transforming our thought processes and behaviors, and embracing novel approaches that deviate from long-standing practices, stands as one of the most significant challenges of our era. The advent of artificial intelligence is not a gradual process; it is a paradigm shift. It is transforming entire systems at a pace that leaves no room for passivity.

The issue at hand is not one of whether we wish to adapt, but rather the speed at which we implement these changes. In that sense, most have already taken the first step, but those who haven’t yet must accelerate their efforts, as remaining static is tantamount to regression. It is important to note that this change no longer differentiates between large and small organizations; all entities are being evaluated using a new standard.

The advent of artificial intelligence is a paradigm shift transforming entire systems at a pace that leaves no room for passivity. This change no longer differentiates between large and small organizations; all entities are being evaluated using a new standard.

In this context, the FAO has been the subject of frequent criticism, much of it focused on an alleged lack of agility or a vision rooted in the past. However, a thorough review of the proposal for the Global Conference on Smart Agriculture reveals a different approach. The conversation is progressing as it should—toward implementation, not just rhetoric. In a sector that has traditionally been resistant to change, this is a significant achievement.

The FAO Global Conference (July 1–3, 2026) is based on a clear premise: data, digitalization, and technologies such as artificial intelligence, the Internet of Things, and precision agriculture are no longer mere addons; they are the operational foundation of modern agrifood systems. The focus should be on the technology’s potential to enhance decision-making, optimize resource utilization, and address the challenges of productivity, sustainability, and climate variability in a systematic manner.

Data, digitalization, and technologies such as artificial intelligence, the Internet of Things, and precision agriculture are the operational foundation of modern agri-food systems. The focus remains on enhancing decision-making, optimizing resource utilization, and systematically addressing climate variability.

In practice, the discussion shifts from isolated solutions to a focus on systems. Digital infrastructure, data governance, extension services, and investment models are all interconnected. This approach aligns directly with the discussions held in Aquaculture 4.0, where infrastructure, data, and integration were identified as the pillars for transforming our operations and, above all, forging trust with external stakeholders. It is important to note that inclusion is not merely a matter of policy; it is an essential structural requirement. Small-scale producers, young people, and women are not on the sidelines of this transition — they are at its very heart. True scale is unattainable without them.

It was a privilege to take part in this forum as a speaker. The event’s importance, as well as the opportunity it presents to observe how other sectors are addressing similar challenges and how aquaculture can accelerate its adoption and scaling up, made it particularly noteworthy. It is not always a lack of technology; it is often a lack of alignment and execution.

The discussion shifts from isolated solutions to a focus on integrated systems. This approach aligns directly with Aquaculture 4.0, where digital infrastructure, data governance, and integration were identified as the pillars for transforming operations and forging trust.

In contrast, I would like to share my experience at the recent WAS global event in Singapore. Beyond individual efforts, the event high-lighted a model that is clearly falling behind. While this format may have been effective 20 years ago, it no longer aligns with the industry’s current dynamics, whether in terms of content, structure, or the value it offers to participants. This is particularly concerning when we consider that WAS continues to have one of the world’s most extensive professional networks — an asset that is currently underutilized compared to other events that have better understood where the sector is headed and how to harness that energy.

Inclusion is an essential structural requirement in this digital transition. Small-scale producers, young people, and women are not on the sidelines — they are at its very heart. True industrial scale is completely unattainable without them.

I have full confidence in the new leadership team of Foluke Areola and Luis Andrés González Agraz, as they have the vision and capacity to drive the necessary structural changes. This will not be a superficial adjustment; rather, it will be a fundamental shift in mindset. As an industry, it is essential that we support this process, not through criticism but through active participation.

Ultimately, this decision does not hinge on a question of whether to implement change. The objective is to reach the destination first, to execute efficiently, and to avoid being left behind. Aquaculture is a rapidly expanding industry. The only question is which side you will be on.

Observing how other sectors address similar challenges reveals how aquaculture can accelerate its adoption and scaling up. The core challenge is not always a lack of technology; it is often a critical lack of strategic alignment and execution.

* Antonio Garza de Yta is Vice President of the International Center for Strategic Studies in Aquaculture (CIDEEA), President of Aquaculture Without Frontiers (AwF), Past President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS), Former Secretary of Fisheries and Aquaculture of Tamaulipas, Mexico, and Creator of the Certification for Aquaculture Professionals (CAP) Program with Auburn University.

How to Make Your Cat Happier in Just 5 Minutes

Edusehat — Thu, 27 Aug 2026 03:55:06 +0700

Many cat parents rightly worry their cats are bored—especially indoor cats who nap more than they play and quickly lose interest in toys. When playtime falls flat, it’s common to wonder how to keep our cats mentally engaged and happy.

What if the solution isn’t another toy, but a different way of offering something your cat likely already enjoys? Food puzzles are one of my favourite ways to enhance the lives of cats at any age. They provide both physical and mental stimulation in a way that feels instinctive, while also encouraging problem-solving and boosting confidence.

Most indoor cats are largely deprived the opportunity to forage for their food.

Foraging: a Natural Feline Behaviour

Foraging is an instinctive behaviour in many animals, cats included. Outdoor cats naturally forage. This behaviour is an inherent part of their biology, regardless of whether they are well-fed house pets or feral cats relying on hunting for survival. Most indoor cats are largely deprived the opportunity to forage for their food. Enter food puzzles. With their sharp eyesight and amazing sense of smell, cats can easily detect where there is tasty food; a food puzzle challenges them to figure out the steps needed to get to it. This taps directly into their natural strengths: curiosity, intelligence, and persistence. Research in cat welfare has shown that food puzzles encourage cats to engage in natural foraging behaviours, which can improve mental stimulation and overall wellbeing—especially for indoor cats who generally lack opportunities to hunt.

CHUANGXIN ZHOU/Shutterstock

Food Puzzles for Cats

Food puzzles benefit many types of cats, including those who are highly food-motivated, have extra energy, or show little interest in traditional toys. I’ve introduced food puzzles to kittens under six months old and senior cats approaching 20. The key is matching the puzzle to each cat’s abilities and motivation. For beginners—or older, less motivated cats—it’s best to start with something simple. Household items like a muffin tin or an egg carton make excellent starter puzzles. As cats gain confidence, you can introduce more complex options. For highly food-motivated or agile cats, puzzles with sliders, hidden compartments, or multiple sections provide a greater challenge.

When stocking food puzzles, you can include treats or dry food. It’s important to stay within your cat’s dietary needs, especially for cats on special diets. Be sure to reduce your cat’s dinner portion to account for any additional calories consumed as treats. If your cat requires a limited diet or prescription food, check with your veterinarian before using special snacks in a food puzzle. Finding a motivating treat to place inside is essential—after all, we’re asking cats to work for their reward.

Are Food Puzzles Right For Your Cat?

In my professional experience, food puzzles are especially helpful for cats who seem bored with toys, seek a lot of attention, or explore everything around the house. They can be used daily for enrichment or even to deliver meals. Tools like snuffle mats can help slow down fast eaters and make mealtime more engaging. Many cats show noticeable improvements in their behaviour once the right puzzle is introduced.

Food puzzles can be used daily for enrichment or even to deliver meals. Many cats show noticeable improvements in their behaviour once the right puzzle is introduced.

Confidence Building

Food puzzles also build confidence. For shy or nervous cats, successfully completing a puzzle is a small victory that reinforces their abilities and reduces stress. I’ve even used puzzles during new-cat introductions to create positive associations and support low pressure transitions.

How to Get Started With Food Puzzles

If your cat struggles with puzzles, start simple and gradually increase the difficulty. One of my favourite commercial options is the TRIXIE 5-in-1 Activity Board, which offers multiple challenge levels and is easy for cat parents to set up and clean.

TRIXIE 5-in-1 Activity Board

There are also plenty of DIY options online, which can be a fun family project or a way to make puzzles for local shelters.

Food puzzles aren’t just a way to feed your cat—they provide mental stimulation, encourage natural behaviours, and help build confidence. Every small success adds up, keeping cats curious, engaged, and more confident in their world. Making puzzles part of their routine gives cats daily enrichment that’s both fun and rewarding.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post How to Make Your Cat Happier in Just 5 Minutes appeared first on Modern Cat.

Can Cats Eat Chocolate? Symptoms, Risks & What To Do

Edusehat — Wed, 26 Aug 2026 23:45:05 +0700

Can Cats Eat Chocolate? Symptoms, Risks & What To Do

No, cats should never eat chocolate. Chocolate contains substances that are poisonous to cats and can cause serious illness. If your cat has eaten chocolate, contact Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 right away.

Is Chocolate Bad for Cats?

Yes. Chocolate contains theobromine and caffeine, a group of compounds called methylxanthines, which cats cannot process efficiently. Cats are typically less drawn to chocolate than dogs are, since they have a decreased ability to taste sweetness. However, accidental exposure still happens, often through baked goods, ice cream, candy, or unattended sweet treats.

Any known or suspected chocolate exposure in a cat should be treated seriously and reported to a trusted veterinarian or veterinary toxicology expert like Pet Poison Helpline. Because factors like the amount eaten, the type of product, and an individual cat’s size and health all play a role, there is no safe threshold to estimate at home. If you’re unsure whether your cat’s exposure is a concern, the safest step is always to call and get guidance tailored to your pet’s specific exposure.

What Happens If a Cat Eats Chocolate?

If your cat has eaten chocolate, use the calculator below to get generalized guidance on what to do next, then call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 to speak with a veterinary toxicology expert. The calculator is designed to help guide next steps, not to replace professional advice.

Pet Poison Helpline

Chocolate & Your Pet

Select your pet and the type of chocolate to learn what you need to know, and the right next step to take.

Step 1 of 2

Which pet got into the chocolate?

Dog

Cat

If this is an emergency, please call your veterinarian or Pet Poison Helpline at 855-764-7661 right away.

Your Pet

—

Chocolate Type

—

Have questions? We're here around the clock.

855-764-7661

Pet Poison Helpline, 24/7 | One $89 fee per case includes unlimited follow-up calls

A note from our team: This guide provides general educational information about chocolate and pets. It is not a substitute for professional veterinary advice or a toxicity assessment. Every pet and every situation is unique. The type of chocolate, the amount consumed, your pet's size, health history, and other factors all play a role. Please contact Pet Poison Helpline or your veterinarian for guidance specific to your pet.

This website uses cookies. We use cookies for our legitimate interests of providing you with personalized content, enabling you to more easily use our website, evaluating use of our website, and assisting with ad reporting functions. For more detailed information about how we use cookies, please review our Privacy Policy. By checking the "I agree" box, you consent to our use of cookies on this website. You may revoke this consent by contacting SafetyCall at privacy@safetycall.com or call 952-806-3812 or you may choose to manage cookies in your browser settings. Certain cookies are necessary for the website to function. If you do not agree to this consent or disable certain cookies in your browser settings, you’ll be unable to use the website.I agree to Pet Poison Helpline's use of cookies on this website.

Privacy & Cookies Policy

Symptoms of Chocolate Poisoning in Cats

Watch for the following signs after a known or suspected exposure:

Vomiting
Diarrhea
Increased thirst
Restlessness or hyperactivity
Rapid breathing
Elevated heart rate
Tremors
In severe cases, seizures or collapse

Symptoms don’t always appear immediately. They can take some time to develop and may last more than a day, which is why it’s important to call Pet Poison Helpline as soon as you know or suspect an exposure, rather than waiting to see if symptoms appear.

What To Do If Your Cat Ate Chocolate

Remove any remaining chocolate to prevent further exposure or ingestion.
Note the type of product and approximately how much was eaten, along with the time that your cat ingested it.
Call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 or your trusted veterinarian.
Do not attempt to induce vomiting or give any home remedy without guidance from a professional.
Follow the guidance provided by Pet Poison Helpline or your veterinarian.

Can Cats Have Other Chocolate Products?

Chocolate ice cream: No. In addition to the chocolate itself, dairy can cause digestive upset in many cats.

Chocolate milk: No, for the same reasons above.

White chocolate: White chocolate should still be treated as a potential concern like any other chocolate exposure. There is no chocolate product that is considered safe for cats.

Chocolate chip cookies: No. Beyond the chocolate, ingredients like raisins or excess sugar can pose additional concerns.

How to Prevent Chocolate Poisoning in Cats

Store chocolate and baking ingredients in sealed containers or cabinets your cat cannot access.
Be especially cautious during holidays like Halloween, Christmas, Valentine’s Day, and Easter, when chocolate is more likely to be left out or given as gifts.

Keep an eye on countertops and baking areas, since cats can be surprisingly agile jumpers.
Make sure everyone in the household, including guests and children, knows not to share chocolate with pets.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can chocolate kill a cat?
Chocolate poisoning can become serious and, in severe cases, can be life-threatening for cats. Any known or suspected exposure should be treated as urgent. It’s best to contact a veterinary toxicology expert for guidance right away.

Are cats allergic to chocolate?
Cats are not inherently allergic to chocolate. Chocolate poisoning in cats happens because cats cannot efficiently process theobromine and caffeine, the compounds found in chocolate.

Do cats like chocolate?
Most cats aren’t naturally drawn to chocolate because they have a decreased ability to taste sweetness the way humans and dogs can. Even so, accidental exposure is still common and should be taken seriously.

Is chocolate as poisonous to cats as it is to dogs?
Both cats and dogs can be poisoned by chocolate. Because cats are typically smaller, any exposure should be treated with the same level of urgency as with dogs, if not more.

Why can’t cats eat chocolate?
Chocolate contains theobromine and caffeine, which cats cannot metabolize the way humans do, making chocolate poisonous to them.

If your cat has eaten chocolate, don’t wait to see if symptoms appear. Call Pet Poison Helpline at (855) 764-7661 to speak with a veterinary toxicology expert. For more on keeping your dog safe from chocolate, see our companion article, Can Dogs Eat Chocolate?

The post Can Cats Eat Chocolate? Symptoms, Risks & What To Do appeared first on Pet Poison Helpline.

June heatwave reduces French egg production by up to 2%

Edusehat — Wed, 26 Aug 2026 20:10:10 +0700

High temperatures affected laying flocks and egg production in France during June, with the national production loss estimated at between 1.5% and 2%, according to France’s National Egg Committee (CNPO).

Franceinfo cited a CNPO estimate of approximately 500,000 laying hens lost during the June heatwave, although earlier industry estimates had placed the figure between 500,000 and 700,000 birds. CNPO Director Alice Richard said the overall impact remained relatively limited at national level, although some farms were severely affected.

Brittany and Pays de la Loire were among the regions that experienced particularly intense heat and drought conditions in June. Temperatures were less severe during July and August.

High temperatures also affected the performance of surviving hens. According to Richard, hens eat less feed during hot weather and consequently produce fewer and smaller eggs. Egg weight declined by only one or two grams, and the effect is expected to be reversible.

Cooler temperatures should allow production to recover and egg weights to return to the sizes normally found on the market.

Despite the recent production pressure, the CNPO does not expect egg shortages in the coming weeks. Demand nevertheless remains strong. Egg consumption in France has increased by around 5% annually over the past three years, and domestic production has struggled to keep pace.

The situation eased somewhat during the summer, when egg consumption is generally lower.

The effects of the June heatwave varied considerably between farms and regions, depending on their location and equipment. According to Richard, producers in south-western France are more accustomed to high temperatures and often have more effective ventilation and misting systems.

The temperatures recorded in Brittany during June were more unusual, and some farms were not sufficiently equipped to manage such conditions. Richard said the situation would require further consideration and investment.

She also pointed to Italy and Spain, where farms are generally better equipped to manage high temperatures because such conditions are more familiar to producers.

Heat and drought put Europe’s poultry sector under pressure

Interreg NWE OMELETTE project demonstrates practical pathway to longer, healthier laying cycles

Edusehat — Wed, 26 Aug 2026 16:35:10 +0700

At the mid-term TransRegional Eggspert Panel meeting in Ploufragan, France, the OMELETTE project presented its first results, highlighting how a more proactive and data-driven approach can support longer and healthier laying cycles. The event gathered 48 participants from five countries and 11 organisations, reflecting the broad European interest in improving hen longevity.

The OMELETTE project is part of the European Interreg North-West Europe programme and runs from 2023 to 2028 with a total budget of over €6.3 million, including €3.7 million EU funding. The project brings together partners from Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany and Switzerland to address one central challenge: how to keep laying hens productive for longer while maintaining animal health, welfare and farm profitability.

The project’s ambition is to make egg production in North-West Europe more sustainable and resilient by integrating longevity into everyday farm management. This requires not only technical innovation, but also better monitoring, knowledge exchange and behavioural change among farmers and advisors.

A first important theme presented during the meeting was lighting management. Dynamic lighting systems can influence behaviour by alternating between cold and warm white light. Cold light stimulates activity, while warm light supports rest and calm behaviour. Within OMELETTE, a decision-tree approach was developed to help farmers adjust lighting in response to pecking or aggression. However, researchers emphasised that lighting should be seen as a supportive tool, not a substitute for addressing underlying issues in the barn.

A second focus was enrichment materials. Trials showed that enrichment plays a key role in preventing harmful behaviour by satisfying natural pecking and foraging needs. Not all materials were equally effective: refillable enrichments performed best, as hens regained interest after refilling, while some objects quickly lost their appeal or even increased aggression. These insights underline the importance of active management, including rotation and renewal of materials.

Digitalisation is another cornerstone of the project. Tools presented by project partners combine production data, health indicators and behavioural monitoring into integrated dashboards. These systems help farmers detect problems earlier and shift from reactive to preventive management. Camera-based monitoring further enhances this approach by enabling automated detection of feather condition, piling behaviour and other welfare indicators.

This strong focus on smart monitoring reflects the broader OMELETTE strategy, which combines digital technologies with practical farm management to support early detection and continuous improvement. By integrating real-time data and structured decision-making, the project aims to improve both individual animal follow-up and overall flock management.

Beyond technology, OMELETTE also addresses the systemic barriers to longer laying cycles. Interviews with farmers in Belgium and France show that profitability remains the key driver, but that success depends on a combination of factors such as pullet quality, vaccination strategies, nutrition, ventilation, heat stress management, and consistent lighting.

To bring these elements together, the project is developing a cross-border Longevity Action Plan. This plan is being tested on pilot farms across participating countries and combines structured farm visits, data collection, welfare scoring and tailored advice. The goal is to translate research findings into practical, farm-specific solutions that can be widely adopted across the sector.

In addition, OMELETTE places strong emphasis on training and communication. By sharing knowledge with farmers, advisors, authorities and consumers, the project aims to bridge gaps in understanding and build trust in the egg production chain. Demonstrations on pilot farms and targeted communication campaigns are key tools in this process.

The mid-term results confirm that extending the productive life of laying hens is feasible, but requires an integrated approach combining management, monitoring and collaboration. OMELETTE shows that with the right tools and support, hen longevity can become a realistic pathway towards more sustainable egg production in North-West Europe.

OMELETTE

OptiMise and Extend hen Longevity to Expedite the Transition to susTainable Eggs

Project objectives

Poultry farmers and sector in the NWE region take on board solutions to actively contribute to an improved hen longevity with ensured animal health and welfare, egg quality and economic viability as major premises for a future-proof resilient sector.

Project funding

The OMELETTE project is co-funded by the European Union through the Interreg NWE programme. NWE 0200174 OMELETTE.

Project partners

11 partners from 5 different countries are working closely on the OMELETTE project

https://omelette.nweurope.eu/partners

Contact details

Project Coordinator: Nathalie Sleeckx

Experimental Poultry Centre (Proefbedrijf Pluimveehouderij VZW),

Poiel 77, 2440 Geel (Belgium)

E-mail: nathalie.sleeckx@provincieantwerpen.be

Telephone: +3214562887

Website: https://omelette.nweurope.eu/

Global Shrimp Council’s First Consumer Pop-Up Inspires 4,000+ Guests to Enjoy “Shrimp More Often”

Edusehat — Wed, 26 Aug 2026 06:15:06 +0700

By: Global Shrimp Council

The four-day Venice Beach activation brought The Happy Protein to life, using food, experiences and happiness to encourage consumers to discover more ways — and more occasions — to enjoy shrimp.

The Global Shrimp Council (GSC) successfully concluded its first-ever consumer pop-up experience in Venice Beach, welcoming more than 4,000 guests over four days and marking an important milestone in its mission to inspire consumers to eat Shrimp More Often.

Held from August 6–9, the activation transformed The Happy Protein from a campaign message into a real-world experience through shrimp tastings, chef demonstrations, interactive activities and entertainment.

At the heart of the activation was a simple idea: increasing shrimp consumption is not only about telling consumers why shrimp is good for them. It is also about creating more reasons, formats and occasions to choose it.

The response was strong both on-site and online. Guests actively participated in the experience, interacted with the mascot “Happy” and shared their moments across social media. The activation generated more than 40,000 social media views, attracted hundreds of new followers and inspired dozens of tagged photos and videos.

The Pop-Up also provided valuable consumer insights. Jessica Rodríguez, GSC’s Marketing Strategist, identified children and families as an influential audience, revealing an opportunity the Council has not yet fully explored. Shrimp fried rice and empanadas were particularly popular among younger visitors, showing how familiar, easy-to-enjoy formats can help introduce shrimp to new audiences and consumption occasions.

The experience also challenged assumptions about American consumers’ openness to less familiar flavors. A shrimp dish prepared by Chef Dumas, presented as “cooked in lime juice” and featuring fresh citrus and spicy notes, was enthusiastically received — suggesting consumers may be more adventurous than expected when shrimp is presented in an approachable way.

These learnings reinforce the idea behind Shrimp More Often: growing the category means expanding the audiences, formats and occasions in which people choose shrimp. And throughout the entire experience, one feeling consistently connected everything:

Happiness

“For a long time, we have talked about growing shrimp consumption through health, protein, nutrition, convenience, taste and versatility. In Venice Beach, we took that conversation one step further: we gave people new ways to experience shrimp and new reasons to choose it more often,” said Gabriel Luna, Co-Founder of the Global Shrimp Council.

“If we can connect shrimp with happy moments, sharing, discovery and enjoyment, we can create more occasions for consumers to bring shrimp into their lives. That is how Shrimp More Often becomes more than a message — it becomes a behavior.”

None of this would have been possible without the companies that stood behind this vision: our GSC members and our 2026 campaign sponsors, whose belief and support helped make the Venice Beach Pop-Up a reality. Together with the GSC team, agency partner Hopscotch, volunteers and families, they brought the experience to life through commitment, collaboration and a shared ambition for the category.

This milestone belongs to all of them, and we extend our deepest gratitude for their support.

As the Global Shrimp Council continues to grow, so does our invitation to the wider shrimp industry. Growing the category is a collective effort, and our doors are open to companies that share the ambition of creating a stronger, more connected future for shrimp.

The Venice Beach Pop-Up provides the Global Shrimp Council with a strong foundation to continue creating new consumption occasions, reaching new audiences and building stronger emotional connections with consumers.

We welcome everyone who wants to help write the next chapter of Shrimp More Often.

The Happy Protein created a happy moment.

Shrimp More Often is about creating many more.

Egg prices hit record highs in Nepal as bird flu cuts flock and demand surges

Edusehat — Tue, 25 Aug 2026 22:40:10 +0700

Kathmandu, Nepal — Egg prices in Nepal have reached record levels in August 2026 as declining production has tightened supply. The Nepal Layers Poultry Farmers Association has repeatedly raised its farm-gate support prices in recent weeks, with the price of XL eggs reaching NPR 590 per crate of 30 eggs by 20 August. Nepal News reported on 23 August that prices had reached NPR 590 for XL eggs, NPR 575 for large eggs, NPR 520 for medium eggs and NPR 448 for small eggs.The latest increase in the association’s farm-gate support prices took effect on 20 August, when the XL price rose to NPR 590 per crate, large eggs to NPR 575 and medium eggs to NPR 535. Small eggs were set at NPR 3,200 per box. This followed four previous price increases during Shrawan, making the August 20 increase the fifth rise in the period.

The NPR 590 figure refers to the farm-gate support price rather than a retail price. At the retail level, OnlineKhabar reported that consumers were paying as much as NPR 30 per egg in some shops, despite the association’s notices continuing to list a consumer price of NPR 25 per egg.

Production shortfall drives prices up

The price increases come as Nepal’s poultry sector deals with substantial production losses associated with bird flu. According to figures cited by OnlineKhabar from the Department of Livestock Services, 835,563 birds were culled, while 1,225,536 eggs and 264,213 kg of poultry feed were destroyed as part of measures to control the disease.

The Nepal Layers Poultry Farmers Association has estimated that between 1 million and 1.2 million layer chickens were lost nationwide because of bird flu, according to statements reported by OnlineKhabar. A separate estimate published by Nepal News put the total loss at around 1.3 million layer chickens, attributing the losses to a combination of bird flu, extreme heat and rising production costs. The two figures therefore refer to somewhat different scopes and should not be treated as equivalent estimates of bird-flu losses alone.

The reduction in the layer population has also affected egg production. Association president Binod Pokharel said daily production had fallen from around 4–4.1 million eggs to approximately 2.9–3 million, leaving supply below market demand.

Nepal News separately reported that daily production had fallen from around 28,000 cartons to approximately 22,000 cartons.

The supply shortage has contributed to higher consumer prices. OnlineKhabar reported that retail consumers were paying up to NPR 30 per egg in some shops, although retail prices can vary according to location, egg size and the structure of the distribution chain.

Farmers still operating at a loss

Despite the repeated increases in egg prices, farmers have continued to report that prices do not fully cover production costs. The association puts the production cost at around NPR 19.12 per egg, equivalent to NPR 573.60 for a crate of 30 eggs.

On 11 August, for example, the support price for large eggs was NPR 545 per crate, below the reported production cost of NPR 573.60 per crate. Association chairperson Binod Pokharel said farmers were still unable to recover their production costs despite the price increase.

The financial pressure has also affected the structure of the sector. Business operators told Khabarhub that some farmers have started leaving the profession after failing to obtain prices sufficient to cover production costs. Declining production and recurring poultry diseases have also increased farmers’ reliance on bank loans, according to industry representatives cited by Khabarhub.

OnlineKhabar also reported that many poultry sheds remain empty following losses suffered during the bird-flu outbreak, while some farmers have left the business because of financial difficulties.

Outlook for the sector

Egg prices remain under pressure because production is currently below market demand. Industry representatives have attributed the latest increases primarily to declining production following bird-flu-related poultry losses.

The sector is also entering a period in which farmers expect stronger market conditions around the Dashain festival. However, the available sources do not provide sufficient evidence to state specifically that both Dashain and Tihar will cause a further increase in egg demand.

The current situation illustrates the vulnerability of Nepal’s layer sector to disease-related losses and other production pressures, while also highlighting the difficulties farmers face when farm-gate prices remain below reported production costs.

ILDEX Philippines 2026 opens tomorrow in Manila

Edusehat — Tue, 25 Aug 2026 19:05:10 +0700

ILDEX Philippines 2026 will open tomorrow, 26 August, at the SMX Convention Center Manila in the Philippines. The international exhibition will run until 28 August in Halls 1–4, alongside the Philippine Poultry Show.

The event is dedicated to the poultry, livestock, dairy, meat processing and aquaculture industries. The exhibition will cover breeding and genetics, animal health and nutrition, feed production and ingredients, hatchery and incubation, animal housing, automated processing and cold-chain technologies. A conference programme will also take place during the event.

View the conference programme

Register to attend ILDEX Philippines 2026

Added US broiler supply keeps chicken prices under pressure into Q3

Edusehat — Tue, 25 Aug 2026 19:05:10 +0700

Ready-to-cook (RTC) chicken production ran 4.5% above year-ago levels in the second quarter of 2026, well ahead of expectations set earlier in the spring, according to the latest RaboResearch North American agribusiness outlook. Both higher slaughter, up 3.4%, and modestly heavier bird weights contributed to the increase. Cooler weather through spring and early summer supported faster growth, while improved bird health contributed to better livability.

That extra volume has landed on a market that hadn’t fully absorbed it. Composite chicken prices averaged 10% below year-ago levels in the second quarter, sitting well under historical norms. Boneless breast meat has been hit hardest, running 37% below both year-ago prices and the five-year average heading into the third quarter. Deboned thigh and leg meat are also under pressure as the market works through the added supply. Wing prices are the exception, showing modest improvement on the back of World Cup-related takeaway demand, with the upcoming football season offering another potential source of support.

RaboResearch expects a normal seasonal production cut this fall to help rebalance the market by the fourth quarter, but sees little relief materializing during the third quarter itself. Higher inventories and softer foodservice traffic are likely to cap near-term price gains, particularly with gasoline prices showing limited improvement and no visible easing in consumer price points. The bank’s current forecast calls for 3% year-over-year growth in full-year RTC production. Even with better retail and foodservice promotion expected to help stabilize the market, RaboResearch says a marked repricing could still be several quarters away.

June broiler exports told two different stories. Volumes were flat, while export values fell 1.6% year-over-year. Shipments to Mexico, the largest single export market at 25% of the total, rose 1%, a notable result given the relatively depressed local market. Volumes to Guatemala, Angola, Ghana, China and the United Arab Emirates posted double-digit growth, while shipments to Canada, Cuba and the Philippines dropped sharply. Chinese HPAI-related restrictions were lifted for 17 US states during the quarter, a change that could support additional export volumes in the second half of 2026 and into 2027. Lower leg-quarter prices may further aid US competitiveness in key export markets during the second half of the year. RaboResearch has raised its export outlook to a range of flat to +2% versus last year, while continuing to monitor US-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) negotiations and the effect of a stronger Mexican peso on import volumes.

The 2026 US corn crop is estimated at 180.7 bushels per acre, down from last year’s record yield of 186.5 bushels but still resulting in just over 16 billion bushels, the second-largest crop on record. Nearby corn futures continue to trade within their long-standing USD 3.90–4.75 range despite volatile crude oil prices, strong demand, high stocks, tariffs and variable weather conditions. US soybean meal demand is also increasing, with a growing poultry flock among the main drivers of domestic growth, alongside higher inclusion rates in dairy rations.

Source: RaboResearch Food and Agribusiness, North American Agribusiness Quarterly Q3 2026, Rabobank, August 2026.

From compliance to culture: evolving animal welfare management

Edusehat — Tue, 25 Aug 2026 07:55:02 +0700

By Ken Opengart, DVM, PhD, DACPV
3 Birds Consulting
Signal Mountain, Tennessee

As a veterinarian with experience leading live operations and animal welfare programs, I have spent my career focused on improving animal welfare. I have worked globally across farms, facilities and leadership settings, emphasizing the importance of education, training and risk mitigation. I have also built systems designed to promote accountability and ownership and empowered those on the front lines to act in ways that mitigate welfare compromise for the birds and risk to the business.

Over time, one truth has become unmistakably clear to me: Animal welfare programs succeed or fail not because of audits, policies or even good intentions but because of the cultivation — or lack thereof — of a robust culture. And culture is something that we must build deliberately.

Role of audits

When I first entered the industry, welfare programs were primarily audit-based. We focused on compliance: meeting industry standards, passing annual third-party audits and responding when gaps were identified.

Audits were, and still are, an important tool. They provide structure, accountability and a common language around expectations. Routine point-in-time audits, however, are poorly suited to actively manage dynamic fields like animal welfare performance because they capture only a moment in time, fail to reflect normal variability or emerging trends and often incentivize short-term compliance rather than sustained performance.

Historically, audits have emphasized documentation and program management over true outcome-based performance, although audits today are much more focused on animal outcomes. Prior auditing programs were unlikely to detect rare but consequential failures and provided little insight into learning or continuous improvement. Most importantly, their episodic nature shifted accountability away from daily ownership, reinforcing the misconception that performance is something to be demonstrated occasionally rather than managed continuously.

As customer expectations, societal scrutiny and our own understanding of animal welfare evolved, so did the opportunity to fundamentally improve our approach to welfare management.

Cultural shift

Organizations faced a choice. Would they continue to treat animal welfare as a regulatory- and customer-compliance exercise, or would it be treated as a core expression of its values? Ultimately, the answer to this question would define an organization’s welfare approach and culture.

When an organization relies on a compliance-driven approach, it tends to be reactive, focused on risk avoidance, minimum standards and correcting problems after they occur. Engagement and transparency are limited, and success is defined almost exclusively by audit results rather than by sustained performance or outcomes.

In contrast, a culture-driven approach is proactive. It treats animal welfare not only as a moral obligation but as a strategic priority — investing in people, processes and systems to prevent problems before they occur. Data are used to drive learning and improvement rather than defensiveness, and welfare objectives are intentionally aligned with enterprise goals, incentives and long-term planning.

Culture is built, or undermined, through communication and action. Employees quickly discern whether animal welfare messaging is authentic or merely performative. Clearly articulated, welfare-specific mission and vision statements can serve as powerful strategic and cultural anchors, but they carry weight only when reinforced through consistent messaging, predictable action and visible leadership commitment.

When words are backed by resources, training, recognition and well-communicated goals, a strong and durable animal welfare culture takes hold. For those leading welfare programs, this requires clearly communicating both short- and long-term strategic objectives that signal priorities, build leadership alignment and enable progress to be tracked over time.

Laying the foundation

As organizations moved away from a purely audit-based model toward a more holistic, operationally grounded approach focused on intentionally building an animal welfare culture, several key questions that would define the evolving program had to be addressed.

One of the first and most important questions was a basic one: Who owns animal welfare? In our case, we wanted to create a program in which it was clear that everyone who worked directly with our birds had the shared responsibility of owning animal welfare. We recognized that culture did not exist in a vacuum; it was shaped every day by engagement, empowerment and appropriate actions of every individual involved in the process.

Another question that organizations had to address was where within the structure the animal welfare function should reside. There is not one correct answer. In practice, I have seen the welfare function housed within operations, food safety and quality, or sustainability. It may operate as a standalone group or be integrated directly into operations.

Where it sits is not critical. What is critical for effective poultry welfare programs is explicit leadership. Roles and responsibilities must be clearly defined, and accountability must be embedded across the organization, from the hatchery to the farm and from live haul to processing. Ultimately, if the individuals responsible for welfare cannot influence the decisions that shape bird care, welfare becomes symbolic rather than operational, eroding accountability and undermining the culture needed to consistently deliver strong welfare outcomes.

As we assessed our program and set its future direction, we had to be honest about the operational maturity of our production system. Poultry production is complex, fast-moving and highly automated, with birds constantly interacting with people, equipment and environments that must function efficiently at scale. In that context, foundational welfare elements are non-negotiable.

We established clear expectations supported by robust standard operating procedures, job-specific training and competency testing, and strong accountability mechanisms such as whistleblower protections and verification through first-, second- and third-party audits. These were not administrative box-checking exercises; they were safeguards for the birds and for the people who handled them.

Just as importantly, the structure and governance of these programmatic components provided the scaffolding that sustained and reinforced the organizational culture being cultivated, ensuring welfare expectations were not only stated but also consistently lived.

Culture in action

We believed a culturally based program would sustain employee engagement because it intentionally connected organizational intent to the operational realities of the people who handled the birds. Shared values and purpose clarified why animal welfare matters, while a common language and clear expectations helped employees understand what “good” looked like and how their actions contributed to animal welfare outcomes.

We reinforced this through simple, memorable phrases that emphasized both individual ownership (“100/0” — 100% accountable, zero excuses) and collective responsibility (“See it? Stop it!” — awareness and action for the birds, each other and the process). When managers consistently modeled welfare-first behaviors and held themselves accountable, they signaled that engagement was expected, supported and safe.

Psychological safety and trust are critical, allowing concerns to be raised early and recognizing frontline ownership and expertise as strengths rather than risks. This shared ownership at every level reinforced the idea that animal welfare did not belong to a single function or role but was lived by those working with birds every day.

Education and training, grounded in science and a framework like the Five Domains, helped employees connect the assessment of animal welfare outcomes to both the physical and affective states of birds, shifting welfare from rule-following to informed, active engagement. A focus on behaviors and outcomes, supported by continuous learning and improvement, keeps employees involved in promoting positive outcomes and mitigating welfare compromise, rather than solely reacting to system failures.

Finally, sustained engagement depends on reinforcement. When incentives, recognition and consequences align with welfare goals, employees see that what they are asked to value is genuinely valued by leadership. Celebrating progress, highlighting innovation and acknowledging teams when things go right reinforce desired behaviors and build pride. In this way, culturally based programs do more than drive compliance; they empower people, strengthen accountability and create conditions for sustained engagement and better outcomes for the birds.

Evolution of animal welfare programs

Throughout my career, I have had the opportunity to design, develop and assess a wide range of animal welfare programs. Over time, I have found it helpful to broadly classify these programs as elementary, maturing or enriching, based on several factors: their core components and activities, the approach to welfare management and, most importantly, the level of culture the organization has achieved. Although organizations may move between these stages over time, each category reflects a fundamentally different mindset about how animal welfare is understood, managed and sustained.

Elementary programs

Elementary programs are largely compliance-driven. They focus on meeting industry standards and passing required audits, with success defined almost entirely by audit performance. These programs tend to prioritize rules over continuous improvement and are often reactive rather than proactive, responding to issues after they occur rather than working systematically to prevent them.

Transparency is limited, and stakeholder engagement is typically confined to what is strictly required. Although elementary programs can establish a basic foundation and provide assurance that minimum expectations are being met, they rarely drive meaningful or sustained improvements in welfare outcomes.

Maturing programs

Maturing programs represent an important evolution. At this stage, organizations begin to build cultural commitment supported by more robust foundational elements. Governance structures become clearer, with formalized roles and responsibilities for animal welfare defined across the organization. Standard audits remain important, but they are supplemented by an increased focus on continuous improvement and the introduction of key welfare indicators (KWIs) to help monitor performance.

Organizations may begin to share select welfare metrics with customers or other stakeholders, signaling greater transparency. Success is no longer judged solely by audit scores but by a combination of compliance and performance on measurable welfare outcomes. Although culture is still developing, the organization is actively moving beyond checklist compliance toward a more operational and outcome-oriented approach.

Enriching programs

Enriching programs reflect the highest level of maturity. In these organizations, animal welfare is fully embedded in culture, strategy and leadership identity. Engagement, accountability and ownership are sustained at all levels, and routine, meaningful engagement with stakeholders is the norm rather than the exception.

Research, innovation and data-driven decision-making are actively used to drive continuous improvement. Clear welfare goals and KWIs are established, tracked and often reported publicly. Importantly, welfare objectives are integrated into broader enterprise goals, with incentives aligned to performance outcomes. Leaders not only model welfare-first behaviors internally but also demonstrate leadership externally, contributing to industry advancement. At this stage, animal welfare is no longer a program — it is part of how the organization defines success.

Across all three classifications, the distinction is not whether audits or standards exist — they do at every level — but how they are used. Elementary programs use audits to prove compliance. Maturing programs use them as part of a broader management system. Enriching programs treat them as one verification tool within a deeply rooted culture of accountability, learning and continuous improvement. This progression reflects a shift from managing welfare as a requirement to leading welfare as a core organizational value.

Knowing your starting point, raising the bar

Every organization is at a different stage in the maturity of its animal welfare program, and meaningful progress begins with an honest assessment of where you are today, followed by a deliberate commitment to take the next step.

Here are three steps an organization can take to continue to evolve its program:

Move beyond audits and build welfare as a management system. Stop treating animal welfare as something you demonstrate periodically and start managing it as something you deliver every day. Use audits as verification tools, not the definition of success. Incorporate outcome-based indicators, continuous feedback loops and operational ownership that reflect how welfare performs over time, not just how it looks on audit day.
Make animal welfare everyone’s job. Clarify ownership. If the people responsible for animal welfare cannot influence decisions affecting bird care, then welfare will remain symbolic rather than operational. Define roles, decision rights and accountability across the system, and ensure frontline teams are educated, empowered and expected to act. Culture does not emerge organically; it must be intentionally designed and reinforced.
3. Align leadership, incentives and culture with welfare outcomes. Examine what your organization truly rewards. Align incentives and recognition with welfare performance. Communicate clear short- and long-term welfare objectives, resource them appropriately and celebrate progress. When leadership commitment is visible and consistent, sustained engagement and better outcomes for birds follow.

The evolution of animal welfare programs ultimately reflects a shift from demonstrating compliance to delivering consistent outcomes. Audits and standards remain essential, but their role changes, from defining success to verifying it within a broader, outcome-driven management system.

Organizations that make this transition recognize that welfare cannot be integrated into a system. Rather, it must be intentionally designed, operationalized and reinforced through clear ownership, aligned leadership and the disciplined use of data. When these elements are in place, animal welfare becomes both a moral obligation and a source of operational strength.

The progression from elementary to enriching programs is less about added complexity and more about deeper accountability and engagement. As organizations advance, responsibility shifts from centralized oversight to shared ownership, and success is defined by sustained performance, not point-in-time results. Organizations that lead treat culture as the primary lever for change by sharing ownership, aligning incentives, empowering frontline teams, embracing continuous improvement and embedding welfare into everyday decisions. In doing so, they move beyond meeting expectations to setting the standard for the future.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post From compliance to culture: evolving animal welfare management appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Interpreting AST results key to maintaining anticoccidial effectiveness

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 23:35:04 +0700

Anticoccidial sensitivity testing (AST) has long been available to poultry producers, but its role in shaping effective coccidiosis control programs is becoming more important as resistance continues to erode the performance of existing drugs.

In the ﬁnal session of Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis Tools and Strategies,” Greg Mathis, PhD, president of Southern Poultry Research, Inc., said that while AST can provide valuable insight into how ﬁeld isolates respond to different products, its real value depends on how well those results are interpreted and applied in the ﬁeld.

Coccidial resistance develops through selection pressure, with anticoccidial drugs eliminating susceptible parasites while allowing less sensitive strains to survive and multiply, Mathis explained.

Over time, that process shifts the population towards reduced sensitivity. The rate of change depends on factors including drug type, inclusion level, duration of use and the overall coccidial load within the birdhouse.

Larger populations increase the likelihood that resistant strains are present, accelerating the loss of sensitivity.

Comparing isolates

AST is designed to replicate a field challenge under controlled conditions, allowing producers to compare how isolates respond to different anticoccidial treatments.

The process involves collecting litter samples containing oocysts from commercial houses, propagating them and challenging birds receiving different drugs, with outcomes measured through lesion scoring and performance.

“Six days post-challenge, we weigh them and lesion score all the birds,” Mathis said.

The resulting data provides a structured comparison with untreated controls, but Mathis said it should not be reduced to a single index or used to rank products without context.

“You’re missing some of the really important interpretations of what influenced lesions, what influenced feed conversion,” he explained.

Instead, AST should be viewed as one component of a broader evaluation that includes species composition, challenge level and the biological characteristics of each drug.

Interpreting results correctly

One of the most important variables affecting AST outcomes is the nature of the challenge itself. Mathis noted that challenge level can signiﬁcantly inﬂuence how products appear to perform. In high-dose challenges, lesion scores can be uniformly elevated, masking differences between treatments and making products appear less effective than they would under commercial conditions.

Under more moderate challenge conditions, separation between treatments becomes clearer, providing a more realistic indication of relative sensitivity. This highlights the need to interpret results in the context of how closely the test reﬂects ﬁeld conditions.

Mode of action also plays a critical role, Mathis said. Ionophore anticoccidials, for example, do not act as coccidicidal agents. Instead, they combine direct parasite control with the development of immunity through controlled cycling. That dual mechanism complicates interpretation in AST testing, where the short test period limits the immune component.

As a result, ionophores often appear less effective in AST results than they do in the ﬁeld, where immunity contributes to overall control, he said.

Synthetic anticoccidials present a different picture. Their strong coccidicidal activity can produce clear reductions in lesion scores, but that does not necessarily translate to long-term sustainability. Their potency can increase selection pressure, accelerating the development of resistance if they are used too intensively.

Species differences complicate results

Species composition further complicates interpretation, Mathis said. Different Eimeria species vary in both pathogenicity and response to treatment.

Mathis highlighted that Eimeria maxima, in particular, has a greater impact on feed conversion than other species, meaning performance data can be inﬂuenced by species mix rather than drug sensitivity alone.

In some cases, drugs can allow certain life stages of the parasite to develop, resulting in visible lesions without a corresponding drop in performance. Without understanding those dynamics, there is a risk of misclassifying efficacy as resistance, he said.

Sampling strategy is another critical factor shaping AST results, Mathis explained.

Timing has a direct impact on how representative an isolate is, so collecting samples too early, particularly in vaccinated ﬂocks, can skew results towards vaccine-derived strains rather than ﬁeld populations.

To better reﬂect ﬁeld conditions, he recommended sampling later in the grow-out, typically between 23 and 28 days of age, when coccidial cycling is more established and wild strains are more prominent.

Supporting better program decisions

Even with optimal sampling, Mathis stressed that AST results should not be treated as a deﬁnitive answer.

“Anticoccidial sensitivity tests are the only way to truly determine drug resistance and sensitivity,” he said, but added that their value lies in how they are used alongside other information.

Without performance data, ﬁeld observations and historical program use to provide context, there is a risk of making decisions based on a single data point that represents only a snapshot in time.

In practice, AST is most useful as a guide for rotation and program planning, he explained.

By identifying relative sensitivity across available products, producers can make more informed decisions about which anticoccidials to use and when to rest them, he told attendees. Used correctly, they can help producers avoid over-reliance on individual products and support more strategic use of a limited range of anticoccidials.

This article is based on the third session in Phibro Academy’s three-part webinar series, “Coccidiosis tools and strategies.” To access the full webinar series, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Interpreting AST results key to maintaining anticoccidial effectiveness appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Hendrix Genetics expands in Ibera with Pintobar acquisition

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 23:30:10 +0700

Hendrix Genetics announces that it has acquired 100% of the shares of Pintobar Exploração Avícola, Lda., effective July 31, 2026. The acquisition marks an important step in Hendrix Genetics’ long-term commitment to the Iberian egg and poultry industry, strengthening its local production footprint and enhancing its ability to serve customers across Portugal, Spain and export markets.

Hendrix Genetics and Pintobar have worked together for many years, building a strong partnership to supply egg and poultry producers with high-quality genetics and technical support. The acquisition builds on this long-standing relationship and creates new opportunities to further enhance operational excellence, customer service, and supply security throughout the region.

Founded in 1982, with roots in poultry production dating back to the 1960s, Pintobar operates breeder rearing facilities, hatching egg production farms and hatcheries, supplying customers in Portugal and international markets. Throughout its history, the company has earned a reputation for technical expertise, product quality and reliability, supported by continuous investment in production technology and a highly experienced team. Pintobar generates annual revenues of approximately €20 million and employs around 125 people.

“Pintobar has been a valued and trusted partner for many years. This acquisition reinforces our long-term commitment to the Iberian market and reinforces our commitment to customers across the Iberian region. Together, we will continue to invest in people, production and innovation to support the long-term success of poultry producers”, said Pelayo Casanovas, Managing Director Layers & Broilers Business Unit, Hendrix Genetics.

“We are proud of what Pintobar has achieved over the past decades. Joining Hendrix Genetics represents an important next step that creates new opportunities for our employees, customers and business partners while preserving the values and expertise that have made Pintobar successful,” said Eduardo Fraga, General Manager, Pintobar.

Customers, suppliers and business partners can expect a seamless transition with full continuity of operations. The existing leadership team and employees will remain integral to the business, ensuring uninterrupted customer service, technical expertise and reliable product supply throughout the integration process.

Source: Hendrix Genetics press release

Integrating Anaerobic Digestion in Recirculating Aquaculture Systems

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 20:25:05 +0700

Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) have become popular due to their compact and manageable size. Compared to traditional net pens in open waters, RAS allow operators to rear fish at high densities in indoor tanks in a more biosecure manner.

One of the biggest benefits of RAS is lower water consumption, as it can recirculate and recycle 90-99% of the water, making it a sustainable aquaculture option. Though they offer several benefits compared to traditional aquaculture systems, they are not without their flaws.

According to Dr. Abhinav Choudhury, Environmental Research Engineer with The Conservation Fund (TCF) Freshwater Institute, one of the biggest challenges to RAS is waste management. While the collection and removal in itself is not necessarily difficult, the challenge lies in what RAS farmers do with that waste.

40,000-gallon Growout tank (left) and radial flow settler (right) for waste solids removal at the Freshwater Institute. (Credit: Sam Levitan / The Conservation Fund)

Waste Removal in Recirculating Aquaculture Systems

Culture tank design is an important consideration to prevent the build-up of solids. Once removed from the tanks, mechanical filtration systems, such as drum filters, can separate most of the solid waste particulates.

Regardless of how the waste is removed, the process results in a backwash rich in organic matter and nutrients. Massive volumes of this discharge can be generated on a daily basis.

“Many RAS producers consider this a concentrated stream, but from an engineer’s perspective, it is actually quite dilute, with a high moisture content,” shares Choudhury.

The next step to treatment is dewatering—or reducing the volume of waste that needs to be treated and/or disposed of.

Anaerobic digester setup at the Freshwater Institute. (Credit: Abhinav Choudhury / The Conservation Fund)

The Freshwater Institute relies on gravity thickening settlers, which raise the dry matter content of the wastewater from roughly 0.1–0.5% up to about 10%.

“To put those numbers into perspective, a 1,000-metric-ton fish farm could produce 800 metric tons of backwash every single day. After dewatering, that drops to 8 metric tons of sludge at 10% solids. That still sounds like a lot, but it is 99% less than what the farm started with,” explains Abhinav.

Even with the reduced volume, the waste still needs to be dealt with daily. After dewatering, farmers are ultimately left with a highly concentrated waste stream that needs to be treated or disposed of, as it can lead to the eutrophication of local water bodies if it’s discharged untreated.

“This is exactly where my work comes in: investigating technologies that allow RAS farmers to generate revenue from this waste, instead of paying someone else to dispose of it,” Choudhury introduces.

He’s explored composting of aquaculture waste to produce a sellable fertilizer and is currently investigating energy generation through anaerobic digestion.

Abhinav Choudhury collecting data on the composting of aquaculture sludge. (Credit: Kata Sharrer / The Conservation Fund)

Anaerobic Digestion: Creating Energy out of Waste

Choudhury has been trialing a pilot-scale anaerobic digestion system at the institute since 2025. The digester tank, constructed from fiberglass, is partially underground and sealed with a geomembrane liner to maintain anaerobic conditions.

The system is designed to keep the digester’s waste level constant, releasing the digested effluent whenever raw waste is added.

“We expect to maintain a hydraulic retention time of 20-25 days during regular operation. The digester temperature is maintained using a shell-and-tube heat exchanger.

The recirculation system pumps wastewater through the heat exchanger at regular intervals to keep the solids mixed and the temperature within the optimal range of 35-38 ℃, to keep the microorganisms happy,” explains Choudhury.

Inside the digester, microorganisms break down organic matter in the absence of oxygen, producing a mixture of gases (biogas)—including methane, carbon dioxide, traces of hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, and water vapor.

The biogas is continuously measured and stored in inflatable bladders, which can be used as needed for energy production. “The methane content in the biogas can vary between 50–75%, making this product highly energy-dense,” adds Choudhury.

Inflatable bladders containing biogas generated from the anaerobic digestion of aquaculture waste. (Credit: Abhinav Choudhury / The Conservation Fund)

Additional Benefits and Possible Drawbacks

In addition to energy generation, the anaerobic process also creates a stabilized digestate byproduct rich in dissolved nutrients that can be used as fertilizer on land. There is also a substantial reduction in the pathogen load in raw wastewater after digestion.

Another benefit is the reduction of offensive odors. The closed anaerobic system prevents the release of toxic gases and odors.

While seemingly a minor issue, offensive odors and toxic gases generated in open waste treatment systems can prevent the acceptance and implementation of aquaculture at a broader scale.

There is also the possibility of the anaerobic digester being used for other waste removal and processing, including food/organic waste from other sources. “This prevents the food waste from going to a landfill and increases the digester’s energy production potential,” notes Choudhury.

Abhinav Choudhury analyzing aquaculture sludge characteristics data. (Credit: Kata Sharrer / The Conservation Fund)

Even with these benefits, Choudhury notes that there are potential drawbacks as well. One of which is that, even though there is a substantial reduction in solids, the actual volume of the digested effluent and its nutrient content remain roughly the same.

Another possible drawback stems from having nowhere to dispose of the digestate. While land application is the most common management form, without access to land, disposal may be challenging and may require more expensive treatment methods to reduce its nutrient load and eutrophication potential.

Third, the microorganisms in the tank are most effective at 35 ℃, making it a less accessible and efficient option for colder climates, as “a substantial fraction of the generated energy may need to be returned to the digester to maintain optimal process performance,” explains Choudhury.

According to Choudhury, the biggest challenge, however, tends to be the capital cost of highly engineered large-scale anaerobic digestion systems, which limits their economic feasibility for smaller farms.

“However, addressing these issues is part of ongoing research in this area,” he adds.

Boiler setup for supplying heat to maintain the digester temperature at optimal levels. (Credit: Abhinav Choudhury / The Conservation Fund)

Initial Testing of the Anaerobic Digester

As of April 2026, the digester was equipped with a control panel that automates the process. Since then, the team has been testing the system’s capabilities and troubleshooting operational challenges.

“Our goal is to optimize all the components of the anaerobic digestion system by 2027, so that we can start running our planned experiments at that time,” explains Choudhury.

He continues, “Our goal for this research cycle is to optimize digester operating conditions for aquaculture waste, identify and address inhibitory conditions (if they arise), and investigate changes in the microbial community over long-term operation.”

Sourced from a digester that processes protein- and fat-containing food waste and dairy manure as feedstocks, the inoculum (microbial source) appears to be handling the aquaculture waste well.

“As aquaculture waste, specifically salmonid waste, contains high levels of fat and protein, it was likely that the microorganisms could easily adapt to this new feedstock, and they did,” explains Choudhury.

The suited inoculum enabled the digester to achieve the highest methane concentration obtainable (75%) in the biogas from aquaculture waste.

High methane concentrations indicate the presence of fats in the feedstock and suggest that the inoculum is acclimated to these conditions; however, high fat concentrations can also lead to inhibitory conditions, according to Choudhury.

He continues, “It will be interesting to see how more concentrated aquaculture waste affects process efficiency and biogas production.”

Semi-commercial scale recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) at the Freshwater Institute. (Credit: Kata Sharrer and Scott Tsukuda / The Conservation Fund)

Scaling up Operations

Dr. Choudhury has been working on this project for 6 years, progressing from lab scale to pilot scale. Seeing the system work at a large scale at the institute has been particularly rewarding, he shares.

“Coming from a lab-scale research background, the project was quite overwhelming at the beginning, as it has so many moving parts and safety considerations. But thanks to my supervisors, colleagues, and support staff, we were able to get the system up and running, while also doing our best to ensure operator safety,” explains Choudhury.

He continues, “There are always new challenges that come up, but having a supportive team at the Freshwater Institute who are as invested as I am in making sure this project succeeds has been the real highlight.”

The post Integrating Anaerobic Digestion in Recirculating Aquaculture Systems appeared first on FishSens Magazine.

When trust is corrupted

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 20:15:05 +0700

Well, the breakdown in the most recent trade talks between Canada and the US should surprise no one. At this point, America’s former close allies and neighbours have to work around the current regime, rather than with it. Giving the US any benefits results in nothing returned, over and over. There is no good faith bargaining with this bunch, it seems. Mark Carney, Canada’s Prime Minister (and former governor of the Bank of England, by the way) has rightfully recalled the negotiators back to Ottawa.

Dairy Farmers of Canada, an industry group representing over 9,000 Canadian dairy farms, says it supports the federal government’s push for fair trade terms with the US, according to the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation News website. “Dairy farmers stand united with all sectors in their concern about the impacts that tariffs will have on economies on both sides of the border,” the group said in a statement on Saturday, prior to remarks by Prime Minister Mark Carney. “Measures like these disrupt integrated North American supply chains, jeopardise processing jobs and penalise food manufacturers.

“We know that our federal and provincial governments are working hard to find appropriate solutions and support to help mitigate these impacts,” the statement read. “Canadian dairy farmers stand with Canadians who were hoping to see this resolved with a fair and mutually beneficial agreement.”

Where the heat is really being felt is in areas such as automotive, tourism and the alcohol industry. “Last month, the Trump administration said Canadian imports of US alcoholic beverages are down about 81 per cent year-over-year, dropping to $137 million US for March 2025 through February 2026, from $718 million US in the same period a year ago,” CBC News noted.

Canadians are voting with their wallets and just not turning up for American goods now, and who can blame them? Elbows out, Canada.

The post When trust is corrupted appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Anaëlle Le Teuff joins Customer Support Team France

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 19:55:10 +0700

France – Hubbard is pleased to announce that Anaëlle Le Teuff joins the Hubbard Customer Support department as Technical Manager for France. Anaëlle is based at Hubbard’s headquarters in Brittany and reports directly to Roberto Yamawaki, Hubbard’s Global Technical Director.

After obtaining her University degree in Biological Engineering (specialisation in Agronomy) in June 2020, Anaëlle enrolled at ESA (École Supérieure des Agricultures – Angers, France). In September of that same year, she started working at Hubbard to complete her higher education through a work-study program. She joined the Applied Innovation department, where she was entrusted with applied research projects for the next three years. Anaëlle defended her thesis in October 2023; holding a degree in Agricultural Engineering, she then joined Hubbard’s Production department, where she diligently and enthusiastically managed internal Grandparent stock farms in Brittany.

From March 2026, Anaëlle gradually took on a new challenge by joining the Customer Support department for France. Working alongside Nicolas Neyra (Sales Manager France) and Émeric Denieul (Premium Range Manager and Nutritionist), she further developed her technical and commercial expertise. Early summer 2026, she officially became Technical Support Manager forming a new duo with Émeric Denieul within the French Customer Support department.

In her new role, in which she collaborates closely with the existing team and Hubbard’s global support department, Anaëlle focuses on supporting customers with the continuous improvement of their breeding stock management and strengthening technical dialogue. In doing so, she shares the expertise of Hubbard’s Customer Support team and the latest innovations from the field.

Roberto Yamawaki comments: “I am delighted to see Anaëlle taking on this new role within the Customer Support team. Throughout her journey with Hubbard, Anaëlle has consistently demonstrated commitment, professionalism and a strong passion for supporting our customers. She embodies a new generation of talented professionals who combine solid technical expertise with a collaborative mindset and a customer-focused approach. We are confident that she will make a valuable contribution to strengthening our customer support in France and continue helping our customers achieve the best flock performance, while further reinforcing Hubbard’s commitment to technical excellence and innovation.”

Nicolas Neyra adds: “Anaëlle brings a fresh dynamic to the Customer Support department. Her keen observational skills, technical expertise and personal qualities will provide new momentum to the monitoring of breeder flocks of our customers in France. I am certain she will quickly earn the respect of her peers and become an indispensable member of the team. I wish her every success.”

Émeric Denieul concludes: “I have known Anaëlle for a number of years and am delighted that she is joining the team. With her experience and knowledge in monitoring Grandparent flocks, she brings a fresh approach to supporting our French customers. I am convinced that by combining our respective experiences and expertise, we will provide increasingly effective support and contribute fully to customer satisfaction.”

The Hubbard team wishes Anaëlle great success and fulfilment in her new role!

Source: Hubbard press release

New SEGES trial confirms strong results for FreshFoss Premium

Edusehat — Mon, 24 Aug 2026 13:05:07 +0700

The study investigated whether dry acid products could improve the aerobic stability of TMR on the feed table by delaying heating. FreshFoss Premium was tested alongside another dry-acid product and untreated control feed using TMR from three dairy herds. The result was clear: FreshFoss Premium significantly delayed the increase in feed temperature compared with untreated TMR.

Why TMR stability matters?

Once silage and TMR are exposed to oxygen, wild yeasts, fungi and other aerobic microorganisms can begin to grow. This can result in heating, reduced feed quality and, in some cases, visible mould. In practice, this can mean loss of energy in the ration, reduced palatability and potentially lower feed intake.This is particularly relevant during warm periods, when TMR remains on the feed table for many hours, or when silage is of high quality, with high level of protein and sugar available for the microorganism to grow. Improving aerobic stability is therefore not only about keeping the ration cooler. It is also about protecting the quality of the feed from mixing until consumption.

Independent trial under controlled conditions

The SEGES trial was carried out at the Cattle Research Laboratory in autumn 2025. TMR from three dairy herds was treated with FreshFoss Premium, another dry-acid product or no additive. Both dry-acid products were applied at the same dosage of 1.25 kg per tonne of TMR. After mixing, the feed was placed in containers fitted with temperature sensors and kept at 20°C. Feed temperature was then continuously monitored for 48 hours. Because an increase in temperature is an indication of declining aerobic stability, the trial made it possible to compare how quickly the different treatments began to heat.

FreshFoss Premium showed the clearest effect. According to SEGES, TMR treated with FreshFoss Premium had a significantly slower temperature increase compared with untreated control feed. The other dry-acid treatment showed the same tendency, but its difference compared with the control was not statistically significant. There was no statistically significant difference between the two dry-acid products. The temperature measurements also illustrate the effect:

Bar chart comparing TMR temperatures after 12, 24 and 48 hours for FreshFoss Premium, Heatstop and untreated control feed. FreshFoss Premium shows the lowest temperature at each measurement: 21.6°C after 12 hours, 22.6°C after 24 hours and 25.0°C after 48 hours, compared with 22.6°C, 25.1°C and 27.6°C for the untreated control.

Under the conditions of the trial, FreshFoss Premium therefore delayed noticeable heating by more than eight hours compared with untreated feed.
Another important measurement was the the aerobic stability until the temperature increased by 2.5°C above its minimum. The untreated control reached this point after 20.1 hours. With FreshFoss Premium, it took 28.4 hours. This means that, in the conditions of the trial, FreshFoss Premium delayed the point at which the TMR began to heat noticeably by more than eight hours compared with untreated feed.

What does this mean for dairy farmers?
The results are especially relevant in situations where maintaining feed stability is a challenge. According to SEGES, a product that delays heating may be particularly relevant when:

• TMR remains on the feed table for a long time
• temperatures in the barn are high
• silage is already beginning to heat
• mould is observed in feed residues
• improved stability is needed during periods of high temperatures
Visible mould was also observed in some of the samples during the trial, further supporting the connection between heating and feed deterioration.

SEGES concludes that the addition of dry acid can improve the aerobic stability of TMR on the feed table and that FreshFoss Premium significantly reduced the rate of temperature increase compared with untreated feed.

When the ration stays stable, farmers have a better basis for preserving the quality of the feed they have already invested in producing.

Learn more about FreshFoss Premium.

Source: SEGES Innovation. Kviesgaard, H. & Fjordside, M. Stabilisering af TMR-fuldfoder på foderbordet. LandbrugsInfo, 2026.

Analysis of Sustainability Differences Among Various Shrimp Farming Models: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis

Edusehat — Sun, 23 Aug 2026 11:25:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Shrimp farming faces the challenge of increasing productivity while reducing environmental impacts. This study demonstrates that production model and farming technology strongly influence economic, ecological, and social performance, highlighting integrated multitrophic aquaculture and recirculating systems as the most promising strategies for achieving long-term sustainability, resource efficiency, and resilient shrimp production.

Shrimp farming plays a vital role in global aquaculture by supplying high-quality protein, strengthening food security, supporting local economies, and generating income for millions of producers. As one of the fastest-growing sectors of aquaculture, shrimp production has expanded rapidly in recent decades. However, this growth has also increased concerns regarding environmental impacts, resource consumption, and the long-term sustainability of farming practices. Consequently, developing production systems that combine economic efficiency with environmental responsibility has become a major priority for the industry.

Several shrimp farming models have been developed to address these challenges. Indor Super Intensive Culture (ISIC) achieves very high production through intensive water management but requires substantial water use, continuous aeration, and high energy consumption. Indoor Super Intensive Recirculating Culture (ISIRC) reduces water consumption and pollution by recycling and treating culture water through mechanical, biological, and chemical filtration processes.

Pond Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (PIMTA) achieves the highest overall sustainability score among shrimp farming models. By integrating multi-species production, it optimizes nutrient recycling, lowers pollution, enhances microbial diversity, and reduces long-term operational risks.

Meanwhile, Indoor Super Intensive Biofloc Culture (ISIBC) enhances water quality by adding carbon sources that stimulate beneficial microbial communities, converting waste nutrients into microbial protein that can be reused as natural feed. Traditional systems such as Pond Monoculture (PMC) remain widely used because of their low investment costs, whereas Pond Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (PIMTA) combines multiple aquatic species to recycle nutrients, improve resource efficiency, reduce waste, and increase farm profitability.

Despite the diversity of available production systems, comparing their overall sustainability remains difficult. Most previous studies have focused on individual aspects such as economic, ecological, and social benefits remain limited. Existing assessment methods often rely on subjective scoring or fail to capture the relative contribution of different sustainability indicators. To address these limitations, this study applies a systematic review and meta-analysis to quantitatively compare the comprehensive benefits of different shrimp farming models, providing a more objective framework for evaluating sustainability and supporting the future development of environmentally responsible and economically viable aquaculture systems.

Materials and Methods

A systematic literature was conducted using the Web of Science, Scopus, and Google Scholar databases with keywords related to intensive aquaculture, shrimp farming, water quality, bioeconomy, social benefits, and integrated benefits. From 439 retrieved publications, 136 studies met the selection criteria and were included in the meta-analysis after data screening and extraction. Comprehensive, economic, ecological, and social benefits were treated as qualitative indicators.

Indicator selection was based on previous studies evaluating economic efficiency, production costs, profitability, water quality, environmental impacts, and sustainability. Economic indicators included fixed and variable costs and cost-benefit performance, whereas ecological indicators considered water quality parameters, nutrient pollution, carbon emissions, microbial diversity, and microplastic contamination. Social benefits, including employment generation and income creation, were incorporated alongside environmental and economic indicators to provide a comprehensive assessment of the sustainability of different shrimp farming models.

Results

The meta-analysis revealed significant differences in the economic, ecological, and social performance of the shrimp farming models evaluated. Comparisons among ISIC systems showed that the ISIC_Exchange and ISIC_Unknown models performed similarly, suggesting that many undefined ISIC systems likely rely on conventional water-exchange practices (Figure 1a). Compared with ISIC recirculation, the ISIC_Exchange model exhibited significantly lower ecological performance but higher social benefits, while economic performance remained similar (Figure 1b).

Relative to ISIC_Biofloc, ISIC_Exchange achieved better ecological performance but lower economic benefits, whereas social benefits showed no significant differences (Figure 1c). Compared with traditional PMC and PIMTA systems, ISIC_ Exchange generally showed lower ecological performance while maintaining similar economic and social outcomes (Figures 1d-e).

Indoor Super Intensive Recirculating Culture (ISIRC) consistently delivers superior ecological performance over traditional water-exchange methods. Biological filtration processes effectively treat culture water, remove nitrogenous wastes, and reduce pollutant discharge into local ecosystems.

The ISIC Unknown model followed similar trends displaying lower ecological performance than ISIC_Recirculation, PMC, and PIMTA, as well as lower economic performance than ISIC_Biofloc, although most social indicators did not differ significantly (Figures 1f-i). In contrast, ISIC_Recirculation consistently demonstrated superior ecological performance compared with ISIC_Biofloc and PMC, together with improved social benefits over Biofloc systems, while economic differences remained limited (Figures 1j-l).

Among intensive production systems, ISIC_Biofloc produced the highest economic benefits, outperforming both PMC and PIMTA, but its ecological performance was significantly lower than those systems. Likewise, PIMTA consistently exhibited the highest ecological performance among all farming models, significantly surpassing PMC (Figure 1o).

Overall, the analysis confirmed that farming model selection has a significant influence on the comprehensive sustainability of shrimp production, although substantial variability among studies indicates that local conditions strongly affect outcomes (Figure 1). Several key indicators were identified as major drivers of sustainability differences. Ecological performance was primarily influenced by total solids (TS), microbial diversity (Simpson index), ammonia nitrogen (NH₃-N), and microplastic contamination (MPS). Social performance was largely determined by food production capacity, while land rent was identified as the economic indicator with the greatest influence on overall benefits.

Comparisons among production technologies further highlighted important differences. The PIMTA model achieved the highest overall sustainability score, followed by ISIC Recirculation, whereas conventional ISIC systems, biofloc technology, and traditional production methods showed lower comprehensive benefit scores. However, when comparing intensive, semiintensive, and extensive pond systems, intensive farming generated greater pollutant emissions but achieved higher overall benefits due to substantially greater shrimp yields.

Indoor Super Intensive Biofloc Culture (ISIBC) yields high economic returns by converting waste nutrients into consumable microbial protein. However, its overall ecological performance remains significantly lower than multi-trophic and recirculating farming systems.

Finally, the study evaluated how environmental variables modify sustainability performance. Survival rate (SR), pH, and dissolved oxygen (DO) significantly influenced the comprehensive benefits of different farming models. Sustainability improved as survival increase up to approximately 68.4% after which additional gains became less influential. Higher pH values reduced differences among production systems, whereas higher dissolved oxygen concentrations increased the performance differences between farming models. Together, these findings demonstrate that both farming technology and water quality conditions play critical roles in determining the overall sustainability of shrimp aquaculture.

Discussion

The study compares shrimp farming models and technologies to determine which provide the greatest overall economic, ecological, and social benefits. Among the production models, PIMTA achieve the highest comprehensive performance due to its balanced profitability, environmental sustainability, and resilience.

By integrating multiple species such as shrimp, shellfish, and other aquatic organisms, PIMTA improves nutrient recycling, reduces pollution, enhances microbial diversity, promotes carbon sequestration, and lowers production risks. Although intensive systems may generate high short-term profits, PIMTA offers superior long-term sustainability.

Key ecological drivers influencing sustainability scores include total solids, ammonia nitrogen, microbial diversity, and microplastic contamination. Additionally, water quality parameters like dissolved oxygen, pH, and survival rates strongly modify overall farming benefits.

The ISIC model ranked second, providing strong economic returns through high-density production but suffering from higher nutrient emissions, wastewater generation, and environmental impacts. The PMC model, based on traditional monoculture, showed the lowest overall performance.

Among farming technologies, biological hierarchy technology delivered the best results by efficiently recycling nutrients, improving ecological balance, and increasing profitability. Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) also performed well because they effectively reduce pollutants and maintain water quality through biological filtration, although their high energy demand increases carbon emissions. In contrast, water exchange systems, traditional farming and biofloc technology demonstrated lower comprehensive benefits due to greater pollutant emissions, high energy requirements, carbon outputs, and operational costs.

Land rent and feed costs are primary economic drivers impacting farm profitability. On the social level, food production capacity directly governs community benefits, balancing financial returns with local food security goals.

Comparisons within intensive systems showed that recirculation technology provides better ecological performance than water exchange, while water exchange contributes more to social benefits through higher production. Biofloc systems can improve shrimp survival and profitability but still face environmental and operational challenges.

The study also identifies key factors influencing overall performance, including feed costs, electricity consumption, product conformity, total solids, microbial diversity, survival rate, dissolved oxygen, and pH. Future improvements should focus on optimizing multispecies farming, reducing carbon emissions, improving wastewater treatment, adopting renewable energy, and integrating advanced ecological technologies. Overall, the findings indicate that combining environmental sustainability with economic efficiency is essential for achieving long-term resilience and sustainable shrimp aquaculture.

Future improvements should focus on optimizing multi-species farming, reducing carbon emissions, improving wastewater treatment, adopting renewable energy, and integrating advanced ecological technologies.

Conclusion

The study concludes that the PIM-TA model using biological hierarchy technology provides the highest overall economic, ecological, and social benefits, followed by the ISIC recirculation system, while the traditional PMC model performs the worst. Among intensive systems, recirculation offers the best environmental performance, whereas water exchange contributes more to social benefits. Feed, energy use, product compliance, microbial diversity, and water quality are key factors influencing outcomes. Dynamic models that predict water quality and disease risk could optimize farming strategies, improve efficiency, and support the long-term sustainability and resilience of shrimp aquaculture.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ANALYSIS OF SUSTAINABILITY DIFFERENCES AMONG VARIOUS SHRIMP FARMING MODELS: A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW AND META ANALYSIS)” developed by: WANG, Y. – Ocean University of China, Chinese Academy of Fishery Sciences and Qingdao Marine Science and Technology Center; CHEN, Z., WANG, J., CHANG, Z., ZHANG, S., MENG, G. & LI, J. – Chinese Academy of Fishery Sciences and Qingdao Marine Science and Technology Center. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on JANUARY, 2026, through SCIENTIFIC REPORTS. The full version can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-34072-6

Innovafeed to Present Breakthrough Scientific Findings in Insect-Based Nutrition at Aquaculture Europe 2026 in Ljubljana

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:11 +0700

Innovafeed, a global leader in the production of insect-based ingredients for animal and plant nutrition, announced today its participation in Aquaculture Europe 2026, taking place from September 29 to October 1 in Ljubljana, Slovenia. The company’s multidisciplinary team of experts will showcase cutting-edge research on Black Soldier Fly (Hermetia illucens) larval meal, highlighting its biochemical properties, functional gut health benefits, and palatability performance in aquaculture species.

As the global aquaculture industry seeks sustainable, high-performance alternatives to traditional marine proteins, Innovafeed continues to pioneer evidence-based solutions that enhance aquatic health while reducing environmental impact. At this year’s conference, company representatives will deliver three scientific abstract presentations on Wednesday, September 30, offering critical data on larval meal applications and transparent science communication in the industrial sector.

Scientific Sessions & Abstract Highlights

Innovafeed’s research team will lead two technical sessions focused on functional nutrition and one session on industry communication standards:

1. “Palatability of Black Soldier Fly Larval Meal in Penaeus vannamei: A Biochemical and In Vivo Comparison with Squid Meal”

Session: Nutrition – Functional Ingredients 1 | Presenters: Luca Donati & Dr. Marine Bezagu

This presentation evaluates the biochemical attractant profile of Black Soldier Fly larval meal compared to traditional squid meal, detailing in vivo trial results on feed intake and palatability responses in Pacific white shrimp (Penaeus vannamei).

2. “Beyond Protein: Hermetia illucens-Based Ingredients as Functional Performance and Gut Health Drivers for Fish”

Session: Nutrition – Functional Ingredients 1 | Presenters: Dr. Marine Bezagu & Fabio Zanuzo (Onda)

Developed in collaboration with Contract Research Organization (CRO) partner Onda, this scientific presentation explores the bioactive properties of insect ingredients that promote gut integrity, biome resilience, and overall immunological performance in finfish beyond standard crude protein metrics.

3. “Communicating Science from Industry: Building Trust, Avoiding Bias, and Creating Genuine Engagement”

Session: Communicating Science | Presenter: Nadège Audiffren

Addressing the critical bridge between commercial research and public perception, this talk examines framework strategies for delivering transparent, unbiased scientific data to foster stakeholder trust and foster authentic engagement across the sustainable food chain.

Multidisciplinary Delegation in Attendance

Innovafeed’s presence in Ljubljana brings together specialists spanning research and development, performance engineering, commercial strategy, and corporate communications. Conference delegates, industry partners, and media representatives are invited to meet directly with the attending leadership team:

Marine Bezagu, PhD

Head of Product Development, Aquaculture

Luca Donati

Product Performance Engineer

Elodie Petit

Animal Nutrition Sales Director

Nadège Audiffren

Head of Global Communications

Throughout the three-day summit, Innovafeed’s team will be available for technical discussions, strategic commercial inquiries, and collaborative research planning, demonstrating the company’s ongoing commitment to driving sustainable innovation across European and global aquaculture markets.

About Innovafeed

Innovafeed is a biotech company and a leading producer of insect-based ingredients (Hermetia illucens) for animal and plant nutrition. By breeding insects at an industrial scale through an innovative circular economy model, Innovafeed provides sustainable, high-quality, and high-performance nutritional solutions for aquaculture, livestock, pet food, and agriculture, contributing to a more resilient global food system.

Media Contact & Meeting Scheduling:

Nadège Audiffren – Head of Global Communications Innovafeed Communications Team

Event: Aquaculture Europe 2026 (Ljubljana, Slovenia)

Dates: September 29 – October 1, 2026

Troutlodge stands out at WCGALP 2026 with a presentation on advances in trout genetics

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:10 +0700

By: Troutlodge

The Salmonids Business Unit of Hendrix Genetics had a notable participation at the World Congress on Genetics Applied to Livestock Production (WCGALP), held July 11–17 in Madison, Wisconsin—one of the most influential scientific events in animal‑production genetics. More than 20 members of the Hendrix Genetics team attended the congress, representing various Business Units.

Research Presented by Dr. Katharina Correa

In the Aquaculture session, Dr. Katharina Correa, geneticist in the Salmonids Business Unit and part of the team supporting Troutlodge operations in Chile, presented the study: “Accounting for Different Ploidy Levels in Trout Genetic Evaluations in a Commercial Breeding Program”.

The work was developed in collaboration with specialists from Hendrix Genetics/Troutlodge and Wageningen University & Research.

Relevance for the Trout Industry

The research addresses a key challenge in genetic improvement programs: how to integrate phenotypic data from triploid fish into the genetic evaluation of diploid broodstock.

Triploids—fish with three sets of chromosomes—are widely used in the industry due to their performance and sterility, which reduces environmental risks. However, incorporating their information into commercial genetic models has been complex.

The study proposes a methodology applicable to breeding programs that enables:

Improved selection accuracy for broodstock.
Integration of triploid data without distorting evaluations.
Optimized genetic progress in key production traits.

This advancement directly strengthens the competitiveness and sustainability of rainbow trout production.

Commitment to Innovation

Dr. Correa’s participation in WCGALP reinforces the commitment of Hendrix Genetics and Troutlodge to applied research and the development of genetic solutions that drive global aquaculture forward.

The article is available in the official WCGALP repository, where congress publications are hosted: “Accounting for Different Ploidy Levels in Trout Genetic Evaluations in a Commercial Breeding Program”

Read the article: Bink | Accounting for Different Ploidy Levels in Trout Genetic Evaluations in a Commercial Breeding Program | World Congress on Genetics Applied to Livestock Production Digital Archive

Global Salmon Initiative Publishes Latest Sustainability Report, Expanding Transparency in Feed Sourcing with Three New Metrics

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:09 +0700

By: Global Salmon Initiative

The Global Salmon Initiative (GSI) published its latest Sustainability Report, marking 13 consecutive years of transparent, aligned reporting on the environmental and social performance of its farmed salmon members. The report covers 11 farming member companies across Canada, Chile, Norway and Tasmania – providing the largest industry-wide data set publicly available.

For the first time, the report includes three new feed metrics: marine ingredients derived from trimmings, inclusion of novel ingredients, and the percentage of low-risk soy used in feed, as well as an expanded metric on the use of new non-medicinal technologies for sea lice management. Together, these additional metrics help provide a clearer baseline of feed evolution, monitor progress, and mobilize collective action to demonstrate continued advancement year on year.

“Responsible feed sourcing is one of the most important ways to reduce aquaculture’s environmental footprint, said Taylor Voorhees, Global Aquaculture Director, The Nature Conservancy. “While the sector has made meaningful gains, progress has not always been easy to track at the necessary level of detail. By introducing these new metrics, GSI members are demonstrating their commitment to sustainability in feed sourcing and providing a clearer picture of improvements across the industry.”

By incorporating these metrics to its long-running, public reporting platform, GSI is building on its common evidence base for improved dialogue, accountability, and continued improvement across the sector to strengthen its role in providing nutrient-rich, sustainable food.

“Aquaculture has an important role to play in building nutritious food systems that provide food security and climate benefits, but its contribution must be backed by robust evidence. Transparent and consistent reporting helps move discussions beyond perceptions and allows progress to be assessed against clear metrics over time.

Initiatives such as GSI’s sustainability reporting can contribute to greater accountability and help stakeholders better understand where improvements are being made and where further effort is needed” added Tom Pickerell, Global Director, Ocean Program, World Resources Institute (WRI).

Key findings from this year’s report include:

68% reduction in average antibiotic use for salmonids since 2013, including a 22% reduction in the last five years alone. GSI members continue to reduce antibiotic use through improved holistic fish health management and advanced best-practices.

79% reduction in the average use of combined medicinal sea lice treatments since 2013. A result of significant investment in non-medicinal approaches to sea lice management and farm innovations, which are now also reported on in their own metric showing percentage of farms using non-medicinal strategies.

Since 2013, a 64% decrease in average fishmeal use and a 31% decrease in average fish oil use. A reflection of continued improvements in feed efficiencies and ingredient utilization

65% of members’ production is ASC-certified. Calculated as an average across total production, it highlights that almost two-thirds of all GSI production meets the leading global certification program for responsible farmed seafood.

21,600+ employees worldwide. Farmed salmon continues to be a major employer in coastal regions. This year, GSI members also expanded their reporting on employment, providing data broken down by age, gender, and employment type. This gives a clearer picture of salmon farming’s contribution to regional employment and community development.

Together, these findings point to a common thread across this year’s report: that measurable progress is built on transparent, consistent data and collective action.

While the report shows the industry’s overall trajectory continuing in the right direction, GSI members are clear that there is more work ahead.

“There is no hiding from the data,” said Sophie Ryan, CEO, GSI. “Every metric in this report – from feed sourcing to antibiotic use, to how many people we employ – exists so we can see clearly where we’ve made progress and where we still have work to do. This year’s new and expanded metrics give us, and our stakeholders, a more complete picture of how our members our performing and where our collective efforts are driving improvements and that’s the kind of data driven progress GSI was built to deliver.”

Alongside company data, the report also highlights farmed salmon’s role in global food systems both from an environmental and nutrition outlook.

“Aquaculture, including farmed salmon, has an important role to play in global food systems,” said João Campari, Global Leader, Food & Agriculture Practice, WWF International. “But like the broader food system, change is needed to bend the curve of biodiversity loss and the lack of green infrastructure that often underpins development in local landscapes and seascapes. What GSI and the results of this Report show us is that pre-competitive collaboration among producers, feed manufacturers, and external partners is what drives change at the speed and scale our planet needs.”

GSI members are committed to farming salmon that is raised to be better, for people and planet, by using transparent reporting to measure progress, foster collaboration, and identify opportunities for continuous improvement.

The full 2025 Sustainability Report, including company-level data deep dive, and a dedicated section on farmed salmon’s role in sustainable food systems is available now at: globalsalmoninitiative.org/en/our-progress/sustainability-report.

ABOUT GSI

For further information on GSI, please visit or contact us at:

Website – www.globalsalmoninitiative.org
LinkedIn – Global Salmon Initiative
Instagram – @GSI_Salmon
X – @GSI_Salmon

German Biotech AquaNab Targets a USD 4 Billion Salmon Farming Problem with Nanoantibody Technology – Secures Funding to Combat Global Sea Lice Challenge

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:09 +0700

By: AquaNab

With sea lice costing the aquaculture industry an estimated USD 4 billion annually, the Hamburg-based company has developed AquaNabs, a first-of-its-kind nanoantibody treatment, delivered through fish feed, offering a sustainable alternative to conventional chemical and mechanical delousing.

AquaNab, a Hamburg-based biotechnology company, is developing precision nanoantibody technology to treat and prevent sea lice, one of the costliest and most persistent challenges facing salmon farming. The company, backed by Nordic Foodtech VC from Finland, is the first in the world to apply alpaca-derived nanoantibodies through fish feed, with research demonstrating that the nanoantibodies called AquaNabs can cross the fish’s intestinal barrier and enter its bloodstream.

This breakthrough comes as the food industry seeks more sustainable ways to feed a growing global population. Sea lice cost the aquaculture industry an estimated USD 4 billion annually in treatment costs, lost production, and fish mortality.

Beyond the economic toll, sea lice pose environmental and animal welfare challenges, raising concerns about chemical runoff, the health of surrounding waters, and the impact of mechanical and chemical delousing methods on fish welfare. As scrutiny from regulators, retailers, and consumers intensifies, producers are seeking more effective, sustainable alternatives.

“Animal welfare and fish health remain the biggest challenges facing sustainable aquaculture, and producers need better tools to protect it,” said CEO Dr. Ruth Tamara Montero, an experienced fish immunologist with a PhD from Germany’s Friedrich-Loeffler-Institut.

“Sea lice is just the start. Right now, producers are stuck choosing between costly, stressful treatments and losses from the parasite itself. We want to give them a way out of that cycle, one that protects their fish, their business, and helps secure the future of food.”

The company’s first product is being developed for Atlantic salmon, but the platform is designed to be adapted to bacterial, viral, and parasitic diseases across multiple aquaculture species.

Dr. Alejandro Rojas Fernandez, co-founder of AquaNab.

AquaNab has secured an investment from Nordic Foodtech VC, an early-stage venture capital firm focused on solving the hardest problems in food and agriculture, to support the development of its technology. AquaNab represents the first investment outside the Nordics for the venture capital.

Mika Kukkurainen, Partner at Nordic Foodtech, said, “AquaNab has the potential to transform not only how disease is managed in aquaculture, but how we think about health and resilience across food production. By turning advanced nanoantibody science into a practical, feed-based solution, the team is creating a pathway from breakthrough biotechnology to measurable outcomes in farming: lower losses, healthier animals, and greater efficiency. This is the kind of technology that can reshape an industry.”

AquaNab was co-founded by Dr. Ruth Tamara Montero, Dr. Alejandro Rojas Fernandez, and Gunnar Johildarson in Hamburg with a mission to transform aquaculture through robust, low-cost, and sustainable precision immuno-therapeutics. The science behind AquaNab builds on internationally recognized expertise in nanoantibody development. Chief Scientific Officer Dr. Alejandro Rojas was among the first researchers globally to develop neutralizing nanoantibodies against SARS-CoV-2 and other viruses.

Gunnar Johildarson, co-founder of AquaNab

AquaNab is advancing its lead program towards finalizing proof of concept while expanding collaborations with salmon producers, feed manufacturers, and animal health companies. The company is currently seeking additional investment to accelerate development of its nanoantibody platform and bring its first products to market.

About AquaNab

AquaNab is a Hamburg-based biotechnology company developing nanoantibody-based precision therapeutics for aquaculture. Founded in 2023, the company combines expertise in immunology, biotechnology and fish health to create sustainable alternatives to conventional parasite and disease treatments. Its platform is designed to improve fish welfare, reduce reliance on harsh chemical treatments and antibiotics, and help producers protect their bio-capital while building a more resilient and sustainable aquaculture industry. For more information, visit https://aquanabs.de/

The FeedTech Division of the Canadian Company Onda Achieves FeedAssure Certification

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:08 +0700

• They also informed about a partnership with Innovafeed to investigate the antibacterial potential of insect-derived protein

• The organization maintains one of the most extensive proprietary libraries of aquaculture pathogens in the industry

The Canadian company Onda announced some days ago that its FeedTech Division has officially achieved FeedAssure certification, a significant milestone that recognizes the division’s commitment to rigorous quality management, feed safety, and operational excellence. After a year-long process to achieve this certification, they said, “Onda’s FeedTech operations are very proud to be nationally recognized for best practices for feed production and quality assurance. Having the official certification awarded to our FeedTech Division highlights Onda’s continued commitment to quality in everything they do”.

“Innovation in animal nutrition is essential to strengthening the global food supply chain,” said Myrna Gillis, CEO of Onda. “FeedAssure certification expands our ability to support feed companies and ingredient suppliers as a small-batch-to-scale contract manufacturer. We can manufacture custom research and commercial diets, evaluate innovative ingredients under real-world conditions, and help clients move promising products toward commercial markets around the world,” she added.

FeedAssure is the feed industry’s recognized certification program for demonstrating compliance with strict standards related to ingredient sourcing, manufacturing controls, traceability, sanitation, documentation, and continuous improvement.

Important Advantages

The certification process involved extensive cross-functional collaboration between FeedTech operations, quality assurance, technical staff, and management teams. Team members participated in detailed process reviews, training initiatives, internal audits, and corrective action implementation to ensure full alignment with FeedAssure requirements.

For Onda’s clients, the certification provides several important advantages such as enhanced confidence in feed trial integrity, improved traceability and documentation, reduced operational risk and greater assurance for commercial-scale ingredient evaluations and product development programs.

Commercial and Custom Experimental Diets

According them, as a contract research organization serving the global aquaculture industry, Onda’s FeedTech Division produces both commercial diets and custom experimental diets with the ability to conduct a variety of aquatic animal research studies for feed manufacturers, ingredient suppliers, pharmaceutical companies, and aquaculture producers. FeedAssure certification strengthens Onda’s ability to support clients with data generated under a recognized quality framework, helping accelerate the development and commercialization of innovative feed solutions.

“The foundational requirements were already in place from our GLP and GMP programs. These shared processes coupled with the specific manufacturing, Feed Fraud, Feed Defense and HACCP programs made FeedAssure a perfect fit for Onda” said Catherine Albert, Quality Director at Onda.

Ingredient Abilities

After breaking the news, the Canadian company informed that they recently partnered with Innovafeed to investigate the antibacterial potential of insect-derived protein. They will evaluate the antibacterial activity of Black Soldier Fly larvae (BSFL)-derived ingredient against key aquaculture pathogens.

The primary goal of this study was to determine whether Innovafeed’s BSFL ingredient demonstrated direct antibacterial activity against bacterial pathogens relevant to aquaculture production. Specifically, the study evaluated the ingredient’s ability to inhibit bacterial growth and its potential to reduce the overall bacterial burden across multiple bacterial species impacting key aquaculture sectors.

To accomplish this, the protein ingredient was screened at multiple concentrations against a panel of aquaculture pathogens using Onda’s established in-vitro testing platform.

Innovafeed chose Onda because the company maintains one of the most extensive proprietary libraries of aquaculture pathogens in the industry, enabling clients to rapidly evaluate functional ingredients against bacteria relevant to commercial production systems.

For Innovafeed, this capability offered several advantages, including access to a diverse panel of aquaculture pathogens and the ability to perform controlled in-vitro screening prior to more expensive in-vivo trials to control budgets and guide investment planning in continued research.

As the aquaculture industry seeks alternatives to traditional protein sources such as fish meal and soy, Innovafeed has focused on developing insect derived ingredients that support farming performance, animal health and environmental sustainability. Beyond nutritional value, recent research suggests these ingredients may also be seen as functional ingredients, contributing among other aspects to improved gut health and immune function in a variety of aquaculture species.

Aker QRILL Company Joins Sustainable Shrimp Partnership, Strengthening Its Commitment to Shrimp Industry

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 10:15:07 +0700

By: Aker QRILL Company

Aker QRILL Company, a producer and supplier of krill meal and krill oil—innovative ingredients with unique nutritional properties—has announced its membership in the Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP), the leading alliance of producers and companies committed to the sustainable and responsible development of the shrimp industry.

Aker QRILL Company’s incorporation into SSP reflects the company’s commitment to innovation, sustainability, and collaboration across the shrimp value chain. Through this membership, the company aims to strengthen its presence in Ecuador while actively contributing to the continued development of an increasingly efficient, transparent, and sustainable shrimp industry.

As a supplier of innovative marine ingredients for aquaculture nutrition, Aker QRILL Company shares SSP’s vision of promoting responsible practices that enhance the industry’s competitiveness while creating value for producers, consumers, and local communities.

“We are very pleased to become part of this organization. Although we have collaborated on several initiatives in the past and have closely followed the important work SSP has carried out to strengthen Ecuador’s shrimp industry, we are excited to officially join this initiative and take on a more active role both within SSP and across the industry as a whole,” said Webjørn Barstad, CEO of Aker QRILL Company.

“We want to contribute our expertise, knowledge, and innovative capabilities to support the sustainable growth of the industry. We are delighted to join SSP and to actively participate in the various activities and initiatives it promotes for the benefit of the sector,” added Xavier Zurita, Commercial Manager Ecuador at Aker QRILL Company.

Xavier Zurita, Commercial Manager Ecuador at Aker QRILL Company.

As part of this new stage of collaboration, Aker QRILL Company will participate in the technical, educational, and promotional activities led by SSP, contributing to knowledge exchange and the advancement of best practices throughout Ecuador’s shrimp industry.

This commitment to knowledge exchange was recently reflected in Aker QRILL Company’s participation in SustainED 2026, held on July 29 and organized by the Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP) and the National Chamber of Aquaculture (CNA). Xavier Zurita, Commercial Manager Ecuador at Aker QRILL Company, participated as a featured speaker in the event “Decisions that drive better results: Nutrition, ingredients, and new solutions for more efficient shrimp production,” where he presented “Alternative marine ingredients in the new normality.”

His presentation addressed the role of alternative marine ingredients in building more resilient supply chains and enabling more efficient and sustainable shrimp production. The event brought together key stakeholders and customers from Ecuador’s shrimp industry, reinforcing Aker QRILL Company’s contribution to the conversation on the future of sustainable aquaculture.

The company also reaffirms its commitment to providing Ecuadorian shrimp producers with innovative and sustainable nutritional ingredients designed to support animal health, production efficiency, and the sustainability of modern aquaculture.

Pamela Nath, Director of SSP, added: “We are delighted to welcome Aker QRILL Company to SSP. Their expertise in marine ingredients will bring new ideas and knowledge that will enrich the discussions we foster with our members, helping us continue to identify opportunities to strengthen the sustainability of shrimp aquaculture.”

About Aker QRILL Company

Aker QRILL Company is a global leader in the development of innovative nutritional ingredients derived from Antarctic krill. Through its QRILL portfolio, the company delivers science-backed, sustainable solutions for aquaculture designed to improve production performance, animal health, and farming efficiency.

About Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP)

The Sustainable Shrimp Partnership (SSP) is a group of leading companies committed to transforming the future of shrimp aquaculture. Pioneers in Ecuador, SSP members are dedicated to producing and promoting the highest-quality shrimp, raised according to the highest social and environmental standards through greater collaboration and transparency.

Norway’s Leading Producer Ode, First Company in the World to Achieve ASC Certification for Farmed Cod

Edusehat — Sat, 22 Aug 2026 06:35:06 +0700

• They worked closely with the Council over several years to develop the standard

• Days before, the company announced they made the operation profitable for the first time

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) opened for certification of Atlantic cod, in 2025, when cod was included in the revised ASC Salmon and Cod Standard v1.5. Now, the Norwegian company Ode become the first company to have completed a full audit and been awarded a certificate under the new standard. Ode, Norway’s leading cod producer, just obtained the most rigorous and widely recognized sustainability, quality and responsibility standard in aquaculture.

The importance of this achievement was highlighted by Ola Kvalheim, CEO of Ode, and not only for the wider cod industry but for the customers too. “This certification is a strong validation of Ode, the way we operate, and the products we provide our customers. Now consumers and the wider society can have even more trust in farmed cod being a high-quality sustainable product produced in a responsible manner,” said Kvalheim.

He also pointed to the fact that Ode has worked closely with ASC over several years to develop the standard. “ASC ensures that companies operate according to sustainable principles, prioritize animal welfare, and act in a socially responsible manner”, he assured.

The ASC certification is the most rigorous and widely recognized sustainability, quality and responsibility standard in aquaculture. This makes Ode the first cod producer in the world certified against the standard of the ASC.

Tough Requirements Across the Entire Operation

The ASC standard sets tough requirements across the entire operation, for both sea-based and land-based production: impact on the seabed and on water quality around the farms, containment and escape prevention, traceability of feed ingredients, fish health and fish welfare, working conditions and health and safety, and transparency towards local communities and authorities.

The audit covered both the environmental and the social principles of the standard and included interviews with employees at the sites and a review of documentation from the full production cycle.

“The team at Ode has been working on this for a long time, especially our operations and quality departments, who have developed the systems that enable us to document sustainable operations down to the smallest detail. A certification like this is something you must earn through documented sustainable and responsible operations,” said for his part Tor Olav Seim, Head of Strategy and Business Development at Ode.

Global Mega Trend

According to the company, the certification comes at a time of growing demand for demonstrably sustainable and responsible seafood. Wild fish populations are under pressure, and the United Nations states that significant growth in aquaculture is needed to meet the ever-growing demand. “Being part of this global mega trend, Ode is growing and supplying fresh cod year-round to a selection of customers globally”, they said in a press release.

“For several of the large retail chains and customers, ASC is not nice to have, but rather a table-stakes requirement for being on the shelf. Now we finally have that validation, and it opens doors we have been knocking on for a long time,” declared Anders Tofte Wilhelmsen, Commercial Director at Ode. For him, the certification carries a value that extends beyond any individual customer agreement.

And he finally added: “Farmed cod is a young, innovative and exciting industry, working in a professional, sustainable and responsible manner — and an independent certification body has now verified that. The fact that the product now comes with independent certification behind it strengthens the position of the entire category”.

Grew Revenue

Days before the announcement, the company reported that they grew revenue by 118.7% from NOK 401 million in 2024 to NOK 877 million (USD 91m / EUR 80m). EBITDA came in at NOK 109 million (USD 11m / EUR 10m), a margin of 12.4%, while the net result after tax of NOK 66 million (USD 7m / EUR 6m) corresponds to a net margin of 7.5%. According to them, several companies have farmed cod since the early 2000s, but Ode‘s 2025 accounts are the first to prove the business can be profitable.

“Although expected as part of our business plan, this is a major milestone for Ode, and I thank our employees, customers and partners for their contribution. Five years of significant investment in our organization, value chain and product offering — coupled with strong biology and consistently high quality — delivered both record revenue growth and profitability in 2025,” said the CEO of Ode.

The role of the G20 group in global meat production and trade. Part 3: global meat imports

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 19:25:10 +0700

Two previous articles examined the role of the G19¹ countries in global meat production and exports (Windhorst, 2026, 2026a). These studies highlighted the significant role of this group of countries, as they accounted for approximately 70% of the production volume of the four most important meat types² and 55% of global meat exports. Another article analyses whether a similar dominance of a few countries existed in trade involving the meat types considered here. The findings revealed that exports increased faster than production, indicating a growing demand for meat. Furthermore, it was found that the concentration of exports to just two countries was very high for poultry meat, and to just one country for sheep and goat meat, while for pork and beef, four countries each accounted for over 80% of the export volume. This article aims to analyse whether there are corresponding patterns in meat exports and in meat imports, or whether they differ.

Imports rose faster than production

A comparison of the long-term development of global meat production and meat imports reveals that the trade volume has increased more sharply than the production volume. Between 2010 and 2024, global production increased by 28.4%, while meat imports grew by 45.2%. The development was similar in the G19 group. Here, production increased by 34.3%, but imports by only 42.5%, remaining below the global average. This had impacts on the G19’s share of global production and imports. The G19’s share of production grew from 72.3% to 75.7% during the period under review, but its share of imports increased only from 51.4% to 52.7%. Figure 1 shows that meat imports increased, in particular between 2000 and 2005, and then again after 2010, especially for poultry meat.

Figure 1 – The development of global meat imports between 1999 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A comparative analysis of the dynamics, broken down by meat type, from 2010 onwards is interesting (Table 1). Globally, poultry meat showed the highest absolute increase in both production and imports, but the relative increase was higher for beef, sheep and goat meat exports. However, the significantly lower starting values must be taken into account. This pattern was repeated in the G19 group. Here, too, the production volume of poultry meat increased much faster than that of the other three meat types. The high import volume of pork is surprising at first glance. The collapse in pork production in China following the massive outbreaks of African swine fever and the resulting supply problems led to a sharp increase in imports of other meat types for several years. The shortage of pork in other Asian countries, which were also affected by the disease, had a similar impact on beef trade and explains the high absolute and relative growth rates.

Table 1 – Changes in global and G19 meat production and imports between 2010 and 2024
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

It is noteworthy that despite the high absolute increase in poultry meat production among the G19 countries, which accounted for almost 94% of the global increase, the relative increase in imports was roughly in line with the global average. It must be taken into account that in some G19 countries in Asia, Europe, and in Mexico, demand rose significantly, and production was insufficient to meet the domestic needs, thus increasing imports became necessary (see also Table 2).

Table 2 – A comparison of the shares of the leading five countries in the overall meat exports and imports of the G19 country group (2024)
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Significant differences between exports and imports at the country level

A comparison of the composition and ranking of countries in meat exports and meat imports reveals similarities, but also significant differences depending on the meat type. For poultry meat, the regional concentration in imports was considerably lower than in exports. While Brazil and the USA accounted for over two-thirds of the export volume, imports were more evenly distributed. The five leading countries accounted for 65.8% of the import volume (Table 2).

A detailed analysis of the development in the four leading importing countries (Figure 2) reveals a remarkable correlation in the absolute increase in their import volumes between 2010 and 2024, with values ranging from 425,000 tons to almost 500,000 tons. However, the relative growth rates differed significantly, with Japan‘s increase at 44.0% compared to China‘s at 85.5%. The graph for China reveals that the outbreaks of African swine fever in China triggered a doubling of imports starting in 2019, but that these imports declined significantly once the disease was contained. Germany’s imports are attributable to the steadily increasing per capita consumption of chicken, which led to a drop in its self-sufficiency rate below 100%. The significant undersupply of duck and goose meat also contributed to the rising imports.

Figure 2 – The development of the meat imports of the four leading G19 importing countries between 2010 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

The pattern was repeated for pork. Here, too, the concentration of imports in just a few countries was about 25% lower at 64.9% than at exports.

A closer look at the import trends of the four leading countries reveals significant differences, as reflected in the respective graphs in Figure 2. While Italy‘s imports remained very consistent over the period under review, increasing by only 8.5%, Mexico‘s imports rose by 930,000 tons, or 163%. China experienced particularly large fluctuations. Imports roughly quadrupled between 2010 and 2024. A relatively steady increase until 2018 was followed by a dramatic rise between 2019 and 2021. The peak was reached in 2020 at over 4.5 million tons, representing a relative increase of 1,800% compared to 2010. With the successful control of African swine fever, imports fell by 3.4 million tons, 76% since 2021. This unusual dynamic had far-reaching consequences for the global pork trade. Rapid gains in exports to China by some countries, e.g. Spain, were offset by equally rapid declines in exports and caused economic problems.

In the beef sector as well, regional concentration was 13% lower for imports than for exports. However, there were significant differences in the spatial pattern. While four countries in the Americas, in addition to Australia, led the export markets, three Asian countries were leading in the import rankings, with China, for the reasons already mentioned, ranking first by a considerable margin. Surprisingly, the USA, despite its high domestic production and substantial exports, ranked second among importing countries. The unusual dynamics are reflected in the import trends of the four leading countries. While Japan’s import volume changed only slightly, increasing by 76,500 tons or 10.8%, it rose by 3.6 million tons or 9,150% in China and by 1.1 million tons or 109% in the USA. The dynamics in China are particularly interesting. Imports saw a slow increase until 2017, after which they rose significantly faster, reaching a preliminary peak of 3.6 million tons in 2024. In addition to supply problems resulting from the collapse in pork production, which led to compensatory imports of other meat types, the increasing consumption of beef by higher-income groups, which is regarded as an indicator of wealth and a status symbol, was also an important steering factor.

The trade in sheep and goat meat also showed a considerable imbalance between exports and imports. Here, Australia, the dominant exporter, contrasts with China, two European countries, and the USA as the main importers. It is noteworthy that the United Kingdom and France were represented in both top groups. Looking at the overall dynamics across the four meat types, it becomes obvious that China, Japan, and Mexico were the most significant importing countries within the G19 group. The USA was only a major destination for beef. Several European countries imported larger quantities of poultry meat and pork; however, trade within the EU (27) was more significant than trade with other G19 countries. A detailed analysis of trade flows would document this.

Summary: lower concentration in imports than in exports

The preceding analysis of the role of the G19 countries in global meat imports focused on whether the countries that dominated exports also played a leading role in imports. It was shown that, overall, the degree of concentration in imports was lower than in exports, and the composition of the leading importing countries differed considerably from that of the exporting countries. Figure 3 shows the share of the top ten importing countries in the total imports of the group for each of the four meat types. For poultry meat and pork, there was no high concentration in just a few countries. For beef, sheep, and goat meat, however, the concentration was significantly higher due to the large shares of China and the USA.

Figure 3 – The share of the ten leading importing countries in the overall meat imports of the G19 group (2024), by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

In conclusion, it can be noted that the G19 countries dominated meat production and exports. Regarding imports, it became clear that, in addition to trade between member countries, sales to countries outside the group were of great importance for countries with a production surplus.

Data source and supplementary literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The role of the G20 countries in global meat production and trade. Part 1: Production. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, (4).

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The role of the G20 countries in global meat production and trade. Part 2: Global meat exports. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, (5).

¹ Only the 19 member states are considered in the analysis, not the EU (27) and the African Union.

² Poultry meat, pork, beef, as well as sheep and goat meat.

Milk fever prevention that works – because we know how

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 16:00:10 +0700

Proven transition nutrition, practical farm experience and expert support from around the world.

The transition period is one of the most demanding phases in a dairy cow’s production cycle. Around calving, clinical and subclinical hypocalcaemia can affect cow performance, increase the need for interventions and place additional pressure on farm teams.

Successful milk fever prevention therefore requires more than an effective product. It depends on choosing the right strategy, integrating it correctly into the ration and adapting it to the individual farm.

More than a product

X-Zelit is backed by many years of international experience in transition feeding. Vilofoss advisers support farmers and nutritionists in assessing the existing feeding programme, available forages, grouping routines and the timing and consistency of X-Zelit feeding.

This practical support helps ensure that the strategy is implemented correctly and that X-Zelit can deliver its optimal effect under real farm conditions.

“After more than ten years with X-Zelit in Germany, I have seen how much difference the right transition strategy can make. For me, the greatest strength of X-Zelit is its reliability and flexibility. It can be used with many different rations and forage types, provided that the farm management is adapted accordingly. In 2025 alone, approximately 103,000 cows in Germany received X-Zelit during the transition period.”

Dr. Katrin Metzger-Petersen
Specialist Department Cattle, Vilofoss Germany

One principle, many farm systems

X-Zelit can be used across a wide range of farm sizes, forage bases and production systems. Its mode of action gives nutritionists greater flexibility when formulating close-up rations and reduces the need for the intensive monitoring associated with some other transition strategies.

Experiences from Europe, North America and Latin America show that the same principle can be adapted successfully to very different farming conditions.

“Since introducing X-Zelit on our first farms in Spain in 2021, I have directly advised around 50 farms and supported many nutritionists working with cooperatives and independently. What impresses me most is that X-Zelit delivers reliable results across very different production systems—from intensive, high-yielding farms to pasture-based herds in Latin America. Compared with DCAD strategies, it is simpler to manage and requires less intensive monitoring. When used correctly, we consistently see clinical hypocalcaemia reduced to levels close to zero.”

Victor Marcen Lupiañez
Ruminant Expert, Vilofoss Spain

Correct implementation makes the difference

For the best possible results, cows must enter the close-up group at the right time, receive X-Zelit consistently and achieve the recommended daily intake. The ration, grouping routines and general transition management must also support the strategy.

This is where experienced advice and follow-up make a real difference. Vilofoss experts help farmers and nutritionists identify practical challenges, monitor results and adapt the programme when necessary.

“With more than 35 years of experience in the dairy industry, I have worked with many different transition strategies. Today, I advise large California dairy farms ranging from approximately 1,300 to 8,000 cows, with an average herd size of around 3,000 cows. What impresses me about X-Zelit is that it delivers consistent results while giving nutritionists greater flexibility in prepartum ration formulation. In practice, this can mean fewer calcium boluses, fewer interventions around calving and an approach that is easier for both the farm team and the nutritionist to manage.”

Miguel Morales
Veterinarian, Protekta, California, USA

Healthier transitions and smoother calving

When correctly integrated into the farm’s transition programme, X-Zelit supports calcium balance around calving and helps reduce the risk of milk fever. Fewer urgent interventions can make daily work more predictable, while a smoother transition supports the cow’s start into lactation.

From family farms in Europe to large dairy operations in California and pasture-based systems in Latin America, our experts combine global experience with local support.

Would you like to know how X-Zelit could fit into your transition strategy? Contact your local Vilofoss adviser.

Interested in X-Zelit® and how it could fit into your transition feeding strategy? Fill out the form at this link and a Vilofoss expert will get in touch with you.

Could green feed cues give poults a stronger start?

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 05:10:04 +0700

Helping turkey poults find feed and water soon after placement is one of the first steps in supporting early growth, health and welfare.

New research from the University of Arkansas Division of Agriculture suggests that green, moisture-rich feed attractants may help turkey poults find feed sooner, forage earlier and gain more weight during the first 10 days after placement.

The findings point to a practical opportunity for turkey producers: using visual feed cues not only to draw poults to feed, but also to deliver hydration support and other early-life additives during a critical window in poult development.

Why early feed discovery matters

Commercial turkey poults may go through hatchery processing, handling and transport before they reach feed and water in the brooder. During that window, they rely on residual yolk reserves for hydration and nutrients. However, that reserve is limited.

Delayed access to feed and water can contribute to dehydration, reduced body weight, altered metabolism and impaired early tissue development. For turkey producers, helping poults find feed quickly after placement can support a stronger, more uniform start.

That challenge has researchers searching for practical ways to encourage poults to engage with feed sooner.

Testing a green visual attractant

The Arkansas study, led by graduate student Victor Oyeniran and published in the Journal of Applied Poultry Research, evaluated whether green alginate beads used as a feed top dressing could attract day-of-hatch turkey hen poults to starter feed.

The project brought together the work of Danielle Graham, MS, PhD, in early nutrition and gut health and the work of Shawna Weimer, MS, PhD, in poultry behavior and welfare to understand how birds respond to their environment and how behavioral responses relate to performance.

The beads were moisture-rich and contained electrolytes, vitamins C and D and betaine, making them a potential carrier for early-life additives and a visual cue.

Turkey hen poults were placed into three treatment groups. Control pens received untreated feed flats. A treated group received green beads on both feed flats. A preference group received one treated feed flat and one untreated feed flat, allowing researchers to evaluate whether poults showed a behavioral preference when both options were available. (Figure 1)

Figure 1.

“Turkey poults are naturally curious. But getting them to engage with feed quickly after placement can still be a challenge,” Weimer said. “We were interested in whether a green attractant could help stimulate that first feeding behavior.”

Poults preferred treated feed flat

The preference treatment provided one of the study’s most compelling behavioral results.

When poults had access to both a treated and an untreated feed flat, more birds were observed on the feed flat with the green attractant. More poults were also actively engaged on the treated flat, with more observed walking, standing or foraging rather than sitting or resting.

That distinction is important. The birds were not simply gathering randomly on the feed flats; they showed greater interest in the treated feed source and were more active when they got there.

“We saw evidence that the green beads drew poults to the feed and encouraged active engagement,” Graham said. “That early activity is important because the sooner poults begin exploring and consuming feed, the better positioned they may be for early growth.”

Across treatment groups, poults exposed to the green attractant were also more active on feed flats during the first hour after placement compared with poults in the control group.

Beads consumed quickly

The green attractant was consumed rapidly after placement.

In the treated group, beads were found in the crop of 50% of sampled poults within 15 minutes and in 100% of sampled poults by 45 minutes. Beads were also detected in the lower ileum within the first hour, showing rapid movement through the gastrointestinal tract.

At 24 hours after placement, crop fill was similar among treatments. Most poults across all groups had soft, full crops, indicating they had consumed feed and water. That finding suggests the green attractant did not interfere with normal feed and water intake.

Growth improved by day 10

The early behavioral response was reflected in performance.

By day 10, poults with access to the green attractant were heavier than control poults. Poults in the treated and preference groups averaged about 124 grams, compared with about 118 grams for controls. Body weight gain followed a similar pattern, with poults exposed to the attractant gaining about 6 to 7 grams more than control poults during the first 10 days.

Feed conversion ratio and mortality were not statistically different among treatments, suggesting the attractant improved early growth without negatively affecting feed efficiency or livability.

Implications for turkey production

The results point to two potential opportunities for turkey production.

First, green visual attractants may be a practical way to encourage poults to find and interact with feed shortly after placement. That could be especially useful during the critical early brooding period, when producers focus on hydration, feed intake, livability and flock uniformity.

Second, moisture-rich beads may offer a delivery platform for targeted early-life additives. In addition to attracting poults to feed, the beads could potentially carry ingredients such as electrolytes, vitamins, energy sources or other functional additives designed to support gut health, immune readiness and resilience to placement stress.

The researchers noted that the current study followed poults only through 10 days of age, so additional studies are needed to determine whether early improvements carry through a full commercial turkey production cycle.

Still, the findings suggest that a simple visual cue may do more than catch a poult’s attention. It may help poults get off to a better start during one of the most important windows in production.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Could green feed cues give poults a stronger start? appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Mild feed restriction has variable effects on cage-free pullets’ weight, activity and egg production

Edusehat — Fri, 21 Aug 2026 05:10:04 +0700

Today’s cage-free laying systems provide extra vertical space for birds to be physically active, which can lead to variability in feed intake and body composition. If feed was restricted, would chickens change their activity levels, or would a hypothalamic response be triggered to increase feed intake?

Researchers from Auburn University and the University of Guelph conducted a trial to answer those questions. During the trial, they recorded where the birds spent their time, egg production and body fat deposition.

Olivia McGuire, a graduate student at Auburn, discussed the research and results during the 2026 International Poultry Scientific Forum.

Trial design

The study involved 600 Lohmann LSL Lite pullets at 12 weeks of age. The pullets were randomly assigned to four rooms divided into six aviary pens. Each pen had two perches, two elevated platforms, a 45-degree ramp and nest boxes.

At 13 weeks of age, birds in half of the pens were fed ad libitum. Birds in the other half were fed twice daily and received 20% less feed than average consumption. The feed restriction ended at 21 weeks of age.

Pen-mounted cameras scanned pens hourly to record bird locations. The number of eggs laid and where chickens laid the eggs were also recorded.

Every 2 weeks, one bird per pen was euthanized to measure abdominal fat, record weight and collect hypothalamus and pituitary tissue for analysis.

Feed-restricted outcomes

Overall, restricted birds spent more time on the litter while ad libitum birds preferred perches and elevated platforms, McGuire noted.

“We noticed a shift in location preference during the time of sexual maturation,” she added. “Between 18 and 20 weeks of age, both treatment groups spent more time on the litter than in other locations.”

Feeding treatment did not affect birds’ location at the start of the night. All birds chose to roost or seek shelter.

“But feed-restricted birds definitely had a delay in egg production compared to birds fed ad libitum from 20 to 21 weeks of age,” McGuire said. “We also observed that all birds preferred to lay eggs within the nest boxes rather than on the litter. So, restricted feed did not impact where eggs were laid.

“We expected to see a weight decrease with feed restriction,” she continued. “By the time feed restriction was lifted, those birds were 8.8% lighter than birds fed ad libitum.”

Feed-restricted birds had lower abdominal fat measurements at 16 to 20 weeks of age than ad libitum hens.

The researchers also tested whether the mild feed restriction elicited a hypothalamic response to increase feed intake or decrease locomotion. They did not observe an increase in neuropeptide Y (NPY) or Agouti-related peptide (AgRP) expression in either feeding group. McGuire added that the expression of these peptides, which stimulate hunger, typically increase during energy deficit.

Final takeaways

“Mild feed restriction caused a decrease in bodyweight, energy reserves and delayed maturation,” McGuire said. “The birds preferred to stay on the floor.

“Decreased energy intake did not affect NPY and AgRP expression,” she continued. “Feed-restricted birds ate less than an hour a day. They were fed twice a day but never reached chronic hunger.”

McGuire suggested that the level of energy restriction was not sufficient to trigger a hypothalamic response to hunger.

Feed restriction also did not affect the choice to seek shelter at night or the location of egg laying.

She also noted that the increased use of litter by the feed-restricted birds “is likely not to conserve energy but rather due to unmet behavioral satisfaction.”

The post Mild feed restriction has variable effects on cage-free pullets’ weight, activity and egg production appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Six hours: Why the feed-deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 21:55:07 +0700

By Douglas L. Fulnechek, DVM
Public Health Veterinarian
GTS Health

Of all the levers a broiler operation can pull in the final hours before a flock is harvested, few pay back as quickly — or cost as much — as the feed-deprivation program. Get the timing right and you ship cleaner birds, hit your microbiological performance standards and protect every ounce of yield.

Get it wrong and you make your feed conversion worse, lose saleable meat weight and increase the Salmonella load at the processing plant. Optimizing the period from the flock’s last meal to the kill blade makes money you can bank.

Timing the deprivation

The bird’s body experiences two stages during feed deprivation: emptying of digestive tract contents and depletion of water and muscle mass. The first stage happens during the first 6 hours and cannot be changed. The second stage is where you can make a difference.

A comfortable broiler under full or near-full light eats about every 4 hours and drinks several times in between. This is steady-state consumption. The instant that feed is pulled, that eat-drink-rest rhythm becomes a clock. The crop is empty and the bird is hungry roughly 4 hours after the last meal. Feed leaving the gizzard clears the lower intestine in about 2 more hours.

But even the best-run 6-hour deprivation program cannot overcome the reality of a flock’s eating pattern. The flock should be eating continuously. When the feed pans are raised, some birds will have just filled their crops, and some birds’ crops will be empty. Under the best circumstances, the time off feed for individual birds will range from 5 to 11 hours at slaughter.

That time span comes from the plant. If you have a 33,600-head house, the plant runs 16,800 head per hour. Feed-up time is calculated from the midpoint of processing, and you get a 5-to-11-hour deprivation range for individual birds, as shown in the graphic (Figure 1).

If your operation has mega-houses with over 45,000 broilers, feed deprivation becomes even more difficult! For houses of that size, the plant needs to run about 21,000 birds per hour to keep the slaughter window as small as possible. The logistics then become really complicated when trying to catch and deliver four, five or even six truckloads per hour to the plant.

Figure 1.

Unforgiving numbers

There is extensive scientific research about this subject, and the arithmetic is unforgiving. Researchers have observed that live shrink, which is pre-processing weight loss, ranges from 0.18% to 0.43% of bodyweight per hour.

In the following scenario, the dollar math is painful.

Plant processes 1.2 million broilers per week.
Average live weight at catch is 6.7 pounds (3 kg).
Average live shrink is conservative — about 0.25% per hour.
Feed-conversion ratio (FCR) increases by about 0.005 per hour.
FCR is about 1.67.
Feed costs about $270 per ton (907 kg).
Plant sells whole carcasses for about $1.20 per pound.
Optimal feed deprivation period is 6 hours.
Actual feed deprivation period is 10 hours.

This same 4-hour over-deprivation loss shows up in two ledgers — farm feed cost and plant revenue — and the two don’t add together. The 10-hour program is costing roughly $1 million per year in feed value tied up in weight lost to shrink and approximately $4 million-per-year loss in saleable product.

It is important to remember that you cannot value live shrink at whole-bird prices — it’s the dressed broiler that gets sold.

In my career, I have evaluated more than 1,000 feed deprivations, and I have never found a program where the period was too short. Plant personnel will tell you they would rather deal with feed in the crop than feces in the colon.

With the parameters above, a 10-hour target puts some birds at 15 hours off feed. That’s a problem. At 15 hours the lining is sloughing, bile is backing up into the gizzard, the ceca are about to empty and the intestine breaks easily.

Final points

Here are important takeaways regarding feed deprivation:

Avoid feed outages, light interruptions and temperature extremes that trigger binge eating.
Count deprivation from the flock’s last meal to the kill blade. Catching, loading, transportation and lairage are logistics that occur within the deprivation window. They do not impact the clock.
Calculate feed-up time backward from the midpoint of the processing window.
Target empty but strong intestines — shorter beats longer.
Leave water available until the catch crew arrives.
Regularly evaluate intestinal tracts at the plant.

Six hours isn’t a stretch goal. Hitting it doesn’t take new equipment or a bigger budget. It takes a calculation and a habit: Figure feed-up time backward from the kill, and open intestinal tracts at the plant. By doing that, you protect feed conversion and yield, the plant gets cleaner birds and the money stops leaking from both ledgers at once.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Six hours: Why the feed-deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The role of the G20 group in global meat production and trade. Part 2: global meat exports

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 18:10:09 +0700

A previous article analysed the role of the G19¹ countries in the global meat industry (Windhorst, 2026). This revealed the significant role of this group of countries, as they accounted for approximately 70% of the production volume of the four most important types of meat. Within the group, the most populous countries dominated, with China, the USA, Brazil, India, and Russia holding the leading positions. Two subsequent articles will explore whether a similar situation existed in the trade of the meat types analyzed here. This article focuses on the role of the G19 in global meat exports.

Exports increased faster than production

A comparison of the long-term development of global meat production and meat exports reveals that trade volume increased faster than the production volume. Between 2010 and 2024, global production increased by 28.4%, while meat trade grew by 36.5%. The development was even more dynamic among the G19 countries. Here, production rose by 34.3%, but trade increased by 61.3%. This had a significant impact on the G19’s share in global production and exports. The G19’s share of production grew from 72.3% to 75.7% during the period under review, and its share in trade increased from 51.4% to 60.7%. Figure 1 shows that meat exports increased particularly sharply after 2010, especially poultry meat. The increase in pig meat production was interrupted from 2020 onwards due to the massive outbreaks of African swine fever in Asia and Eastern Europe.

Figure 1 – The development of global meat exports between 1999 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A comparative analysis of the dynamics, broken down by meat type, from 2010 onwards is interesting (Table 1). Globally, poultry meat showed the highest absolute increase in both production and exports, but the relative increase was higher for beef, sheep, and goat meat exports. However, the significantly lower starting values must be taken into account. This pattern is repeated in the G19 group. Here, too, the production volume of poultry meat increased much faster than that of the other three meat types. The high export volume of pig meat is surprising at first glance. The production slump in China following the massive outbreaks of African swine fever and the resulting imports caused pork trade to rise sharply for several years. This will be discussed in detail in the following article on import development. The shortage of pig meat in the countries affected by African swine fever also impacted beef trade and explains the high absolute and relative increases observed there.

Table 1 – Changes in meat production and meat trade of the G 19 countries between 2010 and 2024 in comparison to the global development
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

It is noteworthy that despite the high absolute increase in poultry meat production among the G19 countries, which accounted for almost 94% of the global increase, the relative rise in exports was significantly lower than both the absolute and relative global figures. It must be considered that the strong production increase occurred primarily in some Asian countries where demand rose sharply due to higher disposable incomes and production was therefore mainly for domestic consumption. Exports, dominated by Brazil and the USA, which accounted for over 40% of global poultry meat trade in 2024, did not increase as sharply in their respective markets as in some emerging and developing countries outside the G19.

Significant differences between production and exports at country level

A comparison of countries rankings in meat production and meat exports reveals similarities but also significant differences depending on the meat type. For poultry meat (Figure 2), regional concentration in exports was much higher than in production. Brazil and the USA together accounted for over two-thirds of the group’s total exports, but contributed only 31.5% to production. China, which accounted for almost a quarter of global production in 2024, lagged significantly behind the other two countries with a share of less than 10%. Production primarily focused on supplying its own population. The sharp decrease in pig meat production due to African swine fever resulted in consumers increasingly favoring the cheaper broiler meat over beef. Germany, which was not among the top ten G19 producers, ranked fourth.

A detailed look at the development of poultry meat exports from the four leading countries between 2010 and 2024 reveals some notable differences. Overall, exports from the G19 countries increased by 2.25 million tons. Of this, Brazil accounted for 1.22 million tons, or 54.2%, and China for 568,000 tons, or t.2%. In contrast, the US export share declined by 200,000 tons, or 5.4%, despite a significant increase in production. The rising per capita consumption of broiler meat and the recurring outbreaks of the avian influenza virus since 2015, which resulted in high losses (Windhorst, 2025), were the decisive steering factors.

The export volume of pig meat from the G19 countries increased by 3.64 million tons between 2010 and 2024 (Figure 2). The USA saw the highest absolute increase at 1.1 million tons, representing a rise of 62.0%. However, the highest relative increase was in Brazil at 143.7%, resulting from an expansion of exports by 900,000 tons. Canada also recorded a significant growth in exports of 297,000 tons, or 28.9%. These three countries together shared 63.6% in the G19’s total export growth. In Germany, which still ranked third among the leading exporting countries in 2024, exports have declined by 528,000 tons, or 25.0%, since 2020. The reasons for this decline were, firstly, a decrease in the per capita consumption, with pork losing significantly to broiler meat, and secondly, outbreaks of African swine fever in wild boar populations. These outbreaks led some major importing countries to either drastically reduce or even completely stop their imports. Furthermore, declining profits caused numerous pig farmers to abandon pig fattening. The unresolved situation regarding eligible housing systems for financial support by the government also deterred many pig farmers from investing. In France, pork exports fell by 88,000 tons during the period under review, resulting in a drop to seventh place among the leading G19 exporting countries. Export growth was particularly dynamic in the four leading cattle meat exporting countries, as can be seen from the graphs in Figure 2. Exports from the G19 countries increased by 5.02 million tons between 2010 and 2024, thus tripling. Brazil recorded the largest absolute increase at 2.15 million tons, representing a relative increase of 144.5%. Argentina followed with 717,000 tons. With an increase of 217.6%, Argentina had the highest relative growth rate of the four countries. Australia expanded its beef exports by 635,000 tons, or 45.8%, while the USA only showed an increase of 274,000 tons. The USA also recorded the lowest relative growth rate at 22.5%.

Figure 2 – The development of the meat exports from the four leading G19 exporting countries between 2010 and 2024, by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A comparison of the four countries’ shares in the overall increase in cattle meat exports for the G19 shows that Brazil contributed the largest share at 42.7%, followed by Australia at 18.6% and Argentina at 14.3%. The USA, at 4.9%, lagged significantly behind the other three countries. In total, the four countries accounted for 74.5%. Looking at the overall dynamics across the three meat types, it becomes obvious that Brazil, Australia, and Argentina were the big winners in meat exports for the G19. The USA lost market shares in poultry, pig meat, and cattle meat, while Germany lost ground primarily in pig meat. China began to expand its position in poultry meat exports. Brazil is positioned to become the dominant power in the meat trade, not only within the G19 but also globally (see Windhorst, 2025a).

Summary: higher concentration in exports than in production

The preceding analysis of the G19’s role in global meat trade focused on the question of whether the countries dominating production also played a leading role in exports.

Figure 3 shows the share of the top 10 exporting countries in the total exports of each of the four meat types considered here. It is apparent that there was a strong concentration in a few countries for all meat types, but significant differences existed nonetheless. This concentration was very high for sheep and goat meat as well as poultry meat, and lower for pig meat and cattle meat. To answer the initial question, Table 2 compares the top five countries in production with those in exports.

Figure 3 – The share of the ten leading exporting countries in the overall meat exports of the G19 group (2024), by meat types
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Table 2 – A comparison of the shares of the five leading G19 countries in the country group’s overall production and export, by meat type (2024)
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Even a cursory glance at the data reveals that for all four meat types, the five countries’ share in exports was significantly higher than their share in production. With the exception of poultry meat, shares of nearly 90% or even more were achieved. However, a more detailed analysis of the composition and ranking of the countries reveals remarkable differences. For poultry meat, Brazil accounted for only 12.9% of production but 39.8% of exports. The opposite was true for China. It is evident that Brazil was heavily focused on the global market, while China primarily on its domestic demand. This was also the case for Russia and India.

In pork production, China held a dominant position but played no role in exports; Russia also produced almost exclusively for its own population. The USA, Canada, and Germany were more strongly oriented towards the global market, although, as already mentioned, Germany has lost considerable market share in recent years. It is worth noting that Brazil accounted for over a third of cattle meat exports but only for 21.1% of production. Here, too, the focus on the global market was evident, as it was in Argentina and Australia. The ratio between production and exports in the USA requires explanation. The analysis of imports, which follows in the third section, will show that despite its high production volume, the USA imported a considerable amount of high-quality beef but exported lower-value cuts.

China and India, which together produced nearly three-quarters of the G19’s sheep and goat meat, played no significant role in exports because both meat types were almost exclusively used by their own populations. Overall, it should be noted that while populous countries also played an important role in meat exports, they were not as dominant, and countries with smaller populations, such as Canada, Australia, Saudi Arabia, and South Africa, were also able to break into the top group. The importance of the top five countries in each meat type, not only within the G19 group but also in global meat trade as a whole, is evident in the fact that they accounted for over 50% of the meat reaching the world market.

Data source and supplementary literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025a). Der Seuchenzug im Winter 2024/2025. Vierte AI-Epidemie in den USA innerhalb des zurückliegenden Jahrzehnts. Fleischwirtschaft, 105(9), 33-36.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025b). Fourth AI epidemic in the USA in the past decade – The epidemic in winter 2024/25. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 1(7/8), 22-27.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025c). The dynamics of global meat trade. Part 1: Exports. Meatingpoint, (63), 34-37.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). Die Rolle der Gruppe der G20 in der Weltfleischerzeugung und im Weltfleischhandel. Teil 1: Weltfleischerzeugung. Fleischwirtschaft, 106.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The role of the G20 group in global meat production and trade – Part 1: meat production. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 2 (4), 28-33.

¹The following analysis considers only the 19 member countries. The population and economic output of the EU (27) and the African Union are not included.

Top Safety Gear for Traveling with Large vs. Small Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 14:25:05 +0700

Travelling with your dog across India, whether it is a weekend drive to Lonavala or a longer trip home for Diwali, brings its own set of challenges. A Pomeranian curled on the back seat and a Labrador stretched across the boot need very different protection. The right gear keeps your dog secure during sudden brakes, comfortable through summer heat, and calm through the noise of traffic and railway platforms. This guide breaks down the safety essentials for both ends of the size spectrum, with practical advice suited to Indian roads, weather, and travel rules.

Why Size Matters When Choosing Travel Safety Gear

A small dog weighing four to eight kilograms and a large dog weighing thirty kilograms or more react very differently to a sudden stop or a bumpy stretch of highway. Force during a collision scales sharply with body weight, which means a harness that holds a Shih Tzu safely may snap or slip on a Rottweiler. Similarly, a spacious crate meant for a German Shepherd would let a Dachshund slide around and injure itself. According to the American Kennel Club, unrestrained dogs are a leading cause of driver distraction and can suffer serious injury even at moderate speeds. Beyond safety, size affects comfort. Small breeds often feel exposed and anxious in wide open car interiors, while large breeds need room to stretch, lie flat, and cool down. Matching gear to your dog’s build is the single most important decision you will make before setting out.

Essential Safety Gear for Small Dogs

Secure, Well-Ventilated Travel Carriers

For small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, and Indian Spitz puppies, a rigid or semi-rigid carrier is the safest choice for both car and air travel. Look for mesh panels on at least two sides, a leak-proof base, and a strong top handle. Soft-sided carriers with seatbelt loops work well for short city drives, while carriers approved by the International Air Transport Association are required for flights. A quick browse through the dog travel range at PetsWorld will show carriers sized for dogs up to ten kilograms.

Padded Harness with Car Seatbelt Attachment

A small dog on a collar and leash can slip out or choke during a jolt. A padded step-in or vest-style harness spreads pressure across the chest and pairs with a short tether that clips into the seatbelt buckle. This keeps the dog seated without restricting breathing, and prevents the panic scramble that often happens when brakes are applied suddenly on Indian city roads.

Familiar Bedding and Calming Aids

Small dogs pick up on unfamiliar smells and sounds quickly. Line the carrier with a soft, washable mat and tuck in a shirt that carries your scent. For anxious travellers, a calming spray or a pheromone collar can take the edge off long journeys, and a few long-lasting chews and treats can keep them happily occupied between stops.

Essential Safety Gear for Large Dogs

Crash-Tested Harness and Seatbelt Tether

Labradors, Golden Retrievers, German Shepherds, and Indian breeds like the Rajapalayam need harnesses built for real impact. The Center for Pet Safety recommends crash-tested harnesses with wide, reinforced straps and metal buckles rather than plastic clips. Pair the harness with a short tether that anchors to the seatbelt or an ISOFIX point in the back seat, so your dog stays in place during sharp turns on ghat roads or sudden highway braking.

Sturdy Travel Crate for the Boot or SUV Cargo Area

A large dog is safest inside a rigid crate secured against the rear seats. Steel-frame or heavy-duty plastic crates prevent the dog from being thrown forward during braking. Measure your dog standing, then add ten centimetres in every direction so it can sit, turn, and lie flat comfortably. The collars, harnesses, and travel accessories collection carries size-appropriate options for medium and large breeds.

Non-Slip Boot Liner and Barrier Grille

Sudden brakes send loose dogs sliding across the boot. A rubber-backed cargo liner grips both the surface and the dog’s paws, while a mesh or bar barrier keeps the dog from lunging into the front cabin. This setup is especially useful for hatchbacks and SUVs on hill roads to places like Kasauli, Coorg, or Ooty, where continuous curves can unsettle even a well-behaved dog.

Safety Gear Both Sizes Need

Regardless of size, a few items belong in every travel kit. Start with a well-fitted collar carrying an ID tag with your mobile number and city, since QR-enabled tags are increasingly common in Indian metros. Pack a collapsible bowl and a bottle of clean water, because service station taps are unreliable and dehydration hits fast in Indian summers when interior car temperatures can cross forty-five degrees Celsius within minutes. A basic first-aid pouch with cotton, antiseptic, tick remover, and any prescribed medication is essential. Cooling mats and portable fans are worth carrying between April and June, especially if your route passes through Rajasthan, Vidarbha, or the plains of Tamil Nadu. During monsoon travel, quick-dry towels and a waterproof seat cover prevent soaked upholstery and skin infections. For after-journey clean-ups, keep basics from the dog grooming essentials section on hand to wipe down muddy paws and freshen coats before you head indoors.

Rules for Indian Railways and Flights by Dog Size

Indian Railways permits dogs in first-class AC coupes when the entire coupe is booked, and in the guard’s van in a parcel crate for other classes. Small dogs travelling in a coupe still need a carrier for boarding and platform movement, while large dogs must travel in a wooden or metal crate in the luggage compartment. Book at least two days in advance at the parcel office and carry a recent vaccination certificate along with a fitness note from your vet.

For domestic flights, IndiGo, Air India, and SpiceJet have their own pet policies, but most align with IATA live animals regulations. Small dogs under seven kilograms including the carrier may travel in the cabin on select carriers, while larger dogs travel in the pressurised cargo hold in approved crates that meet strict standards on ventilation, floor space, and labelling. For road trips, small dogs are safest in a carrier strapped to the rear seat, and large dogs are safest crated in the boot or harnessed on the back seat. Never let any dog ride with its head out of a moving vehicle window.

Quick Packing Checklist by Dog Size

For small dogs: carrier, padded harness, seatbelt tether, calming spray, familiar blanket, collapsible bowl, water, treats, poop bags, ID tag, and vaccination record.

For large dogs: crash-tested harness, seatbelt tether, travel crate, boot liner, barrier grille, collapsible bowl, at least two litres of water, first-aid kit, cooling mat, poop bags, ID tag, and vaccination record.

Review both lists a day before departure and top up any missing item. For festive travel around Diwali or long weekends, add ear muffs or a snug anxiety wrap to help your dog cope with firecracker noise on the road. Keep a printed copy of your regular vet’s contact number and the details of at least one veterinary clinic near your destination, since accessing digital records on the move is not always reliable in smaller towns and highway stretches.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1. Is it safe to let my small dog sit on my lap during a car journey?

No. Even at city speeds, an airbag deployment or a sudden brake can seriously injure a dog on your lap. A carrier strapped to the back seat is much safer for both of you.

Q2. What size crate should I buy for a Labrador travelling by train?

For an adult Labrador weighing between twenty-five and thirty-two kilograms, choose a crate roughly one hundred centimetres long, seventy centimetres wide, and seventy-five centimetres tall. Your dog should be able to stand fully upright and turn around without touching the sides.

Q3. Can I use the same harness for daily walks and car travel?

Regular walking harnesses are not built to absorb crash forces. Keep a separate crash-tested harness for the car, and use your walking harness for daily outings and training sessions.

Q4. How do I keep my dog cool during summer road trips in India?

Travel early morning or after sunset, run the air conditioner steadily, offer water every hour, and place a cooling mat inside the crate or on the seat. Never leave your dog alone in a parked car, even for five minutes.

Q5. Do Indian domestic airlines allow large dogs in the cabin?

Most Indian carriers only allow dogs under seven kilograms, including the carrier, in the cabin. Larger dogs travel in the temperature-controlled cargo hold inside an approved crate that meets international live animal transport standards.

Q6. What documents should I carry when travelling with my dog?

Carry a recent vaccination certificate, a rabies booster record, a health fitness certificate from a licensed vet issued within the last ten days, and your dog’s microchip or ID details. For train travel, keep printed copies handy at the parcel office.

5 Ways to Celebrate National Dog Day

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 07:50:02 +0700

Every pup deserves to be celebrated, which is why National Dog Day is dedicated to our furry friends each year on August 26th. To help celebrate your dog, we’ve put together some fun and meaningful ideas that both you and your dog will love.

From planning a special day together and creating a keepsake to trying enrichment activities, exploring the outdoors, or enjoying a day of play at Dogtopia, there are plenty of ways to make National Dog Day special for your pup.

1. PLAN THE ULTIMATE DOGGY DAY

Your dog is your best friend, and you probably know all the little things that bring them excitement. Give your pup a day filled with all their favorite things, whether that’s a special dog-safe meal, their favorite treats, cuddling on the couch, time playing together in the backyard, or a playdate with their best furry friend.

2. MAKE A PAW PRINT KEEPSAKE

Arts and crafts are a fun way to spend quality time with your dog while creating a personalized keepsake to celebrate the special bond you share. Try one of these dog-safe ideas:

Paw print art: Dip your pup’s paw in dog-safe, non-toxic paint, gently press it onto paper or canvas, and let it dry. Once it’s ready, add a fun design around the paw print to make a unique design.
A clay paw ornament: Create a lasting keepsake by gently pressing your dog’s paw into air-dry clay to make a paw print. Add their name or the date for extra personalization.
Framed paw print: Frame your dog’s paw print with their name or a favorite photo of you two together to display at home.
Custom dog portrait: Draw or paint a simple portrait of your dog either as they sit in front of you (no promises they’ll stay still, and extra treats may need to be involved) or from a photo.

3. TRY A NEW ENRICHMENT ACTIVITY

A new enrichment activity with your dog is a great way to encourage them to explore and engage their natural instincts, such as sniffing, foraging, and problem-solving. Enrichment activities provide mental stimulation, help keep pups calm and focused, and add variety and excitement to their daily routine.

See also

5 Easy Scent Games You Can Try at Home with Your Dog

Enrichment can be as simple as creating a DIY dog puzzle using a muffin tin, setting up a cardboard foraging box, letting your pup bob for dog-safe fruit in water, or turning mealtime into a game of scatter feeding. Treating your dog to a new, engaging activity is a fun way to celebrate your pup on National Dog Day while also supporting their overall health and well-being.

Canine Coach tip: Keep enrichment activities fun and let your dog go at their own pace. Follow their interests and allow them to explore and problem-solve rather than rush them to finish.

4. TAKE YOUR DOG TO THEIR FAVORITE OUTDOOR SPOT

Whether it’s their favorite hiking spot, local park, beach, or walking path, spending time outside is a fun way to celebrate your dog on National Dog Day. Explore a familiar place or discover a new adventure together to give your pup a chance to sniff and explore.

Outdoor adventures provide plenty of exercise and mental stimulation, which can help keep your dog happy, healthy, and engaged. Don’t forget to bring plenty of water, extra food, and treats to make the outing the best it can be.

5. TREAT YOUR DOG TO A DAY OF PLAY AT DAYCARE

Treat your dog to a day full of fun, socialization, and play at daycare. At Dogtopia, your pup will stay active, build confidence, and enjoy supervised open play in spacious indoor playrooms with expert Canine Coaches. They can enjoy enriching activities such as brain games and agility exercises, as well as have plenty of opportunities to socialize and play with other dogs. And while your pup is at daycare, spoil them with a relaxing treatment at our doggie spa.

See also

How Predictable Routines Can Reduce Dog Anxiety

Dogtopia loves to celebrate dogs, so a daycare day at Dogtopia is the perfect way to make National Dog Day extra special. Beyond the fun, enrolling your pup in regular daycare is a great way to support their overall well-being by strengthening their social skills, providing mental stimulation, and giving them the physical activity they need to stay healthy and happy.

Want to see just how active your dog is during the day? Reach out to your local Dogtopia to learn about our DASH activity monitor. Like a fitness monitor for humans, DASH keeps track of your dog’s step count, distance traveled, time spent resting, and more throughout the day and can be used both in and out of the playroom. You can use this data to monitor your dog’s activity patterns over time and determine whether they may benefit from adding more activity to their routine.

Find your closest Dogtopia location here.

The post 5 Ways to Celebrate National Dog Day appeared first on Dogtopia.

The Mealtime Secrets Your Cat Wants You to Know

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 04:10:06 +0700

Chances are, you’ve spent time researching which cat food—whether commercial dry or wet, a boutique brand or a fresh or raw diet—is best for your cat. But substantially less time is devoted to how we feed our cats. How we feed our cats can have a significant impact on their natural feeding behaviour and overall well-being. By considering cats’ natural feeding behaviours and drawing from current feline research, we can use food to support our cats’ behavioural well-being, not just physical health. Here’s what your cat wishes you’d do come dinnertime!

How to Feed Your Cat: Supporting Natural Feeding Behaviours

How Much to Feed a Cat?

It can be challenging to figure out the right amount of food to feed your cat. The first person to ask is your veterinarian. They can give you guidance on how many calories your cat should be fed per day. A rough estimate is that a healthy, spayed or neutered adult cat will need approximately 20 to 30 calories per pound of weight each day. An indoor, less active cat needs fewer calories than an active cat or a growing kitten. Be sure to check packaging carefully to calculate how much food to feed your cat each day. Often, it’s more or less than you think! We are cautioned about the perils of extra pounds, but many people are actually underfeeding their cats.

How Many Times a Day Should You Feed a Cat?

Cats are solitary hunters who primarily capture and kill small prey animals, such as mice and birds. As a result, they are used to hunting and eating small meals throughout the day. When allowed to control their feeding frequency, cats eat approximately 8 to 16 meals a day!

Studies have also shown that most cats prefer to eat food when it is fresh. We can help our cats follow a more natural feeding pattern by splitting their daily caloric allotment into several small meals throughout the day.

*There’s no one right answer for every cat, but I suggest a minimum of five meals a day.

Denis Val/Shutterstock

How to Fit in Five Meals a Day

The Five-a-Day Felix Feeding plan was developed by the International Society of Feline Medicine to help cat caregivers support healthy feeding behaviours. It may seem like a lot, but it doesn’t have to increase your workload significantly. Here’s a suggested feeding schedule that accommodates your cat’s natural feeding behaviours.

Feed your cat in the morning, shortly after you wake up
Leave your cat with a puzzle feeder while you are away at work
Feed your cat when you return home from work
Feed your cat just before you go to bed
Leave your cat with a puzzle feeder to work from overnight

Automatic feeders can also help you fill in gaps overnight or while you are at work.

What About Free-Feeding?

Free-feeding may work for some cats, but this lifestyle tends to be associated with overweight cats. The other reasons I don’t generally recommend free-feeding are:

Cats prefer food when it is fresh. The longer food sits out, the less appealing it is to your cat.
Free-feeding makes it harder to track how much and when your cat is eating. You may not notice as quickly that your cat is eating less, or not at all, which can be a key sign of a health problem.
Caregivers who free-feed are less likely to keep the feeding area clean or wash feeding bowls daily.

*If you free-feed: wash and refresh bowls daily. Weigh your cat at least monthly to ensure they are maintaining and not gaining or losing weight.

The Feeding Dish

Vera Verano/Bigstock

Take a careful look at your cat’s feeding set-up. Cats are clean animals who don’t leave a lot of food to return to later. Similarly, cats appreciate a clean feeding area and fresh food. Do you wash your cat’s plates or bowls daily? If not, the bowl may be full of saliva and crumbs! The National Science Foundation has identified pet bowls as one of the most bacteria-laden kitchen surfaces. Don’t let your cat’s bowls be one of them!

*Wash your cat’s food dishes after every meal or at least once daily. An easy solution: use dishwasher-friendly dishes and have multiples so you always have a clean option readily available.

Does your cat need a whisker friendly dish? There’s only one study to date on this issue, and it was inconclusive. Some cats preferred a flatter feeding surface, while other cats did not seem to mind a higher sided bowl. You can give your cat choices and let them tell you if they have strong feelings!

Multiple Cats Means Multiple Feeding Areas

As previously mentioned, cats are solitary hunters—and that means they are also solitary eaters. They do not naturally share food or eat close to other cats—not even ones they are friendly with! Feeding your cats separately can reduce conflict and stress and allows each cat to eat in peace. Eating while stressed has been associated with increased storage of adipose tissue (fat), another reason for each cat to have a separate, safe place to eat.

*Food dishes in a multi-cat household should be spaced several feet apart, or even better yet, in separate rooms.

High-Tech to the Rescue

Multiple cats can also mean juggling different diets or feeding styles. Some cats are chronic food-stealers, which can lead to conflict between cats and challenges to feline weight loss programs. Other cats would prefer to graze but are forced to wolf down food before their housemates eat it all. Thankfully, there are several products on the market that can help you manage your multi-cat household’s feeding needs. Microchip feeders, such as the SureFeed, the PortionPro Rx, Pet Libro One RFID, and the Wireless Whiskers can all control which cats have access to what food. Each feeder has different features. The SureFeed controls which cat can access a bowl, but does not deposit food, making it a great option for wet or dry food. The PortionPro Rx, Pet Libro, and Wireless Whiskers are designed to be used with dry food, and they can deliver portions in addition to controlling which cats have access.

Food Puzzles: Giving Cats Their Jobs Back

Catit Senses Treat Puzzle

Because cats naturally work for food, we can restore that work ethic by providing some of their food in puzzle feeders. Puzzle feeders are objects that your cat can interact with to extract food. These can be small toys that your cat bats around with a paw. Holes in the puzzle allow food to fall through, which your cat can then retrieve. These puzzles usually work best with a dry diet.

Other puzzles are a stationary board or tray with compartments that your cat can interact with to get food. They are often compatible with dry or moist diets. Although food puzzles aren’t exactly equivalent to hunting, they can provide your cat with problem solving opportunities and mental stimulation.

Tips for Introducing Food Puzzles

Offer food puzzles as a choice initially; continue to offer food to your cat in their regular dish.
Using treats (as opposed to kibble) in the puzzle may make your cat more excited to try food puzzles!
Food puzzles can be used for meal feeding for healthy, enthusiastic eaters.

How we feed our cats may be just as important as what we feed them—and with a few simple adjustments, we can help our cats eat in ways that are more natural to them and that support their physical and behavioural health!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post The Mealtime Secrets Your Cat Wants You to Know appeared first on Modern Cat.

Did you know? A three Tesla MRI’s magnetic field actually drops to one Tesla

Edusehat — Thu, 20 Aug 2026 03:35:07 +0700

Did you know that the three Tesla magnetic field at the core of an MRI machine actually drops to one Tesla as you move away from its center?

An MRI machine does not produce a uniform magnetic field throughout the room. Its strength is highest at the center and decreases with distance, much like the heat from a fire fades the farther you step away. For a three Tesla MRI, this drop is such that the field reaches one Tesla or less right at its immediate periphery.

That is exactly the threshold our Optimax MRI Conditional anesthesia machines are approved for. Designed to operate safely in a magnetic field of one Tesla or less, they were tested directly against a three Tesla MRI, the most demanding benchmark on the market today, in a compatibility study conducted by MED Institute Incorporated of West Lafayette, Indiana. As a result, an Optimax machine can be positioned right next to a three Tesla MRI without compromising either patient safety or imaging accuracy.

Have an even more powerful MRI, such as a seven Tesla unit? The same principle still applies. Just confirm with your MRI manufacturer the distance at which the field drops to one Tesla, so you can position your Optimax with the same peace of mind.

Our team is happy to share the results of our MRI compatibility study upon request. Contact your Dispomed representative to learn more.

FAQ: Veterinary Anesthesia and MRI Compatibility

The ASTM F2503-20 standard defines three categories for equipment used in MRI environments: MR Safe (safe in any MRI environment), MR Conditional (safe under specific conditions of field strength, gradient, and specific absorption rate), and MR Unsafe (never to be brought into the MRI room). The Moduflex Optimax is classified MR Conditional at 1 Tesla, which covers the vast majority of current veterinary MRI installations.

Yes, as long as the static magnetic field at the equipment’s positioning point does not exceed 1 Tesla. It is always recommended to confirm this distance with your MRI manufacturer prior to installation.

The compatibility study is available upon request. Contact your Dispomed representative or reach out to us directly through our online form. We will provide you with the complete technical documentation.

Record 272 poultry facilities recognized for outstanding safety performance

Edusehat — Wed, 19 Aug 2026 20:25:09 +0700

The Joint Poultry Industry Safety & Health Council recognized a record 272 chicken and turkey facilities for outstanding safety performance at the 2026 National Safety Conference for the Poultry Industry in Destin, Fla. The facilities were honored for their commitment to employee safety and health through the implementation of innovative and effective programs.

Award consideration was based on injury statistics from a three-year period (2023–2025) and a review of written applications evaluated by academic and industry safety experts.

This year, 81 facilities earned the highest level of recognition, the Award of Distinction, which honors facilities that demonstrate excellence in safety and health training, education and employee involvement and that maintain injury and illness rates at least 75% lower than the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) averages.

One hundred and thirteen facilities received the Award of Honor, recognizing the same core safety principles with incident rates between 75% and 50% lower than BLS results. An additional 78 facilities received the Award of Merit, which recognizes facilities with rates between 50% lower and equal to BLS results.

“Safety is not simply a metric, a program or something we measure at the end of the year. It is a responsibility we share every day, and it is reflected in how we work and how we care for the people who do that work,” said Rick Hellinga, senior director of Safety, Health and Loss Prevention at Simmons Foods and chair of the Joint Poultry Industry Safety & Health Council. “Recognizing a record 272 facilities this year is an outstanding achievement. More importantly, it reflects the poultry and egg industry’s continued commitment to putting people first and creating workplaces where working safely is simply how we work.”

The Joint Industry Safety & Health Council consists of members from the U.S. Poultry & Egg Association, National Chicken Council and National Turkey Federation. Collectively, the three organizations represent companies that produce 95% of the nation’s poultry products and directly employ more than 350,000 workers.

Source: USPOULTRY press release

The Best Accessories for Road Trips with Dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 19 Aug 2026 13:10:06 +0700

Road trips with dogs are one of the most rewarding ways for Indian pet parents to travel. From weekend drives to Lonavala and Coorg to longer journeys toward Manali or Munnar, more families are bringing their dogs along. The catch is that Indian roads, weather, and long driving hours can be tough on pets. A sudden monsoon shower near Mumbai, peak summer heat in Rajasthan, or a bumpy ghat section in Uttarakhand can quickly turn an exciting trip stressful. The right accessories make the difference between a restless dog and a calm travel buddy. This guide covers the most useful road trip accessories for dogs, chosen with Indian conditions in mind.

Why Travel Accessories Matter for Indian Road Trips

India is a country of long distances and dramatic weather shifts. A drive from Bengaluru to Ooty can go from humid plains to chilly hill air within hours, and dogs feel these changes more sharply than humans do. According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, unsecured pets are at high risk during sudden braking, and heat stress can set in within minutes inside a parked car. Good accessories protect your dog and keep you focused on the road.

1. Car Safety Harness or Seat Belt

A car safety harness is the single most important accessory for any road trip. It clips into the seat belt buckle and keeps your dog secured on the back seat, preventing lunges toward the driver or injuries during hard braking. Look for padded chest support and crash-tested webbing. Small breeds like Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, or Indian Spitz puppies do well in booster seats with a built-in tether. Larger breeds such as Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and Indies suit a wide-strap harness attached to the rear seat belt.

2. Travel Crate or Soft Carrier

For dogs that get anxious in cars or for long overnight journeys, a well-ventilated travel crate offers a familiar, den-like space. Hard-shell crates are sturdier and preferred if you are flying domestically after the road journey. Soft carriers are lighter and easier to fold when not in use. The American Kennel Club recommends choosing a crate that lets your dog stand up, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Line it with a familiar blanket that carries the scent of home. You can browse durable options in the travel and outdoor range at PetsWorld for both crates and carriers built for Indian climates.

3. Collapsible Water Bowl and Insulated Bottle

Hydration is critical, especially during summer road trips across Gujarat, Rajasthan, or Tamil Nadu, where daytime temperatures often cross 40 degrees Celsius. A collapsible silicone bowl fits into any door pocket and pops open for quick water breaks at petrol pumps or dhabas. Pair it with an insulated stainless steel bottle so your dog gets cool water even four or five hours into the drive. Avoid letting your dog drink from roadside puddles or open taps, which can carry bacteria and cause stomach upsets mid-journey.

4. Travel Food Container and Familiar Treats

Sudden diet changes can trigger loose stools and vomiting. Carry your dog's regular kibble in an airtight container to keep it fresh in humid coastal weather. Pack familiar treats for reward moments and long toll queues. Freeze-dried treats and single-ingredient chews travel well because they do not melt or spoil. Explore the dog treats and chews collection to stock up before your trip.

5. Travel Bed or Cooling Mat

A soft travel bed on the back seat gives your dog a defined space and reduces motion sickness. In summer, a gel-based cooling mat absorbs body heat and stays cool for hours without electricity, perfect for cars with weak rear AC. On winter drives to Shimla or Gangtok, swap it for a fleece-lined blanket.

6. Waste Bags, Wipes, and Seat Covers

Biodegradable poop bags are a must at every rest stop, and since most highway dhabas lack disposal facilities, carry a sealed pouch for used bags. Pet-safe wet wipes help clean muddy paws after a monsoon walk. A waterproof seat cover protects upholstery from fur, drool, and accidents. Hammock-style covers that clip to both headrests also stop your dog from slipping into the footwell during sharp ghat turns.

7. First Aid Kit and Updated ID Tag

A basic pet first aid kit should include gauze, antiseptic solution, tick-removal tweezers, and any regular medication your dog takes. The ASPCA recommends keeping vaccination records handy, especially for interstate trips where checkposts sometimes ask for proof. Attach an ID tag to the collar with your mobile number, and if your dog is microchipped, confirm the details are updated before you leave.

8. Chew Toys and Boredom Busters

Long hours in the car get boring quickly. A quiet chew toy or a treat-dispensing puzzle can keep your dog engaged during highway stretches. Avoid squeaky toys inside a moving vehicle, since they can distract the driver. Stuffable rubber toys filled with a bit of peanut butter or kibble work well for calm chewing. Have a look at the dog toys collection for travel-friendly picks that hold up to enthusiastic chewers.

9. Sturdy Leash, Collar, and Reflective Gear

Highway rest stops can be unpredictable. A strong leash with a locking clip prevents slips when trucks pass nearby. A reflective collar helps during early morning starts or late-evening arrivals. For beach trips to Goa or forest trails near Wayanad, a longer training leash gives safe exploring room.

10. Calming Aids for Anxious Travelers

Not every dog loves the car right away. Puppies and rescue dogs often show motion sickness, drooling, or whining during first trips. Calming sprays with pheromones, anxiety wraps, or vet-approved calming chews can help. Start with short 15 to 20 minute drives around your neighborhood before a full road trip.

Quick Packing Checklist for Indian Road Trips

Car safety harness or crate
Collapsible bowl and insulated water bottle
Regular food, treats, and airtight container
Travel bed, cooling mat, or blanket depending on season
Poop bags, wipes, and waterproof seat cover
First aid kit with vaccination records
Chew toys and calming aids
Reflective collar, ID tag, and sturdy leash

Weather and Route Tips for Indian Pet Parents

Plan driving hours around your dog's comfort. In peak summer, start before sunrise and take a long break during the hottest afternoon. During monsoon, keep a towel handy for wet fur and check tick prevention before forested areas in the Western Ghats. On hill routes, drive slowly on winding ghats to prevent nausea. For essentials like tick sprays, shampoos, and paw balms suited to Indian weather, the dog grooming and hygiene section has options built for humid and dusty conditions.

Final Thoughts

A road trip with your dog can be one of the most memorable experiences you share. The right accessories make the journey safer and more enjoyable. Start with essentials like a harness, water bowl, and first aid kit, then add comfort items based on your route and season. With a little planning, Indian highways open a whole new world of adventures for you and your four-legged co-pilot.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Is it safe to take my dog on long road trips in India?

Yes, road trips are generally safe if your dog is healthy, vaccinated, and secured with a proper harness or crate. Plan breaks every two to three hours, carry enough water, and avoid traveling during the hottest part of the day. Puppies under four months and senior dogs with health issues should get a vet check before long journeys.

2. What is the best way to secure my dog in the car?

A crash-tested safety harness attached to the seat belt is the safest option for most dogs. Small breeds do well in booster seats with tethers, while larger dogs benefit from wide-strap harnesses or a well-ventilated travel crate placed in the back of an SUV.

3. How do I prevent my dog from getting car sick?

Feed a light meal at least two hours before driving, keep the car well ventilated, and start with short practice drives. Face your dog forward instead of sideways, and avoid heavy meals or too many treats during the journey. If motion sickness continues, ask your vet about safe anti-nausea options.

4. Can I take my dog to hill stations like Manali or Ooty?

Yes, most Indian hill stations welcome pets, and many hotels and homestays are now pet-friendly. Carry a warm blanket, avoid steep hikes on the first day, and give your dog time to adjust to the cooler air and thinner atmosphere. Always check the pet policy of your accommodation before booking.

5. What documents do I need for interstate travel with my dog?

Carry an updated vaccination card, a rabies certificate, and a recent health record from your vet. Some states and forest areas may ask for these during checks. If you are flying part of the way, additional health certificates issued within ten days of travel are usually required.

6. How often should we take breaks during a road trip?

A good rule is to stop every two to three hours for water, a short walk, and a bathroom break. Puppies and senior dogs may need more frequent stops. Choose safe, shaded areas away from highway traffic and always keep your dog on a leash outside the car.

Six hours: Why the feed deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 23:00:04 +0700

By Douglas L. Fulnechek, DVM
Public Health Veterinarian
GTS Health

Of all the levers a broiler operation can pull in the final hours before a flock is harvested, few pay back as quickly — or cost as much — as the feed deprivation program. Get the timing right and you ship cleaner birds, hit your microbiological performance standards and protect every ounce of yield.

Timing the deprivation

Figure 1.

Unforgiving numbers

In the following scenario, the dollar math is painful.

Plant processes 1.2 million broilers per week.
Average live weight at catch is 6.7 pounds (3 kg).
Average live shrink is conservative — about 0.25% per hour.
Feed-conversion ratio (FCR) increases by about 0.005 per hour.
FCR is about 1.67.
Feed costs about $270 per ton (907 kg).
Plant sells whole carcasses for about $1.20 per pound.
Optimal feed deprivation period is 6 hours.
Actual feed deprivation period is 10 hours.

It is important to remember that you cannot value live shrink at whole-bird prices — it’s the dressed broiler that gets sold.

Final points

Here are important takeaways regarding feed deprivation:

Avoid feed outages, light interruptions and temperature extremes that trigger binge eating.
Count deprivation from the flock’s last meal to the kill blade. Catching, loading, transportation and lairage are logistics that occur within the deprivation window. They do not impact the clock.
Calculate feed-up time backward from the midpoint of the processing window.
Target empty but strong intestines — shorter beats longer.
Leave water available until the catch crew arrives.
Regularly evaluate intestinal tracts at the plant.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Six hours: Why the feed deprivation clock impacts feed conversion, yield, food safety and profit appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Sustainable animal welfare implementation for more efficient poultry farming

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 19:20:09 +0700

Over the last decades, there have been increasing attempts to implement animal welfare standards within the food production systems, aiming to prevent unnecessary suffering for animals. Particularly as regards poultry production, both for meat and eggs, many non-governmental campaigns have put birds’ welfare under the spotlight with the goal of improving their living conditions. They also made consumers more aware of some poultry production practices, stimulating their demand for greater welfare standards to be met by all stakeholders involved in the production chain, from farms to slaughterhouses. At the same time, it is beneficial for industry stakeholders to guarantee animal welfare: not only will they satisfy both market demands and legal requirements but they will also witness better animal performances and reduced losses, leading to substantial economic gain.

Economic benefits coming from animal welfare implementation: what do we know?

Despite the widely shared consensus on the financial returns coming from improved animal performances and reduced losses thanks to animal welfare implementation, the scientific community has not been providing the number of related studies one would expect, given the importance of the topic, especially for broiler producers. A systematic search of the relevant scientific literature (1982–2022) revealed that, although there was a significant and increasing number of articles addressing animal welfare, only a few of them focused exclusively on chicken production. These studies were mainly coming from North America, Europe, and Australia. Only seven articles, while also directly or indirectly evaluating what variables influenced the welfare of broilers, considered the economic impact of applying or failing to apply animal welfare principles without, however, specifically evaluating and estimating the economic returns coming from these welfare practices.

Guaranteeing a comfortable environment for birds is paramount to reduce mortality, as well as food and water wastage and, thus, increase profitability per bird. Comfort on a poultry farm is affected by many different factors that, in turn, are strictly intertwined: stocking density, litter and air quality, temperature, lighting, nutrition, and overall management practices. A quality litter, for instance, is influenced by variables such as inadequate ventilation, intestinal health, feed composition, stocking density, season, and bird live weight. Furthermore, there is a relevant body of studies that investigated the impact of stocking density on animals’ body weight gain, feed conversion ratio, and mortality, which would be worsened due to increased litter moisture, air ammonia concentrations, microbial loads in the environment, and cortisol levels associated with stress. Although mainly associated with high growth rate, lameness incidence also appears to be related to population density, as well as to diseases such as footpad dermatitis and hock burns, nutritional deficiencies, air quality, lighting and circadian rhythms, age, and management practices, including bird genetics. Animal comfort should be maintained also during transport to the slaughterhouse, including during handling and loading. Poor animal handling strategies at these stages, such as loading from different farms, are highly stressful for birds, resulting in increased mortality. Birds that die during transport are referred to as dead-on-arrival (DOA) and such deaths are considered to be caused by factors that act during the transportation process. Both DOA and other slaughter condemnations, greater in high-DOA flocks, carry clear economic consequences, and they may be related to both pathological or non-pathological causes. Research has demonstrated that DOA rates may be influenced by extreme climatic conditions, such as those in summer and winter, for which alternative transport management practices need to be implemented to keep animals within their thermoneutral zone. However, the stress suffered by birds during harvesting and transport remains one of the most harmful factors. Studies have reported a greater incidence of lung congestion and trauma in DOA birds, which can be directly related to stressful catching and transportation. Nonetheless, higher DOA rates may also be due to pre-existing diseases, such as ascites and osteomyelitis, and to a greater incidence of sudden death syndromes.

The Poultry Chain Management platform for a more efficient and sustainable poultry production chain

Regardless of the fact that mortality is recorded on farm or at arrival, all causes of death represent a financial loss that needs to be addressed. Aware of the great relevance of the topic, researchers have developed the Poultry Chain Management platform — an automated monitoring tool collecting data from the entire poultry production chain, from the arrival of the birds at the farm to the slaughterhouse. Data are then divided according to four production stages:

Breeding: temperature, humidity, luminosity, CO₂, and ammonia levels are recorded every 30 seconds;
Loading: monitoring of how batches are loaded into cages and trucks according to the operators’ arm swinging recorded by electronic bracelets;
Transport: mortality, duration of transportation, temperature, humidity, acceleration, ammonia, and CO₂ levels;
Slaughterhouse: number of animals killed and their physical conditions (broken wings, contusions, bruises, other broken bones), processing and packaging procedures (percentage of poorly eviscerated and poorly washed birds), quality of the meat (classified as “A” if most of the final meat is of high quality and “B” if otherwise).

Thanks to this integrated data collection, Key Performance Indicators could be identified and analyzed to highlight critical issues within each stage and, thus, improve the overall management of the chain.

Consumers’ perspectives

It is interesting to note that, although concerns about animal welfare are nowadays an established reality among both the stakeholders of the sector and the general public, no final consensus is shared by consumers towards what animal welfare is exactly and what ensures ethical living conditions for animals. There has been a study that divided consumers into three main categories depending on their perceptions of animal welfare in the broiler production systems. A first group (39% of involved individuals) “focused on space” as the main welfare factor, considering elements such as access to open air and low animal stocking density crucial to birds’ welfare. A second category of individuals (14%) “focused on the slaughter method” and, particularly, whether stunning was used. These first two consumer profiles had a more speculative view of the poultry rearing systems and, likely, a “one-dimensional” view of animals. Only about half (47%) of involved consumers “focused on multiple attributes”, demonstrating a balanced and comprehensive perspective on the complex concept of animal welfare. They seemed to hold a more nuanced perception of what the different broiler production systems are and, therefore, to be aware that animal welfare needs to be ensured through a wide range of different standards.

Final considerations

Especially in light of the expected increase in world population and, as a consequence, in the demand for animal food, poultry and, even more, broiler production is bound to play a crucial role in the global food security and protein supply, particularly in developing countries. Ensuring animal welfare, therefore, needs to go hand in hand with the growth of the sector. Not only because of ethical considerations but also due to the economic implications associated with poor welfare practices, such as reduced farm performances and consumer acceptance, and greater carcass condemnations. However, deeper considerations should be made in research to evaluate and describe the financial impact of welfare issues, especially for farmers, so as to raise their awareness on the benefits coming from good and sustainable animal welfare implementation while, at the same time, help them navigate their options to change their management strategies or, possibly, farm facilities. In fact, it should be acknowledged that ensuring higher welfare standards usually comes with greater production costs that farmers might not be willing to accept, especially in a highly competitive sector such as that of poultry farming, unless compensated by market mechanisms such as price premiums on the final products.

Source

Barbosa, D.K.; Heiss, V.A.R.C.; Burbarelli, M.F.C.; Seno, L.O.; Garcia, R.G.; Pietramale, R.T.R.; Caldara, F.R. Relationship Between AnimalWelfare Metrics, Production, Slaughter, and Economic Gain in Poultry Farming. Poultry 2025, 4, 48. https://doi.org/10.3390/poultry4040048 Licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License (CC BY 4.0) (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/).

Text summarized and editorially adapted by the Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine editorial team.

Portable Bowls, Bottles, and Feeders for On-the-Go Pets: A Practical Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 19:15:05 +0700

Weekend road trips to Lonavala, morning walks through Cubbon Park, long train journeys to visit family in Kolkata, or a quick vet visit across town in Delhi. Life with a pet in India involves plenty of movement, and every one of those outings raises the same practical question: how do you keep your pet fed and hydrated without turning the car into a mess or the backpack into a puddle? Portable feeding gear has quietly become one of the most useful categories for Indian pet parents. A good travel bowl, water bottle, or compact feeder can make the difference between a stressed, thirsty pet and one that stays comfortable through the journey. This guide walks through what actually works, what to look for, and how to build a simple on-the-go feeding kit.

Why Portable Feeding Gear Matters More Than You Think

India's climate is not gentle on pets. In cities like Ahmedabad, Nagpur, or Chennai, summer temperatures often cross 40 degrees Celsius, and dehydration can set in within minutes of outdoor activity. According to the ASPCA, pets can lose fluids far faster than owners realise during warm weather, and access to clean drinking water is one of the simplest ways to prevent heat stress. During monsoon, when unexpected downpours strand you at a café or park shelter, having a collapsible bowl means your dog does not have to drink from a puddle. And during festivals like Diwali, when you might be visiting relatives for hours, a portable feeder ensures meal times stay consistent, which matters for dogs on prescription diets or puppies on strict feeding schedules. Even short trips to the vet or the dog grooming salon become easier when a small hydration kit lives permanently in your car. Portable gear is not a luxury for frequent travellers alone; it is basic equipment for everyday urban pet life.

The Main Types of Portable Feeding Gear

Collapsible and Silicone Bowls

Silicone travel bowls fold flat, weigh almost nothing, and clip onto a leash or bag. They are the most versatile option for daily walks, café stops, and short outings. Food-grade silicone is dishwasher safe and does not retain odours, which is a genuine advantage in humid coastal cities like Mumbai or Kochi where plastic bowls quickly develop that stale smell.

Water Bottles with Built-In Bowls

These are the workhorses of Indian pet travel. A single-hand bottle with a flip-out trough lets you offer water mid-walk without stopping to unpack anything. Look for leak-proof valves and a lock button, because a bottle that empties itself inside your bag is a familiar frustration. Bottles between 300 ml and 550 ml suit most small to medium dogs for a two to three hour outing.

Compartmentalised Travel Feeders

For longer trips, especially train journeys or overnight stays, a two or three compartment feeder holds kibble, treats, and water separately. These are worth their weight for road trips to hill stations or beach holidays where you cannot always find pet-safe food nearby. Many models double as storage during the journey and serving bowls at the destination.

Slow Feeders and Puzzle Bowls

Travel-sized slow feeders help anxious pets settle in unfamiliar environments. They stretch meal time, which calms the nervous energy that often surfaces in new places. Pair one with a few high-value dog treats and even a car ride becomes manageable.

What to Look for When Buying

Not every portable bowl or bottle is built for Indian conditions. A few things genuinely matter.

Material safety comes first. Food-grade silicone, BPA-free plastic, and stainless steel are the three safe choices. The American Kennel Club notes that stainless steel is the most hygienic option because it resists bacterial buildup and does not scratch the way plastic does, though it is heavier for travel.

Leak resistance is the second big one. Test the bottle by turning it upside down in the sink at home before your first trip. A slow drip in the store display becomes a soaked seat cover on a Mumbai to Pune drive.

Capacity should match the trip length. A 300 ml bottle is fine for a park visit but insufficient for a three hour car ride in April.

Ease of cleaning matters more than most buyers realise. Narrow-necked bottles are impossible to scrub properly, and residue builds up quickly in warm weather.

Weight and clip design decide whether you actually carry the thing. A bowl that lives in a drawer because it is too bulky is not a portable bowl.

Building a Travel-Ready Feeding Kit

A practical on-the-go kit for an Indian pet parent usually contains four items. First, a collapsible silicone bowl clipped to your regular walk bag or the outside of a dog carrier. Second, a leak-proof water bottle with a built-in trough, filled fresh each morning during summer. Third, a small zip pouch with a day's worth of kibble in a sealed container, plus a few training treats. Fourth, a lightweight microfibre cloth for wiping paws, spills, and the bowl itself before folding it back into your bag.

For train travel, the Indian Railways permits pets in specific coaches with prior booking, and the IATA travel guidance for air journeys recommends offering water at every rest stop and small, familiar meals rather than large ones during transit. Keeping your kit consistent means your pet's routine barely shifts, even on a twelve hour journey.

Cleaning and Maintenance in Indian Weather

Humidity and heat accelerate bacterial growth in any container that holds food or water. Wash silicone bowls with warm soapy water after every use, especially during monsoon when mildew appears within a day or two. Stainless steel bowls tolerate boiling water, which is the easiest way to sanitise them after a long trip. Water bottles need attention to the valve, where residue collects invisibly. A pipe cleaner or narrow bottle brush should live with your kit.

Never leave water sitting in a bottle inside a parked car in Indian summer. Plastic can leach compounds when heated, and the water itself becomes a breeding ground for bacteria within hours. Empty, rinse, and refill fresh for each outing. This one habit prevents most stomach upsets that owners blame on outside food.

Matching Gear to Your Pet's Size and Routine

Toy breeds like Shih Tzus and Pomeranians do well with 200 to 300 ml bottles and shallow silicone bowls. Medium breeds such as Beagles and Indian Pariahs benefit from 500 ml bottles and standard collapsible bowls. Large breeds like Labradors, German Shepherds, and Rottweilers need 750 ml or larger bottles, and often a full-size travel feeder for longer outings.

Cats travelling to the vet or a boarding facility appreciate low, wide bowls that do not tip. For rabbits and small pets, sipper-style bottles that attach to a carrier are safer than open bowls, which spill easily in transit. Matching the gear to the pet, rather than buying the most popular model, is what makes a kit actually useful.

Final Thoughts

A well-chosen portable bowl, bottle, or feeder is one of those small purchases that changes how confidently you move around with your pet. It removes the low-level worry about hydration on a hot afternoon, keeps meal routines steady during festivals or holidays, and turns a stressful car ride into a manageable one. Match the gear to your pet, your climate, and how you actually travel, whether that is daily park walks in Bengaluru or long weekends in Goa. Browse the full range of dog travel and outdoor gear to build a kit that fits your routine.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much water should I carry for my dog on a day trip in Indian summer?

As a general guide, plan for roughly 50 to 70 ml of water per kilogram of body weight for a full day of activity in hot weather. A 15 kg dog on a Delhi summer outing should have access to at least 750 ml to a litre across the day. Offer small sips frequently rather than large amounts at once.

Are silicone travel bowls safe for daily use?

Yes, food-grade silicone is safe, dishwasher friendly, and does not leach chemicals at normal temperatures. Look for FDA-approved or LFGB-certified silicone on the label, and replace the bowl if it develops cracks or a persistent odour.

Can I use a portable feeder for my cat on train journeys?

Portable feeders work well for cats during travel, though most cats eat less when stressed. Offer familiar food in small portions and place the bowl inside the carrier rather than on the seat, so your cat feels secure while eating.

What is the best bowl material for pets prone to allergies?

Stainless steel is generally the safest choice for allergy-prone pets, as it does not harbour bacteria or trigger contact reactions the way some plastics can. Guidance from PetMD on bowl materials supports this for both dogs and cats.

How do I keep water cool in a portable bottle during peak summer?

Freeze the bottle halfway the night before, then top up with fresh water in the morning. The ice melts gradually and keeps water cool for three to four hours even in 40 degree heat.

Air Travel with Dogs: Accessories That Make It Easier

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 19:15:05 +0700

Flying with a dog is rarely a spontaneous decision. For most Indian pet parents, it involves weeks of paperwork, health checks, and quiet worry about how the little one will cope at 30,000 feet. The good news is that the right set of accessories can turn a stressful transit into a manageable, even calm, experience. From Mumbai to Guwahati or Bengaluru to Srinagar, thousands of dogs now travel by air every month, and the accessory market has evolved to meet the demands of Indian climates, cabin rules, and cargo hold conditions. This guide walks through the essentials that genuinely make a difference, along with practical tips shaped by how airlines in India actually operate.

Understanding Air Travel Rules for Dogs in India

Before shopping for accessories, it helps to know what Indian carriers permit. Air India currently allows small dogs in the cabin on select routes, while most other domestic airlines only accept pets in the cargo hold. International flights follow stricter rules, and dogs travelling out of India need an export health certificate from a government veterinarian, along with updated vaccination and microchip records. The Directorate General of Civil Aviation sets the broad framework, but each airline publishes its own weight limits, breed restrictions, and crate specifications.

Snub-nosed breeds such as Pugs, Bulldogs, and Boxers face additional scrutiny because they are more prone to breathing distress during flights. Many carriers refuse to accept them during peak summer months, particularly on routes through cities like Delhi, Nagpur, or Ahmedabad where tarmac temperatures can cross 45 degrees Celsius. Planning your route and season is as important as choosing the right gear.

IATA-Approved Travel Crates: The Foundation of Safe Flying

The single most important accessory for air travel is a sturdy, airline-compliant crate. According to the IATA Live Animals Regulations, the container must be large enough for the dog to stand, turn around, and lie down comfortably, with secure locks, ventilation on at least three sides, and a leak-proof floor.

Cabin Carriers vs Cargo Kennels

For in-cabin travel, soft-sided carriers with mesh panels work well for dogs under seven kilograms. They fit under the seat and are easier to handle through security at airports like Kempegowda International or Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj International. For cargo travel, only hard-shell plastic kennels with metal fasteners are accepted. Avoid crates with plastic snap locks, since many Indian airlines reject these at check-in. Attach a Live Animal sticker, arrows indicating the upright position, and a pouch containing your dog's health certificate and contact details. Investing in a well-fitted crate from a trusted collection of dog travel accessories saves last-minute panic at the counter.

Comfort Accessories That Ease the Journey

Even the best crate feels harsh without proper padding. A washable orthopaedic mat or a soft fleece liner provides insulation against cold cargo holds, which often drop to around 7 degrees Celsius during cruise. For summer travel, breathable cotton liners work better than synthetic ones.

Attach a spill-proof water dispenser to the crate door. Regular bowls slosh during turbulence and leave your dog dehydrated by landing. Freeze the water the night before so it melts slowly through the journey, giving a steady supply without spillage during taxi and takeoff. Absorbent training pads placed under the liner catch accidents, which are common even for well-trained dogs during long-haul flights or delayed layovers on humid days in Chennai or Kolkata.

Temperature control matters as much as bedding. During monsoon travel, avoid thick woollen blankets that hold moisture and cause skin irritation. A thin, quick-dry mat works better in coastal cities where humidity stays high through the year. In winter routes to Chandigarh or Dehradun, add an extra fleece layer without blocking ventilation slots.

A familiar-smelling blanket or an unwashed t-shirt from home makes the crate feel safer. Dogs rely heavily on scent for reassurance, and the American Kennel Club recommends crate acclimation with familiar bedding for at least two weeks before any long journey.

Identification and Safety Essentials

Losing track of a pet at a busy airport is every owner's worst fear. A double-layered identification system reduces the risk significantly. Start with a sturdy collar or a padded harness carrying an engraved metal tag with your name, mobile number, and destination address. Add a second tag with the flight number and date of travel.

Microchipping is mandatory for international travel and strongly advised for domestic flights too. Keep a printed copy of the microchip registration in the crate pouch along with vaccination records. Reflective harnesses and leashes are useful during early morning or late-night airport transfers when visibility drops. A well-fitted harness from a reliable range of dog collars and harnesses also gives you better control during the walk from the terminal to the aircraft.

Carry a compact first-aid kit with cotton, antiseptic wipes, and any regular medication your dog takes. Airlines rarely stock pet-specific supplies, and finding a veterinary pharmacy inside an airport is nearly impossible.

Calming Aids for Anxious Flyers

Flight anxiety in dogs is real, and the roar of jet engines combined with cabin pressure changes can trigger panic even in confident pets. The American Veterinary Medical Association discourages the use of sedatives during air travel because they can affect balance and breathing at altitude. Instead, focus on non-pharmaceutical calming aids.

Pheromone sprays that mimic the natural dog appeasing pheromone can be sprayed on the crate bedding around 30 minutes before departure. Calming collars work on the same principle and last several weeks. Long-lasting chew toys keep the jaw busy and release soothing endorphins during the flight. A silicone lick mat smeared with a thin layer of peanut butter or plain curd works wonders during boarding.

For dogs with severe anxiety, consult your veterinarian at least a month in advance. A short course of behavioural conditioning, combined with the right selection of calming dog toys and chews, often produces better results than medication. Practice short car rides inside the travel crate to build positive associations with confined spaces.

Post-Flight Recovery Kit

The journey does not end at baggage claim. A recovery kit ensures your dog settles quickly at the destination. Pet-safe grooming wipes remove the smell of the cargo hold and any accidents. A collapsible silicone bowl allows you to offer water immediately after landing, since dehydration is common after long flights.

Pack a small container of your dog's regular food along with a few familiar treats. Sudden diet changes on top of travel stress often cause loose stools. If you are flying during the monsoon season to cities like Kochi or Kolkata, carry a quick-dry towel and a light raincoat to protect your dog during the walk to the taxi. Booking a pet-friendly cab in advance saves the awkward negotiation at the pickup point, especially at smaller airports where drivers may hesitate.

Once you reach the destination, give your dog a quiet corner with familiar bedding for the first few hours. Avoid crowded introductions, long walks, or heavy meals until behaviour returns to normal. Most dogs bounce back within a day when the essentials are handled well, and the accessories you choose for the flight are what make that recovery smooth.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1. Which Indian airlines allow dogs in the cabin?

Air India currently permits small dogs in the cabin on select domestic and international routes, subject to a combined weight limit of around seven kilograms including the carrier. IndiGo, Akasa Air, and SpiceJet do not accept pets in the cabin, though some allow cargo transport with prior booking. Always confirm the latest policy directly with the airline before booking your ticket.

Q2. What size crate do I need for my dog?

The crate must be large enough for your dog to stand fully upright without touching the top, turn around comfortably, and lie down in a natural position. Measure from the nose to the base of the tail and from the floor to the top of the head or ears, then add a few centimetres for movement. IATA provides detailed sizing charts categorised by breed.

Q3. Can I sedate my dog before a flight?

Veterinary bodies including the AVMA advise against sedation for air travel because it can interfere with breathing and balance at altitude. Non-drug calming aids such as pheromone sprays, familiar bedding, and calming chews are safer alternatives. Speak to your veterinarian if your dog has severe travel anxiety.

Q4. How do I prepare my dog for the crate before the flight?

Start crate training at least two to four weeks in advance. Leave the crate open at home with treats and favourite toys inside so your dog explores it willingly. Gradually increase the time spent inside, then simulate short car journeys in the crate to mimic actual travel conditions.

Q5. Are there specific rules for flying with dogs during Indian summers?

Yes. Most airlines impose heat embargoes between April and June, refusing cargo bookings when ground temperatures at the origin, transit, or destination airport exceed a set limit, usually around 29 to 32 degrees Celsius. Snub-nosed breeds face year-round restrictions on many carriers. Early morning or late-night flights offer the safest options during peak summer.

Q6. What documents should I carry when flying with my dog?

Carry the vaccination record with a valid anti-rabies certificate, a fitness-to-fly certificate issued within 10 days of travel, the microchip registration, and the airline's pet booking confirmation. For international flights, add the export health certificate from a government veterinarian, an import permit from the destination country, and any blood test reports the destination requires.

Inside Modern Hatcheries: Why People Still Power Performance

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 15:55:04 +0700

The role hatcheries play in modern poultry production is significant, laying the foundation for flock health and business performance. As hatcheries utilize more automation and technologically advanced equipment, the role people play in driving performance can be overlooked. Hatchery experts suggest the importance of skilled personnel and operational discipline is only growing stronger.

“Proficient staff are vital to all hatchery operations because every detail can directly impact hatchability and chick quality,” said Ekapol (Duke) Pruengpanyanont, Cluster BioDevice Support Specialist – APAC for Zoetis.

The reality is becoming more important as hatchery managers face growing pressure to improve consistency, maximize flock performance, and operate efficiently amid ongoing labor and disease pressure.

Technology depends on human execution

While modern hatcheries rely on automation and advanced vaccine delivery systems, experts caution that technology alone does not guarantee results.

“When we talk about our in ovo vaccination device, it performs critical vaccination functions in the hatchery,” said Dr. Nicky Love, global hatchery veterinary and technical services manager at Zoetis. “However, things can go very wrong if everything around the in ovo process is not taken care of and that requires people.”

Love said issues such as hygiene lapses, inconsistent vaccine handling or overlooked daily maintenance needs can quickly undermine otherwise reliable systems. Trained staff who monitor check steps surrounding in ovo vaccination can have a tremendous impact.

“You can have the best equipment in the world, but if seemingly small things wrong, the outcome is not great,” she said.

This operational reality is reshaping how hatcheries approach workforce development. Rather than reducing labor demands, technology is changing the type of expertise hatcheries require. Process oversight and continuous training are becoming more important for hatchery personnel at every level.

Why daily habits matter

Hatchery teams operate in environments where small inconsistencies can create large downstream consequences.

From visiting hatcheries around the world, both Love and Pruengpanyanont summarize what successful hatcheries are focused on:

Biosecurity and hygiene

Quality control measures

Cross training and retraining

Cultures where employees are encouraged to identify areas for improvement

Love said one of the biggest risks hatcheries face is the gradual normalization of shortcuts.

“We do things so often day in and day out that we start to find shortcuts,” she explained. “And then when that person trains the next person, they train all those shortcuts.”

Small deviations can often have an outsized impact on any number of factors, including vaccine efficacy. In the controlled environment of the hatchery, staff have the unique opportunity to improve consistency and early flock protection but only when operational execution remains strong.

The best hatcheries build a culture of improving

Some of the world’s most successful hatcheries are not necessarily the most technologically advanced. Instead, high-performing operations share common culture

characteristics, including paying attention to details, being open to feedback, and providing continuous learning for teams.

Pruengpanyanont said he has visited hatcheries in regions with limited access to advanced technology that still consistently produce strong chick quality because they execute the fundamentals exceptionally well. These hatchery leaders are also open to specialized knowledge in areas such as embryology and immunology that Zoetis can provide to help teams understand the “why” behind everything they do.

“We have local teams who work with veterinarians and hatchery managers every day to look holistically at hatchery operations, build on what they are doing well and address challenges,” he said, encouraging decision makers “to not underestimate the value an outside partner can bring to provide objective insights and tailored services that may be needed.”

However, in many regions of the world, finding and retaining skilled labor is a challenge. This is where external expertise can play an even bigger role. Beyond being a biodevice and vaccine provider, Zoetis Hatchery Health Team members work alongside hatchery personnel to reinforce best practices, identify opportunities for improvement and help bridge knowledge gaps that may emerge as turnover occurs.

The Zoetis team’s support extends beyond local field personnel to include specialists in embryology, immunology, equipment maintenance, flock management, research and development, creating access to a breadth of expertise that many hatcheries would find difficult to maintain internally.

“The goal is not simply to solve problems when they occur, but to proactively transfer knowledge and build confidence in day-to-day hatchery decision making,” said Pruengpanyanont. This model is about empowering hatcheries by drawing on our experience collected from hatcheries all over the world, he added.

Looking ahead, the important role that hatchery operations play in flock health suggests that human expertise will remain essential to making systems work effectively. Even the most advanced hatchery technologies still depend on people to deliver results

EU poultry meat market records higher output and lower broiler prices

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 15:45:10 +0700

EU production rose by 5.1% in January-April 2026. Imports increased faster than exports, while broiler prices remained below 2025 levels.

Poultry meat production and trade increased in the European Union during the first four months of 2026. Imports grew faster than exports, while the average broiler price in week 32 was lower than one month and one year earlier.

The figures come from the latest European Commission poultry meat dashboard, updated on 13 August. The production and trade data cover January-April 2026, while the latest price refers to week 32.

EU poultry meat production rises by 5.1%

EU poultry meat production increased by 5.1% in the first four months of 2026 compared with the same period in 2025, according to Eurostat data included in the dashboard.

Production rose in most Member States, although national trends differed widely. Hungary recorded the largest increase, at 21.7%, followed by Poland at 15.1% and Romania at 14.8%. Output also grew by 12.4% in Latvia and 10% in Cyprus.

Several major producers reported lower volumes. Production declined by 1% in France, 2.7% in Italy and 4.1% in Germany. Sweden registered the largest fall, at 6.7%.

The dashboard also shows the structure of European poultry meat production. EU output totalled 14.32 million tonnes in 2025. Poland was the leading producer, with 2.89 million tonnes and a 21% share of the total.

Spain accounted for 13% of EU production, France for 12%, Germany for 11%, Italy for 10% and the Netherlands for 6%. Together with Poland, these five countries represented 72% of EU output.

Broiler meat accounted for 87.1% of poultry meat production. Turkey represented 9%, duck 2% and other poultry meat 1.8%.

EU broiler price down 6.7% year on year

The average EU broiler price stood at €281.67 per 100 kg of carcase weight in week 32. It was 3.1% lower than the previous week and 7.4% below the level recorded one month earlier. Compared with the same week in 2025, the price was down by 6.7%.

The Commission also compares the broiler farm price with directly attributable fattening costs. Feed is the largest cost included in the calculation, followed by other costs and energy.

The chart does not cover every cost borne by poultry farms and therefore cannot be used as a complete measure of production costs or profitability.

Production and price figures also refer to different periods. The dashboard reports their respective movements but does not establish a connection between the increase in output and the decline in the broiler price.

Poultry meat imports grow faster than exports

EU poultry meat exports reached 695,407 tonnes between January and April 2026, 2.1% more than in the same period of 2025. Their value increased by 3.5% to €1.74 billion.

The United Kingdom remained the largest destination, receiving 242,046 tonnes. This was 0.2% more than in January-April 2025.

Exports to Ghana rose by 18.5% to 70,444 tonnes, while shipments to the Democratic Republic of the Congo increased by 22.4% to 49,159 tonnes. The strongest percentage growth among the main destinations was recorded for the Philippines, where exports rose by 48.1% to 22,209 tonnes.

EU poultry meat imports totalled 362,326 tonnes, an increase of 7% compared with the first four months of 2025. Import value rose by 1.9% to €963.2 million.

Brazil was the largest supplier, with 154,649 tonnes, 31.7% more than in the same period last year. The country accounted for 42.7% of total EU poultry meat imports during the period.

Ukraine was the second-largest supplier, with 76,993 tonnes, an increase of 7.9%. Imports from Thailand rose by 6% to 61,811 tonnes.

Imports from the United Kingdom moved in the opposite direction, falling by 32.4% to 41,977 tonnes. The country nevertheless remained the leading destination for EU poultry meat exports. Imports from China also declined, falling by 5.6% to 20,678 tonnes.

Volume and value did not always follow the same pattern. Imports from Ukraine increased by 7.9% in volume but declined by 11.3% in value. The dashboard does not include a product-level breakdown that would explain the difference.

EU poultry meat market at a glance

Indicator	Result
EU production, January-April 2026	+5.1% year on year
EU exports, January-April 2026	695,407 tonnes, +2.1%
EU imports, January-April 2026	362,326 tonnes, +7.0%
EU broiler price, week 32	€281.67/100 kg, -6.7% year on year

EU poultry meat exports exceeded imports by 333,081 tonnes during the first four months of 2026. The EU therefore remained a net exporter in volume terms over the period covered by the trade data.

The dashboard presents three distinct developments: higher production, growth in both exports and imports, and a broiler price below the levels recorded one month and one year earlier. Imports showed the strongest rate of increase, while production trends varied considerably between Member States.

Source: European Commission, DG Agriculture and Rural Development, Poultry Meat Dashboard, updated 13 August 2026.
13 AUGUST 2026 Dashboard: Poultry meat

Conceptual Foundations of the Water Footprint: Components, Scope, and Application in Water Management

Edusehat — Tue, 18 Aug 2026 05:25:06 +0700

* By Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana

In an era of global environmental strain, efficient resource management dictates aquaculture sustainability. Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana establishes the conceptual foundations of the aquaculture water footprint. By decomposing usage into blue, green, and gray components, this analytical framework maps direct farm consumption alongside indirect supply chain pressures, offering stakeholders a robust, lifecycle-based tool to maximize water-use efficiency and protect local watersheds.

In a global context marked by increasing pressure on water resources, efficient water management has become a determining factor for the sustainability of productive systems, especially in aquaculture.

This sector depends directly on the availability and quality of water resources, not only as the physical medium for cultivating aquatic organisms, but also as an element that conditions productivity, animal health, welfare, and the relationship between the production system and surrounding ecosystems. In this context, the water footprint emerges as a key indicator for understanding not only how much water is used, but also how, where, and with what impacts it is utilized throughout the value chain.

The application of the water footprint in aquaculture systems makes it possible to reveal dynamics that have traditionally been addressed only partially, such as water abstraction and recirculation, evaporation losses, effluent discharges, pollutant loads associated with farming activities, and the indirect use of water embedded in inputs such as feed, energy, and other materials required for production.

The water footprint quantifies freshwater volumes used per product unit or system. It is tied to virtual water, illustrating how trade implicitly transfers resource pressures from consuming territories to producing regions worldwide.

In this way, the analysis is not limited to the volume of water present in ponds, raceways, cages, or recirculating systems, but rather incorporates a broader perspective on the water pressures generated directly and indirectly by aquaculture activities.

This article establishes the conceptual foundations necessary to understand the water footprint as an analytical and management tool in aquaculture systems, addressing its main components, the distinction between direct and indirect water footprints, and the concept of virtual water.

Based on this approach, the aim is to provide a theoretical framework that facilitates the interpretation of results and supports decision-making processes aimed at improving water-use efficiency, reducing impacts on water bodies, and strengthening the environmental sustainability of a growing sector that is increasingly demanding in productive, sanitary, and environmental terms.

Water Footprint

The water footprint is an indicator that quantifies the volume of freshwater used to produce a good, provide a service, or sustain the consumption of a person, community, company, or country. Depending on the objective of the analysis, it may be expressed per unit of product, per hectare, per monetary unit, or for an entire system.

The concept is closely related to that of virtual water, understood as the volume of water incorporated directly and indirectly into the production of goods and services that are subsequently traded or consumed elsewhere. From this perspective, when a product is exchanged, the water required to produce it is also implicitly transferred.

The notion of virtual water was an important foundation for the subsequent development of the water footprint approach, as it highlighted how consumption and trade can shift water pressures from consuming territories to producing territories.

The blue footprint measures surface and groundwater consumption via evaporation or incorporation. Conversely, the green footprint tracks soil-stored rainwater evapotranspired by crops, reflecting indirect water use embedded in commercial aquaculture feeds.

However, the water footprint should not be interpreted solely as an isolated volumetric value. Its significance depends on the hydrological and territorial context in which water use occurs. The same volume may have very different implications depending on whether it is associated with a water-abundant basin or a region affected by scarcity, competition among users, or water quality degradation. Therefore, the water footprint is most useful when interpreted together with information on water availability, seasonality, resource quality, and ecosystem requirements.

Conceptually, this approach is divided into three main components: blue water footprint, green water footprint, and gray water footprint (Figure 1).

Blue water footprint

The blue water footprint corresponds to the consumption of freshwater originating from surface or groundwater bodies, that is, from rivers, lakes, reservoirs, and aquifers, which does not return to the same basin at the same place and time, either because it evaporates, becomes incorporated into the product, is transferred to another basin, or returns at a time different from that required by the hydrological system (Figure 2). In aquaculture, this component mainly includes water used for pond filling and exchange, facility cleaning, hydraulic transport, and replacement of losses caused by evaporation or infiltration.

Evaporation is usually the dominant loss component, especially in extensive and semi-intensive aquaculture systems due to the large exposed surface areas. Nevertheless, all relevant loss mechanisms should be considered, including those associated with water transport, processing, and disposal.

In intensive aquaculture systems, reductions in the blue water footprint have been supported by technologies such as Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS) and Biofloc Technology (BFT), which significantly reduce water exchange through internal reuse. RAS employ mechanical and biological filtration processes to remove suspended solids and transform nitrogen compounds, while BFT systems rely on microbial communities to recycle nutrients and convert nitrogen into biomass that can be utilized by cultured organisms.

The gray water footprint represents the theoretical freshwater volume required to assimilate pollutant loads, such as ammonia, phosphorus, and biochemical oxygen demand, ensuring receiving water bodies maintain acceptable local quality standards.

From a productive perspective, the blue water footprint is the dimension most closely associated with physical water scarcity, allocation conflicts, and overexploitation of water sources. Its relevance, however, depends not only on the extracted volume but also on local water availability and the environmental requirements of the watershed.

A particular case is harvested rainwater: if it is collected and used before becoming runoff, it is generally accounted for as blue water footprint; if it remains in the soil and is used by vegetation, it corresponds to green water footprint. This distinction is important because it shows that the classification of the same resource depends not only on its origin, but also on how it is integrated into the production process.

Direct footprints quantify visible operational use within the aquaculture farm. Indirect footprints capture upstream supply chain impacts, including feed manufacturing, input processing, and energy production, demanding a comprehensive lifecycle assessment perspective.

Green water footprint

The green water footprint corresponds to the use of rainwater stored in the soil and available to plants, which is subsequently evapotranspired or incorporated into biomass (Figure 3). This component is particularly important in agricultural, forestry, and livestock systems that depend on soil moisture derived from precipitation.

Unlike the blue water footprint, the green footprint does not necessarily imply direct abstraction from rivers or aquifers, but it does represent the appropriation of water available within the territory to sustain biological production. In aquaculture, this appears as an indirect green water footprint associated with the production of agricultural ingredients used in balanced feeds, such as corn and soybeans, whose growth depends significantly on rainfall.

The incorporation of the green water footprint was a decisive contribution of the water footprint approach, as it broadened the traditional perspective focused solely on abstracted or artificially distributed water. Conceptually, it recognizes that a significant part of agricultural and livestock production depends on natural water flows that also possess ecological and productive value.

However, its interpretation requires caution, since the use of green water does not automatically imply the absence of impacts. Changes in land cover, soil management, or productive expansion may alter rainfall partitioning, infiltration, runoff, and other relevant ecological processes.

Gray water footprint

The gray water footprint represents the theoretical volume of freshwater required to assimilate a pollutant load until a specified water quality standard is met (Figure 4). It does not represent physically consumed water, but rather the volume needed to dilute or absorb pollutants so that the final concentration remains within acceptable limits. This component integrates the relationship between production and water quality deterioration, including both point-source discharges and diffuse inputs such as runoff or leaching.

In aquaculture, this component is closely related to the discharge of nutrients, organic matter, and suspended solids originating from uneaten feed, feces, nitrogenous metabolites, and products used in sanitary management. The main compounds associated with the gray water footprint include ammonia nitrogen, nitrites, nitrates, phosphorus, and biochemical oxygen demand (BOD).

The gray water footprint depends directly on local conditions, since both natural concentrations and water quality standards may vary among watersheds and types of water bodies. For this reason, the same pollutant load may generate different gray water footprint values depending on the geographical context.

A value greater than zero for this parameter does not necessarily imply non-compliance with regulations, but rather indicates the use of part of the assimilative capacity of the system. However, when this indicator exceeds the water availability of the receiving body, it demonstrates that the pollutant load surpasses its dilution capacity.

Direct and Indirect Water Footprint

In addition to being analyzed according to its blue, green, and gray components, the water footprint can also be assessed according to the location within the value chain where water use or resource appropriation occurs. Under this approach, a distinction is made between direct and indirect water footprints, two complementary dimensions that allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the water dependency of aquaculture systems.

The direct water footprint corresponds to water used within the aquaculture production unit and associated with the system’s own operations, representing the visible and operational use of water resources within the aquaculture farm.

In contrast, the indirect water footprint comprises water used in upstream stages and throughout the aquaculture supply chain. In this case, the main contribution is generally related to the production of balanced feed, especially through the cultivation of agricultural raw materials, whose production incorporates significant volumes of water, particularly green water. Additionally, the indirect footprint includes water associated with the manufacturing of inputs, energy production, transportation, infrastructure, and other services required by the production system.

The true potential of water footprint metrics depends on local hydrological contexts. Assessing volumetric data alongside seasonal availability, resource quality, and ecosystem requirements helps operations improve efficiency and mitigate localized environmental impacts.

This distinction is particularly relevant in aquaculture because most water pressure does not occur at the visible point of consumption, but rather upstream in the production chain, particularly in feed manufacturing. Therefore, an analysis limited solely to direct consumption may considerably underestimate the system’s actual dependency on water resources and their associated impacts; consequently, a holistic assessment requires a life-cycle perspective rather than an operational on-site measurement.

Analytically, it is important to emphasize that the direct and indirect categories do not replace the blue, green, and gray categories. Rather, they are complementary dimensions. The first classification indicates the type of water used or the pressure generated; the second indicates at which stage of the value chain that appropriation or impact occurs. Thus, an indirect footprint may simultaneously include blue, green, and gray components, just as a direct footprint may (Figure 5).

Conclusion

The water footprint constitutes a comprehensive tool for understanding the relationship between aquaculture and water resources, enabling the simultaneous assessment of water consumption, appropriation, and pollution throughout the production chain. Its application in aquaculture systems is particularly relevant because water acts not only as an input, but also as the primary biological support for production.

The distinction between blue, green, and gray water footprints, as well as between direct and indirect footprints, provides a robust analytical framework for studying the water dependency of goods, services, and territories. However, its true potential emerges when these components are interpreted according to local context, water availability, water quality, and the ecological conditions of watersheds.

* Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana
Clima Soluciones SAS Coordinador
Phone: +57 3219782480
Bogotá, Colombia

Innovative nesting system significantly reduces floor eggs, maximizing income

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 21:55:04 +0700

Poultry production continues to increase in the US, accounting for 40% of all egg production today. Although making it profitable and sustainable, it creates challenges for producers. It also paves the way for new ideas and technologies from industry suppliers.

One innovation taking the broiler industry by storm is Comfort Nest, a mechanical egg-laying system that more than doubles the nest size to accommodate high-yield broiler-strain hens.

“Hens are getting bigger and need more space to be comfortable in the nest and lay their eggs in today’s high-production systems,” says Doug Bertke, an engineer for VAL-CO, which designs and manufactures equipment and systems for poultry and egg production.

“We wanted to expand the nest and build on the success of our proven technology.”

Minimizing floor eggs

Introduced in 2019, Comfort Nest provides extra room and increased nest darkness that, according to Bertke, promotes optimum egg production while minimizing costly floor eggs.

VAL-CO field data with Comfort Nest show that increasing production by just five extra eggs per hen housed will provide an extra $2,875 per cycle ($0.60/dozen eggs) — enough to offset labor costs required to gather and attempt to dry-clean floor eggs, Bertke says.

In addition, he says Comfort Nest easily accommodates today’s larger birds, which weigh 5% more than they did 10 years ago, according to industry figures.

Incidental reports from the field showed a strong response, says Andrew Thompson, VAL-CO territory sales manager.

“One customer producer had an average of 150 floor eggs a day,” he explains. “The Comfort Nest reduced floor eggs by two-thirds to an average of 50 eggs per day.”

Today, Comfort Nest accounts for more than 90% of VAL-CO’s nest-box business, Bertke adds.

“The acceptance of our Comfort Nest has greatly increased among growers and integrators,” he states. “The rest of the poultry market is going in that direction too, but we were the first to the market with this design.”

Creating a better nesting environment

When VAL-CO engineers began designing the Comfort Nest, they enlarged the original nest by removing every other nest divider to create 19-inch-wide nesting areas.

“The extra space gave us what we needed for the comfort of the birds,” Bertke explains. “But in the process, it allowed more light into the nest. We had to make sure the nests were dark enough, so the birds were still comfortable enough to lay their eggs.”

VAL-CO engineers used hen trials to determine how much light hens need to lay eggs and the optimum size of the nest opening to allow enough light.

“This is when we came up with covers that allowed enough opening for the birds and the right amount of light for nesting,” he says.

The design of the Comfort Nest also produced more useable floor space, at 19 inches X 12 inches in each nest, compared to the original single nest (5.5 inches X 10 inches).

“In a 500-foot hen house, the pad area increased 70%, which is a lot more available space to lay the eggs,” notes Thompson.

After determining what worked best for the hens, VAL-CO tested the nest in a four-barn site. Two barns had original-size nests, and two barns were equipped with the newly designed Comfort Nests.

“We found the amount of floor eggs was drastically lower in the barns with Comfort Nests compared to barns with the original nests,” Thompson reports. “The hens seemed to do better in Comfort Nests where they laid their eggs versus finding a dark spot on the floor.”

Features of Comfort Nest

Bertke describes the Comfort Nest as a modern evolution of the original design, providing hens with a private, well-ventilated and comfortable environment for laying eggs while ensuring smooth transfer onto the collection belt. Durable wire nest bottoms with plastic turf pads promote cleaner eggs, improve airflow and provide secure footing for hens.

Nests can be automatically programmed to open and close at specific times. An optional plastic tube kit is available to prevent egg expulsion when hens pile into a nest.

VAL-CO continues to use high-quality materials in the nests, including galvanized metal and ammonia-resistant plastic components to ensure long operational life.

For more information on the Comfort Nest and other product innovations, click here .

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Innovative nesting system significantly reduces floor eggs, maximizing income appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Veterinary Medical Gas System Planning: What Every Clinic Owner Must Know

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 21:50:07 +0700

When a practice owner decides to build a new clinic or renovate an existing space, the gap between what they envision and what ends up installed can cost thousands of dollars and create daily frustration for years. Medical gas systems, including central oxygen supply and waste anesthetic gas (WAG) evacuation, are among the most misunderstood elements of veterinary clinic construction. The good news: nearly every common problem is preventable with the right expertise involved from the start.

Having supported hundreds of clinic openings, our team at Dispomed has seen the same planning mistakes repeat themselves. This guide captures what every practice owner and clinic manager needs to know before finalizing drawings.

Common Installations Errors in Veterinary Medical Gas Systems Installation

Most new veterinary hospitals have their central oxygen systems installed by a certified plumber. This sounds straightforward but without detailed, specialty-specific direction, the result is often a technically compliant system that does not actually work well in practice.

Here are the installation errors we see most often:

Oxygen outlets positioned mid-table instead of at the head of the surgery table, forcing staff to work around the hose.
Outlets placed at the back of oxygen cages instead of the front, making patient connection awkward and unsafe.
Threaded connections installed where quick-connect fittings are required, creating incompatibilities with anesthesia machines.
Ceiling outlets supplied without a hose and quick-connect assembly, leaving the installation incomplete at commissioning.
WAG evacuation lines omitted or undersized, which creates ongoing compliance and safety concerns for clinic staff.

Each of these problems is easy to prevent during the design phase and expensive to fix once walls are closed.

Choosing the Right Oxygen Supply Method

The oxygen source must be selected before architectural drawings are completed. Each option carries different space, infrastructure, and long-term cost implications.

Central Oxygen Generator

High-volume or remote clinics. Requires dedicated equipment space, electrical service, and connection to a central piping system.

Oxygen concentrator

Supplies oxygen directly to a single anesthesia machine. Does not require a central piping system but has limited flow capacity and is not intended to supply multiple outlets simultaneously.

Compressed oxygen cylinders (H-tanks)

Small to mid-size practices Needs secure, ventilated storage area; simplest to install

This decision must be locked in before the floor plan is finalized. Changing the oxygen source after construction begins can require relocating walls, adding ventilation, or rerunning pipe all at significant cost. Explore Dispomed’s veterinary oxygen systems to compare options before your planning meeting.

Final Verification Before Your First Patient

Before any patient enters the clinic, every medical gas outlet must be physically verified:

Ceiling-mounted outlets must have a hose with the correct quick-connect fitting properly attached.
Wall-mounted outlets should terminate in a quick-connect fitting directly at the wall plate.
Each anesthesia machine must be supplied by a hose of the correct diameter and length, with matching fittings.
WAG evacuation connections must be tested for proper suction and airflow at each operatory.

A system that is thoughtfully installed will improve clinical efficiency from day one and for years to come. Installed incorrectly, it becomes a permanent daily reminder of decisions that should have been made earlier.

FAQ

It depends on your anticipated caseload and facility size. Compressed cylinder systems are the simplest starting point for smaller practices. High-volume clinics or those in remote areas often benefit from an oxygen generator. Liquid oxygen suits large multi-OR hospitals with high daily usage. This choice must be made before drawings are complete.

Waste anesthetic gas (WAG) evacuation sometimes called a scavenging system removes excess anesthetic gases from the operatory environment to protect staff health. It is a critical safety component in any clinic performing inhalant anesthesia. Dispomed’s Moduflex Evacuation line is designed specifically for veterinary applications.

Yes. Beyond supplying equipment, Dispomed brings hands-on clinic opening experience to help you get the layout right from the start before costly corrections become necessary. Learn more about our clinic opening support services.

Medical gas piping is typically installed by a certified plumber, but the system design outlet placement, supply method, WAG routing must be specified by someone with veterinary workflow expertise. A plumber will install what is on the drawing. If the drawing is wrong, the installation will be too. This is where early involvement from a specialized supplier makes a measurable difference.

Each evacuation outlet should produce measurable negative pressure (suction) at the point of use. Flow should be tested at every operatory before the clinic opens, and periodically thereafter. A system that has never been tested is not a system you can trust. If you are unsure whether your current setup is performing correctly, Dispomed’s equipment maintenance services include system verification.

Start Your Clinic Project the Right Way

Great planning starts with the right partner. Whether you are designing your first practice or renovating an existing space, Dispomed’s team brings both the equipment expertise and the real-world clinic opening experience to help you avoid the most common and most costly medical gas planning mistakes.

Learn How we Support Veterinary Clinic Openings

The expansion of Lactalis

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 18:35:06 +0700

Lactalis has been a superpower in the cheese making world for many years, with purchases of many brands globally. It is now further strengthening its hand in European and British cheese making with the announcement last Friday that it is purchasing Saputo UK’s operations, which include iconic brands such as Cathedral City and Wensleydale.

The Davidstow creamery will put up another new owner sign, having swapped the Dairy Crest one for Saputo back in 2019. It will be found under the Lactalis UK & Ireland (Lactalis Mclelland) branch, and this is expected to conclude subject to regulatory approvals by March 2027. The Lactalis UK & Ireland brand range includes items we regularly consume here at the house and this will add to the collection. See photo.

Lactalis has a habit of buying these companies and then letting them get on with it, it seems. I know that with one recent purchase down in the Southern Hemisphere, the company was quite enthusiastic about the benefits the dairy giant could bring to their operations.

Is the global takeover of these brands by Lactalis a good thing? We shall see. The British artisanal cheese makers work terribly hard and there are many quality brands who are making innovative products while still being family-owned – Heler Foods, Wyke Farms, Butlers, Dewlay, Combe Castle, Belton Farm, White Lake, Sharpham Cheese…

We are certainly graced with many good cheeses here on these isles. Does this still work when owned by a multinational? Not sure there is much impetus to change up a successful brand or add to the mix once you’re owned by Lactalis, but it does serve the local market, wherever it is. I buy Baron Bigod and I also buy President, because the former cheese is eaten so quickly at the house, we never get a chance to put it in sandwiches. Dang it.

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com Twitter: @dairyindustries
Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post The expansion of Lactalis appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

EuroTier 2026: DLG spotlights showcase the future of livestock farming

Edusehat — Mon, 17 Aug 2026 18:15:09 +0700

10-13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Leading theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming”– DLG Spotlights: Live demonstrations and special feature exhibitions focus on key topics at the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management www.eurotier.com

Covering all major livestock species, including pigs, cattle, poultry, horses, sheep and goats, the DLG Spotlights at EuroTier 2026 – the leading exhibition for livestock professionals, will showcase innovations and future-focused developments across the livestock sector. From 10 to 13 November, attendees can explore the latest developments in robotics, emission reduction and forage production. Among the highlights of the DLG Spotlights are the “TopTierTreff” (“Top Genetics”), where selected breeding animals are presented live, the “Barn Robot Event”, Emission Reduction and the new Forage Production focus. DLG (German Agricultural Society), the organizer of EuroTier, expects around 2,100 exhibitors from more than 55 countries at the global industry event in Hanover, Germany.

The EuroTier 2026 technical program covers all livestock sectors

The technical program of EuroTier 2026 includes lectures, panel discussions and networking formats covering all key areas of livestock production and related energy sectors. Complementing this program, the DLG Spotlights provide practical insights into the industry’s most important future-oriented themes. Through live demonstrations and curated special exhibitions, visitors can discover innovative technologies, processes and concepts designed to make livestock farming more efficient, sustainable and animal-friendly.

Practical DLG spotlights bring innovation to life

One of the key attractions for the cattle sector is the Barn Robot Event in Hall 13, where manufacturers of advanced milking technology will present their latest robotic solutions for automated milking systems. The focus will be on conversion concepts from conventional milking parlors to robotic systems, solutions for new barn construction projects and technologies for milking large dairy herds. Moderated demonstrations throughout the exhibition will provide practical insights into the potential of automation in modern dairy farming.

The DLG Spotlight “Emission Reduction” in Hall 17 will demonstrate how livestock farming and climate protection can be successfully combined in practice. Exhibitors will present innovative technologies and processes for reducing emissions in pig and poultry production. Through direct exchanges with industry experts and presentations on the adjacent Expert Stages for pigs and poultry, visitors will gain valuable insights into environmentally responsible and economically viable production systems.

The “TopTierTreff” (“Top Genetics”) in Hall 11 will once again serve as a central meeting place for national and international breeders in 2026. Leading breeding companies and organizations will present current breeding strategies while providing a platform for knowledge transfer, networking and innovation in dairy and beef cattle breeding. New in 2026, live animals can be viewed both at their stands and on a large panoramic video screen.

The DLG Spotlight “Forage Production” will celebrate its premiere at EuroTier 2026. In Hall 12, exhibitors will demonstrate how smart farming technologies can improve the quality of maize silage, grass silage and hay throughout the entire production chain, from harvesting to ensiling and storage. This offering will be complemented by the new “Forage Days”, taking place on 12 and 13 November. During these special theme days, the DLG Expert Stage Cattle, as part of the Forage Production Spotlight, will focus on the production of high-quality forage and its targeted use in ruminant nutrition.

Another new feature at EuroTier 2026 is the “Innovation Boulevard”. Located in a central area at the entrance to Hall 21, this special exhibition will feature products recognised with the Innovation Award, alongside other notable innovations in animal farming, feed, management and technology. Visitors will gain a concise overview of the latest developments and then have the opportunity to meet the product developers directly at their exhibition stands for more in-depth discussions.

Poultry suppliers in South Trinidad struggle amid severe shortfall

Edusehat — Sun, 16 Aug 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Poultry operators in South Trinidad are facing a critical shortage, receiving up to 50% fewer birds than usual, forcing some businesses to reduce staff or temporarily close their doors as chicken prices surge.

The shortfall has been ongoing for several months, with suppliers reporting dramatic reductions in weekly volumes. At the Lallbeharry Chicken Depot, a source confirmed the business previously sold about 7,000 chickens per week but is now receiving between 3,000 and 4,000 birds. At least one poultry depot in Penal has limited customers to two chickens each.

Prices surge as supply tightens

The retail price of chicken in parts of South Trinidad has increased from about $5.99 to as much as $9 per pound. The shortage has also resulted in smaller birds reaching the market, compounding the challenge for both retailers and consumers.

“Sometimes we have to close because we’re not getting any supplies right now,” said Jitta, a poultry depot operator. Customers confirmed difficulties sourcing chicken, with at least one depot limiting purchases to two chickens per customer.

Multiple factors behind the crisis

According to industry sources and the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, the shortage reflects a combination of factors affecting both imported chick supplies and local production.

International supply disruptions: St Mary’s Hatchery owner Vijay Bhagwat said that his supply of chicks from the United States had declined significantly. He attributed part of the wider supply disruption to international factors, including avian influenza outbreaks that have affected breeding flocks in several countries. According to Bhagwat, these disruptions have affected the local fertilised hatching egg market and reduced the number of chicks available for export and import.

Bhagwat also said that import constraints from the United States had limited the ability to supplement local shortages, with suppliers reporting reduced availability even at short notice.

Heat stress on local production: Extreme heat has also put additional pressure on local poultry production. The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries said exceptionally hot weather has affected poultry farmers, with some reducing the number of birds placed on farms to protect bird welfare, limit heat-related losses and maintain healthy growth.

Customers have also attributed part of the shortage to heat stress. One customer, Franklyn Ramsaroop, said some farms lacked adequate insulation and were therefore unable to maintain normal production levels.

Government response and outlook

The Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries says the current tightening in chicken supplies is temporary, with availability expected to improve in the coming weeks. Based on current hatchery projections, the Ministry expects an increase in chick availability over the next two weeks, with poultry supplies expected to progressively increase and return to full levels approximately three weeks later.

However, the Trinidad and Tobago Farmers’ Union has warned that the current chicken shortage could recur within the next six to 12 months if key structural issues are not addressed.

Long-term solutions under consideration

To strengthen the sector’s resilience, the Ministry is pressing ahead with new measures aimed at securing a more reliable supply of eggs and day-old chicks for local farmers. Central to the plan is a proposed Public-Private Partnership (PPP) to establish a large-scale poultry breeding and hatchery facility in Trinidad and Tobago.

If realized, the facility would produce fertile eggs, breeder stock and day-old chicks locally for both the broiler and layer industries. Officials say building this kind of domestic breeding and hatchery capacity would reduce the sector’s reliance on imported inputs, strengthen biosecurity and food security, conserve foreign exchange, generate employment and lower the risk of disruptions tied to international supply chains.

Alongside the hatchery initiative, the Ministry is working to diversify supply sources. The Netherlands has been approved as an additional source for hatching eggs and live chicks, joining the United States as an approved supplier.

The Ministry emphasised that simply increasing the number of egg farms will not, on its own, resolve supply shortages. A stable domestic egg supply depends on the strength of the entire poultry value chain, from access to quality layer chicks, feed and feed ingredients, and suitable housing, to reliable water and electricity, veterinary services, biosecurity, financing, labour, transportation, packaging and stable markets.

BranValt Takes Effect as New Global Brand for Bushel Plus

Edusehat — Sun, 16 Aug 2026 13:45:08 +0700

Bushel Plus Ltd., a global leader in harvest optimization technology and innovation, has officially transitioned to its new global brand, BranValt. First announced in January 2026, the name change is now in effect across the company’s operations, dealer network, communications, digital platforms, and industry presence worldwide.

The rebrand underscores the company’s transformation into a comprehensive provider of harvest optimization solutions, delivering integrated technologies, specialized training, and technical expertise that enable farmers to reduce grain loss, enhance combine efficiency, and safeguard crop value.

“BranValt reflects both our current capabilities and our long-term vision,” said Marcel Kringe, Founder and CEO. “By bringing our innovations, knowledge, and global reach together under a single identity, we are strengthening our ability to help farmers protect every bushel and improve profitability at harvest.”

Founded in Brandon, Manitoba, the company began with a practical solution for accurately measuring grain loss behind the combine. Today, BranValt offers a portfolio of harvest optimization solutions trusted by customers in more than 45 countries and supported by a global network of dealers and industry partners.

A Brand Built for a Growing Global Category

The company’s transition to the BranValt brand comes as harvest optimization emerges as a rapidly growing category within the global agribusiness sector. Farmers are increasingly adopting technologies that provide real-time performance insights, reduce grain loss, improve harvest timing and combine throughput, and optimize labor, fuel, and other operating resources.

According to MarketsandMarkets, the global precision harvesting market is projected to grow from $21.52 billion in 2025 to $29.79 billion by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6.7%.¹

Growth is being driven by rising labor costs and labor shortages, increasing emphasis on yield optimization and waste reduction, smart farming initiatives, and the expanding use of GPS, automation, sensors, connected equipment, data analytics, artificial intelligence, and IoT technologies.

Kringe said these systems provide farmers with greater visibility into harvest performance and can contribute to higher yields, improved grain quality, reduced crop damage, and lower operating costs.

“Harvest is becoming increasingly measurable and connected,” Kringe said. “Farmers want to know where losses are occurring, how their combines are performing, and what tools will help them capture more of the crop. The growth of this category reflects a clear shift toward using technology and data to make every harvest pass more efficient and profitable.”

Brazilian poultry exporters reject South African dumping claims, stressing a complementary role

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 23:15:04 +0700

Brazilian poultry exporters are rejecting claims that their shipments to South Africa amount to dumping, arguing that imports play a complementary role in the local market, particularly when domestic production is affected by disease outbreaks or shortages of specific poultry products.

The issue was discussed during the International Animal Protein Trade Show (SIAVS) in São Paulo, where Ricardo Santin, president of the Brazilian Association of Animal Protein (ABPA), said Brazilian poultry helps meet South Africa’s animal protein needs and supports supply during disruptions such as avian influenza.

Brazil’s position: complementing South African supply

Santin argued that Brazilian poultry exports should not be viewed simply as competition for South African producers. According to ABPA, Brazil supplies products that fill specific gaps in the South African market, including mechanically deboned meat (MDM).

MDM is widely used as an ingredient in processed meat products. Brazilian representatives argue that South Africa has limited domestic capacity to produce this ingredient and therefore relies heavily on imports for some processed-food applications.

Santin said South Africa was Brazil’s fourth-largest destination for chicken meat exports in 2025, with 336,022 tonnes, equivalent to 6.5% of Brazil’s total chicken exports, according to figures presented by ABPA at SIAVS. The United Arab Emirates, Japan and Saudi Arabia ranked ahead of South Africa.

ABPA said it has 140 member companies, whose combined operations account for approximately 15% of Brazil’s poultry exports and 98% of its pork exports. These figures are ABPA’s own organisational data.

“Protectionism from industry, not government”

Santin and Estevao Carvalho, ABPA’s executive manager for markets, argued that opposition to Brazilian poultry imports is largely driven by domestic industry concerns about competition.

“There is protectionism, not from the government, but from industry,” Santin said, arguing that Brazilian supplies can help maintain protein availability when South African production is disrupted by events such as avian influenza.

Carvalho also highlighted the importance of MDM in South Africa’s processed-food sector. He said much of the Brazilian poultry entering the country is MDM and argued that South African producers have limited capacity to replace these imports quickly.

Brazilian poultry entering South Africa is also subject to substantial import tariffs. Carvalho cited rates of 42% for deboned poultry, 62% for bone-in chicken and 82% for whole chickens. These are general import tariff rates for the relevant products and should not be confused with the separate anti-dumping duties imposed on certain frozen bone-in chicken portions.

Anti-dumping duties and a long-running trade dispute

The dispute over Brazilian poultry imports has a long history. South African producers have accused Brazilian exporters of dumping poultry products, and the issue has resulted in investigations and trade-remedy measures.

In 2022, the International Trade Administration Commission of South Africa (ITAC) concluded an investigation concerning frozen bone-in chicken portions originating in or imported from Brazil, Denmark, Ireland, Poland and Spain. The investigation resulted in anti-dumping duties being approved on these products.

The South African government subsequently suspended implementation of the duties for 12 months. The decision reflected concerns about food prices and the affordability of chicken for consumers.

The suspension expired in 2023. ITAC subsequently confirmed that the anti-dumping duties on frozen bone-in chicken portions from Brazil and the other countries concerned had been reinstated.

The duties should not, however, be described as a single 265.1% tariff applying to all Brazilian poultry. Different rates were established for different exporters, while the highest residual rate applied to exporters that did not cooperate with the investigation. The anti-dumping measures also concern specific frozen bone-in portions, rather than all Brazilian poultry products.

This distinction is particularly important because MDM and other poultry products are not necessarily covered by the same trade-remedy measures.

Food security and the role of imports

South African meat importers argue that imports play an important role in food security by filling supply gaps that domestic producers cannot immediately cover.

Georg Southey of Merlog Foods said imports have a stabilising role in South Africa’s food system, particularly for products that cannot be rapidly replaced at scale. He also said Brazil supplies a large share of the MDM used in affordable processed products such as viennas and polony.

Southey estimated that imports account for approximately 10% of South Africa’s total meat consumption and said imported poultry products support more than 100 million meals per week. These figures are industry estimates and should therefore be treated as such rather than as official national statistics.

The importance of imports can become more pronounced when domestic production is affected by animal-health problems. South African producers have faced disruptions associated with diseases including avian influenza, while foot-and-mouth disease and African swine fever have also affected other parts of the country’s livestock and meat sectors.

A dispute between food security and industry protection

The latest statements from Brazilian exporters and South African importers present the relationship as one of complementarity: Brazil supplies products that South Africa needs, particularly MDM, and can help maintain availability when domestic production is disrupted.

South African poultry producers, however, have historically argued that imported chicken can place pressure on domestic production, employment and investment. The South African authorities have used anti-dumping investigations and other trade measures to address allegations of unfair competition.

The dispute therefore involves more than the question of whether Brazilian poultry is competitively priced. It reflects a broader tension between protecting domestic poultry production and maintaining affordable food supplies.

The current debate should also be distinguished from the long history of Brazil-South Africa trade disputes at the WTO and in bilateral trade relations. Rather than describing the issue as a single unresolved WTO “chicken dispute”, it is more accurate to view the current controversy as part of a broader and long-running disagreement over poultry imports, tariffs, trade remedies, domestic production and food security.

For Brazil, the message from SIAVS 2026 is clear: Brazilian exporters want South Africa to be viewed as a market in which imports can complement domestic production rather than undermine it. For South African producers, however, the continuing use of trade-remedy measures shows that concerns about the competitive impact of imports remain significant.

VETCONVERGENCE 2026 – 2nd edition of Vice chancellors meets supported by IPEMA-Poultry India concludes successfully

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 19:30:09 +0700

VETCONVERGENCE 2026 – 2nd edition of Vice chancellors meets supported by IPEMA-Poultry India concludes successfully: Hon’ble Shri Bandaru Dattatreya, Former Union Minister, Government of India and former Governor of Himachal Pradesh, graced the conclave as Chief Guest.

Hyderabad, July 11, 2026 – VETCONVERGENCE 2026 brought together more than 30 Vice-Chancellors to impact actionable roadmap for the sustainable growth of the livestock and poultry sectors.

The 2nd Edition of the Vice-Chancellors’ Conclave – VETCONVERGENCE 2026, organized by Maharashtra Animal and Fishery Sciences University (MAFSU), Nagpur and supported by Indian Poultry Equipment Manufacturers Association (IPEMA)–Poultry India, was successfully held on 10th and 11th July 2026 at Hotel AVASA, Hyderabad.

The two-day event brought together more than 30 Vice-Chancellors from veterinary universities across India, policymakers, scientists, academicians, and industry leaders under the theme “Aligning Livestock Research with Industry Demand and Entrepreneurship Development.” The conclave focused on strengthening academia-industry collaboration to drive innovation, entrepreneurship, and sustainable growth in the livestock and poultry sectors.

Hon’ble Shri Bandaru Dattatreya, Former Union Minister, Government of India and former Governor of Himachal Pradesh, graced the conclave as Chief Guest. In his inspiring address, he emphasized making veterinary education and research more practical, industry-focused, and impact-oriented. He highlighted the need for universities to produce employable graduates equipped with hands-on skills and an entrepreneurial mindset, while stressing demand-driven research, technology transfer, and university-industry partnerships. Shri Dattatreya also specifically highlighted the involvement of the female workforce in the poultry sector promoting inclusive growth.

The conclave featured impactful panel discussions covering critical topics including reorienting veterinary research to demand-driven frameworks, entrepreneurship development and agri-business incubation, technology commercialization and start-up promotion, priority research areas for the poultry sector in the next decade, developing a collective roadmap with institutional commitments, and applications of Artificial Intelligence in the livestock sector.

The following six impactful panel discussions were conducted addressing critical priorities in veterinary research, entrepreneurship, technology commercialisation, poultry sector needs, institutional collaboration, and AI applications in the livestock sector.

Session I: Reorienting Veterinary Research from Publication-Driven to Demand-Driven Frameworks

Moderated by Shri Tarun Shridhar, IAS (Retd.), DG, ICFA, with Dr. Atul Dhok as Rapporteur.

Distinguished panellists shared insights on making veterinary research more industry-focused, impactful, and innovation-driven.

Session II: Entrepreneurship Development and Agri-Business Incubation in Veterinary Universities

Moderated by Dr. Niteen V. Patil, Vice-Chancellor, MAFSU, Nagpur.

Experts discussed strengthening entrepreneurship, innovation, and incubation ecosystems within veterinary education and the livestock sector.

Session III: Technology Commercialisation, Start-up Promotion, and Stakeholders Empowerment

Moderated by Dr. Nazeer Ahmad Ganai, Vice-Chancellor, SKUAST, Kashmir.

The session explored pathways to bridge research and enterprise, promoting startups and translating innovations into impactful ventures for the livestock sector and rural economy.

Session IV: Poultry Sector – Priority Research Areas for the Next Decade

Moderated by Mr. O. P. Singh, Managing Director, ABTL & Huvepharma India.

Industry leaders and experts identified key research priorities, technology adoption needs, and collaborative strategies to enhance the sector’s competitiveness and resilience.

Session V: Developing a Collective Road Map – Institutional Commitments and Actionable Outcomes

Moderated by Dr. Yashpal Singh Malik, Dy. Director General (Edn.), ICAR, New Delhi.

Leaders from academia, research, and regulatory bodies emphasised stronger collaboration, institutional commitments, and measurable strategies to drive innovation and growth in the livestock sector.

Session VI: Artificial Intelligence Applications in Livestock Sector

Moderated by Mr. O. P. Singh, Managing Director, ABTL & Huvepharma India.

The panel highlighted AI’s transformative potential in productivity, disease surveillance, precision farming, and building a more efficient, sustainable livestock ecosystem.

The Commemorative Souvenir of the 2nd Edition of the Vice-Chancellors’ Conclave, VETCONVERGENCE 2026, was unveiled during the inaugural session, symbolizing the shared commitment to collaborative progress.

Shri Uday Singh Bayas, President, IPEMA–Poultry India, led the IPEMA delegation along with Treasurer Shri M. Srikanth and other senior members, actively contributing to the deliberations. The event witnessed enthusiastic participation from key industry representatives including Prof. M. Gnana Prakash (VC, PVNRTVU), Suresh Chitturi (MD, Srinivasa Farms), O.P. Singh (MD, ABTL & Huvepharma India), and several others.

Dr. Niteen Vasantrao Patil, Vice-Chancellor of MAFSU, led the knowledge-sharing efforts on behalf of the organizers. Maharashtra Animal and Fishery Sciences University (MAFSU) excelled in fostering insightful discussions and enriching the overall quality of the conclave.

Shri Uday Singh Bayas, President, IPEMA–Poultry India remarked, “VETCONVERGENCE 2026 has successfully created a powerful platform for dialogue between academia and industry. The rich insights and commitments made here will translate into tangible outcomes that benefit farmers, entrepreneurs, and the entire livestock ecosystem, and most importantly Poultry sector.”

During the conclave, IPEMA–Poultry India unveiled the official poster for the 18th Poultry India Expo 2026. The World’s Largest Poultry Expo to be held at HITEX, Hyderabad, from 25–27 November 2026, preceded by the Poultry Knowledge Day on 24 November 2026, bringing together innovation, knowledge, and collaboration for the global poultry industry.

Source: IPEMA–Poultry India press release

Why Evaluating Water Chemistry and Fish Growth Performance Matters

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 01:55:07 +0700

Water quality is one of the most important factors determining success in aquaculture. Fish live, breathe, feed, and release waste into the same water. Changes in water chemistry can therefore influence their health, behavior, feeding activity, and growth.

Monitoring water chemistry alongside fish growth performance helps farmers identify problems early, improve feeding efficiency, reduce stress, and achieve more consistent production. The Food and Agriculture Organization emphasizes that water-quality conditions must be evaluated as interacting factors rather than isolated measurements.

Dissolved Oxygen Supports Growth and Metabolism

Fish need dissolved oxygen to convert feed into energy and support essential body functions. When oxygen concentrations decline, fish often become less active and consume less feed. Prolonged exposure to low oxygen can increase stress, weaken disease resistance, and reduce growth.

Adequate aeration, circulation, and regular oxygen monitoring help maintain conditions in which fish can feed normally and use nutrients efficiently.

Oxygen requirements vary according to species, water temperature, fish size, stocking density, and production system. Farmers should therefore establish operating targets that are appropriate for the fish being raised.

pH Affects Fish and the Entire Aquatic System

Water pH affects fish physiology, microbial activity, mineral availability, and the behavior of other chemicals in the water. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s guidance on pH explains that pH influences many chemical and biological processes and can change the toxicity and availability of other substances.

Sudden pH changes can stress fish even when the final measurement falls within a generally acceptable range. Stable pH supports healthy biological processes and helps beneficial bacteria function effectively.

Because different fish species have different pH requirements, producers should manage pH according to the species, life stage, and production system involved.

Ammonia Can Reduce Appetite and Damage Fish

Ammonia enters aquaculture systems through fish waste, decomposing organic matter, and uneaten feed. Beneficial bacteria normally convert ammonia into less harmful nitrogen compounds, but this process can become overwhelmed when stocking density, feeding, or waste production increases.

According to the EPA’s aquatic-life guidance on ammonia, ammonia can produce direct toxic effects in aquatic organisms. Its toxicity is also influenced by environmental conditions, particularly pH and temperature.

Elevated ammonia can damage fish tissues, reduce appetite, interfere with respiration, and limit growth. Effective biological filtration, careful feed management, water exchange, and routine testing are essential for keeping ammonia under control.

Temperature Determines How Efficiently Fish Grow

Fish are cold-blooded animals, which means their body temperature and metabolic activity are strongly influenced by the surrounding water.

Each species has a preferred temperature range in which digestion, feeding, immune function, and growth operate most efficiently. When the water becomes too warm or too cold, fish may consume less feed and grow more slowly.

Temperature also affects dissolved oxygen and ammonia toxicity. For this reason, it should never be evaluated by itself. A temperature change may alter several other parts of the aquaculture system at the same time.

Hardness, Alkalinity, and Mineral Balance Support Stability

Calcium, magnesium, carbonates, bicarbonates, and other dissolved minerals influence water hardness and alkalinity. These conditions can affect fish physiology while also helping stabilize pH.

Mississippi State University Extension’s guidance on pH and alkalinity explains that alkalinity represents the water’s buffering capacity. Water with insufficient buffering capacity may experience larger daily pH fluctuations.

Extremely soft water or rapidly changing mineral conditions can create additional stress. Monitoring hardness and alkalinity helps producers maintain a more stable environment, particularly in intensive ponds and recirculating aquaculture systems.

Carbon Dioxide Affects Respiration

Fish and microorganisms release carbon dioxide through respiration. Carbon dioxide can accumulate in systems with high stocking densities, high biological activity, insufficient water movement, or inadequate gas exchange.

When carbon dioxide concentrations become excessive, fish may have more difficulty exchanging gases through their gills. They may then use more energy for respiration and have less energy available for growth.

Proper aeration, degassing, circulation, and ventilation can help control carbon dioxide. The Mississippi State University overview of catfish-pond water quality provides additional information about the relationship between dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide, ammonia, feeding, and fish production.

Stability Is as Important as Individual Measurements

Fish generally respond better to stable conditions than to frequent and dramatic changes. Rapid adjustments in pH, temperature, oxygen, or mineral balance can create stress—even when the final measurement falls within the desired range.

Regular monitoring allows producers to identify trends before they become serious problems. When corrections are necessary, gradual adjustments are generally safer than sudden changes.

Monitoring should also account for daily cycles. Dissolved oxygen, carbon dioxide, and pH may change between daytime and nighttime, especially in ponds with high biological activity.

Water Chemistry Should Be Compared With Growth Data

Water-quality measurements become more valuable when they are evaluated alongside production results. Important growth-performance indicators include:

Weight gain
Specific growth rate
Feed intake
Feed conversion ratio
Survival rate
Size uniformity
Changes in behavior or appetite

For example, reduced growth may appear to be a feeding problem when the underlying cause is low dissolved oxygen, elevated ammonia, unstable pH, or an unsuitable temperature.

Tracking feed use and periodically measuring fish growth also makes it possible to calculate feed conversion and evaluate production efficiency. Connecting water-quality records with growth data helps farmers identify the real cause of poor performance and avoid wasting feed or treating the wrong problem.

Better Monitoring Supports Better Decisions

A single water test only shows conditions at one moment. Consistent recordkeeping reveals patterns and helps producers understand how water chemistry changes throughout the day, across seasons, and during different stages of production.

This information can guide decisions about:

Aeration
Stocking density
Filtration
Feeding schedules
Water exchange
Fish grading
Harvest timing

Environmental monitoring also supports responsible aquaculture development. NOAA’s National Centers for Coastal Ocean Science describes monitoring as an important tool for identifying environmental trends around aquaculture operations.

Conclusion

Successful aquaculture depends on more than monitoring one water-quality parameter. Dissolved oxygen, pH, ammonia, temperature, mineral balance, and carbon dioxide interact to shape the environment in which fish grow.

Evaluating these conditions together—and comparing them with growth, feeding, and survival data—gives producers a clearer picture of system performance. Stable water chemistry supports healthier fish, more efficient feed use, predictable growth, and better production outcomes.

For more practical information about aquaculture, sustainability, and planet-positive business opportunities, visit the EAT Community and discover new ways to make a little money while making the planet better.

Laser enrichment produces short-term increases in broiler activity

Edusehat — Sat, 15 Aug 2026 01:35:38 +0700

Can laser enrichment improve broiler health and marketability? Kayla Elmore, a graduate student at the University of Iowa, conducted a study to investigate this question, following up on two previous studies that reported increased activity among broilers exposed to lasers compared to control groups with no laser exposure. She found that a longer exposure time also showed positive but temporary effects.

The impetus for the research was that modern broilers “have been selected for rapid growth and increased muscle mass,” Elmore said, which can lead to “leg lameness and reduced mobility” near market age. She explained that this prompts veterinary visits and is “a major welfare concern” that can “lead to economic losses.”

Prior studies

Research has shown that exposing birds to a laser could increase their activity levels and decrease leg lameness. In one study, the birds were exposed to a laser in their pen 4 times a day, each exposure lasting 4 minutes. The laser’s presence increased their activity for several days, generally during weeks 3, 4 and 5 of age.

The laser-enriched birds also walked significantly farther than control birds on the first day and generally in weeks 3 and 4.

A second study increased laser exposure from 4 to 6 minutes. Again, the exposed birds exhibited more active behaviors for several days during week 1 and then overall in weeks 2 and 3. They also walked farther than control birds on many days and throughout week 2.

Increasing laser exposure, measuring behavior

Elmore hypothesized that increasing the laser exposure duration to 8 minutes would increase the positive effects on the exposed birds.

The study included 1,360 day-old straight-run Ross 708 broilers housed in 20 floor pens and randomly assigned to laser enrichment or control. The researchers selected 80 birds from 8 control and 8 laser-enriched pens (5 birds per pen) as focal birds to measure behavior and welfare.

A second-generation laser projected four red dots in a random pattern over two pens 4 times a day, at 5:30 and 11:30 a.m. and p.m.

Video ran for 20 hours and was edited into 8-minute segments covering both the enriched and control groups. For behavioral analysis, the researchers collected data on the first 9 days of life and then weekly for 7 weeks. For welfare assessments, they collected data on the third day and each week thereafter.

“Birds with their legs moving in continuous forward motion” were considered to be active, Elmore explained, while those birds that were standing without moving or resting in the litter were considered inactive.

A bird was at the feeder if its head was resting in the feeder or feeder tray. A bird standing beneath the drinker was at the drinker.

Gait scores were collected weekly: 0 (walk 5 feet without lameness), 1 (walk 5 feet but with an awkward or uneven gait) and 2 (can’t walk 5 feet without lameness).

Birds that were obstructed by a feeder or heat lamp were considered out of view. Other behaviors, such as preening and dust bathing, were not evaluated.

Laser-exposure effects

During the first week of life, the laser-enriched birds were more active and walked farther distances than the control birds.

The at-drinker behavior of the enriched and control birds was similar during week 1, but the birds exposed to lasers spent less time at the feeder.

After week 1, the control birds continued to spend more time at the feeder and drinker than the laser-enriched birds.

The inactivity of laser-enriched birds increased in weeks 3, 5, and 6. Meanwhile, active behaviors, and specifically distance walking, correspondingly decreased after week 1.

Measures of animal welfare indicated no breast blisters or footpad dermatitis throughout the study period. All birds had a gait score of 0 until week 7, when a few birds scored 1. Week 7 results were too insignificant to analyze.

Future plans

Elmore concluded that laser enrichment stimulated walking distance and activity only during the first week of life, but both measures fell off each succeeding week. Meanwhile, the enriched birds spent less time at the feeder than control birds.

Therefore, she said, “This 8-minute duration might just be too much for the birds, based on the measures that we’ve currently analyzed.”

In the future, she plans to investigate the effects of twice-daily 6-minute laser on performance, behavior, and meat and bone quality.

The post Laser enrichment produces short-term increases in broiler activity appeared first on Modern Poultry.

2026 Poultry Sustainability & Welfare Summit announces keynote speakers and IPWA Student Award winner

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 21:50:10 +0700

Dr. Chavonda Jacobs-Young and Dr. Temple Grandin will headline the Atlanta summit; University of Saskatchewan researcher Domenica Medina receives the 2026 IPWA Student Award of Excellence

The U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs (U.S.-RSPE) and the International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA) have announced the keynote speakers and student award winner who will be featured at the 2026 Poultry Sustainability & Welfare Summit, taking place September 21–23 at the Loews Atlanta Hotel. The biennial summit brings together leaders from across the poultry and egg value chain, academia, government, civil society and allied industries to examine emerging challenges and identify practical, science-based opportunities to advance poultry sustainability and welfare.

Dr. Chavonda Jacobs-Young will deliver the summit’s Sustainability Keynote. Jacobs-Young previously served as the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Under Secretary for Research, Education and Economics and as USDA’s Chief Scientist. Confirmed by the U.S. Senate, she led a research enterprise spanning five national science agencies and helped shape strategies addressing agricultural innovation, food and nutrition security, climate resilience and global scientific collaboration.

The Welfare Keynote Session will feature a recorded conversation sponsored by American Humane with Dr. Temple Grandin, professor of animal sciences at Colorado State University and one of the world’s most influential authorities on animal behavior, handling and welfare. Grandin’s pioneering research, facility designs and practical approaches to welfare assessment have contributed to significant improvements in the care and handling of farm animals around the world.

“Bringing together Dr. Jacobs-Young, Dr. Grandin and the next generation of poultry researchers reflects exactly what this summit is designed to accomplish,” said Andy Vance, executive director of U.S.-RSPE and IPWA. “Meaningful progress requires visionary leadership, credible science and practical collaboration across the full poultry value chain. These speakers will challenge attendees to consider both the progress already achieved and the opportunities still ahead of us.”

Domenica Medina named 2026 IPWA Student Award of Excellence winner

IPWA also announced that Domenica Medina, a researcher in the University of Saskatchewan’s College of Agriculture and Bioresources, has been selected as the winner of the 2026 IPWA Student Award of Excellence.

Medina received the award for her research:

“Illuminating Poultry Science: Light Wavelength Effects on the Production and Health of Nicholas Select Beak-Treated and Non-Beak-Treated Turkey Hens Reared to 11 Weeks.”

The IPWA Student Award of Excellence recognizes outstanding student research that advances poultry welfare knowledge, practices or outcomes. Submissions were evaluated for their relevance to poultry welfare, scientific merit, clarity, organization and presentation quality.

Medina will be recognized during the summit and will present her research as part of the student award program.

“Supporting emerging researchers is essential to the future of poultry welfare,” Vance said. “Domenica’s work demonstrates the value of examining management decisions through measurable bird health, welfare and production outcomes. We are pleased to recognize her achievement and provide a platform for her research at the summit.”

About the Summit

The 2026 Poultry Sustainability & Welfare Summit begins September 21 with an industry site visit and opening reception. Sustainability-focused programming will take place September 22, followed by poultry-welfare programming on September 23.

In addition to the keynote sessions and student research recognition, the program will include executive leadership discussions, scientific presentations, cross-sector panels, emerging technology sessions, interactive conversations and networking opportunities.

Attendees may earn up to 12 continuing education credit hours certified by the Professional Animal Auditor Certification Organization. In-person registration is open to members and nonmembers, and a virtual attendance option is available to members.

For the complete program, registration information, hotel details and sponsorship opportunities, visit:

https://poultrywelfare.org/Membership/About_Membership_Join

About U.S.-RSPE

The U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs is a multistakeholder organization working across the U.S. chicken, turkey and egg value chains to advance sustainability through collaboration, continuous improvement and credible measurement. U.S.-RSPE provides a neutral forum where poultry-sector stakeholders can identify shared priorities, develop practical resources and support measurable progress for people, planet and poultry.

About IPWA

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance is an independent, global, multistakeholder organization committed to continuously advancing poultry welfare. IPWA fosters open dialogue, shares practical resources and best practices, and supports science-based research and innovation that improve poultry welfare in socially, environmentally and economically viable ways.

Source: IPWA and US-RSPE press release

Heat and drought put Europe’s poultry sector under pressure

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 18:15:09 +0700

Record temperatures and drought are adding pressure to Europe’s poultry sector, affecting bird welfare, farm productivity, water availability, feed costs and logistics. While EU chicken meat production is still expected to grow in 2026, recent developments in Germany and France show how extreme weather is creating significant challenges for individual poultry producers.

German poultry production falls

Germany provides one of the clearest indications of the pressure currently facing the sector. During the first half of 2026, German commercial slaughterhouses produced approximately 755,000 tonnes of poultry meat, 3.2% less than in the same period of 2025. This was the lowest first-half production level since 2017.

The number of poultry birds slaughtered also declined by 0.8%, to 343.2 million.

The decline in German poultry production has several possible causes and should not be attributed to heat and drought alone. The sector has also been affected by animal diseases, including highly pathogenic avian influenza, while Newcastle disease has affected poultry production elsewhere in Europe.

The figures therefore point to a challenging operating environment in which animal health, weather conditions and production costs are all important factors.

Heat stress becomes a direct production risk

The scale of the climate challenge became particularly evident in western Europe during June and July. According to the Copernicus Climate Change Service, western Europe experienced its warmest June–July period on record, with an average temperature of 21.62°C, 2.79°C above the 1991–2020 average.

For poultry producers, the significance of these figures lies not in the temperature record itself, but in its effect on birds and farm management.

As temperatures and humidity rise, poultry have increasing difficulty dissipating body heat. Heat stress can reduce feed intake and production performance and, under severe conditions, cause mortality. Extreme temperatures are also a recognised animal-welfare risk during catching, handling and transport.

The risk is particularly significant in poultry houses with inadequate ventilation or cooling capacity. Reliable electricity and functioning ventilation systems are therefore important components of heat-stress management.

France shows the immediate impact

The effects have already been visible in France. During the late-June heatwave, hundreds of thousands of poultry died, according to agricultural organisations cited by Reuters. The losses were severe enough to overwhelm carcass collection services in some areas.

The episode illustrates how quickly extreme heat can move from a weather event to a direct production problem for poultry farms.

The main measures available to producers include:

effective ventilation and cooling systems;
adequate access to drinking water;
regular checks of electrical systems and emergency generators;
monitoring of temperature, humidity and bird behaviour;
reducing handling and catching during the hottest hours;
avoiding unnecessary transport during periods of extreme heat;
reducing loading densities where appropriate to improve ventilation.

European animal-welfare guidance identifies high temperatures as a major risk during animal transport and stresses the importance of ventilation, appropriate space allowances and minimising journey times under challenging thermal conditions.

Drought could add pressure on feed costs

The effects of drought extend beyond the poultry house. Reduced rainfall and soil moisture can affect cereal production, potentially increasing volatility in the availability and price of feed ingredients.

The situation is uneven across Europe. In Germany, the German Farmers’ Association expected an average grain harvest for 2026, while warning of significant regional differences.

For poultry producers, the key issue is not simply the size of the cereal harvest, but whether weather-related production losses translate into higher prices for feed ingredients.

Any sustained increase in the cost of cereals, protein sources or other feed components can put additional pressure on poultry producers’ margins. However, a direct increase in European poultry feed prices attributable specifically to the 2026 drought has not yet been established.

Low river levels add a logistics risk

Low water levels on major European rivers are creating an additional challenge for agricultural supply chains.

The Rhine has been particularly affected. In early August, water levels at Kaub reached record lows, with the disruption forcing greater reliance on road transport and contributing to higher freight rates. The situation has become severe enough for several German states to suspend Sunday driving restrictions for trucks in an effort to ease the pressure on supply chains.

For poultry production, the relevance is primarily through the movement of feed ingredients and other inputs. Cereals, soybean products, feed additives and fuel all depend on reliable logistics.

If low water levels persist, higher transport costs could add further pressure to poultry production costs. The extent of the impact will depend on the duration of the disruption and the ability of suppliers to switch to alternative transport routes.

Disease remains a major threat

Extreme weather is only one part of the risk picture. Animal disease continues to have a direct impact on European poultry production.

Newcastle disease was particularly significant in Poland during 2025. According to USDA data, Poland reported 53 Newcastle disease outbreaks in commercial broiler farms, out of 83 outbreaks in poultry farms overall, leading to the culling of almost 7.1 million broilers.

Spain reported its first Newcastle disease case on a chicken farm in December 2025, with additional cases reported in early 2026. Newcastle disease was also detected in Slovakia and Bulgaria during 2025.

Highly pathogenic avian influenza remains another important risk for the European poultry industry, although the USDA expected HPAI pressure in the EU to be lower in 2026 than in previous years.

For producers, disease prevention therefore remains a critical part of risk management alongside measures to protect birds from extreme temperatures.

EU production still expected to grow

Despite these pressures, the broader European poultry market remains on a growth trajectory.

According to the USDA Foreign Agricultural Service, EU chicken meat production is forecast to reach 12.25 million tonnes in 2026, compared with 12.09 million tonnes in 2025 and 11.73 million tonnes in 2024. The forecast represents growth of approximately 1.3% compared with 2025.

Poland is expected to remain the EU’s largest chicken meat producer, accounting for more than 22% of total production. France and Spain are also expected to increase output.

These figures show that the impact of heat, drought and disease is not uniform across Europe. While some producers are experiencing significant operational pressure, the overall EU market is still expected to expand.

However, the USDA forecast was published in March 2026, before the full extent of the summer heatwaves and drought became apparent. It therefore provides a baseline for the market outlook rather than a final assessment of the impact of the 2026 summer.

What comes next for poultry producers?

For the European poultry sector, the key issue is how effectively farms and supply chains can adapt to increasingly challenging weather conditions while maintaining animal health and production efficiency.

The main factors to watch during the second half of 2026 will be:

heat-related mortality and reductions in bird performance;
availability and cost of drinking water;
cereal and protein feed prices;
new HPAI and Newcastle disease outbreaks;
reliability of ventilation and cooling systems;
electricity availability during extreme heat;
transport conditions for feed and other inputs.

EU poultry production may still increase in 2026, but the experience of Germany and France shows that growth at market level does not necessarily mean that individual farms are operating under favourable conditions.

For poultry producers, the growing challenge is the interaction between heat stress, animal disease, feed costs, water availability and logistics. Extreme weather is therefore becoming an increasingly important production risk for the European poultry industry—not as a single cause of market disruption, but as an additional pressure on an already complex production system.

Summer heat stress is detrimental to broiler chickens

France: extreme heat causes hundreds of thousands of losses in poultry farms

The Big50 gives us a powerful advantage in the replacement market

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 14:50:08 +0700

MagFan Big50 opens new opportunities for Plasson SA

The partnership between South Africa-based Plasson SA and DACS continues to strengthen.With the launch of the new MagFan Big50, Head of Sales Stephan Jacobs sees significant growth potential.

Higher performance, lower energy use

“MagFans stand out by delivering higher airflow with lower energy consumption.In South Africa, where the power grid is under constant pressure, this provides greater operational reliability while reducing energy costs.

Another key advantage is flexibility. MagFans integrate with virtually any controller and power supply, making installation and operation simple for both us and our customers.”

A strong position in the replacement market

Plasson SA has enjoyed great success with the 57″ MagFan but retrofit projects have required a dedicated 50″ solution.“The MagFan Big50 changes that. It delivers outstanding airflow while using significantly less energy than other 50″ fans, giving us a clear competitive advantage. It enables us to expand our replacement business, win new customers, and offer a solution that delivers both better performance and lower operating costs.”

Research sheds light on how chicks develop immunity after DOA vaccination

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 04:00:04 +0700

Hatchery day-of-age (DOA) vaccination has been a cornerstone of broiler health for decades, but new research is shedding light on the mechanisms that help it protect chicks despite the immaturity of their immune systems.

The findings are significant because DOA vaccination is widely used throughout the poultry industry, yet relatively little is known about how newly hatched chicks develop protection following vaccination, said Rodrigo Gallardo, DVM, PhD, who led the research at UC Davis School of Veterinary Medicine.

“We know a lot about adult immunology in chickens, but until recently, we didn’t know much about young chick immunology,” he said. “By helping explain how young birds respond to vaccine stimulation, our research could ultimately support efforts to optimize vaccination programs and improve health outcomes in commercial flocks.”

In a recent study, Gallardo and his team evaluated how chicks respond to live vaccines against respiratory diseases when administered at DOA. They vaccinated groups of chicks against Newcastle disease virus (NDV), the Mass strain of infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) or both, while a control group was left unvaccinated. The team used a heterologous IBV strain (DMV/1639) to challenge the chicks on day 15 of age. They collected Harderian glands and tracheas to evaluate cellular immune responses, and serum and tears to evaluate antibody responses.

Immature but effective

The researchers found that despite the immaturity of the chicks’ immune systems, effective application boosted mucosal and cellular immunity. Vaccinated birds had increased macrophages (specialized white blood cells of the innate immune system), B cells and unconventional T cells, which bridge innate and adaptive immunity. They also had increased levels of key antibodies (IgA and IgY), including elevated NDV-specific and IBV-specific IgY responses.

Another notable finding was that dual vaccination appeared to promote stronger immune training in the respiratory tract and a faster response when later exposed to the IBV DMV/1639 strain. IBV vaccination reduced respiratory signs and viral shedding following the challenge.

“Immature adaptive responses play a role in protecting chickens against subsequent challenges, when they are vaccinated at day of age,” Gallardo said.

Most critical, however, may have been evidence that immature T cells are capable of generating immunological memory.

“It’s a very early finding, but if correct, it suggests that when these cells are stimulated through vaccination, they can remember the pathogen. Then, if the bird is exposed to that pathogen again, the immune response is more efficient,” Gallardo continued.

“If that proves to be the case, we would need to make sure that the vaccines we use persist long enough to stimulate those cells and support development of immune memory. In turn, that could help generate a stronger protective response when birds are later exposed to the pathogen.”

One possible intervention could be to include adjuvants or cytokines in vaccines to stimulate these immature cells, though he acknowledged that such innovations could still be several years away from commercial use.

Maximizing the benefits of DOA vaccination

Despite the encouraging findings, vaccinating newly hatched chicks still comes with inherent biological challenges, Gallardo said, stressing that vaccination doesn’t always lead to immunization. Because their immune systems are still developing, producers must balance multiple vaccines while ensuring optimal vaccine delivery and hatchery management.

According to Gallardo, the key is understanding and managing the critical control points that influence vaccine performance.

“There are several key points in the hatchery that need to be managed consistently,“ he said. “When those are under control, you give the birds the best opportunity to develop protection.”

Managing control points

Gallardo said hatcheries can maximize vaccine effectiveness by focusing on fundamentals, such as maintaining the cold chain, ensuring proper vaccine reconstitution through water-quality management, administering vaccines at the correct time and keeping equipment properly calibrated.

Spray vaccination quality is also important, including droplet size and coverage. Beyond vaccination itself, factors such as egg quality, sanitation, environmental management and monitoring vaccine take all contribute to creating the conditions needed for a strong immune response.

“The message for producers is to go back to the basics and make sure those critical control points are being checked every time,” Gallardo said. “Those management practices are what help ensure the vaccination program performs as intended.”

DOA vaccination highly effective when well managed

While researchers continue to investigate exactly how protection develops in young chicks, including the role of immune memory and the effects of different vaccine delivery methods, the latest findings are helping explain why DOA vaccination remains an important pillar of broiler health.

For most producers, vaccinating at DOA is the only economically feasible option, Gallardo said. Modern facilities may hatch millions of birds each week, and chicks generally receive 2 to 4 vaccines before leaving for farms.

“When you have the chicks in the hatchery, it’s much easier. You can control vaccine delivery. If you spray a certain number of milliliters or deliver a certain amount of gel, you make sure that every chicken gets exposed,” he noted.

“Our research offers reassurance that when vaccines are properly administered and supported by good hatchery management, DOA vaccination remains a highly effective tool for protecting flocks,” Gallardo said.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Research sheds light on how chicks develop immunity after DOA vaccination appeared first on Modern Poultry.

World Bank announces US$60 million project to strengthen Congo’s poultry sector

Edusehat — Fri, 14 Aug 2026 00:20:09 +0700

The World Bank Group has announced US$60 million in financing for a project aimed at strengthening poultry and aquaculture value chains in the Republic of Congo, with poultry production being one of the project’s two target value chains. The financing was announced on 7 August 2026 under the Poultry and Aquaculture Development Project, also known as PADeP or PD-2AC. The project was approved on 25 June 2026.

The project seeks to improve the competitiveness and resilience of Congo’s poultry value chain by addressing some of the main constraints affecting producers and agribusinesses, including limited access to quality feed and day-old chicks, inadequate infrastructure, insufficient technical skills and difficulties accessing finance.

For the poultry industry, these constraints affect several stages of the value chain, from the supply of inputs and farm production to processing, distribution and market access.

Improving access to feed and day-old chicks

Access to quality inputs is one of the central issues identified by the World Bank. The project will support improved access to poultry feed and quality day-old chicks, two essential inputs for the development of domestic poultry production. It also includes measures aimed at improving access to improved parent stock and supporting private operators involved in the production of commercial day-old chicks.

The availability and affordability of these inputs are particularly important in a market where domestic poultry production remains insufficient to meet national demand. World Bank project documents indicate that Congo relies heavily on imported poultry products and that local producers face significant competitiveness challenges.

By improving access to inputs, production efficiency and technical support, the project aims to help poultry farmers increase productivity and strengthen the competitiveness of the domestic value chain.

Technical assistance and training will also form part of the intervention. Farmers, entrepreneurs, processors, traders and other value-chain operators will receive support aimed at improving production practices, business management and market access.

Strengthening poultry infrastructure and investment

Infrastructure is another important component of the project. The programme will finance productive and climate-resilient infrastructure in selected Protected Agricultural Zones, helping improve conditions for agricultural production and related businesses.

The project will also support critical infrastructure and services relevant to the poultry value chain, while improving access to finance for farmers and private investors and seeking to mobilise additional private capital.

These measures are intended to create a more favourable environment for poultry businesses seeking to invest in equipment, infrastructure and productive capacity.

The Republic of Congo’s Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries will act as the project’s implementing agency. The overall development objective is to improve the competitiveness and resilience of the country’s poultry and aquaculture value chains.

Addressing Congo’s poultry supply gap

Strengthening domestic poultry production is particularly relevant because Congo remains heavily dependent on imports to meet demand for poultry products.

According to recent World Bank project documentation, poultry-product imports were worth approximately US$222 million in 2024. The same analysis highlights the strong competitive pressure faced by domestic producers from imported poultry products.

The World Bank identifies a substantial cost disadvantage for local producers competing with imported poultry meat, particularly frozen products. In the analysis used for project preparation, imported poultry meat could reach the Congolese market at a cost of less than US$1,000 per tonne, while local production costs could exceed US$2,000 per tonne.

These figures underline the competitiveness challenge facing Congo’s poultry industry and help explain the project’s focus on improving access to inputs, increasing production efficiency, strengthening infrastructure and facilitating investment.

At the same time, the cost comparison should not be interpreted as meaning that all domestic poultry production is uncompetitive. Local producers can benefit from advantages associated with supplying fresh poultry to the domestic market, while imported products are largely frozen.

The project therefore targets several structural constraints that currently limit the expansion and competitiveness of the Congolese poultry industry.

Supporting a stronger poultry value chain

The project will also seek to strengthen links between farmers, producer organisations, micro, small and medium-sized enterprises, financial institutions and markets.

Women and young people are expected to receive particular attention within the project’s employment and economic inclusion objectives, potentially creating new opportunities across the poultry value chain.

Environmental and social safeguards will also be incorporated into project implementation. The World Bank’s framework identifies potential risks associated with waste, water use, disease, biodiversity, occupational health and safety and community health. These risks will need to be managed as project-supported production and infrastructure investments are implemented.

The project follows preparatory work carried out with the Congolese authorities and development partners. A pre-appraisal mission conducted in Brazzaville in January 2025 identified limited access to finance, shortages of quality inputs, weak distribution networks, insufficient technical skills and poor market access among the main constraints to the development of the poultry and aquaculture sectors.

For Congo’s poultry industry, the new financing represents an effort to strengthen domestic production capacity and develop a more competitive local value chain. The effectiveness of the programme will ultimately depend on how successfully investments in infrastructure, inputs, finance, technical capacity and market access are translated into greater productive capacity for poultry farmers and businesses.

The aquaculture component remains part of the broader World Bank programme, while the poultry component is expected to contribute to efforts to strengthen domestic poultry production and reduce reliance on imported poultry products.

Hubbard do Brasil highlights Efficiency Plus and poultry industry collaboration at SIAVS 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 13 Aug 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Campinas, SP, Brazil – Hubbard do Brasil connected with customers and poultry industry stakeholders at the 2026 International Animal Protein Show (SIAVS), hosted by the Brazilian Animal Protein Association (ABPA). Held Aug. 4-6 in São Paulo, SIAVS brought together poultry producers, processors, suppliers, researchers and other industry stakeholders. The Hubbard team took the opportunity to share commercial field results for Hubbard Efficiency Plus, discuss industry trends and exchange ideas across the poultry sector.

Field results reflect genetic progress

A key focus was the presentation of commercial field results for Hubbard Efficiency Plus broiler breeders. The results demonstrate how Hubbard’s continued investment in genetic improvement and innovation supports strong production performance, flock welfare and efficient resource use under commercial conditions. According to Carlos Antônio Costa, General Manager of Hubbard do Brasil, broiler breeding must continue to evolve to meet the changing needs of broiler producers.

“The broiler industry is constantly evolving and requires solutions that improve production efficiency. Hubbard Efficiency Plus has consistently delivered the results our customers need throughout the production cycle. Brazil offers significant opportunities for growth, and we are confident the Efficiency Plus is well positioned to support the continued success of the country’s broiler sector,” said Carlos Costa.

Supporting customers and strengthening relationships

Hubbard’s commercial and customer support teams were available throughout SIAVS to discuss flock management, share practical knowledge and help broiler producers maximize the potential of Hubbard genetics. “SIAVS gave us valuable time to meet directly with broiler producers, better understand their priorities and discuss how Hubbard genetics can help them achieve their goals. We leave the event with stronger customer relationships and confidence that Hubbard is well positioned to continue expanding its presence in Brazil,” concluded Carlos Costa.

Source: Hubbard press release

Broiler breeder fertility also depends on group dynamics

Edusehat — Thu, 13 Aug 2026 20:45:09 +0700

Social interactions may help explain part of the variation in fertility in breeder flocks

Broiler breeder fertility may be influenced not only by the characteristics of individual males, but also by the dynamics that develop within the group. This is one of the findings to emerge from research conducted by researchers at Auburn University and presented at the 2025 International Poultry Scientific Forum, with support from the U.S. Poultry & Egg Association and the USPOULTRY Foundation.

The study investigated the effects of group size, male spiking, and flock uniformity on reproductive performance in broiler breeders. The experimental design involved a total of 396 females and 64 males, distributed among groups of different sizes and subjected to treatments with or without the introduction of new males.

The results suggest that reproductive performance in broiler breeders cannot be interpreted solely by considering individual male characteristics. The conditions and dynamics of the group may also contribute to the overall reproductive outcome.

Larger groups, higher fertility

In the experiment, birds were distributed between large and small pens. The 396 female and 64 male breeders were randomly allocated to four treatments: large groups with spiking, large groups without spiking, small groups with spiking, and small groups without spiking. There were four pens per treatment.

The results showed differences in reproductive performance associated with group size. Fertility declined with age, but the larger groups had higher fertility rates than the smaller groups at 40 and 50 weeks of age. At the same time, smaller groups produced more eggs per hen.

The finding highlights that egg production and fertility do not necessarily change in the same direction. Higher egg production does not automatically translate into a higher proportion of fertile eggs and, consequently, greater reproductive efficiency.

Group size therefore emerges as an important management factor to be considered alongside the other parameters that determine breeder performance. The study also found effects of group size on embryonic mortality, although these effects varied according to the stage of embryonic development.

Individual indicators do not tell the whole story

One of the most interesting aspects of the research concerns the relationship between individual characteristics and the reproductive outcome of the group.

Previous scientific literature had already highlighted the complexity of this relationship. A study published in Poultry Science by Bilcik, Estevez, and Russek-Cohen in 2005 investigated reproductive success in broiler breeders under natural mating systems, examining male-male competition, mating behavior, sperm quality, and morphological characteristics. The researchers compared males under competitive and noncompetitive mating conditions and found that reproductive behavior plays an important role in male fertility, alongside sperm competition and morphological and physiological characteristics.

However, the study did not find a simple relationship between individual traits and fertility. The authors reported an overall lack of association between mating behavior, morphological traits, sperm quality, and fertility. They also found that some individual characteristics were associated with mating behavior without necessarily predicting fertility.

These findings help put the Auburn research into perspective. The point is not that the characteristics of individual males are irrelevant, but that individual measurements may not fully predict reproductive performance under natural mating conditions, where interactions among birds can influence the outcome.

The role of spiking

The Auburn research also examined the introduction of new males, a practice commonly referred to as spiking. The experimental design included treatments with and without spiking in both large and small groups.

According to USPOULTRY, male spiking improved reproductive outcomes in the study, while group size and flock uniformity also influenced reproductive performance.

The results should nevertheless be interpreted in the context of the experimental conditions rather than as evidence that spiking will always increase fertility under every commercial management system. The Auburn study compared different combinations of group size and spiking, allowing the researchers to examine reproductive performance under different management conditions.

The role of uniformity and weight management

Broiler breeder reproductive performance is also influenced by body weight management and flock uniformity. These factors are particularly important because growth, body development, sexual maturity, and reproductive capacity need to remain in balance.

In broiler breeders, therefore, fertility management cannot be separated from overall flock management. Body weight, male-to-female ratio, flock age, reproductive behavior, and management strategies such as spiking can all contribute to the final reproductive outcome.

The Auburn research also identified flock uniformity as a factor influencing reproductive performance. USPOULTRY reported that traditional measures of reproductive capacity and individual male or female reproductive traits were poor predictors of fertility and age-related declines.

Towards behavior-based management

The findings suggest that reproductive management should consider not only the numerical ratio of males to females and the individual characteristics of breeders, but also group structure and interactions among birds.

A fertility problem, therefore, should not automatically be attributed to a single male or to an isolated semen-related parameter. Where possible, assessment should also consider male and female distribution, mating behavior, flock age, body-weight uniformity, and the overall management of the breeding group.

The most cautious conclusion to emerge from the research is that broiler breeder fertility is a multifactorial phenomenon in which individual breeder characteristics interact with flock conditions and group dynamics. Group size may therefore represent an important management factor and, under the conditions examined in the Auburn study, was associated with differences in fertility and other reproductive outcomes.

CLFMA of India : 59th AGM & 67th National Symposium on Advancing Sustainable Animal Agriculture

Edusehat — Thu, 13 Aug 2026 17:20:04 +0700

AGM and Symposium aim to chart a collective roadmap for a sustainable, resilient and globally competitive animal agriculture sector
Dr Muthukumarasamy B., Joint Secretary (NLM), Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India, to address the inaugural session as Special Guest
CLFMA Awards, Student Awards, Souvenir and Survey Report to be unveiled during the inaugural session

Mumbai, 10^th August, 2026: The Compound Livestock Feed Manufacturers Association (CLFMA) of India, the apex industry body representing the country’s livestock sector, will host its 59th Annual General Meeting (AGM) and 67th National Symposium on September 11–12, 2026, at The Leela Mumbai. Centered on the theme, “Animal Agriculture – The Backbone of Sustainable Development,” the two-day event will convene policymakers, industry leaders, academicians, researchers, farmers and allied stakeholders to discuss the future of India’s animal agriculture sector.

As India’s livestock ecosystem continues to evolve, the symposium will provide a platform to address the key priorities shaping its growth. Discussions will focus on sustainability, animal nutrition, feed innovation, technology adoption, policy support and international trade, while encouraging greater collaboration between government, industry and academia. The deliberations aim to identify practical strategies that strengthen productivity, improve resilience and enhance the global competitiveness of India’s animal agriculture sector.

The inaugural session will be graced by Dr Muthukumarasamy B., Joint Secretary (NLM), Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying, Government of India, as the Special Guest. The session will also feature addresses by CLFMA leadership and other distinguished dignitaries from government and industry. As part of the inaugural ceremony, CLFMA will present its annual Awards and Student Awards, followed by the launch of the CLFMA Souvenir and the CLFMA Survey Report. The session will conclude with a networking interaction among stakeholders from across the animal agriculture value chain.

The second day of the symposium will feature keynote addresses, expert presentations and panel discussions on some of the sector’s most pressing priorities. Sessions will cover government-industry collaboration, the application of Artificial Intelligence in animal agriculture, international trade, pet food, and the sector’s contribution to global food security. A dedicated panel discussion on “One Nation, One Voice” will bring together leading national industry associations to explore a more unified approach towards policy advocacy and sectoral development.

The symposium is expected to witness participation from senior officials of the Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India, representatives from national livestock and poultry associations, business leaders, researchers, academicians and international experts. The event will serve as an important forum for exchanging knowledge, sharing best practices and fostering partnerships that can support the long-term growth of India’s animal agriculture ecosystem.

Mr. Divya Kumar Gulati
Chairman , CLFMA of India

Speaking ahead of the event, Mr Divya Kumar Gulati, Chairman, CLFMA of India, said, “India’s animal agriculture sector has become increasingly important to the country’s food security, rural economy and agricultural growth. As the sector continues to modernise, sustained collaboration between policymakers, industry, researchers and farmers will be critical to addressing emerging challenges and unlocking new opportunities. Through this year’s National Symposium, CLFMA aims to facilitate meaningful dialogue that encourages innovation, supports evidence-based policymaking and advances sustainable growth across the animal agriculture value chain.”

The 59th AGM and 67th National Symposium reaffirm CLFMA’s commitment to strengthening industry dialogue, promoting scientific and technological advancements, and supporting policy initiatives that contribute to the sustainable development of India’s animal agriculture sector.

About CLFMA of India

Founded in June 1967 as The Compound Feed Manufacturers Association, CLFMA of India is the apex body for the country’s livestock sector. It represents over 250 members across various sub-sectors, including feed manufacturing, poultry, dairy, aquaculture, animal nutrition, and veterinary services. CLFMA is recognised by Central and State Governments, livestock farmers, government agencies, agricultural universities, veterinary colleges, and national research institutes. As the voice of the Indian livestock industry, CLFMA advocates for sustainable growth, industry standards, and policy development, contributing significantly to the advancement of the animal protein value chain in India and internationally.

The post CLFMA of India : 59th AGM & 67th National Symposium on Advancing Sustainable Animal Agriculture appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Dog Treat Recipes That Promote Dental Health

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 23:40:02 +0700

Dental health is an essential part of your dog’s overall health and well-being. While regular teeth brushing and routine professional dental care are effective ways to maintain your pup’s oral health, certain treats can also play a supportive role.

If you’re looking for a fun way to spoil your pup while supporting their dental routine, here are some simple, DIY dog treats you can make at home that can help encourage chewing to help remove surface debris on your pup’s teeth and freshen their breath.

As always, consult with your veterinarian before introducing new foods, especially if your dog has any health concerns or dietary restrictions. Homemade treats should always be served in moderation as part of a balanced diet.

DEHYDRATED SWEET POTATO CHEWS

These treats have a tough, chewy texture that encourages your dog to spend more time chewing, gently scraping the surface of the teeth, which can help reduce plaque buildup. They can also provide a fun source of enrichment, giving your pup something tasty to chew on and enjoy.

Ingredients:

1 large sweet potato

How to make:

Preheat oven to 120°C (250°F).
Peel and slice the sweet potato lengthwise into strips about ¼ inch thick.
Place them flat on a baking sheet lined with paper.
Bake for 2 to 3 hours and flip them halfway through.
Let them cool completely before giving them to your dog.

FROZEN MINT & PARSLEY FRESH-BREATH BITES

Parsley and mint can be a simple way to add a fresh boost to your pup’s treats. These herbs contain naturally occurring compounds and antimicrobial properties that may help reduce the germs and bacteria that contribute to bad doggie breath.

Ingredients:

1 cup plain unsweetened Greek yogurt, without xylitol
¼ cup finely chopped fresh mint
¼ cup finely chopped fresh, curly-leaf parsley*

*Avoid Italian flat-leaf and spring parsley, as this contains higher levels of toxic compounds like furanocoumarins, which can cause skin reactions and other health issues for dogs when eaten in large amounts.

How to make:

Mix the Greek yogurt, chopped mint, and parsley in a bowl.
Spoon the mixture into silicone ice cube molds.
Freeze for 3 to 4 hours until solid.

CRUNCHY CELERY & COCONUT CHEWS

Celery is crunchy, fibrous, and has a stringy texture that can help remove some surface debris from teeth while your dog chews. A light coating of coconut oil contains antimicrobial compounds that may help support a healthier mouth by fighting oral bacteria and germs that contribute to bad breath.

Ingredients:

3 large celery stalks
1 teaspoon of melted extra-virgin coconut oil

How to make:

Wash the celery thoroughly and trim the ends.
Cut the stalks into sticks appropriate for your dog’s size.
Lightly brush each celery stick with a thin coating of the melted coconut oil.
Place them on a plate and freeze for 1 hour before serving.

Alternatively, instead of using coconut oil, you could add a bit of natural, smooth (xylitol-free) peanut butter to each celery stalk.

SUPPORT YOUR DOG’S OVERALL WELL-BEING AT DOGTOPIA

Homemade dog dental treats can be a fun way to complement your pup’s oral care routine while providing a rewarding snack, but they’re just a small part of maintaining your dog’s overall health and wellness. At Dogtopia, your pup can get plenty of exercise, structured social play, learning opportunities, and engagement, as well as healthy treats. Find a Dogtopia near you and give your dog a fun-filled day of play, socialization, and enrichment!

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

Photos courtesy of: Dogtopia of Houston – Washington Ave, Dogtopia of Belden Canton, and Dogtopia of Stamford.

The post Dog Treat Recipes That Promote Dental Health appeared first on Dogtopia.

BATN Foundation and Lagos: “Chicks to Plate” to strengthen the poultry value chain

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 23:05:11 +0700

The BATN Foundation (British American Tobacco Nigeria Foundation) and the Lagos State Government have launched the “Chicks to Plate” project, a poultry development initiative that will train 200 prospective and existing poultry farmers in modern poultry production, farm management and agribusiness. Forty participating layer farmers will also receive additional enterprise support to help expand their businesses.

Project objectives

Implemented in partnership with the Lagos State Agricultural Development Authority (LSADA), the initiative aims to:

strengthen food production and food security in Lagos State;
improve the productivity of poultry farmers;
support agricultural livelihoods and economic opportunities.

The project comes as Lagos seeks to increase the proportion of food consumed in the state that is produced locally. According to Lagos State Commissioner for Agriculture and Food Systems, Abisola Olusanya, local food production is currently estimated at about 25%, with the state targeting an increase to 50%.

Training and technical content

The “Chicks to Plate” training workshop was held from 4 to 6 August 2026 at the LSADA facility in Oko-Oba, Agege, involving 200 farmers engaged in poultry production across Lagos State.

Participants received practical training covering:

modern poultry production techniques;
farm management and agribusiness;
biosecurity practices aimed at supporting productivity and the resilience of poultry businesses.

In addition to the training, 40 layer farmers will receive enterprise support designed to help them expand their poultry businesses. The available reports do not provide sufficient detail to specify the exact nature of this support.

From “Fingerlings to Fork” to “Chicks to Plate”

“Chicks to Plate” represents the latest phase of an eight-year agricultural partnership between BATN Foundation and the Lagos State Government, which began in 2018 with the “Fingerlings to Fork” programme focused on aquaculture.

Between 2018 and 2025, “Fingerlings to Fork” trained 1,436 fish farmers in modern aquaculture, processing, packaging, export readiness and farm management. Participants also received productive assets, including fish-smoking kilns and tarpaulin ponds.

According to Lagos State officials, the experience gained through “Fingerlings to Fork” provided a basis for extending the partnership into poultry production. The new initiative maintains the broader focus on improving farmers’ productivity, incomes and participation in agricultural value chains.

Positions of institutions and the foundation

The Lagos State Commissioner for Agriculture and Food Systems, Abisola Olusanya, said poultry has the potential to improve access to animal protein, create employment opportunities and strengthen agricultural value chains.

Emmanuel Audu, Permanent Secretary at the Ministry of Agriculture and Food Systems, described “Chicks to Plate” as an extension of the partnership between the Lagos State Government and BATN Foundation. According to state officials, the experience from the “Fingerlings to Fork” programme helped provide the basis for expanding the collaboration into poultry production.

Oludare Odusanya, Executive Director of BATN Foundation, stressed that sustainable agricultural development requires more than training, arguing that farmers also need practical skills, tools and opportunities that can improve the commercial viability of their businesses.

LSADA Programme Manager Aderonke TojuTubi said the initiative would strengthen agricultural extension services by providing farmers with practical knowledge and modern production techniques.

Context and implications for the poultry sector

The initiative is part of Lagos State’s broader efforts to expand local agricultural production and improve food availability. According to state officials, poultry can contribute to this objective by increasing access to animal protein while creating employment opportunities and strengthening agricultural value chains.

Lagos is also seeking to reduce pressure associated with its dependence on food supplies from outside the state by increasing local production. The “Chicks to Plate” project therefore places poultry within the state’s wider strategy to strengthen agricultural production and food security.

The partnership between the Lagos State Government and BATN Foundation is consequently expanding from its earlier focus on aquaculture to poultry production, while maintaining its broader emphasis on farmer productivity, livelihoods and agricultural value-chain development.

Taiwan egg prices reach two-year high

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 19:30:10 +0700

Wholesale egg prices in Taiwan have reached their highest level in nearly two years after the Taipei Egg Traders Association announced a NT$3-per-jin increase.

The wholesale price has risen from NT$46 to NT$49 per jin, while the farm-gate price has increased from NT$36.5 to NT$39.5. In Taiwan, one jin is equivalent to 600 grams.

The price increase comes amid tighter egg supplies, with production affected by prolonged high temperatures, the molting of older laying hens and the ongoing replacement of flocks. Feed costs and adjustments to production capacity are also among the factors cited by Taiwan’s Ministry of Agriculture.

Daily egg production is currently estimated at around 123,000 cases, approximately 500 fewer than the previous week. Based on an average of about 200 eggs per case, the weekly reduction corresponds to roughly 100,000 fewer eggs per day.

Heat and flock replacement affect production

Prolonged hot weather has reduced laying performance and made flock management more difficult. At the same time, older laying hens are undergoing molting or being replaced, creating a temporary transition period before replacement hens reach productive age.

The resulting reduction in supply has been particularly noticeable for eggs that undergo grading and washing. Supplies of traditional loose eggs have been less affected.

Slightly stronger demand has also contributed to the recent price increase. The Taipei Egg Traders Association said that expectations of a possible typhoon had encouraged some consumers and businesses to purchase eggs in advance, adding to market pressure.

No nationwide shortage

Taiwan’s Ministry of Agriculture has stressed that the current situation does not amount to a nationwide egg shortage. Rather, supplies are tighter in some areas and for certain types of eggs.

The ministry has asked farmers to strengthen flock management and egg traders to improve distribution between regions. It is also working with industry organizations and local egg traders to help stabilize supplies.

The ministry has also pointed out that the color of an eggshell is determined primarily by the hen’s genetics and does not, by itself, indicate differences in nutritional value.

Supply expected to improve

Market participants expect egg supplies to gradually improve from around September as replacement laying hens enter production.

Until then, the availability of some graded and washed eggs may remain relatively tight, while prices could continue to fluctuate depending on production and demand.

The situation also highlights the challenges posed by high temperatures to Taiwan’s egg industry. Poultry farms have been encouraged to improve environmental management and adopt measures to reduce heat stress, including better ventilation and cooling systems.

Although egg prices have reached a two-year high, Taiwan’s authorities continue to characterize the situation as a temporary tightening of supply rather than a nationwide shortage. Conditions are expected to improve as replacement flocks enter production and the effects of the summer heat ease.

The hidden impact of veterinary care: new insights from a global survey of veterinarians

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 12:30:10 +0700

Animal owners may think they know what happens during a veterinary visit — but
a new global survey of 1,000+ veterinarians across 51 countries shows there is far more going on than meets the eye.
Among species-specific veterinarians surveyed, overlooked aspects included “spotting hidden health problems and pain” among pet veterinarians (87%) and equine veterinarians (60%), “food-chain safety” and “disease surveillance” among livestock veterinarians (65% and 62% respectively).
Boehringer Ingelheim and its veterinary association partners are spotlighting these findings to help build greater understanding of the essential yet often unseen role of veterinary care.

Boehringer Ingelheim today published new global survey findings revealing the often-overlooked aspects of veterinary care that are essential in protecting animals, people, and society.

Drawing on responses from 1,046 qualifying veterinary professionals across 51 countries, the survey identified three of the most important yet underrecognized aspects of veterinary care:

Uncovering hidden health problems and pain, identified by 87% of pet veterinarians and 60% of equine veterinarians
Protecting food-chain safety, identified by 65% of livestock veterinarians
Surveillance programs to limit spread of disease, identified by 62% of livestock veterinarians

The findings underscore the far-reaching role veterinary professions play in everyday life, from caring for pets in over half of households globallyⁱ to safeguarding the animals and animal-derived products that help feed 97% of the world’s population.^ii,iii,iv

“Every day, veterinarians make decisions that matter far beyond the consulting room – for the animals in their care, for the people who love them, and for the food systems and public health we depend on,” said Claire Fowler, Head of Global Strategic Marketing, Boehringer Ingelheim Animal Health. “Through this Going Beyond survey, together with our partners, we are highlighting the value of something many of us in the animal health world have long felt to be true: the most critical parts of what veterinarians do are often the least visible.”

The expertise behind every quiet veterinary decision

That invisible expertise begins with years of training. Identifying health issues in animals and determining the course of action relies on a depth of knowledge that isn’t always immediately obvious. Qualifying as a veterinarian can take five to six years of university study, while specialist veterinarians may complete four or more additional years of advanced training, meaning decisions are informed by more than a decade of education and hands-on clinical experience.v For cats and dogs, this expertise can be the difference between catching a condition like diabetes or chronic kidney disease early and missing it entirely.

As expectations around animal health and wellbeing rise among pet owners^vi,vii,viii veterinary judgement plays an increasingly important role across every stage of care – from prevention and early diagnosis to managing complex conditions. Yet much of this work is invisible to animal owners, with 87% of pet veterinarians identifying “spotting hidden health problems” as the most important aspect of their role most likely to be overlooked.

“Diagnostic and treatment decisions are based on the veterinarians professional training and experience. This unnoticed layer of expertise ensures animals receive precise, efficient, and life-preserving care,” said Dr. Jim Berry, President of the World Small Animal Veterinary Association. “Helping pet owners understand the full scope of that expertise is key to building trust and partnership with their veterinary teams to support the long-term health of our animals.”

The hidden power of preventative veterinary care

Much of veterinary care is preventive by nature, with timely intervention and careful observation helping to address issues before they escalate and easing long-term emotional and financial strain on animal owners.

Yet when equine veterinarians were surveyed, they ranked “detecting hidden pain and subtle early disease signs” (60%) and “using a horse’s environment and clinical history to predict risk” (42%) as the most important but overlooked aspects of their role.

In practice, this includes tailored advice on a horse’s diet, dental and hoof care, vaccination, parasite control, and stable management, helping to reduce the risk of conditions such as colic, laminitis, and respiratory disease.

“Much of an equine veterinarian’s work goes unnoticed precisely because it is effective,” said Dr. Sarah M. Reuss, President of the American Association of Equine Practitioners and Equine Technical Manager at Boehringer Ingelheim. “Its impact is seen in problems identified early, avoided altogether, or managed before they escalate.”

The veterinary care protecting food systems and public health

Livestock veterinary care – which protects animals such as cattle, pigs, and poultry – has a direct and measurable impact on the food that people depend on every day, underpinning around 34% of the global food protein supply.^ix

It also matters for public health, as 60% of human infectious diseases are known to spread between animals and humans,^x and 70% of emerging diseases originate in animals.^xi

Yet, according to livestock veterinarians, the broader impact of their role often goes unrecognized. In the survey, most identified “protecting food-chain safety” as an aspect of their role most likely to be overlooked by the public (65%), followed closely by “surveillance to limit the spread of disease” (62%).

“Livestock veterinarians are guardians of our food supply and frontline defenders against the diseases that can cross from animals to people – yet this role is rarely visible to the public who depend on it most,” said Arcangelo Gentile, President of the World Association for Buiatrics. “Recognizing it is not just a matter of professional pride; it is essential if we are to attract, retain, and support the veterinary workforce that global food security and public health are increasingly reliant on.”

Conceptual Foundations of the Water Footprint: Components, Scope, and Application in Water Management

Edusehat — Wed, 12 Aug 2026 05:35:04 +0700

* By Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana

In an era of global environmental strain, efficient resource management dictates aquaculture sustainability. Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana establishes the conceptual foundations of the aquaculture water footprint. By decomposing usage into blue, green, and gray components, this analytical framework maps direct farm consumption alongside indirect supply chain pressures, offering stakeholders a robust, lifecycle-based tool to maximize water-use efficiency and protect local watersheds.

Water Footprint

Conceptually, this approach is divided into three main components: blue water footprint, green water footprint, and gray water footprint (Figure 1).

Blue water footprint

Green water footprint

Gray water footprint

Direct and Indirect Water Footprint

Conclusion

* Juan Diego Rodriguez Triana
Clima Soluciones SAS Coordinador
Phone: +57 3219782480
Bogotá, Colombia

Dr. Bob Buresh receives PSA Distinguished Poultry Industry Career Award, sponsored by USPOULTRY

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 22:05:10 +0700

Bob Buresh, Ph.D., received the 2026 Poultry Science Association (PSA) Distinguished Poultry Industry Career Award, sponsored by the U.S. Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY). The honor recognizes outstanding contributions by an industry leader. As the award sponsor, USPOULTRY also makes an annual contribution to the PSA Foundation in the recipient’s name.

“Dr. Buresh has devoted his career to advancing poultry nutrition while generously sharing his knowledge and leadership with our industry. His contributions have strengthened not only poultry production but also the organizations and professionals he has mentored along the way. We are pleased to recognize his remarkable career and lasting impact,” said Nath Morris, president of USPOULTRY.

After earning his bachelor’s and master’s degrees in Poultry Science from Clemson University, Dr. Buresh completed his Ph.D. in Poultry Nutrition at the University of Florida in 1985. His professional journey included roles with Purina Mills and Eastern Minerals, followed by 18 years as a broiler and breeder nutritionist at Tyson Foods and another 18 years with Novus International.

Throughout his career, Dr. Buresh has made significant contributions to the advancement of poultry nutrition through both scientific research and technical outreach. He has co-authored numerous peer-reviewed journal articles, technical publications and industry resources addressing broiler and breeder nutrition, trace mineral supplementation, feed efficiency, reproductive performance and practical nutritional strategies for commercial poultry production. His work has consistently bridged the gap between research and commercial application, providing poultry companies and nutritionists with science-based solutions that improve bird health, productivity and sustainability.

Beyond his professional career, Dr. Buresh has been an active mentor in the poultry industry, serving in leadership roles with the Southern Poultry Science Society, PSA, the World’s Poultry Science Association and the Pacific Egg & Poultry Association. He also held an appointment as an adjunct professor at Clemson University. Following his recent retirement from Novus International, Dr. Buresh has continued to support the poultry industry through leadership in professional associations and his consulting firm, Palmetto Poultry Nutrition.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Three decades of growth, resilience and commitment: celebrating 30 years of Ross 308 in Syria

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 18:30:10 +0700

Aviagen^® Türkiye, Middle East & Africa (TMEA) is celebrating a significant milestone with its long-standing distributor in Syria, Sayyad Poultry, which marks 30 years as an authorized distributor of the Ross^® 308. The anniversary reflects three decades of collaboration built on trust, resilience and a shared commitment to supporting the poultry industry in Syria.

Having entered the poultry industry in 1970 producing broiler chicks, Sayyad Poultry earned a strong reputation for quality and professionalism. By the late 1990s, that reputation led to an important milestone when the company received its first Ross 308 Grandparent (GP) shipment, establishing the formal relationship with Aviagen that continues today.

Over the past 30 years, Sayyad Poultry has played an important role in supplying highquality Ross 308 breeding stock to producers throughout Syria. Despite periods of economic uncertainty and regional conflict, the company has remained committed to maintaining high standards of flock health, biosecurity and customer support, helping poultry producers continue to succeed under challenging conditions.

“Our longstanding collaboration is a testament to the strength of our relationship and the shared values that have guided us throughout the years,” said Bulent Tanyildizi, Business Manager, Middle East & North Africa (MENA). “Their resilience, professionalism and unwavering commitment to supporting poultry producers, even during the most challenging circumstances, have made them an invaluable part of the

Aviagen family. We look forward to continuing our collaboration for many years to come.”

The Ross 308 has played an important role in that relationship, delivering consistent performance that has supported Sayyad Poultry’s growth and success. Renowned for delivering reliable results under demanding regional conditions, the Ross 308 has enabled the company to expand from broiler production into GP and parent stock (PS) operations, while continuing to provide customers with confidence in their flock performance.

One of Sayyad Poultry’s proudest achievements has been maintaining disease-free, flocks and high standards of biosecurity throughout periods of regional instability, while rebuilding and expanding its operations to meet the country’s growing parent stock requirements. Throughout the changing needs of the poultry industry, Sayyad Poultry has remained focused on delivering reliable genetics while supporting food security and the long-term success of its customers.

Reflecting on the milestone, Ghaleb Sayyad, Owner, Sayyad Poultry commented: “For the past 30 years, the Ross 308 has been the backbone of our business. Its consistent performance and Aviagen’s ongoing support have given us the confidence to grow, even during the most challenging times. Together, we have supplied outstanding genetics, supported our customers and contributed to strengthening Syria’s poultry industry. We are proud of what we have achieved together and look forward to building on this success.”

Looking ahead, Sayyad Poultry continues to invest in expanding its infrastructure to meet increasing demand for parent stock while strengthening its contribution to national food security. The company is also extending its distribution activities into Lebanon, alongside continued investment in new facilities to support sustainable long-term growth.

As Aviagen and Sayyad Poultry celebrate this important anniversary, their relationship stands as a testament to the value of trusted collaboration, resilient operations and a shared commitment to helping poultry producers succeed. Together, both organizations remain focused on delivering high-quality genetics, expertise and customer support that will continue to support Syria’s poultry industry for generations to come.

How to Introduce Your Dog to a Travel Carrier

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 14:50:05 +0700

Travel is becoming a regular part of life for many Indian pet parents. Weekend trips to Lonavala, family visits across states, monsoon vet runs in Mumbai, or a summer holiday in the hills all call for one shared essential: a travel carrier your dog actually feels safe inside. Most dogs are not born loving enclosed spaces, and pushing a nervous pup into a new carrier minutes before a journey almost always ends in whining, drooling, or a full meltdown.

The good news is that carrier training is not complicated. With patience and small daily sessions, most dogs learn to see their carrier as a personal den within two to three weeks. This guide walks you through the process from the very first sniff to your first real trip, with practical tips shaped for Indian homes, weather, and travel routes.

Why Carrier Training Matters for Indian Dog Parents

A travel carrier is more than a plastic box with a door. For your dog, it is a safe zone during unfamiliar experiences like flights, long car drives, or crowded railway platforms. According to the American Kennel Club, dogs are naturally den animals, and a properly introduced carrier taps into that instinct, giving them a private space where they can relax rather than panic.

In Indian conditions, this matters even more. Summers in Delhi and Ahmedabad cross forty degrees, monsoon travel in Mumbai brings sudden delays, and Indian Railways requires dogs to be transported in secure carriers. A dog trained to love its carrier handles all of this with far less stress, and so do you.

Choosing the Right Travel Carrier First

Training goes smoothly only when the carrier itself is a good fit. Pick one that suits your dog’s size, travel style, and climate. Look for sturdy construction, ventilation on multiple sides, a secure latch, and enough room for your dog to stand, turn, and lie down comfortably.

For short car rides and cabin flights within India, soft-sided carriers work well for small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, and Indie pups under ten kilograms. For larger breeds such as Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and German Shepherds, hard-shell crates approved by the International Air Transport Association are the safer choice, especially for cargo travel. You can browse a range of options in the dog carriers and crates collection at PetsWorld to match your dog’s size and travel needs.

Step by Step Guide to Introducing Your Dog to a Travel Carrier

The single biggest mistake pet parents make is rushing. Give the process at least two weeks, and adjust the pace based on how your dog responds. Below is a gentle, reward-based method that works for puppies, adult dogs, and even nervous rescues.

Step 1: Place the Carrier in a Familiar Spot

Set the carrier in the room where your dog spends most of the day, such as the living room or a quiet corner of the bedroom. Keep the door open or remove it entirely for the first few days. Do not force interaction. Let your dog sniff, circle, and investigate on their own terms.

Add a soft towel or a piece of your unwashed clothing inside. Your scent is a powerful calming signal, especially for puppies and rescues adjusting to Indian apartment life.

Step 2: Make the Inside Inviting

Once your dog seems relaxed around the carrier, start tossing tasty treats near the entrance, then just inside. Chicken pieces, paneer cubes, or high-value training treats work well. The goal is to build a positive association: carrier equals good things happen.

Place a favourite chew toy or a stuffed puzzle toy inside. Rotating rewards keeps things interesting. You can pick up long-lasting options from the dog treats and chews collection at PetsWorld to keep training sessions rewarding without overfeeding.

Step 3: Feed Meals Near and Inside

After a few days of positive sniffing and treat taking, move mealtime to the carrier. Start by placing the bowl at the entrance, then shift it deeper inside each day until your dog walks fully in to eat. This step alone changes how most dogs feel about the carrier, since eating is naturally calming for them.

If your dog hesitates, do not push. Move the bowl back an inch and try again the next day. Progress in small steps is still progress.

Step 4: Practice Short Closures

Once your dog eats and rests inside willingly, gently close the door for a few seconds while they finish a treat or chew. Open it before they show any stress. Gradually build up to one minute, then five, then fifteen. Sit nearby during early sessions so your dog does not feel abandoned.

Add a calm cue word like "carrier" or "in" as they enter, so you can direct them with a single word later. Reward every successful entry. Consistency is what makes the behaviour stick.

Step 5: Take Short Trips

Now the fun begins. Carry your dog in the closed carrier around the house, then to the balcony, then to the car for a short drive around the block. Keep the first outings under ten minutes and end them with something enjoyable, such as a walk in a nearby park or a favourite item from the dog toys collection at PetsWorld. Slowly extend trip length as your dog grows confident.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Even with the best intentions, a few missteps can undo weeks of progress. The ASPCA points out that using the carrier as punishment is one of the fastest ways to make a dog fear it. If your dog has chewed a shoe or had an accident, do not send them to the carrier as a time-out. The carrier must always feel like a safe, positive space.

Other frequent mistakes include forcing a nervous dog inside, locking them in for hours during early training, skipping ventilation checks in hot weather, and never practising with the door closed until the day of travel. Rushing the timeline is the most common issue, especially before a booked flight or a Diwali trip home.

Seasonal and Travel Tips for Indian Conditions

Indian weather adds a layer of planning that pet parents in cooler countries do not face. During peak summer months in cities like Chennai, Hyderabad, and Nagpur, avoid mid-day travel and choose carriers with mesh panels on all four sides. Freeze a small bottle of water and wrap it in a towel inside the carrier for long car journeys. Pair it with cooling gear or a spill-proof water bowl from the dog travel accessories collection at PetsWorld to keep the interior comfortable without wetting your dog.

During monsoon in Mumbai, Goa, and parts of Kerala, waterproof soft carriers with a rain cover and check that ventilation openings do not let water pool inside. For winter travel to hill stations, line the carrier with a soft blanket and avoid sudden temperature changes between a heated car and cold outdoor air.

For train journeys, familiarise your dog with station sounds by playing recordings at home during meals. Indian Railways allows dogs to travel with proper documentation, so keep a copy of the rabies certificate along with your ticket. For flights, follow the airline’s specific carrier dimensions, which vary between IndiGo, Air India, and Vistara.

Carrier training is a small investment that pays off every time you travel, visit the vet, or ride out a stressful situation like Diwali fireworks. Take it slow, keep it positive, and your dog will soon walk into the carrier on their own.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. How long does it take to train a dog to like a travel carrier?

Most dogs take two to three weeks with daily short sessions. Puppies often adjust faster, while nervous rescues or older dogs may need four to six weeks of patient work.

2. Should I leave the travel carrier out all the time?

Yes, especially during the training phase. Keeping the carrier accessible as a resting spot helps your dog view it as a normal part of the home rather than something that only appears before stressful trips.

3. Is it safe to give my dog a treat inside the carrier during travel?

Small, easy-to-chew treats are fine for short trips. Avoid large chews or bones during car rides to prevent choking, especially on bumpy Indian roads. Fresh water in a spill-proof bowl is a better choice for long journeys.

4. What size travel carrier does my dog need?

Your dog should be able to stand up, turn around, and lie down comfortably inside. Measure from nose to tail base and from floor to the top of the head, then add a few centimetres for comfort.

5. Can I use a travel carrier for crate training at home?

Yes, a travel carrier can double as a home crate for small breeds. For larger dogs, a bigger home crate paired with a separate travel carrier usually works better, since travel carriers are designed to be more compact.

6. My dog whines inside the carrier. What should I do?

Do not open the door while they whine, as this teaches them that noise leads to freedom. Wait for a quiet moment, even a brief pause, and reward calm behaviour. If whining continues for days, slow the training pace and return to shorter, easier sessions.

Can Dogs Eat Avocado? Safety, Risks & What To Do

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 04:10:03 +0700

Avocado’s flesh is not considered poisonous to dogs and cats, but the pit can cause a serious intestinal obstruction, and the high fat content can trigger pancreatitis in some pets. Because individual reactions vary and these risks can be serious, any avocado ingestion is worth a call to your veterinarian or a veterinary toxicology expert at Pet Poison Helpline.

Can Dogs Eat Avocado? The Short Answer

Avocado shows up in many kitchens, and it is a common question among dog owners whether it is safe to share. The honest answer has some nuance to it. Avocado is considered non-toxic to dogs and cats, which sets it apart from foods like chocolate or grapes. That said, non-toxic does not mean risk-free. The seed inside an avocado is a genuine hazard on its own and the high fat content creates a risk for pancreatitis. Because there is no way to predict how an individual dog will react, our veterinary toxicology experts recommend keeping avocado out of reach and calling if your dog eats any part of one.

Is Avocado Bad for Dogs? What is Persin?

Persin is a naturally occurring compound found throughout the avocado plant, including the leaves, fruit, seeds, and bark. Persin is a concern for birds, rabbits, horses, and ruminants such as cows and goats. Persin can also cause vomiting and diarrhea in dogs, even though the more serious effects, including cardiovascular and respiratory signs, are seen far more often in other species. In short, dogs are not considered as sensitive to persin as many other animals, but that does not rule out digestive upset.

Which Parts of an Avocado Carry the Most Risk?

The Pit

The pit, or seed, is the biggest concern for dogs since the ingestion of the avocado seed can result in an intestinal obstruction. A pit is large, hard, and can lodge in the digestive tract, which may require emergency veterinary care or surgery to resolve. Dogs should never be allowed to chew on or swallow an avocado pit.

Skin, Leaves, and Bark

Persin is concentrated in the leaves, skin, and bark of the avocado plant. Dogs should not be given access to these parts, or to the plant itself if you grow avocado trees at home or have one in the yard.

The Flesh

The fruit itself also contains persin, though avocado overall is non-toxic to dogs and cats. Because reactions can vary from dog to dog, it is best not to offer avocado flesh as a treat, and to contact Pet Poison Helpline if your dog eats any amount.

What to Do if Your Dog Eats Avocado

What to do next depends on what your dog actually ate.

If your dog ate only a small amount of avocado flesh: Avocado flesh isn’t considered poisonous, so this is typically the least concerning scenario. That said, Pet Poison Helpline’s veterinary toxicology experts can help you factor in your dog’s size, health history, and how much was eaten, so it’s worth a call if you want that guidance or if you notice vomiting, diarrhea, or lethargy.

If your dog ate the pit: Treat this as an emergency. The pit can cause a life-threatening obstruction even if your dog seems fine at first. Because this is a physical injury risk rather than a poisoning, contact a trusted veterinary hospital immediately rather than Pet Poison Helpline.

If your dog ate guacamole: Guacamole often contains onion and garlic, both of which are poisonous to dogs on their own. Treat this as a multi-ingredient exposure and contact Pet Poison Helpline right away. See our pages on onion poisoning in dogs and garlic poisoning in dogs for more detail.

Pet Poison Helpline’s veterinary toxicology experts are available 24/7 at (855) 764-7661 to help guide you with next steps.

Symptoms to Watch For

Persin exposure in dogs can include vomiting and diarrhea. The high fat content can result in pancreatitis, which can cause vomiting, diarrhea, and a lack of appetite. If the pit was swallowed, watch closely for signs of an obstruction, such as repeated vomiting, lethargy, loss of appetite, straining, or abdominal discomfort.Seek emergency veterinary care right away if these occur.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can dogs have avocado?
Pet Poison Helpline considers avocado non-toxic to dogs, though the pit can cause a serious intestinal obstruction and the high fat content can cause pancreatitis. Because reactions vary, it is best to keep avocado away from your dog and call Pet Poison Helpline if your dog eats any.

Is avocado bad for dogs?
Avocado is not classified as toxic to dogs, but it is not risk-free either. The pit can cause a dangerous obstruction and the high fat content can cause pancreatitis, so it’s best to keep this food away from pets.

Can dogs eat guacamole?
Dogs should not eat guacamole. Beyond the avocado itself, guacamole often contains onion and garlic, both of which are poisonous to dogs. If your dog eats guacamole, contact Pet Poison Helpline for guidance tailored specifically to your pet and their exposure.

Are avocados dangerous to cats, too?
Avocado is non-toxic to cats as well as dogs, though the pit still poses a choking and obstruction risk for cats.

What happens if a dog eats an avocado pit?
An avocado pit can lodge in a dog’s digestive tract and cause an intestinal obstruction, which is a medical emergency. Contact a veterinary hospital right away if your dog swallows a pit.

The post Can Dogs Eat Avocado? Safety, Risks & What To Do appeared first on Pet Poison Helpline.

Changing IBDV landscape warrants vaccine programming reset

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 00:40:04 +0700

By Kalen Cookson, DVM, MAM, DAPVC
Director of clinical research
Zoetis

Infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV) has evolved to include multiple phylogenetic clusters, including variants with different antigenic looks.

When variant strains, such as AL2, or emerging variants, such as the Del-E subtypes similar to China variant SHG19 (A2dB1), break through expected protection, not only can an IBD challenge hit early, but it may also affect how well birds respond to other health challenges.

As veterinarians consider vaccination strategies against these emerging IBDV variant strains, it’s important to keep a clear goal in mind: provide every chick the strongest possible immune start while keeping pace with a changing virus.

Complex and changing IBDV landscape

In cooperation with Zoetis Diagnostics Services, technical service colleagues regularly conduct bursal surveillance programs with customers to determine IBDV strains present in flocks, in order to help inform vaccination programming decisions. Consolidated results from these surveillance efforts also provide insight into the complex IBDV landscape in the field.

Figure 1.

Phylogenetic analyses conducted by Zoetis categorized IBDV into six general clusters (Figure 1). The Classic cluster is made up mostly of the Faragher insert contained in most rHVT-IBD vaccines but also contains live vaccine strains and Winterfield-2512.¹

The Group-6 cluster, named after the many IBDVs sharing the same restriction enzyme pattern, contains the most extensive branching.¹

There are two Del-E clusters: The prototype cluster and another cluster containing the 254S→N mutation. Over half of the Del-E 254N cluster also contains 299S, making them 98% identical to the SHG19 China variant that has spread to much of Southeast Asia, Western Canada (BC/Del-E) and, more recently, the Middle East.¹

The Del-E prototype cluster represents about 10% of all sequences mapped in the US.²

The Variant Other cluster notably includes viruses from Pennsylvania that are also most prevalent in Eastern Canada and closely related to South Africa variant 05SA8.¹

Del-E and AL2 viruses are identical everywhere except in Peak B, where they differ in three positions. These differences in the immune-dominant hydrophilic Peak B region most likely allowed AL2 to become the predominant variant since the turn of the century. Group-6 IBDVs differ from Del-E in one to four positions in Peak B.¹

Matching vaccine type, timing to IBDV variant

Live IBD vaccines can help protect chicks by stimulating immunity against IBDV as maternal antibodies decline. They can also serve as strategic boosters and help block early field infections. Recombinant vaccines can help provide a consistent “cushion” of active immunity, delay field infections and reduce the bursal atrophy that occurs when field viruses do infect.

A study tested three vaccination strategies given by subcutaneous administration at hatch:³

Recombinant vaccine (Poulvac^® Procerta^® HVT-IBD)
Live vaccine
Combination of both vaccines

Specific-pathogen-free (SPF) chickens were vaccinated and then exposed to AL2 or a Novel SHG-19-like variant IBDV.³

After challenge, all three vaccination methods provided strong protection, with 90% to 97% protection against AL2 and 87% to 100% protection against the SHG-19-like variant. Birds that were not vaccinated showed severe bursal damage from the virus.³

Although the live vaccine alone may not work as well in chicks with high levels of maternal antibodies, the study demonstrates how valuable live IBD vaccine administration can be for protecting chicks starting with marginal antibody levels. Live vaccination is thus useful to fill the protection gap before significant immunity from recombinant vaccine is attained.³

Live vaccine can protect susceptible birds (low maternal antibodies) quickly and reduce early variant IBDV replication, while recombinant HVT-IBD immunity is not affected by maternal antibodies but takes longer to kick in. Live vaccine plus recombinant IBD is a complementary hatchery strategy to help control both early and late IBDV infections.³

Additionally, a series of leghorn challenge studies showed the cushioning effect of Procerta HVT-IBD when birds were challenged with AL2 or the SHG-19-like Del-E subtype at either 3 or 4 weeks of age. Vaccination with the recombinant vaccine provided a cushioning effect against AL2 through 35 days and against the SHG-19-like Del-E subtype through 29 days.⁴(Figure 2)

When vaccination programs for IBDV are developed and timed based on active surveillance programs, they can support the chick’s immune foundation, care for flock health from day one and be adjusted appropriately as the field challenge changes.

Figure 2.

IBDV programming best practices

Know local field pressure through diagnostics and surveillance programs and stay alert to emerging variant types. With multiple types of IBDV in the field, it is important to choose a vaccine that provides protection against the most dominant variants in your area. Taking a “set it and forget it” approach may miss the mark on the level of protection needed over successive flocks in an operation.
Choose a vaccine program strategically. Distinct vaccine options — recombinant vaccines, immune complex vaccines and live vaccines — may complement each other to achieve IBDV management goals.
Monitor protection levels and adjust breeder, hatchery or field vaccination programs to close gaps. With information from active bursal surveillance programs, an IBDV vaccination strategy can be developed using all the available tools to help minimize the severity of an IBDV challenge and limit immune suppression.

References

Yu P-H, Cookson K, Schaeffer J. Phylogenetic analysis of over 1,000 IBDV sequences of VP2 from commercial chicken flocks since 2009 and a comparison of key mutations shared with reference strains. International Poultry Science Forum 2025.
Cookson K, Alig B, Jordan B, Schlenker J, Yu P-H. Phylogenetic analysis of over 1,000 IBDVs from North American chicken flocks since 2009 and how today’s commercial killed vaccines protect against IBDVs in each major cluster. World Poultry Congress 2026.
Data on file, Study No. RM-OQO-KC8330, Zoetis Inc.
Cookson K, Alig B, Yu P-H, Jordan B. A comparison of uninfected vs. IBDV challenged bursa sizes at several different ages from broilers and leghorns from at least 8 challenge studies. AAAP 2026.

All trademarks are the property of Zoetis Services LLC or a related company or a licensor unless otherwise noted.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Changing IBDV landscape warrants vaccine programming reset appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Broiler breeder behavior impacts mating and fertility

Edusehat — Tue, 11 Aug 2026 00:40:03 +0700

Is it dominance or experience that wins the day? When it comes to mating success and fertility in chickens, the answer might be surprising.

Broiler breeder fertility has been declining over the past decade, raising concerns about both productivity and the long-term sustainability of the industry. At the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, Marcela Quino, a graduate student at Auburn University, presented her research examining how time of day, rooster competition and behavior influence mating success and fertility during the early production period.

“Hatchability, fertility, chick viability and production efficiency have been declining,” she said. Past research focused on physical and physiological traits such as rooster body condition, sperm quality and body weight. Quino’s research examined behavior.

“One of our study objectives was to identify daily patterns in mating interactions and attempts and their evolution with age to evaluate mating behavior. We also sought to assess the relationship between fertility and mating attempts,” Quino explained.

Why behavior matters

According to Quino, mating behavior is influenced by several social and environmental factors. “It is believed that if a rooster is more dominant, it’s more likely to have more mating interactions,” she noted.

Courtship behavior also plays a role in whether hens accept a mating attempt. And male-male competition can increase aggression and disrupt successful copulation.

Another key factor is timing. Birds naturally regulate their activities to a 24-hour biological rhythm. However, the behavior of commercial broiler breeders is affected by lighting control.

“Knowing the timing of some behaviors is really important so that we can enhance the birds’ reproductive efficiency,” Quino said.

Study design

The study involved 472 broiler breeders, including 64 Ross 44 roosters and 480 Ross 308 hens. Roosters were placed into one of two treatments starting at 20 weeks of age:

With competition: four roosters housed together with 36 hens (1:9 ratio)
Without competition: single roosters housed with nine hens

Behavior was recorded during the early egg-production period at 25 and 30 weeks of age, with lighting from 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. and feeding at 8 a.m.

Mating attempts were classified as successful when cloacal contact was achieved and unsuccessful if cloacal contact was not visible. Fertility was measured weekly using egg breakout at day 3 of incubation.

Mating success

Quino found that roosters housed with other males had a high incidence of unsuccessful attempts, even as the total number of mating attempts increased. However, successful matings remained consistent regardless of competition.

Age also played a role. Younger roosters at 25 weeks showed more unsuccessful attempts than those at 30 weeks. Quino suggested this was because the younger males lacked experience and were simply habituating to the hens. Older, more sexually mature roosters showed “more expected strategies of courtship due to their experience,” she said.

Timing makes a difference

One of the more producer-relevant findings in Quino’s research was how mating behavior changed throughout the day. Her study revealed fewer mating attempts and lower success during midday and two clear peaks in mating activity: early morning and late evening.

“We had peak total mating interactions at 7 a.m. and 7 p.m.,” Quino said. However, success differed between those windows. Early morning showed higher mating activity but also more unsuccessful attempts. In contrast, the most effective period occurred in the evening. “We had a peak of successful attempts at 7 p.m. with fewer failures compared to the morning.”

Linking mating behavior to fertility

The study also examined how mating behavior translated into actual fertility. “We observed a moderate negative correlation between fertility and unsuccessful attempts and a moderate positive correlation between fertility and successful attempts,” Quino noted.

She also explained that reproductive success has both pre- and post-copulatory components. “With more cloacal contact, fertilization success was increased. When cloacal contact did not occur, we saw that the eggs were less fertile,” she said.

Practical takeaways

In conclusion, Quino emphasized that management decisions can influence mating success. “Although competition increased mating activity, it didn’t translate to more success.”

Timing, however, mattered greatly. “The late-evening period emerged as an important window for successful attempts, making it a potential focus for breeder management strategies.”

The results also indicate that experience matters. “The consistent success and declining lack of success of roosters with age suggests a potential role of experience and learning on mating interactions,” Quino said.

Looking ahead, she said that her future research will focus on hen receptiveness, courtship behaviors and how rooster interference affects mating outcomes.

For producers, Quino’s work revealed that when and how birds mate can be just as important as how they are fed or physically managed, and that small adjustments to the timing of light periods and the age of birds can increase fertility.

The post Broiler breeder behavior impacts mating and fertility appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Machine learning authentication of laying hen housing via egg quality

Edusehat — Mon, 10 Aug 2026 21:00:09 +0700

Introduction

Egg quality is a critical indicator of poultry welfare and consumer trust. Mislabeling of housing systems—such as cage, barn, free‑range, or organic—represents a growing food fraud concern. Machine learning (ML) offers a robust solution by analyzing egg quality parameters to authenticate production systems. Recent studies highlight the potential of ML models to classify eggs with high accuracy, ensuring transparency in the poultry industry¹.

Egg quality parameters as predictors

Egg quality encompasses shell strength, yolk composition, albumen height, and chemical markers. These parameters vary significantly depending on the housing system, influenced by factors such as diet, stress, and environmental conditions. For instance, free‑range hens often produce eggs with higher yolk pigmentation and stronger shells compared to caged hens. By quantifying these differences, ML algorithms can establish predictive models that distinguish housing systems with remarkable precision².

Machine learning models in authentication

Support Vector Machines (SVM), Random Forests, and Neural Networks are among the most effective ML techniques applied to egg authentication. A large‑scale study analyzing over 4,000 egg yolks using ^1H NMR spectroscopy demonstrated that SVM achieved 98.5% cross‑validation accuracy, outperforming other models. This highlights the suitability of ML for complex classification tasks where subtle biochemical differences must be detected.

Integration of spectroscopy and isotope analysis

Beyond traditional egg quality metrics, advanced methods such as nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and stable isotope analysis have been integrated with ML. These techniques capture chemical fingerprints of eggs that reflect housing conditions and feed composition. Seasonal variations, which can complicate authentication, are effectively addressed by combining isotope data with ML classifiers, ensuring consistent accuracy across production cycles³.

Implications for food fraud prevention

The application of ML in egg authentication has direct implications for combating food fraud. Supermarket testing revealed that only 62.8% of eggs matched their labeled housing system, underscoring the prevalence of mislabeling. ML‑based verification systems could be implemented at production and retail levels to safeguard consumer trust and regulatory compliance. This approach also supports traceability initiatives within sustainable agriculture frameworks.

Conclusion

Machine learning provides a powerful tool for authenticating laying hen housing systems through egg quality parameters. By integrating biochemical data, spectroscopy, and isotope analysis, ML models achieve high classification accuracy, offering a scalable solution to food fraud. Future research should focus on expanding datasets across breeds and regions, ensuring global applicability of these models. Ultimately, ML‑driven authentication strengthens transparency, enhances consumer confidence, and promotes ethical poultry production.

References:

Implementation of PPWR

Edusehat — Mon, 10 Aug 2026 17:45:05 +0700

It is Europe’s slow season of August , when everyone is hot and on holiday. What better time than now for the European Union to mandate the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation, which is due to come into force on 12 August. It presents a challenge for retailers, for packagers and manufacturers. In a way, it is like the low emission zones around London. People complain, but once they get started and get going, the resulting lowered emissions and better environment make up for it.

I live near Blackwall and Silvertown Tunnels in London, and that area is much cleaner than it used to be when I first moved there nearly 30 years ago. We all complained about the Silvertown Tunnel, but sitting traffic is down and thus emissions. The rise of electric cars and vehicles versus diesels, and zero emission buses being employed, have made a difference.

In our next issue, we discuss PPWR and other items with Craig Shakespeare of European packaging company Coveris. He notes, “For manufacturers, the focus is increasingly on future-proofing packaging investments by choosing solutions that can adapt to changing legislation while maintaining operational efficiency and protecting product quality. Shelf life and waste reduction also remain critical considerations, particularly in a category where preventing food waste is an important part of sustainability performance.”

These are all good points. As packagers of products, dairy processors have to look on from the cheapest to the most environmentally friendly, while still being cost-conscious. It is a tall order for the sector, especially as most people have dairy in their refrigerators. We are doing the best we can, lightweighting and making the caps and cartons all one colour here in the UK. In Europe too, the changes are afoot, although as some say, the rates are slower in some countries than others. Fair enough. It’s a 27-country union after all.

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via:
Email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com
Twitter: @dairyindustries
Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post Implementation of PPWR appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

The gateway to a profitable cut-up process

Edusehat — Mon, 10 Aug 2026 13:55:05 +0700

For poultry processors facing labor shortages, rising costs, and increasing demand for cut-up products, improving efficiency in the cut-up department is no longer optional. It is a direct duty to increase margins and unlock growth. This can be done easily with JBT Marel’s ACM-NT automated cut-up solution. Various processors testify to its benefits.The ACM-NT makes it possible to take that step without major disruption. Even in plants where space is limited and budgets are tight, processors can start automating by installing the entry-level ACM-NT Compact version, and immediately benefit from higher efficiency, consistent product quality, and less dependency on manual labor. Built on proven breast, leg, and wing cutting modules, one-on-one inherited from the full-size ACM-NT system, the system delivers reliable, high-quality cuts while taking up only limited space.

Turn market demand into growth

Around the world, markets that are traditionally focused on whole birds are shifting towards cut chicken pieces. In markets that have already evolved towards cut-up products, demand for convenient chicken portions is still growing due to urbanization and consumers’ preference for easy-to-prepare food. This means that almost every market is asking poultry processors to produce higher volumes of cut-up chicken meat. This offers clear opportunities to prepare your factory to meet this demand and process higher-value products.

To do so, however, you’ll need to ensure that you produce those cuts in an efficient, controlled, and profitable way. Automation allows you to benefit from this market trend without increasing labor needs. The modular ACM-NT cut-up system allows you to start at a level that meets your current needs and scale up as demand grows. And of course, the yield and consistency of the resulting chicken cuts is higher than ever.

Adapt your production to your customers

Every market is different, and the cut-up line should reflect that The ACM-NT can be tailored to produce the desired product mix. Whether the market’s focus is on wings, breast meat, or leg products, the system adapts to these needs. It is possible to produce according to exact customer specifications across different channels, from retail to food service. The result is a higher percentage of A-grade cuts and better access to premium markets. The perfect means to achieve this are ACM-NT modules such as WingMaster and ALPINE.

WingMaster provides a precise anatomic cut of the second wing joint, with adjustable skin coverage for ideal presentation of both mid-wing and drumette. Independent left and right wing cutting ensures optimal yield and the best destination for each piece, especially when integrated into JBT Marel’s Q-Wing setup.

The ALPINE leg processing module performs precise, high-yield anatomical cuts to meet specific customer specifications. Integrated sensors identify and prevent the presence of undesirable back pieces. ALPINE accepts water and air-chilled legs up to the super HD ‘big bird’ weight range. The integrated HMI screen provides monitoring functions, including tracking product losses.

For more information: – https://jbtmarel.com/

FEFAC and Sindirações sign Memorandum of Understanding to strengthen cooperation and to facilitate a more connected and resilient global feed sector

Edusehat — Sun, 09 Aug 2026 19:50:09 +0700

The European Feed Manufacturers’ Federation (FEFAC) and the Brazilian Feed Industry Association (Sindirações) have signed a Memorandum of Understanding to deepen cooperation between the European and Brazilian feed sectors. Through the agreement, FEFAC and Sindirações will focus on areas of common interest: feed safety, animal health & welfare, biosecurity, international feed and food standards, sustainable feed production and regulatory developments affecting the sector.

A key element of the Memorandum of Understanding will be the exchange of regulatory developments and relevant expertise, helping both organisations to follow respective legislative initiatives in areas such as feed legislation, feed ingredient approvals, labelling requirements and maximum residue levels. The agreement also covers cooperation in the context of global organisations such as Codex, WOAH (World Organisation for Animal Health) and the WTO to promote science-based international standards. The dialogue on sustainable production will cover topics such as responsible sourcing and the environmental footprint of feedstuffs. The cooperation will look to facilitate implementation of the EU–Mercosur Partnership Agreement and Interim Trade Agreement, which entered into provisional application on 1 May 2026, to contribute to relevant EU-Brazil and EU-Mercosur stakeholder dialogue on trade of feed ingredientssuch as soy products, feed grains, co-products from biofuel productions and essential feed additives.

“We welcome this reinforced partnership between FEFAC and Sindirações, which strengthens cooperation between two important compound feed-producing regions exploring the opportunities which can deliver mutual benefit to our respective members. Brazil represents a region of great significance in global feed production and trade with feed ingredients.
It is fundamental to maintain market access to ensure EU feed security and a competitive and sustainable livestock production in Europe. Jointly ensuring both European and Brazilian feed production can thrive,” said FEFAC President Nicolas Coudry-Mesny.

“The European Union plays a pivotal role in the global production and trade of feed and feedstuffs. Preserving market access is essential to safeguarding the EU’s feed supply while supporting competitive and sustainable livestock production across Europe. Through close cooperation, Europe and Brazil can foster the continued growth and resilience of their feed industries,” stated Sindirações President Roberto Ignacio Betancourt.

The agreement was signed in the margins of the 19th International Feed Regulators Meeting (IFRM), organised by the International Feed Industry Federation (IFIF) in cooperation with the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO), which gathered feed regulators and industry representatives from around the world.

Source: FEFAC press release

2026 Environmental Management Seminar to address regulatory changes, sustainability and environmental solutions

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 18:20:09 +0700

The 2026 USPOULTRY Environmental Management Seminar, taking place Sept. 17-18 in Destin, Fla., will bring together environmental professionals from across the poultry industry to explore the latest regulatory developments, sustainability initiatives and environmental management strategies. Sessions will cover regulatory updates, optimizing dissolved air flotation systems, the future of land application, anaerobic digesters, PFAS response and advanced wastewater treatment technologies for nutrient removal and system recovery.

Attendees will also gain practical insights into energy efficiency, water reduction and reuse, recyclable packaging, social responsibility audits and environmental stewardship through presentations from Clean Water Award-winning facilities and virtual plant tours. An interactive discussion with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency will provide attendees the opportunity to discuss current priorities and emerging environmental issues.

“We’re in business with our neighbors and it’s up to us to stay informed and be good stewards of the resources we use. Environmental regulations, sustainability expectations and operational challenges continue to evolve, making it more important than ever for industry professionals to stay informed. This seminar provides attendees with practical solutions, valuable peer-to-peer discussions and direct access to industry experts and regulators, equipping them with the knowledge they can immediately apply at their facilities,” said Bobby Weeks, senior environmental manager at Wayne-Sanderson Farms and planning committee chair.

The 2026 planning committee comprises Michele Boney, West Liberty Foods; Dr. Brian Kiepper, University of Georgia; Austin Pajda, Amick Farms LLC; Alex Sullivan, Fieldale Farms Corporation; Stephen James, Pilgrim’s; Joe Miller, Rose Acre Farms Inc.; Neal Powell, Perdue Farms; and Bobby Weeks, Wayne-Sanderson Farms and planning committee chair.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Eumofa Analyzes the Causes of the Downward Trend in Consumption of Fish and Aquaculture Products in the EU

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:10 +0700

✓ Consumption fell from 12.94 million tons in 2014 to 10.25 million tons in 2023, representing a 21% decrease.

✓ Spain, along with Portugal, leads in the consumption of these products.

✓ In countries like Italy and Poland, on the other hand, there has been a slight increase.

The latest report from the European Fisheries and Aquaculture Market Observatory (EuMOFA), ‘Consumption of Fisheries and Aquaculture Products in the EU,’ analyzes the downward trend in the consumption of fisheries and aquaculture products in the EU in recent years and its possible causes. Consumption fell from 12.94 million tons in 2014 to 10.25 million tons in 2023, representing a 21% decrease. Per capita consumption in 2023 was 22.9 kg, its lowest level in a decade.

The study provides a comprehensive assessment of the evolution of fishery and aquaculture product consumption in the EU, examining changes in consumption patterns, consumer behavior and preferences, and the main economic and structural factors shaping demand.

EU apparent consumption declined from 12.94 million tons in 2014 to 10.25 million tons in 2023, while per capita consumption fell from 25.5 kg to 22.9 kg, its lowest level of the decade. Trends varied considerably across Member States: consumption decreased in countries including Spain, France and Lithuania, while it increased in Italy, Poland, Romania and Slovakia. Portugal and Spain remained the EU’s largest per capita consumers.

From Frequent At-Home Consumption Towards Occasional Patterns

The study identifies a gradual shift from frequent at-home consumption towards more occasional patterns and greater out-of-home consumption. This trend is particularly pronounced among younger consumers, who tend to have lower familiarity with fish preparation and stronger expectations regarding convenience. Demand is increasingly oriented towards portioned, prepacked, ready-to-cook and ready-to-eat products.

Price and product appearance remain the main purchasing criteria, although origin, convenience and sustainability are gaining importance. At the same time, EU supply also shape consumption patterns. The EU market’s reliance on imports and retail strategies favoring stable, predictable supplies are contributing to a concentration of consumption around a limited number of species, such as salmon, tuna and shrimp.

The report also provides detailed analyses of Spain, France, Italy, Poland, the Netherlands and Austria, showing how cultural traditions, income, retail structures, product availability and price sensitivity influence consumption differently across national markets.

Special Cases

Spain, along with Portugal, leads in the consumption of these products, although from 2014 to 2024 the first one experienced a 32% decrease in average per capita household consumption. Thus, while in 2014 each household consumed 26.4 kg of fish and aquaculture products, in 2024 this figure fell to 17.9 kg per capita.

In countries like Italy and Poland, on the other hand, there has been a slight increase, although the most significant rise has been in Romania, Slovakia, Bulgaria, and Hungary, although it should be noted that these countries also started from lower per capita consumption levels.

Determining Factors

The report indicates that, in the case of Spain, the consumption of fish and aquaculture products has shifted from frequent to occasional. The determining factors are price (the most significant aspect), product appearance, and supply structure. Regarding the latter, the report notes that “the growing dependence on imports, the decline in domestic production, and retail strategies have contributed to changes in the products offered to consumers, ultimately influencing consumption patterns.”

Another key factor is convenience: consumers prefer to buy products that are easy to prepare, in portions, pre-packaged, ready to cook and ready to eat, which are increasingly in demand.

Regarding the type of product, consumers prefer those from wild-caught fish over those from aquaculture, although in Spain the consumption of farmed species such as salmon, sea bass, and gilthead seabream has increased. Specifically, gilthead seabream consumption grew by 5%, sea bass by 29%, and smoked salmon by 18%.

In contrast, the decline in consumption of hake, fresh sardines, anchovies, tuna and bonito from extractive fishing in Spain has been very pronounced, especially that of hake, which has decreased by 49% in the last decade.

Market Intelligence Tool

The European Market Observatory for Fisheries and Aquaculture (EuMOFA) is a market intelligence tool on the European Union fisheries and aquaculture sector, developed by the European Commission. It aims to increase market transparency and efficiency, analyses EU markets dynamics, and supports business decisions and policy-making.

EuMOFA enables direct monitoring of volumes, values and prices of fisheries and aquaculture products, from the first sale to retail stage, including imports and exports. Data are collected from EU countries, Iceland, Norway, United Kingdom and from EU institutions and updated every day.

FoodTechBangladesh Inaugurates Aquaculture Centre of Excellence in Mymensingh

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:09 +0700

The entity aims to bring farmers, researchers, businesses and public institutions closer together.

The five-year public-private partnership was co-funded by the Embassy of the Kingdom of the Netherlands in Bangladesh and co-implemented by Larive International and LightCastle Partners.

FoodTechBangladesh inaugurated some days ago its third Aquaculture Center of Excellence (CoE) in Mymensingh. The inauguration marks an important step toward expanding the practical use of advanced technologies for productive, commercially viable, and sustainable aquaculture in Bangladesh. The center has been designed as a learning, research, and demonstration platform for modern aquaculture production. It includes both in-tank and in-pond Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS).

Through this Center of Excellence, FoodTechBangladesh aims to bring farmers, researchers, businesses, and public institutions closer together. As a result, aquaculture technologies can move beyond demonstration and contribute to wider adoption, improved productivity, and sustainable sector growth.

FoodTechBangladesh (FTB) is a five-year public-private partnership (PPP) co-funded by the Embassy of the Kingdom of the Netherlands in Bangladesh. Co-implemented by Larive International and LightCastle Partners, the program aims to enhance Bangladesh’s aquaculture sector through sustainable and scalable interventions. FTB focuses on improving technical performance, reducing post-harvest losses, and strengthening market linkages. Key initiatives include establishing Centers of Excellence across regions, training thousands of farmers, and promoting innovative aquaculture technologies.

Combining Government Support with Appropriate Technology

Addressing the event, Khaled Kanak, Director General of the Department of Fisheries, who attended as Chief Guest, emphasized the importance of combining technology with institutional support. “The Netherlands has demonstrated how Bangladesh can achieve high productivity from limited land. By combining government support with appropriate technology, we can create greater opportunities to advance the fisheries sector,” he said.

The inauguration brought together representatives from government organizations, private companies, research institutions, and academia, such as Kanak, Joris van Bommel, Ambassador of the Kingdom of the Netherlands to Bangladesh, attended as Guest of Honour; Rezaul Karim, as Director of Administration from the Department of Fisheries. Ataul Karim Bhuiyan, Managing Director of FishTech, joined as Special Guest.

Technology Transfer, Farmer Training, Applied Research…

Following the welcome remarks by Ataul Karim Bhuiyan, Rogier Becker, Senior Project Manager at Larive International, presented an overview of the FoodTechBangladesh program. He explained how the CoEs support technology transfer, farmer training, applied research, and stronger market linkages.

For his part, Võ Nguyên Khánh (Kaidan), Aqua Researcher at De Heus Asia, discussed the experience and future prospects of the technology partnership in Bangladesh. He also highlighted technical training, research trials, and continued support for advanced aquaculture systems.

The technical sessions continued with Imran Hossain, Technical Officer (R&D) at FishTech. He presented research findings and success stories from the in-tank and in-pond RAS facilities. Furthermore, he highlighted the potential of RAS to improve water management, fish health, production efficiency, and commercial performance.

Meanwhile, Ariful Islam, Assistant Manager (R&D) at FishTech, presented outcomes from In-Pond Raceway System trials. He demonstrated how the technology can support higher productivity, improved feed efficiency, better fish survival, and stronger financial returns than traditional production systems.

Van Bommel, for his part, highlighted that the long-term value of the center would depend on how effectively its knowledge and technologies reach farmers and entrepreneurs. “The true success of these centers will be measured by the farmers who adopt better practices, the entrepreneurs who invest with confidence, and the young people who develop new skills,” he stated.

In his closing remarks and vote of thanks, Farhad Hossain acknowledged the collective contribution of the program’s partners, technical teams, government representatives, and farming communities.

Touring the RAS Facilities

Following the formal program, the guests toured the RAS facilities and observed the systems in operation. The FishTech team explained the design and operational processes of the facility. Finally, the inauguration concluded with a ribbon-cutting ceremony, fish feeding, and live demonstrations of the center’s aquaculture technologies.

New GFCM Publication Showcases Results of Research Program on Red Coral in the Mediterranean Sea

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:08 +0700

By GFCM/FAO

Red coral (Corallium rubrum) is an emblematic species of the Mediterranean Sea, long valued and harvested in the region for millennia. In the past, its shallow populations were nearly depleted in some areas due to excessive fishing pressure.

To improve knowledge on the species and strengthen the management of red coral fisheries in the region, the General Fisheries Commission for the Mediterranean (GFCM) of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) conducted a research programme on red coral. Funded by the European Union, the program was implemented from 2020 to 2023 by research institutes and universities, in cooperation with national administrations across the Mediterranean.

“The research program enabled data collection on the status of red coral stocks, including colony demographic structures, catches by fishing ground, observer data, socioeconomic aspects, growth and habitat conditions, providing valuable knowledge to managers and fishers,” said Adel Gaamour, researcher at the National Institute of Marine Sciences and Technologies of Tunisia.

The detailed findings of the research program have now been released in a new GFCM publication. The report presents the results of data collection activities conducted in Croatia, France, Greece, Italy and Tunisia and provides insights into the population genetics of red coral across Mediterranean subregions, the stock assessments carried out, as well as the socioeconomic dimensions of red coral harvesting. It also highlights the results of targeted training and capacity-development activities conducted with other partner countries, including Algeria, Malta and Morocco.

The results of the research program informed the development and subsequent adoption of a GFCM recommendation on long-term measures for the sustainable exploitation of red coral. Positive developments are already seen at country level.

“This research program has allowed us and will hopefully allow us to continue collaboration with countries that were previously more difficult to reach,” said Federica Costantini, associate professor in marine ecology, BiGeA, University of Bologna, Italy. “And above all, from a practical point of view, it enabled us to create protocols (for molecular analysis and for data analysis) that can then be used in the future by these countries for the management and conservation of this species.”

“Based on the findings of the research program, Tunisia is currently developing legislation to regulate red coral fisheries,” explained Gaamour. “The proposed framework includes provisions on designated fishing areas, authorized fishing gear and the minimum harvestable size of red coral. In parallel, we have developed an operational manual for red coral harvesting and marketing in close collaboration with coral divers, relevant ministries, fisheries authorities, observers and inspectors to promote sustainable harvesting and ensure the effective implementation of the new regulatory framework.”

Check out this video for more details on the GFCM research program on red coral: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xlr4MkkVPSs

About the GFCM

The GFCM is a regional fisheries management organization operating under the framework of FAO, whose competence extends over all marine waters of the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. Its main objective is to ensure the conservation and the sustainable use of living marine resources, as well as the sustainable development of aquaculture.

GFCM Members include 24 contracting parties (Albania, Algeria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Egypt, European Union, France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Lebanon, Libya, Malta, Monaco, Montenegro, Morocco, Romania, Slovenia, Spain, Syrian Arab Republic, Tunisia, Türkiye, Ukraine) and five cooperating non-contracting parties (Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Jordan, Moldova, Saudi Arabia).

UAPB Researcher: Arkansas Can Grow Shrimp in Fresh Water

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:07 +0700

By Steve Brawner

University of Arkansas at Pine Bluff (UAPB) researcher is studying how Arkansas freshwater aquaculture farms could grow white leg shrimp, a saltwater creature.

The product is currently imported into the United States. But Dr. Yathish Ramena, director of UAPB’s Department of Aquaculture and Fisheries Center of Excellence, is leading research aimed at raising the shrimp by acclimating them to indoor freshwater production in Arkansas.

Ramena said the Arkansas Game and Fish Commission permits growing Litopenaeus vannamei, or white shrimp, as an approved conditional species. The raising must occur in an indoor, enclosed system without any water exchange or discharge to protect the native species.

The project is being funded by the Arkansas Research Alliance (ARA), a nonprofit organization founded in 2008 by chancellors from Arkansas research universities and private company chief executives.

Bryan Barnhouse, the Alliance’s president and CEO, said the ARA invests in job-creating opportunities in seven areas where the state’s private sector needs match university research competencies. Its ARA Academy includes roughly 35 active research leaders from the University of Arkansas, University of Arkansas at Little Rock, University of Arkansas at Pine Bluff, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Arkansas State University, and the University of Arkansas System Division of Agriculture. Ramena was recently inducted into the academy.

In an online webinar July 22, he said Arkansas is a “birthplace” of U.S. warm water aquaculture, with the first commercial goldfish farms established in the 1940s followed by baitfish, and catfish following in the 1950s.

The industry has a total value of USD 67.7 million. The state leads the nation in baitfish production and sport fish production and is No. 4 in catfish production.

Ramena said the United States is the world’s largest shrimp importer. “And so, we have a big market, and we don’t have producers here,” he said. “So, this would be a great opportunity to start as a supplemental income apart from our other native species.”

The main challenge in raising the shrimp is its need for a high-protein diet. Researchers are trying to replace fish meal with plant-based products, but these cause problems.

Ramena discussed how feeding the white shrimp with early-stage artemia shrimp could improve the white shrimp’s gut microbiomes and protect them against disease. Worldwide, shrimp losses have reached almost USD 10 billion every year since 2010.

He also said the researchers are using artificial intelligence to assess the results of the study.

Discover the Latest Trends in Intensive Shrimp Farming at LACQUA26

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:06 +0700

By LACQUA26 Organizing Committee

Renowned international shrimp farming expert David Kawahigashi to present innovative intensive production systems.

San Salvador, El Salvador – The Latin American & Caribbean Aquaculture Congress – LACQUA26 is honored to announce the participation of internationally recognized shrimp aquaculture specialist David Kawahigashi as one of its Plenary Speakers.

With more than 40 years of technical and management experience spanning every stage of shrimp aquaculture, David Kawahigashi is the founder and director of Vannamei 101, a Hawaii-based aquaculture consulting and training company dedicated to advancing knowledge transfer and innovative technologies throughout the global aquaculture industry.

His plenary presentation, entitled: “Are Vietnam’s Circular and Multi-Phase Pond Systems the Future of Global Intensive Aquaculture?” will address one of the most relevant topics in modern shrimp farming: the evolution of intensive production systems and the potential of the innovative models developed in Vietnam to meet the industry’s growing challenges of sustainability, productivity, and operational efficiency.

After graduating from the University of Hawaii, Kawahigashi began his professional career in Hawaii (1979–1986). He later led major aquaculture projects throughout Central and South America until 2003 and, since 2004, has played a key role in the rapid expansion of Penaeus vannamei farming across Asia through technical training and technology transfer programs.

His areas of expertise include:

Design and implementation of intensive and multi-phase shrimp production systems.
Genetic improvement programs and broodstock management.
Technical management of shrimp hatcheries.
Development of sustainable high-intensity grow-out systems using circular ponds.
Application of biofloc technology and Recirculating Aquaculture Systems (RAS).
Use of probiotics, symbiotics, and postbiotics to enhance production performance.
Technical training and capacity building for aquaculture professionals.

Today, his work focuses on developing sustainable shrimp farming models based on biofloc protocols, super-intensive circular pond systems, and water recirculation technologies—approaches widely recognized as some of the industry’s most promising solutions for improving production efficiency while reducing environmental impacts.

His extensive international experience across Latin America, Asia, and the United States makes this plenary session a unique opportunity for producers, researchers, industry leaders, students, and aquaculture professionals interested in learning about the technologies and production strategies shaping the future of global shrimp farming.

LACQUA26 will bring together leading international experts, researchers, companies, and aquaculture stakeholders to exchange knowledge, strengthen partnerships, and showcase the innovations driving the sustainable development of aquaculture in Latin America and the Caribbean.

The Congress will take place October 27–30, 2026, in San Salvador, El Salvador, and is organized by the Latin American & Caribbean Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (LACC-WAS) in collaboration with the Salvadoran Blue Economy Authority (ASEA), with the support of the Government of El Salvador.

The Organizing Committee invites the international aquaculture community to participate in this premier scientific, technical, and commercial event, recognized as the leading aquaculture conference in Latin America and the Caribbean.

Participants are encouraged to register at:

https://www.was.org/Meeting/Registration/Submit/LACQUA26

LACQUA26 Organizing Committee

Sustainable Aquaculture, a Blue Future for Latin America and the Caribbean

October 27–30, 2026
San Salvador, El Salvador

Contact: carolina@was.org

Ventisqueros recovered 99% of its waste in 2025, moving closer to its “Zero Waste to Landfill” goal

Edusehat — Sat, 08 Aug 2026 04:20:05 +0700

Over the past six years, the company reduced the proportion of waste sent to landfills from 26% to just 0.6%, marking one of the most significant achievements of its circular economy strategy.

In 2025, Ventisqueros recovered 99.4% of the waste generated by its operations. This result reflects the company’s steady progress towards its goal of eliminating waste sent to landfills by 2026 as part of its “Zero Waste to Landfill” program.

During the year, the company generated 30,592 metric tons of waste, of which 30,396 metric tons were recovered, reused, or otherwise diverted from disposal. As a result, only 0.6% was sent to an authorized landfill.

The evolution of this indicator demonstrates the scale of the progress achieved. In 2019, 26% of Ventisqueros’ waste ended up in landfills. Six years later, that figure had fallen to just 0.6%, thanks to systematic efforts to strengthen circular economy practices across all its operations.

“Reducing the proportion of waste sent to landfills from 26% in 2019 to just 0.6% in 2025 reflects a profound transformation in our management practices and tangible progress toward more circular operations”, said Igor Stack, Technical Manager at Ventisqueros.

The main materials recovered in 2025 were organic salmon byproducts, totaling 23,376 metric tons, followed by 5,672 metric tons of organic sludge. The company also recovered plastics, wood, cardboard, paper, household-like waste, metal and electronic scrap, and other industrial waste.

Since 2022, the company has maintained a 100% recovery rate for dewatered sludge and, since 2025, has also achieved full recovery of liquid sludge. Ventisqueros continues to work with specialized waste management partners to expand recovery alternatives and strengthen its circular economy model.

“The challenge now lies in the remaining 0.6%. We want to continue identifying solutions that will enable us to meet our goal of sending zero waste to landfills in 2026”, Stack added.

These results are included in Ventisqueros’ 2025 ESG Report and reflect the company’s progress in circular economy practices, resource optimization, and sustainable waste management.

EuroTier 2026: A global platform for knowledge exchange, networking and innovation

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 20:25:09 +0700

10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – Guiding Theme: “Intelligence in Animal Farming” – Extensive Networking Opportunities and Events – Premiere of DLG-VetCon – Young Farmers Party Takes Place in Hall 2 for the First Time – www.eurotier.com

As the world’s leading trade fair for professional animal farming and livestock management, EuroTier 2026, 10-13 November, offers an extensive programme of conferences, specialist events and networking opportunities for livestock professionals from around the world. Highlights include the International Cattle & Pig Event, the International Farmers Day and the new DLG-VetCon 2026. Organizer DLG (German Agricultural Society) expects around 2,100 exhibitors from more than 50 countries to attend the exhibition in Hanover, Germany.

Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in Animal Farming”, trade visitors can explore over four days how intelligent solutions are shaping the future of livestock production. The exhibition covers all major livestock sectors, including pigs, cattle, poultry, horses, sheep and goats.

Dialogue with leading experts and decision-makers from across the industry is another key attraction. To encourage this exchange, EuroTier 2026 offers a comprehensive programme of events, conferences and networking opportunities.

International Poultry Day
Monday, 9 November 2026

The programme begins on 9 November, the day before the exhibition opens. The International Poultry Day brings together poultry professionals from around the world to discuss current developments and challenges within the sector.

Topics include animal welfare, nutrition, animal health, sustainability and market perspectives. Experts from science, practice and industry will present innovations and solutions for sustainable poultry production.

International Farmers Day and International Cattle & Pig Event
Wednesday, 11 November 2026

Wednesday, 11 November offers extensive opportunities for international networking and professional exchange with the International Farmers Day taking place on this day.

In 2026, the spotlight countries are the United Kingdom, Ireland and Poland. Presentations, panel discussions and networking sessions will provide insights into markets, strategies and innovations in these important agricultural nations.

The International Cattle & Pig Event concentrates current topics in cattle and pig farming on one common platform. International experts from politics, practice, science and business will present trends, developments and best-practice examples while discussing solutions for sustainable, animal-friendly and economically viable livestock production.

International visitors will also once again find the International Visitors’ Lounge in Hall 13.

Female Agri Fellows Networking Event and Women in Ag Award Ceremony
Wednesday, 11 November 2026, 16:00-18:00, DLG Stand, Hall 13

This Female Agri Fellow Networking Event and Women in Ag Award Ceremony celebrate women in agriculture while creating space for connection, exchange and inspiration. Both events take place at the DLG stand in Hall 13.

During the Female Agri Fellows Networking Event, women from across the agricultural and food industries will come together in an inspiring environment to network, share experiences and learn from one another, from start-up founders to business leaders from family farms.

A special highlight is the presentation of the Women in Ag Award from 16:00 to 17:00. This international award recognizes outstanding women from around the world, honouring their achievements and contributions to agriculture.

Open Agri Influencer Meet-up
Wednesday, 11 November and Thursday, 12 November 2026, 13:00-14:00, DLG Stand, Hall 13

The DLG Agri Influencer Team invites everyone active in agricultural social media to join this informal networking event.

Without a formal agenda, participants can meet over a drink, exchange ideas and connect with fellow content creators and social media professionals. The goal is to foster networking and collaboration among stakeholders in agricultural communication and content creation. The events take place at the DLG stand in Hall 13.

DLG-VetCon 2026: Professional Conference for Large-Animal and Herd Veterinarians

Thursday, 12 November and Friday, 13 November 2026, Above Hall 19, First Floor, Conference Room

DLG-VetCon, powered by EuroTier, is a new international forum for large-animal veterinarians.

Combining professional development, networking and innovation, the conference creates an ideal environment for knowledge exchange in an international setting. Through its close integration with EuroTier, participants benefit from unique synergies including access to market leaders in livestock technology and animal nutrition, leading farmers and producers, as well as the latest industry trends and technologies.

Young Professionals Day and Young Farmers Party
Thursday, 12 November 2026, DLG Stand, Hall 13

The Young Professionals Day is the meeting place for young farmers, engineers and scientists.

A compact programme of presentations, discussions and interactive activities at the DLG stand offers opportunities to expand knowledge, establish professional contacts and exchange ideas with peers.

The highlight of the day is the legendary Young Farmers Party, which will this year be held in Hall 2 of the Hanover Exhibition Grounds. More space, more participants and more opportunities: with up to 3,500 guests, digital features and a completely new atmosphere, the Young Farmers Party is expected to be larger than ever before.

Science Campus: Platform for Science, Research and Careers
Hall 13

The Science Campus in Hall 13 offers insights into the work of leading research institutes, universities and technical colleges and serves as a hub for everyone interested in shaping the future of science and research.

Visitors can explore: Study programs and career opportunities: Information on degree programs and educational institutions.

Science and Innovation: Presentations of current research findings and technological developments.

Networking and Exchange: Opportunities to connect with experts, share ideas and discuss innovation.

Agrifood Start-ups: Cultivating the Future of Farming

The EuroTier Start-up area is the central platform for visionary ideas and groundbreaking technologies in the agriculture and food sectors.

Located in Hall 25, innovative start-ups meet a global network of investors, established industry leaders and decision-makers. The aim is to provide today’s pioneers with a stage on which to showcase solutions that will help shape a sustainable, efficient and future-oriented agriculture sector.

Source: DLG press release

Uzbekistan targets poultry expansion with US$432 million investment plan through 2028

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 20:25:09 +0700

TASHKENT, Uzbekistan – Uzbekistan has unveiled an ambitious programme to expand its poultry industry as part of a broader livestock development strategy running through 2028. The measures, presented to President Shavkat Mirziyoyev on 5 August, aim to increase domestic poultry production, strengthen feed manufacturing, modernise processing facilities and introduce digital technologies across the sector.According to the Uzbek government, poultry projects worth US$432 million are planned over the coming years. The investments are expected to increase poultry meat production by 100,000 tonnes by 2028, helping to meet growing domestic demand while supporting the country’s wider food security objectives.

Feed production and processing capacity

Alongside production expansion, the government plans to increase feed manufacturing capacity to 3.3 million tonnes, recognising feed availability as a key factor for the sector’s continued growth.

Processing infrastructure is also set to be upgraded. Uzbekistan aims to raise the share of poultry processed in modern slaughter facilities from the current 20% to 50%, a move intended to improve efficiency, product quality and food safety standards.

The government has also emphasised that expanding poultry production is intended to improve the availability and affordability of poultry products for domestic consumers.

Digital technologies for poultry farming

The development programme places considerable emphasis on digitalisation. Authorities plan to introduce the Smart Fermer platform, an artificial intelligence-based management system designed to support livestock producers through digital animal identification, veterinary services, feeding management, pasture monitoring and access to government support schemes.

Although designed for the livestock sector as a whole, the platform could also support poultry enterprises through improved digital management and traceability as digital technologies become more widely adopted.

Poultry development within a broader livestock strategy

The poultry investment programme forms part of a wider national livestock development plan covering the period 2026–2028. During a government meeting chaired by President Mirziyoyev, officials outlined plans for 802 new livestock projects, the rehabilitation of 103 inactive farms, and total livestock investments of US$463 million. The strategy also includes the establishment of 16 specialised livestock districts to support breeding and production activities.

The broader strategy includes measures to improve animal genetics through artificial insemination and embryo transfer, expand breeding programmes, strengthen veterinary services and establish the Uzbekistan Livestock Breeders Association.

These initiatives complement the objectives set out in Presidential Resolution PP-179, adopted in May 2026, which established national targets for expanding livestock production, improving breeding quality and increasing feed crop cultivation by 2028.

Focus on implementation

President Mirziyoyev instructed officials to assess the economic viability of the proposed projects, ensure that financing is used for its intended purposes and introduce digital systems for monitoring implementation and improving accountability.

While the announced figures represent government targets rather than completed achievements, the programme signals Uzbekistan’s intention to accelerate the modernisation of its poultry industry through investment in production capacity, feed manufacturing, processing infrastructure and digital technologies.

The importance of feed particle size: From milling efficiency to gizzard function – Part I

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 16:55:04 +0700

Poultry diets may be formulated to identical nutrient specifications, yet their biological performance can differ markedly due to one often-overlooked factor: feed structure. This first part explores how particle size distribution influences digestive physiology, gizzard development, gut health and feeding behaviour, demonstrating why particle size should be regarded not merely as a milling parameter, but as a critical nutritional characteristic that bridges feed manufacturing and animal performance.

M. Reza Abdollahi
Professor of Poultry Nutrition Massey University,
New Zealand

Marc Perel
Independent Consultant in Feed Technology, Premix, Additives FeedSphere Solutions, France

Poultry feed formulation has reached a high level of precision, yet differences in bird performance persist despite identical nutrient specifications. Increasing evidence suggests that these discrepancies are not explained solely by nutrient composition, but also by feed structure, particularly particle size distribution.

This paper examines how grinding, mixing, handling, and pelleting shape feed structure and, in turn, influence digestive physiology, gut health, nutrient utilization, and feeding behavior in poultry. Particular attention is given to particle size distribution—not only its average value, but its overall profile—and its role in feed homogeneity, segregation, and digestive function.

The effects of pelleting on particle size are discussed, together with the need for appropriate measurement methods in finished feeds. Finally, the paper advocates a more integrated approach in which particle size is defined, measured, and managed as a nutritional parameter. Emerging tools for real-time monitoring and process control are highlighted as key enablers of this transition.

Ultimately, particle size should be viewed not as a by-product of grinding, but as a functional feed attribute that must be aligned with nutritional objectives.

ONE FORMULA, TWO OUTCOMES
Two feed mills may produce the same broiler diet on paper, using identical ingredient compositions and meeting the same nutrient and energy specifications. Yet, under commercial conditions, bird performance can differ substantially. Broilers fed from one mill may achieve faster growth, convert feed more efficiently, and superior gastrointestinal development compared with those receiving feed from the other mill. The difference lies not in the formulation matrix itself, but in the extent of feed processing and the resulting physical structure of the finished feed.

Modern poultry nutrition is built on precision. Nutritionists formulate diets to meet biological requirements with increasing accuracy, while feed technologists design processes to ensure throughput, efficiency, and pellet quality. Both disciplines ultimately pursue the same objective: delivering nutrients to the animal in the most effective way. Yet between formulation and feeding, a critical transformation occurs. During grinding, mixing, conditioning, and pelleting, feed is not only processed—it is structurally redefined.

This transformation governs how nutrients are accessed, digested, and utilized by the bird. It shapes how feed is perceived, selected, retained, and broken down in the gastrointestinal tract. Feed structure, and particularly particle size distribution, thus emerges as the missing link between what is formulated and what is biologically expressed.

Despite its importance, this link remains insufficiently integrated into both nutritional formulation and feed manufacturing practices. Particle size is still too often treated as a secondary parameter, reduced to equipment settings or a single analytical value. This paper explores how particle size reduction and feed processing shape both technological outcomes and biological responses and argues for a more integrated approach in which particle size is considered a functional parameter of nutrition.

Source: Mai.Chayakorn | Shutterstock

DEFINING FEED PARTICLE SIZE
Feed particle size (PS) is often reduced, in practice, to a single number: the median diameter, commonly expressed as D50. While useful, this simplification hides a much richer reality. Particle size is not a single point, but a distribution. Two feeds with the same D50 may behave very differently in the animal if one contains a high proportion of fine particles and the other a wider spread including coarse fractions.

Understanding particle size therefore requires moving beyond a single value and considering the full particle size distribution, including its shape, its extremes, and its consistency over time. Characterizing this distribution requires a standardized series of sieves. A set including 100, 200, 500, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, and 3150 µm provides a practical framework for describing feed granulometry. Beyond D50, the geometric standard deviation (GSD), which reflects dispersion, together with the proportion of each particle fraction, are essential descriptors of feed structure.

From a processing perspective, the properties of the raw materials set the starting particle size. Milling then reduces these particles to smaller sizes, so the final particle size is determined by the milling operation. Depending on plant design, ingredients may be ground together after dosing (post-grinding) or individually before mixing (pre-grinding), the latter offering greater flexibility to tailor particle size distributions to nutritional objectives.

Particle size is shaped primarily by the choice of grinding technology and operating conditions. Hammer mills generally produce broader distributions with a higher proportion of fines, whereas roller mills generate more uniform particles with fewer fines. Beyond equipment selection, screen size, tip speed, throughput, specific energy input, and equipment wear all influence the final distribution. Raw material properties such as hardness, moisture content, fiber structure, and fat level further contribute to grinding behavior and particle size variability.

Targeting a lower D50 generally requires higher specific energy input and is frequently accompanied by a greater proportion of fines and increased dispersion within the particle size distribution. Consequently, particle size should not be viewed solely through its average value, but through the overall balance between mean size, distribution width, and process efficiency.

Particle size is therefore a measurable, traceable, and repeatable technological outcome. When properly defined and monitored, it becomes a genuine feed quality attribute, comparable to pellet durability or moisture content. More than a by-product of grinding, it is a parameter that can be deliberately targeted, controlled, and optimized.

Source: DenisNata | Shutterstock

THE ANIMAL’S PERSPECTIVE
During feed manufacturing, most ingredients, particularly cereal grains, are ground prior to incorporation into the final diet. Grinding reduces particle size and alters the physical characteristics of ingredients, improving blending ability and homogeneity, reducing segregation during handling, and facilitating the pelleting process. Particle size reduction is also believed to enhance the accessibility of digestive enzymes to substrates due to the increased surface area of feed particles. However, excessively fine particles may adversely affect the development and functionality of the foregut, particularly the proventriculus and gizzard, which play a critical role in regulating intestinal health and nutrient utilisation. Feeding coarser particles has been associated with improved foregut development, enhanced gut motility, and better digestive function, contributing to overall gut health. Nevertheless, results from studies evaluating the effects of feed particle size on upper gastrointestinal tract development remain inconsistent. These discrepancies are largely attributed to confounding factors, particularly feed form (mash vs. pellets), which can mask or modify the biological effects of particle size.

The influence of feed particle size on gizzard development is well documented. The gizzard possesses a remarkable capacity to mechanically reduce feed particles to a relatively uniform size, regardless of initial particle dimensions. Early work by O’Dell et al. (1959) demonstrated that birds fed purified diets composed predominantly of fine particles exhibited an enlarged proventriculus and a reduced gizzard size compared with birds fed diets containing coarser particles. Diets consisting of fine particles were also shown to pass more rapidly through the gastrointestinal tract (135 vs. 165 minutes). Additionally, birds consuming finely ground diets exhibited increased water intake, likely to facilitate feed ingestion, resulting in a pendulous crop. These observations highlight the physiological consequences of excessive particle size reduction on foregut function.

Hetland et al. (2002) demonstrated in broilers that, irrespective of the original feed structure, the majority of digesta particles measured less than 0.04 mm in diameter upon leaving the gizzard. These findings highlight the gizzard’s critical role in regulating particle size before digesta enters the small intestine. Gizzard weight in broilers is positively correlated with feed particle size when diets are offered in mash form. Broilers fed mash diets containing coarsely ground particles exhibit prolonged digesta retention time in the gizzard, leading to enhanced gizzard development. Increased grinding activity within the gizzard stimulates hypertrophy of the gizzard musculature, which is characterized by well-developed myelinated muscle fibres (Figure 1).

Figure 1 | Source: Adapted from Abdollahi et al. 2019. J Anim Physiol Anim Nutr. 103:146–161.

Enhanced gizzard function has been associated with increased pancreatic enzyme secretion, mediated in part by elevated cholecystokinin release (Svihus, 2014), as well as improved gastrointestinal tract motility. A well-developed gizzard generates stronger reverse peristaltic contractions, thereby enhancing the mechanical breakdown of feed and promoting increased proteolysis by pepsin, trypsin, and other endogenous proteases in the small intestine. Gabriel et al. (2003) reported that the inclusion of larger feed particles enhanced pepsin activity in the proventriculus, reinforcing the role of feed particle size in modulating digestive enzyme activity and protein digestion efficiency. Collectively, these physiological adaptations contribute to more efficient digestion and improved nutrient utilisation (Figure 2).

Figure 2 | Source: Adapted from Abdollahi and Ravindran, The Perfect Pellet: Issues and Challenges, 14th European Poultry Conference, 2014, Stavanger, Norway.

A well-developed gizzard also plays a critical role in regulating gastrointestinal microbial ecology by acting as a physiological barrier against pathogenic bacteria entering the distal gastrointestinal tract. Enhanced gizzard function is associated with increased hydrochloric acid secretion and lower pH in the digestive tract, creating an antimicrobial environment that suppresses acid-sensitive pathogens. Studies have shown that birds fed coarse mash diets exhibit increased populations of beneficial Lactobacillus spp. in the caeca, whereas finely ground and pelleted diets are associated with reduced lactic acid bacteria counts. Increased inclusion of coarse particles has also been linked to higher Lactobacillus and Bifidobacterium populations and reduced counts of pathogenic or opportunistic bacteria such as Clostridium, Campylobacter, and Bacteroides spp. In contrast, finely ground feed particles pass more rapidly through the gizzard, limiting exposure to acidic conditions and proteolytic enzymes. The resulting influx of undigested material into the small intestine may promote dysbiosis and facilitate the proliferation of pathogens such as Clostridium perfringens and Escherichia coli. Collectively, these findings suggest that feed particle size influences gut microbiota through two primary mechanisms: enhanced antimicrobial action mediated by a functional gizzard and the promotion of competitive exclusion via increased colonisation of commensal bacteria.

Poultry are highly sensitive to feed particle size and can distinguish textural differences through mechanoreceptors in the beak from an early age. Birds consistently show a preference for larger particles, and this preference intensifies as they mature. Feed particle size, together with dietary nutrient density, is a primary determinant of voluntary feed intake (FI), with numerous studies demonstrating that changes in particle size alone, without altering diet composition, can significantly influence FI in poultry. Feed selection behaviour further indicates that birds preferentially consume coarse particles, leaving behind fines, underscoring feed particle size as a key driver of feeding behaviour and intake regulation in poultry.

Studies evaluating the effects of feed particle size on FI in broilers fed mash diets have produced inconsistent results, largely due to the influence of multiple confounding factors, including grain type and cultivar, endosperm hardness, particle size characteristics (mean size, uniformity, and distribution), grinding method, and bird age. Amerah et al. (2007) reported that broilers fed coarsely ground wheat mash diets (7-mm screen) consumed approximately 13% more feed than those fed medium-ground diets (3-mm screen), resulting in significant improvements in weight gain and feed efficiency. Yasar (2003) demonstrated that the negative effects of soluble non-starch polysaccharides (NSP) in wheat-based diets were exacerbated by fine grinding. Reducing screen size from 7.0 to 6.0, 5.0, and 4.0 mm progressively increased ileal digesta viscosity (from 7.3 to 18.3 cP), which was associated with reduced FI. This effect was attributed to increased solubilisation of NSP following fine grinding, leading to slower digesta passage rate and consequent suppression of feed intake. Nir et al. (1994) demonstrated that, irrespective of cereal type (maize, wheat, or sorghum), mash diets with a medium particle size, corresponding to a GMD of 966–1266 μm, resulted in the highest FI and optimal growth performance.

However, when diets are pelleted or crumbled, differences in pre-pelleting particle size often result in similar broiler performance outcomes. This convergence in performance is largely attributed to the pelleting process, which tends to homogenize particle size distribution, effectively minimizing structural differences created by grinding intensity (Abdollahi et al., 2011). Particle size reduction during pelleting is thought to occur because larger particles are preferentially fractured under the compressive forces generated by the narrow gap between pellet rollers and the die, as well as the frictional forces within the die channels.

It is noteworthy that the optimal feed microstructure may vary with bird age. During the starter phase, broilers are assumed to have an incompletely developed gizzard, which may limit their tolerance for large feed particles compared with later grow-out phases. Several studies have reported negative effects of high inclusion levels of coarsely ground maize particles in mash diets fed to young birds, an effect commonly attributed to the limited grinding capacity of an immature gizzard. In contrast, when diets are provided in pelleted form, even during the starter phase, broilers exhibit a high tolerance for coarse particles. These findings indicate that pelleting process largely mitigates the negative effects of coarse particles observed in mash diets and allows the inclusion of coarser grains even in young broilers. Therefore, and based on the available literature, responses observed in broilers fed mash diets differing in particle size cannot be directly extrapolated to pelleted or crumbled diets, as particle size differences are largely reduced during the pelleting process. In broilers fed pelleted or crumbled diets, the inclusion of coarsely ground grain does not appear to depress FI and may, in fact, improve feed utilisation. From a feed manufacturing perspective, coarse grinding offers additional advantages, including substantial energy savings with wider grinder screen openings and increased mill throughput.

References are available upon request.

About Dr. Reza Abdollahi
Dr. Reza Abdollahi is currently affiliated with the Monogastric Research Centre, at Massey University as an Adjunct Professor of Poultry Nutrition. He is also the founder of “A2Z Poultry Feed DynamikZ”, an international independent research and consultancy firm. Dr Abdollahi is a globally recognized poultry nutrition expert with over 28 years of experience across academia, research, and industry, with an extensive track record in feed formulation, nutrient utilisation, and commercial poultry performance optimisation.

About Marc Perel
An engineer specializing in feed manufacturing technologies, Marc Perel is the founder of FeedSphere Solutions©, an independent consulting firm serving the global animal nutrition industry. With more than 30 years of international experience and projects spanning over 400 production sites in 45 countries, he provides expert guidance on feed manufacturing, process optimization, and industrial performance, helping companies implement practical, unbiased solutions tailored to their operational needs.

The importance of feed particle size: From milling efficiency to gizzard function – Part I yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Tips for Stress-Free Travel with Your Dog

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 16:45:10 +0700

Travelling across India with a dog can feel like organising a small expedition. Long highway drives from Delhi to the hills, weekend getaways to Goa, monsoon trips to Kerala, or festive family visits during Diwali all come with their own challenges. Dogs pick up on every change in routine, and a nervous pup can turn a happy trip into a stressful one for everyone. The good news is that with a little planning, the right gear, and some patience, you can help your dog stay calm, safe, and happy on the road. Here is a practical guide built around Indian weather, transport rules, and real pet parent experiences.

Prepare Your Dog Before the Journey

Preparation begins long before you pack your own bag. Schedule a vet visit at least two weeks before travel to update vaccinations, check for fleas and ticks, and pick up a health certificate if you are crossing state borders or flying. Ask your vet about deworming and any calming aid your dog might need for long journeys.

Make sure your dog wears a well-fitted collar with an ID tag that carries your phone number and current address. Microchipping is a smart backup, especially for trips to busy hill stations or beach towns where dogs can wander off. If your dog is not used to being outside your home for long, start with short car rides around your neighbourhood. A few practice runs to a nearby park in Bangalore traffic or through Mumbai lanes helps your dog associate the vehicle with pleasant outings rather than stressful vet visits. Puppies and senior dogs both need extra preparation time, so build up gradually from ten-minute drives to hour-long trips over two to three weeks.

Pack a Travel Kit That Covers Every Situation

A well-stocked travel kit prevents most on-the-road panics. Pack enough of your dog's regular food for the entire trip plus two extra days, since sudden diet changes often cause stomach upsets. Carry a collapsible bowl, a sealed bottle of drinking water, and any prescription medicines with clear labels.

Add a soft blanket that smells like home, two or three familiar toys, poop bags, a grooming brush, and a small first aid pouch with antiseptic, gauze, and tick removal tools. According to the ASPCA travel safety guidelines, keeping a recent photo of your dog on your phone helps enormously if your pet ever gets lost during a trip.

For carriers, leashes, harnesses, and travel bowls that hold up well on long Indian road trips, browse the range of dog travel accessories and pick items sized correctly for your dog's breed and weight.

Choose the Right Carrier or Crate

The carrier is your dog's safe space on the move. It should be sturdy, well ventilated, and roomy enough for your dog to stand, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Soft-sided carriers work for small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, and Indian Spitz puppies, while hard crates suit Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and larger Indies.

Introduce the crate at home a few weeks before travel. Leave the door open, place a soft mat inside, and toss in a treat or favourite chew now and then. This turns the crate into a familiar den rather than a scary box. For train journeys and flights, airline-approved crates with secure locks are non-negotiable. Explore durable options in the dog crates collection to find a size that matches your travel plans.

Travelling by Car in Indian Conditions

Car travel is the most common choice for Indian pet parents, and it needs a few smart safety habits. Never let your dog sit on your lap or hang out of the window, however much they enjoy it. A sudden brake on a Mumbai flyover or a bumpy Ghat road can cause serious injury. Use a crash-tested harness attached to the seat belt, or secure the crate on the back seat or boot.

The American Kennel Club recommends restraining your dog during every car ride to protect both the pet and passengers. Plan a break every two to three hours for water, a short walk, and a bathroom stop. In summer, when temperatures in Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Nagpur can cross 42 degrees Celsius, travel early in the morning or after sunset and never leave your dog inside a parked car, even with the windows cracked.

A comfortable, no-pull harness makes rest stops safer. Have a look at the dog collars and harnesses range for options built for Indian weather and sizes.

Travelling by Train or Flight

Indian Railways allows dogs to travel with their owners in first AC coupes or in the parcel van under the pet luggage rules. Bookings must be made at the parcel office at the originating station along with a valid health certificate from a registered veterinarian. Carry enough water, since long routes like Delhi to Bangalore can stretch over 30 hours.

For flights, most Indian carriers permit small dogs in the cabin and larger dogs in the cargo hold, subject to specific weight and crate rules. The IATA live animal regulations set the global standard for pet travel crates, and Indian airlines follow these closely. Book direct flights whenever possible to reduce transit stress, and avoid peak summer or Diwali travel dates when airport handling delays are longer.

Managing Anxiety and Motion Sickness

Even confident dogs can feel queasy or anxious during long journeys. Feed a light meal about three to four hours before departure rather than right before you leave. Keep the car cool, play soft music to mask engine and road noise, and avoid strong perfumes or air fresheners that can worsen nausea. Panting, whining, drooling, and restlessness are the most common signs of travel stress, and a calm voice from you goes a long way in settling your dog.

Chew toys and long-lasting treats work wonders in keeping nervous dogs distracted. Puzzle toys and calming chews from the dog toys collection can hold attention for hours on end. If your dog has severe travel anxiety or vomits frequently, speak to your vet about anti-nausea medication or natural calming aids before the trip.

Weather and Seasonal Considerations

Indian weather shapes travel plans in a big way. During the monsoon, carry a quick-dry towel, a waterproof mat for the car seat, and paw balm to protect against wet, slippery surfaces in Mumbai, Kochi, or Guwahati. Fleas and ticks multiply in humid weather, so use vet-recommended preventives before heading to green destinations like Coorg, Munnar, or the Western Ghats.

Summer travel calls for extra water, cooling mats, and shaded rest stops. Watch for heavy panting, drooling, or wobbly walking, all early signs of heat exhaustion that need immediate cooling and vet attention. Winter trips to Manali, Shimla, or Darjeeling need a warm coat for short-coated breeds like Beagles, Dachshunds, and Boxers, along with paw balm for icy roads. Always match your travel schedule to your dog's tolerance for heat, cold, and humidity, and check the destination weather forecast a day or two before you leave home.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. Is it safe to give my dog a sedative before travel?

Sedatives should only be used under veterinary guidance. Most vets prefer natural calming aids or behavioural training over strong medication, since sedated dogs can struggle with balance and breathing during transit.

2. How do I stop my dog from getting car sick?

Feed a light meal a few hours before travel, keep the car well ventilated, and take short breaks every couple of hours. Facing your dog forward and avoiding sudden turns also helps a great deal.

3. Can I take my dog on Indian Railways trains?

Yes, Indian Railways allows dogs in first AC coupes with prior booking, or in the pet compartment of the parcel van. Carry a valid vaccination and health certificate from your vet.

4. What documents do I need for flying with my dog within India?

You will need an up to date vaccination record, a health certificate issued within ten days of travel, and an airline-approved crate. Some airlines also ask for a fit-to-fly certificate for senior dogs or brachycephalic breeds.

5. How often should I stop during a long road trip?

Plan a break every two to three hours for water, a short walk, and a toilet stop. Puppies and senior dogs may need more frequent breaks.

6. What is the best way to keep my dog calm in a new hotel or homestay?

Bring familiar bedding, toys, and their regular food. Stick to feeding and walking times as close to home routines as possible so your dog settles in faster.

Travel becomes truly stress-free when your dog feels safe, understood, and well prepared. With the right gear, a calm approach, and a little practice, every trip from a weekend Lonavala drive to a long Himalayan holiday can turn into a happy memory for you and your best friend.

Lucretia Löscher to become new COO of Big Dutchman AG

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 13:25:09 +0700

Strengthening the Big Dutchman team: Lucretia Löscher assumed the position of Chief Operating Officer (COO) on 1 August 2026. The 43-year-old has a deep understanding of international industrial enterprises from different perspectives – and brings with her much experience in driving complex processes forward and successfully implementing change.Lucretia Löscher was most recently COO of the globally active plant construction and engineering company Thyssenkrupp Uhde. Prior to that, she held senior positions at Siemens Energy and Osram Lighting Solutions, among others.

Lucretia Löscher studied law, business administration and management in Leipzig (Germany) and Paris and completed a senior executive programme in artificial intelligence at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Boston, complementing her academic education.In addition, she is a qualified emergency medical technician (EMT) and volunteers for the Red Cross society.

“Lucretia Löscher convinced us with her broad commitment, her impressive CV and her in-depth management experience,” says Bernd Meerpohl, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Big Dutchman AG. “Her modern approach will bring fresh energy to our family business, strengthening it further and helping to guide it into the future.” CEO Steffen Bersch: “With her impressive career, she brings exactly what we need for Big Dutchman’s next phase of growth: global experience, strategic depth and a modern leader who not only thinks about change but lives it. I am looking forward to working with her and the entire team to lead Big Dutchman into the future with even greater determination and focus.”

Lucretia Löscher: “I am looking forward to this new challenge at Big Dutchman. Together with the team, I want to further enhance operational excellence, consistently align our processes with our customers’ needs, and drive the company’s successful development in a sustainable manner.”

12 Cutest Cat Breeds That Will Steal Your Heart

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 10:10:06 +0700

The cat world is filled with adorable breeds, featuring fluffy tails, round, expressive eyes, or wild-cat coat patterning. How many cat breeds there are depends on who you ask; The International Cat Association recognizes 73 cat breeds, while the Cat Fanciers’ Association (CFA) recognizes 45.

What makes a cat breed officially “cute”? Is it the giant eyes, the fluffy coat, the tiny toe beans, or that irresistible little face? While beauty is always in the eye of the beholder (every good cat parent knows their cat is the cutest), these adorable cat breeds have earned a spot on our entirely subjective list of the cutest cats around. Meet the breeds with the sweetest looks, most charming personalities, and undeniable feline appeal.

(Remember that the cuteness factor is just one aspect to take into consideration. You’ll also want to think about the breed’s temperament, energy level, grooming needs, and health concerns. Here, we give you a peek into what these breeds are actually like to live with.)

The Cutest Cat Breeds That Deserve a Spot on Your “Must Love” List

1. The Ragdoll

Life on White/Bigstock

Ragdoll cats go limp when picked up, a sign of their docile nature.

With that soft, fluffy coat and gorgeous blue eyes, the Ragdoll is an undeniable beauty. This breed gets its name from a unique trait: Ragdoll cats go limp when picked up, a sign of their docile nature. Ragdolls are known for being friendly and playful. Despite their large size—they’re one of the largest cat breeds—Ragdolls are gentle and social.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, playful, docile
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long and silky; main colours include seal, chocolate, blue, lilac, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Can be predisposed to heart disease, kidney issues, and obesity
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

2. The Scottish Fold

LeniKovaleva/Bigstock

The sweet Scottish Fold’s hallmark folded ears give it an endearingly owl-like appearance. Add the breed’s trademark, adorably round face, eyes, and body, and you have an irresistibly cute cat breed. Scottish Folds are typically gentle and affectionate without being needy.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 6-13 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, quiet, affectionate
ENERGY LEVEL: Moderate
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short-haired; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to osteochondrodysplasia, a genetic condition that impacts cartilage and bone development
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 14-16 years

3. The Maine Coon Cat

Grisha Bruev/Bigstock

Maine Coon Cats are often described as having dog-like qualities.

Commonly referred to as “the gentle giant,” the Maine Coon Cat is a large, muscular, affectionate cat that can tip the scales at a whopping 25 pounds. The breed’s large, bushy tail and fluffy neck call out for cuddles. Tall ears are often tufted with fur, giving them a lynx-like appearance. Because of their laid-back personality, Maine Coon Cats are a good fit for households with other cats or dogs. In fact, Maine Coon Cats are often described as having dog-like qualities. They are known for their friendly, playful, and trainable nature, often enjoying activities like playing fetch, going for walks on a leash, and responding to commands.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-16 inches
WEIGHT: 10-25 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Friendly, playful, trainable
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long; variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hip dysplasia, and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-13 years

4. The Selkirk Rex

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

The Selkirk Rex’s super-curly hair and large, fuzzy paws make it an indisputably adorable breed. The unusual, highly curled coat is the most notable attribute of these charming, laid-back cats. This medium to large breed is muscular and short-muzzled. The Selkirk Rex is known to be an affectionate breed that loves to cuddle.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loving, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long or short; common colours include chocolate, lilac, white, black, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-15 years

5. The Russian Blue

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

The Russian Blue is a gorgeous cat that comes in a range of beautiful blue colours. Striking almond-shaped green eyes vividly contrast with their coat. Although Russian Blues can be reserved with new people, they typically develop strong, loyal bonds with one person.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Intelligent, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense coat; blue with silver tipping
HEALTH CONCERNS: Generally healthy
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

6. The American Bobtail

Lapina/Shutterstock

With their signature, naturally occurring bobbed tail, American Bobtails look like wildcats—but unlike a wild feline, they’re affectionate and cuddly. Intelligent, gentle, and loving, they love to play hunting games. They also tend to get along well with kids and other pets.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-12 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, friendly, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short hair; variety of patterns and colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and kidney disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

7. The Siberian

Touch of Love/Shutterstock

One of the interesting things about Siberian cats is that they take five years to reach their full size and maturity, meaning that you can enjoy the kitten years for a bit longer. Full-grown or not, Siberian cats have big, round eyes and a full, fluffy tail that up their cuteness factor. They’re also affectionate and highly loyal.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-18 years

8. The Persian

Life on White/Bigstock

The Persian cat’s fluffy, long-haired coat, round face and eyes, short muzzle, and sweet expression give it a classically adorable look. It perpetually ranks in the top 10 most popular cat breeds. While Persians are affectionate, they’re also quiet and not overly demanding.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 7-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to breathing difficulties and eye problems
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

9. The British Shorthair

Margarita Svalova/Shutterstock

Thanks to their round face, full cheeks, and dense coat, British Shorthairs have a teddy bear-like appearance that is the definition of cute. These loyal cats are cuddly, affectionate, quiet and tend to be good in homes with children and other cats.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 12-14 inches
WEIGHT: 7-17 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, intelligent, easygoing
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to heart disease, kidney disease, and eye conditions
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

10. The Bengal

Seregraff/Bigstock

With their gorgeous spotted or marble coat, these show-stopping cats resemble little leopards. Bengal cats also have a “glimmer gene,” meaning that their coat sparkles or shimmers in the sun. A high-energy breed, Bengals love to play and are highly intelligent.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, curious, active
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; brown, silver, and snow
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, progressive retinal atrophy (PRA), hip dysplasia, patellar luxation, and pyruvate kinase (PK) deficiency
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-16 years

11. The Abyssinian

Alexander Petukhov/Shutterstock

Abyssinians have a gorgeous “ticked” tabby coat, which means that each hair contains bands of different colours, giving their coat a glowing appearance. A playful and energetic breed, Abyssinians are endlessly curious.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, curious, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; unique “ticked” pattern
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and eye disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 9-15 years

12. The Norwegian Forest Cat

puteli/AdobeStock

Looking straight out of a storybook, Norwegian Forest Cats have thick, fluffy coats. While they’re larger cats, they have a small, kitten-like face. This affectionate breed works well in homes with children and other pets.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-12 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, various colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, hip dysplasia, glycogen storage disease type IV, and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

Want to discover more amazing cat breeds?
Explore our complete cat breed guide!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post 12 Cutest Cat Breeds That Will Steal Your Heart appeared first on Modern Cat.

The (Entirely Subjective) List of Cutest Cat Breeds

Edusehat — Fri, 07 Aug 2026 06:25:05 +0700

As any good cat parent knows, their cat is the cutest. But the cat world is filled with adorable breeds, featuring fluffy tails, round, expressive eyes, or wild-cat coat patterning. How many cat breeds there are depends on who you ask; The International Cat Association recognizes 73 cat breeds, while the Cat Fanciers’ Association (CFA) recognizes 45.

Remember that the cuteness factor is just one aspect to take into consideration. You’ll also want to think about the breed’s temperament, energy level, grooming needs, and health concerns. Here, we give you a peek into what these breeds are actually like to live with.

1. The Ragdoll

Life on White/Bigstock

With their soft, fluffy coat and gorgeous blue eyes, the Ragdoll is an undeniable beauty. This breed gets its name from a unique trait: Ragdoll cats go limp when picked up, a sign of their docile nature. Ragdolls are known for being friendly and playful. Despite their large size—they’re one of the largest cat breeds—Ragdolls are gentle and social.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, playful, docile
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long and silky; main colours include seal, chocolate, blue, lilac, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Can be predisposed to heart disease, kidney issues, and obesity
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

2. The Scottish Fold

LeniKovaleva/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 6-13 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, quiet, affectionate
ENERGY LEVEL: Moderate
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short-haired; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to osteochondrodysplasia, a genetic condition that impacts cartilage and bone development
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 14-16 years

3. The Maine Coon Cat

Grisha Bruev/Bigstock

Commonly referred to as “the gentle giant,” the Maine Coon Cat is a large, muscular, affectionate cat that can tip the scales at a whopping 25 pounds. The breed’s large, bushy tail and fluffy neck call out for cuddles. Tall ears are often tufted with fur, giving them a lynx-like appearance. Because of their laid-back personality, Maine Coone Cats are a good fit for households with other cats or dogs. In fact, Maine Coon Cats are often described as having dog-like qualities. They are known for their friendly, playful, and trainable nature, often enjoying activities like playing fetch, going for walks on a leash, and responding to commands.

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-16 inches
WEIGHT: 10-25 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Friendly, playful, trainable
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long; variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM), spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), hip dysplasia, and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-13 years

4. The Selkirk Rex

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loving, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long or short; common colours include chocolate, lilac, white, black, red, and cream
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) and polycystic kidney disease (PKD).
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-15 years

5. The Russian Blue

NynkevanHolten/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 7-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Intelligent, loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense coat; blue with silver tipping
HEALTH CONCERNS: Generally healthy
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

6. The American Bobtail

Lapina/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 10-12 inches
WEIGHT: 7-16 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, friendly, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Both long and short hair; variety of patterns and colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and kidney disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 13-18 years

7. The Siberian

Touch of Love/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-11 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 10-18 years

8. The Persian

Life on White/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 7-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Gentle, playful
ENERGY LEVEL: Low to medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Long, variety of colours and patterns
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to breathing difficulties and eye problems
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 15-20 years

9. The British Shorthair

Margarita Svalova/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 12-14 inches
WEIGHT: 7-17 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, intelligent, easygoing
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short, dense; variety of colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to heart disease, kidney disease, and eye conditions
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

10. The Bengal

Seregraff/Bigstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-15 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Affectionate, curious, active
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; brown, silver, and snow
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, progressive retinal atrophy (PRA), hip dysplasia, patellar luxation, and pyruvate kinase (PK) deficiency
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-16 years

11. The Abyssinian

Alexander Petukhov/Shutterstock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 8-10 inches
WEIGHT: 8-12 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Loyal, curious, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: High
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Short to medium; unique “ticked” pattern
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to hip dysplasia and eye disease
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 9-15 years

12. The Norwegian Forest Cat

puteli/AdobeStock

Breed Information

HEIGHT: 9-12 inches
WEIGHT: 8-20 pounds
TEMPERAMENT: Playful, intelligent
ENERGY LEVEL: Medium
COAT LENGTH & COLOUR: Semi-long, various colours
HEALTH CONCERNS: Predisposed to HCM, hip dysplasia, glycogen storage disease type IV, and PKD
LIFE EXPECTANCY: 12-20 years

*Interested in learning more about cat breeds?
Check out more content here!

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post The (Entirely Subjective) List of Cutest Cat Breeds appeared first on Modern Cat.

7 Innovative Ways to Use Cork Bark in Herp Enclosures

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 22:55:02 +0700

If you’ve been in the herp hobby for a while, you may have noticed that cork bark is kind of…everywhere. That’s because it’s incredibly versatile for our needs as herp keepers! Unlike other types of wood, you can get cork bark as a flat, tube, or entire branch. Whether you have reptiles, amphibians, or invertebrates, there’s a good chance that you can use this material as an inexpensive way to beautify and add function to your pet’s enclosure. Here’s seven ideas — have you tried them all?

Natural Hides

One of the most common applications for cork bark in the terrarium is as an all-natural hide. Both flats and tubes and provide the kind of tight squeeze that herps crave in a good hidey-hole. For example, snakes and scorpions often like to tuck themselves under flats, while tubes are often popular with frogs and arboreal geckos. Due to cork bark’s unique properties, you can use it for a warm hide or a moist hide, depending on placement and shape.

Need a bigger flat than you can find in one piece? Try sticking a few together with a nontoxic, wood-friendly superglue.

Climbing Branch

For some reason, cork branches are a bit of an accidental secret in the herp hobby. We get so fixated on the bark pieces that we forget about the branches! While most available branches have been sandblasted to make them smooth and bark-free, cork branches retain their natural texture to add extra visual appeal to both desert and tropical terrariums. Plus, the bark makes them grippier than other options, perfect for pets that may be on the clumsier side.

For safety, make sure that all branches are anchored securely so they don’t wobble or fall when in use.

Basking Surface

Wild reptiles bask on all kinds of surfaces in the wild: sand, soil, stone, aaaand wood! Have you ever noticed that a wood deck rarely gets uncomfortable for bare feet, even on a hot, sunny day? This is because of wood’s unique thermal properties, and these properties make it a comfortable basking spot. As an added bonus, wood is nowhere near as heavy as a stone basking slab.

Try using a cork flat or large tube as a basking surface for terrestrial species. If you have an arboreal or semi-arboreal species, cork branches work great.

Floating Basking Island

If you haven’t heard, cork is very buoyant. This can make it a perfect, natural material for turtles and other species to bask on and dry off in a semi-aquatic setup or pond. Anchor a large flat under the basking lamps, or use a slab of cork as part of a grippy ramp to help your pet haul itself out of the water when needed.

For best results, use a piece that is gently curved and significantly larger than your pet so it doesn’t tip over when they try to climb onto it. This means that this particular hack may not work for larger turtles, such as adult pond sliders or painted turtles, but you may be able to succeed if you get hands-on. Try cobbling together an appropriate float sticking a few cork flats into the right size and shape with a wood-friendly, waterproof superglue.

CUC Microclimates

CUC (Clean-Up Crew microfauna) rarely like to hang out in the open. Aside from avoiding hungry predators, CUC are often vulnerable to dehydration, and need a moist home base to retreat to and foster their delicate babies. Scattering small cork tubes and/or flats in one or two spots around the enclosure can do a lot for protecting your CUC population and support them in their work of keeping your bioactive setup fresh.

Bioactivity Booster

As detritivores, CUC are built to break down and recycle organic waste like wood, leaf litter, animal droppings, and carcasses. In the wild, there’s plenty of this to be found. In a terrarium context, we often have to be intentional about making sure we’re providing enough waste to keep the CUC thriving and the soil healthy. Use chips or chunks of cork bark, sprinkled on top of the soil.

If you mix those cork chunks into the soil, you will create pockets of air that will benefit the soil at a deeper level. This supports beneficial aerobic bacteria and helps combat compaction.

Natural Background

We’ve covered cork flats, cork tubes, and cork branches, but what about cork tiles? Cork tiles create the impression of a tree trunk in your enclosure, and help trap both heat and humidity in stubborn setups. These pre-flattened pieces are easy to install, and often come pre-cut to common enclosure sizes.

If you’re feeling creative, you can make your own cork background instead. This option is more natural-looking and creates more texture for claws to grip:

1. Gather a bunch of cork flat pieces.

2. Plan out how to fit them together on one or more sides of the enclosure.

3. Once you have your plan, glue them in one at a time with expanding foam.

4. After the foam has dried and the cork is secure, smear the cracks with 100% silicone sealant and cover with coconut fiber, sphagnum moss, green moss bits, and/or Spanish moss to achieve the desired appearance.

5. Vacuum out the leftover filler and you’re done!

When gluing in a cork background, make sure not to leave any gaps for a reptile to potentially squeeze behind and get trapped! The last thing you want to do is tear apart your hard work to free a trapped pet.

Conclusion

Cork is a highly versatile material with many benefits, usable in both dry and moist environments. It can be used as a basking surface, climbing object, hidey-hole, bioactive support material, and even a gorgeous terrarium background. Plus, when you use cork, you get peace of mind knowing that you’re using a highly sustainable, eco-friendly material in your enclosure.

Shop Pangea Cork Bark >

How to Build an Isopod Enclosure

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 22:55:02 +0700

Isopods have earned their reputation as the ultimate bioactive cleanup crew (along with their fellow springtail friends). These small crustaceans break down waste, uneaten food, and decaying plant matter, helping keep bioactive enclosures clean and balanced. They're low-maintenance, easy to care for, and a great addition to many bioactive setups.

But before your isopods can get to work, they need a home of their own! Building the right enclosure gives them the humidity, hiding spots, and food sources they need to thrive. Here's how to put one together in a few simple steps.

What You'll Need:

An appropriately sized bin – In our example, we used a six-quart bin, but the right size depends on how many isopods you're keeping and how much room they need to roam.
ABG mix – A well-draining bioactive substrate that holds moisture without staying waterlogged.
Sphagnum moss – Helps create a humidity gradient so your isopods can regulate moisture on their own terms.
Cork bark accents – Flats, rounds, or half rounds all work great and give your isopods plenty of places to hide.
Leaf litter – Doubles as both a hiding spot and a food source.
A calcium source – PangeaCal, cuttlebone, or crushed eggshells all support healthy exoskeleton development.
A spray/mist bottle – For keeping your substrate and moss evenly moist.

Building the Setup

Start with a clean, ventilated bin.
Make sure your container has adequate airflow so your isopods can breathe and moisture doesn't get trapped. We're using a six-quart bin for this build, but size it up depending on your colony.
Add a layer of ABG mix to the bottom.
How deep you go depends on the species you're keeping, since some isopods burrow more than others. Give burrowing species extra depth to work with.
Lightly mist the substrate and mix it in.
Spray until it's evenly moist throughout, (not soggy though). This gives your isopods a stable base humidity to start from.
Sprinkle a layer of leaf litter across the surface.
It gives your isopods extra hiding spots and doubles as a natural food source.
Add a handful of sphagnum moss to one side of the enclosure, then mist it damp.
Keeping the moss on just one side creates a humidity gradient, so your isopods can move toward or away from moisture as they need.
Add your cork bark accents across the enclosure.
Flats, rounds, or half rounds all work. Spreading them throughout (not just piled in one spot) gives your isopods plenty of spaces to hide.
Finish with a calcium source.
PangeaCal, cuttlebone, or crushed eggshells all work well and support healthy exoskeleton development as your isopods grow.

Your Setup is Ready!

And that's it! In just a few simple steps, you've built an isopod setup that's ready for its new residents. With the right humidity gradient, hiding spots, and food sources in place, your isopods will have everything they need to thrive as your enclosure's cleanup crew.

Shop the products used in this build on our site to get started on your own setup!

SHOP NOW >

Aviagen South Africa celebrates expansion opening, reinforcing long-term commitment to South Africa’s poultry industry

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 22:35:10 +0700

EDINBURGH, Scotland. – Aviagen^® South Africa officially celebrated the opening of its expanded facilities at Schikfontein Farm in Heidelberg, marking a significant milestone in the company’s continued investment in South Africa and its commitment to strengthening the country’s poultry sector.

The event brought together more than 30 guests, including customers, industry colleagues and government representatives. Among those in attendance were Aviagen South Africa’s distributors – Astral Foods (Ross Poultry Breeders), Arbor Acres South Africa and Rainbow Chickens – underscoring the strong relationships that continue to drive the growth and resilience of South Africa’s poultry industry.

Guests were welcomed by Duard Kleynhans, General Manager, Aviagen South Africa, followed by an opening address from Sergio Illán, President, Aviagen TMEA, before officially opening the facility and touring the expanded operations.

During his speech, Sergio acknowledged Aviagen South Africa’s customers and industry colleagues for the trust they have placed in the business for many years. He highlighted that while the industry has demonstrated remarkable resilience despite disease challenges, rising production costs and global market pressures, continued success will depend on ongoing investment, innovation and collaboration.

Duard highlighted that the expansion reflects Aviagen’s long-term commitment to South Africa and the customers it serves: “This opening represents much more than an expansion of our facilities. It reflects our long-term commitment to supporting our customers with reliable supply, world-class genetics and the expertise they need to grow their businesses. By investing in our facilities, our people and our capabilities, we are strengthening our ability to support sustainable poultry production and contribute to food security across South Africa.”

Representatives from Aviagen South Africa’s distributors also welcomed the investment.

“This investment demonstrates confidence in the future of South African agriculture and reinforces the importance of continued investment in local production, biosecurity and innovation. As a long-standing customer, we value Aviagen South Africa’s commitment to strengthening local breeding capacity and supporting a sustainable and resilient poultry industry,” shared Robert Roszkopf, Managing Director, Agriculture, Astral Foods.

Arno van der Nat, General Manager, Arbor Acres South Africa added: “The level of thought and planning that has gone into the design of these new facilities reflects Aviagen’s long-term commitment to the South African market. This investment provides an important foundation for the continued growth, resilience and sustainability of our poultry industry.”

“The scale of investment, technological sophistication and attention to detail evident throughout the new facilities are truly impressive. Aviagen has created a world-class operation that combines high standards of biosecurity, animal welfare and responsible breeding practices. These facilities strengthen the South African poultry value chain and reinforces the country’s ability to sustainably meet the growing demand for high-quality poultry,” commented Mbusi Dlamini, Breed & Agriculture Director, Rainbow Chickens.

Using compost thermometers to improve compost efficiency, safety

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 19:05:03 +0700

By Zac Williams, PhD
Extension specialist – Poultry Husbandry and Management
University of Arkansas

Composting is a biological process that transforms organic materials such as manure, food waste and animal mortalities into a nutrient-rich soil amendment. On the outside, composting may appear like a simple process. However, successful composting depends on careful management of several factors, including, but not limited to, carbon, porosity and moisture.

Among these, temperature is perhaps the most crucial indicator of compost activity; we’ll look at why later in the article. A compost thermometer is a simple yet effective tool to monitor temperature and make informed management decisions.

Why compost temperature matters

You may find yourself asking, “Why does temperature matter in composting?” Temperature is an indicator of compost activity, telling you how well the bacteria inside the compost are performing.

As microorganisms break down organic matter, they generate heat as a byproduct of metabolism. When conditions are favorable, this heat builds up, raising the compost pile’s internal temperature.

Monitoring this temperature helps determine if the composting process is progressing efficiently. High temperatures indicate microbial activity and matter breakdown, extremely high temperatures indicate a potential fire hazard and low temperatures indicate that something is inhibiting the composting process.

For these reasons, compost temperatures must be maintained within an optimal range: about 120˚ F to 140˚ F (49˚ C to 60˚ C). This is the range at which organic matter breakdown is most efficient.

Compost thermometers

So, how do you know the temperature of the compost? You need a compost thermometer. Compost thermometers are designed to measure internal compost pile temperatures. Most compost thermometers consist of a long probe, 18 to 36 inches long, attached to a dial or digital display, with the very tip of the thermometer being the actual probe that measures temperature. This design allows users to measure temperatures deep within the pile without disturbing it.

Using a compost thermometer is incredibly simple. The probe should be inserted into the compost pile at a height and angle that reach the center of the pile, where temperatures are typically highest. Care should be taken to avoid accidentally putting the thermometer into the base, where temperatures will be low.

Compost piles go through several phases of activity: heating, cooling and curing. Without a thermometer to measure temperatures, there is no way of telling what phase a pile is in.

Temperature readings, when properly interpreted, can give valuable insight into compost conditions and overall performance. When temperatures rise into the thermophilic range, microbial activity is strong and decomposition is proceeding efficiently. Sustaining temperatures in this range is crucial for effective pathogen reduction.

If temperature never increases, increases slowly or stops increasing before reaching the thermophilic range, this indicates potential problems, such as improper moisture content, nutrient imbalance or poor aeration. Fortunately, these problems are fixable. But if you don’t measure temperature, you will have no way of knowing if there is a problem and what that problem might be.

Temperature trends

Temperature trends are equally as important as high or low temperatures. A decline in temperature after a thermophilic period indicates that readily available materials and oxygen have been consumed and that turning is needed to reinvigorate the process. Temperature trends are critical to the overall composting process and the final product, but that information would not be available without monitoring temperature.

Temperature monitoring is important when composting materials that may contain pathogens, such as manure, poultry litter and carcasses. Many state and federal guidelines specify exact temperatures and times that must be met to be considered safe. Without a compost thermometer, you would never know.

Not only is it crucial to have a compost thermometer and use it correctly, but it must also be calibrated regularly to ensure accuracy. Fortunately, calibration is quick and simple, requiring only a container, ice and water. The University of Arkansas poultry science Extension team has a quick instructional video on how to perform a calibration.

A compost thermometer is a simple, low-cost tool that provides valuable insight into the performance of a compost pile. Regular temperature monitoring and response to temperature changes give producers the opportunity to improve compost performance, enhance end-product quality and help control pathogens. Consistent use of temperature data supports sound decision-making and helps achieve reliable and repeatable compost outcomes across a wide range of operations.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Using compost thermometers to improve compost efficiency, safety appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Egypt looks to Sub-Saharan Africa to expand poultry and egg exports

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 19:00:10 +0700

Egypt is intensifying efforts to expand poultry and egg exports into Sub-Saharan Africa, with Uganda emerging as a key partner in a broader strategy to turn domestic oversupply into export growth. The move comes as Egypt’s poultry sector reports self-sufficiency and an exportable surplus, prompting renewed efforts to open new overseas markets.

Food Business MEA reported that Egypt is targeting Sub-Saharan Africa to widen exports of poultry and eggs. That reporting is consistent with recent official and sector-level developments, including a high-level Egyptian-Ugandan meeting in Cairo on 27 July 2026, where agriculture ministers discussed opening the Ugandan market to Egyptian poultry and egg products.

Export ambitions built on surplus

The export push reflects industry claims that Egypt’s domestic poultry and egg production now exceeds local demand. In January 2026, the General Union of Egyptian Poultry Producers said the country had reached full self-sufficiency in poultry meat and table eggs, with a production surplus of more than 20% available for export.

Earlier reports also indicated that the Ministry of Agriculture was working with the sector to open new overseas markets and reduce pressure from excess supply. According to earlier reporting by Al-Ahram Weekly, around 40 Egyptian companies export poultry products to approximately 20 countries across the Arab world, Asia and Africa, suggesting that Egypt has already established an international export base.

Uganda as a strategic gateway

Uganda appears to be more than just a potential customer. During the 27 July talks in Cairo, Egyptian Agriculture Minister Alaa Farouk and his Ugandan counterpart Frank Kagyigyi Tumwebaze discussed broader cooperation in agriculture, livestock and fisheries, while also addressing the possibility of opening the Ugandan market to Egyptian poultry and egg shipments.

The discussions also highlighted Egypt’s poultry production facilities operating under WOAH-standard compartmentalisation, including compartments that Egypt has self-declared as free from highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) in accordance with WOAH guidelines. Egyptian officials also emphasised the country’s certified production facilities, laboratory capabilities and research centres, together with their readiness to provide technical support, biosecurity expertise and veterinary inspection services. Such animal health assurances are an important component of market access requirements alongside commercial and logistical considerations.

Beyond trade: veterinary and technical cooperation

The Egypt-Uganda relationship is also developing on the animal health front. New Vision reported that Tumwebaze’s visit included discussions on veterinary vaccine production, while other reports indicated that the two sides reviewed cooperation on the annual supply of around 10 million doses of foot-and-mouth disease vaccine to Uganda.

The discussions point to a broader bilateral agenda: Egypt is seeking not only to expand exports of poultry and eggs but also to strengthen its role as a technical partner in livestock health and agricultural production systems. For Uganda, the partnership could provide access to veterinary expertise, vaccines and opportunities for further agricultural investment and capacity building.

Dog Car Seats: Ensuring Safety on Every Ride

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 18:55:05 +0700

A quick trip to the vet, a weekend escape to Lonavala, or the daily school run with your pup in tow: every car journey with your dog carries more risk than most pet owners realise. An unrestrained dog can distract the driver, get thrown around during sudden braking, or bolt out of an open door in busy traffic. A well-designed dog car seat solves all three concerns at once. It keeps your companion secure, comfortable, and calm while you focus on the road. From compact hatchbacks in Mumbai to SUVs cruising the Bengaluru outer ring road, choosing the right car seat is one of the smartest decisions you can make for your dog. This guide walks you through everything you need to know before your next drive, from the different types of car seats to the small habits that make every trip safer, cooler, and calmer for your best friend.

Why Dog Car Seats Are a Must for Indian Pet Parents

Indian roads are unpredictable. Potholes appear without warning, two-wheelers weave through gaps, and sudden lane changes are the norm rather than the exception. Add stray cattle, unexpected pedestrians, and monsoon-slick surfaces to the mix, and even a short drive can turn eventful. In this environment, a loose dog in the back seat is a real hazard. Even at 40 kilometres per hour, a sudden stop can send a 15 kilogram dog flying forward with enough force to injure both the pet and any passenger in front.

The American Kennel Club recommends that dogs be safely restrained during every car ride, both to protect them in a collision and to prevent driver distraction. A car seat also stops your dog from jumping into your lap at the wrong moment, sticking their head too far out of the window, or panicking during heavy monsoon downpours when visibility drops. For small dogs especially, a raised seat lets them see out of the window, which reduces motion sickness and anxiety. For larger dogs, a proper restraint keeps them from lunging at a passing dog or delivery rider at a traffic signal.

Vets in metros like Delhi and Chennai are increasingly seeing preventable injuries from car incidents involving unrestrained pets, from cracked teeth caused by a face-first jolt against the dashboard to sprained limbs after a fall from the seat. A restraint system built for your dog’s weight and shape prevents most of these emergency visits.

Types of Dog Car Seats and Who They Suit

Not every dog needs the same setup. The right choice depends on your dog’s size, temperament, and your car’s interior.

Booster Seats

Booster seats are raised, box-shaped seats designed for small breeds such as Shih Tzus, Pugs, Lhasa Apsos, and Indian Spitz puppies. They lift the dog high enough to look out of the window while keeping them tethered with an internal safety strap. Most models come with a soft plush lining and clip onto the headrest and seat belt buckle.

Bucket and Bowl Seats

Bucket seats offer deeper sides and a semi-enclosed feel, which suits anxious dogs or breeds that prefer to curl up. They work well for Beagles, Dachshunds, and Cocker Spaniels who like a snug, cave-like space, and they contain shedding to one easy-to-clean pocket.

Hammock and Bench Covers

For medium to large breeds like Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and Indian Pariah dogs, a hammock cover across the back seat is often the best option. It protects your upholstery from fur, mud, and drool, and pairs with a car safety dog harness that clips into the seat belt receiver.

Travel Crates and Carriers

For long trips, or for dogs that get overstimulated by traffic, a hard-sided crate strapped into the boot or back seat offers the highest level of crash protection. Explore sturdy options in the dog carriers range if this suits your travel style.

How to Choose the Right Dog Car Seat

Picking the right seat comes down to six practical factors.

Size and weight capacity. Always check the seat’s maximum weight rating and compare it to your dog’s current and expected adult weight. A seat that is too small will feel cramped, while one that is too large will not keep your pet stable during turns.

Safety certifications. Look for products tested to crash-safety standards. The Center for Pet Safety maintains a public list of independently certified car restraints and harnesses, which is a useful reference even for Indian buyers shopping online.

Material and breathability. Given Indian summers, choose seats with mesh panels, breathable padding, and removable washable covers. Faux leather looks smart but can trap heat, especially in parked cars sitting under the afternoon sun.

Anchor system. The seat should attach to both the headrest and the seat belt anchor. Avoid seats that rely on a single strap. A twin anchor design stays firm during sudden braking and quick lane changes.

Comfort extras. A pocket for treats, a chew-proof tether, and a non-slip base make daily use easier. Pair the seat with a well-fitted collar and ID tag so that your dog remains identifiable if they slip out during a stop.

Ease of cleaning. Indian conditions demand it. Dust from summer commutes, muddy paws after a monsoon walk, and the occasional accident during a long drive are all part of daily life. Pick a seat with a machine-washable cover, wipeable inner lining, and a design that comes apart in under a minute. You are more likely to keep the seat clean, and therefore keep using it, when maintenance is quick.

Setting Up the Seat and Getting Your Dog Comfortable

Even the best car seat fails if it is installed poorly or introduced abruptly. Start by placing the seat on the rear bench, never the front passenger seat, as airbag deployment can seriously injure a small dog. Thread the seat belt through the designated anchor loops and tighten until the seat does not shift when pulled from side to side.

Next, let your dog explore the seat while the car is parked at home. Place a familiar blanket, a favourite chew, or a few treats inside. Once your dog steps in willingly, clip the internal tether to their harness and sit beside them for a few minutes. Repeat this over two or three days before the first real drive.

Start with short trips of five to ten minutes around your neighbourhood. Gradually build up to longer rides. According to the ASPCA travel safety guidelines, gradual acclimatisation greatly reduces travel anxiety and motion sickness in dogs of all ages.

Safety Practices Every Indian Pet Parent Should Follow

A car seat is one piece of the puzzle. Combine it with these habits for a truly safe ride:

Never leave your dog alone in a parked car. Interior temperatures in Indian summers can cross 50 degrees Celsius within ten minutes, causing fatal heatstroke.
Keep the windows only partly open. A dog leaning fully out risks eye injury from flying debris and can leap after a stray animal.
Carry water, a collapsible bowl, and a light towel for quick clean-ups after monsoon drives.
Plan bathroom breaks every two hours on highway trips. Look for shaded areas away from busy roads.
If your dog is prone to car sickness, feed a light meal at least two hours before departure and avoid heavy treats during the drive.
Keep a basic pet first aid kit in the glove box, including gauze, antiseptic wipes, and any prescribed medication.

Round out your setup with useful add-ons from the dog travel accessories range, from cooling mats to spill-proof bowls.

Common Mistakes That Undo the Safety Benefits

Even careful pet parents slip up. The most frequent mistake is clipping the tether to a regular flat collar instead of a harness, which can injure the neck during sudden braking. Others include using a seat that is far below or above the dog’s weight rating, letting a large dog ride in the front seat, or driving with the car seat balanced loosely on the rear bench without any belt anchoring. Skipping the acclimatisation phase is another common misstep. A dog that panics on the first drive often develops long-term car anxiety, which makes future travel harder for everyone. Cleaning matters too. A soiled seat cover collects bacteria and odours over time, so wash the removable parts every two weeks during warmer months.

Final Thoughts

A dog car seat is not a luxury. It is essential safety gear, much like a seat belt for humans. The right seat protects your dog from injury, prevents driver distraction, and turns every ride into a calmer, more predictable experience for the whole family. Take time to match the seat to your dog’s size and temperament, introduce it gradually, and pair it with sensible travel habits suited to Indian roads and weather. Investing in a good car seat today saves years of stress, vet bills, and worry down the road. Every drive, short or long, becomes safer the moment your dog is properly secured.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are dog car seats safe for puppies?

Yes, provided the seat is sized correctly and paired with a soft, well-fitted puppy harness. Start using one from the very first car ride to build a positive lifelong habit and to avoid car anxiety later.

What size dog can use a booster seat?

Booster seats typically suit dogs under 10 kilograms. Small breeds like Pugs, Shih Tzus, Indian Spitz puppies, and small mixed breeds fit comfortably. Always verify the manufacturer’s weight limit before buying.

Can I use a regular collar instead of a harness with a car seat?

No. Clipping the internal tether to a flat collar can cause serious neck injury during braking. Always use a padded body harness designed for car travel.

How can I stop my dog from getting car sick?

Feed a light meal two hours before travel, keep the car cool and well ventilated, use a raised seat so your dog can see out of the window, and begin with short, calm drives to build tolerance over time.

Where should I place the dog car seat in my vehicle?

The safest spot is the middle of the rear bench, secured with the seat belt and headrest anchors. Never install it in the front passenger seat, as airbag deployment can be fatal for small pets.

Can large dogs like Labradors use a car seat?

Large breeds are better suited to a bench-style hammock cover combined with a crash-tested harness that clips into the seat belt receiver, or a well-secured travel crate placed in the boot.

Most Popular Bridgerton-Inspired Pet Names Revealed

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 05:15:07 +0700

With the long-awaited season four of Netflix’s hit series Bridgerton now streaming, mania for all things inspired by the alternative-history regency romance is at an all-time high.

The show has already left its mark on fashion and beauty, but there’s another, lesser-known influence beginning to emerge—Bridgerton-influenced pet names.

Bridgerton’s romance, glamour, and unforgettable characters aren’t just captivating viewers—they’re inspiring pet parents, too. From elegant names like Penelope and Charlotte to fan favorites such as Simon and Violet, these Bridgerton-inspired cat and dog names are growing in popularity among pet owners looking for a name with charm, personality, and a touch of Regency flair. Recent pet naming data shows several characters from the hit series have become top choices for cats and dogs alike.

How to Create Your Cat’s Bridgerton Pet Name

After the previous season dropped in May 2024, a new TikTok trend emerged. The viral “Bridgerton pet name reveal” videos worked by choosing Lady or Lord, then combining your pet’s real name with their favourite food and adding ‘-ton.’ To complete the full title, “of” and the pet’s breed is added to the end. Comical results like Lady Poppy Cheeseton of Persian, Lord Joey Cheerioton of Tabby, and Lady Willow Shrimpton of Scottish Fold had many cat lovers jumping on the bandwagon.

What’s Your Cat’s Bridgerton Name?

Lord or Lady
Your pet’s name
Your pet’s favourite food + ‘ton’ at the end
‘of’ your pet’s breed

The trend was huge, with some videos racking up over half a million views—but for some pet owners, this wasn’t just a viral moment. Among the show’s devoted fanbase, actual Bridgerton-inspired pet names are growing in popularity.

Delving into the trend, global pet-sitting platform TrustedHousesitters surveyed its members to reveal the most popular Bridgerton-inspired pet names in the UK. Out of the 75,000 registered pets in the UK, these were the top-ranking Bridgerton-inspired names.

In the #1 spot, Daphne—the eldest Bridgerton daughter—embodies elegance and grace. Next up, Lady gives a regal feeling.

For the male pet names, Colin topped the charts. The Bridgerton character is known to be charming and loyal, much like many loved pets.

Simon was the second most popular boy’s pet name inspired by the show. The character is known to be loyal to those he loves, just like our four-legged friends. In addition to leading monikers like Daphne and Lady, the names Charlotte, Portia, Lord, and even Benedict received honourable mentions.

**Top Bridgerton-themed Pet Names in the UK:**

Daphne
Lady
Violet
Colin
Simon/Penelope (TIE)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Most Popular Bridgerton-Inspired Pet Names Revealed appeared first on Modern Cat.

Cats Get Dementia, Too: What Cat Parents Need to Know

Edusehat — Thu, 06 Aug 2026 05:15:05 +0700

She was one of my long-term feline patients, a domestic shorthair,” recalls Dr. Kathryn Dench, a holistic and integrative veterinarian from Cambridge University and the Chief Scientific Advisor at Paw Origins. “When she was around 15 years old, she began pacing the hallway and yowling loudly after midnight.” The cat would calm down if her owners found her and petted her and would often follow them back to their room.

“They initially thought she was just a bit confused, but her distress grew more frequent, and she often seemed unsure where she was,” Dench continues.

Dench ordered a full work-up for the distressed cat, including thyroid, renal, and blood pressure checks. The results ruled out pain or systemic illness and pointed to a diagnosis: Feline Cognitive Dysfunction (FCD), sometimes referred to as feline dementia or Cognitive Dysfunction Syndrome (CDS).

Similar to Alzheimer’s disease in humans, CDS in cats and dogs is caused by age-related changes to the brain. It’s progressive and degenerative. CDS becomes more common as cats age, with over 25 percent of cats aged 11 to 14 showing one or more symptoms. By age 15 and over, 50 percent of cats display symptoms.

Yavdat/Shutterstock

Symptoms of Feline Cognitive Dysfunction

“Because of the nature of FCD, a lot of the time we’re relying on owners noticing and mentioning changes they see in their cat’s behaviour at home,” Dench says. The acronym VISHDAAL summarizes the behavioural changes indicative of cognitive dysfunction that a pet owner might witness.

Vocalization: Excessive meowing and yowling, especially at night.
Interactions: Noticeable changes in interactions between the cat and its owner or other pets, such as a marked increase or decrease in demands for attention and affection or an increase in aggression.
Sleep-wake cycle: Noticeable changes in the cat’s sleep patterns. Often this means the cat is restless during the night, wandering around and vocalizing constantly.
House-soiling: Urinating or defecating outside the litter box, sometimes in front of the owner.
Disorientation: Wandering aimlessly while seeming confused or lost.
Activity level: Either a marked increase (pacing, wandering) or decrease (sleeping a lot, not playing much) in the cat’s activity level.
Anxiety: Visible indicators of stress and nervousness.
Learning and memory: Forgetting where items, such as the food dish and litter box, are located or forgetting previously learned behaviours.

Diagnosing Cognitive Dysfunction

“Diagnosis of Feline Cognitive Dysfunction can be challenging because feline patients can’t talk to us to tell us about their symptoms. Generally speaking, FCD will present as cats who seem confused in what is otherwise a familiar environment,” says Dr. Julie Hunt, a veterinarian at Embrace Pet Insurance and the Executive Dean of the Lincoln Memorial University-Richard A. Gillespie College of Veterinary Medicine in Tennessee. “In general, FCD goes unnoticed until it is quite far advanced. Typically, the first sign that owners notice is night yowling, because it disrupts the owner’s sleep, or problems with litter box use. Those are the things that bring them into the veterinary clinic. However, often the cognitive decline has been ongoing for several years at that point.”

Typically, the first sign that owners notice is night yowling, because it disrupts the owner’s sleep.

In addition to the VISHDAAL symptoms, Hunt mentions a less-common sign: difficulty eating. She recalls, “One FCD patient of mine grew to only eat from the near side of his bowl. As soon as the food was pushed to the far side of the bowl, it was like he didn’t know it was there anymore. Once the owner turned the bowl around so that the food was on the near side, he would begin eating again.”

Some symptoms of cognitive dysfunction may at first seem to point to other neurologic diseases, but a good veterinarian will systematically rule out other conditions before arriving at a diagnosis of FCD. Hunt says, “The signs of FCD can be differentiated from arthritis, which should only impact a cat’s mobility; vision loss, which generally minimally impacts a cat’s movement through the house unless it is complete; hearing loss, which has little impact upon the cat’s function unless complete, and even then is tolerated well in a stable home environment; and metabolic diseases, which can cause yowling and a decrease in appetite but not the other signs typical of FCD.”

Sazonov/Bigstock

Caring for a Cat with Cognitive Dysfunction

To help a cat diagnosed with cognitive dysfunction, an owner should minimize changes in the home’s physical layout. This is not the time to knock out walls, rearrange furniture, or otherwise make major changes that could be disruptive to the cat. “Adding or removing cats or family members can be similarly disruptive,” Hunt points out. “A clear daily routine can be helpful.”

A clear daily routine can be helpful for a cat diagnosed with cognitive dysfunction

Also helpful for a cat with FCD is ready access to several food dishes, water bowls, comfy sleeping areas, and litter boxes. Hunt recommends providing lots of play opportunities along with safe access to the outdoors, perhaps via a catio, and visual access to the outdoors via a window shelf, all to make the cat’s day more interesting and help keep the cat’s mind sharp. “Providing puzzle toys, engaging play, and toys is helpful for keeping these cats engaged in their environment.” Of course, cats of any age benefit from an enriched environment.

Some supplements and nutritional changes can be advantageous for cats with FCD. “Science Diet makes a feline Brain Care diet that supports brain health with nutrients like fish oil (DHA), antioxidants including vitamin E, and L-carnitine. It is often combined with their j/d diet that supports joint health, as many senior cats also have arthritis symptoms,” Hunt says. “If owners prefer to keep their cat on their current diet, they can support their cat’s brain function by supplementing omega-3 fatty acids or DHA, antioxidants such as S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe).”

Cats that often become confused or agitated, especially at night, may be prescribed gabapentin to help ease the anxiety. “Gabapentin will make your cat tired, so you may not want to dose them with it 24 hours a day,” Hunt says. “Using a pheromone diffuser such as Feliway can also help with calming your cat.”

Kathryn Dench describes some modifications that were made to help the 15-year-old domestic shorthair with FCD mentioned earlier. “We established a calm bedtime routine: she received a small bedtime treat, followed by gentle petting before being placed in her bed as the lights went out. We added a SAMe-based cognitive supplement and left dim night-lights on in the hall,” she says. “The yowling didn’t disappear, but as the routine became established it reduced to a few brief calls each night—manageable for both cat and owners. In these cases, better rather than fixed is often the realistic goal.” When it comes to cognitive dysfunction, any improvement should be counted as a win.

irontrybex/Bigstock

“Another case I remember was a 17-year-old Persian, who began sitting near her food bowl but not eating, as if she had forgotten why she was there. The owner sometimes found her wandering into the kitchen, meowing in confusion,” Dench recalls. “We made practical adjustments: her food bowl always stayed in the same place, on a brightly coloured mat to catch her attention, and we kept the same brand and scent of food to maintain familiarity. Her owner began gently guiding her to the bowl at set mealtimes and hand-feeding a little food to help remind her it was dinner time. While these simple cues didn’t ‘cure’ the problem, they re-established a predictable routine that reduced stress for both the cat and her owner.”

Dench mentions one more symptom she sometimes sees in the exam room that may point to FCD: the empty stare. She describes it as the cat zoning out or disappearing into their own thoughts. “One patient of mine with early FCD did this during an exam, and her owners mentioned she would sometimes stop mid-grooming and stare into space, seemingly forgetting what she was doing. She’d ‘come back’ if they petted her and talked to her, and then either carry on with what she was doing or move on to something else.” What makes this case particularly fascinating, Dench says, is what happened when the family then fostered a four-month-old kitten. “The older cat initially seemed confused but gradually began watching and then cautiously engaging—batting at a toy, following the kitten to the food area. The zoning out decreased dramatically, as the active kitten around her kept her attention in the here and now.” Similar to having a catio or a window shelf, having an active kitten to play with may help to keep a cat with FCD engaged—or it could stress out the cat even more, since each cat is different.

Dr. Nathaniel Rakestraw, a veterinarian with TelaVets, reinforces the need to keep everything as simple as possible for cats living with FCD. “These cats can still have a good life for quite a while, but they really depend on routine and stability,” he says. “Keep pathways clear, make sure the litter box is easy to find and easy to get into, and try to keep lighting steady, especially at night. Consistency is key. Feeding them at the same times each day, speaking softly, and maintaining predictable patterns helps reduce anxiety.” Of equal importance, he says, is managing your expectations. “FCD isn’t just memory loss. It’s confusion, restlessness, sometimes even anxiety.”

Quality of Life for Cats Living with FCD

As cognitive dysfunction progresses, the signs of it become more apparent. “Cats might start wandering aimlessly, get stuck in corners, or meow loudly at night. They might forget where the litter box is or even stop recognizing familiar people,” Rakestraw says. “When that starts happening, I tell owners to focus on quality-of-life indicators. Are they eating? Are they comfortable? Do they still enjoy being petted or sitting with you?”

When it comes to a cat with FCD, these tough questions often must be asked much sooner than anyone would like.

These are questions no animal lover ever likes to consider, but they’re part of choosing to share one’s life and home with pets. And when it comes to a cat with FCD, these tough questions often must be asked much sooner than anyone would like. Rakestraw says, “When a cat begins to withdraw completely, stops eating, or seems anxious and lost more often than calm, that’s when it may be time to have a conversation about what’s next. No one can pinpoint a perfect moment, but your cat will often show you when they’re tired and ready.”

Alex Zotov/Shutterstock

Preventing Feline Cognitive Dysfunction

Is there any way to prevent Feline Cognitive Dysfunction? “It’s unclear that it can be prevented, as it is primarily caused by age-related changes in the brain,” says Dr. Mikel Maria Delgado, a scientist and cat behaviour expert at Rover. However, like humans attempting to ward off Alzheimer’s disease by exercising regularly and doing crossword puzzles, some strategies may be worth trying for cats.

“It is possible that cat caregivers can slow the progression of CDS by feeding their cat a high-quality diet, engaging the cat in regular exercise and mental stimulation, and setting up the environment to support an aging cat,” Delgado says. For a senior cat, that could mean food puzzles, regular playtime, and ramps or stairs for easy access to favourite spots. It’s also a good idea to minimize stress for the cat as much as possible, Delgado says, and to take the cat to the vet twice a year for a checkup. “Speak to your veterinarian about supplements or medications that may be helpful. To date, their efficacy has been limited, but medications that treat anxiety may help calm your cat who is struggling with changes in their capabilities.”

CBD and Feline Cognitive Dysfunction

A study published in December 2020 in the Journal of Cannabis Research examined Cannabidiol (CBD) as a possible treatment for Feline Cognitive Dysfunction, using the condition as a model for Alzheimer’s disease in humans.

The study concluded that the use of CBD to treat Alzheimer’s seems extremely promising, thanks to CBD’s anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties and its ability to slow or reverse many of the pathological processes in Alzheimer’s disease. However, much more research on CBD benefits, risks, and doses is still needed, preferably through clinical veterinary trials on aging domestic cats with FCD.

“At VetCS we frequently see interest from pet owners looking for ways to support aging animals experiencing behavioural or cognitive changes,” says Trish Wilhelm, a registered veterinary technician and the cofounder of VetCS, which focuses on cannabinoid-based therapies for cats, dogs, and horses. “While most clinical observations currently come from canine patients, cats possess the same endocannabinoid system involved in neurologic balance, inflammation, and stress response. In practice, many veterinarians take a cautious approach with cats due to their unique metabolism, using very low doses and monitoring closely.” Wilhelm is optimistic about what the future holds for this area of veterinary care. “More research is needed, but the endocannabinoid system represents a promising area of exploration for supporting senior pet wellness.”

CBD does appear to help ameliorate some of the symptoms of Feline Cognitive Dysfunction, says Dr. Katherine Kramer, an integrative veterinarian at VCA-Canada Vancouver Animal Wellness Hospital and co-author of the first textbook on Veterinary Cannabinoid Medicine. “A majority of my geriatric feline patients have had very positive responses to CBD.”

“Studies have shown CBD to have anti-inflammatory effects which can help address symptoms made worse by pain,” she continues. “Full spectrum products contain flavonoids and other cannabinoids, which when mixed with MCT oil, has been shown to have antioxidant action and slow down neural degeneration.”

Dr. Kramer notes that obtaining a safe product continues to be a challenge as there are no legal or regulated pet products, and that it is important to be mindful of potential drug interactions as many senior cats are on medications: “Please work with your veterinarian for safety and effective dosing,” she says.

Cats may prove to be a useful model for studying dementia and, ultimately, curing it.

Studying Cats Might Be the Key to New Human Treatments for Alzheimer’s

Cats who develop dementia in old age show brain changes similar to humans with Alzheimer’s, new research has found. The study, published in August 2025 in the European Journal of Neuroscience, looked at the brains of 25 cats postmortem, examining the differences between young cats, older cats, and cats with CDS. The brains of the cats afflicted with CDS showed changes like those found in the brains of humans with Alzheimer’s disease, including atrophy, loss of neurons, tau tangles (twisted fibers of protein inside neurons), and an accumulation of amyloid-beta plaques (misfolded proteins) between nerve cells. Since cats develop CDS spontaneously, similar to how humans develop Alzheimer’s disease, and since cats live in our environments with us, sharing risk factors such as poor air quality, cats may prove to be a useful model for studying dementia and, ultimately, curing it.

With more research, the hope is that someday dementia will be eradicated for everyone, humans and pets alike. In the meantime, some extra patience, love, and care on the owner’s part can help a cat with cognitive dysfunction to live a long and happy life.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Cats Get Dementia, Too: What Cat Parents Need to Know appeared first on Modern Cat.

Starter phase length can affect breeder fertility, hatchability

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 21:35:03 +0700

The starter-phase duration for broiler breeders can affect their reproductive performance later, including development, fertility and hatchability, according to a study led by Artur De Freitas Ribeiro, North Carolina State University.

In his presentation at the 2026 International Poultry Scientific Forum, De Freitas Ribeiro noted that “the starter phase is especially important because birds are still establishing metabolic and structured systems.”

The research team evaluated the effects of feeding broiler breeders a starter diet for 4 or 6 weeks on reproduction and investigated the role of targeted body weight, which is “known to play a major role in breeder reproductive efficiency,” De Freitas Ribeiro explained.

The study’s hypothesis was that different starter phase durations, in combination with different targeted body weights, “could influence reproductive parameters…such as fertility, hatchability and embryo development,” he said.

The key takeaway was that a 6-week starter diet, compared with a 4-week starter diet, was associated with higher embryo mortality, independent of targeted body weight.

Study design

The researchers examined two targeted body weight profiles (high and low) and two starter phase durations (4 weeks and 6 weeks). The birds received either starter diets or grower or developer diets.

Feed was allocated to control body weight.

In one dark house, 1,600 day-old Cobb commercial broiler breeders were placed in 16 pens and 288 day-old Cobb males were placed in 16 other pens. Each set of 16 pens was divided into 4 groups, each receiving a different treatment.

Lighting was set at 8 hours until 21 weeks of age, then increased to 14 hours with increments to peak according to egg production.

At 22 weeks the breeders were also transferred to the laying house, where seven roosters each were placed in 72 pens.

During incubation, eggs were collected three times a day. Incubation occurred every other week between weeks 25 and 40 for a total of nine times. The eggs were turned four times per hour at first, then every half hour, and every hour for 7 to 14 days, with no turning after day 14.

The eggs were then transferred to a hatchery at 18 days and stored at 57^oF (14^oC) for 1 to 4 days before being set. Only clean, defect-free eggs were used.

Longer starter phase harmful

The study evaluated fertility, hatchability, hatch of fertile and embryo mortality with the 4- and 6-week starter diets.

De Freitas Ribeiro first noted that “fertility was overall excellent in this study and above the standard” for Cobbs. However, the hens on the 4-week starter phase diet fared better in all categories than those on the 6-week starter diet:

Average fertility (99.41% versus 98.02%)
Average hatchability (93.94% versus 92.20%)
Hatch of fertile (95.15% versus 94.13%).

Hens on the 4-week starter phase also had fewer embryo mortalities on days 1 through 3 (3.31%) versus birds on the 6-week diet (4.23%).

These findings suggest “that changes occurring during early pullet development can have long-term consequences expressed during incubation,” De Freitas Ribeiro believed.

Target body weight, however, “did not significantly influence fertility, hatchability, hatch of fertile or embryo mortality” for either group, he said.

In sum, extending the starter phase to 6 weeks reduced fertility and hatchability and increased embryo mortalities, compared to the 4-week starter phase. Targeted body weight, however, had no measurable effect on reproductive performance.

The post Starter phase length can affect breeder fertility, hatchability appeared first on Modern Poultry.

DAR turns over egg layer project to strengthen Sibugay cooperative livelihood

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 21:30:10 +0700

The Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR) has turned over an Egg Layer Production project with chicken shed materials and marketing assistance to the Tomitom Farmers Agrarian Reform Cooperative (Tomfarco) in Ipil, Zamboanga Sibugay, under the government’s Partnership Against Hunger and Poverty (PAHP) programme. The initiative was formally handed over on July 30, 2026, as part of efforts to build sustainable livelihood opportunities for agrarian reform beneficiaries.

According to the original report, the project includes 192 ready-to-lay chickens, chicken shed materials and marketing assistance to support the cooperative’s egg production enterprise. DAR officials said the project is intended to strengthen the cooperative, improve members’ income opportunities and pave the way for additional support from partner agencies.

The PAHP programme is a convergence initiative involving government agencies that aims to reduce poverty, mitigate hunger and improve food security. In this case, DAR presented the layer project not only as a poultry-based source of income but also as a way to support organised rural communities through enterprise development and collective management.

Similar layer chicken projects implemented by DAR in other parts of the Philippines have likewise aimed to provide cooperatives with an additional source of income through egg production, supported by training, market linkages and institutional assistance.

DAR officials urged Tomfarco members to manage the project responsibly and to maintain financial discipline, active participation and shared commitment. Cooperative leaders and local officials, in turn, expressed support for the initiative and said close community monitoring would be important to ensure its sustainability over time.

More broadly, poultry-based livelihood projects continue to be promoted by Philippine government agencies as a way to improve food security and diversify farmers’ income sources, reinforcing the role of small-scale poultry enterprises in supporting rural livelihoods and local food production.

Iron Cages vs. Plastic Carriers: Which Is Better for Your Dog?

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 21:25:08 +0700

Bringing home a dog changes daily routines in ways that first-time pet parents rarely anticipate. Trips to the vet, weekend travel, house training, and quiet rest time all become easier when your dog has a safe, enclosed space of their own. In India, two options dominate the market: sturdy iron cages and lightweight plastic carriers. Both serve similar purposes, but they behave very differently once you factor in monsoon humidity, summer heat, small city apartments, and long train journeys across states.

Choosing the wrong one can leave your dog anxious, uncomfortable, or unsafe. This guide breaks down how each option performs in real Indian conditions, what suits different breeds and lifestyles, and how to pick the right fit without overspending.

Iron Cages: What They Offer

Iron cages, often called metal crates or wire crates, are built with welded steel rods and a removable tray at the base. They are the most common choice for home use across Indian households because they balance ventilation, visibility, and durability. A German Shepherd or Labrador puppy that chews through fabric will find it hard to damage a properly built iron cage. Most models fold flat, which helps in compact Mumbai or Bangalore flats where storage matters.

Ventilation is the strongest advantage. Open bars allow airflow from every side, which is critical during the humid summer months in cities like Chennai, Kolkata, and coastal Goa. Your dog can also see the family around them, which reduces separation anxiety during crate training. According to the American Kennel Club, crates that allow visibility help puppies settle faster because they still feel connected to their household.

However, iron cages are heavy. Moving them between rooms or lifting them into a car boot is inconvenient. They are also not suitable for air travel, and most Indian railways do not permit them in passenger coaches. Exposed metal can rust in coastal areas if not wiped down regularly.

Plastic Carriers: What They Offer

Plastic carriers, sometimes called travel kennels or airline crates, are moulded from hard plastic with ventilation slots on the sides and a secure metal door at the front. They are lighter, easier to carry, and designed with movement in mind. If you fly often between Delhi, Bengaluru, or Kochi, or take your dog on road trips, a plastic carrier is almost always the better pick.

The enclosed design creates a den-like feel, which many dogs find comforting during long journeys. Nervous or noise-sensitive breeds such as Shih Tzus, Pugs, and Indies often settle better inside a plastic carrier than an open cage. Plastic is also easier to clean after motion sickness or accidents, and it does not rust in humid weather.

The trade-off is airflow. Even well-ventilated plastic carriers heat up faster than iron cages, which is a real concern during Indian summers when interior temperatures can climb quickly. The ASPCA recommends never leaving a dog inside an enclosed carrier in warm environments without airflow, since heatstroke can develop within minutes. They also offer less floor space for the same footprint, so larger breeds may feel cramped if the size is not chosen carefully.

Head to Head Comparison Across Key Factors

Safety and Durability

Iron cages hold up better against strong chewers and larger breeds. Plastic carriers can crack under heavy impact but perform well for small and medium dogs during travel. For a Beagle or Cocker Spaniel that stays mostly at home, an iron cage lasts longer. For frequent movers, plastic wins on portability without compromising basic safety.

Climate Suitability

This is where the Indian context matters most. In coastal and humid regions, iron cages ventilate better and prevent overheating. In air-conditioned homes or during winter in northern cities like Delhi and Chandigarh, plastic carriers retain warmth, which suits short-haired breeds. During peak summer, always place either option in a shaded, cross-ventilated corner of the house.

Travel Friendliness

Plastic carriers are the only option accepted by most Indian and international airlines, provided they meet IATA Live Animals Regulations. Iron cages are impractical for flights, and even for long car journeys, they are heavy and awkward to secure. If travel is part of your routine, invest in a good quality carrier from a reliable range of dog carriers and travel bags.

Cleaning and Maintenance

Both are easy to clean, but plastic wipes down faster and dries quickly during monsoon. Iron cages need occasional rust checks, especially if you live near the sea. A dry cloth after every wash helps extend their life significantly.

Cost and Long Term Value

Iron cages typically cost less per square foot of space and last longer at home. Plastic carriers cost more upfront for travel-grade quality but save money if you would otherwise rent one for every trip.

Which One Suits Indian Conditions Better

The honest answer is that most Indian pet parents benefit from owning both. An iron cage works as the primary home base for crate training, mealtime, and quiet rest. A plastic carrier handles vet visits, weekend getaways, and any air travel. If budget forces a single choice, consider your dog’s daily reality. A large breed dog in a spacious independent house does well with an iron cage. A small breed dog in a high-rise apartment who visits the vet often will get more use from a plastic carrier.

For homes without air conditioning during peak summer, prioritise ventilation and go with iron. For frequent travellers or families with anxious dogs, plastic is the safer bet. Pair either option with a comfortable dog bed or soft mat inside to make the space inviting and reduce pressure on joints during long rest periods.

How to Choose the Right Size

Size matters more than material. Your dog should be able to stand up, turn around, and lie down comfortably. Measure from the nose to the base of the tail and add four inches. Measure from the floor to the top of the head while sitting and add four inches. Use these numbers against the manufacturer’s size chart. Undersized cages cause joint stiffness and stress. Oversized ones defeat the purpose of a secure den. Explore size-specific options in the dog crates and cages collection for guidance before you buy.

Training and Introduction Tips

No matter which option you pick, introduction matters more than the material itself. Place treats and a familiar blanket inside. Let your dog explore without closing the door for the first few days. Feed meals near or inside the cage or carrier so your dog begins associating it with positive experiences. Build up crate time gradually, starting with a few minutes and extending only when your dog stays relaxed. Never use the crate as punishment. Consistency and patience turn either option into a space your dog genuinely enjoys returning to.

Final Thoughts

Choosing between an iron cage and a plastic carrier is less about which one is better overall and more about which one fits your dog’s daily life. Consider your home, your climate, your travel habits, and your dog’s temperament. Whichever route you take, invest in quality, size it correctly, and introduce it with patience. A well-chosen enclosure becomes a place of comfort rather than confinement, and that difference shapes how your dog feels every single day.

Frequently Asked Questions

Q1. Is an iron cage safe for a puppy?

Yes, provided it is the right size and has no sharp edges or loose welds. Add soft bedding and remove collars during crate time to prevent snagging on the bars.

Q2. Can I use a plastic carrier for daily home use?

It is possible but not ideal. Plastic carriers offer less ventilation and floor space, which makes long hours inside uncomfortable, especially during Indian summers.

Q3. Which is better for train travel in India?

Neither option is officially permitted in Indian Railways passenger coaches for most dogs. For the parcel van, a sturdy plastic carrier with proper labelling and food arrangements works best.

Q4. How do I prevent my iron cage from rusting during monsoon?

Wipe it dry after every cleaning, keep it away from direct rain exposure, and apply a light coat of food safe oil on the base tray once a month during the wettest weeks.

Q5. Are collapsible iron cages sturdy enough for large breeds?

Good quality folding cages hold up well for most large breeds. Look for reinforced corners and heavy gauge wire if you own a Rottweiler, Boxer, or Great Dane.

Q6. What size plastic carrier do I need for a Pug or Shih Tzu?

Small breeds usually fit comfortably in a size 100 or 200 plastic carrier, which measures around 20 to 24 inches in length. Always confirm dimensions against your dog’s measurements.

Bird flu pressure exposes a fault line in Australia’s free-range egg sector

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 17:55:09 +0700

Australia’s free-range egg sector is facing fresh scrutiny as authorities and industry weigh how to protect poultry from H5 avian influenza without misleading consumers about production systems.

The core problem is straightforward: free-range systems depend on outdoor access, but that same exposure can increase contact with wild birds, one of the principal recognised pathways for avian influenza introduction into poultry flocks. Recent Australian guidance has therefore prioritised biosecurity, even if that means hens are temporarily kept indoors.

Biosecurity first

According to the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), producers who temporarily move hens indoors for biosecurity reasons are currently not being targeted for enforcement action over free-range labelling. The regulator has made clear that this is a temporary enforcement approach, and where hens are required to be housed under official state directions or recommendations issued in response to an avian influenza outbreak, the enforcement period would generally be limited to up to 90 days, or until those measures are lifted.

That position reflects the coordinated approach adopted by Australian authorities, veterinary services and the poultry industry to reduce the risk of virus introduction. Australian veterinary and industry sources have been urging producers to minimise contact between poultry and wild birds, particularly in free-range systems where such exposure can be more difficult to control.

Why free-range is under pressure

The concern is not theoretical. A 2019 modelling study found that shifting 25% of conventional indoor chicken farms to free-range production would increase the risk of a highly pathogenic avian influenza outbreak by 6–7%. The same study also showed that relatively small biosecurity improvements, such as limiting wild bird access to feed and sheds, could offset much of that additional risk.

A later overview of avian influenza in Australian poultry reached a similar conclusion, noting that the country’s risk profile is influenced by factors including the expansion of free-range production, the ecology of wild waterfowl and on-farm biosecurity practices.

A consumer issue as well

The bird flu debate is not only a disease-control issue; it is also a labelling issue. In Australia, free-range eggs are expected to come from hens with meaningful and regular outdoor access during daylight, at a stocking density of 10,000 hens or fewer per hectare, with that density displayed on the egg carton.

If hens must be housed for an extended period, producers face a difficult choice between maintaining strict disease control and preserving the marketing claim that many consumers associate with outdoor access and higher animal welfare standards. That is why the ACCC’s temporary enforcement approach is significant: it gives farms flexibility to respond to a biosecurity emergency without immediately facing enforcement action over their free-range claims.

What this means for the sector

For now, there is no evidence that Australia’s commercial poultry supply has been severely disrupted by H5N1. However, the current situation illustrates how quickly a major outbreak could place pressure on both production and consumer confidence, especially in a market where free-range eggs account for a large share of consumer purchases.

Industry voices quoted by SBS say the sector has been preparing for this risk for years, while acknowledging that prolonged housing measures could reduce the availability of free-range eggs for as long as the disease threat remains elevated.

Best Interactive Dog Toys for Mental Stimulation: A Guide for Indian Pet Parents

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:06 +0700

A tired dog is a happy dog, but physical exercise alone rarely does the full job. Dogs are natural problem solvers, and without regular mental workouts, even a long walk can leave them restless by evening. This is especially true in Indian cities, where long summers, humid monsoons, and packed work schedules often cut outdoor time short. Interactive dog toys fill that gap by turning play into a thinking activity, keeping your dog engaged for hours without needing a park visit. Whether you have a curious Indie pup in Pune, a food loving Labrador in Delhi, or a senior Beagle in Bengaluru, the right toy can ease boredom, reduce anxiety, and prevent destructive habits. This guide covers the best interactive dog toys, how to choose them, and how to keep enrichment fresh throughout the year.

Why Mental Stimulation Matters for Dogs

Dogs experience the world through their nose, eyes, and problem solving instincts. According to the American Kennel Club, mental exercise can tire a dog just as effectively as physical activity, sometimes even more. When dogs do not get enough of it, boredom sets in quickly. That boredom often shows up as chewed slippers, dug up plants, endless barking, or restless pacing around the house.

Mental stimulation supports emotional wellbeing too. It helps reduce stress, builds confidence in shy dogs, and slows cognitive decline in seniors. For puppies, it channels their bottomless energy into productive learning. For working breeds like German Shepherds, Beagles, and Border Collies, it satisfies an inbuilt need to have a job. In Indian homes where apartment living is common and outdoor space is limited, interactive play becomes one of the most reliable ways to keep dogs balanced and content.

Signs Your Dog Needs More Mental Enrichment

Not every restless dog needs more walks. Sometimes the answer is a better puzzle. Look for these common signals:

Chewing on furniture, shoes, or wires even after regular walks
Excessive barking at nothing in particular
Following you from room to room without settling down
Digging into the sofa or scratching floors
Zoomies at odd hours, especially late at night
Losing interest in favourite toys within minutes

Senior dogs may show subtler signs, such as staring at walls, sleeping more than usual, or seeming disconnected during interactions. Puppies often express boredom through nipping and jumping. If any of these patterns feel familiar, adding a couple of interactive toys to the daily routine can bring noticeable calm within a week or two.

Best Interactive Dog Toys for Mental Stimulation

The right toy depends on your dog’s chewing style, size, and personality. Here are the categories worth stocking up on, along with what makes each one useful.

Puzzle Feeders and Treat Dispensing Toys

Puzzle feeders turn mealtime into a brain workout. Your dog has to nudge, roll, or paw the toy to release kibble or treats, which naturally slows down fast eaters and keeps them mentally engaged. Brands like Kong Classic, Outward Hound, and Trixie offer excellent options with varying difficulty levels. For beginners, start with a simple rolling ball dispenser. For seasoned puzzle solvers, sliding puzzle boards with multiple compartments work beautifully. These toys are ideal on hot afternoons when stepping out is not practical. Explore a wide range of interactive dog toys suited to different skill levels and breeds.

Snuffle Mats

A snuffle mat is a fabric mat with dense fleece strips where you hide small treats or kibble. Your dog uses its nose to sniff out every piece, which taps into natural foraging instincts. According to PetMD, scent based activities can lower stress and tire dogs faster than a walk of the same duration. Snuffle mats are especially useful during monsoon weeks when outdoor sessions get cancelled. They also suit senior dogs and recovering pets who cannot manage high impact play.

Chew Toys with a Purpose

Chewing is not just a habit, it is a stress reliever. Interactive chew toys go a step further by combining chewing with problem solving. Rubber toys with hollow centres let you stuff peanut butter, curd, or soaked kibble inside. Freeze them for a longer challenge, which also gives welcome relief during Indian summers. Nylabone, Kong, and Petstages are trusted names in this category. For strong chewers, look for options labelled as heavy duty. Browse durable chew toys for dogs built to last through determined chewing sessions.

Squeaky and Sound Based Toys

Sound based toys trigger a dog’s prey drive and curiosity. Squeakers, crinkle toys, and toys that make animal sounds are excellent for short bursts of high energy play. They work best in supervised sessions, since some dogs try to extract the squeaker. Rotate these toys weekly so the novelty stays alive. Small breeds like Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, and Dachshunds especially enjoy this category.

Interactive Fetch and Chase Toys

Automatic ball launchers, wobble toys, and treat balls that roll unpredictably are a great fit for high energy breeds. They work well indoors during peak summer months when outdoor play is unsafe. Wobble toys, in particular, hold attention for long stretches because the movement is never the same twice. Pair them with short training sessions to build focus alongside physical activity.

Lick Mats

Lick mats are silicone mats with textured patterns where you spread soft food like curd, pumpkin puree, or wet food. Licking is calming for dogs and releases endorphins, which makes these mats useful during thunderstorms, grooming, or vet visits. They are also excellent for cooling dogs down in summer when you freeze the topping first.

How to Choose the Right Interactive Toy

Start with your dog’s chewing style. Gentle chewers do well with soft plush puzzles, while power chewers need heavy duty rubber or nylon. Next, consider size. A toy that is too small becomes a choking risk, and one that is too large can frustrate smaller breeds. Always match the toy to your dog’s weight class as mentioned on the packaging.

Difficulty level matters too. Beginners need visible treat openings and easy movement, while experienced dogs enjoy multi step puzzles. If your dog loses interest quickly, the toy is either too easy or too hard.

Material safety is non negotiable. Look for BPA free rubber, non toxic dyes, and reinforced stitching. The ASPCA recommends inspecting toys regularly for tears, loose parts, and worn edges, and replacing them promptly.

Finally, factor in the climate. Freezable toys and lick mats help during summer, while dry indoor puzzles suit monsoon days. Rotating between two or three types keeps your dog curious throughout the year. Pairing interactive play with high value training treats and chews makes puzzle sessions even more rewarding.

Tips to Keep Interactive Play Fresh

Even the best toy loses its charm if it is always available. Rotate toys every three to four days by keeping some out of sight and reintroducing them later. This creates the feeling of a brand new toy without spending anything extra.

Mix in short training bursts of five to seven minutes before or after puzzle play. Teach a new trick, practice recall, or work on name recognition. This doubles the mental workout without adding much time. Adjust difficulty as your dog improves: start with treats fully visible, then hide them deeper, then add layers of movement.

On busy workdays, prepare a stuffed and frozen Kong the night before so your dog has a calm morning activity while you get ready. Small habits like these keep enrichment consistent, which is where the real behavioural benefits show up over time.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. How long should my dog play with an interactive toy each day?

Most dogs benefit from 20 to 40 minutes of interactive play spread across the day. Puppies and seniors usually prefer shorter, more frequent sessions of about 10 minutes each. Watch for signs of frustration or fatigue and end the session on a positive note with a reward.

2. Are interactive toys safe to leave with my dog when I am not home?

Only durable, single piece toys with no small parts should be left unsupervised. Puzzle feeders, lick mats with soft toppings, and stuffed rubber toys are usually safe. Avoid plush toys or squeaky toys when you are away, since they can be torn apart and swallowed.

3. Which interactive toys are best for Indian summers?

Freezable rubber toys, lick mats with frozen curd or fruit puree, and snuffle mats used indoors work very well. They keep your dog cool and mentally engaged without the heat exposure that outdoor play can bring during peak summer afternoons.

4. Can interactive toys help with separation anxiety?

Yes, they can help take the edge off. A stuffed and frozen Kong or a puzzle feeder given right before you leave can redirect anxious energy into a rewarding activity. For severe separation anxiety, pair toys with guidance from a certified trainer or your veterinarian.

5. What are the best interactive toys for aggressive chewers?

Look for heavy duty rubber toys labelled for power chewers, such as Kong Extreme or Nylabone Power Chew. Avoid soft plush, thin latex, or hollow plastic, since these break down quickly and can cause choking or gut blockages in strong jawed dogs.

6. At what age can I introduce interactive toys to my puppy?

You can start as early as eight weeks with soft, puppy specific puzzle toys. Choose options with easy difficulty and gentle textures. Always supervise the session, and upgrade to more challenging toys as your puppy grows and its jaw strength develops.

Squeaky Toys: Why Dogs Love Them So Much

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:06 +0700

Ask any Indian pet parent what makes their dog perk up in a second, and chances are the answer involves a small, plush toy that goes squeak. From Labrador puppies in Mumbai high-rises to Indies bouncing around Bengaluru balconies, that high-pitched sound seems to hold a special kind of magic. Dogs will chase it, carry it around, guard it fiercely, and sometimes even sleep with it. The fascination is not random. There is real science, instinct, and emotion behind the obsession, and understanding it can help you pick better toys, keep playtime safer, and strengthen the bond you share with your dog.

The Instinct Behind the Squeak

Dogs are descended from wild ancestors that hunted small animals for survival. That instinct did not disappear when they moved into our homes. The squeak of a toy mimics the high-pitched sound a small prey animal makes when caught, which taps directly into your dog's natural prey drive. According to the American Kennel Club, prey drive is a hardwired sequence of behaviours that includes searching, stalking, chasing, and capturing, and squeaky toys satisfy that final capture moment in a safe, controlled way.

For breeds with strong hunting backgrounds, such as Beagles, Dachshunds, terriers, and even our beloved Indian Pariah dogs, this instinct runs particularly deep. When they bite down and hear that squeak, their brain registers a small victory. Every squeak is a reward, which is why some dogs will happily chew, squeak, pause, and repeat the process for what feels like forever. The behaviour is not destructive or strange. It is your dog fulfilling a very old, very natural need using something soft and squeaky instead of a real animal.

How Squeaky Toys Engage the Canine Brain

Beyond instinct, squeaky toys offer serious mental stimulation. Dogs need more than food, walks, and cuddles to feel content. They also need to use their brains, and unpredictable sounds are one of the easiest ways to challenge them mentally. A squeak that responds only when the toy is bitten a certain way keeps your dog thinking, adjusting pressure, and experimenting with how they hold and shake the toy.

This kind of engagement is especially valuable for pet parents living in Indian cities, where long summer afternoons or heavy monsoon days often keep dogs indoors for hours at a stretch. A squeaky toy can turn a boring afternoon into an enriching play session without needing outdoor space. It also helps prevent boredom-related behaviours like chewing furniture, digging into cushions, or excessive barking. Interactive dog toys that combine squeaks with textures, hidden compartments, or treat pockets offer even deeper stimulation and are a smart pick for high-energy or anxious pets who need extra mental exercise indoors.

Emotional and Behavioural Benefits for Indian Pet Parents

Playing with a squeaky toy is not just fun for your dog. It has genuine emotional benefits too. Regular play helps burn off nervous energy, reduces stress, and lifts mood, which is particularly helpful for rescue dogs or pets adjusting to new homes. Many Indian pet parents report that their anxious or shy dogs become noticeably more confident after regular interactive play sessions with squeaky toys.

Squeaky toys also strengthen the bond between you and your dog. When you toss a squeaky ball or play tug with a squeaky rope, your dog associates you with excitement and reward. This builds trust, improves recall training, and makes obedience work feel more like fun than a chore. For families with children, supervised squeaky toy play can also teach kids gentle handling and turn-taking with the pet. Just remember to match the intensity of play to the weather. During peak Indian summers, keep sessions short, indoors, and near a cool spot, since dogs overheat quickly and often do not know when to stop.

Choosing the Right Squeaky Toy for Your Dog

Not every squeaky toy suits every dog. The right choice depends on your pet's size, chewing style, personality, and even your local climate.

Match the size to your dog

Toys that are too small pose a serious choking risk, while oversized toys can be hard for small breeds to grip. A Pomeranian and a Rottweiler should never share the same toy. Look for size guides on packaging and pick something your dog can carry comfortably but cannot swallow whole.

Consider the material

Plush squeaky toys are perfect for gentle chewers who love to cuddle and carry. Rubber and latex toys handle rougher play and last longer. For power chewers, look for reinforced squeakers set inside thick, durable rubber, since flimsy plush toys will not survive a single afternoon. Explore a wide range from PetsWorld's dog chew toys collection to find something suited to your dog's chewing intensity.

Think about your dog's play style

Some dogs love to shake and toss, others prefer to chew slowly, and some live for fetch. Ball-shaped toys suit fetch lovers, plush animals appeal to cuddlers, and rope-and-squeaker combos are great for tug enthusiasts. If your dog has a strong preference, lean into it. You will get much more mileage out of a toy your dog naturally gravitates toward.

Factor in India's climate

Humid, damp conditions during monsoon can cause plush toys to develop odour or mildew. Rubber or silicone squeaky toys are easier to clean and dry quickly, making them a practical choice for the monsoon months. In peak summer, avoid leaving rubber toys in direct sunlight for long, since heat can warp them.

Are Squeaky Toys Safe? Understanding the Risks

Squeaky toys are generally safe when used correctly, but pet parents should stay aware of a few important risks. The squeaker itself is a small plastic or rubber component that can become a choking hazard if a determined chewer manages to rip it out. As the ASPCA notes in its guidance on safe pet toys, any object small enough to be swallowed or shredded into sharp pieces should be avoided or used only under close supervision.

Always inspect toys before and after play. Look for tears, exposed stuffing, loose threads, or damaged squeakers. If any part looks compromised, throw the toy out. Never leave a heavy chewer alone with a plush squeaky toy for long stretches. Also avoid toys with painted eyes or plastic accessories that could detach easily. If your dog is a persistent destroyer of squeakers, consider hidden-squeaker toys built into thick rubber, which are much harder to break apart. These small precautions keep playtime joyful without turning it into a vet emergency.

Tips to Make Squeaky Toys Last Longer in Indian Homes

Squeaky toys can wear out quickly, especially with enthusiastic chewers, but a few simple habits help stretch their life.

Rotate toys every few days so your dog does not lose interest or destroy one out of boredom. Wash plush toys in mild soap and sun-dry them thoroughly, particularly during humid weather. Store toys off the floor to protect them from dust, ants, or accidental damage. Do not let your dog play with a squeaky toy on rough concrete surfaces, since that shortens its lifespan dramatically. For power chewers, invest in a few strong rubber interactive dog toys rather than many cheap plush ones, since durability saves money in the long run. Puppies do better with softer, smaller options, and you can find gentle picks in PetsWorld's puppy accessories range.

When to Replace a Squeaky Toy

Even the best toy has a shelf life. Replace a squeaky toy when the squeaker stops working, the outer material tears, stuffing starts leaking, or the toy develops a persistent smell that no wash removes. A worn out toy is not just unhygienic. It can also become dangerous if small parts break loose. As PetMD explains in its guidance on choosing safe dog toys, regular inspection is one of the simplest ways to prevent accidents at home.

Frequently Asked Questions

Why do dogs get so excited about squeaky toys?

The squeak mimics the sound of small prey, activating your dog's natural hunting instinct. Every squeak feels like a small victory, which is why the excitement builds with every bite.

Are squeaky toys safe for puppies?

Yes, provided the toy is puppy-sized, made from soft, non-toxic material, and used under supervision. Avoid toys with detachable parts or hard plastic squeakers for very young pups.

Why does my dog try to destroy the squeaker?

Your dog is trying to silence the source of the sound, which is instinctive prey behaviour. It does not mean your dog is aggressive. It simply means the toy is doing its job well.

Can squeaky toys make my dog aggressive?

No. Squeaky toys do not create aggression. They channel natural prey drive into safe, playful behaviour. Aggression stems from other issues such as fear, poor socialisation, or lack of training, not from toys.

How often should I replace my dog's squeaky toy?

Inspect toys weekly. Replace them the moment you see tears, exposed stuffing, or a broken squeaker. On average, plush squeaky toys last a few weeks with active chewers, while sturdy rubber ones can last several months.

Are squeaky toys suitable during Indian summers?

Yes, but keep sessions short and indoors during peak heat. Choose rubber toys that do not trap sweat or moisture, and always offer fresh water alongside play to help your dog cool down.

Why Every Dog Needs a Mix of Toys, Not Just One Type

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Watch any dog with a single favourite toy and the same story tends to play out. The excitement lasts a few days, maybe a week, and then the toy sits ignored in a corner. Meanwhile, the dog starts chewing shoes, digging into cushions, or barking at nothing. The problem is rarely the dog. It is the toy box.

Dogs are curious, energetic animals with different moods, needs, and instincts across the day. One toy cannot cover all of that. A chew toy cannot satisfy a bored brain. A squeaky plush cannot burn off zoomies. A tennis ball cannot help with anxiety during Diwali evenings. Just like children need a mix of activities to grow well, dogs need a mix of toys to stay balanced, happy, and out of mischief. Here is why variety matters and how to build the right toy mix for your dog.

One Toy Cannot Do Everything

Every dog toy is designed with a purpose. Some are built for hard chewing, others for gentle carrying. Some challenge the brain, others trigger physical bursts of running and tugging. When a dog is given only one type, only one part of them gets exercised.

A dog that only has chew toys will develop a strong jaw but a restless mind. A dog with only fetch toys will burn energy but may still feel anxious by evening. A dog with just soft plush companions may become destructive because the natural chewing urge is never met. Dogs also outgrow single objects fast. What thrilled them last month may bore them by next Sunday.

According to the American Kennel Club, play is a core part of a dog’s emotional and cognitive development, not just a way to pass time. That development needs variety. Different toys build different skills, from problem solving to bite control to social bonding. A rotating, thoughtful mix keeps every side of your dog engaged.

The Main Types of Dog Toys and What Each One Does

Understanding what each toy category actually does makes it easier to see why one type will never be enough.

Chew Toys

Chewing is a natural, calming behaviour for dogs. It relieves stress, cleans teeth, and gives puppies relief during teething. Sturdy rubber chews, nylon bones, and dental chews all fall into this group. Without safe chew options, most dogs will chew what they find, which is usually your slippers or the sofa leg. A well-chosen range of chew toys for dogs gives your pup a healthy outlet and protects your furniture in the bargain.

Interactive and Puzzle Toys

These toys make dogs think. Treat-dispensing balls, snuffle mats, and puzzle boards force the dog to work out how to earn a reward. According to PetMD, mental stimulation can tire a dog as much as a long walk, sometimes more. In Indian summers, when afternoon walks are too hot, interactive dog toys become a real lifesaver. They keep the dog busy indoors while burning genuine mental energy.

Fetch and Chase Toys

Balls, flying discs, and rope launchers turn play into cardio. These toys build stamina, improve coordination, and satisfy the natural chase instinct in most breeds. Retrievers, Indies, Beagles, and Labradors especially thrive with a fetch routine, even a short one in the park during cooler hours of the morning or evening.

Tug Toys

Ropes, braided cotton toys, and rubber tugs allow dogs to play with their humans in a physical, connected way. Tug builds bond, teaches impulse control, and gives strong-jawed breeds a proper workout. Done with basic rules, such as a clear release cue, it is one of the best trust-building games between dog and owner.

Plush and Comfort Toys

Soft toys serve an emotional purpose. Many dogs carry a favourite plush around, sleep with it, or bring it out when they feel unsure. These are especially helpful for rescue dogs, puppies new to a home, or dogs dealing with separation anxiety. They are not built for heavy chewing, but their comfort value is very real.

Enrichment and Sensory Toys

Lick mats, scent toys, and squeaky enrichment items work on senses that most other toys ignore. They are useful for slow feeding, calming an anxious dog before travel or a vet visit, or giving a rainy afternoon some meaning when the monsoon keeps everyone indoors.

Every category serves a different need. Missing one is a bit like giving a child only puzzles and no ball to run with, or only a bicycle and no books.

Why the Indian Climate Makes Variety Even More Important

In most Indian cities, the weather decides when a dog can head outside. Delhi and Ahmedabad get furnace-like summers where morning walks must end by seven. Mumbai and Chennai deal with humidity that tires dogs quickly. The monsoon in Kerala, Goa, and the Northeast can keep a family indoors for days. Winter smog across the north makes outdoor play risky for weeks at a stretch.

In all of these situations, a single toy is not enough to keep a dog balanced. Indoor puzzle toys and lick mats become vital during peak heat and monsoon. Sturdy chew toys help during long indoor stretches. Fetch and tug toys are perfect for the short, cool windows of the day. Building your toy mix around the local weather is not a luxury. It is how you keep an active dog sane through an Indian year.

How to Build the Right Toy Mix for Your Dog

Start with your dog’s basics: age, breed energy level, chewing strength, and personality. A high-energy Labrador puppy needs different tools than a senior Shih Tzu. As a simple starting mix, most Indian pet parents do well with the following:

One or two strong chew toys, sized correctly for the dog’s jaw
One puzzle or treat-dispensing toy for indoor days
One fetch item, such as a ball or soft frisbee
One tug rope for interactive play with you
One soft plush for comfort and quiet time

The ASPCA recommends checking toys regularly for damage and removing any with loose parts, torn seams, or exposed stuffing. Safety comes before novelty. Also match the size carefully. A toy too small becomes a choking risk, and one too large will simply not engage a small breed. Browsing a wide category of dog toys helps you compare sizes, materials, and use cases in one place before you decide.

Rotate Toys to Keep Interest Alive

Even with the perfect mix, dogs get bored if the same five toys are available every single day. The trick most trainers use is rotation. Keep six to eight toys in play at a time, and store the rest out of sight. Swap them every one or two weeks. A toy that was ignored last month suddenly feels brand new.

Rotation also lets you observe which toys your dog truly loves and which ones flop. Over time, you will build a smarter, leaner collection instead of a cupboard full of chewed rejects. Pair rotation with occasional new additions from a trusted pet store online and your dog will stay curious, active, and mentally sharp all year.

Frequently Asked Questions

How many toys should a dog have at one time?

Most dogs do well with six to eight active toys covering different categories. Chew, puzzle, fetch, tug, and comfort should each be represented. Keep extras stored away for rotation every one to two weeks.

Can I give my dog only chew toys?

No. Chew toys handle only one instinct. Dogs also need mental challenge, physical play, and comfort. Relying on chews alone often leads to bored, restless behaviour like barking, digging, or destructive chewing of household items.

Are puzzle toys really necessary for Indian dogs?

Yes, especially in cities with harsh summers, heavy monsoons, or high air pollution. Puzzle toys give indoor days a real purpose and tire the dog mentally when outdoor walks are shortened by the weather.

How often should I replace or rotate dog toys?

Rotate every one to two weeks to keep interest fresh. Replace any toy showing cracks, loose squeakers, torn fabric, or exposed stuffing, since damaged toys can become a choking hazard very quickly.

What is the safest toy material for heavy chewers?

Natural rubber and tough nylon are generally safer for strong chewers than soft plastic or thin plush. Always pick the size recommended for your dog’s weight and jaw strength to avoid any risk of swallowing.

My dog ignores new toys. What can I do?

Introduce the toy during play, rub it lightly with a treat, or use it in a short training game. Sometimes a toy just needs to be linked to a fun moment with you before the dog starts to value it.

Seasonal Toys for Pets: Fun Ideas for Indian Holidays and Festivals

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Festivals in India arrive one after another, each bringing its own colours, sounds, sweets, and shifts in weather. For pets, these celebrations can feel exciting, confusing, or even overwhelming. A thoughtful toy chosen for the season does more than entertain. It comforts an anxious dog during Diwali crackers, keeps an indoor cat busy through a long monsoon afternoon, and turns a quiet Christmas evening into playful family time. This guide walks you through practical, festival-friendly toy ideas for every major season in India, along with safety pointers that suit our climate and lifestyle.

Why Seasonal Toys Matter for Indian Pets

Pets thrive on routine, but Indian festivals often disrupt it. Loud fireworks, colour powders, guests at home, changing meal timings, and extreme weather all affect their mood and behaviour. Enrichment and play help pets cope with these changes in a healthy way.

According to the ASPCA, regular mental and physical enrichment reduces stress-related behaviours in dogs and cats and supports overall wellbeing. Seasonal toys tap into that principle by giving pets an outlet suited to the moment, whether that is chewing through Diwali noise, staying active during the monsoon, or cooling off during peak summer.

The right toy also protects your home. A dog with a treat-stuffed chew is far less likely to shred your rangoli decorations, and a cat with a puzzle feeder will leave your Christmas tree alone. Matching the toy to the season is a small step that saves a lot of trouble.

Diwali: Calming and Distraction Toys

Diwali is one of the toughest festivals for pets, mainly because of firecracker noise. The American Kennel Club notes that sudden loud sounds can trigger anxiety, trembling, and escape attempts in dogs. Toys that channel this nervous energy into safe, focused activity can make a real difference.

Best Toy Choices for Diwali

Long-lasting chew toys are a top pick during firecracker hours. The steady act of chewing releases calming chemicals in a dog's brain and gives them something to focus on other than the noise outside. Rubber chew toys that can be stuffed with peanut butter, curd, or soaked kibble work especially well because they extend the activity for thirty minutes or more.

For cats, interactive puzzle feeders and crinkle balls hidden inside a quiet room can offer welcome distraction. Explore a variety of safe chew and interactive dog toys to build a small Diwali comfort kit. Keep the toys in a quiet, familiar room with curtains drawn and background music playing softly.

Avoid squeaky toys during Diwali. The sharp sound can add to the sensory overload rather than soothe it. Snuffle mats, lick mats, and slow feeders are calmer, more grounding options.

Holi: Safe, Washable, and Colour-Free Play

Holi is joyful for people but tricky for pets. Colours, water balloons, and crowded gatherings can cause skin irritation, stress, and stomach upsets if pets ingest gulal. The safest approach is indoor play with toys that are easy to wash and free of loose parts.

Best Toy Choices for Holi

Rubber tug toys, rope pulls, and fetch balls made of solid, non-porous material are easy to wipe clean if any colour drifts indoors. Silicone lick mats spread with curd or mashed banana keep dogs happily occupied in one spot, which is helpful when your gate keeps opening for guests.

For cats, wand toys with feathers or ribbons offer active indoor play without the risk of them running out into the colour chaos. A rotating selection of engaging cat toys can keep indoor cats stimulated through the entire festival day.

Skip soft plush toys during Holi. If they get stained with colour, washing them repeatedly ruins the material and traps chemicals in the fabric your pet chews on. Solid, wipeable toys are safer and last longer.

Monsoon: Indoor Engagement Toys

The monsoon brings its own set of festivals, from Raksha Bandhan and Janmashtami to Onam and Ganesh Chaturthi. It also brings days on end when walks are cut short by rain, humidity spikes, and pets bounce off the walls with unused energy. Indoor enrichment toys become essential.

Best Toy Choices for the Monsoon

Puzzle toys and treat-dispensing balls are worth their weight in gold during rainy weeks. They combine mental work with movement, which tires pets out faster than a plain walk would. Rotate two or three puzzles through the week so your pet stays curious rather than bored.

Snuffle mats are another monsoon favourite. Hiding kibble or dry treats in the folds of the mat lets dogs use their nose, which is deeply satisfying and calming. For high-energy breeds like Indies, Labradors, and Beagles, a fifteen minute snuffle session can feel as satisfying as a short walk.

Humidity also affects toy hygiene. Wash rubber and silicone toys weekly, and air-dry them fully before storing. A well-stocked shelf of durable chew toys means you always have a fresh option when the rain refuses to stop.

Summer Festivals: Cooling and Water Toys

Summer in most of India is intense. Festivals like Baisakhi, Rath Yatra, and regional new year celebrations happen when temperatures cross forty degrees in many cities. Dogs and cats can overheat quickly, and heavy chew sessions in daytime are not ideal. Cooling toys and gentle indoor play work best.

Best Toy Choices for Summer

Freezable rubber toys are excellent. Stuff them with curd, watermelon puree, or wet food, freeze them overnight, and offer them in a shaded corner. Your dog gets hours of engagement and a natural cooldown at the same time.

Splash pools and floating fetch toys are another summer joy for dogs who love water. PetMD recommends water play and shaded exercise as safe ways to help dogs regulate body temperature during hot months. Even a small tub of cool water with a few floating balls turns your balcony into a summer playground.

For cats, chilled catnip toys or ice cube games in a shallow bowl work well. Keep summer play sessions short, offer plenty of fresh water, and avoid tiled floors that heat up in the afternoon sun.

Winter and Christmas: Cozy, Festive Play

Winter in northern India brings crisp mornings, and December closes the year with Christmas and New Year celebrations. Pets are usually more active in cool weather, which makes it a great time to introduce new toys and family-style play.

Best Toy Choices for the Festive Winter Season

Plush squeaky toys, festive-themed rope tugs, and fetch balls are winter favourites. Longer outdoor play sessions are safe now, so fetch, tug-of-war, and hide-and-seek games with toys work beautifully in the mild morning sun.

For a Christmas twist, wrap a new toy in a simple cloth bundle and let your pet unwrap it. This turns gift-giving into an enrichment activity. Browse seasonal dog toys and gift options to build a small festive stocking for your pet.

If your city gets truly cold, avoid metal toys that stay chilled and can be uncomfortable in a pet's mouth. Soft, warm materials feel more inviting during winter play.

How to Choose Safe Seasonal Toys

A festival toy is only a good toy if it is safe. Check the size first. It should be too large to swallow but light enough for your pet to carry. Inspect the material. Non-toxic rubber, food-grade silicone, and tightly woven cotton rope are trusted choices. Avoid toys with small bells, buttons, or ribbons that can be chewed off.

Rotate toys through the seasons rather than leaving all of them out at once. A rotated toy feels new again, which keeps engagement high without needing constant new purchases. Wash toys regularly, especially after monsoon and Holi, and discard any toy with cracks, sharp edges, or loose stuffing.

Final Thoughts

Festivals in India are richer when pets feel safe, occupied, and included. Matching toys to the season is a simple, thoughtful way to protect them from stress, keep them healthy, and turn every celebration into a shared family moment. Build a small seasonal rotation, refresh it once a year, and your pet will greet every festival with the same excitement you do.

Frequently Asked Questions

Which toys are best for calming pets during Diwali fireworks?

Long-lasting chew toys, treat-stuffed rubber toys, snuffle mats, and lick mats are best for Diwali. They redirect nervous energy into steady, calming activities. Keep pets in a quiet room, close windows and curtains, and play soft music while they engage with the toy.

Are plush toys safe for pets during Holi?

Plush toys are not ideal for Holi. If gulal or coloured water touches them, they absorb chemicals that are hard to wash out and can irritate your pet later. Choose solid rubber, silicone, or rope toys that can be wiped clean quickly.

What indoor toys work best during the monsoon in India?

Puzzle feeders, treat-dispensing balls, snuffle mats, and interactive tug toys are ideal for monsoon days when outdoor walks are limited. They combine mental stimulation with light movement, which helps prevent boredom and destructive behaviour.

How do I keep my dog cool with toys in summer?

Freezable rubber toys stuffed with curd or fruit puree are the easiest way. Splash pools with floating balls, chilled chew toys, and shaded indoor play sessions also help. Always keep summer play sessions short and provide fresh water throughout the day.

Can cats also enjoy seasonal toys, or are these mostly for dogs?

Cats benefit just as much from seasonal enrichment. Wand toys, puzzle feeders, catnip-filled soft toys, and crinkle balls suit different moods and seasons. Indoor cats especially need extra stimulation during festivals when routines change and household energy shifts.

How often should I replace or wash my pet's toys?

Wash rubber and silicone toys weekly, and plush or rope toys every two to three weeks. Replace any toy with cracks, loose parts, or worn stuffing. During monsoon and after Holi, clean toys more often to prevent mould, bacteria, or chemical residue from building up.

Toy Safety: What Materials Should You Avoid in Pet Toys?

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Picking a toy for your pet feels like a small decision, but the material inside that squeaky ball or colourful chew can shape your dog or cat’s health for years. Indian pet parents face a unique challenge. Local markets are flooded with cheap imports, unbranded rubber toys, and brightly dyed plush items that rarely list their material composition. Combine that with heat, humidity, and monsoon dampness, and unsafe materials break down faster, releasing chemicals your pet chews, swallows, or inhales.

This guide walks you through the materials worth avoiding, the safer alternatives available in India, and simple checks you can do before handing any toy to your pet.

Why Toy Material Safety Deserves Serious Attention

Pets chew, lick, and gnaw for hours. Anything they put in their mouth ends up in their digestive system. Toxic dyes, brittle plastics, and loose parts can cause anything from mild stomach upset to intestinal blockages and long-term organ damage. According to the ASPCA, toys that are too small, contain removable parts, or are made from harmful materials pose a real choking and toxicity risk, especially for aggressive chewers.

In Indian conditions, the risk multiplies. Summer temperatures across cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Chennai can push indoor surfaces above 40 degrees Celsius, causing low-grade plastics to leach faster. Monsoon humidity encourages mould growth on cheap fabric toys. A toy that seems fine in December may become a hazard by May.

Pet Toy Materials You Should Avoid

1. PVC and Phthalates

Polyvinyl chloride, better known as PVC, is one of the most common materials in cheap squeaky toys and soft rubber bones. To make PVC flexible, manufacturers add phthalates, a group of chemicals linked to hormonal disruption. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has flagged concerns about phthalate exposure in consumer products, and pets who chew these toys daily face repeated low-dose exposure. If a rubber toy has a strong plasticky smell straight out of the packet, that odour is often a sign of phthalate content.

2. BPA and Low-Grade Plastics

Bisphenol A, or BPA, is used to harden plastics. It shows up in unmarked plastic fetch toys, feeder balls, and some tug rings sold at street markets. Long-term BPA exposure has been studied for its effects on endocrine health in mammals. Always look for toys clearly labelled BPA-free. If a plastic dog toy has no material information at all, treat that as a warning sign rather than a bargain.

3. Lead-Based Paints and Cheap Dyes

Bright reds, deep blues, and neon greens on unbranded toys often come from industrial dyes not meant for oral contact. Some imported chew toys have tested positive for lead and cadmium in international recalls. Pets who chew painted toys can ingest small paint flakes over time. Stick to toys where the colour is molecularly bonded to the material rather than painted on top. A quick test: rub the toy with a damp white cloth. If colour transfers, the dye is not stable.

4. Rawhide Chews

Rawhide is marketed as a natural chew, but the manufacturing process often involves bleaching, chemical treatments, and preservatives. Chunks can break off and cause choking or intestinal blockages. Veterinary bodies including the American Kennel Club have raised repeated concerns about rawhide safety, particularly for dogs that gulp rather than chew slowly. Safer options include natural buffalo horn, yak milk chews, and vet-approved dental sticks, many of which are available under dog treats and chews collections.

5. Toys With Small, Detachable Parts

Plastic eyes, sewn-on noses, tiny bells, and squeakers that pop out easily are among the most common causes of emergency vet visits. Small parts are a choking hazard and can also cause dangerous intestinal obstructions if swallowed. Before buying a plush toy, tug firmly on every attached piece. If anything wiggles loose with light pressure, skip it.

6. Loose-Fibre Stuffing and Cheap Polyester Filling

Many low-cost plush toys are stuffed with recycled polyester or foam beads. When the outer fabric tears, pets can swallow large amounts of filling, which does not digest. In humid Indian weather, damp stuffing also becomes a breeding ground for bacteria and mould. Look for plush toys with reinforced double stitching and cotton or non-toxic fibre filling.

7. Cooked Bones and Hard Nylon Chews

Cooked bones splinter and can puncture the digestive tract. Very hard nylon toys, on the other hand, can fracture teeth, especially in medium and large breeds that chew aggressively. According to PetMD, a good rule of thumb is that if you cannot make a slight indent in the toy with your fingernail, it is too hard for your dog’s teeth. Rubber-based chew toys with a bit of give are a safer middle ground.

8. Strong-Smelling Rubber and Latex Toys

A sharp chemical smell in a new rubber toy usually points to industrial solvents or off-gassing plasticisers. Natural rubber toys have a mild, earthy scent. If your nose recoils when you open the packaging, your pet’s nose and lungs are handling that same load at close range.

Safer Toy Materials to Look For

The good news is that safer options are widely available in India today. When shopping, prioritise these materials:

Food-grade natural rubber, which is durable, non-toxic, and gentle on teeth. Untreated cotton rope, which doubles as a dental cleaner during tug play. Nylon-free canvas plush with cotton stuffing. Wood-based chew toys made from coffee tree wood or olive wood, which are naturally splinter-resistant. BPA-free hard plastics from established brands that clearly label their composition.

For puzzle feeders and interactive play, look for silicone-based lick mats and slow feeders from labelled brands. Curated options across these categories are available under interactive dog toys and cat toys, which makes it easier to filter by material and pet size.

How to Check a Pet Toy Before You Buy

A quick five-point check before purchase or before handing the toy over saves a lot of trouble later.

First, read the label for material information, country of origin, and any safety certifications. Second, smell the toy. A strong chemical odour is a red flag. Third, tug on all attached parts to test durability. Fourth, run a damp cloth over painted areas to check for dye transfer. Fifth, match the toy size to your pet. A toy that fits entirely inside your pet’s mouth is a choking risk.

Also inspect toys regularly once they are in use. Indian summers accelerate wear, and a toy that lasted six months in winter may crack or shed material by mid-May. Retire any toy that shows cracks, exposed stuffing, loose squeakers, or a change in smell.

Climate-Specific Storage Tips for Indian Homes

Store rubber and plastic toys away from direct sunlight, which speeds up chemical breakdown. Wash plush toys weekly during monsoon to prevent mould, and dry them fully before returning them to your pet. Rope toys should be air-dried in sunlight after a wash to kill bacteria naturally. Rotate toys every few days so no single item gets over-chewed, which extends the life of safer, higher-quality products.

Final Word

Toy safety is not about spending more. It is about knowing what to skip. Avoid PVC, BPA plastics, painted dyes, rawhide, and toys with loose parts. Choose natural rubber, cotton, and clearly labelled brands. Inspect regularly, store smart, and match toys to your pet’s size and chew style. With these small habits, playtime stays what it should be: safe, joyful, and enriching for both of you.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are squeaky toys safe for dogs?

Squeaky toys are safe as long as the squeaker is deeply embedded, the outer material is non-toxic, and your dog is supervised during play. Aggressive chewers who tear open toys within minutes should be given solid rubber alternatives instead.

Is rawhide banned in India?

Rawhide is not banned in India, but many veterinarians recommend avoiding it due to choking risks and chemical processing. Safer chew options include yak milk chews, buffalo horn, and vet-approved dental sticks.

How do I know if a pet toy contains BPA or phthalates?

Look for clear labelling that says BPA-free and phthalate-free. Unbranded toys with strong plasticky smells, no country of origin, and no material information are most likely to contain these chemicals.

Can I give my dog soft plastic toys during summer?

Soft plastic toys break down faster in extreme heat, releasing more chemicals. During peak Indian summers, switch to natural rubber, cotton rope, or wood-based toys, and store all toys in a cool, shaded area.

What size toy is safest for my pet?

The toy should be large enough that it cannot be swallowed whole and small enough that your pet can carry it comfortably. For puppies and small breeds, check small dog toys sized specifically for their jaw strength and bite range.

How often should I replace pet toys?

Inspect toys weekly and replace them at the first sign of cracks, exposed stuffing, loose parts, or unusual smells. In humid weather, plush toys often need replacement every three to four months even with regular washing.

How to Choose the Right Ball for Your Dog's Size: A Complete Guide

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

A ball is often the first toy an Indian pet parent buys, and for good reason. It is simple, affordable, and works for almost every breed. But the moment you scroll through a catalogue, the choices become overwhelming. Rubber, rope, squeaky, tennis, floating. Sizes range from marble small to almost football large. Pick the wrong one and your dog either loses interest in minutes or, worse, ends up with a choking scare or a cracked tooth.

The right ball keeps your dog mentally stimulated, physically active, and safe. This guide covers how to match a ball to your dog's size, chew style, and play personality, with notes on how India's climate should influence your choice.

Why Ball Size Matters More Than You Think

Size is the single most important factor when buying a ball. A ball that is too small can slip to the back of the throat and block the airway. The ASPCA warns that toys and balls small enough to be swallowed pose a serious choking risk, and this is especially true for medium and large breeds with wide mouths. On the other hand, a ball that is too big is uncomfortable to carry and often ignored after a few tries.

A well-sized ball should be large enough that your dog cannot fully close its jaws around it and swallow it, but small enough to pick up, carry, and drop with ease. If you can hold the ball comfortably between your dog's back teeth without it sliding down the throat, it is too small. Size up.

Ball Size Guide by Dog Size

Small Breeds (up to 10 kg)

Shih Tzus, Pugs, Pomeranians, Beagles, Dachshunds, and Indian Spitz puppies fall into this group. Look for balls in the 3.5 cm to 5 cm range. These are light enough for a smaller mouth and easy to chase across a living room floor. Soft rubber or light foam balls work well because they cushion the impact on smaller teeth and jaws.

Medium Breeds (10 to 25 kg)

Cocker Spaniels, Indies of average build, Bull Terriers, and Border Collies do best with balls in the 6 cm to 7 cm range. This is roughly the size of a standard tennis ball. Medium dogs tend to be enthusiastic fetchers, so durability starts to matter here. Reinforced rubber and firm, bouncy materials get more use out of each session.

Large Breeds (25 to 40 kg)

Labradors, Golden Retrievers, German Shepherds, Boxers, and Rottweilers need balls in the 7.5 cm to 9 cm range. A tennis ball is too small for most adults in this group and can be a genuine choking hazard. Choose thick, solid rubber that stands up to strong jaws. Textured surfaces help with grip and add some dental cleaning benefit during chew and carry.

Giant Breeds (over 40 kg)

Great Danes, Saint Bernards, and Mastiffs need balls in the 10 cm and above range. At this size, softer materials will not survive one solid bite. Look for heavy-duty rubber or nylon-blend options built specifically for power chewers. A good rule for giant breeds: if the ball fits comfortably inside their mouth with room to spare, it is not the right size.

Match the Ball to Your Dog's Chew Style

Two dogs of the same size can have completely different chew personalities. Watching how your dog handles toys tells you which material to buy.

Gentle chewers: Dogs who fetch, carry, and drop without biting down hard do well with plush balls, soft rubber, or classic tennis-style balls. These are ideal for older dogs and puppies with developing teeth.
Average chewers: Most family dogs sit here. Solid rubber balls, textured fetch balls, and rope-and-ball combinations offer the right balance of bounce and bite resistance.
Power chewers: If your dog destroys toys within days, look for balls labelled for aggressive or heavy chewers. Thick natural rubber and reinforced designs are worth the extra investment. Explore a wider selection of durable dog toys built for tough chewers that hold up over months, not days.

Understanding Ball Materials

Rubber: The most versatile choice. Natural rubber is bouncy, floats in water, and handles regular chewing. Look for non-toxic, food-grade rubber, especially for puppies.
Tennis balls: Cheap and easy to find, but not built for dogs. The fuzzy outer layer is abrasive and, according to the American Kennel Club, can wear down tooth enamel over time. Use them for short fetch sessions only.
Foam and plush: Great for indoor play and puppies, but they shred quickly. Supervise closely and remove them once the outer layer starts breaking.
Rope-and-ball: A smart pick for interactive play. The rope adds a safe grip for tug, and the ball adds fetch value.
Squeaky balls: The squeaker keeps most dogs hooked. Check that it is sealed inside thick rubber, not a thin plastic shell a chewer can crack open.

Choose Based on How Your Dog Plays

Not every dog wants the same game. A ball that suits a Labrador who lives to fetch will bore a Bulldog who prefers to lounge and gnaw.

The fetch fanatic: Go for a bouncy rubber ball or a launcher-compatible ball. Look for high-visibility colours like bright orange or blue so the ball stays easy to spot on grass and dust.
The tugger: A rope-and-ball combo is your friend. It doubles as a fetch toy and a tug toy without you needing two separate purchases.
The thinker: Puzzle balls that dispense treats keep intelligent breeds like Border Collies and Beagles engaged for longer. Pair with a few smart picks from a curated range of interactive treat-dispensing toys to rotate through the week.
The water lover: Floating rubber balls are perfect for dogs who enjoy pool time or the occasional beach trip in Goa or Chennai.

A Note on India's Climate

India's weather affects both when your dog plays and what material lasts. During peak summer in cities like Delhi, Ahmedabad, and Hyderabad, ground surfaces heat up fast. Dark rubber balls left on hot tiles or concrete can soften and lose shape. Store balls indoors during the afternoon and schedule fetch sessions for early morning or after sunset.

The monsoon brings its own issues. Plush and rope balls soak up water, hold odours, and grow mildew within days. During monsoon months, switch to solid rubber or waterproof balls that can be rinsed and dried in minutes. If your dog plays in muddy parks in Mumbai or Bangalore, a quick wash after every session prevents skin irritation and keeps the toy usable for longer.

Safety Checks Before and After Every Play Session

Even the best ball has a shelf life. PetMD recommends inspecting toys regularly for cracks, missing chunks, and worn-out seams. Retire any ball that shows deep tears, exposed stuffing, or a squeaker that has broken loose.

A quick pre-play check takes ten seconds. Squeeze the ball to feel for soft spots, look for punctures, and make sure it has not shrunk or warped from heat. After each session, wipe it down with a damp cloth. Once a week, wash rubber balls with mild soap and let them air dry fully.

When to Replace the Ball

Rubber balls used daily typically last three to six months for average chewers and closer to one month for power chewers. Tennis balls should be replaced sooner, especially if the fuzz starts peeling. Plush and foam balls rarely last beyond a few weeks. Rotate two or three balls at a time. This keeps play sessions fresh and lets you spot wear before it becomes dangerous. Building a small collection from a well-stocked range of dog fetch and play balls makes rotation easy and affordable.

Final Thought

Picking the right ball is not about the fanciest design or the highest price. It is about matching size, material, and play style to your specific dog. Start with the size guide, watch how your dog engages, and adjust based on wear and interest. A carefully chosen ball turns a five-minute distraction into a daily bonding ritual, and that is what makes it one of the smartest purchases any pet parent can make. Browse a wide collection of dog toys and accessories to find the right fit for your companion.

Frequently Asked Questions

What size ball is safe for a Labrador?

For an adult Labrador, choose a ball between 7.5 cm and 9 cm. Standard tennis balls are too small and can pose a choking risk for full-grown Labs. Look for a firm rubber ball built for medium to large breeds.

Are tennis balls safe for daily use?

Tennis balls are fine for occasional fetch, but not ideal as an everyday chew toy. The abrasive outer layer can wear down enamel over months of use. Reserve them for short outdoor play and offer rubber alternatives for regular chewing.

How do I know if a ball is too small for my dog?

If your dog can fit the entire ball inside its closed mouth, it is too small. A safe ball should always be visible when your dog is holding it, with a portion sticking out on both sides of the jaw.

What is the best ball for a power chewer?

Thick natural rubber balls labelled for aggressive chewers work best. Look for solid, single-piece construction without hollow centres or thin plastic parts. These typically last far longer than standard rubber or foam balls.

Can puppies play with hard rubber balls?

Puppies have developing teeth and softer jaws, so extra-hard rubber can cause discomfort or minor damage. Choose soft, flexible rubber or plush balls sized appropriately for their small mouths until adult teeth come in around six to seven months.

How often should I clean my dog's ball?

Wipe rubber balls after every session and wash them with mild soap once a week. Plush and rope balls need more frequent cleaning, especially during the monsoon when moisture and bacteria build up quickly.

Rope Toys for Dental Health: Are They Effective?

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:05 +0700

Dental disease is one of the most common health problems seen in Indian pet clinics, and most cases begin quietly at home. Many pet parents notice bad breath, yellowing teeth, or gum swelling only after the problem has settled in. This is where chew toys enter the conversation, and rope toys are often the first suggestion from breeders, trainers, and fellow dog parents. They are affordable, easy to find, and dogs seem to love them. But do rope toys actually clean teeth, or is it a well-marketed myth? This guide breaks down what rope toys can and cannot do, backed by veterinary insight and practical tips for Indian homes.

How Rope Toys Support Canine Dental Health

Rope toys are made of tightly woven cotton or cotton-blend fibres. When a dog chews and tugs on the strands, the fibres act like a rough cloth against the tooth surface. This gentle friction can help scrape away soft plaque before it hardens into tartar. The chewing action also increases saliva flow, and saliva contains natural enzymes that reduce bacteria in the mouth. According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, regular chewing on appropriate toys can be a useful part of a home dental care routine, especially between professional cleanings.

That said, a rope toy is not a toothbrush. It cleans only the surfaces the fibres reach, which is usually the outer sides of the canines and premolars. Deeper grooves, inner tooth surfaces, and the gum line still need brushing or professional care. Think of a rope toy as a helpful supporting tool, not a stand-alone solution. Owners exploring the full range of dog chew and rope toys will find plenty of options designed with dental benefits in mind.

What the Science Says About Chewing and Plaque

Veterinary dental research consistently shows that mechanical action, meaning brushing or chewing, is the most reliable way to reduce plaque in dogs. The American Kennel Club notes that dogs who chew regularly tend to have less plaque build-up than dogs who do not. The Veterinary Oral Health Council also lists specific chew products that meet clinical standards for plaque and tartar reduction.

Plain cotton rope toys are not officially certified for plaque control, but the flossing effect of the fibres between teeth is often compared to dental floss for humans. Studies on chew-based dental aids suggest that the frequency and duration of chewing matter more than the exact material. In simple terms, a dog who spends fifteen to twenty minutes chewing a rope toy several times a week is likely to have cleaner teeth than a dog who does not chew at all. This is one reason why chewing is often called a natural form of oral hygiene for dogs. It also explains why breeds that chew less, such as toy breeds and senior dogs, tend to develop dental issues earlier and need more frequent professional cleanings.

Extra Benefits Beyond Dental Care

Rope toys do more than support oral health. They give dogs a healthy outlet for their natural chewing and tugging instincts, which is especially useful for young dogs, working breeds, and pets left alone during the day. Regular tug sessions build jaw strength, improve bite control, and burn mental energy.

Reduces boredom and destructive chewing on furniture or shoes
Encourages bonding through interactive tug and fetch games
Supports jaw muscle development in puppies over four months
Provides low-cost enrichment during long monsoon days indoors

For Indian pet parents dealing with hot summers and heavy rains, indoor play with rope toys can replace missed walks without compromising the dog's activity needs. Pairing a rope toy with a few healthy training treats can turn a short indoor session into a full mental workout.

Limitations and Risks Every Pet Parent Should Know

Rope toys are helpful, but they are not risk-free. The biggest concern flagged by veterinarians is fibre ingestion. When a dog chews aggressively, loose threads can break off and be swallowed. Small amounts usually pass through, but longer strands can cause a serious condition called linear foreign body obstruction, which sometimes requires surgery. PetMD warns that any toy showing loose threads or significant fraying should be removed and replaced immediately.

There are a few other issues worth keeping in mind:

Bacteria and mould grow quickly on damp rope in humid Indian weather, especially during the monsoon
Very hard chewers can fracture teeth if the rope is too stiff or knotted too tightly
Dyed rope toys may leach colour, so unbleached or naturally coloured options are safer
Puppies under four months should chew only under close supervision

The safest approach is short, supervised sessions of ten to twenty minutes, followed by storing the toy away. This prevents both overuse and unsupervised nibbling that leads to swallowed fibres.

How to Choose the Right Rope Toy for Your Dog

Not every rope toy suits every dog. The right choice depends on size, chewing style, and age. A small breed like a Pug or Shih Tzu needs a lighter, softer rope, while a Labrador or Indie dog needs a thicker, denser one that can handle stronger jaws.

Material: Look for 100 percent cotton or a cotton and jute blend, ideally undyed
Size: The toy should be larger than the dog's mouth to prevent accidental swallowing
Weave: Tightly braided ropes shed fewer fibres than loosely twisted ones
Design: Ropes with rubber or nylon handles can add variety of textures for better gum stimulation

For a curated selection suited to Indian breeds and climate, browse the PetsWorld dog toy collection, which includes rope toys in different sizes, weaves, and combinations. Pet parents focused on daily oral care can also pair rope play with dog dental care products such as toothbrushes, enzymatic pastes, and dental chews.

Safe Usage Tips for Indian Homes

India's climate adds a layer of care that pet parents in cooler regions do not always think about. Heat and humidity speed up bacterial growth on any damp fabric, and rope toys are no exception. A few simple habits keep the toy safe and hygienic.

Wash rope toys in warm water every week and sun-dry them completely before use
Microwave a damp rope toy for one minute to kill surface bacteria, but only if it has no plastic or metal parts
Replace the toy the moment strands come loose or the rope smells sour
Keep separate rope toys for indoor and outdoor use, particularly in monsoon months

Rope Toys vs Other Dental Care Options

Rope toys sit somewhere in the middle of the canine dental care spectrum. Daily brushing remains the gold standard, followed by veterinary-approved dental chews and water additives. Rope toys work best as a supplement to these methods rather than a replacement. A practical routine for most Indian pet parents looks like brushing three to four times a week, offering a dental chew on other days, and using rope toys during play sessions. This combined approach keeps plaque under control and reduces the need for professional cleanings, which can be expensive and stressful for the dog. Pet parents building a long-term wellness routine can also add joint and immunity boosters from the dog supplements range to support overall health alongside oral care.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do rope toys really clean a dog's teeth?

Rope toys help remove soft plaque through a gentle flossing action as the fibres slide between teeth. They do not replace brushing, but they are a useful addition to a home dental routine when used regularly and safely.

Are rope toys safe for puppies?

Puppies over four months can use rope toys under supervision. Choose a small, soft rope, limit sessions to ten minutes, and remove the toy if the puppy starts pulling loose threads. Very young pups should stick to softer teething toys.

How often should I replace a rope toy?

Replace a rope toy the moment it starts fraying badly, smells musty, or has loose strands longer than two centimetres. For heavy chewers, this can be as often as every four to six weeks. Light chewers may get several months of use.

Can rope toys damage my dog's teeth?

Rope toys are generally softer than bones or antlers, so tooth fractures are rare. However, aggressive tug-of-war with very tight knots can stress the teeth. Keep tug games gentle and let the dog set the pace.

Are rope toys suitable for Indian summers and monsoons?

Yes, provided you clean and dry them thoroughly. Humid weather encourages mould, so wash the toy weekly, sun-dry it fully, and store it in a dry spot. Avoid leaving a damp rope toy in the dog's bed or crate.

Should I combine rope toys with other dental products?

Yes. A complete oral care plan usually includes brushing, dental chews, and occasional professional cleanings. Rope toys support this plan by adding daily chewing time. Speak to your vet if your dog already shows tartar or gum redness before starting any new dental routine.

Choosing the Right Dog Crate for Home and Travel

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:55:04 +0700

A dog crate is one of those purchases that seems simple until you actually start looking. Wire, plastic, fabric, heavy-duty, airline-approved, foldable, furniture-style. The options multiply quickly, and picking the wrong one can leave your dog uncomfortable at home or unsafe on a trip. This guide walks through what actually matters when choosing a crate for daily use in your home and for safe travel across Indian cities.

Why a Well-Chosen Crate Matters

A crate is not a cage. When introduced correctly, it becomes a personal den where your dog can rest, decompress, and feel safe. The American Kennel Club notes that dogs are natural den animals and often seek out enclosed, quiet spaces on their own, which is why crate training tends to work so well when done gradually. For Indian households, where visitors, festivals, construction noise, and monsoon thunderstorms are common, having a calm indoor retreat can genuinely help reduce a dog’s stress levels.

For travel, the role of the crate changes. It becomes a safety device that protects your dog during long car rides between cities, keeps them secure during train transfers, and meets airline requirements for cabin or cargo travel.

The Main Types of Dog Crates

Not every crate suits every situation. Here is a quick breakdown of the most common types available on Indian pet retailers.

Wire Crates

Wire crates are the most popular choice for home use. They offer excellent ventilation, which matters a lot in humid coastal cities like Mumbai and Chennai. Most come with removable trays for easy cleaning and fold flat for storage. If your dog runs hot or you live in a home without constant air conditioning, wire is usually the right pick.

Plastic Crates

Plastic crates are enclosed on most sides with ventilation slits, giving dogs a more den-like feel. They are lighter, easier to carry, and generally accepted for air travel when they meet International Air Transport Association standards. Anxious dogs often settle better in plastic crates because visual stimulation is reduced.

Soft-Sided Fabric Crates

Soft-sided fabric crates work well for calm, crate-trained dogs and short trips. They are lightweight and easy to fold, but they are not suitable for puppies, chewers, or dogs left unsupervised. You can explore a full range of options in the dog crates collection to compare styles side by side.

Heavy-Duty and Furniture-Style Crates

Heavy-duty crates are built for escape artists and large, powerful breeds. They cost more but are worth it if your dog has a history of bending wire or breaking latches. Furniture-style crates double as end tables or side units. They look good in living rooms but usually work best for smaller breeds and calmer dogs.

Getting the Size Right

Size is where most first-time buyers slip up. A crate should be large enough for your dog to stand up without hunching, turn around comfortably, and lie down with legs stretched. Anything larger than that and puppies may start using one corner as a toilet, which defeats the purpose of house training.

To size correctly, measure your dog from the tip of the nose to the base of the tail, then add about ten centimetres. For height, measure from the floor to the top of the head when your dog is sitting, and add five to ten centimetres. If you are still in the puppy stage with a breed that will grow large, look for a crate with a divider panel so you can expand the usable space as your dog grows.

For popular Indian breeds, wire crates in the 24 to 30 inch range typically suit Indies and Beagles, while Labradors, Golden Retrievers, and German Shepherds usually need something in the 36 to 48 inch range.

What to Look For in a Home Crate

Ventilation is the single most important factor for Indian homes. Summers in cities like Delhi, Hyderabad, and Ahmedabad can push indoor temperatures well past comfortable levels, and a poorly ventilated crate becomes a heat trap. Choose a design with open sides or plenty of slits.

Ease of cleaning is the second priority. Removable plastic trays make daily hygiene simple, especially during monsoon months when muddy paws and damp fur are a constant. A washable, water-resistant crate mat placed inside adds comfort without trapping moisture. If you want something softer for the crate floor, an orthopaedic or cooling option from the dog beds and mats collection works well and is easy to swap out for washing.

Placement matters too. Keep the crate away from direct sunlight, kitchen heat, and busy corridors. A quiet corner of the living room or bedroom works best because dogs still want to feel included in family life.

What to Look For in a Travel Crate

Travel crates have a different set of priorities: safety, containment, and compliance with transport rules.

For car travel, look for a crate that can be secured with seat belts or cargo straps. The ASPCA recommends restraining pets during car rides because an unsecured dog can be seriously injured during sudden braking and can also distract the driver.

For air travel, the crate must meet IATA Live Animals Regulations. That means hard-sided construction, secure metal door bolts, ventilation on at least three sides for international flights, and enough space for the dog to stand and turn. Indian carriers such as IndiGo, Air India, and Vistara publish their own specifications, so always confirm the exact requirements with the airline before booking.

For train travel or road trips between cities, a lightweight plastic crate or a sturdy fabric option usually works. Pair it with a comfortable dog carrier or travel bag for smaller breeds when you need something more portable.

Making the Crate a Positive Space

A crate only works if your dog wants to be in it. Introduce it gradually. Place familiar bedding, a favourite toy, and a few treats inside. Never use the crate as punishment. Feed meals near or inside it to build positive associations, and let your dog explore at their own pace.

For puppies and young dogs, adding chew-safe dog toys inside the crate can turn quiet time into productive play. Rotate the toys occasionally so the crate stays interesting rather than becoming a boring space your dog wants to leave.

Climate Considerations for Indian Homes

Heat and humidity change what a good crate looks like. In coastal regions, moisture builds up quickly inside enclosed plastic crates, which can make bedding damp and encourage skin issues. Wire crates with breathable cotton mats tend to work better in these conditions. In dry, dusty northern cities, a plastic crate with occasional cleaning helps keep allergens and pollen off your dog.

During peak summer, always place a bowl of fresh water inside the crate and never leave your dog in a crate inside a parked vehicle, even for a few minutes. PetMD warns that vehicle interiors can reach dangerous temperatures within ten minutes, and heatstroke in dogs can turn fatal very quickly.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

The biggest mistake is buying based on price alone. A flimsy crate that bends or breaks is a safety hazard and rarely lasts more than a few months. The second common error is choosing a crate that is too big, which slows down house training. The third is leaving a dog crated for too many hours at a stretch. Adult dogs should not be crated for more than four to five hours during the day, and puppies need much shorter stretches with frequent breaks.

Final Thoughts

The right crate is one that fits your dog’s size, your home’s climate, and the way you actually travel. A wire crate for home use paired with a lighter travel-specific crate is a combination that works for most Indian pet parents. Invest in quality once, train patiently, and the crate will quickly become one of the most useful things in your home.

Frequently Asked Questions

How many hours can a dog stay in a crate?

Adult dogs should not be crated for more than four to five hours at a time during the day. Puppies need much shorter periods, typically one hour for every month of age, up to a maximum of four hours.

Is it cruel to crate a dog at night?

No, provided the crate is the right size and the dog has been trained to see it as a safe space. Many dogs sleep more soundly in a crate because it feels enclosed and secure.

What size crate should I buy for a Labrador?

Most adult Labradors need a 42 inch crate. If your Labrador is still growing, buy the full adult size with a divider panel so you can adjust the space as they get bigger.

Can I use the same crate for home and travel?

You can, but a dedicated travel crate is often safer and more practical. Home crates are usually larger and heavier, while travel crates are built for portability and vehicle security.

Are wire crates safe for puppies?

Yes, as long as the wire spacing is small enough to prevent paws or heads from getting stuck. Look for crates specifically labelled puppy-safe.

What is the best crate for summer in India?

Wire crates offer the best airflow and are the safest choice for hot, humid climates. Add a cooling mat inside and place the crate in a shaded, well-ventilated part of the home.

Tips to Manage Your Dog’s Itchy Skin

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 00:25:03 +0700

Have you noticed that your dog has been scratching, chewing, or licking their fur more than usual? While occasional itching can often be harmless, frequent scratching may indicate something is irritating your pup’s skin. The good news is that many causes of itchy skin are manageable once you identify the source.

In this post, we provide tips for how you can manage your dog’s itchy skin, including:

WHAT COULD BE CAUSING YOUR DOG’S ITCHY SKIN?

There can be several factors causing your pup to itch, so it is always recommended to set up an appointment with your vet to get to the bottom of it. However, you can do some investigating on your own to help determine what you think might be the cause, especially if you can notice a pattern around when your dog starts scratching.

Some common causes of itchy skin for dogs include:

Seasonal allergies caused by grass, mold, pollen, etc.
Fleas or ticks
Dry skin
Skin infections caused by bacteria or yeast
Dermatitis from environmental irritants
Food sensitivities or allergic reactions

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR WHEN YOUR DOG STARTS SCRATCHING

If your pup starts itching out of nowhere or develops red spots, dry patches, thinning fur, bald spots, bad odor, or signs of an infection, it may be a sign of a more serious issue that needs to be evaluated by your vet. Take note of where your dog is scratching the most as that may provide clues for your vet. If your dog is chewing on their paws, they may have seasonal allergies related to contact with grass or pollen. If you dog is scratching their ears mostly, your vet may find a yeast infection or allergies as the diagnosis.

USE GENTLE SHAMPOO PRODUCTS FOR DOGS WITH SENSITIVE OR ITCHY SKIN

If your pup experiences mild, general itchiness, a gentle shampoo formulated specifically for dogs can help ease symptoms. Bathing them can help remove irritants from their coat, like pollen or dirt, and prevent further irritation by protecting their skin barrier.

DOG SPA PRODUCTS AT THE DOGTOPIA SHOP

We have several options available for itchy pups, including:

Aloe & Oatmeal Soothing Dog Shampoo & Conditioner: This hypoallergenic duo can help restore natural moisture and relieve itchy skin.
Keto Dog Medicated Shampoo: Using ketoconazole and chlorhexidine gluconate, this shampoo is formulated to provide a therapeutic bath to help manage skin problems caused by bacteria, dermatitis, seborrhea, yeast, and fungi.
Keto-Dog Foam Aloe Vera: This leave-on foam helps manage hot spots and skin folds, yeast overgrowth, bacterial dermatitis, and more.

SUPPORT YOUR DOG’S SKIN THROUGH NUTRITION

A complete and balanced diet is the foundation of healthy skin. Adding certain foods and supplements into your dog’s diet can be one way to help relieve itchy skin from the inside out. For example, omega-3 fatty acids, found in fish oil and salmon, can help support skin health and reduce inflammation. Other foods high in antioxidants, such as carrots, blueberries, sweet potatoes, and pumpkin, can also help promote skin health.

Before introducing any new food item or supplement, it is best to get the green light from your vet, as some supplements could cause stomach upset if not properly managed.

REGULARLY CLEAN YOUR DOG’S BELONGINGS

See also

How Often Should I Clean My Dog’s Belongings?

Sometimes environmental triggers, such as dust in your pup’s environment, can cause itching. It is recommended to wash their beds and blankets weekly, but stains or odors may require more frequent washing. Pro tip: if your dog is safe around blankets, add a light weight blanket topper on your dog’s bed that can be washed more frequently and easier than a dog bed cover.

MAINTAIN DAILY HYGIENE

Keeping your dog’s skin clean between baths can help eliminate built-up dirt and irritants, such as pollen, that accumulate from outdoor activities. Dog-safe grooming wipes are a convenient option for use after a walk or playtime outside.

Pay extra close attention to wiping your pup’s paws, legs, belly, and face after spending time outdoors, as these areas often come in contact with environmental allergens that could cause itchiness.

Dogtopia Shop’s Keto Dog Medicated Wipes provide therapeutic relief for dogs with bacterial dermatitis, seborrhea, yeast, or fungi on their skin, while our Cleansing Facial Wipes and Gentle Ear Wipes are great options for targeting specific areas.

AVOID THESE COMMON MISTAKES

Don’t use human shampoos, as they are more likely to disrupt your dog’s skin barrier.
Avoid giving human allergy mediations unless directed by your veterinarian.
Skin conditions can worsen by bathing too frequently.
Never ignore persistent itching, especially if your dog is creating wounds.

SCHEDULE REGULAR GROOMING SESSIONS AT THE DOGTOPIA SPA

Maintaining your dog’s hygiene routine is crucial, especially because it can help catch signs of skin issues early. At Dogtopia, our team of experts provides a range of treatments to keep your pup looking and feeling their best. Check out our spa page for more details, and reach out to your local Dogtopia today to learn more.

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Senior Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Tips to Manage Your Dog’s Itchy Skin appeared first on Dogtopia.

Enhancement of Aquaculture Performance of Cobia, Rachycentron canadum (Linnaeus 1766): A Review

Edusehat — Wed, 05 Aug 2026 00:15:05 +0700

*By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Cobia (Rachycentron canadum) is a promising species for aquaculture, distributed in subtropical and tropical waters, yet primarily caught through recreational fishing. Notable landings occur in countries like Pakistan, Iran, Malaysia, and Brazil.

Cobia’s feeding habits are less understood for juveniles, though they are believed to consume copepods. This species exhibits traits favorable for mariculture, including rapid growth (up to 6 kg in a year), high fecundity, and a favorable feed conversion ratio (FCR). Initial culture attempts showed promising results, leading to an expansion of cobia aquaculture from 1995 to 2012 (Figure 1). However, production has since fluctuated, with challenges such as inconsistent fingerling production, larval survival rates, seasonal mortalities, and disease outbreaks hindering growth. Additionally, the adoption of alternative plant-based proteins in adult diets poses challenges. This review addresses these issues and proposes solutions to enhance cobia aquaculture performance for commercial viability.

Broodstock Selection and Improvements

Cobia broodstock for aquaculture has traditionally been sourced from wild populations, making it essential to assess natural growth rates for effective selection. Growth rates vary geographically, influencing sex ratios and maturation, which are critical for optimizing fertilized egg production (Table 1). For instance, growth rates (K) differ, with values reported as low as 0.37 in North Carolina and 0.63 in Australia. Genetic studies have identified differences among populations, such as those in the Northern Gulf of Mexico and Taiwan, highlighting the importance of careful broodstock transfer. Cobia populations in regions like the Gulf of Thailand show homogeneity, attributed to mixing and migration, suggesting regional management strategies are vital.

While genetics can enhance broodstock through trait selection — such as growth, disease resistance, and cold tolerance — these methods remain underutilized in cobia aquaculture. Lessons from Nile tilapia breeding demonstrate the potential for significant growth improvements through selective breeding and genetic analysis. Future broodstock development could benefit from selecting for traits like cold tolerance, especially as reduced temperatures hinder cobia growth. Utilizing genetic markers linked to desirable traits could lead to better adaptation and performance in aquaculture settings.

Cobia is a highly promising mariculture species thriving in subtropical and tropical waters. It exhibits rapid growth potential of up to G kg in a single year, high fecundity, and favorable feed conversion ratios

Production of Cobia Seed

Cobia exhibits extended batch spawning, with peak seasons varying by location. Reports indicate spawning intervals of 5 to 12 days, influenced by factors like temperature and habitat productivity. Understanding these conditions can enhance spawning optimization in captivity. Induced spawning methods have been explored, showing promising results. For instance, using photoperiods of 13:11 or 14:10 and maintaining temperatures between 24.5 to 28.5°C led to significant spawning activity, with hatch rates reaching 83%. Continuous spawning for up to nine months was achieved in recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) at temperatures of 20 to 26°C.

Additionally, environmental manipulation has allowed for year-round natural spawning. Hormonal induction using human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) has been effective, producing over 2 million eggs per female with high fertilization rates. Research indicates spawning occurs approximately 39 to 42 hours post-hormone administration. Luteinizing hormone (LH-RHa) has also been utilized successfully, yielding comparable fecundity to natural methods. Optimizing hormone dosages is essential for maximizing hatch rates. Combining hormonal and environmental methods may facilitate consistent seed production, crucial for establishing hatcheries and ensuring a year-round supply of cobia fingerlings.

Cobia (Rachycentron canadum) is a promising aquaculture species, thriving in subtropical and tropical waters with rapid growth potential of up to 6 kg in a year. Despite its advantages, the industry faces challenges like inconsistent fingerling supply, low larval survival rates, and disease outbreaks, along with difficulties integrating alternative plant-based proteins. This review examines key aspects of cobia aquaculture, proposing solutions to enhance efficiency and sustainability for commercial viability.

Rearing and Environment

Cobia can be reared in various systems, including ponds, offshore cages, raceways, and RAS, providing flexibility for farmers. In Taiwan, China, and Vietnam, cage culture is predominantly used, where environmental factors like temperature and salinity fluctuate with seasons and weather. However, cobia is susceptible to mass mortality when temperatures drop below 16°C in winter, posing a significant challenge to production. Developing a cold-tolerant strain and utilizing controlled environments like RAS are crucial for overcoming this issue.

Research indicates that RAS is suitable for cobia, with findings showing a negative correlation between stocking density and larval growth. Lower densities resulted in higher survival rates, highlighting the importance of optimal rearing conditions for cost-effective production. A study found that cobia could thrive in RAS up to 2 kg body weight at densities of ≤ 30 kg/ m*, achieving survival rates over 96% and favorable feed conversion efficiencies of 65% to 85.7%. Implementing RAS can mitigate the challenges associated with open sea culture, especially in regions with strict environmental regulations.

Nutrition

Cobia are opportunistic carnivorous feeders, consuming a diverse diet in their natural habitats, including fish, crustaceans, and mollusks. However, there is currently no commercially available broodstock feed tailored for cobia. Studies have shown that dietary composition significantly affects spawning success, with a need for higher levels of n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) and controlled levels of arachidonic acid (ARA) to optimize egg quality. For larval rearing, cobia larvae initially thrive on rotifers before transitioning to Artemia, with research indicating that copepods can enhance growth due to their higher concentrations of beneficial fatty acids.

As cobia reach the juvenile stage, dietary protein requirements increase, with optimal levels around 45%. Traditional feeds often utilize fishmeal as the primary protein source, but alternatives are being explored due to rising costs and sustainability concerns. Studies indicate that cobia can utilize various plant and animal protein sources without negatively impacting growth, with specific amino acids like taurine necessary for optimal performance. Replacements such as poultry by-product meal have also shown potential for up to 60% substitution without adverse effects. Overall, optimizing nutrition through tailored feeds and alternative protein sources is vital for sustainable cobia aquaculture.

Cobia broodstock development benefits from selective breeding targeting key traits like disease resistance and cold tolerance. Utilizing genetic markers improves environmental adaptation, preventing mass winter mortalities when temperatures drop below 1G°C.

Feed Utilization in Low Salinity Conditions

Cobia culture has been successfully conducted in ponds using seawater, but research shows varying responses to low salinity levels. Atwood et al. (2004) found that juvenile cobia experienced high mortality rates as salinity decreased to 2 g/l, while Denson et al. reported significantly reduced growth rates at 15 ppt and poor health at 5 ppt. Conversely, Resley et al. (2006) noted that cobia in 5 ppt showed comparable or improved growth compared to those in higher salinities, likely due to a high-protein diet (53% crude protein) fed to satiation.

This suggests that the nutritional composition and feeding regimes play critical roles in cobia’s adaptability to low salinity. Holt et al. (2007) indicated that cobia could be reared successfully at salinities as low as 15 g/L with appropriate supplemental feeds. Understanding optimal diet composition and feeding intensity in lower salinities will be crucial for the future of cobia pond culture, which can also benefit from natural food sources available in the environment.

Nutritional composition and high-protein feeding regimes play critical roles in cobia’s adaptability to low salinity. Understanding optimal diet formulation enables successful pond rearing in salinities aslow as 15 g/L

Conclusion

As cobia farming develops worldwide through mariculture and other technologies, the diverse bottlenecks in cobia aquaculture have to be overcome. The use of genetic markers for trait selection like disease resistance, survival ability, and food utilization efficiency will be essential interventions for the improvement of cobia culture. An ability to utilize a wide range of plant and animal protein as food demonstrated by cobia signifies its promising future. Hence optimizing its inclusion with the required amino acid supplement is recommended for cost-effective production. Further understanding of larvae diet, especially for the fatty acid requirement, can be utilized to supplement life feed such that it reaches an optimal level required by cobia larvae. For the sustainability of the cobia aquaculture industry, improvements in the management of feeding strategies and a detailed understanding of the physiological basis of feed utilization in a low-salinity environment are crucial.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ENHANCEMENT OF AQUACULTURE PERFORMANCE OF COBIA, RACHYCENTRON CANADUM (LINNAEUS 1766): A REVIEW” developed by: Babatunde Taofi k Ademola – Department of Biology, Umaru Musa Ya’radua University, Nigeria. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on MARCH, 2024, through INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE AND FISHERIES SCIENCIES. The full version can be accessed online through this link: https://www.agriscigroup.us/articles/IJAFS-10-190.php

Goa sets up state poultry corporation to develop and regulate the sector

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 23:50:12 +0700

The government of Goa has established the Goa State Poultry Development Corporation Ltd., a new public company tasked with promoting, organising and supporting the development of the state’s poultry sector. The move is part of a broader strategy to strengthen local poultry production, improve market organisation and support a more structured and efficient value chain.

According to the information available, the corporation is expected to play a key role in implementing the state’s poultry development policy by supporting initiatives related to production, biosecurity, farmer awareness and the overall organisation of the poultry value chain. While the detailed scope of its operational responsibilities has not yet been fully outlined, the corporation is intended to contribute to the development and oversight of the sector.

The decision comes at a time when Goa continues to rely heavily on poultry supplies from other Indian states, a situation that the government has identified as a constraint on the long-term development and self-sufficiency of the local poultry industry. Strengthening domestic production is therefore one of the central objectives of the new initiative.

The new corporation could become an important tool for the development of Goa’s poultry industry. Beyond supporting production, it may help reduce dependence on poultry supplies from outside the state, improve the availability of locally produced poultry products and create a stronger institutional framework for the sector’s long-term growth.

From an industry perspective, the move is notable because it introduces a dedicated public body focused on poultry development and sector coordination. By supporting biosecurity initiatives, value chain organisation and the implementation of state poultry policies, the corporation could contribute to greater stability and more strategic planning for the industry.

For the wider Indian poultry industry, Goa’s initiative offers an interesting example of how public intervention can be used to strengthen and better organise the sector. The key question now is whether the new corporation will be be able to translate its objectives into tangible improvements in production, efficiency and market stability.

South Korea turns to U.S. eggs to ease supply shortfall

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 20:15:09 +0700

South Korea is set to import about 210 million table eggs from the United States and Thailand in July and August as the country works to stabilise supplies ahead of the September Chuseok holiday. The move comes after highly pathogenic avian influenza significantly reduced layer numbers and pushed domestic output below the level needed to balance demand.

According to the original report, the government is allocating about $67 million to cover transportation, repackaging and other import-related costs. The bulk of the eggs will be sourced from approved U.S. suppliers, with imports restricted to disease-free regions and subject to Korean food-safety approval.

The supply gap reflects the impact of earlier avian influenza losses. RFD News reported that 11.3 million laying hens were culled starting in November 2025, while daily production remained around 46 million to 47 million eggs, below the roughly 50 million needed to keep the market in balance. Retail prices have also remained firm, adding pressure on consumers and food-service demand.

The Korean market has already relied on imports to support supply in 2026. The country brought in 16.5 million eggs during the first half of the year, including around 775 metric tons from the United States, underscoring how trade has become an important buffer when domestic production is disrupted.

For U.S. exporters, the shortfall opens a commercial window, but access depends on disease status, importer approval and registration requirements. As the Reuters and other reports show, South Korea has repeatedly turned to imports during bird flu-related shortages, making biosecurity and market access critical for future sales.

Key highlights from the PSA Annual Meeting and World Poultry Congress 2026

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 20:15:09 +0700

The PSA Annual Meeting 2026 and the World Poultry Congress (WPC) 2026 together created an unprecedented eight-day hub of poultry science in Toronto, highlighting cutting-edge research in genetics, nutrition, welfare, sustainability, and biosecurity. Both events reinforced the sector’s commitment to innovation and global food security.

PSA Annual Meeting 2026: cutting-edge research

Precision nutrition and gut health

One of the standout presentations at the PSA Annual Meeting was on enzyme supplementation and microbiome modulation. Researchers demonstrated that targeted enzyme blends improved feed efficiency by up to 7% while reducing nitrogen excretion, offering both economic and environmental benefits. Another session highlighted benzoic acid and essential oils in breeder hens, showing improved hatchability and chick quality, a breakthrough for hatchery management¹.

Biosecurity advances

A keynote on avian influenza preparedness introduced next-generation vaccines capable of faster strain adaptation. This research emphasized the need for integrated surveillance systems to mitigate Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza (HPAI) risks.

Take-home message

The PSA meeting reinforced that precision feeding and biosecurity innovation are central to reducing antibiotic dependence and safeguarding flock health.

World Poultry Congress 2026: global innovations

Genomics and disease resistance

A keynote titled “From Indigenous Resilience to Genomic Innovation” showcased how genomic tools are being applied to breed poultry resilient to endemic diseases in Africa, bridging traditional knowledge with biotechnology.

Welfare and sustainability

Sessions on slow-growth broilers and lighting systems revealed welfare improvements without compromising productivity. Another highlight was holistic nutritional strategies to alleviate heat stress, crucial for climate resilience in tropical regions².

AI and predictive tools

AI applications were presented for in ovo sexing and hatchery management, reducing waste and improving efficiency. Predictive modeling tools for flock health were also demonstrated, marking a shift toward data-driven poultry farming.

Nutrition breakthroughs

Mixed science researchers presented findings on reducing crude protein diets in laying hens while maintaining egg weight, a strategy that lowers environmental impact without sacrificing production.

Take-home message

The WPC emphasized that genomics, AI, and sustainable nutrition are redefining poultry science, with global collaboration driving resilience against climate and disease pressures.

Conclusion

The PSA Annual Meeting and WPC 2026 together delivered actionable breakthroughs: precision nutrition strategies, biosecurity innovations, genomic resilience, AI-driven management, and sustainable feeding approaches. These findings provide clear take-home messages for industry professionals: reduce antibiotic reliance, prepare for emerging diseases, adopt climate-resilient practices, and leverage technology for efficiency and welfare.

References

Edible enrichments for commercial poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 04 Aug 2026 02:10:03 +0700

By Rosie Whittle, PhD, University of Arkansas

Introduction

Chickens are highly motivated to peck, forage, and explore their environment. Providing opportunities for birds to express these motivated behaviors, is a key component of animal welfare, and edible enrichments can be an effective way to encourage engagement with the environment.

Edible enrichments are materials that birds can peck, manipulate, consume or forage from. Unlike traditional feed, they are intended to promote natural behavior rather than to meet nutritional requirements.¹ Peck stones, insect larvae and bales have attracted interest because they encourage exploratory and foraging behavior and may be viable to incorporate into commercial production systems.

Why use edible enrichments?

The ancestors of modern chickens are foragers, and commercial housing systems may limit the opportunities for foraging behavior. Feed is readily available, but the environment may lack suitable foraging substrates.¹

Edible enrichments help address this challenge by encouraging birds to spend time interacting with their surroundings. Potential benefits include:

Increased activity and environmental engagement
Greater expression of foraging behavior
Reduced boredom and frustration
Diverting pecking behavior away from flock mates
Increased environmental complexity

Types of edible enrichment

Peck stones

Peck stones, also referred to as mineral blocks or pecking blocks, are compressed products designed to provide birds with an outlet for pecking behavior. They are typically made from minerals and other feed-grade ingredients bound together into a hard structure that requires repeated pecking to break apart (Figure 1). Pecking is one of the most frequently performed behaviors in chickens and peck stones may deter inter-bird pecking in layers² and broilers.³ Birds naturally investigate objects and peck stones provide a durable target that can satisfy this motivation (Figure 2). Peck stones also promote foraging, dustbathing and comfort behaviors.³

To maximize effectiveness, peck stones should be distributed in locations that are easily accessible to birds and to maintain uniform flock distribution. Producers should also monitor wear and consumption rates as some flocks may show more interest than others and it may depend on age^4,5 strain,⁴ housing conditions and availability of other enrichments.

Figure 1: Commercial laying hens in cages used mineral-based peck block enrichment
Credit: Dr. Ana Rentsch

Insect larvae

Insect larvae, like black soldier fly larvae and mealworms actively stimulate foraging behavior.^6-8 When scattered in the litter or dispensed through enrichment devices, birds must search, peck, and compete to locate them.⁶ This closely resembles natural foraging activities. Because birds actively search for larvae, this form of enrichment may be useful for stimulating movement and encouraging the use of different areas within a barn.

Insect larvae may be more expensive than other edible enrichments. Producers should also consider how larvae are distributed, scattering them widely will promote foraging and reduce competition or prevent birds from congregating.

Hay bales

Hay bales are more commonly used in broiler or cage-free operations due to their size. They provide both a physical structure for perching⁹ and an edible material that can be pecked, pulled apart and consumed.^2,10 The fibrous nature of hay bales encourages prolonged interaction.

Bales should be free from mold, excessive dust, or contaminants. As the bale gets broken down, material may become integrated with the litter. While this stimulates additional foraging behavior, litter quality may be altered and should be monitored. Because hay bales occupy floor space, placement should be considered to ensure accessibility to the enrichment while maintaining normal bird movement.

AT A GLANCE!

Peck stones

Best for: Durable pecking outlet

Long lasting and durable

Easy to place

Low maintenance

Encourages pecking and foraging behavior

Figure 2: Mineral based (left) and grain based (right) peck stones
Credit: Dr. Ana Rentsch

Insect larvae

Best for: Promoting foraging

Stimulates searching and foraging behaviors

Encourages movement and activity

Short term engagement

Figure 3: Dried black soldier fly larvae
Credit: Lets Fly (letsflyfood unsplash)

Hay bales

Best for: Dual purpose use

Edible and structural enrichment

Long lasting and durable

Encourages pecking, pulling, and exploration

Figure 4: Laying hen on a bale of hay
Credit: Eric Daoust (dazto unsplash)

Science backed facts!

Edible enrichments may benefit more than behavior. In one study, hens provided with peck stones and hay bale enrichment had less plumage and skin damage compared with hens housed without enrichment² in addition to decreased beak length,^2,5 suggesting enrichments can support both welfare and improve feather condition.

Some hens are consistent peck block users while others rarely interact with them. Pecking blocks are used more in the afternoon, during the time of eggshell formation¹¹ and birds with existing keel bone fractures show greater use of pecking blocks.¹² This suggests that hens may selectively use these enrichments when mineral demands are higher.

Hay bales: a playground that becomes a rest stop. Studies have found that birds with access to hay bales spend more time exploring,¹⁰ perching and dustbathing, while also showing less gentle feather pecking.⁹ As birds age, they tend to peck at the bales less and use them more as resting areas.¹⁰

Few enrichments capture a bird’s attention like insects. Studies have found that mealworms and black soldier fly larvae increase scratching, litter pecking and foraging activity,^6,8 with some birds displaying “worm running” behavior that is more rarely observed in unenriched flocks.⁶ However, these bursts of activity are often short-lived, occurring primarily immediately after larvae are provided.⁶ Engagement in insect enrichment may vary depending on time of day and broilers may engage less than layers.¹³

Black soldier fly larvae may do more than feed curiosity. Studies have reported reduced feather pecking,⁸ lower fearfulness toward novel objects⁸ and increased comfort behaviors such as preening, wing flapping, and allopreening in birds provided larvae.⁷ In some breeds, larvae enrichment has also been associated with improved body weight and egg production.⁷

Important considerations

Biosecurity: Enrichment bales can improve welfare but may increase pathogen exposure due to contamination from wildlife if improperly sourced or managed.¹⁴

Insect larvae may harbor parasites: Insect use requires consideration of biosecurity, feed safety, storage conditions, and economic feasibility. Feeding untreated larvae may risk disease transmission between insects, animals and humans.¹⁵

Accessibility: Large enrichments may take up floor space and enough should be provided so that all birds can interact without crowding or competition for the resource.^14,16

Litter quality: Enrichments can affect litter quality by changing bird activity and distribution. While foraging and scratching may improve litter aeration and add litter material as bales break down,¹⁴ hay and straw bales can also accumulate moisture and fecal material if not managed properly.

Summary

Edible enrichments promote motivated behaviors such as pecking, foraging and exploration.
Biosecurity, litter quality, accessibility and cost should be considered before implementation.
When managed appropriately, edible enrichments can be a tool for supporting poultry

References

Quino, M.A.; Baker-Cook, B. Targeting Frustration: A Review on Reducing Abnormal Behaviors in Broiler Breeders via Environmental Enrichment. Frontiers in Ethology 2026, 4, 1717389, doi:10.3389/FETHO.2025.1717389.
Schreiter, R.; Damme, K.; Klunker, M.; Raoult, C.; von Borell, E.; Freick, M. Effects of Edible Environmental Enrichments during the Rearing and Laying Periods in a Littered Aviary—Part 1: Integument Condition in Pullets and Laying Hens. Poult. Sci. 2020, 99, 5184–5196, doi:10.1016/j.psj.2020.07.013.
Guy, J.H.; Wright, A.N. British Poultry Science Effect of Enrichment with Pecka-Blocks^TM on the Behaviour and Feather Condition of Commercially-Reared Broilers. Br. Poult. Sci. 2010, 44, 29–30, doi:10.1080/713655280.
Schreiter, R.; Damme, K.; Freick, M. Edible Environmental Enrichments in Littered Housing Systems: Do Their Effects on Integument Condition Differ Between Commercial Laying Hen Strains? Animals 2020, Vol. 10, Page 2434 2020, 10, 2434, doi:10.3390/ANI10122434.
Baker, P.E.; Nicol, C.J.; Weeks, C.A. The Effect of Hard Pecking Enrichment during Rear on Feather Cover, Feather Pecking Behaviour and Beak Length in Beak-Trimmed and Intact-Beak Laying Hen Pullets. Animals 2022, Vol. 12, Page 674 2022, 12, 674, doi:10.3390/ANI12060674.
Pichova, K.; Nordgreen, J.; Leterrier, C.; Kostal, L.; Moe, R.O. The Effects of Food-Related Environmental Complexity on Litter Directed Behaviour, Fear and Exploration of Novel Stimuli in Young Broiler Chickens. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 2016, 174, 83–89, doi:10.1016/J.APPLANIM.2015.11.007.
Bellezza Oddon, S.; Biasato, I.; Ferrocino, I.; Imarisio, A.; Renna, M.; Caimi, C.; Gariglio, M.; Dabbou, S.; Pipan, M.; Dekleva, D.; et al. Live Black Soldier Fly Larvae as Environmental Enrichment for Native Chickens: Implications for Bird Performance, Welfare, and Excreta Microbiota. animal 2024, 18, 101341, doi:10.1016/J.ANIMAL.2024.101341.
Tahamtani, F.M.; Kittelsen, K.; Vasdal, G.; Tahamtani, F.M.; Kittelsen, K.; Vasdal, G. Dried Black Soldier Fly Larvae (Hermetia Illucens) as Environmental Enrichment for Laying Hens – a Full-Scale Commercial Study. J. Insects Food Feed 2025, 11, 2617–2631, doi:10.1163/23524588-BJA10220.
Daigle, C.L.; Rodenburg, T.B.; Bolhuis, J.E.; Swanson, J.C.; Siegford, J.M. Use of Dynamic and Rewarding Environmental Enrichment to Alleviate Feather Pecking in Non-Cage Laying Hens. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 2014, 161, 75–85, doi:10.1016/J.APPLANIM.2014.10.001.
Da Silva, M.I.L.; De Lima Almeida Paz, I.C.; Jacinto, A.S.; Filho, M.A.N.; De Oliveira, A.B.S.; Dos Santos, I.G.A.; Dos Santos Mota, F.; Caldara, F.R.; Jacobs, L. Providing Environmental Enrichments Can Reduce Subclinical Spondylolisthesis Prevalence without Affecting Performance in Broiler Chickens. PLoS One 2023, 18, e0284087, doi:10.1371/JOURNAL.PONE.0284087.
McAuley, M.; Caston, L.J.; Widowski, T.M. Laying Hens Prefer Softer over Harder Mineral-Based Pecking Stones and Peck Them More at the End of the Light Period. Poult. Sci. 2025, 104, 104575, doi:10.1016/J.PSJ.2024.104575.
Ehigbor, T.F.; Edwards, A.M.; Rentsch, A.K.; Kiarie, E.G.; Harlander, A.; Widowski, T.M. Pecking Block Use at Individual Level Is Associated with Improved Eggshell Quality and Keel Fractures in Laying Hens. Poult. Sci. 2025, 104, 105716, doi:10.1016/J.PSJ.2025.105716.
Wood, B.; Rufener, C.; Makagon, M.M.; Blatchford, R.A. The Utility of Scatter Feeding as Enrichment: Do Broiler Chickens Engage with Scatter–Fed Items? Animals 2021, 11, 3478, doi:10.3390/ANI11123478.
Riber, A.B.; Van De Weerd, H.A.; De Jong, I.C.; Steenfeldt, S. Review of Environmental Enrichment for Broiler Chickens. Poult. Sci. 2018, 97, 378–396, doi:10.3382/PS/PEX344.
Müller, A.; Wiedmer, S.; Kurth, M. Risk Evaluation of Passive Transmission of Animal Parasites by Feeding of Black Soldier Fly (Hermetia Illucens) Larvae and Prepupae. J. Food Prot. 2019, 82, 948–954, doi:10.4315/0362-028X.JFP-18-484.
Xu, D.; Shu, G.; Liu, Y.; Qin, P.; Zheng, Y.; Tian, Y.; Zhao, X.; Du, X. Farm Environmental Enrichments Improve the Welfare of Layer Chicks and Pullets: A Comprehensive Review. Animals 2022, Vol. 12, Page 2610 2022, 12, 2610, doi:10.3390/ANI12192610.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Edible enrichments for commercial poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Research shows recombinant HVT vaccines in broiler flocks can curb post-vaccination reactions in dual ILT strategies

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 22:35:02 +0700

A university challenge study has examined how recombinant HVT-ILT vaccines used at the hatchery affect the response to live, chicken-embryo-origin (CEO) ILT vaccines applied later as part of a dual infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) vaccination program.

ILT is a serious respiratory disease that typically peaks in the colder months, causing mortality spikes. It affects both broilers and broiler breeders, though the effects are more severe in broilers. Biosecurity interventions help reduce outbreaks, but vaccination is standard practice in regions where the risk of ILT is endemic.

Producers have vaccine choices

Live ILT CEO vaccines are commonly used to curb mortality during outbreaks. However, prevention strategies have begun to rely on recombinant HVT-ILT vaccines at the hatchery.

In high-challenge areas, the use of a CEO or tissue culture origin (TCO) ILT vaccine has been added to the recombinant ILT vaccination program. Live vaccine choices are often dictated by biosecurity and vaccine regulations across the US, with some states restricting the use of ILT CEO vaccines due to potential increased virulence in flocks and adverse bird reactions.¹

“The aim is to mitigate issues with ILT in flocks over time,” said Alexandra Reilley, PhD, MS, of Merck Animal Health. “ILT CEO vaccines are good at reducing virus shedding and symptoms, but they can cause post-vaccinal reactions and regain virulence if not properly administered to the birds.

“If administration of the ILT CEO vaccine does not achieve complete coverage, birds can experience rolling respiratory reactions, which can be very aggressive,” she explained. “Using a recombinant ILT vaccine as the program foundation becomes more important if live vaccines are included for additional protection.”

Testing broiler performance under challenge

Gel drop administration of the ILT CEO vaccine at day of age has seen increased use in the industry in recent years as a method to improve early coverage of chicks against ILT challenge in the field. However, questions have been raised about the effectiveness of this method of vaccination with ILT CEO in birds this early.

A study led by Reilley aimed to put the dual ILT vaccination program to the test. Her team used five groups of broiler chicks:²

Vaccinated with Innovax®-ILT-IBD in ovo, challenged
Vaccinated with gel drop live ILT CEO vaccine at day of age, challenged
Vaccinated with Innovax-ILT-IBD in ovo and live ILT CEO vaccine gel drop, challenged
Unvaccinated, challenged
Unvaccinated, unchallenged

Birds were challenged at 30 days of age with Genotype VI strain ILT virus, via ocular and nasal routes. Seven days post-challenge, they assessed clinical signs, survival, body weight and body weight gain.

Dual vaccination program cuts clinical signs

The researchers found that birds vaccinated with the ILT CEO vaccine via the gel drop method alone had severe clinical signs at 6 to 10 days post-vaccination and experienced 20% mortality.

In comparison, the vaccinated group receiving only the Innovax-ILT-IBD vaccine showed no clinical signs, as expected. The dual vaccination approach (Innovax-ILT-IBD + ILT CEO gel drop) had mild to moderate signs. Neither the Innovax-ILT-IBD group nor the dual vaccination group had any mortality.

The dual vaccination program resulted in the lowest viral load among challenged groups at 3 and 5 days post-challenge. This vaccination program also had the highest body weight gain over the course of the study.

The reliability of the Innovax-ILT-IBD vaccine comes from its high stability and consistent titers, Reilley noted, as well as the fact that full immunity is achieved by 28 days, complementing the earlier immunity from the ILT CEO vaccine, creating a more diverse immune response.

“Using Innovax-ILT-IBD vaccines, you can reduce respiratory issues related to the post-vaccination reactions observed with ILT CEO vaccines,” she said. “Those reactions are costly, so reducing their severity can help support flock performance.

“The gel drop method has been adopted as a way to strengthen early protection,” Reilley said. “What this study suggests is that timing and program design matter.

“When the recombinant vaccine is used as the foundation, and the ILT CEO vaccine is layered on, we saw less severe post-vaccination reactions while maintaining protection under challenge. That balance is important from a performance standpoint.”

1 García M. 2017. Current and future vaccines and vaccination strategies against infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) respiratory disease of poultry. Vet Microbiol. 206:157–62.
2 Mendoza-Reilley A, Zamora A, Paudel R, Ellington C, Maekawa D, Alvarado IR, Garcia M. Infectious laryngotracheitis control: Assessment of a rHVT-ILT vaccine administered alone or in combination with a CEO vaccine. 2025. XXIII WVPA Congress, Malaysia.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Research shows recombinant HVT vaccines in broiler flocks can curb post-vaccination reactions in dual ILT strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

EBID backs poultry expansion in The Gambia with $10.04 million financing for G Farms Ltd

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 22:30:07 +0700

The ECOWAS Bank for Investment and Development (EBID) has signed a $10.04 million financing agreement with G Farms Limited to support the company’s expansion in The Gambia, with a strong focus on the poultry sector. The investment is intended to strengthen production capacity across key agricultural value chains, especially table eggs, broiler meat, and day-old chicks.

According to EBID, the project will increase the laying hen flock from 120,000 to 500,000 birds, raise broiler output from 651,146 to more than 3.2 million birds, and expand day-old chick production from 3.3 million to 5.5 million units by 2035. These targets underline the scale of the company’s growth ambitions and the strategic importance of poultry in the country’s food supply system.

A major component of the project is feed manufacturing, with production capacity set to reach 10 tonnes per hour. For the poultry sector, this is a crucial element, as feed costs remain one of the main drivers of production efficiency and profitability. Greater local feed capacity can also help improve supply stability and reduce reliance on imported inputs.

The investment is not limited to poultry. G Farms Ltd also plans to expand its dairy operations, increasing its cattle herd from 110 to 2,500 head. This reflects a broader agribusiness strategy aimed at building integrated and more resilient food production systems in the country.

For EBID, the deal forms part of its wider strategy to promote agricultural modernization, economic diversification, and sustainable development in West Africa. For The Gambia, it could support local food production, generate employment, and reduce import dependence, while creating a stronger base for the long-term development of the poultry industry.

Assam poultry vaccination drive reaches 250 farmers in Nalbari

Edusehat — Mon, 03 Aug 2026 22:30:07 +0700

The ICAR–AICRP on Poultry Breeding, under the Directorate of Research at Assam Veterinary and Fishery University (AVFU), has organised a poultry vaccination and awareness programme in Jagra Model Village, Nalbari district, to promote scientific poultry farming and disease prevention. According to the original report, the initiative trained around 250 poultry farmers and vaccinated nearly 5,000 birds against Ranikhet, also known as Newcastle disease.

The campaign was carried out in collaboration with the Institute of Veterinary Biologicals, the State Veterinary Dispensary at Jagra and the Anajori Development Society. Farmers also received free medicines, multivitamins, mineral mixtures and nutritional supplements as part of the programme, which aimed to reduce disease-related losses and improve poultry productivity in rural areas.

The awareness drive focused on practical vaccination techniques, recommended vaccination schedules and general poultry health management. Organisers said the event was designed not only to strengthen farm-level disease prevention, but also to support rural livelihoods through better flock health and improved production efficiency.

The Institute of Veterinary Biologicals, based in Guwahati, is the state facility responsible for producing several veterinary vaccines, including vaccines used in poultry against Ranikhet disease and fowl pox. The research framework behind the campaign is also linked to the AICRP on Poultry Breeding, a long-running ICAR-supported project active in Assam’s poultry sector.

Edusehat - Publikasi Terbaru

Avian influenza detections fall, but autumn migration calls for vigilance

A different pattern in wild birds

Preparing poultry farms for the higher-risk season

Continued circulation outside Europe

Norwegian Company Frøy Orders Three New Service Vessels from Rainbow Nantong Shipyard in China

• They will strengthen company’s capacity to meet the future needs of the aquaculture industry

Design Based on Extensive Experience Operating

Development for the Region

Assisting Salmon Farmers

Newfoundland and Labrador Aquaculture Industry Association Celebrates Its 40th Anniversary with a New Edition of the Cold Harvest and Aquaculture Canada

• The event is organized by NAIA and the Aquaculture Association of Canada

• More than 75 speakers and over 40 trade show exhibitors participated

Where the Aquaculture Community Comes Together

Two Associations to One Goal

Norwegian Seafood Industry Unites to Tackle Marine Litter with National and Global Clean-Up Initiative

Norway embarks on huge plastic-cleanup campaign ahead of World Cleanup Day

Together with businesses, schools, and public sector and voluntary organizations, the Norwegian seafood industry participated in a bid to tackle plastic pollution in marine waters, according to the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC).

Eighty Tons of Plastic Removed from the Hardangerfjord

Environmental Issue on a Global Scale

Seafood Industry Support

About the Norwegian Seafood Council

About World Cleanup Day, Beach Cleanup Week (Strandryddeuka) and Clean Hardangerfjord (Rein Hardangerfjord)

ASC Brings Ghana Model for Aquaculture Improvement to Global FAO Discussions

Ghana Shows Implementation in Practice

From Ghana to wider aquaculture improvement

AQUI-S® E10% (Eugenol Immersion Solution) for Freshwater Finfish Sedation Receives FDA Approval

Sedative solution for field use helps manage fish and support fish welfare during spawning, tagging, weighing and measuring activities

About Merck Animal Health

Forward-Looking Statement of Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J., USA

Aquatic Life Institute Announces 2026 Aquaculture Certification Schemes Benchmark, Reveals Progress for Welfare

The welfare-based analysis reviews 12 certification schemes and 2 international ratings agencies in its 5th edition

About Aquatic Life Institute

FarmInsect, Once Europe’s Largest On-Farm Insect Network, Winds Down After Rescue Effort Fails

The Bavarian insect farming company confirms it is being wound down, months after filing for insolvency — the latest in a year of high-profile failures across the insect-protein sector.

Sources

About the Insect Institute

EuroTier 2026: poultry innovation focuses on automation, artificial intelligence and monitoring

ROVABARN SE, a highly automated mobile poultry barn

BarnBuddy, artificial intelligence for animal monitoring

Electronic Egg to reduce damage during egg transport

FEED CHECK for automated monitoring of feed silos

Needle-free technologies for vaccine administration

EuroTier 2026: biosecurity, AI and efficient management at the heart of future livestock farming

Positive outlook for the poultry sector

Biosecurity among the top priorities, especially in poultry

Automation and artificial intelligence

Technology, productivity and animal welfare

Key threats to poultry gut health

Poor barn biosecurity

Weak(ened) microbiota

Beneficial Insects in Regenerative Agriculture: Nature’s Partners in a Healthy Farm

Predatory Insects Help Control Crop Pests

Parasitoid Insects Can Reduce Pest Populations

Bees Support Crop Pollination

Flowering Plants Provide Food for Beneficial Insects

Regenerative Practices Create Insect Habitat

Pesticide Use Can Affect Beneficial Insects

Crop Diversity Supports More Insect Species

Beneficial Insects Strengthen Natural Pest Control

Beneficial Insects and Farm Biodiversity

How Farmers Can Encourage Beneficial Insects

Conclusion

Interested in Regenerative Agriculture?

Sources & Further Reading

Thinking about all things packaging

Remembering Dr James “Jim” McKay

SOMMET DE L’ÉLEVAGE 2026: A Global Meeting Point for the Livestock Industry

Divalent anticoccidial feed additive brings diversity to coccidiosis-rotation programs to counter resistance

What does Avatec® (lasalocid sodium) bring to coccidiosis-rotation programs?

You mentioned full and shuttle rotation programs. What is the best way to use lasalocid?

This additive has not been used as intensively as other in-feed anticoccidials. Why is that?

Do producers need to adjust electrolyte levels when using lasalocid?

Are there any seasonal considerations when using this feed additive?

Today, producers using a coccidiosis vaccine often want to supplement it with an in-feed anticoccidial. Can lasalocid be used in these so-called hybrid programs?

Does using lasalocid in broilers present any export barriers?

Trends, standards and research directions for the future of laying hen welfare

Summary

Introduction

Status of the egg industries in Europe and North America

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 

**About World Cleanup Day, Beach Cleanup Week (Strandryddeuka) and Clean Hardangerfjord (Rein Hardangerfjord)**

What does Avatec^® (lasalocid sodium) bring to coccidiosis-rotation programs?

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 